diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:32:32 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:32:32 -0700 |
| commit | 52bb5a03d369ac27396bfde0eb29959963a0134c (patch) | |
| tree | e002096d5bcb7acb4105be974ceacd0fd78fed44 /26706-h | |
Diffstat (limited to '26706-h')
476 files changed, 43309 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/26706-h/26706-h.htm b/26706-h/26706-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a860480 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/26706-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,43309 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Manual of Military Training, by James A. Moss. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + em { + font-style: italic; + } + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + clear: both; + text-align: center; + } + + h5, h6 { + font-size: 1em; + } + + p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + } + + strong { + font-weight: bold; + } + + table { + border-collapse: collapse; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + } + + td { + padding: 0em 1em; + } + + th { + padding: 0em 1em; + } + + ul { + list-style-type: none; + } + + #acknowledgement .date { + padding-left: 2.5em; + } + + #ad_3in1 { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_3in1 .co { + font-size: 1.2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_3in1 .comfort { + font-size: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + letter-spacing: 0.3em; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_3in1 .free { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_3in1 .oil { + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_biddle { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_biddle p { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_biddle .biddle { + font-size: 2em; + } + + #ad_biddle .merchants { + font-size: 0.4em; + } + + #ad_biddle .philadelphia { + font-size: 0.4em; + letter-spacing: 0.3em; + } + + #ad_biddle .quality { + font-size: 1.5em; + } + + #ad_biddle .thought_break { + border-top: 2px solid black; + clear: both; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 10%; + } + + #ad_biddle .trophies { + font-size: 2em; + } + + #ad_corona { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_corona .co { + font-size: 2.5em; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_corona .groton { + font-size: .5em; + } + + #ad_corona .price { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_historian .clausewitz { + font-size: 1.3em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian .edited { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian .historian { + font-size: 1.3em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian .quarterly { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian .thought_break { + border-top: 2px solid black; + clear: both; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 10%; + } + + #ad_historian .university { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian .subscription { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_historian .cambridge { + font-weight: bold; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: right; + width: 250px; + } + + #ad_historian .widener { + font-weight: bold; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: left; + width: 250px; + } + + #ad_hoppe { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_hoppe p { + margin-bottom: 0.2em; + margin-top: 0.2em; + } + + #ad_hoppe .cleaning { + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_hoppe .compound { + font-size: 0.8em; + } + + #ad_hoppe .frank { + font-size: 0.9em; + font-weight: bold; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: left; + width: 250px; + } + + #ad_hoppe .hoppes { + font-size: 1.5em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_hoppe .sold { + font-size: 0.8em; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_hoppe .station_o { + font-size: 0.9em; + font-weight: bold; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: right; + width: 250px; + } + + #ad_hoppe .tm { + font-size: 0.8em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_hoppe .used { + font-size: 1.2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + text-decoration: underline; + } + + #ad_meyers { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_meyers p { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_meyers .meyers { + font-size: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_meyers .outdoor { + font-size: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + text-decoration: underline; + } + + #ad_meyers .riding { + font-size: 1.2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_meyers .tailors { + font-size: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + letter-spacing: 0.3em; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_pasquale { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_pasquale p { + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_pasquale .army { + font-size: 1.2em; + } + + #ad_pasquale .established { + font-size: 0.8em; + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + #ad_pasquale .francisco { + font-weight: bold; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: right; + width: 250px; + } + + #ad_pasquale .pasquale { + font-size: 3em; + font-weight: bold; + } + + #ad_pasquale .post { + font-weight: bold; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: left; + width: 250px; + } + + #ad_pasquale .quality { + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + #ad_ridabock { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_ridabock p { + text-align: center; + font-weight: bold; + } + + #ad_ridabock .individual { + font-weight: normal; + } + + #ad_ridabock .ridabock { + font-size: 2em; + } + + #ad_ridabock .thought_break { + border-top: 2px solid black; + clear: both; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 10%; + } + + #ad_ridabock .west_st { + font-size: 0.5em; + } + + #ad_viscol { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + padding: .5em; + width: 500px; + } + + #ad_viscol .boston { + font-size: 1.3em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: right; + width: 200px; + } + + #ad_viscol .cambridge { + font-size: 1.3em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: left; + width: 200px; + } + + #ad_viscol .co { + font-size: 1.5em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #ad_viscol .head { + font-weight: bold; + } + + #ad_viscol .use_viscol { + font-size: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + .ampm { + font-variant: small-caps; + text-transform: lowercase; + } + + #arm_signals .caption { + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + .blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .caption { + font-size: smaller; + font-weight: bold; + } + + .captioncaps { + font-size: smaller; + font-weight: bold; + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + .clear { + clear: both; + } + + .chapter_head { + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + .chapter_subhead { + text-align: center; + } + + .dotdash { + font-size: 1.5em; + font-weight: bold; + margin-left: 0em; + margin-right: 0em; + padding-left: 0em; + padding-right: 0em; + width: 3em; + } + + .figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; + } + + .figleft { + clear: left; + float: left; + margin: 1em 1em 1em 0em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; + } + + .figright { + clear: right; + float: right; + margin: 1em 0em 1em 1em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; + } + + .figtable td { + vertical-align: top; + } + + #flag_signals table { + border: 2px solid black; + } + + #flag_signals th { + border: 1px solid black; + } + + .footnotes { + border: dashed 1px; + } + + .footnote { + font-size: 0.9em; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .footnote .label { + position: absolute; + right: 84%; + text-align: right; + } + + .fnanchor { + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none; + vertical-align: super; + } + + .frac_top { + font-size: 70%; + vertical-align: super; + } + + .frac_bottom { + font-size: 70%; + vertical-align: sub; + } + + .index { + margin-left: 15%; + width: 60%; + } + + .index_page { + left: 70%; + position: absolute; + text-align: right; + width: 10em; + } + + .index_sub1 { + padding-left: 2em; + } + + .index_sub2 { + padding-left: 4em; + } + + .index_sub3 { + padding-left: 6em; + } + + .letter_head { + text-align: right; + } + + .letter_i-2 { + margin-right: 1em; + text-align: right; + } + + .letter_i-4 { + margin-right: 2em; + text-align: right; + } + + .letter_i-6 { + margin-right: 3em; + text-align: right; + } + + .letter_i4 { + margin-left: 2em; + } + + .letter_i8 { + margin-left: 4em; + } + + .letter_signed { + text-align: right; + } + + #moss_publications p { + text-align: center; + } + + #moss_publications .george_banta { + font-size: 1.4em; + } + + #moss_publications .menasha { + font-size: 1.2em; + } + + #note { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + } + + #note p { + padding-left: 1em; + padding-right: 1em; + } + + .pagenum { + font-size: 0.7em; + font-style: normal; + left: 92%; + position: absolute; + text-align: right; + } + + .parts_of_manual { + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + .part_head { + font-size: 1.2em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #publishing p { + text-align: center; + } + + #publishing .distributer { + text-align: justify; + margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + #publishing .distributer span.i2 { + padding-left: 2em; + } + + #publishing .jas { + font-variant: small-caps; + margin-bottom: 3em; + } + + #publishing .other { + margin-top: 3em; + } + + #publishing .publishers { + font-weight: bold; + margin-top: 3em; + } + + .ration_figure { + text-align: right; + vertical-align: bottom; + } + + .section_break { + border-top: 2px solid gray; + clear: both; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 65%; + } + + .smcap { + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + .subhead_subhead { + font-weight: normal; + text-align: center; + } + + .table_cell_0001 { + border-width: 0px 0px 0px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_0010 { + border-width: 0px 0px 1px 0px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_0011 { + border-width: 0px 0px 1px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_0100 { + border-width: 0px 1px 0px 0px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_0101 { + border-width: 0px 1px 0px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_0110 { + border-width: 0px 1px 1px 0px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_0111 { + border-width: 0px 1px 1px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_1000 { + border-width: 1px 0px 0px 0px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_1001 { + border-width: 1px 0px 0px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_1100 { + border-width: 1px 1px 0px 0px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_1101 { + border-width: 1px 1px 0px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_1111 { + border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; + border-color: black; + border-style: solid; + } + + .table_cell_empty { + margin: 0px; + padding: 0px; + width: 5px; + } + + .table_center { + text-align: center; + } + + .table_i4 { + padding-left: 4em; + } + + .table_left_position { + margin-left: 0%; + } + + .table_no_margin { + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + } + + .table_right { + text-align: right; + } + + .table_top { + vertical-align: top; + } + + .thought_break { + border-top: 2px solid silver; + clear: both; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 45%; + } + + #title_page { + border: 2px black solid; + margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + } + + #title_page p { + padding-left: 1em; + padding-right: 1em; + text-align: center; + } + + #title_page .agents { + font-size: 0.7em; + margin-top: 2em; + } + + #title_page .army { + font-size: 0.7em; + } + + #title_page .edition { + font-size: 0.7em; + } + + #title_page .intended { + margin-bottom: 3em; + text-align: justify; + } + + #toc td { + vertical-align: top; + } + + #toc .firsthead { + font-weight: bold; + padding-bottom: 1em; + text-align: center; + } + + #toc .head { + font-weight: bold; + padding-top: 2em; + padding-bottom: 1em; + text-align: center; + } + + #toc .subhead { + padding-bottom: 1em; + text-align: center; + } + + #trannote { + background-color: silver; + border: solid 2px; + margin-top: 4em; + padding: 0em 1em; + } + + #trannote h2 { + font-size: 1.5em; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + } + + #trannote .irregularities { + margin-left: 4em; + } + + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Manual of Military Training, by James A. Moss + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Manual of Military Training + Second, Revised Edition + +Author: James A. Moss + +Release Date: September 26, 2008 [EBook #26706] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING *** + + + + +Produced by Brian Sogard, Chris Logan and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div id="title_page"> +<h1>Manual of<br /> +Military Training</h1> + +<p class="edition">(SECOND, REVISED EDITION)</p> + +<p>BY</p> + +<p>COLONEL JAMES A. MOSS</p> + +<p class="army">UNITED STATES ARMY</p> + +<p>(Officially adopted by ONE HUNDRED AND FIVE [105] of our military +schools and colleges.)</p> + +<p class="intended">Intended, primarily, for use in connection with the instruction and +training of Cadets in our military schools and colleges and of COMPANY +officers of the National Army, National Guard, and Officers' Reserve +Corps; and secondarily, as a guide for COMPANY officers of the Regular +Army, the aim being to make efficient fighting COMPANIES and to +qualify our Cadets and our National Army, National Guard and Reserve +Corps officers for the duties and responsibilities of COMPANY officers +in time of war.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 55px;"> +<img src="images/logo.png" width="55" height="75" alt="Publishers Logo" title="Publishers Logo" /> +</div> + +<p>Price $2.25</p> + +<p class="agents">GENERAL AGENTS</p> + +<p>GEORGE BANTA PUBLISHING COMPANY</p> + +<p>Army and College Printers</p> +<p>MENASHA—WISCONSIN</p> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="publishing"> +<p><em>Copyright 1917</em></p> + +<p><em>By</em></p> + +<p class="jas">Jas. A. Moss</p> + +<table summary="impression copies"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_center" colspan="2">FIRST EDITION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>First impression (October, 1914)</td> + <td class="table_right">10,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Second impression (September, 1915)</td> + <td class="table_right">10,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Third impression (March, 1916)</td> + <td class="table_right">10,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Fourth impression (July, 1916)</td> + <td class="table_right">10,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Fifth impression (February, 1917)</td> + <td class="table_right">3,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Sixth impression (April, 1917)</td> + <td class="table_right">4,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_center" colspan="2">SECOND EDITION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>First impression (May, 1917)</td> + <td class="table_right">40,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Second impression (August, 1917)</td> + <td class="table_right">30,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Third impression (November, 1917)</td> + <td class="table_right">50,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Total</td> + <td class="table_right table_cell_1000">167,000</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p class="publishers">Publishers and General Distributers<br /> +GEORGE BANTA PUBLISHING CO., MENASHA, WIS.</p> + +<p class="other">OTHER DISTRIBUTERS</p> +<p>(Order from nearest one)</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Boston, Mass.</strong> The Harding Uniform and Regalia Co., 22 School St.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Chicago, Ill.</strong> A. C. McClurg & Co.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Columbus, Ohio.</strong> The M. C. Lilley & Co.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Fort Leavenworth, Kan.</strong><br /> +<span class="i2">U. S. Cavalry Association.</span><br /> +<span class="i2">Book Dept., Army Service Schools.</span></p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Fort Monroe, Va.</strong> Journal U. S. Artillery.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Kalamazoo, Mich.</strong> Henderson-Ames Co.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>New York.</strong><br /> +<span class="i2">Baker & Taylor Co., 4th Ave.</span><br /> +<span class="i2">Army and Navy Coöperative Co., 16 East 42nd St.</span><br /> +<span class="i2">Ridabock & Co., 140 West 36th St.</span><br /> +<span class="i2">Warnock Uniform Co., 16 West 46th St.</span></p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Philadelphia, Pa.</strong> Jacob Reed's Sons, 1424 Chestnut.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Portland, Ore.</strong> J. K. Gill Co.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>San Antonio, Tex.</strong> Frank Brothers Alamo Plaza.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>San Francisco, Cal.</strong> B. Pasquale Co., 115–117 Post St.</p> + +<p class="distributer"><strong>Washington, D. C.</strong><br /> +<span class="i2">Army and Navy Register, 511 Eleventh St. N. W.</span><br /> +<span class="i2">Meyer's Military Shops, 1331 F. St. N. W.</span><br /> +<span class="i2">U. S. Infantry Association, Union Trust Bldg.</span></p> + +<p class="distributer">PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Philippine Education Co., Manila, P. I.</p> +<p class="distributer">HAWAIIAN ISLANDS: Hawaiian News Co., Honolulu, H. T.</p> +<p class="distributer">CANAL ZONE: Post Exchange, Empire, C. Z.</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="note"> +<h2>NOTE</h2> + + +<p>In order to learn thoroughly the contents of this manual it is +suggested that you use in connection with your study of the book the +pamphlet, "QUESTIONS ON MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING," which, by means +of questions, brings out and emphasizes every point mentioned in the +manual.</p> + +<p>"QUESTIONS ON MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING" is especially useful to +students of schools and colleges using the manual, as it enables them, +as nothing else will, to prepare for recitations and examinations.</p> + +<p>The pamphlet can be gotten from the publishers, Geo. Banta Publishing +Co., Menasha, Wis., or from any of the distributers of "MANUAL OF +MILITARY TRAINING." Price 50 cts., postpaid.</p> +</div> + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 289px;"> +<img src="images/cover_fig1.png" width="289" height="500" alt="Cover Insert Fig. I" title="Cover Insert Fig. I" /> +<span class="caption">Cover Insert Fig. I</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 304px;"> +<img src="images/cover_fig2.png" width="304" height="500" alt="Cover Insert Fig. II" title="Cover Insert Fig. II" /> +<span class="caption">Cover Insert Fig. II</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 299px;"> +<img src="images/cover_fig3.png" width="299" height="500" alt="Cover Insert Fig. III" title="Cover Insert Fig. III" /> +<span class="caption">Cover Insert Fig. III</span> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<h2><a name="PREFATORY" id="PREFATORY"></a>PREFATORY</h2> + + +<p>Not only does this manual cover all the subjects prescribed by War +Department orders for the Junior Division, and the Basic Course, +Senior Division, of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps, but it also +contains considerable additional material which broadens its scope, +rounding it out and making it answer the purpose of a general, +all-around book, complete in itself, for training and instruction in +the fundamentals of the art of war.</p> + +<p>The Company is the <em>basic fighting tactical unit</em>—it is the +foundation rock upon which an army is built—and the fighting +efficiency of a COMPANY is based on systematic and thorough training.</p> + +<p>This manual is a presentation of MILITARY TRAINING as manifested in +the training and instruction of a COMPANY. The book contains all the +essentials pertaining to the training and instruction of COMPANY +officers, noncommissioned officers and privates, and the officer who +masters its contents and who makes his COMPANY proficient in the +subjects embodied herein, will be in every way qualified, <em>without the +assistance of a single other book</em>, to command with credit and +satisfaction, in peace and in war, a COMPANY that will be an +<em>efficient fighting weapon</em>.</p> + +<p>This manual, as indicated below, is divided into a Prelude and nine +Parts, subjects of a similar or correlative nature being thus grouped +together.</p> + +<div class="parts_of_manual"> +<table summary="Parts of manual"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PRELUDE">PRELUDE.</a></td> + <td>The Object and Advantages of Military Training.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_I">PART I.</a></td> + <td>Drills, Exercises, Ceremonies, and Inspections.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_II">PART II.</a></td> + <td>Company Command.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_III">PART III.</a></td> + <td>Miscellaneous Subjects Pertaining to Company Training and Instruction.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_IV">PART IV.</a></td> + <td>Rifle Training and Instruction.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_V">PART V.</a></td> + <td>Health and Kindred Subjects.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_VI">PART VI.</a></td> + <td>Military Courtesy and Kindred Subjects.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_VII">PART VII.</a></td> + <td>Guard Duty.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_VIII">PART VIII.</a></td> + <td>Military Organization.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#PART_IX">PART IX.</a></td> + <td>Map Reading and Sketching.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + +<p>A schedule of training and instruction covering a given period and +suitable to the local conditions that obtain in any given school or +command, can be readily arranged by looking over the TABLE OF +CONTENTS, and selecting therefrom such subjects as it is desired to +use, the number and kind, and the time to be devoted to each, +depending upon the time available, and climatic and other conditions.</p> + +<p>It is suggested that, for the sake of variety, in drawing up a program +of instruction and training, when practicable a part of each day or a +part of each drill time, be devoted to theoretical work and a part to +practical work, theoretical work, when possible, being followed by +corresponding practical work, the practice (the <em>doing</em> of a thing) +thus putting a clincher, as it were, on the theory (the explaining of +a thing). The theoretical work, for example, could be carried on in +the forenoon and the practical work in the afternoon, or the +theoretical work could be carried on from, say, 8 to 9:30 a. m., and +the practical work from 9:30 to 10:30 or 11 a. m.</p> + +<p>Attention is invited to the completeness of the Index, whereby one is +enabled to locate at once any point covered in the book.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="acknowledgement"> +<h2><a name="ACKNOWLEDGMENT" id="ACKNOWLEDGMENT"></a>ACKNOWLEDGMENT</h2> + + +<p>The author wishes to acknowledge the assistance received in the +revision of this Manual in the form of suggestions from a large number +of officers on duty at our military schools and colleges, suggestions +that enabled him not only to improve the Manual in subject-matter as +well as in arrangement, but that have also enabled him to give our +military schools and colleges a textbook which, in a way, may be said +to represent the consensus of opinion of our Professors of Military +Science and Tactics as to what such a book should embody in both +subject-matter and arrangement.</p> + +<p>Suggestions received from a number of Professors of Military Science +and Tactics show conclusively that local conditions as to average age +and aptitude of students, interest taken in military training by the +student body, support given by the school authorities, etc., are so +different in different schools that it would be impossible to write a +book for general use that would, in amount of material, arrangement +and otherwise, just exactly fit, in toto, the conditions, and meet the +requirements of each particular school.</p> + +<p>Therefore, the only practical, satisfactory solution of the problem is +to produce a book that meets <em>all</em> the requirements of the strictly +military schools, where the conditions for military training and +instruction are the most favorable, and the requirements the greatest, +and then let other schools take only such parts of the book as are +necessary to meet their own particular local needs and requirements.</p> + +<p>"MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING" is such a book.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/signature.png" width="200" height="94" alt="Jas. A. Moss" title="Jas. A. Moss" /> +</div> + +<p class="clear">Camp Gaillard, C. Z.,<br /> +<span class="date">March 4, 1917.</span></p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="TABLE_OF_CONTENTS" id="TABLE_OF_CONTENTS"></a>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2> + +<div id="toc"> +<table summary="Table of Contents"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> + <th class="table_right">Par. No.</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="firsthead" colspan="3">PRELUDE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">OBJECT AND ADVANTAGES OF MILITARY TRAINING</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td><strong>Object of:</strong> Setting-Up Exercises, Calisthenics, +Facings and Marchings, Saluting, +Manual of Arms, School of the Squad, +Company Drill, Close Order, Extended +Order, Ceremonies, Discipline—<strong>Advantages:</strong> +Handiness, Self-Control, Loyalty, +Orderliness, Self-Confidence, Self-Respect, +Training Eyes, Teamwork, Heeding Law +and Order, Sound Body.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#PRELUDE">1–23</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART I</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER I.</strong></td> + <td><strong>INFANTRY DRILL REGULATIONS</strong>—Definitions—General +Remarks—General +Rules for Drills and Formations—Orders, +Commands, and Signals—School of the +Soldier—School of the Squad—School of +the Company—School of the Battalion—Combat—Leadership—Combat +Reconnaissance—Fire +Superiority—Fire Direction +and Control—Deployment—Attack—Defense—Meeting +Engagements—Machine +Guns—Ammunition Supply—Mounted +Scouts—Night Operations—Infantry +Against Cavalry—Infantry Against Artillery—Artillery +Supports—Minor Warfare—Ceremonies—Inspections—Muster—The +Color—Manual of the Saber—Manual of +Tent Pitching—Appendices A and B.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_I_I">24–710</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER II.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MANUAL OF THE BAYONET</strong>—Nomenclature +and Description of the Bayonet—Instruction +without the Rifle—Instruction +with the Rifle—Instruction without the +Bayonet—Combined Movements—Fencing +Exercises—Fencing at Will—Lessons of +the European War—The "Short point"—The "Jab."</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_II_I">711–824</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER III.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MANUAL OF PHYSICAL TRAINING</strong>—Methods—Commands—Setting-Up +Exercises—Rifle Exercises.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_III_I">825–860</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER IV.</strong></td> + <td><strong>SIGNALING</strong>—General Service Code—Wigwag—The +Two-Arm Semaphore Code—Signaling with Heliograph, Flash Lanterns,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> +and Searchlight—Sound Signals—Morse +Code.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV_I">861–866</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART II</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">COMPANY COMMAND</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER I.</strong></td> + <td><strong>GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION</strong> +<strong>OF A COMPANY</strong>—Duties and +Responsibilities of the Captain and the +Lieutenants—Devolution of Work and +Responsibility—Duties and Responsibilities +of the First Sergeant and other Noncommissioned +Officers—Contentment and +Harmony—Efficacious Forms of Company +Punishment—Property Responsibility—Books +and Records.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_I_II">867–909</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER II.</strong></td> + <td><strong>DISCIPLINE</strong>—Definition—Methods of +Attaining Good Discipline—Importance—Sound +Discipline—Punishment—General +Principles.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_II_II">910–916</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART III</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">MISCELLANEOUS SUBJECTS PERTAINING TO COMPANY +TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER I.</strong></td> + <td><strong>GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF COMPANY</strong> +<strong>TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION</strong>—Object +of Training and Instruction—Method +and Progression—Individual Initiative—The +Human Element—Art of Instruction +on the Ground—Ocular Demonstration.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_I_III">917–941</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER II.</strong></td> + <td><strong>GENERAL COMMON SENSE PRINCIPLES</strong> +<strong>OF APPLIED MINOR TACTICS</strong>—Art +of War Defined—Responsibilities +of Officers and Noncommissioned Officers +in War—General Rules and Principles of +Map Problems, Terrain Exercises, the +War Game, and Maneuvers—Estimating +the Situation—Mission.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_II_III">942–953</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER III.</strong></td> + <td><strong>GENERAL PLAN OF INSTRUCTION</strong> +<strong>IN MAP PROBLEMS FOR NONCOMMISSIONED +OFFICERS AND PRIVATES—INSTRUCTION +IN DELIVERING +MESSAGES.</strong></td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_III_III">954–958</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER IV.</strong></td> + <td><strong>THE SERVICE OF INFORMATION</strong>—General +Principles of Patrolling—Sizes of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> +Patrols—Patrol Leaders—Patrol Formations—Messages +and Reports—Suggestions +for Gaining Information about the +Enemy—Suggestions for the Reconnaissance +of Various Positions and Localities—Demolitions—Problems +in Patrolling.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV_III">959–1019</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER V.</strong></td> + <td><strong>THE SERVICE OF SECURITY</strong>—General +principles—Advance Guard—Advance +Guard Problems—Flank Guards—Rear +Guard—Outposts—Formation of Outposts—Outguards—Flags +of Truce—Detached +Posts—Examining Posts—Establishing +the Outpost—Outpost Order—Intercommunication—Outpost +Problems.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_V_III">1020–1079</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER VI.</strong></td> + <td><strong>THE COMPANY ON OUTPOST</strong>—Establishing +the Outpost.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI_III">1080</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER VII.</strong></td> + <td><strong>THE COMPANY IN SCOUTING AND +PATROLLING</strong>—Requisites of a Good +Scout—Eyesight and hearing—Finding +Way in Strange Country—What to do +when Lost—Landmarks—Concealment +and Dodging—Tracking—The Mouse and +Cat Contest—Flag Stealing Contest.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII_III">1081–1090</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER VIII.</strong></td> + <td><strong>NIGHT OPERATIONS</strong>—Importance—Training +of the Company—Individual +Training—Collective Training—Outposts.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII_III">1091–1108</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER IX.</strong></td> + <td><strong>FIELD ENGINEERING</strong>—Bridges—Corduroying—Tascines—Hurdles—Brush +Revetment—Gabions—Other +Revetments—Knots—Lashings.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX_III">1109–1139</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER X.</strong></td> + <td><strong>FIELD FORTIFICATIONS</strong>—Object—Classification—Hasty +Intrenchments—Lying +Trench—Kneeling Trench—Standing +Trench—Deliberate Intrenchments—Fire +Trenches—Traverses—Trench recesses; +sortie steps—Parados—Head Cover—Notches +and Loopholes—Cover Trenches—Dugouts—Communicating +Trenches—Lookouts—Supporting +Points—Example +of Trench System—Location of Trenches—Concealment +of Trenches—Dummy +Trenches—Length of Trench—Preparation +of Foreground—Revetments—Drainage—Water +Supply—Latrines—Illumination +of the foreground—Telephones—Siege +Works.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_X_III">1140–1172</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span><strong>CHAPTER XI.</strong></td> + <td><strong>OBSTACLES</strong>—Object—Necessity for Obstacles—Location—Abatis—Palisades—Fraises—Cheveaux +de Frise—Obstacles +against Cavalry—Wire Entanglements—Time +and Materials—Wire Fence—Military +Pits or Trous de Loup—Miscellaneous +Barricades—Inundations—Obstacles +in Front of Outguards—Lessons from the +European War—Wire Cheveaux de Frise—Guarding +Obstacles—Listening Posts—Automatic +Alarms—Search Lights.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI_III">1173–1193</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER XII.</strong></td> + <td><strong>TRENCH AND MINE WARFARE</strong>—Asphyxiating +Gases—Protection against +Gases—Liquid Fire—Grenades—Bombs—Aerial +Mines—Winged Torpedoes—Bombs +from Air-Craft—Protection against Hand +Grenades—Tanks—Helmets—Masks—Periscopes—Sniperscopes—Aids +to Firing—Mining—Countermining.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII_III">1194–1211</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER XIII.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MARCHES</strong>—Marching Principal Occupation +of Troops in Campaign-Physical +Training Hardening New Troops—Long +Marches Not to Be Made with Untrained +Troops—A Successful March—Preparation—Starting—Conduct +of March—Rate—Marching +Capacity—Halts—Crossing +Bridges and Fords—Straggling and +Elongation of Column—Forced Marches—Night +Marches—No Compliments Paid +on March—Protection on March—Fitting +of Shoes and Care of Feet.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII_III">1212–1229</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER XIV.</strong></td> + <td><strong>CAMPS</strong>—Selection of Camp Sites—Desirable +Camp Sites—Undesirable Camp +Sites—Form and Dimensions of Camps—Making +Camp—Retreat in Camp—Parade +Ground—Windstorms—Making Tent Poles +and Pegs Fast in Loose Soil—Trees.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV_III">1230–1240</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER XV.</strong></td> + <td><strong>CAMP SANITATION</strong>—Definition—Camp +Expedients—Latrines—Urinal Tubs—Kitchens—Kitchen +Pits—Incinerators—Drainage—Avoiding +Old Camp Sites—Changing +Camp Sites—Bunks—Wood—Water—Rules +of Sanitation—Your Camp, +Your Home.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV_III">1241–1255</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER XVI.</strong></td> + <td><strong>INDIVIDUAL COOKING</strong>—Making Fire—Recipes—Meats—Vegetables—Drinks—Hot +Breads—Emergency Ration.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI_III">1256–1275</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span><strong>CHAPTER XVII.</strong></td> + <td><strong>CARE AND PRESERVATION OF +CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT</strong>—Clothing—Pressing—Removing +Stains—Shoes—Cloth Equipment—Washing—Shelter +Tent—Mess Outfit—Leather Equipment—Points +to Be Remembered.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII_III">1276–1320</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER XVIII.</strong></td> + <td><strong>CARE AND DESCRIPTION OF THE +RIFLE</strong>—Importance—Care of Bore—How +to Remove Fouling—Care of Mechanism +and Various Parts—How to Apply Oil—Army +Regulation Paragraphs About Rifle—Nomenclature +of Rifle.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII_III">1321–1343</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART IV</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">RIFLE TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Object and Explanation of Our System of +Instruction—Individual Instruction—Theory +of Sighting—Kinds of Sights—Preliminary +Drills—Position and Aiming +Drills—Deflection and Elevation Correction +Drills—Gallery Practice—Range +Practice—Use of Sling—Designation of +Winds—Zero of Rifle—Estimating Distances—Wind—Temperature—Light—Mirage—Combat +Practice—Fire Discipline—Technical +Principles of Firing—Ballistic +Qualities of the Rifle—Cone of +Fire—Shot Group—Center of Impact—Beaten +Zone—Zone of Effective Fire—Effectiveness +of Fire—Influence of +Ground—Grazing Fire—Ricochet Shots—Occupation +of Ground—Adjustment of +Fire—Determination of Range—Combined +Sights—Auxiliary Aiming Points—Firing +at Moving Targets—Night Firing—Fire +Direction and Control—Distribution of +Fire—Individual Instruction in Fire Distribution—Designation +of Targets—Exercises +in Ranging, Target Designation +Communication, etc.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#PART_IV">1344–1450</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART V</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">CARE OF HEALTH AND KINDRED SUBJECTS</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER I.</strong></td> + <td><strong>CARE OF THE HEALTH</strong>—Importance +of Good Health—Germs—The Five Ways +of Catching Disease—Diseases Caught by +Breathing in Germs—Diseases Caught by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span> +Swallowing Germs—Disease Caught by +Touching Germs—Diseases Caught from +Biting Insects.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_I_V">1451–1469</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER II.</strong></td> + <td><strong>PERSONAL HYGIENE</strong>—Keep the Skin +Clean—Keep the Body Properly Protected +against the Weather—Keep the Body +Properly Fed—Keep the Body Supplied +with Fresh Air—Keep the Body well +Exercised—Keep the Body Rested by +Sufficient Sleep—Keep the Body Free of +Wastes.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_II_V">1470–1477</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER III.</strong></td> + <td><strong>FIRST AID TO THE SICK AND INJURED</strong>—Object +of Teaching First Aid—Asphyxiation +by Gas—Bite of Dog—Bite +of Snake—Bleeding—Broken Bones +(Fractures)—Burns—Bruises—Cuts—Dislocations—Drowning—Electric +Shock—Fainting—Foreign +Body in Eye, in Ear—Freezing—Frost +Bite—Headache—Heat +Exhaustion—Poison—Sprains—Sunburn—Sunstroke—Wounds—Improvised +Litters.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_III_V">1478–1522</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART VI</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">MILITARY COURTESY AND KINDRED SUBJECTS</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER I.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MILITARY DEPORTMENT AND APPEARANCE—PERSONAL</strong> +<strong>CLEANLINESS—FORMS +OF SPEECH—DELIVERY +OF MESSAGES.</strong></td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_I_VI">1523–1531</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER II.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MILITARY COURTESY</strong>—Its Importance—Nature +of Salutes and Their Origin—Whom +to Salute—When and How to +Salute—Usual Mistakes in Saluting—Respect +to Be Paid the National Anthem, +the Colors and Standards.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_II_VI">1532–1575</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART VII</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">GUARD DUTY</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Importance—Respect for Sentinels—Classification +of Guards—General Rules—The +Commanding Officer—The Officer of the +Day—The Commander of the Guard—Sergeant +of the Guard—Corporal of the +Guard—Musicians of the Guard—Orderlies +and Color Sentinels—Privates of the +Guard—Countersigns and Paroles—Guard +Patrols—Compliments from Guards—Gen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>eral +Rules Concerning Guard Duty—Stable +Guards—Troop Stable Guards—Reveille +and Retreat Gun—Formal Guard Mounting—Informal +Guard Mounting.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#PART_VII">1576–1857</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART VIII</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">MILITARY ORGANIZATION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Composition of Infantry, Cavalry and +Field Artillery Units up to and Including +the Regiment.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#PART_VIII">1858</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="head" colspan="3">PART IX</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="subhead" colspan="3">MAP READING AND SKETCHING</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER I.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MAP READING</strong>—Definition of Map—Ability +to Read a Map—Scales—Methods +of Representing Scales—Construction of +Scales—Scale Problems—Scaling Distances +from a Map—Contours—Map Distances—Slopes—Meridians—Determination +of Positions of Points on Map—Orientation—Conventional +Signs—Visibility.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_I_IX">1859–1877</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>CHAPTER II.</strong></td> + <td><strong>MILITARY SKETCHING</strong>—The Different +Methods of Sketching—Location of +Points by Intersection—Location of +points by Resection—Location of Points +by Traversing—Contours—Form Lines—Scales—Position +Sketching—Outpost +Sketching—Road Sketching—Combined +Sketching—Points for Beginners to +Remember.</td> + <td class="table_right"><a href="#CHAPTER_II_IX">1878–1893</a></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PRELUDE" id="PRELUDE"></a>PRELUDE</h2> + +<p class="chapter_head">THE OBJECT AND ADVANTAGES OF MILITARY TRAINING</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1" id="Para_1">1</a>. Prelude.</strong> We will first consider the object and advantages of +military training, as they are the natural and logical prelude to the +subject of military training and instruction.</p> + + +<h3>Object</h3> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_2" id="Para_2">2</a>. The object of all military training is to win battles.</strong></p> + +<p>Everything that you do in military training is done with some +immediate object in view, which, in turn, has in view the <em>final</em> +object of winning battles. For example:</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_3" id="Para_3">3</a>. Setting-up exercises.</strong> The object of the setting-up exercises, as +the name indicates, is to give the new men the <em>set-up</em>,—the bearing +and carriage,—of the military man.</p> + +<p>In addition these exercises serve to loosen up his muscles and prepare +them for his later experiences and development.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_4" id="Para_4">4</a>. Calisthenics.</strong> Calisthenics may be called the big brother, the +grown-up form, of the setting-up exercise.</p> + +<p>The object of calisthenics is to develop and strengthen all parts and +muscles of the human body,—the back, the legs, the arms, the lungs, +the heart and all other parts of the body.</p> + +<p>First and foremost a fighting man's work depends upon his physical +fitness.</p> + +<p>To begin with, a soldier's mind must always be on the alert and equal +to any strain, and no man's mind can be at its best when he is +handicapped by a weak or ailing body.</p> + +<p>The work of the fighting man makes harsh demands on his body. It must +be strong enough to undergo the strain of marching when every muscle +cries out for rest; strong enough to hold a rifle steady under fatigue +and excitement; strong enough to withstand all sorts of weather, and +the terrible nervous and physical strain of modern battle; and more, +it must be strong enough to resist those diseases of campaign which +kill more men than do the bullets of the enemy.</p> + +<p>Hence the necessity of developing and strengthening every part and +muscle of the body.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_5" id="Para_5">5</a>. Facings and Marchings.</strong> The object of the facings and marchings is +to give the soldier complete control of his body in drills, so that he +can get around with ease and promptness at every command.</p> + +<p>The marchings,—the military walk and run,—also teach the soldier how +to get from one place to another in campaign with the least amount of +physical exertion.</p> + +<p>Every man knows how to walk and run, but few of them how to do so +without making extra work of it. One of the first principles in +training the body of the soldier is to make each set of muscles do its +own work and save the strength of the other muscles for their work. +Thus the soldier marches in quick time,—walks,—with his legs, +keeping the rest of his body as free from motion as possible. He +marches in double<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> time,—runs,—with an easy swinging stride which +requires no effort on the part of the muscles of the body.</p> + +<p>The marchings also teach the soldier to walk and run at a steady gait. +For example, in marching in quick time, he takes 120 steps each +minute; in double time, he takes 180 per minute.</p> + +<p>Furthermore, the marchings teach the soldier to walk and run with +others,—that is, in a body.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_6" id="Para_6">6</a>. Saluting.</strong> The form of salutation and greeting for the civilian +consists in raising the hat.</p> + +<p>The form of salutation and greeting for the military man consists in +rendering the military salute,—a form of salutation which marks you +as a member of the Fraternity of Men-at-arms, men banded together for +national defense, bound to each other by love of country and pledged +to the loyal support of its symbol, the Flag. For the full +significance of the military salute see <a href="#Para_1534">paragraph 1534</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_7" id="Para_7">7</a>. Manual of Arms.</strong> The rifle is the soldier's fighting weapon and he +must become so accustomed to the <em>feel</em> of it that he handles it +without a thought,—just as he handles his arms or legs without a +thought,—and this is what the manual of arms accomplishes.</p> + +<p>The different movements and positions of the rifle are the ones that +experience has taught are the best and the easiest to accomplish the +object in view.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_8" id="Para_8">8</a>. School of the Squad.</strong> The object of squad drill is to teach the +soldier his first lesson in <em>team-work</em>,—and team-work is the thing +that wins battles.</p> + +<p>In the squad the soldier is associated with seven other men with whom +he drills, eats, sleeps, marches, and fights.</p> + +<p>The squad is the unit upon which all of the work of the company +depends. Unless the men of each squad work together as a single +man,—unless there is <em>team-work</em>,—the work of the company is almost +impossible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_9" id="Para_9">9</a>. Company Drill.</strong> Several squads are banded together into a +company,—the basic fighting unit. In order for a company to be able +to comply promptly with the will of its commander, it must be like a +pliable, easily managed instrument. And in order to win battles a +company on the firing line must be able to comply promptly with the +will of its commander.</p> + +<p>The object of company drill is to get such team-work amongst the +squads that the company will at all times move and act like a pliable, +easily managed whole.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_10" id="Para_10">10</a>. Close Order.</strong> In close order drill the strictest attention is paid +to all the little details, all movements being executed with the +greatest precision. The soldiers being close together,—in <em>close +order</em>,—they form a compact body that is easily managed, and +consequently that lends itself well to teaching the soldier habits of +attention, precision, team-work and instant obedience to the voice of +his commander.</p> + +<p>In order to control and handle bodies of men quickly and without +confusion, they must be taught to group themselves in an orderly +arrangement and to move in an orderly manner. For example, soldiers +are grouped or formed in line, in column of squads, column of files, +etc.</p> + +<p>In close order drill soldiers are taught to move in an orderly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> manner +from one group or formation to another; how to stand, step off, march, +halt and handle their rifles all together.</p> + +<p>This practice makes the soldier feel perfectly at home and at ease in +the squad and company. He becomes accustomed to working side by side +with the man next to him, and, unconsciously, both get into the habit +of working together, thus learning the first principles of +<em>team-work</em>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_11" id="Para_11">11</a>. Extended Order.</strong> This is the fighting drill.</p> + +<p>Modern fire arms have such great penetration that if the soldiers were +all bunched together a single bullet might kill or disable several men +and the explosion of a single shell might kill or disable a whole +company. Consequently, soldiers must be scattered,—<em>extended +out</em>,—to fight.</p> + +<p>In extended order not only do the soldiers furnish a smaller target +for the enemy to shoot at, but they also get room in which to fight +with greater ease and freedom.</p> + +<p>The object of extended order drill is to practice the squads in +team-work by which they are welded into a single fighting machine that +can be readily controlled by its commander.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_12" id="Para_12">12</a>. Parades, reviews, and other ceremonies.</strong> Parades, reviews and other +ceremonies, with their martial music, the presence of spectators, +etc., are intended to stimulate the interest and excite the military +spirit of the command. Also, being occasions for which the soldiers +dress up and appear spruce and trim, they inculcate habits of +tidiness,—they teach a lesson in cleanliness of body and clothes.</p> + +<p>While it is true it may be said that parades, reviews and other +ceremonies form no practical part of the fighting man's training for +battle, they nevertheless serve a very useful purpose in his general +training. In these ceremonies in which soldiers march to martial music +with flags flying, moving and going through the manual of arms with +perfect precision and unison, there results a concerted movement that +produces a feeling such as we have when we dance or when we sing in +chorus. In other words, ceremonies are a sort of "get-together" +exercise which pulls men together in spite of themselves, giving them +a shoulder-to-shoulder feeling of solidity and power that helps to +build up that confidence and spirit which wins battles.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_13" id="Para_13">13</a>. Discipline.</strong> By discipline we mean the <em>habit</em> of observing all +rules and regulations and of obeying promptly all orders. By observing +day after day all rules and regulations and obeying promptly all +orders, it becomes second nature,—a fixed habit,—to do these things.</p> + +<p>Of course, in the Army, like in any other walk of life, there must be +law and order, which is impossible unless everyone obeys the rules and +regulations gotten up by those in authority.</p> + +<p>When a man has cultivated the habit of obeying,—when obedience has +become second nature with him,—he obeys the orders of his leaders +instinctively, even when under the stress of great excitement, such as +when in battle, his own reasoning is confused and his mind is not +working.</p> + +<p>In order to win a battle the <em>will</em> of the commander as expressed +through his subordinates down the line from the second in command to +the squad leaders, must be carried out by everyone. Hence the vital<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> +importance of prompt, instinctive obedience on the part of everybody, +and of discipline, which is the mainspring of obedience and also the +foundation rock of law and order.</p> + +<p>And so could we go on indefinitely pointing out the object of each and +every requirement of military training, for there is none that has no +object and that answers no useful purpose, although the object and +purpose may not always be apparent to the young soldier.</p> + +<p><em>And remember that the final object of all military training is to win +battles.</em></p> + + +<h3>Advantages of Military Training</h3> + +<p>The following are the principal advantages of military training:</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_14" id="Para_14">14</a>. Handiness.</strong> The average man does one thing well. He is more or less +apt to be clumsy about doing other things. The soldier is constantly +called upon to do all sorts of things, and he has to do all of them +well. His hands thus become trained and useful to him, and his mind +gets into the habit of making his hands do what is required of +them,—that is to say, the soldier becomes handy.</p> + +<p>Handy arms are a valuable asset.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_15" id="Para_15">15</a>. Self-control.</strong> In the work of the soldier, control does not stop +with the hands.</p> + +<p>The mind reaches out,—control of the body becomes a habit. The feet, +legs, arms and body gradually come under the sway of the mind. In the +position of the soldier, for instance, the mind holds the body +motionless. In marching, the mind drives the legs to machine-like +regularity. In shooting, the mind assumes command of the arms, hands, +fingers and eye, linking them up and making them work in harmony.</p> + +<p>Control of the body, together with the habit of discipline that the +soldier acquires, leads to control of the mind,—that is, to +<em>self-control</em>.</p> + +<p>Self-control is an important factor in success in any walk of life.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_16" id="Para_16">16</a>. Loyalty.</strong> Loyalty to his comrades, to his company, to his +battalion, to his regiment becomes a religion with the soldier. They +are a part of his life. Their reputation is his; their good name, his +good name; their interests, his interests,—so, loyalty to them is but +natural, and this loyalty soon extends to loyalty in general.</p> + +<p>When you say a man is loyal the world considers that you have paid him +a high tribute.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_17" id="Para_17">17</a>. Orderliness.</strong> In the military service order and system are +watchwords. The smooth running of the military machine depends on +them.</p> + +<p>The care and attention that the soldier is required to give at all +times to his clothes, accouterments, equipment and other belongings, +instill in him habits of orderliness.</p> + +<p>Orderliness increases the value of a man.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_18" id="Para_18">18</a>. Self-confidence and self-respect.</strong> Self-confidence is founded on +one's ability to do things. The soldier is taught to defend himself +with his rifle, and to take care of himself and to do things in almost +any sort of a situation, all of which gives him confidence in +himself,—<em>self-confidence</em>.</p> + +<p>Respect for constituted authority, which is a part of the soldier's +creed, teaches him respect for himself,—<em>self-respect</em>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>Self-confidence and self-respect are a credit to any man.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_19" id="Para_19">19</a>. Eyes trained to observe.</strong> Guard duty, outpost duty, patrolling, +scouting and target practice, train both the eye and the mind to +observe.</p> + +<p>Power of observation is a valuable faculty for a man to possess.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_20" id="Para_20">20</a>. Teamwork.</strong> In drilling, patrolling, marching, maneuvers and in +other phases of his training and instruction, the soldier is taught +the principles of team-work,—coöperation,—whose soul is <em>loyalty</em>, a +trait of every good soldier.</p> + +<p>Teamwork,—coöperation,—leads to success in life.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_21" id="Para_21">21</a>. Heeding law and order.</strong> The cardinal habit of the soldier is +obedience. To obey orders and regulations is a habit with the soldier. +And this habit of obeying orders and regulations teaches him to heed +law and order.</p> + +<p>The man who heeds law and order is a welcome member of any community.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_22" id="Para_22">22</a>. Sound body.</strong> Military training, with its drills, marches, and other +forms of physical exercise, together with its regular habits and +outdoor work, keeps a man physically fit, giving him a sound body.</p> + +<p>A sound body, with the physical exercise and outdoor life of the +soldier, means good digestion, strength, hardiness and endurance.</p> + +<p>A sound body is, indeed, one of the greatest blessings of life.</p> + + +<h3>The Trained Soldier</h3> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_23" id="Para_23">23</a>.</strong> Look at the trained soldier on the following page; study him +carefully from top to bottom, and see what military training does for +a man.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 367px;"> +<span class="caption">THE TRAINED SOLDIER<br /><br /></span> +<img src="images/illus-0023.png" width="367" height="500" alt="The Trained Soldier" title="The Trained Soldier" /> +<span class="caption">WHAT DO YOU THINK OF HIM, EH?</span> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_I" id="PART_I"></a>PART I</h2> + +<p class="part_head">DRILLS, EXERCISES, CEREMONIES AND INSPECTIONS</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I_I" id="CHAPTER_I_I"></a>CHAPTER I</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">INFANTRY DRILL REGULATIONS</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">(To include Changes No. 20, Aug. 18, 1917.)</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">DEFINITIONS</p> + + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(The numbers following the paragraphs are those of the Drill +Regulations, and references in the text to certain paragraph +numbers refer to these numbers and not to the numbers preceding +the paragraphs.)</p> + +<p>(<span class="smcap">Note.</span>—Company drills naturally become monotonous. The monotony, +however, can be greatly reduced by repeating the drills under +varying circumstances. In the manual of arms, for instance, the +company may be brought to open ranks and the officers and +sergeants directed to superintend the drill in the front and rear +ranks. As the men make mistakes they are fallen out and drilled +nearby by an officer or noncommissioned officer. Or, the company +may be divided into squads, each squad leader drilling his squad, +falling out the men as they make mistakes, the men thus fallen out +reporting to a designated officer or noncommissioned officer for +drill. The men who have drilled the longest in the different +squads are then formed into one squad and drilled and fallen out +in like manner. The variety thus introduced stimulates a spirit of +interest and rivalry that robs the drill of much of its monotony.</p> + +<p>It is thought the instruction of a company in drill is best +attained by placing special stress on squad drill. The +noncommissioned officers should be thoroughly instructed, +practically and theoretically, by one of the company officers and +then be required to instruct their squads. The squads are then +united and drilled in the school of the company.—Author.) </p></div> + + +<h4>DEFINITIONS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_24" id="Para_24">24</a>. Alignment:</strong> A straight line upon which several elements are formed, +or are to be formed; or the dressing of several elements upon a +straight line.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0024.png" width="500" height="49" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<div class="blockquot"> +<p><span class="smcap">Note.</span>—The line A-B, on which a body of troops is formed or is to be +formed, or the act of dressing a body of troops on the line, is called +an alignment.—Author.</p> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_25" id="Para_25">25</a>. Base:</strong> The element on which a movement is regulated.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_26" id="Para_26">26</a>. Battle sight:</strong> The position of the rear sight when the leaf is laid +down.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_I_I" id="Fig_2_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0026a.png" width="500" height="110" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_I_I" id="Fig_3_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0026b.png" width="500" height="59" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_27" id="Para_27">27</a>. Center:</strong> The middle point or element of a command. (See <a href="#Fig_2_I_I">Figs. 2</a>, <a href="#Fig_3_I_I">3</a> +and <a href="#Fig_5_I_I">5</a>.) (The designation "center company," indicates the right center +or the actual center company, according as the number of companies is +even or odd.—<a href="#Para_298">Par. 298</a>.)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_28" id="Para_28">28</a>. Column:</strong> A formation in which the elements are placed one behind +another. (See <a href="#Fig_4_I_I">Figs. 4</a>, <a href="#Fig_5_I_I">5</a>, <a href="#Fig_6_I_I">6</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_29" id="Para_29">29</a>. Deploy:</strong> To extend the front. In general to change from column to +line, or from close order to extended order.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_30" id="Para_30">30</a>. Depth:</strong> The space from head to rear of any formation, including the +leading and rear elements. The depth of a man is assumed to be 12 +inches. (See <a href="#Fig_4_I_I">Figs. 4</a>, <a href="#Fig_5_I_I">5</a>, <a href="#Fig_6_I_I">6</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_31" id="Para_31">31</a>. Distance:</strong> Space between elements in the direction of depth. +Distance is measured from the back of the man in front to the breast +of the man in rear. The distance between ranks is 40 inches in both +line and column. (See <a href="#Fig_4_I_I">Figs. 4</a>, <a href="#Fig_5_I_I">5</a>, <a href="#Fig_6_I_I">6</a>.)</p> + +<div class="figtable"> +<table summary="Figs. 4, 5, 6."> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 129px;"> +<a name="Fig_4_I_I" id="Fig_4_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0031a.png" width="129" height="306" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 250px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_I_I" id="Fig_5_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0031b.png" width="250" height="468" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 259px;"> +<a name="Fig_6_I_I" id="Fig_6_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0031c.png" width="259" height="274" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_32" id="Para_32">32</a>. Element:</strong> A file, squad, platoon, company, or larger body, forming +part of a still larger body.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_33" id="Para_33">33</a>. File:</strong> Two men, the front-rank man and the corresponding man of the +rear rank. The front-rank man is the file leader. A file which has no +rear-rank man is a blank file. The term file applies also to a single +man in a single-rank formation.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_34" id="Para_34">34</a>. File closers:</strong> Such officers and noncommissioned officers of a +company as are posted in rear of the line. For convenience, all men +posted in the line of file closers.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_35" id="Para_35">35</a>. Flank:</strong> The right or left of a command in line or in column; also +the element on the right or left of the line. (See <a href="#Fig_2_I_I">Figs. 2</a>, <a href="#Fig_3_I_I">3</a> and <a href="#Fig_4_I_I">4</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_36" id="Para_36">36</a>. Formation:</strong> Arrangement of the elements of a command. The placing +of all fractions in their order in line, in column, or for battle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_37" id="Para_37">37</a>. Front:</strong> The space, in width, occupied by an element, either in line +or in column. The front of a man is assumed to be 22 inches. Front +also denotes the direction of the enemy. (See <a href="#Fig_2_I_I">Figs. 2</a>, <a href="#Fig_3_I_I">3</a> and <a href="#Fig_5_I_I">5</a>).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_38" id="Para_38">38</a>. Guide:</strong> An officer, noncommissioned officer, or private upon whom +the command or elements thereof regulates its march.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_39" id="Para_39">39</a>. Head:</strong> The leading element of a column. (See <a href="#Fig_4_I_I">Figs. 4</a>, <a href="#Fig_5_I_I">5</a> and <a href="#Fig_6_I_I">6</a>.)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_40" id="Para_40">40</a>. Interval:</strong> Space between elements of the same line. The interval +between men in ranks is 4 inches and is measured from elbow to elbow. +Between companies, squads, etc., it is measured from the left elbow of +the left man or guide of the group on the right, to the right elbow of +the right man or guide of the group on the left. (See <a href="#Fig_3_I_I">Fig. 3</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_41" id="Para_41">41</a>. Left:</strong> The left extremity or element of a body of troops.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_42" id="Para_42">42</a>. Line:</strong> A formation in which the different elements are abreast of +each other. (See <a href="#Fig_2_I_I">Figs. 2</a> and <a href="#Fig_3_I_I">3</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_43" id="Para_43">43</a>. Order, close:</strong> The formation in which the units, in double rank, +are arranged in line or in column with normal intervals and distances.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_44" id="Para_44">44</a>. Order, extended:</strong> The formation in which the units are separated by +intervals greater than in close order.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_45" id="Para_45">45</a>. Pace:</strong> Thirty inches; the length of the full step in quick time.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_46" id="Para_46">46</a>. Point of rest:</strong> The point at which a formation begins. +Specifically, the point toward which units are aligned in successive +movements.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_47" id="Para_47">47</a>. Rank:</strong> A line of men placed side by side.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_48" id="Para_48">48</a>. Right:</strong> The right extremity or element of a body of troops.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_49" id="Para_49">49</a>.</strong> <span class="smcap">Note.</span> In view of the fact that the word "Echelon" is a term of +such common usage, the following definition is given: By echelon we +mean a formation in which the subdivisions are placed one behind +another, extending beyond and unmasking one another either wholly or +in part.—Author.</p> + +<div class="figtable"> +<table summary="Figures: Companies unmasking wholly, Companies unmasking in part"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th colspan="2">BATTALION IN ECHELON</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 251px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0049a.png" width="251" height="212" alt="COMPANIES UNMASKING WHOLLY" title="COMPANIES UNMASKING WHOLLY" /> +<span class="caption">COMPANIES UNMASKING WHOLLY</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 154px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0049b.png" width="154" height="211" alt="COMPANIES UNMASKING IN PART" title="COMPANIES UNMASKING IN PART" /> +<span class="caption">COMPANIES UNMASKING IN PART</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + + +<h4>INTRODUCTION</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_50" id="Para_50">50</a>. Object of military training.</strong> Success in battle is the ultimate +object of all military training; success may be looked for only when +the training is intelligent and thorough. (1)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_51" id="Para_51">51</a>. Commanding officers accountable for proper training of +organizations; field efficiency; team-work.</strong> Commanding officers are +accountable for the proper training of their respective organizations +within the limits prescribed by regulations and orders. (2)</p> + +<p>The excellence of an organization is judged by its field efficiency. +The field efficiency of an organization depends primarily upon its +effectiveness as a whole. Thoroughness and uniformity in the training +of the units of an organization are indispensable to the efficiency of +the whole; it is by such means alone that the requisite team-work may +be developed.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_52" id="Para_52">52</a>. Simple movements and elastic formations.</strong> Simple movements and +elastic formations are essential to correct training for battle. (3)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_53" id="Para_53">53</a>. Drill Regulations a Guide; their interpretation.</strong> The Drill +Regulations are furnished as a guide. They provide the principles for +training and for increasing the probability of success in battle. (4)</p> + +<p>In the interpretation of the regulations, the spirit must be sought. +Quibbling over the minutiae of form is indicative of failure to grasp +the spirit.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_54" id="Para_54">54</a>. Combat principles.</strong> The principles of combat are considered in +Pars. 50–363. They are treated in the various schools included in Part +I of the Drill Regulations only to the extent necessary to indicate +the functions of the various commanders and the division of +responsibility between them. The amplification necessary to a proper +understanding of their application is to be sought in Pars. 364–613. +(5)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_55" id="Para_55">55</a>. Drills at attention, ceremonies, extended order, field exercises +and combat exercises.</strong> The following important distinctions must be +observed:</p> + +<p>(a) Drills executed at <strong>attention</strong> and the ceremonies are <strong>disciplinary +exercises</strong> designed to teach precise and soldierly movement, and to +inculcate that prompt and subconscious obedience which is essential to +proper military control. To this end, smartness and precision should +be exacted in the execution of every detail. Such drills should be +frequent, but short.</p> + +<p>(b) The purpose of <strong>extended order drill</strong> is to teach the <strong>mechanism</strong> of +deployment of the firing, and, in general, of the employment of troops +in combat. Such drills are in the nature of disciplinary exercises and +should be frequent, thorough, and exact, in order to habituate men to +the firm control of their leaders. Extended order drill is executed <strong>at +ease</strong>. The company is the largest unit which executes extended order +drill.</p> + +<p>(c) <strong>Field exercises</strong> are for instruction in the duties incident to +campaign. Assumed situations are employed. Each exercise should +conclude with a discussion, on the ground, of the exercise and +principles involved.</p> + +<p>(d) The <strong>combat exercise, a form of field exercise</strong> of the company, +battalion, and larger units, consists of the <strong>application of tactical +principles</strong> to assumed situations, employing in the execution the +appropriate formations and movements of close and extended order.</p> + +<p>Combat exercises must simulate, as far as possible, the battle +conditions assumed. In order to familiarize both officers and men with +such conditions, companies and battalions will frequently be +consolidated to provide war-strength organizations. Officers and +noncommissioned officers not required to complete the full quota of +the units participating are assigned as observers or umpires.</p> + +<p>The firing line can rarely be controlled by the voice alone; thorough +training to insure the proper use of prescribed signals is necessary.</p> + +<p>The exercise should be followed by a brief drill at attention in order +to restore smartness and control. (6)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_56" id="Para_56">56</a>. Imaginary, outlined and represented enemy.</strong> In field exercises the +enemy is said to be <strong>imaginary</strong> when his position and force are merely +assumed; <strong>outlined</strong> when his position and force are indicated by a few +men; <strong>represented</strong> when a body of troops acts as such. (7)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>General Rules for Drills and Formations</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_57" id="Para_57">57</a>. Arrangement of elements of preparatory command.</strong> When the +<strong>preparatory</strong> command consists of more than one part, its elements are +arranged as follows:</p> + +<p>(1) For movements to be executed successively by the subdivisions or +elements of an organization: (a) Description of the movement; (b) how +executed, or on what element executed.</p> + +<p>(For example: <strong>1. Column of Companies, first company, squads right. 2. +March.</strong>—Author.)</p> + +<p>(2) For movements to be executed simultaneously by the subdivisions of +an organization: (a) The designation of the subdivisions; (b) The +movement to be executed. (For example: <strong>1. Squads right. 2. +March.</strong>—Author.) (8)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_58" id="Para_58">58</a>. Movements executed toward either flank explained toward but one +flank.</strong> Movements that may be executed toward either flank are +explained as toward but one flank, it being necessary to substitute +the word "left" for "right," and the reverse, to have the explanation +of the corresponding movement toward the other flank. The commands are +given for the execution of the movements toward either flank. The +substitute word of the command is placed within parentheses. (9)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_59" id="Para_59">59</a>. Any movement may be executed from halt or when marching unless +otherwise prescribed.</strong> Any movement may be executed either from the +halt or when marching, unless otherwise prescribed. If at a halt, the +command for movements involving marching need not be prefaced by +<strong>forward</strong>, as <strong>1. Column right (left), 2. MARCH</strong>. (10)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_60" id="Para_60">60</a>. Any movement may be executed in double time unless specially +excepted.</strong> Any movement not specially excepted may be executed in +double time.</p> + +<p>If at a halt, or if marching in quick time, the command <strong>double time</strong> +precedes the command of execution. (11)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_61" id="Para_61">61</a>. Successive movements executed in double time.</strong> In successive +movements executed in double time the leading or <strong>base</strong> unit marches in +<strong>quick time</strong> when not otherwise prescribed; the other units march in +<strong>double time</strong> to their places in the formation ordered and then conform +to the gait of the leading or base unit. If marching in double time, +the command <strong>double time</strong> is omitted. The leading or base unit marches +in <strong>quick time</strong>; the other units continue at double time to their places +in the formation ordered and then conform to the gait of the leading +or base unit. (12)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_62" id="Para_62">62</a>. To hasten execution of movement begun in quick time.</strong> To hasten the +execution of a movement begun in quick time, the command: <strong>1. Double +time, 2. MARCH</strong>, is given. The leading or base unit continues to march +in quick time, or remains at halt, if already halted; the other units +complete the execution of the movement in double time and then conform +to the gait of the leading or base unit. (13)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_63" id="Para_63">63</a>. To stay execution of movement when marching, for correction of +errors.</strong> To stay the execution of a movement when marching, for the +correction of errors, the command: <strong>1. In place, 2. HALT</strong>, is given. All +halt and stand fast without changing the position of the pieces. To<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> +resume the movement the command: <strong>1. Resume, 2. MARCH</strong>, is given. (14)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_64" id="Para_64">64</a>. To revoke preparatory command or begin anew movement improperly +begun.</strong> To revoke a preparatory command, or, being at a halt, to begin +anew a movement improperly begun, the command, <strong>AS YOU WERE</strong>, is given, +at which the movement ceases and the former position is resumed. (15)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_65" id="Para_65">65</a>. Guide.</strong> Unless otherwise announced, the guide of a company or +subdivision of a company in line is <strong>right</strong>; of a battalion in line or +line of subdivisions or of a deployed line, <strong>center</strong>; of a rank in +column of squads, toward the side of the guide of the company.</p> + +<p>To march with guide other than as prescribed above, or to change the +guide: <strong>Guide (right, left, or center).</strong></p> + +<p>In successive formations into line, the guide is toward the point of +rest; in platoons or larger subdivisions it is so announced.</p> + +<p>The announcement of the guide, when given in connection with a +movement follows the command of execution for that. Exception: <strong>1. As +skirmishers, guide right (left or center), 2. MARCH.</strong> (16)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_66" id="Para_66">66</a>. Turn on fixed and moving pivots.</strong> The turn on the fixed pivot by +subdivisions is used in all formations from line into column and the +reverse.</p> + +<p>The turn on the <strong>moving pivot</strong> is used by subdivisions of a column in +executing changes of direction. (17)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_67" id="Para_67">67</a>. Partial changes of direction.</strong> Partial changes of direction may be +executed:</p> + +<p>By interpolating in the preparatory command the word <strong>half, as Column +half right (left), or Right (left) half turn</strong>. A change of direction of +45° is executed.</p> + +<p>By the command: <strong>INCLINE TO THE RIGHT (LEFT).</strong> The guide, or guiding +element, moves in the indicated direction and the remainder of the +command conforms. This movement effects slight changes of direction. +(18)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_68" id="Para_68">68</a>. Line of platoons, companies, etc.</strong> The <strong>designations line of +platoons, line of companies, line of battalions</strong>, etc., refer to the +formations in which the platoons, companies, battalions, etc., each in +column of squads, are in line. (19)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_69" id="Para_69">69</a>. Full distance in column of subdivisions; guide of leading +subdivision charged with step and direction.</strong> Full distance in column +of subdivisions is such that in forming line to the right or left the +subdivisions will have their proper intervals.</p> + +<p>In column of subdivisions the guide of the leading subdivision is +charged with the step and direction; the guides in rear preserve the +trace, step, and distance. (20)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_70" id="Para_70">70</a>. Double rank, habitual close order formation; uniformity of +interval between files obtained by placing hand on hip.</strong> In close +order, all details, detachments, and other bodies of troops are +habitually formed in double rank.</p> + +<p>To insure uniformity of interval between files when falling in, and in +alignments, each man places the palm of the left hand upon the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> hip, +fingers pointing downward. In the first case, the hand is dropped by +the side when the next man on the left has his interval; in the second +case, at the command front. (21)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_71" id="Para_71">71</a>. Posts of officers, noncommissioned officers, and special units; +duties of file closers.</strong> The posts of officers, noncommissioned +officers, special units (such as band or machine-gun company), etc., +in the various formations of the company, battalion, or regiment, are +shown in plates.</p> + +<p>In all changes from one formation to another involving a change of +post on the part of any of these, posts are promptly taken by the most +convenient route as soon as practicable after the command of execution +for the movement; officers and noncommissioned officers who have +prescribed duties in connection with the movement ordered, take their +new posts when such duties are completed.</p> + +<p>As instructors, officers and noncommissioned officers go wherever +their presence is necessary. As file closers it is their duty to +rectify mistakes and insure steadiness and promptness in the ranks. +(22)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_72" id="Para_72">72</a>. Special units have no fixed posts except at ceremonies.</strong></p> + +<p>Except at ceremonies, the special units have no fixed places. They +take places as directed; in the absence of directions, they conform as +nearly as practicable to the plates, and in subsequent movements +maintain their relative positions with respect to the flank or end of +the command on which they were originally posted. (23)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0073.png" width="300" height="208" alt="Formation of Staff" title="Formation of Staff" /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_73" id="Para_73">73</a>. General, field and staff officers habitually mounted; formation of +staff; drawing and returning saber.</strong> General, field, and staff officers +are habitually mounted. The staff of any officer forms in single rank, +3 paces in rear of him, the right of the rank extending 1 pace to the +right of a point directly in rear of him. Members of the staff are +arranged in order from right to left as follows: General staff +officers, adjutant, aids, other staff officers, arranged in each +classification in order of rank, the senior on the right. The flag of +the general officer and the orderlies are 3 paces in rear of the +staff, the flag on the right. When necessary to reduce the front of +the staff and orderlies, each line executes <strong>twos right or fours right</strong>, +as explained in the Cavalry Drill Regulations, and follows the +commander.</p> + +<p>When not otherwise prescribed, staff officers draw and return saber +with their chief. (24)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_74" id="Para_74">74</a>. Mounted officer turns to left in executing about; when commander +faces about to give commands, staff and others stand fast.</strong> In making +the about, an officer, mounted, habitually turns to the left.</p> + +<p>When the commander faces to give commands, the staff, flag, and +orderlies do not change position. (25)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_75" id="Para_75">75</a>. Saluting when making and receiving reports; saluting on meeting.</strong> +When making or receiving official reports, or on meeting out of doors, +all officers will salute.</p> + +<p>Military courtesy requires the junior to salute first, but when the +salute is introductory to a report made at a military ceremony or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> +formation, to the representative of a common superior (as, for +example, to the adjutant, officer of the day, etc.), the officer +making the report, whatever his rank, will salute first; the officer +to whom the report is made will acknowledge by saluting that he has +received and understood the report. (26)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_76" id="Para_76">76</a>. Formation of mounted enlisted men for ceremonies.</strong> For ceremonies, +all mounted enlisted men of a regiment or smaller unit, except those +belonging to the machine-gun organizations, are consolidated into a +detachment; the senior present commands if no officer is in charge. +The detachment is formed as a platoon or squad of cavalry in line or +column of fours; noncommissioned staff officers are on the right or in +the leading ranks. (27)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_77" id="Para_77">77</a>. Post of dismounted noncommissioned staff officers for ceremonies.</strong> +For ceremonies, such of the noncommissioned staff officers as are +dismounted are formed 5 paces in rear of the color, in order of rank +from right to left. In column of squads they march as file closers. +(28)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_78" id="Para_78">78</a>. Post of noncommissioned staff officers and orderlies other than +for ceremonies.</strong> Other than for ceremonies, noncommissioned staff +officers and orderlies accompany their immediate chiefs unless +otherwise directed. If mounted, the noncommissioned staff officers are +ordinarily posted on the right or at the head of the orderlies. (29)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_79" id="Para_79">79</a>. Noncommissioned officer commanding platoon or company, carrying of +piece and taking of post.</strong> In all formations and movements a +noncommissioned officer commanding a platoon or company carries his +piece as the men do, if he is so armed, and takes the same post as an +officer in like situation. When the command is formed in line for +ceremonies, a noncommissioned officer commanding a company takes post +on the right of the right guide after the company has been aligned. +(30)</p> + + +<h4>ORDERS, COMMANDS, AND SIGNALS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_80" id="Para_80">80</a>. When commands, signals, and orders are used.</strong> <strong>Commands</strong> only are +employed in drill at attention. Otherwise either a <strong>command, signal, or +order</strong> is employed, as best suits the occasion, or one may be used in +conjunction with another. (31)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_81" id="Para_81">81</a>. Instruction in use of signals; use of headdress, etc., in making +signals.</strong> <strong>Signals</strong> should be freely used in instruction, in order that +officers and men may readily know them. In making arm signals, the +saber, rifle, or headdress may be held in the hand. (32)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_82" id="Para_82">82</a>. Fixing of attention; a signal includes command of preparation and +of execution.</strong> Officers and men fix their attention at the first word +of command, the first note of the bugle or whistle, or the first +motion of the signal. A signal includes both the preparatory command +and the command of execution; the movement commences as soon as the +signal is understood, unless otherwise prescribed. (33)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_83" id="Para_83">83</a>. Repeating orders, commands and signals; officers, platoon leaders, +guides and musicians equipped with whistles; whistles with different +tones.</strong> Except in movements executed at <strong>attention</strong>, commanders or +leaders of subdivisions repeat orders, commands, or signals whenever +such repetition is deemed necessary to insure <strong>prompt</strong> and correct +execution.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>Officers, battalion noncommissioned staff officers, platoon leaders, +guides, and musicians are equipped with whistles.</p> + +<p>The Major and his staff will use a whistle of distinctive tone; the +captain and company musicians a second and distinctive whistle; the +platoon leaders and guides a third distinctive whistle. (34)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_84" id="Para_84">84</a>. Limitation of prescribed signals; special prearranged signals.</strong> +Prescribed signals are limited to such as are essential as a +substitute for the voice under conditions which render the voice +inadequate.</p> + +<p>Before or during an engagement special signals may be agreed upon to +facilitate the solution of such special difficulties as the particular +situation is likely to develop, but it must be remembered that +simplicity and certainty are indispensable qualities of a signal. (35)</p> + + +<h5>Orders</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_85" id="Para_85">85</a>. Orders defined; when employed.</strong> In these regulations an <strong>order</strong> +embraces instructions or directions given orally or in writing in +terms suited to the particular occasion and not prescribed herein.</p> + +<p><strong>Orders</strong> are employed only when the <strong>commands</strong> prescribed herein do not +sufficiently indicate the will of the commander.</p> + +<p>Orders are more fully described in <a href="#Para_392">paragraphs 378</a> to 383, inclusive. +(36)</p> + + +<h5>Commands</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_86" id="Para_86">86</a>. Command defined.</strong> In these regulations a <strong>command</strong> is the will of the +commander expressed in the phraseology prescribed herein. (37)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_87" id="Para_87">87</a>. Kinds of commands; how given.</strong> There are two kinds of commands:</p> + +<p>The <strong>preparatory</strong> command, such as <strong>forward</strong>, indicates the movement that +is to be executed.</p> + +<p>The command of <strong>execution</strong>, such as <strong>MARCH</strong>, <strong>HALT</strong>, or <strong>ARMS</strong>, causes the +execution.</p> + +<p><strong>Preparatory</strong> commands are distinguished by <strong>italics</strong>; those of execution +by <strong>CAPITALS</strong>.</p> + +<p>Where it is not mentioned in the text who gives the commands +prescribed, they are to be given by the commander of the unit +concerned.</p> + +<p>The <strong>preparatory</strong> command should be given at such an interval of time +before the command of <strong>execution</strong> as to admit of being properly +understood; the command of <strong>execution</strong> should be given at the instant +the movement is to commence.</p> + +<p>The tone of command is animated, distinct, and of a loudness +proportioned to the number of men for whom it is intended.</p> + +<p>Each <strong>preparatory</strong> command is enunciated distinctly, with a rising +inflection at the end, and in such manner that the command of +<strong>execution</strong> may be more energetic.</p> + +<p>The command of <strong>execution</strong> is firm in tone and brief. (38)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_88" id="Para_88">88</a>. Battalion and higher commanders repeat commands of superiors; +battalion largest unit executing movement at command of its commander.</strong> +Majors and commanders of units larger than a battalion repeat such +commands of their superiors as are to be executed by their units, +facing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> their units for that purpose. The battalion is the largest +unit that executes a movement at the command of execution of its +commander. (39)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_89" id="Para_89">89</a>. Facing troops and avoiding indifference when giving commands.</strong> When +giving commands to troops it is usually best to face toward them.</p> + +<p>Indifference in giving commands must be avoided as it leads to laxity +in execution. Commands should be given with spirit at all times. (40)</p> + + +<h5>Bugle Signals</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_90" id="Para_90">90</a>. Bugle signals that may be used on and off the field of battle.</strong> The +authorized bugle signals are published in Part V of these regulations.</p> + +<p>The following bugle signals may be used off the battlefield, when not +likely to convey information to the enemy:</p> + +<ul> +<li><strong>Attention:</strong> Troops are brought to attention.</li> +<li><strong>Attention to orders:</strong> Troops to fix their attention.</li> +<li><strong>Forward, march:</strong> Used also to execute quick time from double time.</li> +<li><strong>Double time, march.</strong></li> +<li><strong>To the rear, march:</strong> In close order, execute <strong>squads right about</strong>.</li> +<li><strong>Halt.</strong></li> +<li><strong>Assemble, march.</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>The following bugle signals may be used on the battlefield:</p> + +<ul> +<li><strong>Fix bayonets.</strong></li> +<li><strong>Charge.</strong></li> +<li><strong>Assemble, march.</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>These signals are used only when intended for the entire firing line; +hence they can be authorized only by the commander of a unit (for +example, a regiment or brigade) which occupies a distinct section of +the battlefield. Exception: <strong>Fix bayonet.</strong> (See <a href="#Para_355">par. 355</a>.)</p> + +<p>The following bugle signals are used in exceptional cases on the +battlefield. Their principal uses are in field exercises and practice +firing.</p> + +<p><strong>Commence firing:</strong> Officers charged with fire direction and control open +fire as soon as practicable. When given to a firing line, the signal +is equivalent to <strong>fire at will</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong>Cease firing:</strong> All parts of the line execute <strong>cease firing</strong> at once.</p> + +<p>These signals are not used by units smaller than a regiment, except +when such unit is independent or detached from its regiment. (41)</p> + + +<h5>Whistle Signals</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_91" id="Para_91">91</a>. Attention to orders.</strong> A <strong>short blast</strong> of the whistle. This signal is +used on the march or in combat when necessary to fix the attention of +troops, or of their commanders or leaders, preparatory to giving +commands, orders, or signals.</p> + +<p>When the firing line is firing, each squad leader suspends firing and +fixes his attention at a <strong>short blast</strong> of his platoon leader's whistle. +The platoon leader's subsequent commands or signals are repeated and +enforced by the squad leader. If a squad leader's attention is +attracted by a whistle other than that of his platoon leader, or if +there are no orders or commands to convey to his squad, he resumes +firing at once.</p> + +<p><strong>Suspend firing.</strong> A <strong>long blast</strong> of the whistle. All other whistle signals +are prohibited. (42)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>Arm Signals</h5> + +<div id="arm_signals"> +<p><strong><a name="Para_92" id="Para_92">92</a>.</strong> The following arm signals are prescribed. In making signals either +arm may be used. Officers who receive signals on the firing line +"repeat back" at once to prevent misunderstanding.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 99px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092a.png" width="99" height="100" alt="Forward" title="Forward" /> +<span class="caption">Forward</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Forward, MARCH.</strong> Carry the hand to the shoulder; straighten and hold +the arm horizontally, thrusting it in the direction of march.</p> + +<p>This signal is also used to execute quick time from double time.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092b.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Halt—arm held stationary. Double Time— arm moved up and down several times" title="Halt—arm held stationary. Double Time— arm moved up and down several times" /> +<span class="caption">Halt—arm held stationary<br /><br />Double Time— arm moved up and down several times</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Halt.</strong> Carry the hand to the shoulder; thrust the hand upward and hold +the arm vertically.</p> + +<p><strong>Double time, MARCH.</strong> Carry the hand to the shoulder; rapidly thrust the +hand upward the full extent of the arm several times.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092c.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Squads Right" title="Squads Right" /> +<span class="caption">Squads Right</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Squads right, MARCH.</strong> Raise the arm laterally until horizontal; carry +it to a vertical position above the head and swing it several times +between the vertical and horizontal positions.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092d.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Squads Left" title="Squads Left" /> +<span class="caption">Squads Left</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Squads left, MARCH.</strong> Raise the arm laterally until horizontal; carry it +downward to the side and swing it several times between the downward +and horizontal positions.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092e.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Squads Right About. To the Rear" title="Squads Right About. To the Rear" /> +<span class="caption">Squads Right About<br /><br />To the Rear</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span><strong>Squads right about, MARCH</strong> (if in close order) or, <strong>To the rear, MARCH</strong> +(if in skirmish line). Extend the arm vertically above the head; carry +it laterally downward to the side and swing it several times between +the vertical and downward positions.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092f.png" width="100" height="57" alt="Change Direction" title="Change Direction" /> +<span class="caption">Change Direction</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Change direction or Column right (left), MARCH.</strong> The hand on the side +toward which the change of direction is to be made is carried across +the body to the opposite shoulder, forearm horizontal; then swing in a +horizontal plane, arm extended, pointing in the new direction.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092g.png" width="100" height="39" alt="As Skirmishers" title="As Skirmishers" /> +<span class="caption">As Skirmishers</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>As skirmishers, MARCH.</strong> Raise both arms laterally until horizontal.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092h.png" width="100" height="59" alt="As Skirmishers, Guide Center" title="As Skirmishers, Guide Center" /> +<span class="caption">As Skirmishers, Guide Center</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>As skirmishers, guide center, MARCH.</strong> Raise both arms laterally until +horizontal; swing both simultaneously upward until vertical and return +to the horizontal; repeat several times.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092i.png" width="100" height="58" alt="As Skirmishers, Guide Right" title="As Skirmishers, Guide Right" /> +<span class="caption">As Skirmishers, Guide Right</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span><strong>As skirmishers, guide right (left), MARCH.</strong> Raise both arms laterally +until horizontal; hold the arm on the side of the guide steadily in +the horizontal position: swing the other upward until vertical and +return it to the horizontal; repeat several times.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092j.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Assemble" title="Assemble" /> +<span class="caption">Assemble</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Assemble, March.</strong> Raise the arm vertically to full extent and describe +horizontal circles.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092k.png" width="100" height="27" alt="To Announce Range—Battle Sight" title="To Announce Range—Battle Sight" /> +<span class="caption">To Announce Range—Battle Sight</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Range or Change elevation.</strong> To announce range, extend the arm toward +the leaders or men for whom the signal is intended, fist closed; by +keeping the fist closed battle sight is indicated;</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092l.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Range 300—Or Increase By 300" title="Range 300—Or Increase By 300" /> +<span class="caption">Range 300—Or Increase By 300</span> +</div> + +<p>by opening and closing the fist, expose thumb and fingers to a number +equal to the hundreds of yards;</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092m.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Add 50 Yards (Top View)" title="Add 50 Yards (Top View)" /> +<span class="caption">Add 50 Yards<br />(Top View)</span> +</div> + +<p>to add yards describe a short horizontal line with forefinger.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092n.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Decrease By 300" title="Decrease By 300" /> +<span class="caption">Decrease By 300</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>To change elevation</strong>, indicate the <strong>amount of increase or decrease</strong> by +fingers as above; point upward to indicate increase and downward to +indicate decrease.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092o.png" width="100" height="100" alt="What Range Are You Using?" title="What Range Are You Using?" /> +<span class="caption">What Range Are You Using?</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span><strong>What range are you using?</strong> or <strong>What is the range?</strong> Extend the arms toward +the person addressed, one hand open, palm to the front, resting on the +other hand, fist closed.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092p.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Are You Ready?" title="Are You Ready?" /> +<span class="caption">Are You Ready?</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Are you ready?</strong> or <strong>I am ready.</strong> Raise the hand, fingers extended and +joined, palm toward the person addressed.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092q.png" width="100" height="50" alt="Commence Firing" title="Commence Firing" /> +<span class="caption">Commence Firing</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Commence firing.</strong> Move the arm extended in full length, hand palm down, +several times through a horizontal arc in front of the body.</p> + +<p><strong>Fire faster.</strong> Execute rapidly the signal, "Commence Firing."</p> + +<p><strong>Fire slower.</strong> Execute slowly the signal, "Commence Firing."</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092r.png" width="100" height="68" alt="Swing the Cone of Fire to the Right" title="Swing the Cone of Fire to the Right" /> +<span class="caption">Swing the Cone of Fire to the Right</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Swing the cone of fire to the right, or left.</strong> Extend the arm in full +length to the front, palm to the right (left); swing the arm to right +(left), and point in the direction of the new target.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092s.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fix Bayonet (1)" title="Fix Bayonet (1)" /> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092t.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fix Bayonet (2)" title="Fix Bayonet (2)" /> +</div> + +<p><strong>Fix Bayonet.</strong> Simulate the movement of the right hand in "Fix bayonet." +(See <a href="#Para_142">par. 142</a>.)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092u.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Suspend Firing. Cease Firing" title="Suspend Firing. Cease Firing" /> +<span class="caption">Suspend Firing<br /><br />Cease Firing—Swing Arm Up And Down Several Times</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span><strong>Suspend firing.</strong> Raise and hold the forearm steadily in a horizontal +position in front of the forehead, palm of the hand to the front.</p> + +<p><strong>Cease firing.</strong> Raise the forearm as in <strong>suspend firing</strong> and swing it up +and down several times in front of the face.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092v.png" width="100" height="79" alt="Platoon" title="Platoon" /> +<span class="caption">Platoon</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Platoon.</strong> Extend the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader; +describe small circles with the hand. (See <a href="#Para_93">par. 93</a>.)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0092w.png" width="100" height="53" alt="Squad" title="Squad" /> +<span class="caption">Squad</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Squad.</strong> Extend the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader; swing +the hand up and down from the wrist. (See <a href="#Para_93">par. 93</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Rush.</strong> Same as <strong>double time</strong>. (43)</p> +</div> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_93" id="Para_93">93</a>. Use of signals "platoon" and "squad."</strong> The signals <strong>platoon</strong> and +<strong>squad</strong> are intended primarily for communication between the captain and +his platoon leaders. The signal platoon or squad indicates that the +platoon commander is to cause the signal which follows to be executed +by platoon or squad.</p> + +<p><strong>Note.</strong>—The following signals, while not prescribed, are very +convenient:</p> + +<p><strong>Combined Sights.</strong> Extend the arm toward the leaders for whom the signal +is intended, hand open and turn hand rapidly from right to left a +number of times. Then indicate ranges in the manner prescribed, giving +the mean of the two ranges. (For example: If the combined sights are +1050 and 1150, indicate a range of 1100 yards. The leaders who give +the oral commands, give the command, "Range 1050 and 1150," whereupon +every man in the front rank, before deployment, fixes his sight at +1150, and every man in the rear rank, before deployment, fixes his +sight at 1050.)</p> + +<p><strong>Company.</strong> Bring the hand up near the shoulder and then thrust to the +front, snapping fingers in usual way; repeat several times.</p> + +<p><strong>Contract fire.</strong> Extend both arms horizontally, fingers extended, arms +parallel, palms facing each other; bring hands together <strong>once</strong>, and hold +them so and look at the leader concerned.</p> + +<p><strong>Disperse fire.</strong> Bring hands together, fingers extended, pointing in +direction of leader concerned, arms extended horizontally; swing arms +outward once, and hold them so and look at the leader concerned.</p> + +<p><strong>Platoon column.</strong> Raise both arms vertically, full length, arms +parallel, fingers joined and extended, palms to the front.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span><strong>Prepare to rush.</strong> Cross the arms horizontally several times.</p> + +<p><strong>Squad Column.</strong> Raise both arms vertically from elbows, elbows at side +of body, fingers joined and extended, palms to the front.—Author. +(44)</p> + + +<div id="flag_signals"> +<h5>Flag Signals</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_94" id="Para_94">94</a>. Signal flags carried by company musicians; description of flags.</strong> +The signal Hags described below are carried by the company musicians +in the field.</p> + +<p>In a regiment in which it is impracticable to make the permanent +battalion division alphabetically, the flags of a battalion are as +shown; flags are assigned to the companies alphabetically, within +their respective battalions, in the order given below.</p> + +<p>First battalion:</p> + +<ul> +<li>Company A. Red field, white square.</li> +<li>Company B. Red field, blue square.</li> +<li>Company C. Red field, white diagonals.</li> +<li>Company D. Red field, blue diagonals.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Second battalion:</p> + +<ul> +<li>Company E. White field, red square.</li> +<li>Company F. White field, blue square.</li> +<li>Company G. White field, red diagonals.</li> +<li>Company H. White field, blue diagonals.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Third battalion:</p> + +<ul> +<li>Company I. Blue field, red square.</li> +<li>Company K. Blue field, white square.</li> +<li>Company L. Blue field, red diagonals.</li> +<li>Company M. Blue field, white diagonals.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="blockquot"><p><strong>Note.</strong>—An analysis of the above system of signal flags will show: +1. The color of the field indicates the battalion and the colors +run in the order that is so natural to us all, viz: <strong>Red</strong>, <strong>White</strong> and +<strong>Blue</strong>. Hence <strong>red</strong> field indicates the <strong>first</strong> battalion; <strong>white</strong> field, +the <strong>second</strong>; <strong>blue</strong> field, the <strong>third</strong>.</p> + +<p>2. The <strong>squares</strong> indicate the first two companies of each battalion, +and the <strong>diagonals</strong>, the second two. Hence,</p> + +<table summary="Indication of companies by signal flags"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th colspan="3">Companies</th> + <th>Indicated by</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>A</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">E</td> + <td>I</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="2">Squares</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0010">B</td> + <td class="table_cell_0111">F</td> + <td class="table_cell_0010">K</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>C</td> + <td class="table_cell_1101">G</td> + <td>L</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="2">Diagonals</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>D</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">H</td> + <td>M</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>3. The colors of the squares and diagonals in combination with +those of the fields, run in the order that is so natural to us +all, viz.: <strong>Red</strong>, <strong>White</strong> and <strong>Blue</strong>, the color of any given field +being, of course, omitted from the squares and diagonals, as a +white square for instance, would not show on a white field, nor +would a blue diagonal show on a blue field. For example, with a +<strong>red</strong> field we would have <strong>white</strong> and <strong>blue</strong> for the square and diagonal +colors; with a <strong>white</strong> field, <strong>red</strong> and <strong>blue</strong> for the square and +diagonal colors; with a <strong>blue</strong> field, <strong>red</strong> and <strong>white</strong> for the square +and diagonal colors.</p> + +<p>4. From what has been said, the following table explains itself:</p> + +<table summary="Signal flag colours by company"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th>Battalion</th> + <th>Field</th> + <th>Co.</th> + <th>Squares</th> + <th>Diagonals</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="4">First</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="4">Red</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">A</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">White</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">B</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Blue</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">C</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">White</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0111">D</td> + <td class="table_cell_0111"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_0111">Blue</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="4">Second</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="4">White</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">E</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Red</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">F</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Blue</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">G</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Red</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0111">H</td> + <td class="table_cell_0111"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_0111">Blue</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="4">Third</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111" rowspan="4">Blue</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">I</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Red</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">K</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">White</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">L</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Red</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">M</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">White</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>Note how the square and diagonal colors always follow in the +natural order of <strong>red</strong>, <strong>white</strong>, and <strong>blue</strong>, with the color of the field +omitted.—Author. (45) </p></div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_95" id="Para_95">95</a>. Signal flags used to mark assembly point of company, etc.</strong> In +addition to their use in visual signaling, these flags serve to mark +the assembly point of the company when disorganized by combat, and to +mark the location of the company in bivouac and elsewhere, when such +use is desirable. (46)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_96" id="Para_96">96</a>. Signals used between firing line and reserve or commander in rear.</strong> +(1) For communication between the firing line and the reserve or +commander in the rear, the subjoined signals (Signal Corps codes) are +prescribed and should be memorized. In transmission, their concealment +from the enemy's view should be insured. In the absence of signal +flags, the headdress or other substitute may be used. (See <a href="#Para_863">par. 863</a> +for the semaphore code and <a href="#Para_861">par. 861</a> for the General Service, or +International Morse Code.) (47)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p> +<table summary="Signals used between firing line and reserve or commander in rear"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th>Letter of alphabet</th> + <th>If signaled from the rear to the firing line</th> + <th>If signaled from the firing line to the rear</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">A M</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Ammunition going forward.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Ammunition required.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">C C C</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Charge (mandatory at all times).</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Am about to charge if no instructions to the contrary.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">C F</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Cease firing.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Cease firing.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">D T</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Double time or "rush."</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Double time or "rush."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">F</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Commence firing.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Commence firing.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">F B</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Fix bayonets.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Fix bayonets.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">F L</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Artillery fire is causing us losses.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Artillery fire is causing us losses.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">G</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Move forward.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Preparing to move forward.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">H H H</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Halt.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Halt.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">K</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Negative.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Negative.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">L T</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Left.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Left.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0111">O<br />(Ardois and semaphore only.)</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">What is the (R. N. etc.)? Interrogatory.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">What is the (R. N. etc.)? Interrogatory.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">(All methods but ardois and semaphore.)</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">What is the (R. N. etc.)? Interrogatory.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">What is the (R. N. etc.)? Interrogatory.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">P</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Affirmative.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Affirmative.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">R</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Acknowledgment.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Acknowledgment.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">R N</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Range.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Range.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">R T</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Right.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Right.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">S S S</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Support going forward.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Support needed.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">S U F</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Suspend firing.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Suspend firing.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">T</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Target.</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">Target.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>For the semaphore signals, see <a href="#Para_863">par. 863</a>.</p> +</div> + + +<h4>SCHOOL OF THE SOLDIER</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_97" id="Para_97">97</a>. Duties of instructor.</strong> The instructor explains briefly each +movement, first executing it himself if practicable. He requires the +recruits to take the proper positions unassisted and does not touch +them for the purpose of correcting them, except when they are unable +to correct themselves. He avoids keeping them too long at the same +movement, although each should be understood before passing to +another. He exacts by degrees the desired precision and uniformity. +(48)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_98" id="Para_98">98</a>. Grouping of recruits according to proficiency.</strong> In order that all +may advance as rapidly as their abilities permit, the recruits are +grouped<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> according to proficiency as instruction progresses. Those who +lack aptitude and quickness are separated from the others and placed +under experienced drill masters. (49)</p> + + +<h5>Instruction Without Arms</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_98a" id="Para_98a">98a</a>. Formation of squad for preliminary instruction.</strong> For preliminary +instruction a number of recruits, usually not exceeding three or four, +are formed as a squad in single rank. (50)</p> + + +<h6>Position of the Soldier, or Attention</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_99" id="Para_99">99</a>.</strong> Heels on the same line and as near each other as the conformation +of the man permits.</p> + +<p>Feet turned out equally and forming an angle of about 45°.</p> + +<p><strong>Knees straight without stiffness.</strong></p> + +<p>Hips level and drawn back slightly; body erect and resting equally on +hips; chest lifted and arched; shoulders square and falling equally.</p> + +<p>Arms and hands hanging naturally, thumb along the seam of the +trousers.</p> + +<p>Head erect and squarely to the front, chin drawn in so that the axis +of the head and neck is vertical; eyes straight to the front.</p> + +<p>Weight of the body resting equally upon the heels and balls of the +feet. (51)</p> + + +<h6>The Rests</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_100" id="Para_100">100</a>.</strong> Being at a halt, the commands are: <strong>FALL OUT; REST; AT EASE</strong>; and, +<strong>1. Parade, 2. REST</strong>.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>fall out</strong>, the men may leave the ranks, but are required +to remain in the immediate vicinity. They resume their former places, +at attention, at the command <strong>fall in</strong>.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>rest</strong> each man keeps one foot in place, but is not +required to preserve silence or immobility.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>at ease</strong> each man keeps one foot in place and is +required to preserve silence but <strong>not</strong> immobility. (52)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0101.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Parade, 2. REST." title="1. Parade, 2. REST." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_101" id="Para_101">101</a>. 1. Parade, 2. REST.</strong> Carry the right foot 6 inches straight to the +rear, left knee slightly bent; clasp the hands, without constraint, in +front of the center of the body, fingers joined, left hand uppermost, +left thumb clasped by the thumb and forefinger of the right hand; +preserve silence and steadiness of position. (53)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_102" id="Para_102">102</a>.</strong> To resume the attention: <strong>1. Squad, 2. ATTENTION.</strong></p> + +<p>The men take the position of the soldier. (54)</p> + + +<h6>Eyes Right or Left</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_103" id="Para_103">103</a>. 1. Eyes, 2. RIGHT (LEFT), 3. FRONT.</strong></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0103.png" width="500" height="166" alt="1. Eyes, 2. RIGHT." title="1. Eyes, 2. RIGHT." /> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>right</strong>, turn the head to the right oblique, eyes fixed +on the line of eyes of the men in, or supposed to be in, the same +rank. At the command <strong>front</strong>, turn the head and eyes to the front. (55)</p> + + +<h6>Facings</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_104" id="Para_104">104</a>. To the flank: 1. Right (left), 2. FACE.</strong></p> + +<p>Raise slightly the left heel and right toe; face to the right, turning +on the right heel, assisted by a slight pressure on the ball of the +left foot; place the left foot by the side of the right. Left face is +executed on the left heel in the corresponding manner.</p> + +<p><strong>Right (left) half face</strong> is executed similarly, facing 45°.</p> + +<p>"To face in marching" and advance, turn on the ball of either foot and +step off with the other foot in the new line of direction; to face in +marching without gaining ground in the new direction, turn on the ball +of either foot and mark time. (56)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_105" id="Para_105">105</a>.</strong> To the rear: <strong>1. About, 2. FACE.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the toe of the right foot about a half foot-length to the rear +and slightly to the left of the left heel without changing the +position of the left foot; face to the rear, turning to the right on +the left heel and right toe; place the right heel by the side of the +left. (57)</p> + + +<h6>Salute with the Hand</h6> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0106.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Hand, 2. SALUTE." title="1. Hand, 2. SALUTE." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_106" id="Para_106">106</a>. 1. Hand, 2. SALUTE.</strong></p> + +<p>Raise the right hand smartly till the tip of the forefinger touches +the lower part of the headdress or forehead above the right eye, thumb +and fingers extended and joined palm to the left, forearm inclined at +about 45°, hand and wrist straight; <strong>at the same time look toward the +person saluted</strong>. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Drop the arm smartly by the side. (58)</p> + +<p>(For rules governing salutes, see "Military Courtesy," Chapter XI, +Part II.)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Steps and Marchings</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_107" id="Para_107">107</a>. Steps and marchings begin with left foot.</strong> All steps and marchings +executed from a halt, except right step, begin with the left foot. +(59)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_108" id="Para_108">108</a>. Length and cadence of full step; indicating cadence.</strong> The length +of the full step in quick time is 30 inches, measured from heel to +heel, and the cadence is at the rate of 120 steps per minute.</p> + +<p>The length of the full step in double time is 36 inches; the cadence +is at the rate of 180 steps per minute.</p> + +<p>The instructor, when necessary, indicates the cadence of the step by +calling <strong>one, two, three, four</strong>, or <strong>left, right</strong>, the instant the left +and right foot, respectively, should be planted. (60)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_109" id="Para_109">109</a>. Steps and marchings and movements involving marchings habitually +executed in quick time.</strong> All steps and marchings and movements +involving march are executed in <strong>quick time</strong> unless the squad be +marching in <strong>double time</strong>, or <strong>double time</strong> be added to the command; in +the latter case double time is added to the preparatory command. +Example: <strong>1. Squad right, double time, 2. MARCH</strong> (School of the Squad). +(61)</p> + + +<h6>Quick Time</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_110" id="Para_110">110</a>.</strong> Being at a halt, to march forward in quick time: <strong>1. Forward, 2. +MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>forward</strong>, shift the weight of the body to the right leg, +left knee straight.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, move the left foot smartly straight forward 30 +inches from the right, sole near the ground, and plant it without +shock; next in like manner, advance the right foot and plant it as +above; continue the march. The arms swing naturally. (62)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_111" id="Para_111">111</a>.</strong> Being at a halt, or in march in quick time, to march in double +time: <strong>1. Double time, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>If at a halt, at the first command shift the weight of the body to the +right leg. At the command <strong>march</strong>, raise the forearms, fingers closed, +to a horizontal position along the waist line; take up an easy run +with the step and cadence of double time, allowing a natural swinging +motion to the arms.</p> + +<p>If marching in quick time, at the command march, given as either foot +strikes the ground, take one step in quick time, and then step off in +double time. (63)</p> + +<p>To resume the quick time: <strong>1. Quick time, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, given as either foot strikes the ground, advance +and plant the other foot in double time; resume the quick time, +dropping the hands by the sides. (64)</p> + + +<h6>To Mark Time</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_112" id="Para_112">112</a>.</strong> Being in march: <strong>1. Mark time, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, given as either foot strikes the ground, advance +and plant the other foot; bring up the foot in rear and continue the +cadence by alternately raising each foot about 2 inches and planting +it on line with the other.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>Being at a halt, at the command march, raise and plant the feet as +described above. (65)</p> + + +<h6>The Half Step</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_113" id="Para_113">113</a>. 1. Half step, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Take steps of 15 inches in quick time, 18 inches in double time. (66)</p> + +<p><strong>Forward</strong>, <strong>half step</strong>, <strong>halt</strong>, and <strong>mark time</strong> may be executed one from the +other in quick or double time.</p> + +<p>To resume the full step from half step or mark time: <strong>1. Forward, 2. +MARCH.</strong> (67)</p> + + +<h6>Side Step</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_114" id="Para_114">114</a>.</strong> Being at a halt or mark time: <strong>1. Right (left) step, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry and plant the right foot 15 inches to the right; bring the left +foot beside it and continue the movement in the cadence of quick time.</p> + +<p>The side step is used for short distances only and is not executed in +double time.</p> + +<p>If at order arms, the side step is executed at trail without command. +(68)</p> + + +<h6>Back Step</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_115" id="Para_115">115</a>.</strong> Being at a halt or mark time: <strong>1. Backward, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Take steps of 15 inches straight to the rear.</p> + +<p>The back step is used for short distances only and is not executed in +double time.</p> + +<p>If at order arms, the back step is executed at trail without command. +(69)</p> + + +<h6>To Halt</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_116" id="Para_116">116</a>.</strong> To arrest the march in quick or double time: <strong>1. Squad, 2. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>halt</strong>, given as either foot strikes the ground, plant +the other foot as in marching; raise and place the first foot by the +side of the other. If in double time, drop the hands by the sides. +(70)</p> + + +<h6>To March by the Flank</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_117" id="Para_117">117</a>.</strong> Being in march: <strong>1. By the right (left) flank, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, given as the right foot strikes the ground, +advance and plant the left foot; then face to the right in marching +and step off in the new direction with the right foot. (71)</p> + + +<h6>To March to the Rear</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_118" id="Para_118">118</a>.</strong> Being in march: <strong>1. To the rear, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> given as the right foot strikes the ground +advance and plant the left foot; turn to the right about on the balls +of both feet and immediately step off with the left foot.</p> + +<p>If marching in double time, turn to the right about, taking four steps +in place, keeping the cadence, and then step off with the left foot. +(72)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Change Step</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_119" id="Para_119">119</a>.</strong> Being in march: <strong>1. Change step, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, given as the right foot strikes the ground, +advance and plant the left foot; plant the toe of the right foot near +the heel of the left and step off with the left foot.</p> + +<p>The change on the right foot is similarly executed, the command march +being given as the left foot strikes the ground. (73)</p> + + +<h5>MANUAL OF ARMS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_120" id="Para_120">120</a>. Instruction of recruit in use of rifle, manual of arms, etc.</strong> As +soon as practicable the recruit is taught the use, nomenclature, and +care of his rifle. (See "The Care, Description, and Management of the +Rifle," Chapter XIV, Part II.); when fair progress has been made in +the instruction without arms, he is taught the manual of arms; +instruction without arms and that with arms alternate. (74)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_121" id="Para_121">121</a>. Rules governing carrying of piece.</strong> The following rules governing +the carrying of the piece:</p> + +<p>First. <strong>Piece habitually carried without cartridges in chamber or +magazine.</strong> The piece is not carried with cartridges in either the +chamber or the magazine except when specifically ordered. When so +loaded, or supposed to be loaded, it is habitually carried locked; +that is, with the <strong>safety lock</strong> turned to the "safe." At all other times +it is carried unlocked, with the trigger pulled.</p> + +<p>Second. <strong>Inspection of pieces when troops are formed and when +dismissed.</strong> Whenever troops are formed under arms, pieces are +immediately inspected at the commands: <strong>1. Inspection, 2. ARMS, 3. +Order (Right shoulder port), 4. ARMS</strong>, which are executed as explained +in <a href="#Para_145">pars. 145</a>–146.</p> + +<p>A similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal.</p> + +<p>If cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed +and placed in the belt.</p> + +<p>Third. <strong>Cut-off habitually turned "off."</strong> The cut-off is kept turned +"off" except when cartridges are actually used.</p> + +<p>Fourth. <strong>Bayonet habitually not carried fixed.</strong> The bayonet is not fixed +(See <a href="#Para_142">par. 142</a>), except in bayonet exercise, on guard, or for combat.</p> + +<p>Fifth. <strong>"Fall in" executed at order; "attention" resumed at order.</strong> Fall +in is executed with the piece at the order arms. <strong>Fall out</strong>, <strong>rest</strong>, and +<strong>at ease</strong> are executed as without arms, as explained in <a href="#Para_100">par. 100</a>. On +resuming <strong>attention</strong> the position of order arms is taken.</p> + +<p>Sixth. <strong>If at order, pieces brought to right shoulder at command +"march"; execution of movements at trail; piece brought to trail in +certain movements executed from order.</strong> If at the order, unless +otherwise prescribed, the piece is brought to the right shoulder at +the command march, the three motions corresponding with the first +three steps. Movements may be executed at the trail by prefacing the +preparatory command with the words <strong>at trail</strong>; as, <strong>1. At trail, forward, +2. MARCH</strong>; the trail is taken at the command <strong>march</strong>.</p> + +<p>When the facings, alignments, open and close ranks, taking interval or +distance, and assemblings are executed from the order, raise the piece +to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>Seventh. <strong>Piece brought to order on halting.</strong> The piece is brought to +the order on halting. The execution of the order begins when the halt +is completed.</p> + +<p>Eighth. <strong>Holding disengaged hand in double time.</strong> A disengaged hand in +double time is held as when without arms. (75)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_122" id="Para_122">122</a>. Rules governing manual of arms.</strong> The following rules govern the +execution of the manual of arms:</p> + +<p>First. <strong>Position of left hand at balance.</strong> In all positions of the left +hand at the balance (center of gravity, bayonet unfixed) the thumb +clasps the piece; the sling is included in the grasp of the hand.</p> + +<p>Second. <strong>Positions of piece "diagonally across the body."</strong> In all +positions of the piece "diagonally across the body" the position of +the piece, left arm and hand are the same as in port arms. (See <a href="#Para_125">par. +125</a>.)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0122.png" width="100" height="200" alt="Piece To Strike Ground Gently" title="Piece To Strike Ground Gently" /> +</div> + +<p>Third. <strong>Next to last motion in resuming order from any position; piece +to strike ground gently.</strong> In resuming the order from any position in +the manual, the motion next to the last concludes with the butt of the +piece about 3 inches from the ground, barrel to the rear, the left +hand above and near the right, steadying the piece, fingers extended +and joined, forearm and wrist straight and inclining downward, all +fingers of the right hand grasping the piece. To complete the order, +lower the piece gently to the ground with the right hand, drop the +left quickly by the side, and take the position of order arms.</p> + +<p>Allowing the piece to drop through the right hand to the ground, or +other similar abuse of the rifle to produce effect in executing the +manual is prohibited.</p> + +<p class="clear">Fourth. <strong>Cadence of motions; at first attention to be paid to details +of motion.</strong> The cadence of the motions is that of quick time; the +recruits are first required to give their whole attention to the +details of the motions, the cadence being gradually acquired as they +become accustomed to handling their pieces. The instructor may require +them to count aloud in cadence with the motions.</p> + +<p>Fifth. <strong>Execution of manual "by the numbers."</strong> The manual is taught at a +halt and the movements are for the purpose of instruction, divided +into motions and executed in detail; in this case the command of +<strong>execution</strong> determines the prompt execution of the first motion, and the +commands, <strong>two, three, four</strong>, that of the other motions.</p> + +<p>To execute the movements in detail, the instructor first cautions: <strong>By +the numbers</strong>; all movements divided into motions are then executed as +above explained until he cautions: <strong>Without the numbers</strong>; or commands +movements other than those in the manual of arms.</p> + +<p>Sixth. <strong>Regular positions assumed without regard to previous positions; +carrying rifle in any position.</strong> Whenever circumstances require, the +regular positions of the manual of arms and the firings may be ordered +without regard to the previous position of the piece.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>Under the exceptional conditions of weather or fatigue the rifle may +be carried in any manner directed. (76)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0123.png" width="100" height="200" alt="Position of Order Arms Standing" title="Position of Order Arms Standing" /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_123" id="Para_123">123</a>. Position of order arms standing:</strong> The butt rests evenly on the +ground, barrel to the rear, toe of the butt on a line with toe of, and +touching, the right shoe, arms and hands hanging naturally, right hand +holding the piece between the thumb and fingers. (77)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0124.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Present, 2. ARMS." title="1. Present, 2. ARMS." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_124" id="Para_124">124</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>With the right hand carry the piece in front of the center of the +body, barrel to the rear and vertical, grasp it with the left hand at +the balance, forearm horizontal and resting against the body. (<strong>TWO</strong>) +Grasp the small of the stock with the right hand. (78)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0125.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Port, 2. ARMS." title="1. Port, 2. ARMS." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_125" id="Para_125">125</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Port, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>With the right hand raise and throw the piece diagonally across the +body, grasp it smartly with both hands; the right, palm down, at the +small of the stock: the left, palm up, at the balance; barrel up, +sloping to the left and crossing opposite the junction of the neck +with the left shoulder; right forearm horizontal; left forearm resting +against the body; the piece in a vertical plane parallel to the front. +(79)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_126" id="Para_126">126</a>.</strong> Being at present arms: <strong>1. Port, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the piece <strong>diagonally across</strong> the body and take the position of +port arms. (80)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_127" id="Para_127">127</a>.</strong> Being at port arms: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the piece to a vertical position in front of the center of the +body and take the position of present arms. (81)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_128" id="Para_128">128</a>.</strong> Being at present or port arms: <strong>1. Order, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Let go with the right hand; lower and carry the piece to the right +with the left hand: regrasp it with the right hand just above the +lower band; let go with the left hand, and take the next to the last +position in coming to the order. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Complete the order. (82)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 156px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0129.png" width="156" height="200" alt="1. Right shoulder, 2. ARMS." title="1. Right shoulder, 2. ARMS." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_129" id="Para_129">129</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Right shoulder, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>With the right hand raise and throw the piece diagonally across the +body; carry the right hand quickly to the butt, embracing it, the heel +between the first two fingers. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Without changing the grasp of the +right hand, place the piece on the right shoulder, barrel up and +inclined at an angle of about 45° from the horizontal, trigger guard +in the hollow of the shoulder, right elbow near the side, the piece in +a vertical plane perpendicular to the front; carry the left hand, +thumb and fingers extended and joined, to the small of the stock, tip +of the forefinger touching the cocking piece, wrist straight and elbow +down. (<strong>THREE</strong>) Drop the left hand by the side. (83)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_130" id="Para_130">130</a>.</strong> Being at right shoulder arms: <strong>1. Order, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Press the butt down quickly and throw the piece diagonally across the +body, the right hand retaining the grasp of the butt. (<strong>TWO</strong>), (<strong>THREE</strong>) +Execute order arms as described from port arms. (84)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_131" id="Para_131">131</a>.</strong> Being at port arms: <strong>1. Right shoulder, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Change the right hand to the butt. (<strong>TWO</strong>), (<strong>THREE</strong>) As in right shoulder +arms from order arms. (85)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_132" id="Para_132">132</a>.</strong> Being at right shoulder arms: <strong>1. Port, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Press the butt down quickly and throw the piece diagonally across the +body, the right hand retaining its grasp of the butt. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Change the +right hand to the small of the stock. (86)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_133" id="Para_133">133</a>.</strong> Being at right shoulder arms: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Execute port arms. (<strong>THREE</strong>) execute present arms. (87)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_134" id="Para_134">134</a>.</strong> Being at present arms: <strong>1. Right shoulder, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Execute port arms. (<strong>TWO</strong>), (<strong>THREE</strong>), (<strong>FOUR</strong>) Execute right shoulder arms +as from port arms. (88)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0135.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Left shoulder, 2. ARMS." title="1. Left shoulder, 2. ARMS." /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_135" id="Para_135">135</a>.</strong> Being at port arms: <strong>1. Left shoulder, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the piece with the right hand and place it on the left shoulder, +barrel up, trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder; at the same +time grasp the butt with the left hand, heel between first and second +fingers, thumb and fingers closed on the stock. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Drop the right +hand by the side.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_136" id="Para_136">136</a>.</strong> Being at left shoulder arms: <strong>1. Port, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Grasp the piece with the right hand at the small of the stock. (<strong>TWO</strong>) +Carry the piece to the right with the right hand, <strong>regrasp</strong> it with the +left, and take the position of port arms.</p> + +<p><strong>Left shoulder arms</strong> may be ordered directly from the order, right +shoulder or present, or the reverse. At the command <strong>arms</strong> execute port +arms and continue in cadence to the position ordered. (89)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0137.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Parade, 2. REST." title="1. Parade, 2. REST." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_137" id="Para_137">137</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Parade, 2. REST.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the right foot 6 inches straight to the rear, left knee slightly +bent; carry the muzzle in front of the center of the body, barrel to +the left; grasp the piece with the left hand just below the stacking +swivel, and with the right hand below and against the left.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_138" id="Para_138">138</a>.</strong> Being at parade rest: <strong>1. Squad, 2. ATTENTION.</strong></p> + +<p>Resume the order, the left hand quitting the piece opposite the right +hip. (90)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0139.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Trail, 2. ARMS." title="1. Trail, 2. ARMS." /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_139" id="Para_139">139</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Trail, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Raise the piece, right arm slightly bent, and incline the muzzle +forward so that the barrel makes an angle of about 30° with the +vertical.</p> + +<p>When it can be done without danger or inconvenience to others, the +piece may be grasped at the balance and the muzzle lowered until the +piece is horizontal; a similar position in the left hand may be used. +(91)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_140" id="Para_140">140</a>.</strong> Being at trail arms: <strong>1. Order, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Lower the piece with the right hand and resume the order. (92)</p> + + +<h6>Rifle Salute</h6> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0141a.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Rifle, 2. SALUTE." title="1. Rifle, 2. SALUTE." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_141" id="Para_141">141</a>.</strong> Being at right shoulder arms: <strong>1. Rifle, 2. SALUTE.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the left hand smartly to the small of the stock, forearm +horizontal, palm of hand down, thumb and fingers extended and joined, +forefinger touching end of cocking piece; look toward the person +saluted. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Drop left hand by the side; turn head and eyes to the +front. (93)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0141b.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Rifle, 2. SALUTE." title="1. Rifle, 2. SALUTE." /> +</div> + +<p>Being at order or trail arms: <strong>1. Rifle, 2. SALUTE.</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the left hand smartly to the right side, palm of the hand down, +thumb and fingers extended and joined, forefinger against piece near +the muzzle; look toward the person saluted. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Drop the left hand +by the side; turn the head and eyes to the front.</p> + +<p>For rules governing salutes, see "Military Courtesy," Chapter XI, Part +II.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>The Bayonet</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_142" id="Para_142">142</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Fix, 2. BAYONET.</strong></p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt: Execute parade rest; +grasp the bayonet with the right hand, back of hand toward the body; +draw the bayonet from the scabbard and fix it on the barrel, glancing +at the muzzle; resume the order.</p> + +<p>If the bayonet is carried on the haversack: Draw the bayonet with the +left hand and fix it in the most convenient manner. (95)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_143" id="Para_143">143</a>.</strong> Being at our arms: <strong>1. Unfix, 2. BAYONET.</strong></p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt: Execute parade rest; +grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand, pressing +the spring with the forefinger of the right hand; raise the bayonet +until the handle is about 12 inches above the muzzle of the piece; +drop the point to the left, back of the hand toward the body, and, +glancing at the scabbard, return the bayonet, the blade passing +between the left arm and the body; regrasp the piece with the right +hand and resume the order.</p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack: Take the bayonet +from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the +most convenient manner.</p> + +<p>If marching or lying down, the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the +most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the +original position.</p> + +<p><strong>Fix</strong> and <strong>unfix</strong> bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity but +not in cadence. (For unfixing bayonet with Krag rifle, see <a href="#Para_697">Par. 697</a>.) +(96)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_144" id="Para_144">144</a>. CHARGE BAYONET.</strong> Whether executed at halt or in motion, the +bayonet is held toward the opponent as in the position of <strong>guard</strong> in the +Manual for Bayonet Exercise.</p> + +<p>Exercises for instruction in bayonet combat are prescribed in the +Manual for Bayonet Exercise. (97)</p> + + +<h6>The Inspection</h6> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0145.png" width="100" height="200" alt="1. Inspection, 2. ARMS." title="1. Inspection, 2. ARMS." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_145" id="Para_145">145</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Inspection, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command take the position of port arms. (<strong>TWO</strong>) Seize the +bolt handle with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand, turn the +handle up, draw the bolt back, and glance at the chamber. Having found +the chamber empty, or having emptied it, raise the head and eyes to +the front. (For inspection of arms with Krag rifle see <a href="#Para_698">par. 698</a>.) (98)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_146" id="Para_146">146</a>.</strong> Being at inspection arms: <strong>1. Order (Right shoulder, port), 2. +ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the preparatory command push the bolt forward, turn the handle +down, pull the trigger, and resume <strong>port arms</strong>. At the command <strong>arms</strong>, +complete the movement ordered. (To execute with Krag rifle see <a href="#Para_699">par. +699</a>.) (99)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>To Dismiss the Squad</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_147" id="Para_147">147</a>.</strong> Being at halt: <strong>1. Inspection, 2. ARMS, 3. Port, 4. ARMS, 5. +DISMISSED.</strong> (100)</p> + + +<h4>SCHOOL OF THE SQUAD</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_148" id="Para_148">148</a>. Grouping into Squads.</strong> Soldiers are grouped into squads for +purposes of instruction, discipline, control, and order. (101)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_149" id="Para_149">149</a>. Composition of squad; object of squad movements.</strong> The squad proper +consists of a corporal and seven privates.</p> + +<p>The movements in the School of the Squad are designed to make the +squad a fixed unit and to facilitate the control and movement of the +company. If the number of men grouped is more than 3 and less than 12, +they are formed as a squad of 4 files, the excess above 8 being posted +as file closers. If the number grouped is greater than 11, 2 or more +squads are formed and the group is termed a platoon.</p> + +<p>For the instruction of recruits, these rules may be modified. (102)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_150" id="Para_150">150</a>. Squad leader; his post.</strong> The corporal is the squad leader, and +when absent is replaced by a designated private. If no private is +designated, the senior in length of service acts as leader.</p> + +<p>The corporal, when in ranks, is posted as the left man in the front +rank of the squad.</p> + +<p>When the corporal leaves the ranks to lead his squad, his rear rank +man steps into the front rank, and the file remains blank until the +corporal returns to his place in ranks, when his rear rank man steps +back into the rear rank. (103)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_151" id="Para_151">151</a>. Preservation of integrity of squads in battle.</strong> In battle officers +and sergeants endeavor to preserve the integrity of squads; they +designate new leaders to replace those disabled, organize new squads +when necessary, and see that every man is placed in a squad.</p> + +<p>Men are taught the necessity of remaining with the squad to which they +belong and, in case it be broken up or they become separated +therefrom, to attach themselves to the nearest squad and platoon +leaders, whether these be of their own or of another organization. +(104)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_152" id="Para_152">152</a>. Certain movements executed by squad as in School of the Soldier.</strong> +The squad executes the <strong>halt</strong> (See <a href="#Para_116">par. 116</a>), <strong>rests</strong> (See <a href="#Para_100">par. 100</a>–101), +<strong>facings</strong> (See <a href="#Para_104">pars. 104</a>–105), <strong>steps and marchings</strong> (See <a href="#Para_107">pars. 107</a>–119), +and the <strong>manual of arms</strong> (See <a href="#Para_120">pars. 120</a>–147), as explained in the School +of the Soldier. (105)</p> + + +<h5>To Form the Squad</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_153" id="Para_153">153</a>.</strong> To form the squad the instructor places himself 3 paces in front +of where the center is to be and commands: <strong>FALL IN.</strong></p> + +<p>The men assemble at attention, pieces at the order, and are arranged +by the corporal in double rank, as nearly as practicable in order of +height from right to left, each man dropping his left hand as soon as +the man in his left has his interval. The rear rank forms with +distance of 40 inches.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>The instructor then commands: <strong>COUNT OFF.</strong></p> + +<p>At this command all except the right file execute eyes right, and +beginning on the right, the men in each rank count <strong>one, two, three, +four</strong>; each man turns his head and eyes to the front as he counts.</p> + +<p>Pieces are then inspected. (106)</p> + + +<h5>Alignments</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_154" id="Para_154">154</a>.</strong> To align the squad, the base file or files having been +established: <strong>1. Right (Left), 2. DRESS, 3. FRONT.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command front, given when the ranks are aligned, each hip +(whether dressing to the right or left); each man, except the base +file, when on or near the new line executes <strong>eyes right</strong>, and taking +steps of 2 or 3 inches, places himself so that his right arm rests +lightly against the arm of the man on his right, and so that his eyes +and shoulders are in line with those of the men on his right; the rear +rank men cover in file.</p> + +<p>The instructor verifies the alignment of both ranks from the right +flank and orders up or back such men as may be in rear, or in advance, +of the line; only the men designated move.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>dress</strong> all men place the left hand upon the man turns +his head and eyes to the front and drops his left hand by his side.</p> + +<p>In the first drills the basis of the alignment is established on, or +parallel to, the front of the squad; afterwards, in oblique +directions.</p> + +<p>Whenever the position of the base file or files necessitates a +considerable movement by the squad, such movement will be executed by +marching to the front or oblique, to the flank or backward, as the +case may be, without other command, and at the trail. (107)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_155" id="Para_155">155</a>.</strong> To preserve the alignment when marching: <strong>GUIDE RIGHT (LEFT).</strong></p> + +<p>The men preserve their intervals from the side of the guide, yielding +to pressure from that side and resisting pressure from the opposite +direction; they recover intervals, if lost, by gradually opening out +or closing in; they recover alignment by slightly lengthening or +shortening the step; the rear-rank men cover their file leaders at 40 +inches.</p> + +<p>In double rank, the front-rank man on the right, or designated flank, +conducts the march; when marching faced to the flank, the leading man +of the front rank is the guide. (108)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>To Take Intervals and Distances</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_156" id="Para_156">156</a>.</strong> Being in line at a halt: <strong>1. Take interval, 2. To the right +(left), 3. MARCH, 4. Squad, 5. HALT.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0156a.png" width="150" height="44" alt="Being in Line at a Halt." title="Being in Line at a Halt." /> +</div> + +<p>Being in line at a halt.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0156b.png" width="150" height="77" alt="1. Take interval, 2. To the right" title="1. Take interval, 2. To the right" /> +</div> + +<p><strong>1. Take interval, 2. To the right (left)</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command the rear-rank men march backward 4 steps and +halt;</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0156c.png" width="150" height="65" alt="3. MARCH" title="3. MARCH" /> +</div> + +<p><strong>3. MARCH</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> all face to the right and the leading man of each +rank steps off; the other men step off in succession, each following +the preceding man at 4 paces, rear-rank men marching abreast of their +file leaders.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0156d.png" width="150" height="82" alt="4. Squad, 5. HALT" title="4. Squad, 5. HALT" /> +</div> + +<p><strong>4. Squad, 5. HALT</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>halt</strong>, given when all have their intervals, all halt and +face to the front. (109)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0157a.png" width="150" height="94" alt="(At Intervals)" title="(At Intervals)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(At Intervals)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_157" id="Para_157">157</a>. Being at intervals, to assemble the squad:</strong></p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0157b.png" width="150" height="70" alt="(Assemble)" title="(Assemble)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Assemble)</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0157c.png" width="150" height="45" alt="(Assembled)" title="(Assembled)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Assembled)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>1. Assemble, to the right (left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The front-rank man on the right stands fast, the rear rank man on the +right closes to 40 inches. The other men face to the right, close by +the shortest line, and face to the front. (110)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(At Distances)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0158.png" width="100" height="300" alt="1. Take distance, 2. MARCH, 3. Squad, 4. HALT." title="1. Take distance, 2. MARCH, 3. Squad, 4. HALT." /> +<span class="captioncaps">(In Line)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_158" id="Para_158">158</a>.</strong> Being in line at a halt and having counted off: <strong>1. Take distance, +2. MARCH, 3. Squad, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>March</strong> No. 1 of the front rank moves straight to the +front; Nos. 2, 3, and 4 of the front rank and Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 of +the rear rank, in the order named, move straight to the front, each +stepping off so as to follow the preceding man at 4 paces. The command +<strong>halt</strong> is given when all have their distances.</p> + +<p>In case more than one squad is in line, each squad executes the +movement as above. The guide of each rank of numbers is right. (111)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(Assembled)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0159.png" width="100" height="300" alt="1. Assemble, 2. MARCH." title="1. Assemble, 2. MARCH." /> +<span class="captioncaps">(At Distances)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_159" id="Para_159">159</a>.</strong> Being at distances, to assemble the squad: <strong>1. Assemble, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>No. 1 of the front rank stands fast; the other numbers move forward to +their proper places in line. (112)</p> + + +<h5>To Stack and Take Arms</h5> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0160a.png" width="150" height="200" alt="grasps his piece with the left hand at the upper band" title="grasps his piece with the left hand at the upper band" /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_160" id="Para_160">160</a>.</strong> Being in line at a halt: <strong>STACK ARMS.</strong> Each <strong>even</strong> number of the +<strong>front</strong> rank grasps his piece with the left hand at the upper band</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0160b.png" width="150" height="200" alt="and rests the butt between his feet" title="and rests the butt between his feet" /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> and rests the butt between his feet, barrel to the front, muzzle +inclined slightly to the front and opposite the center of the interval +on his right, the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel; +each <strong>even</strong> number of the <strong>rear</strong> rank then passes his piece, barrel to the +rear, to his file leader, who grasps it between the bands with his +right hand</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0160c.png" width="150" height="200" alt="and throws the butt about 2 feet in advance of that of his own piece" title="and throws the butt about 2 feet in advance of that of his own piece" /> +</div> + +<p>and throws the butt about 2 feet in advance of that of his own piece +and opposite the right of the interval, the right hand slipping to the +upper band, the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel, +which he engages with that of his own piece;</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0160d.png" width="150" height="200" alt="raises his piece with the right hand" title="raises his piece with the right hand" /> +</div> + +<p>each <strong>odd</strong> number of the <strong>front</strong> rank raises his piece with the right +hand, carries it well forward, barrel to the front; the left hand, +guiding the stacking swivel,</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0160e.png" width="150" height="200" alt="engages the lower hook of the swivel of his own piece" title="engages the lower hook of the swivel of his own piece" /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>engages the lower hook of the swivel of his own piece with the free +hook of that of the even number of the rear rank; he then turns the +barrel outward into the angle formed by the other two pieces and +lowers the butt to the ground, <strong>to the right</strong> and <strong>against the toe</strong> of his +right shoe.</p> + +<p>The stacks made, the loose pieces are laid on them by the <strong>even</strong> numbers +of the front rank. When each man has finished handling pieces, he +takes the position of the soldier. (113)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_161" id="Para_161">161</a>.</strong> Being in line behind the stacks: <strong>TAKE ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>(See preceding illustration.)</p> + +<p>The loose pieces are returned by the <strong>even</strong> numbers of the <strong>front</strong> rank; +each even number of the front rank grasps his own piece with the left +hand, the piece of his rear rank man with his right hand, grasping +both between the bands; each <strong>odd</strong> number of the <strong>front</strong> rank grasps his +piece in the same way with the right hand; disengages it by raising +the butt from the ground and then turning the piece to the right, +detaches it from the stack; each <strong>even</strong> number of the front rank +disengages and detaches his piece by turning it to the left,</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0161.png" width="150" height="200" alt="passes the piece of his rear-rank man to him" title="passes the piece of his rear-rank man to him" /> +</div> + +<p>and, then passes the piece of his rear-rank man to him, and all resume +the order. (114)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>Should any squad have Nos. 2 and 3 blank files, No. 1 rear rank takes +the place of No. 2 rear rank in making and breaking the stack; the +stacks made or broken, he resumes his post.</p> + +<p>Pieces not used in making the stacks are termed <strong>loose pieces</strong>.</p> + +<p>Pieces are never stacked with the bayonet fixed. (115)</p> + + +<h5>The Oblique March</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_162" id="Para_162">162</a>.</strong> For the instruction of recruits, the squad being in column or +correctly aligned, the instructor causes the squad to face half right +or half left, points out to the men their relative positions, and +explains that these are to be maintained in the oblique march. (116)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">After Obliquing</span> +<img src="images/illus-0163a.png" width="150" height="66" alt="After Obliquing" title="After Obliquing" /> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0163b.png" width="150" height="65" alt="Before Obliquing" title="Before Obliquing" /> +<span class="captioncaps">Before Obliquing</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_163" id="Para_163">163</a>. Right (Left) oblique, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Each man steps off in a direction 45° to the right of his original +front. He preserves his relative position, keeping his shoulders +parallel to those of the guide (the man on the right front of the line +or column), and so regulates his steps that the ranks remain parallel +to their original front.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>halt</strong> the men halt faced to front.</p> + +<p>To resume the original direction: <strong>1. Forward 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The men half face to the left in marching and then move straight to +the front.</p> + +<p>If at <strong>halfstep</strong> or <strong>mark time</strong> while obliquing, the oblique march is +resumed by the commands: <strong>1. Oblique, 2. MARCH.</strong> (117)</p> + + +<h5>To Turn on Moving Pivot</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_164" id="Para_164">164</a>.</strong> Being in line: <strong>1. Right (Left) turn, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0164.png" width="150" height="91" alt="1. Right turn, 2. MARCH." title="1. Right turn, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p>The movement is executed by each rank successively and on the same +ground. At the second command, the pivot man of the front rank faces +to the right in marching and takes the half step; the other men of the +rank oblique to the right until opposite their places in line, then +execute a second right oblique and take the half step on arriving +abreast of the pivot man. All glance toward the marching flank while +at half step and take the full step without command as the last man +arrives on the line.</p> + +<p><strong>Right (Left) half turn</strong> is executed in a similar manner. The pivot man +makes a half change of direction to the right and the other men make +quarter changes in obliquing. (118)</p> + + +<h5>To Turn on Fixed Pivot</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_165" id="Para_165">165</a>.</strong> Being in line, to turn and march: <strong>1. Squad right (left), 2. +MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0165a.png" width="150" height="134" alt="(a)" title="(a)" /> +<span class="caption">(a)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>At the second command, the right flank man in the front rank faces to +the right in marching and marks time; the other front rank men oblique +to the right, place themselves abreast of the pivot, and mark time. In +the rear rank the third man from the right, followed in column by the +second and first, move straight to the front</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0165b.png" width="150" height="117" alt="(b)" title="(b)" /> +<span class="caption">(b)</span> +</div> + +<p>until in rear of his front-rank man,</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0165c.png" width="150" height="125" alt="(c)" title="(c)" /> +<span class="caption">(c)</span> +</div> + +<p>when all face to the right in marching and mark time; the other number +of the rear rank moves straight to the front four paces and places +himself abreast of the man on his right. Men on the new line glance +toward the marching flank while marking time and, as the last man +arrives on the line, both ranks execute <strong>forward, MARCH</strong>, without +command. (119)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_166" id="Para_166">166</a>.</strong> Being in line, to turn and halt: <strong>1. Squad right (left), 2. MARCH, +3. Squad, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>The third command is given immediately after the second. The turn is +executed as prescribed in the preceding paragraph except that all men, +on arriving on the new line, mark time until the fourth command is +given, when all halt. The fourth command should be given as the last +man arrives on the line. (120)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_167" id="Para_167">167</a>.</strong> Being in line, to turn about and march: <strong>1. Squad right (left) +about, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command, the front rank twice executes squad right +initiating the second squad right when the man on the marching flank +has arrived abreast of the rank. In the rear rank the third man from +the right, followed by the second and first in column, moves straight +to the front until on the prolongation of the line to be occupied by +the rear rank; changes direction to the right; moves in the new +direction until in rear of his front-rank man, when all face to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> the +right in marching, mark time, and glance toward the marching flank. +The fourth man marches on the left of the third to his new position; +as he arrives on the line, both ranks execute <strong>forward, MARCH</strong>, without +command. (121)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_168" id="Para_168">168</a>.</strong> Being in line, to turn about and halt: <strong>1. Squad right (left) +about, 2. MARCH, 3. Squad, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>The third command is given immediately after the second. The turn is +executed as prescribed in the preceding paragraph except that all men, +on arriving on the new line, mark time until the fourth command is +given, when all halt. The fourth command should be given as the last +man arrives on the line. (122)</p> + + +<h5>To Follow the Corporal</h5> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0169a.png" width="200" height="82" alt="(In Line)" title="(In Line)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(In Line)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_169" id="Para_169">169</a>.</strong> Being assembled or deployed, to march the squad without +unnecessary commands, the corporal places himself in front of it and +commands: <strong>FOLLOW ME.</strong></p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0169b.png" width="200" height="75" alt="(As Skirmishers)" title="(As Skirmishers)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(As Skirmishers)</span> +</div> + +<p>If in line or skirmish line, No. 2 of the front rank follows in the +trace of the corporal at about 3 paces; the other men conform to the +movements of No. 2, guiding on him and maintaining their relative +positions.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0169c.png" width="200" height="120" alt="(In Column)" title="(In Column)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(In Column)</span> +</div> + +<p>If in column, the head of the column follows the corporal. (123)</p> + + +<h5>To Deploy as Skirmishers</h5> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(Deployed On Corporal)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0170a.png" width="200" height="89" alt="(In this diagram the corporal was in front of the squad before the movement began.)" title="(In this diagram the corporal was in front of the squad before the movement began.)" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Assembled In Line)</span><br /><br /> +<span class="caption">(In this diagram the corporal was in front of the squad before the movement began.)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_170" id="Para_170">170</a>.</strong> Being in any formation, assembled: <strong>1. As skirmishers, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The corporal places himself in front of the squad, if not already +there. Moving at a run, the men place themselves abreast of the +corporal at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> half-pace intervals, Nos. 1 and 2 on his right, Nos. 3 +and 4 on his left, rear rank men on the right of their file leaders, +extra men on the left of No. 4; all then conform to the corporal's +gait.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(Deployed On Corporal)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0170b.png" width="200" height="128" alt="Deployed On Corporal" title="Deployed On Corporal" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Assembled In Column Of Files)</span> +</div> + +<p>When the squad is acting alone, skirmish line is similarly formed on +No. 2 of the front rank, who stands fast or continues the march, as +the case may be; the corporal places himself in front of the squad +when advancing and in rear when halted.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(Deployed On No. 2)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0170c.png" width="200" height="99" alt="Deployed On No. 2" title="Deployed On No. 2" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Assembled In Line And Advancing)</span> +</div> + +<p>When deployed as skirmishers, the men march at ease, pieces at the +trail unless otherwise ordered.</p> + +<p>The corporal is the guide when in the line; otherwise No. 2 front rank +is the guide. (124)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_171" id="Para_171">171</a>.</strong> The normal interval between skirmishers is one-half pace, +resulting practically in one man per yard of front. The front of a +squad thus deployed as skirmishers is about 10 paces. (125)</p> + + +<h5>To Increase or Diminish Intervals</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_172" id="Para_172">172</a>.</strong> If assembled, and it is desired to deploy at greater than the +normal interval; or if deployed, and it is desired to increase or +decrease the internal: <strong>1. As skirmishers, (so many) paces, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Intervals are taken at the indicated number of paces. If already +deployed, the men move by the flank toward or away from the guide. +(126)</p> + + +<h5>The Assembly</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_173" id="Para_173">173</a>.</strong> Being deployed: <strong>1. Assemble. 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The men move toward the corporal and form in their proper places.</p> + +<p>If the corporal continues to advance, the men move in double time, +form, and follow him.</p> + +<p>The assembly while marching to the rear is not executed. (127)</p> + + +<h5>Kneeling and Lying Down</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_174" id="Para_174">174</a>.</strong> If standing: <strong>KNEEL.</strong></p> + +<p>Half face to the right; carry the right toe about 1 foot to the left +rear of the left heel;</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0174.png" width="200" height="200" alt="KNEEL." title="KNEEL." /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>kneel on right knee, sitting as nearly as +possible on the right heel; left forearm across left thigh; piece +remains in position of order arms, right hand grasping it above lower +band. (128)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_175" id="Para_175">175</a>.</strong> If standing or kneeling: <strong>LIE DOWN.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0175a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="LIE DOWN (1)." title="LIE DOWN (1)." /> +</div> + +<p>Kneel, but with right knee against left heel:</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0175b.png" width="200" height="200" alt="LIE DOWN (2)." title="LIE DOWN (2)." /> +</div> + +<p>carry back the left foot and lie flat on the belly, inclining body +about 35° to the right</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0175c.png" width="200" height="75" alt="LIE DOWN (3)." title="LIE DOWN (3)." /> +</div> + +<p>piece horizontal, barrel up, muzzle off the ground and pointed to the +front; elbows on the ground; left hand at the balance, right hand +grasping the small of the stock opposite the neck. This is the +position of order arms, lying down. (129)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_176" id="Para_176">176</a>.</strong> If kneeling or lying down: <strong>RISE.</strong></p> + +<p>If kneeling, stand up, faced to the front, on the ground marked by the +left heel.</p> + +<p>If lying down, raise body on both knees; stand up, faced to the front, +on the ground marked by the knees. (130)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_177" id="Para_177">177</a>.</strong> If lying down: <strong>KNEEL.</strong></p> + +<p>Raise the body on both knees; take the position of kneel. (131)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_178" id="Para_178">178</a>.</strong> In double rank, the positions of kneeling and lying down are +ordinarily used only for the better utilization of cover.</p> + +<p>When deployed as skirmishers, a sitting position may be taken in lieu +of the position kneeling. (132)</p> + + +<h5>Loadings and Firings</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_179" id="Para_179">179</a>.</strong> The commands for loading and firing are the same whether +standing, kneeling, or lying down. The firings are always executed at +a halt.</p> + +<p>When kneeling or lying down in double rank, the rear rank does not +load, aim, or fire.</p> + +<p>The instruction in firing will be preceded by a command for loading.</p> + +<p>Loadings are executed in line and skirmish line only. (133)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_180" id="Para_180">180</a>.</strong> Pieces having been ordered loaded are kept loaded without command +until the command <strong>unload</strong>, or <strong>inspection arms</strong>, fresh clips being +inserted when the magazine is exhausted. (To execute with Krag rifle +see <a href="#Para_700">par. 700</a>.) (134)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_181" id="Para_181">181</a>.</strong> The aiming point or target is carefully pointed out. This may be +done before or after announcing the sight setting. Both are indicated +before giving the command for firing, but may be omitted when the +target appears suddenly and is unmistakable; in such case battle sight +is used if no sight setting is announced. (135)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_182" id="Para_182">182</a>.</strong> The target or aiming point having been designated and the sight +setting announced, such designation or announcement need not be +repeated until a change of either or both is necessary.</p> + +<p>Troops are trained to continue their fire upon the aiming point or +target designated, and at the sight setting announced, until a change +is ordered. (136)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_183" id="Para_183">183</a>.</strong> If the men are not already in the position of load, that position +is taken at the announcement of the sight setting; if the announcement +is omitted, the position is taken at the first command for firing. +(137)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_184" id="Para_184">184</a>.</strong> When deployed, the use of the sling as an aid to accurate firing +is discretionary with each man. (138)</p> + + +<h5>To Load</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_185" id="Para_185">185</a>.</strong> Being in line or skirmish line at halt:</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="1. With dummy (blank or ball) cartridges, 2. LOAD." title="1. With dummy (blank or ball) cartridges, 2. LOAD." /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span><strong>1. With dummy (blank or ball) cartridges, 2. LOAD.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command load each front-rank man or skirmisher faces half right +and carries the right foot to the right, about 1 foot, to such +position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the +body; raises, or lowers, the piece and drops it into the left hand at +the balance, the left thumb extended along the stock, muzzle at the +height of the breast, and turns the cut-off up.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185b.png" width="200" height="200" alt="With the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back" title="With the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back" /> +</div> + +<p>With the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back,</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185c.png" width="200" height="200" alt="takes a loaded clip" title="takes a loaded clip" /> +</div> + +<p>takes a loaded clip and inserts the end in the clip slots, places the +thumb on the powder space of the top cartridge, the fingers extending +around the piece and tips resting on the magazine floor plate;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> forces +the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with the thumb; +without removing the clip, thrusts the bolt home, turning down the +handle; turns the safety lock to the "<strong>safe</strong>,"</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185d.png" width="200" height="200" alt="carries the hand to the small of the stock" title="carries the hand to the small of the stock" /> +</div> + +<p>and carries the hand to the small of the stock.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185e.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Each rear rank man moves to the right front" title="Each rear rank man moves to the right front" /> +</div> + +<p>Each rear rank man moves to the right front, takes a similar position +opposite the interval to the right of his front rank man, muzzle of +the piece extending beyond the front rank and loads.</p> + +<p class="clear">A skirmish line may load while moving, the pieces being held as nearly +as practicable in the position of <strong>load</strong>.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185f.png" width="200" height="200" alt="the left forearm rests on the left thigh" title="the left forearm rests on the left thigh" /> +</div> + +<p>If kneeling or sitting, the position of the piece is similar; if +kneeling, the left forearm rests on the left thigh;</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185g.png" width="200" height="176" alt="the elbows are supported by the knees" title="the elbows are supported by the knees" /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>if sitting the elbows are supported by the knees.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0185h.png" width="200" height="49" alt="the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance" title="the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance" /> +</div> + +<p>If lying down, the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the +balance, the toe of the butt resting on the ground, the muzzle off the +ground.</p> + +<p class="clear">For reference, these positions (standing, kneeling, and lying down) +are designated as that of <strong>load</strong>. (For Krag rifle as prescribed in 701.) +(139)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_186" id="Para_186">186</a>.</strong> For instruction in loading: <strong>1. Simulate, 2. LOAD.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed as above described except that the cut-off remains "off" and +the handling of cartridges is simulated.</p> + +<p>The recruits are first taught to <strong>simulate</strong> loading and firing; after a +few lessons dummy cartridges may be used. Later, blank cartridges may +be used. (140)</p> + +<p>The rifle may be used as a single loader by turning the magazine +"off." The magazine may be filled in whole or in part while "off" or +"on" by pressing cartridges singly down and back until they are in the +proper place. The use of the rifle as a single loader is, however, to +be regarded as exceptional. (Explained for Krag rifle in <a href="#Para_702">par. 702</a>.) +(141)</p> + + +<h5>To Unload</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_187" id="Para_187">187</a>. UNLOAD.</strong></p> + +<p>Take the position of load, turn the safety lock up and move bolt +alternately back and forward until all the cartridges are ejected. +After the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed by first +thrusting the bolt slightly forward to free it from the stud holding +it in place when the chamber is open, pressing the follower down and +back to engage it under the bolt and then thrusting the bolt home; the +trigger is pulled. The cartridges are then picked up, cleaned, and +returned to the belt and the piece is brought to the order. (Explained +in <a href="#Para_703">par. 703</a> for Krag rifle.) (142)</p> + + +<h5>To Set the Sight</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_188" id="Para_188">188</a>. RANGE, ELEVEN HUNDRED (EIGHT-FIFTY, etc.)</strong>, or <strong>BATTLE SIGHT</strong>.</p> + +<p>The sight is set at the elevation indicated. The instructor explains +and verifies sight settings. (143)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>To Fire by Volley</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_189" id="Para_189">189</a>. 1. Ready, 2. AIM, 3. Squad, 4. FIRE.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="turn the safety lock to the "ready"" title="turn the safety lock to the "ready"" /> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>ready</strong> turn the safety lock to the "ready";</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189b.png" width="200" height="200" alt="raise the piece with both hands" title="raise the piece with both hands" /> +</div> + +<p>at the command <strong>aim</strong> raise the piece with both hands and support the +butt firmly against the hollow of the right shoulder, right thumb +clasping the stock, barrel horizontal, left elbow well under the +piece, right elbow as high as the shoulder; incline the head slightly +forward and a little to the right, cheek against the stock,</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189c.png" width="200" height="200" alt="left eye closed, right eye looking through the notch of the rear sight" title="left eye closed, right eye looking through the notch of the rear sight" /> +</div> + +<p>left eye closed, right eye looking through the notch of the rear sight +so as to perceive the object aimed at, second joint of the forefinger +resting lightly against the front of the trigger and taking up the +slack; top of front sight is carefully raised into, and held in, the +line of sight.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189d.png" width="200" height="200" alt="aims through the interval to the right of his file leader" title="aims through the interval to the right of his file leader" /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>Each rear-rank man aims through the interval to the right of his file +leader and leans slightly forward to advance the muzzle of his piece +beyond the front rank.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189e.png" width="200" height="179" alt="the left elbow rests on the left knee" title="the left elbow rests on the left knee" /> +</div> + +<p>In aiming kneeling, the left elbow rests on the left knee, point of +elbow in front of kneecap.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189f.png" width="200" height="167" alt="the elbows are supported by the knees" title="the elbows are supported by the knees" /> +</div> + +<p>In aiming sitting, the elbows are supported by the knees.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0189g.png" width="200" height="58" alt="rest on both elbows" title="rest on both elbows" /> +</div> + +<p>In aiming, lying down, raise the piece with both hands; rest on both +elbows and press the butt firmly against the right shoulder.</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>At the command <strong>fire</strong> press the finger against the trigger; fire without +deranging the aim and without lowering or turning the piece; lower the +piece in the position of <strong>load</strong> and load. (144)</p> + +<p>To continue the firing: <strong>1. AIM, 2. Squad, 3. FIRE.</strong></p> + +<p>Each command is executed as previously explained. <strong>Load</strong> (from magazine) +is executed by drawing back and thrusting home the bolt with the right +hand, leaving the safety lock at the "ready." (145)</p> + + +<h5>To Fire at Will</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_190" id="Para_190">190</a>. FIRE AT WILL.</strong></p> + +<p>Each man, independently of the others, comes to the <strong>ready</strong>, aims +carefully and deliberately at the aiming point or target, <strong>fires</strong>, +<strong>loads</strong>, and continues the firing until ordered to <strong>suspend</strong> or <strong>cease +firing</strong>. (146)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_191" id="Para_191">191</a>.</strong> To increase (decrease) the rate of fire in progress the +instructor shouts: <strong>FASTER (SLOWER).</strong></p> + +<p>Men are trained to fire at the rate of about three shots per minute at +effective ranges and five or six at close ranges, devoting the minimum +of time to loading and the maximum to deliberate aiming. To illustrate +the necessity for deliberation, and to habituate men to combat +conditions, small and comparatively indistinct targets are designated. +(147)</p> + + +<h5>To Fire by Clip</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_192" id="Para_192">192</a>. CLIP FIRE.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed in the same manner as <strong>fire at will</strong>, except that each man, +after having exhausted the cartridges then in the piece, <strong>suspends +firing</strong>. (For Krag rifle see <a href="#Para_704">par. 704</a>.) (148)</p> + + +<h5>To Suspend Firing</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_193" id="Para_193">193</a>.</strong> The instructor blows a <strong>long blast</strong> of the whistle and repeats +same, if necessary, or commands: <strong>SUSPEND FIRING.</strong></p> + +<p>Firing stops; pieces are held, loaded and locked, in a position of +readiness for instant resumption of firing, rear sights unchanged. The +men continue to observe the target or aiming point, or the place at +which the target disappeared, or at which it is expected to reappear.</p> + +<p>This whistle signal may be used as a preliminary to <strong>cease firing</strong>. +(149)</p> + + +<h5>To Cease Firing</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_194" id="Para_194">194</a>. CEASE FIRING.</strong></p> + +<p>Firing stops; pieces not already there are brought to the position of +load; those not loaded, are loaded; sights are laid, pieces are locked +and brought to the order.</p> + +<p><strong>Cease firing</strong> is used for long pauses, to prepare for changes of +position, or to steady the men. (For Krag rifle see <a href="#Para_705">par. 705</a>.) (150)</p> + +<p>Commands for suspending or ceasing fire may be given at any time after +the preparatory command for firing whether the firing has actually +commenced or not. (151)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>The Use of Cover</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_195" id="Para_195">195</a>. Individual instruction; things to be impressed upon the recruit.</strong> +The recruit should be given careful instruction in the individual use +of cover. (152)</p> + +<p>It should be impressed upon him that, in taking advantage of natural +cover, he must be able to fire easily and effectively upon the enemy; +if advancing on an enemy, he must do so steadily and as rapidly as +possible; he must conceal himself as much as possible while firing and +while advancing. While setting his sight he should be under cover or +lying prone.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_196" id="Para_196">196</a>. Practice in simulated firing from behind hillocks, trees, etc.; +firing around right side of concealment.</strong> To teach him to fire easily +and effectively, at the same time concealing himself from the view of +the enemy, he is practiced in simulated firing in the prone, sitting, +kneeling, and crouching positions, from behind hillocks, trees, heaps +of earth or rocks, from depressions, gullies, ditches, doorways, or +windows. He is taught to fire around the right side of his concealment +whenever possible, or, when this is not possible, to rise enough to +fire over the top of his concealment.</p> + +<p>When these details are understood, he is required to select cover with +reference to an assumed enemy and to place himself behind it in proper +position for firing. (153)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_197" id="Para_197">197</a>. Evil of remaining too long in one place; advancing from cover to +cover by running, crawling, etc.</strong> The evil of remaining too long in one +place, however good the concealment, should be explained. He should be +taught to advance from cover to cover, selecting cover in advance +before leaving his concealment.</p> + +<p>It should be impressed upon him that a man running rapidly toward an +enemy furnishes a poor target. He should be trained in springing from +a prone position behind concealment, running at top speed to cover and +throwing himself behind it. He should also be practiced in advancing +from cover to cover by crawling, or by lying on the left side, rifle +grasped in the right hand, and pushing himself forward with the right +leg. (154)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_198" id="Para_198">198</a>. Action when fired on while acting independently.</strong> He should be +taught that, when fired on while acting independently, he should drop +to the ground, seek cover, and then endeavor to locate his enemy. +(155)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_199" id="Para_199">199</a>. Proper advance and effectiveness of fire of greater importance +than cover.</strong> The instruction of the recruit in the use of cover is +continued in the combat exercises of the company, but he must then be +taught that the proper advance of the platoon or company and the +effectiveness of its fire is of greater importance than the question +of cover for individuals. He should also be taught that he may not +move about or shift his position in the firing line except the better +to see the target. (156)</p> + + +<h5>Observation</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_200" id="Para_200">200</a>. Importance of observation; training of recruit.</strong> The ability to +use his eyes accurately is of great importance to the soldier. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> +recruit should be trained in observing his surroundings from positions +and when on the march.</p> + +<p>He should be practiced in pointing out and naming military features of +the ground; in distinguishing between living beings; in counting +distant groups of objects or beings; in recognizing colors and forms. +(157)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_201" id="Para_201">201</a>. Training in mechanism of firing line and estimating distance.</strong> In +the training of men in the mechanism of the firing line, they should +be practiced in repeating to one another target and aiming point +designations and in quickly locating and pointing out a designated +target. They should be taught to distinguish, from a prone position, +distant objects, particularly troops, both with the naked eye and with +field glasses. Similarly, they should be trained in estimating +distances. (158)</p> + + +<h4>SCHOOL OF THE COMPANY</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_202" id="Para_202">202</a>. Captain responsible for instruction of officers and +noncommissioned officers.</strong> The captain is responsible for the +theoretical and practical instruction of his officers and +noncommissioned officers, not only in the duties of their respective +grades, but in those of the next higher grades. (159)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_203" id="Para_203">203</a>. Formation of company in double rank, according to height; +division into squads.</strong> The company in line is formed in double rank +with the men arranged, as far as practicable, according to height from +right to left, the tallest on the right.</p> + +<p>The original division into squads is effected by the command: <strong>COUNT +OFF</strong>. The squads, successively, from the right, count off as in the +School of the Squad, as explained in <a href="#Para_153">par. 153</a>, corporals placing +themselves as Nos. 4 of the front rank. If the left squad contains +less than six men, it is either increased to that number by transfers +from other squads or is broken up and its members assigned to other +squads and posted in the line of file closers. These squad +organizations are maintained, by transfers if necessary, until the +company becomes so reduced in numbers as to necessitate a new division +into squads. No squad will contain less than six men. (160)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_204" id="Para_204">204</a>. Division of company into platoons.</strong> The company is further divided +into two, three or four platoons, each consisting of not less than +two, nor more than four squads. In garrison or ceremonies the strength +of platoons may exceed four squads. (161)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_205" id="Para_205">205</a>. Designation of squads and platoons.</strong> At the formation of the +company the platoons or squads are numbered consecutively from right +to left and these designations do not change.</p> + +<p>For convenience in giving commands and for reference, the +designations, <strong>right, center, left</strong>, when in line, and <strong>leading, center, +rear</strong>, when in column, are applied to platoons or squads. These +designations apply to the actual right, left, center, head, or rear, +in whatever direction the company may be facing. The <strong>center squad</strong> is +the middle or right middle squad of the company.</p> + +<p>The designation "So-and-so's" squad or platoon may also be used. +(162)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_206" id="Para_206">206</a>. Assignment of platoons; assignment of guides.</strong> Platoons are +assigned to the lieutenants and noncommissioned officers, in order of +rank, as follows: 1, right; 2, left; 3, center (right center); 4, left +center.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 363px;"> +<a name="Plate_II_I_I" id="Plate_II_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0206.png" width="363" height="500" alt="Plate II." title="Plate II." /> +<span class="caption">Plate II.</span> +</div> + +<p>The noncommissioned officers next in rank are assigned as guides, one +to each platoon. If sergeants still remain, they are assigned to +platoons as additional guides. When the platoon is deployed, its +guide, or guides, accompany the platoon leader.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>During battle, these assignments are not changed; vacancies are filled +by noncommissioned officers of the platoon, or by the nearest +available officers or noncommissioned officers arriving with +reënforcing troops. (163)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_207" id="Para_207">207</a>. Post of first sergeant, quartermaster sergeant and musicians.</strong> The +first sergeant is never assigned as a guide. When not commanding a +platoon, he is posted as a file closer opposite the third file from +the outer flank of the first platoon; and when the company is deployed +he accompanies the captain.</p> + +<p>The quartermaster sergeant, when present, is assigned according to his +rank as a sergeant.</p> + +<p>Enlisted men below the grade of sergeant, armed with the rifle are in +ranks unless serving as guides; when not so armed they are posted in +the line of file closers.</p> + +<p>Musicians, when required to play, are at the head of the column. When +the company is deployed, they accompany the captain, and perform the +duties laid down in <a href="#Para_272">par. 272</a>. (164)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_208" id="Para_208">208</a>. Certain movements executed by company and by platoon as +prescribed in Schools of the Soldier and the Squad.</strong> The company +executes the <strong>halt</strong>, <strong>rests</strong>, <strong>facings</strong>, <strong>steps</strong>, and <strong>marchings</strong>, <strong>manual of +arms</strong>, <strong>loadings</strong>, and <strong>firings</strong>, takes <strong>intervals</strong> and <strong>distances</strong> and +<strong>assembles</strong>, <strong>increases</strong> and <strong>diminishes intervals</strong>, resumes <strong>attention</strong>, +<strong>obliques</strong>, resumes the direct march, preserves alignments, <strong>kneels</strong>, <strong>lies +down</strong>, <strong>rises</strong>, <strong>stacks</strong>, and <strong>takes arms</strong>, as explained in the Schools of +the Soldier and the Squad, substituting in the commands <strong>company</strong> for +<strong>squad</strong>.</p> + +<p>The same rule applies to platoons, detachments, details, etc., +substituting their designation for <strong>squad</strong> in the commands. In the same +manner these execute the movements prescribed for the company, +whenever possible, substituting their designation for <strong>company</strong> in the +commands. (165)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_209" id="Para_209">209</a>. Depleted company led as platoon.</strong> A company so depleted as to make +division into platoons impracticable is led by the captain as a single +platoon, but retains the designation of company. The lieutenants and +first sergeant assist in fire control; the other sergeants place +themselves in the firing line as skirmishers. (166)</p> + + +<h5>CLOSE ORDER</h5> + + +<h6>Rules</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_210" id="Para_210">210</a>. Platoon guides.</strong> The guides of the right and left, or leading and +rear, platoons, are the right and left, or leading and rear, guides, +respectively, of the company when it is in line or in column of +squads. Other guides are in the line of <strong>file closers</strong>.</p> + +<p>In platoon movements the post of the platoon guide is at the head of +the platoon, if the platoon is in column, and on the guiding flank if +in line. When a platoon has two guides their original assignment to +flanks of the platoon does not change. (167)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_211" id="Para_211">211</a>. Guides of a column of squads; changing guides and file closers to +opposite flank.</strong> The guides of a column of squads place themselves on +the flank opposite the file closers. To change the guides and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> file +closers to the other flank, the captain commands: <strong>1. File closers on +left (right) flank; 2. MARCH.</strong> The file closers dart through the +column; the captain and guides change.</p> + +<p>In the column of squads, each rank preserves the alignment toward the +side of the guide. (168)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_212" id="Para_212">212</a>. File closers do not execute loadings or firings; execution of +manual of arms and other movements.</strong> Men in the line of file closers do +not execute the loadings or firings.</p> + +<p>Guides and enlisted men in the line of file closers execute the manual +of arms during the drill unless specially excused, when they remain at +the order. During ceremonies they execute all movements. (169)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_213" id="Para_213">213</a>. Action of guides in taking intervals and distances.</strong> In taking +intervals and distances, unless otherwise directed, the right and left +guides, at the first command, place themselves in the line of file +closers, and, with them, take a distance of 4 paces from the rear +rank. In taking intervals, at the command <strong>march</strong>, the file closers face +to the flank and each steps off with the file nearest him. In +assembling the guides and file closers resume their position in line. +(170)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_214" id="Para_214">214</a>. Repetition of commands by platoon leaders in platoon drill.</strong> In +movements executed simultaneously by platoons (<strong>as platoons right or +platoons, column right</strong>), platoon leaders repeat the preparatory +command (<strong>platoon right</strong>, etc.), applicable to their respective +platoons. The command of execution is given by the captain only. (171)</p> + + +<h6>To Form the Company</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_215" id="Para_215">215</a>.</strong> At the sounding of the assembly the first sergeant takes position +6 paces in front of where the center of the company is to be, faces +it, draws saber, and commands: <strong>FALL IN.</strong></p> + +<p>The right guide of the company places himself, facing to the front, +where the right of the company is to rest, and at such point that the +center of the company will be 6 paces from and opposite the first +sergeant; the squads form in their proper places on the left of the +right guide, superintended by the other sergeants, who then take their +posts.</p> + +<p>The first sergeant commands: <strong>REPORT.</strong> Remaining in position at the +order, the squad leaders, in succession from right, salute and report: +<strong>All present</strong>; or, <strong>Private(s) —— absent.</strong> The first sergeant does not +return the salutes of the squad leaders; he then commands: <strong>1. +Inspection, 2. ARMS, 3. Order, 4. ARMS</strong>, faces about, salutes the +captain, reports: <strong>Sir, all present or accounted for</strong>, or the names of +the unauthorized absentees, and, without command, takes his post.</p> + +<p>If the company can not be formed by squads, the first sergeant +commands: <strong>1. Inspection, 2. ARMS, 3. Right shoulder, 4. ARMS</strong>, and +calls the roll. Each man, as his name is called, answers here and +executes order arms. The sergeant then effects the division into +squads and reports the company as prescribed above.</p> + +<p>The captain places himself 12 paces in front of the center of, and +facing, the company in time to receive the report of the first +sergeant, whose salute he returns, and then draws saber.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>The lieutenants take their posts when the first sergeant has reported +and draw saber with the captain. The company, if not under arms, is +formed in like manner omitting reference to arms. (172)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_216" id="Para_216">216</a>.</strong> For the instruction of platoon leaders and guides, the company, +when small, may be formed in single rank. In this formation close +order movements only are executed. The single rank executes all +movements as explained for the front rank of a company. (173)</p> + + +<h6>To Dismiss the Company</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_217" id="Para_217">217</a>.</strong> Being in line at a halt, the captain directs the first sergeant: +<strong>Dismiss the company.</strong> The officers fall out; the first sergeant places +himself faced to the front, 3 paces to the front and 2 paces from the +nearest flank of the company, salutes, faces toward opposite flank of +the company and commands: <strong>1. Inspection, 2. ARMS, 3. Port, 4. ARMS, 5. +DISMISSED.</strong> (174)</p> + + +<h6>Alignments</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_218" id="Para_218">218</a>.</strong> The alignments are executed as prescribed in the School of the +Squad, the guide being established instead of the flank file. The +rear-rank man of the flank file keeps his head and eyes to the front +and covers his file leader.</p> + +<p>At each alignment the captain places himself in prolongation of the +line, 2 paces from and facing the flank toward which the dress is +made, verifies the alignment, and commands: <strong>FRONT.</strong></p> + +<p>Platoon leaders take a like position when required to verify +alignments. (175)</p> + + +<h6>Movements on the Fixed Pivot</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_219" id="Para_219">219</a>.</strong> Being in line, to turn the company: <strong>1. Company right (left), 2. +MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT;</strong> or, <strong>3. Forward, 4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(After)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0219.png" width="200" height="94" alt="1. Company right (left), 2. MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT;" title="1. Company right (left), 2. MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT;" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Before)</span><br /><br /> +<span class="caption">(<em>For detail see diagram on <a href="#Page_56">page 56</a></em>)</span> +</div> + +<p>At the second command the right-flank man<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> in the front rank faces +to the right in marching and marks time; the other front-rank men +oblique to the right, place themselves abreast of the pivot, and mark +time; in the rear rank the third man from the right, followed in +column by the second and first, moves straight to the front until in +rear of his front-rank man, when all face to the right in marching and +mark time; the remaining men of the rear rank move straight to the +front 4 paces, oblique to the right, place themselves abreast of the +third man, cover their file leaders, and mark time, the right guide +steps back, takes post on the flank, and marks time.</p> + +<p>The fourth command is given when the last man is 1 pace in rear of the +new line.</p> + +<p>The command <strong>halt</strong> may be given at any time after the movement begins; +only those halt who are in the new position. Each of the others halts +upon arriving on the line, aligns himself to the right, and executes +<strong>front</strong> without command. (176)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0220.png" width="200" height="109" alt="From Line To Column Of Platoons." title="From Line To Column Of Platoons." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Line To Column Of Platoons.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_220" id="Para_220">220</a>.</strong> Being in line, to form column of platoons, or the reverse: <strong>1. +Platoons right (left), 2. MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT</strong>; or, <strong>3. Forward, +4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed by each platoon as described for the company.</p> + +<p>Before forming line the captain sees that the guides on the flank +toward which the movement is to be executed are covering. This is +effected by previously announcing the guide to that flank. (177)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0221a.png" width="200" height="38" alt="From Line To Column Of Squads." title="From Line To Column Of Squads." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Line To Column Of Squads.</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0221b.png" width="200" height="94" alt="From Line Of Platoons To Column Of Platoons." title="From Line Of Platoons To Column Of Platoons." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Line Of Platoons To Column Of Platoons.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_221" id="Para_221">221</a>.</strong> Being in line, to form column of squads, or the reverse; or, +being in line of platoons, to form column of platoons, or the reverse: +<strong>1. Squads right (left), 2. MARCH</strong>; or, <strong>1. Squads right (left), 2. +MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT</strong>.</p> + +<p>Executed by each squad as described in the School of the Squad.</p> + +<p>If the company or platoons be formed in line toward the side of the +file closers, they dart through the column and take posts in rear of +the company at the second command. If the column of squads be formed +from line, the file closers take posts on the pivot flank, abreast of +and 4 inches from the nearest rank. (178)</p> + + +<h6>Movements on the Moving Pivot</h6> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(After)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0222.png" width="200" height="117" alt="Outline" title="Outline" /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Before)</span><br /><br /> +<span class="captioncaps">Outline</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_222" id="Para_222">222</a>.</strong> Being in line, to change direction: <strong>1. Right (Left) turn, 2. +MARCH, 3. Forward, 4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed as described in the School of the Squad, except that the men +do not glance toward the marching flank and that all take the full +step at the fourth command. The right guide is the pivot of the front +rank. Each rear-rank man obliques on the same ground as his file +leader. (179)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<span class="captioncaps">(After)</span> +<img src="images/illus-0223.png" width="200" height="161" alt="1. Column right, 2. MARCH." title="1. Column right, 2. MARCH." /> +<span class="captioncaps">(Before)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_223" id="Para_223">223</a>.</strong> Being in column of platoons, to change direction: <strong>1. Column right +(left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the first command the leader of the leading platoon commands: <strong>Right +turn.</strong> At the command <strong>march</strong> the leading platoon turns to the right on +moving pivot; its leader commands: <strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH</strong>, on completion +of the turn. Rear <strong>platoons</strong> march squarely up to the turning point of +the leading platoons <strong>and turn</strong> at command of their leaders. (180)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0224.png" width="200" height="144" alt="1. Column right, 2. MARCH." title="1. Column right, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_224" id="Para_224">224</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads, to change direction: <strong>1. Column right +(left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command the front rank of the leading squad turns to the +right on moving pivot as in the School of the Squad; the other ranks, +without command turn successively on the same ground and in a similar +manner. (181)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0225.png" width="200" height="138" alt="From Column Of Squads To Line Of Platoons." title="From Column Of Squads To Line Of Platoons." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Squads To Line Of Platoons.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_225" id="Para_225">225</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads, to form line of platoons or the +reverse: <strong>1. Platoons, column right (left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed by each platoon as described for the company. (182)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_226" id="Para_226">226</a>.</strong> Being in line, to form column of squads and change direction: <strong>1. +Squads right (left), column right (left), 2. MARCH</strong>; or, <strong>1. Right +(Left) by squads, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0226a.png" width="200" height="78" alt="Squads Right Column Right." title="Squads Right Column Right." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Squads Right Column Right.</span> +</div> + +<p>In the first case the right squad initiates the <strong>column right</strong> as soon +as it has completed the <strong>squad right</strong>.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0226b.png" width="200" height="67" alt="Right By Squads." title="Right By Squads." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Right By Squads.</span> +</div> + +<p>In the second case, at the command <strong>march</strong>, the right squad marches +<strong>forward</strong>; the remainder of the company executes <strong>squads right</strong>, <strong>column +left</strong>, and follows the right squad. The right guide, when he has posted +himself in front of the squad, takes four short steps, then resumes +the full step; the right quad conforms. (183)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0227.png" width="200" height="92" alt="From Line To Line Of Platoons." title="From Line To Line Of Platoons." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Line To Line Of Platoons.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_227" id="Para_227">227</a>.</strong> Being in line, to form line of platoons: <strong>1. Squads right (left), +platoons, column right (left), 2. MARCH</strong>; or, <strong>1. Platoons, right (left) +by squads, 2. MARCH</strong>.</p> + +<p>Executed by each platoon as described for the company in the preceding +paragraph. (184)</p> + + +<h6>Facing or Marching to the Rear</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_228" id="Para_228">228</a>.</strong> Being in line, line of platoons, or in column of platoons or +squads, to face or march to the rear: <strong>1. Squads right (left) about, 2. +MARCH</strong>; or, <strong>1. Squad right (left) about, 2. MARCH; 3. Company, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed by each squad as described in the School of the Squad.</p> + +<p>If the company or platoons be in column of squads, the file closers +turn about toward the column, and take their posts; if in line, each +darts through the nearest interval between squads. (185).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_229" id="Para_229">229</a>.</strong> To march to the rear for a few paces: <strong>1. About, 2. FACE, 3. +Forward, 4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>If in line, the guides place themselves in the rear rank, now the +front rank; the file closers, on facing about, maintain their relative +positions. No other movement is executed until the line is faced to +the original front. (186)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>On Right (Left) Into Line</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_230" id="Para_230">230</a>.</strong> Being in column of platoons or squads, to form line on right or +left: <strong>1. On right (left) into line, 2. MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT, 5. +FRONT.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0230a.png" width="200" height="168" alt="From Column Of Platoons To Line On Right." title="From Column Of Platoons To Line On Right." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Platoons To Line On Right.</span> +</div> + +<p>At the first command the leader of the leading unit commands: <strong>Right +turn.</strong> The leaders of the other units command: <strong>Forward</strong>, if at a halt. +At the second command the leading unit turns to the right on moving +pivot. The command halt is given when the leading unit has advanced +the desired distance in the new direction; it halts; its leader then +commands: <strong>Right dress.</strong></p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0230b.png" width="200" height="187" alt="From Column Of Squads To Line On Right." title="From Column Of Squads To Line On Right." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Squads To Line On Right.</span> +</div> + +<p>The units in rear continue to march straight to the front; each, when +opposite the right of its place in line, executes right turn at the +command of its leader; each is halted on the line at the command of +its leader, who then commands: <strong>Right dress.</strong> All dress on the first +unit in line.</p> + +<p>If executed in double time, the leading squad marches in double time +until halted. (187)</p> + + +<h6>Front Into Line</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_231" id="Para_231">231</a>.</strong> Being in column of platoons or squads, to form line to the front: +<strong>1. Right (Left) front into line, 2. MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT, 5. +FRONT.</strong></p> + +<p>At the first command the leaders of the units in rear of the leading +one command: <strong>Right oblique.</strong> If at a halt, the leader of the leading +unit commands: <strong>Forward.</strong> At the second command the leading unit moves +straight forward; the rear units oblique as indicated. The command +<strong>halt</strong> is given when the leading unit has advanced the desired distance; +it halts; its leader then commands: <strong>Left dress.</strong> Each of the rear +units, when opposite its place in line, resumes the original direction +at the command of its leader; each is halted on the line at the +command of its leader, who then commands: <strong>Left dress.</strong> All dress on the +first unit in line. (188)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_232" id="Para_232">232</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads to form column of platoons, or being +line of platoons, to form the company in line: <strong>1. Platoons, right +(left) front into line, 2. MARCH, 3. Company, 4. HALT, 5. FRONT.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0232a.png" width="200" height="202" alt="From Column Of Squads To Line To The Front." title="From Column Of Squads To Line To The Front." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Squads To Line To The Front.</span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0232b.png" width="200" height="137" alt="From Column Of Platoons To Line To The Front." title="From Column Of Platoons To Line To The Front." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Platoons To Line To The Front.</span> +</div> + +<p>Executed by each platoon as described for the company. In forming the +company in line, the dress is on the left squad of the left platoon. +If forming column of platoons, platoon leaders verify the alignment +before taking their posts; the captain commands <strong>front</strong> when the +alignments have been verified.</p> + +<p>When <strong>front into line</strong> is executed in double time the commands for +halting and aligning are omitted and the guide is toward the side of +the first unit in line. (189)</p> + + +<h6>At Ease and Route Step</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_233" id="Para_233">233</a>.</strong> The column of squads is the habitual column of route, but <strong>route +step</strong> and <strong>at ease</strong> are applicable to any marching formation. (190)</p> + +<p>To march at route step: <strong>1. Route step, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Sabers are carried at will or in the scabbard; the men carry their +pieces at will, keeping the muzzles elevated; they are not required to +preserve silence, nor to keep the step. The ranks cover and preserve +their distance. If halted from route step, the men stand <strong>at rest</strong>. +(191)</p> + +<p>To march at ease: <strong>1. At ease, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The company marches as in route step, except that silence is +preserved; when halted, the men remain <strong>at ease</strong>. (192)</p> + +<p>Marching at route step or at ease: <strong>1. Company, 2. ATTENTION.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>attention</strong> the pieces are brought to the right shoulder +and the cadenced step in quick time is resumed. (193)</p> + + +<h6>To Diminish The Front of A Column of Squads</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_234" id="Para_234">234</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads: <strong>1. Right (left) by twos, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0234.png" width="200" height="200" alt="1. Right by twos, 2. MARCH." title="1. Right by twos, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> all files except the two right files of the +leading squad execute <strong>in place halt</strong>; the two left files of the leading +squad oblique to the right when disengaged and follow the right files +at the shortest practicable distance. The remaining squads follow +successively in like manner. (194)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0235a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="1. Right by file, 2. MARCH." title="1. Right by file, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_235" id="Para_235">235</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads or twos: <strong>1. Right (Left) by file, 2. +MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, all files execute <strong>in place halt</strong> except the right +file of the leading two or squad. The left file or files of the +leading two or squad oblique successively to the right when disengaged +and each follows the file on its right at the shortest practicable +distance. The remaining twos or squads follow successively in like +manner. (195)</p> + +<p>Being in column of files or twos, to form column of squads; or, being +in column of files, to form column of twos: <strong>1. Squads (Twos), right +(left) front into line, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0235b.png" width="200" height="200" alt="LEFT front into line." title="LEFT front into line." /> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, the leading file or files halt. The remainder of +the squad, or two, obliques to the right and halts on line with the +leading file or files. The remaining squads or twos close up and +successively form in rear of the first in like manner.</p> + +<p>This diagram illustrates a squad executing <strong>LEFT</strong> front into line.</p> + +<p>The movement described in this paragraph will be ordered <strong>right</strong> or +<strong>left</strong>, so as to restore the files to their normal relative positions in +the two or squad. (196)</p> + +<p class="clear">The movements prescribed in the three preceding paragraphs are +difficult of execution at attention and have no value as disciplinary +exercises. (197)</p> + + +<h5>EXTENDED ORDER</h5> + + +<h6>Rules for Deployment</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_236" id="Para_236">236</a>. Designation of base squads.</strong> The command <strong>guide right</strong> (<strong>left</strong> or +<strong>center</strong>) indicates the base squad for the deployment; if in line it +designates the actual <strong>right</strong> (<strong>left</strong> or <strong>center</strong>) squad; if in column the +command <strong>guide right (left)</strong> designates the <strong>leading</strong> squad, and the +command <strong>guide center</strong> designates the <strong>center</strong> squad, as laid down in <a href="#Para_205">par. +205</a>. After the deployment is completed, the guide is <strong>center</strong> without +command, unless otherwise ordered. (199)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_237" id="Para_237">237</a>. Action of squad leaders at preparatory command for forming +skirmish line.</strong> At the preparatory command for forming skirmish line, +from either column of squads or line, each squad leader (except the +leader of the base squad, when his squad does not advance) cautions +his squad, <strong>follow me</strong> or <strong>by the right (left) flank</strong>, as the case may be; +at the command march, he steps in front of his squad and leads it to +its place in line, as explained in <a href="#Para_169">par. 169</a>. (200)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_238" id="Para_238">238</a>. Point on which base squad marches.</strong> Having given the command for +forming skirmish line, the captain, if necessary, indicates to the +corporal of the base squad the point on which the squad is to march; +the corporal habitually looks to the captain for such directions. +(201)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_239" id="Para_239">239</a>. Deployment of the squads.</strong> The base squad (<a href="#Para_236">par. 199</a>) is deployed +as soon as it has sufficient interval. The other squads are deployed +as they arrive on the general line; each corporal halts in his place +in line and commands or signals, as <strong>skirmishers</strong> (executed as +prescribed in <a href="#Para_170">par. 170</a>); the squad deploys and halts abreast of him.</p> + +<p>If tactical considerations demand it, the squad is deployed before +arriving on the line. (202)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_240" id="Para_240">240</a>. Alignment of deployed lines; deployed line faces to front on +halting.</strong> Deployed lines preserve a general alignment toward the guide, +as prescribed in <a href="#Para_65">par. 65</a>. Within their respective fronts, individuals +or units march so as best to secure cover or to facilitate the +advance, but the general and orderly progress of the whole is +paramount.</p> + +<p>On halting, a deployed line faces to the front (direction of the +enemy) in all cases and takes advantage of cover, the men lying down +if necessary. (203)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_241" id="Para_241">241</a>. Certain movements in extended order executed by same commands as +in close order.</strong> The company in skirmish line <strong>advances, halts</strong>, moves <strong>by +the flank</strong>, or <strong>to the rear, obliques</strong>, resumes <strong>the direct march</strong>, passes +from <strong>quick to double time</strong> and the reverse by the same commands and in +a similar manner as in close order; if at a halt, the movement by <strong>the +flank</strong> or <strong>to the rear</strong> is executed by the same commands as when +marching. <strong>Company right (left, half right, half left)</strong> is executed as +explained for the front rank (in <a href="#Para_165">par. 165</a>) skirmish intervals being +maintained. (See <a href="#Para_171">par. 171</a>.) (204)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_242" id="Para_242">242</a>. Deployment of platoons and detachments.</strong> A platoon or other part +of the company is deployed and marched in the same manner as the +company, substituting in the commands, <strong>platoon</strong> (<strong>detachments</strong>, etc.), +for <strong>company</strong>. (205)</p> + + +<h6>Deployments (See <a href="#Para_170">pars. 170</a>–172.)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_243" id="Para_243">243</a>.</strong> Being in line, to form skirmish line to the front: <strong>1. As +skirmishers, guide right (left or center), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0243.png" width="200" height="99" alt="1. As skirmishers, guide right, 2. MARCH." title="1. As skirmishers, guide right, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p>If marching, the corporal of the base squad moves straight to the +front; when that squad has advanced the desired distance, the captain +commands: <strong>1. Company, 2. HALT.</strong> If the guide be <strong>right (left)</strong>, the other +corporals move to the <strong>left (right)</strong> front, and, in succession from the +base, place their squads on the line; if the guide be center, the +other corporals move to the right or left front, according as they are +on the right or left of the center squad, and in succession from the +center squad place their squads on the line.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>If at a halt, the base squad is deployed without advancing; the other +squads may be conducted to their proper places by the flank; interior +squads may be moved when squads more distant from the base have gained +comfortable marching distance. (206)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_244" id="Para_244">244</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads, to form skirmish line to the front: <strong>1. +As skirmishers, guide right (left or center), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0244a.png" width="200" height="105" alt="Guide Right." title="Guide Right." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Guide Right.</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0244b.png" width="200" height="127" alt="Guide Center (Marching)." title="Guide Center (Marching)." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Guide Center (Marching).</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0244c.png" width="200" height="84" alt="Guide Center (At A Halt)." title="Guide Center (At A Halt)." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Guide Center (At A Halt).</span> +</div> + +<p>If marching, the corporal of the base squad deploys it and moves +straight to the front; if at a halt, he deploys his squad without +advancing. If the guide be <strong>right (left)</strong>, the other corporals move to +the <strong>left (right) front</strong>, and, in succession from the base, place their +squads on the line; if the guide be <strong>center</strong>, the corporals in front of +the center squad move to the right (if at a halt, to the right rear), +the corporals in rear of the center squad move to the left front, and +each, in succession from the base, places his squad on the line.</p> + +<p>The column of twos or files is deployed by the same commands and in +like manner. (207)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_245" id="Para_245">245</a>. Deployment in an oblique direction.</strong> The company in line or in +column of squads may be deployed in an oblique direction by the same +commands. The captain points out the desire direction; the corporal of +the base squad moves in the direction indicated; the other corporals +conform. (208)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_246" id="Para_246">246</a>. Deployment to flank or rear.</strong> To form skirmish line to the flank +or rear the line or the column of squads is turned by squads to the +flank or rear and then deployed as described. (209)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_247" id="Para_247">247</a>. Increasing or decreasing intervals.</strong> The intervals between men are +increased or decreased as described in the School of the Squad, as +explained in <a href="#Para_172">par. 172</a>, adding to the preparatory command, <strong>guide right +(left or center)</strong> if necessary, as explained in <a href="#Para_236">par. 236</a>. (210)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>The Assembly</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_248" id="Para_248">248</a>.</strong> The captain takes his post in front of, or designates, the +element on which the company is to assemble and commands: <strong>1. Assemble, +2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>If in skirmish line the men move promptly toward the designated point +and the company is reformed in line. If assembled by platoons, these +are conducted to the designated point by platoon leaders, and the +company is reformed in line.</p> + +<p>Platoons may be assembled by the command: <strong>1. Platoons, assemble, 2. +MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed by each platoon as described for the company.</p> + +<p>One or more platoons may be assembled by the command: <strong>1. Such platoon +(s), assemble, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed by the designated platoon or platoons as described for the +company. (211)</p> + + +<h6>The Advance</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_249" id="Para_249">249</a>. Methods of advancing.</strong> The advance of a company into an engagement +(whether for attack or defense) is conducted in close order, +preferably column of squads, until the probability of encountering +hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy. After deployment, and +before opening fire, the advance of the company may be continued in +skirmish line or other suitable formation, depending upon +circumstances. The advance may often be facilitated, or better +advantage taken of cover, or losses reduced by the employment of the +<strong>platoon</strong> or <strong>squad columns</strong>, as laid down in <a href="#Para_250">pars. 250</a>–251, or by the use +of a <strong>succession of thin lines</strong>, as explained in <a href="#Para_255">par. 255</a>. The selection +of the method to be used is made by the captain or major, the choice +depending upon conditions arising during the progress of the advance. +If the deployment is found to be premature, it will generally be best +to assemble the company and proceed in close order.</p> + +<p>Patrols are used to provide the necessary security against surprise. +(212)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_250" id="Para_250">250</a>.</strong> Being in skirmish line: <strong>1. Platoon columns, 2 MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0250.png" width="400" height="249" alt="1. Platoon columns, 2 MARCH." title="1. Platoon columns, 2 MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p>The platoon leaders move forward through the center of their +respective platoons; men to the right of the platoon leader march to +the left and follow him in file; those to the left march in like +manner to the right; each platoon leader thus conducts the march of +his platoon in double col<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>umn of files; platoon guides follow in rear +of their respective platoons to insure prompt and orderly execution of +the advance. (213)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0251.png" width="200" height="200" alt="1. Squad columns, 2. MARCH." title="1. Squad columns, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_251" id="Para_251">251</a>.</strong> Being in skirmish line: <strong>1. Squad columns, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Each squad leader moves to the front; the members of each squad +oblique toward and follow their squad leader in single file at easy +marching distances. (214)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_252" id="Para_252">252</a>.</strong> Platoon columns are profitably used where the ground is so +difficult or cover so limited as to make it desirable to take +advantage of the few favorable routes; no two platoons should march +within the area of burst of a single shrapnel<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a>. <strong>Squad columns</strong> are of +value principally in facilitating the advance over rough or +brush-grown ground; they afford no material advantage in securing +cover. (215)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_253" id="Para_253">253</a>.</strong> To deploy platoon or squad columns: <strong>1. As skirmishers, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>Skirmishers move to the right or left front and successively place +themselves in their original positions on the line. (216)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0253.png" width="400" height="309" alt="1. As skirmishers, 2. MARCH." title="1. As skirmishers, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_254" id="Para_254">254</a>.</strong> Being in platoon or squad columns: <strong>1. Assemble, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0254a.png" width="200" height="94" alt="Assembly Made On Right Platoon." title="Assembly Made On Right Platoon." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Assembly Made On Right Platoon.</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0254b.png" width="200" height="94" alt="Assembly Made On Right Squad." title="Assembly Made On Right Squad." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Assembly Made On Right Squad.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>The platoon or squad leaders signal <strong>assemble</strong>. The men of each platoon +or squad, as the case may be, advance and, moving to the right and +left, take their proper places in line, each unit assembling on the +leading element of the column and re-forming in line. The platoon or +squad leaders conduct their units toward the element or point +indicated by the captain, and to their places in line; the company is +reformed in line. (217)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_255" id="Para_255">255</a>.</strong> Being in skirmish line, to advance by a succession of <strong>thin lines</strong>: +<strong>1. (Such numbers), forward, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The captain points out in advance the selected position in front of +the line occupied. The designated number of each squad moves to the +front; the line thus formed preserves the original intervals as nearly +as practicable; when this line has advanced a suitable distance +(generally from 100 to 250 yards, depending upon the terrain and the +character of the hostile fire), a second is sent forward by similar +commands, and so on at irregular distances until the whole line has +advanced. Upon arriving at the indicated position, the first line is +halted. Successive lines, upon arriving, halt on line with the first +and the men take their proper places in the skirmish line.</p> + +<p>Ordinarily each line is made up of one man per squad and the men of a +squad are sent forward in order from right to left as deployed. The +first line is led by the platoon leader of the right platoon, the +second by the guide of the right platoon, and so on in order from +right to left.</p> + +<p>The advance is conducted in quick time unless conditions demand a +faster gait.</p> + +<p>The company having arrived at the indicated position, a further +advance by the same means may be advisable. (218)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_256" id="Para_256">256</a>. Use and purpose of advance in succession of thin lines.</strong> The +advance in a succession of thin lines is used to cross a wide stretch +swept, or likely to be swept, by artillery fire or heavy, long-range +rifle fire which cannot profitably be returned. Its purpose is the +building up of a strong skirmish line preparatory to engaging in a +fire fight. This method of advancing results in serious (though +temporary) loss of control over the company. Its advantage lies in the +fact that it offers a less definite target, hence is less likely to +draw fire. (219)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_257" id="Para_257">257</a>. Improvised formations.</strong> The above are suggestions. Other and +better formations may be devised to fit particular cases. The best +forma<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>tion is the one which advances the line farthest with the least +loss of men, time, and control. (220)</p> + + +<h6>The Fire Attack</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_258" id="Para_258">258</a>. Advance of firing line; advance by rushes.</strong> The principles +governing the advance of the firing line in attack are considered in +the School of the Battalion. (See <a href="#Para_342">par. 342</a>–356.)</p> + +<p>When it becomes impracticable for the company to advance as whole by +ordinary means, it advances by rushes. (221)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_259" id="Para_259">259</a>. Advancing by rushes.</strong> Being in skirmish line: <strong>1. By platoon (two +platoons, squad, four men, etc.), from the right (left), 2. RUSH.</strong></p> + +<p>The platoon leader on the indicated flank carefully arranges the +details for a prompt and vigorous execution of the rush and puts it +into effect as soon as practicable. If necessary, he designates the +leader for the indicated fraction. When about to rush, he causes the +men of the fraction to cease firing and to hold themselves flat, but +in readiness to spring forward instantly. The leader of the rush (at +the signal of the platoon leader, if the latter be not the leader of +the rush) commands: Follow me, and running at top speed, leads the +fraction to the new line, where he halts it and causes it to open +fire. The leader of the rush selects the new line if it has not been +previously designated.</p> + +<p>The first fraction having established itself on the new line, the next +like fraction is sent forward by its platoon leader, without further +command of the captain, and so on successively, until the entire +company is on the line established by the first rush.</p> + +<p>If more than one platoon is to join in one rush, the junior platoon +leader conforms to the action of the senior.</p> + +<p>A part of the line having advanced, the captain may increase or +decrease the size of the fractions to complete the movement. (222)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_260" id="Para_260">260</a>. Rush of company as whole led by captain.</strong> When the company forms a +part of the firing line, the rush of the company as a whole is +conducted by the captain, as described for a platoon in the preceding +paragraph. The captain leads the rush; platoon leaders lead their +respective platoons; platoon guides follow the line to insure prompt +and orderly execution of the advance. (223)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_261" id="Para_261">261</a>. Advance by crawling or otherwise.</strong> When the foregoing method of +rushing, by running, becomes impracticable, any method of advance that +<strong>brings the attack closer to the enemy</strong>, such as crawling, should be +employed.</p> + +<p>For regulations governing the charge, see <a href="#Para_355">paragraphs 355</a> and <a href="#Para_356">356</a>. +(224)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(All rushes should be made with life and ginger, and all the men +should start together. All rushes should be made under covering +fire, and when a unit rushes forward the adjoining unit or units +make up for the loss of fire thus caused by increasing the rate of +their fire.</p> + +<p>A unit commander about to rush forward, will not do so until he +sees that the adjoining unit or units have started to give him the +protection of their covering fire and, if necessary, he will call +to them to do so. Each unit must be careful not to advance until +the last unit that rushed forward has had time to take up an +effective fire. When sights have to be adjusted at the conclusion +of a rush, the men should do so in the prone position even though +it be necessary for the men to kneel for firing. The same as the +men who rush should start simultaneously from the prone position,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> +so should they stop simultaneously, all men dropping down to the +ground together, wherever they may be, at the command "Down," +given by the unit commander when the leading men have reached the +new position. The slower members who drop down in rear will crawl +up to the line after the halt. So that the slower members may not +be crowded out of the line, and also to prevent bunching, the +faster men should leave room for them on the line.—Author.) </p></div> + + +<h6>The Company in Support<br /><br /> +<span class="subhead_subhead">(Being part of a battalion)</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_262" id="Para_262">262</a>. Formations adopted by support.</strong> To enable it to follow or reach +the firing line, the support adopts suitable formations, following the +principles explained in <a href="#Para_249">paragraphs 249</a>–255.</p> + +<p>The support should be kept assembled as long as practicable. If after +deploying a favorable opportunity arises to hold it for some time in +close formation, it should be reassembled. It is redeployed when +necessary. (225)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_263" id="Para_263">263</a>. Support controlled by major: size of reënforcement; captain on +look out for major's signals.</strong> The movements of the support as a whole +and the dispatch of reënforcements from it to the firing line are +controlled by the major.</p> + +<p>A reënforcement of less than one platoon has little influence and will +be avoided whenever practicable. (See <a href="#Para_353">par. 353</a>.)</p> + +<p>The captain of a company in support is constantly on the alert for the +major's signals or commands. (226)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_264" id="Para_264">264</a>. Reënforcement to join firing line deployed as skirmishers and +occupy existing intervals.</strong> A reënforcement sent to the firing line +joins it deployed as skirmishers. The leader of the reënforcement +places it in an interval in the line, if one exists, and commands it +thereafter as a unit. If no such suitable interval exists, the +reënforcement is advanced with increased intervals between +skirmishers; each man occupies the nearest interval in the firing +line, and each then obeys the orders of the nearest squad leader and +platoon leader. (227)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_265" id="Para_265">265</a>. Promptness in reënforcing firing line.</strong> A reënforcement joins the +firing line as quickly as possible without exhausting the men. (228)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_266" id="Para_266">266</a>. Original platoon divisions to be maintained; duties of officers +and sergeants upon joining firing line.</strong> The original platoon division +of the companies in the firing line should be maintained and should +not be broken up by the mingling of reënforcements.</p> + +<p>Upon joining the firing line, officers and sergeants accompanying a +reënforcement take over the duties of others of like grade who have +been disabled, or distribute themselves so as best to exercise their +normal functions. Conditions will vary and no rules can be prescribed. +It is essential that all assist in mastering the increasing +difficulties of control. (229)</p> + + +<h6>The Company Acting Alone</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_267" id="Para_267">267</a>. Employed according to principles of battalion acting alone.</strong> In +general, the company, when acting alone, is employed according to the +principles applicable to the battalion acting alone as laid down in +<a href="#Para_327">pars. 327</a>–363; the captain employs platoons as the major employs +companies, making due allowance for the difference in strength.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>The support may be smaller in proportion or may be dispensed with. +(230)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_268" id="Para_268">268</a>. Protection against surprise.</strong> The company must be well protected +against surprise. Combat patrols on the flanks are especially +important as explained in <a href="#Para_410">par. 410</a>. Each leader of a flank platoon +details a man to watch for the signals of the patrol or patrols on his +flank. (231)</p> + + +<h5>FIRE</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_269" id="Para_269">269</a>. Issuing of ammunition and loading of pieces before deployment; +firings in close order.</strong> Ordinarily pieces are loaded and extra +ammunition is issued before the company deploys for combat.</p> + +<p>In close order the company executes the firings, as prescribed in +<a href="#Para_179">pars. 179</a>–194, at the command of the captain, who posts himself in +rear of the center of the company.</p> + +<p>Usually the firings in close order consist of saluting volleys only. +(See <a href="#Para_189">par. 189</a> for volley firing.) (232)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_270" id="Para_270">270</a>. Firing controlled by platoon leaders.</strong> When the company is +deployed, the men execute the firings at the command of their platoon +leaders; the latter give such commands as are necessary to carry out +the captain's directions, and, from time to time, add such further +commands as are necessary to continue, correct, and control, the fire +ordered. (233)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_271" id="Para_271">271</a>. Use of signals during firing.</strong> The voice is generally inadequate +for giving commands during fire and must be replaced by signals of +such character that proper fire direction and control is assured. (See +<a href="#Para_92">par. 92</a> for signals; <a href="#Para_285">pars. 285</a>–286 for fire direction and <a href="#Para_287">pars. +287</a>–290 for fire control.) To attract attention, signals must usually +be preceded by the whistle signal (short blast). A fraction of the +firing line about to rush should, if practicable, avoid using the long +blast signal as an aid to cease firing. (See <a href="#Para_91">par. 91</a>.) Officers and +men behind the firing line can not ordinarily move freely along the +line, but must depend on mutual watchfulness and the proper use of the +prescribed signals. All should post themselves so as to see their +immediate superiors and subordinates. (234)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_272" id="Para_272">272</a>. Duties of musicians.</strong> The musicians assist the captain by +observing the enemy, the target, and the fire-effect, by transmitting +commands or signals, and by watching for signals. (For posts of +musicians see <a href="#Para_207">par. 207</a>.) (235)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_273" id="Para_273">273</a>. Blank Cartridges.</strong> Firing with blank cartridges at an outlined or +represented enemy (<a href="#Para_56">par. 7</a>) at distances less than 100 yards is +prohibited. (236)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_274" id="Para_274">274</a>. Effect of fire and influence of ground.</strong> The effect of fire and +the influence of the ground in relation thereto, and the individual +and collective instruction in marksmanship, are treated in the +Small-Arms Firing Manual. (237)</p> + + +<h6>Ranges</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_275" id="Para_275">275</a>. Classification.</strong> For convenience of reference, ranges are +classified as follows:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>0 to 600 yards, close range.</li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>600 to 1,200 yards, effective range.</li> +<li>1,200 to 2,000 yards, long range.</li> +<li>2,000 yards and over, distant range. (238)</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_276" id="Para_276">276</a>. Determination of distance to target.</strong> The distance to the target +must be determined as accurately as possible and the sights set +accordingly. Aside from training and morale, this is the most +important single factor in securing effective fire at the longer +ranges. (239)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_277" id="Para_277">277</a>. Method of determining the range; estimators.</strong></p> + +<p>Except in a deliberately prepared defensive position, the most +accurate and only practicable method of determining the range will +generally be to take the mean of several estimates.</p> + +<p>Five or six officers or men, selected from the most accurate +estimators in the company, are designated as <em>range estimators</em> and +are specially trained in estimating distances.</p> + +<p>Whenever necessary and practicable, the captain assembles the range +estimators, points out the target to them, and adopts the mean of +their estimates. The range estimators then take their customary posts. +(240)</p> + + +<h6>Classes of Firing</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_278" id="Para_278">278</a>. Volley firing</strong>, as explained in <a href="#Para_189">par. 189</a>, has limited application. +In defense it may be used in the early stages of the action if the +enemy presents a large compact target. It may be used by troops +executing <strong>fire of position</strong>, as set forth in <a href="#Para_438">par. 438</a>. When the ground +near the target is such that the strike of bullets can be seen from +the firing line, <strong>ranging volleys</strong> may be used to correct the sight +setting.</p> + +<p>In combat, volley firing is executed habitually by platoon. (241)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_279" id="Para_279">279</a>. Fire at will</strong>, as explained in <a href="#Para_190">par. 190</a>, is the class of fire +normally employed in attack or defense. (242)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_280" id="Para_280">280</a>. Clip fire</strong> (see <a href="#Para_192">par. 192</a>.) has limited application. It is +principally used: 1. In the early stages of combat, to steady the men +by habituating them to brief pauses in firing. 2. To produce a short +burst of fire. (243)</p> + + +<h6>The Target</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_281" id="Para_281">281</a>. Assignment of target by major; change of target to be avoided; +hostile firing line usual target.</strong> Ordinarily the major will assign to +the company an objective in attack or sector in defense; the company's +target will lie within the limits so assigned. In the choice of +target, tactical considerations are paramount; the nearest hostile +troops within the objective or sector will thus be the usual target. +This will ordinarily be the hostile firing line; troops in rear are +ordinarily proper targets for artillery, machine guns, or, at times, +infantry employing fire of position, as set forth in <a href="#Para_438">par. 438</a>.</p> + +<p>Change of target should not be made without excellent reasons +therefor, such as the sudden appearance of hostile troops under +conditions which make them more to be feared than the troops +comprising the former target. (244)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_282" id="Para_282">282</a>. Distribution of fire; allotment of target to platoon leaders.</strong> The +distribution of fire over the entire target is of special importance.</p> + +<p>The captain allots a part of the target to each platoon, or each +platoon leader takes as his target that part which corresponds to his +posi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>tion in the company. Men are so instructed that each fires on +that part of the target which is directly opposite him. (245)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_283" id="Para_283">283</a>. All Parts of target equally important.</strong> All parts of the target +are equally important. Care must be exercised that the men do not +slight its less visible parts. A section of the target not covered by +fire represents a number of the enemy permitted to fire coolly and +effectively. (246)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_284" id="Para_284">284</a>. Use of aiming points in case of invisible targets.</strong></p> + +<p>If the target can not be seen with the naked eye, platoon leaders +select an object in front of or behind it, designate this as the +<em>aiming target</em>, and direct a sight setting which will carry the cone +of fire into the target. (247)</p> + + +<h6>Fire Direction<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_285" id="Para_285">285</a>. Impracticability in combat of commanding company directly.</strong> When +the company is large enough to be divided into platoons, it is +impracticable for the captain to command it directly in combat. His +efficiency in managing the firing line is measured by his ability to +enforce his will through the platoon leaders. Having indicated clearly +what he desires them to do, he avoids interfering except to correct +serious errors or omissions. (248)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_286" id="Para_286">286</a>. Captain directs the fire.</strong> The captain <strong>directs</strong> the fire of the +company or of designated platoons. He designates the target, and, when +practicable, allots a part of the target to each platoon, as +prescribed in <a href="#Para_340">par. 340</a>. Before beginning the fire action he determines +the range, as explained in <a href="#Para_277">par. 277</a>, announces the sight setting, as +prescribed in <a href="#Para_188">par. 188</a>, and indicates the class of fire to be employed +(See <a href="#Para_278">par. 278</a>) and the time to open fire. Thereafter, he observes the +fire effect (See <a href="#Para_428">pars. 428</a>–429), corrects material errors in sight +setting, prevents exhaustion of the ammunition supply, as explained in +<a href="#Para_432">par. 432</a>–433, and causes the distribution of such extra ammunition as +may be received from the rear. (249)</p> + + +<h6>Fire Control</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_287" id="Para_287">287</a>. Platoon the fire unit.</strong> In combat, the platoon is the fire unit. +From 20 to 35 rifles are as many as one leader can control +effectively. (250)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_288" id="Para_288">288</a>. Special duties of platoon leaders.</strong> Each platoon leader puts into +execution the commands or directions of the captain, having first +taken such precautions to insure correct sight setting and clear +description of the target or aiming target as the situation permits or +requires; thereafter, he gives such additional commands or directions +as are necessary to exact compliance with the captain's will. He +corrects the sight setting when necessary. He designates an aiming +target when the target can not be seen with the naked eye. (251)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_289" id="Para_289">289</a>. General duties of platoon leaders; duties of platoon guides and +squad leaders.</strong> In general, <strong>platoon leaders</strong> observe the target and the +effect of their fire and are on the alert for the captain's commands +or signals; they observe and regulate the rate of fire, as laid down +in <a href="#Para_191">par. 191</a>. The <strong>platoon guides</strong> watch the firing line and check every +breach of fire dis<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>cipline. (See <a href="#Para_291">pars. 291</a>–294.) <strong>Squad leaders</strong> +transmit commands and signals when necessary, observe the conduct of +their squads and abate excitement, assist in enforcing fire discipline +and participate in the firing. (252)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_290" id="Para_290">290</a>. Importance of fire control.</strong> The best troops are those that submit +longest to fire control. Loss of control is an evil which robs success +of its greatest results. To avoid or delay such loss should be the +constant aim of all.</p> + +<p>Fire control implies the ability to stop firing, change the sight +setting and target, and resume a well directed fire. (253)</p> + + +<h6>Fire Discipline</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_291" id="Para_291">291</a>. What fire discipline implies.</strong> "Fire discipline implies, besides a +habit of obedience, a control of the rifle by the soldier, the result +of training, which will enable him in action to make hits instead of +misses. It embraces taking advantage of the ground; care in setting +the sight and delivery of fire; constant attention to the orders of +the leaders, and careful observation of the enemy; an increase of fire +when the target is favorable, and a cessation of fire when the enemy +disappears; economy of ammunition." (See <a href="#Para_432">pars. 432</a>–433.) (Small-Arms +Firing Manual.)</p> + +<p>In combat, shots which graze the enemy's trench or position and thus +reduce the effectiveness of his fire have the approximate value of +hits; such shots only, or actual hits, contribute toward fire +superiority.</p> + +<p>Fire discipline implies that, in a firing line without leaders, each +man retains his presence of mind and directs effective fire upon the +proper target. (254)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_292" id="Para_292">292</a>. Rate of fire.</strong> To create a correct appreciation of the +requirements of fire discipline, men are taught that the rate of fire, +as prescribed in <a href="#Para_191">par. 191</a>, should be as rapid as is consistent with +accurate aiming; that the rate will depend upon the visibility, +proximity, and size of the target; and that the proper rate will +ordinarily suggest itself to each trained man, usually rendering +cautions or commands unnecessary.</p> + +<p>In attack the highest rate of fire is employed at the halt preceding +the assault, and in pursuing fire. (See <a href="#Para_490">pars. 490</a>–494.) (255)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_293" id="Para_293">293</a>. Position fire in advance by rushes.</strong> In an advance by rushes, as +explained in <a href="#Para_259">par. 259</a>, leaders of troops in firing positions are +responsible for the delivery of heavy fire to cover the advance of +each rushing fraction. Troops are trained to change slightly the +direction of fire so as not to endanger the flanks of advanced +portions of the firing line. (256)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_294" id="Para_294">294</a>. Action in defense, when target disappears.</strong> In defense, when the +target disappears behind cover, platoon leaders suspend fire, as +prescribed in <a href="#Para_193">par. 193</a>, prepare their platoons to fire upon the point +where it is expected to reappear, and greet its reappearance instantly +with vigorous fire. (257)</p> + + +<h4>SCHOOL OF THE BATTALION</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_295" id="Para_295">295</a>. Battalion a tactical unit; duties and responsibilities of major.</strong> +The battalion being purely a tactical unit, the major's duties are +primarily those of an instructor in drill and tactics and of a +tactical commander. He is responsible for the theoretical and +practical training of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> the battalion. He supervises the training of +the companies of the battalion with a view to insuring the +thoroughness and uniformity of their instruction.</p> + +<p>In the instruction of the battalion as a whole, his efforts will be +directed chiefly to the development of tactical efficiency, devoting +only such time to the mechanism of drill and to the ceremonies as may +be necessary in order to insure precision, smartness, and proper +control. (258)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_296" id="Para_296">296</a>. Movements explained for battalion of four companies.</strong> The +movements explained herein are on the basis of a battalion of four +companies; they may be executed by a battalion of two or more +companies, not exceeding six. (259)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_297" id="Para_297">297</a>. Arrangement of companies in formations.</strong> The companies are +generally arranged from right to left according to the rank of the +captains present at the formation. The arrangement of the companies +may be varied by the major or higher commander.</p> + +<p>After the battalion is formed, no cognizance is taken of the relative +order of the companies. (260)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_298" id="Para_298">298</a>. Designation of companies.</strong> In whatever direction the battalion +faces, the companies are designated numerically from right to left in +line, and from head to rear in column, <strong>first company</strong>, <strong>second company</strong>, +etc.</p> + +<p>The terms <strong>right</strong> and <strong>left</strong> apply to actual right and left as the line +faces; if the about by squads be executed when in line, the right +company becomes the left company and the right center becomes the left +center company.</p> + +<p>The designation center company indicates the right center or the +actual center company according as the number of companies is even or +odd. (261)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_299" id="Para_299">299</a>. Post of special units.</strong> The band and other special units, when +attached to the battalion, take the same post with respect to it as if +it were the nearest battalion. (262)</p> + + +<h5>CLOSE ORDER</h5> + + +<h6>Rules</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_300" id="Para_300">300</a>. Repetition of commands by captains.</strong> Captains repeat such +preparatory commands as are to be immediately executed by their +companies, as <strong>forward</strong>, <strong>squads right</strong>, etc.; the men execute the +commands <strong>march</strong>, <strong>halt</strong>, etc., if applying to their companies, when given +by the major. In movements executed in route step or at ease the +captains repeat the command of execution, if necessary. Captains do +not repeat the major's commands in executing the manual of arms, nor +those commands which are not essential to the execution of a movement +by their companies, as <strong>column of squads</strong>, <strong>first company</strong>, <strong>squads right</strong>, +etc.</p> + +<p>In giving commands or cautions captains may prefix the proper letter +designations of their companies, as <strong>A Company, HALT</strong>; <strong>B Company, squads +right</strong>, etc. (263)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_301" id="Para_301">301</a>. Captains repeating command for guide.</strong> At the command <strong>guide center +(right or left)</strong>, captains command: <strong>Guide right or left</strong>, according<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> to +the positions of their companies. <strong>Guide center</strong> designates the left +guide of the center company, as explained in 3d Sec. <a href="#Para_298">par. 298</a>. (264)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Plate_III_I_I" id="Plate_III_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0301.png" width="500" height="421" alt="Plate III." title="Plate III." /> +<span class="captioncaps">Plate III.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_302" id="Para_302">302</a>. Position of captains in dressing companies; action of guides in +dressing.</strong> When the companies are to be dressed, captains place +themselves on that flank toward which the dress is to be made, as +follows:</p> + +<p>The battalion in line: Besides the guide (or the flank file of the +front rank, if the guide is not in line) and facing to the front.</p> + +<p>The battalion in column of companies: Two paces from the guide, in +prolongation of and facing down the line.</p> + +<p>Each captain, after dressing his company, commands: <strong>FRONT</strong>, and takes +his post.</p> + +<p>The battalion being in line and unless otherwise prescribed, at the +captain's command <strong>dress</strong> or at the command <strong>halt</strong>, when it is prescribed +that the company shall dress, the guide on the flank away from the +point of rest with his piece at right shoulder, dresses promptly on +the captain and the companies beyond. During the dress he moves, if +necessary, to the right and left only; the captain dresses the company +on the line thus established. The guide takes the position of order +arms at the command <strong>front</strong>. (265)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_303" id="Para_303">303</a>. Certain movements executed as in Schools of the Soldier, Squad +and Company.</strong> <strong>The battalion executes the halt</strong> (See <a href="#Para_116">par. 116</a>), <strong>rests</strong> +(See <a href="#Para_100">pars. 100</a>–101), <strong>facings</strong> (See <a href="#Para_104">par. 104</a>), <strong>steps</strong> and <strong>marchings</strong> (See +<a href="#Para_107">pars. 107</a>–109), <strong>manual of arms</strong> (See <a href="#Para_120">pars. 120</a>–147), resumes <strong>attention</strong> +(See <a href="#Para_102">par. 102</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>), <strong>kneels</strong> (See <a href="#Para_174">pars. 174</a>–177), <strong>lies down</strong> (See <a href="#Para_175">par. 175</a>), +<strong>rises</strong> (See <a href="#Para_176">par. 176</a>), <strong>stacks</strong> and <strong>takes arms</strong> (See <a href="#Para_160">pars. 160</a>–161), as +explained in the Schools of the Soldier and Squad, substituting in the +commands <strong>battalion</strong> for <strong>squad</strong>.</p> + +<p>The battalion executes <strong>squads right (left)</strong> (See <a href="#Para_221">par. 221</a>), <strong>squads +right (left) about</strong> (See <a href="#Para_228">par. 228</a>), <strong>route step</strong> and <strong>at ease</strong> (See <a href="#Para_233">par. +233</a>), and <strong>obliques</strong> and resumes the <strong>direct march</strong> (See <a href="#Para_162">pars. 162</a>–163), +as explained in the School of the Company. (266)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_304" id="Para_304">304</a>. Certain movements executed as in School of the Company.</strong> The +battalion in column of platoons, squads, twos, or files changes +direction. (See <a href="#Para_223">pars. 223</a>–224); in column of squads, forms column of +twos or files and re-forms columns of twos or squads, as explained in +the School of the Company. (See <a href="#Para_234">pars. 234</a>–235.) (267)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_305" id="Para_305">305</a>. Simultaneous execution by companies or platoons of movements in +School of the Company.</strong> When the formation admits of the simultaneous +execution by companies or platoons of movements in the School of the +Company the major may cause such movement to be executed by prefixing, +when necessary, <strong>companies (platoons)</strong> to the commands prescribed +therein: As <strong>1. Companies, right front into line, 2. MARCH.</strong> To complete +such simultaneous movements, the commands <strong>halt</strong> or <strong>march</strong>, if +prescribed, are given by the major. The command <strong>front</strong>, when +prescribed, is given by the captains. (See <a href="#Para_302">par. 302</a>.) (268)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_306" id="Para_306">306</a>. Execution of loadings and firings by battalion.</strong> The battalion as +a unit executes the loadings and firings only in firing saluting +volleys. The commands are as for the company, substituting <strong>battalion</strong> +for <strong>company</strong>. At the first command for loading, captains take post in +rear of the center of their respective companies. At the conclusion of +the firing, the captains resume their posts in line.</p> + +<p>On other occasions, when firing in close order is necessary, it is +executed by company or other subdivision, under instructions from the +major, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_179">pars. 179</a>–194. (269)</p> + + +<h6>To Form the Battalion</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_307" id="Para_307">307</a>. For purposes other than ceremonies:</strong> The battalion is formed in +column of squads. The companies having been formed, the adjutant posts +himself so as to be facing the column, when formed, and 6 paces in +front of the place to be occupied by the leading guide of the +battalion; he draws saber; <strong>adjutant's call</strong> is sounded or the adjutant +signals <strong>assemble</strong>.</p> + +<p>The companies are formed, at attention, in column of squads in their +proper order. Each captain, after halting his company, salutes the +adjutant; the adjutant returns the salute and, when the last captain +has saluted, faces the major and reports: <strong>Sir, the battalion is +formed.</strong> He then joins the major. (270)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_308" id="Para_308">308</a>. For ceremonies or when directed:</strong> The battalion is formed in line.</p> + +<p>The companies having been formed, the adjutant posts himself so as to +be 6 paces to the right of the right company when line is formed, and +faces in the direction in which the line is to extend. He draws saber; +<strong>adjutant's call</strong> is sounded; the band plays if present.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>The right company is conducted by its captain so as to arrive from the +rear, parallel to the line; its right and left guides precede it on +the line by about 20 paces, taking post facing to the right at order +arms, so that their elbows will be against the breasts of the right +and left files of their company when it is dressed. The guides of the +other companies successively prolong the line to the left in like +manner and the companies approach their respective places in line as +explained for the right company. The adjutant, from his post, causes +the guides to cover.</p> + +<p>When about 1 pace in rear of the line, each company is halted and +dressed to the right against the arms of the guides. (See <a href="#Para_302">par. 302</a>.)</p> + +<p>The band, arriving from the rear, takes its place in line when the +right company is halted; it ceases playing when the left company has +halted.</p> + +<p>When the guides of the left company have been posted, the adjutant, +moving by the shortest route, takes post facing the battalion midway +between the post of the major and the center of the battalion.</p> + +<p>The major, staff, noncommissioned staff, and orderlies take their +posts, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_73">pars. 73</a>; <a href="#Para_76">76</a>–78.</p> + +<p>When all parts of the line have been dressed, and officers and others +have reached their posts, the adjutant commands: <strong>1. Guides, 2. POSTS, +3. Present, 4. ARMS.</strong> At the second command guides take their places in +the line. (<a href="#Plate_II_I_I">Plate II</a>, page 69.) The adjutant then turns about as +explained in <a href="#Para_74">par. 74</a>, and reports to the major: <strong>Sir, the battalion is +formed</strong>, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_75">par. 75</a>; the major directs the adjutant: <strong>Take +your post, Sir</strong>; draws saber and brings the battalion to the <strong>order</strong>. The +adjutant takes his post, passing to the right of the major. (271)</p> + + +<h6>To Dismiss the Battalion</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_309" id="Para_309">309</a>. Dismiss your companies.</strong></p> + +<p>Staff and noncommissioned staff officers fall out; each captain +marches his company off and dismisses it, as laid down in <a href="#Para_217">par. 217</a>. +(272)</p> + + +<h6>To Rectify the Alignment</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_310" id="Para_310">310</a>.</strong> Being in line at a halt, to align the battalion: <strong>1. Center (right +or left), 2. DRESS.</strong></p> + +<p>The captains dress their companies successively toward the center +(right or left) guide of the battalion, each as soon as the captain +next toward the indicated guide commands: <strong>FRONT.</strong> The captains of the +center companies (if the dress is <strong>center</strong>) dress them without waiting +for each other. (273)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_311" id="Para_311">311</a>.</strong> To give the battalion a new alignment: <strong>1. Guides center (right or +left) company on the line, 2. Guides on the line, 3. Center (right or +left), 4. DRESS, 5. Guides, 6. POSTS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the first command, the designated guides place themselves on the +line, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_308">par. 308</a>, facing the center (right or left). +The major establishes them in the direction he wishes to give the +battalion.</p> + +<p>At the second command, the guides of the other companies take posts, +facing the center (right or left), so as to prolong the line.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>At the command <strong>dress</strong>, each captain dresses his company to the flank +toward which the guides of his company face, taking the positions +prescribed in <a href="#Para_302">par. 302</a>.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>posts</strong>, given when all companies have completed the +dress, the guides return to their posts. (<a href="#Plate_II_I_I">Plate II</a>, page 69.) (274)</p> + + +<h6>To Rectify the Column</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_312" id="Para_312">312</a>.</strong> Being in column of companies, or in close column, at a halt, if +the guides do not cover or have not their proper distances, and it is +desired to correct them, the major commands: <strong>1. Right (left), 2. +DRESS.</strong></p> + +<p>Captains of companies in rear of the first place their right guides so +as to cover at the proper distance; each captain aligns his company to +the right and commands: <strong>FRONT.</strong> (See <a href="#Para_302">par. 302</a>.) (275)</p> + + +<h6>On Right (Left) Into Line</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_313" id="Para_313">313</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads or companies: <strong>1. On right (left) into +line, 2. MARCH, 3. Battalion, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>Being in column of squads: At the first command, the captain of the +leading company commands; <strong>Squads right.</strong> If at a halt each captain in +rear commands: <strong>Forward.</strong> At the second command, the leading company +marches in line to the right; the companies in rear continue to march +to the front and form successively on the left, each, when opposite +its place, being marched in line to the right.</p> + +<table summary="Images for 1. On right (left) into line, 2. MARCH, 3. Battalion, 4. HALT."> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 255px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0313a.png" width="255" height="400" alt="From Column Of Squads To Line On Right." title="From Column Of Squads To Line On Right." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Squads To Line On Right.</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 272px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0313b.png" width="272" height="400" alt="From Column Of Companies To Line On Right." title="From Column Of Companies To Line On Right." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Companies To Line On Right.</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The fourth command is given when the first company has advanced the +desired distance in the new direction; it halts and is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span> dressed to the +right by its captain (<a href="#Para_302">par. 265</a>); the others complete the movement, +each being halted 1 pace in rear of the line established by the first +company, and then dressed to the right.</p> + +<p>Being in column of companies: At the first command, the captain of the +first company commands: <strong>Right turn.</strong> If at a halt, each captain in rear +commands: <strong>Forward.</strong> Each of the captains in rear of the leading company +gives the command: <strong>1. Right turn</strong>, in time to add, <strong>2. MARCH</strong>, when his +company arrives opposite the right of its place in line.</p> + +<p>The fourth command is given and the movement completed as explained +above.</p> + +<p>Whether executed from column of squads or column of companies, each +captain places himself so as to march beside the right guide after his +company forms line or changes direction to the right.</p> + +<p>If executed in double time, the leading company marches in double time +until halted. (276)</p> + + +<h6>Front into Line</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_314" id="Para_314">314</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads or companies: <strong>1. Right (left) front +into line, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0314a.png" width="200" height="227" alt="From Column Of Squads To Line To The Front." title="From Column Of Squads To Line To The Front." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Squads To Line To The Front.</span> +</div> + +<p>Being in column of squads: At the first command, the captain of the +leading company commands: <strong>Column right</strong>; the captain of the companies +in rear: <strong>column half right.</strong> At the second command the leading company +executes <strong>column right</strong>, and, as the last squad completes the change of +direction, is formed in line to the left, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_221">par. 221</a>, +halted and dressed to the left. (See <a href="#Para_302">par. 302</a>.) Each of the companies +in rear is conducted by the most convenient route to the rear of the +right of the preceding company, thence to the right, parallel to and 1 +pace in rear of the new line; when opposite its place, it is formed in +line to the left, halted, and dressed to the left.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0314b.png" width="200" height="257" alt="From Column Of Companies To Line To The Front." title="From Column Of Companies To Line To The Front." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Companies To Line To The Front.</span> +</div> + +<p>Being in column of companies: If marching, the captain of the leading +company gives the necessary commands to halt his company at the second +command; if at a halt the leading company stands fast. At the first +command, the captain of each company in rear commands: <strong>Squads right</strong>, +or <strong>Right by squads</strong>, and after the second command conducts his company +by the most convenient route to its place in line, as described +above.</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>Whether executed from column of squads or column of companies, each +captain halts when opposite, or at the point, where the left of his +company is to rest. (277)</p> + + +<h6>To Form Column of Companies Successively to the Right or Left</h6> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0315.png" width="200" height="174" alt="1. Column of companies, first company, squads right, 2. MARCH." title="1. Column of companies, first company, squads right, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_315" id="Para_315">315</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads: <strong>1. Column of companies, first company, +squads right (left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The leading company executes <strong>squads right</strong> and moves forward. The other +companies move forward in column of squads and successively march in +line the right on the same ground as the leading company and in such +manner that the guide covers the guide of the preceding company. (278)</p> + + +<h6>To Form Column of Squads Successively to the Right or Left</h6> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0316.png" width="200" height="131" alt="1. Column of squads, first company, squads right, 2. MARCH." title="1. Column of squads, first company, squads right, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_316" id="Para_316">316</a>.</strong> Being in column of companies (<a href="#Plate_III_I_I">Plate III</a>, page 90): <strong>1. Column of +squads, first company, squads right (left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The leading company executes <strong>squads right</strong> and moves forward. The other +companies move forward in column of companies and successively march +in column of squads to the right on the same ground as the leading +company. (279)</p> + + +<h6>To Change Direction</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_317" id="Para_317">317</a>.</strong> Being in column of companies or close column. (<a href="#Plate_III_I_I">Plate III</a>, page +90); <strong>1. Column right (left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0317.png" width="200" height="172" alt="1. Column right, 2. MARCH." title="1. Column right, 2. MARCH." /> +</div> + +<p>The captain of the first company commands: <strong>Right turn.</strong></p> + +<p>The leading company turns to the right on moving pivot, the captain +adding: <strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH</strong>, upon its completion.</p> + +<p>The other companies march squarely up to the turning point; each +changes direction by the same commands and means as the first and in +such manner that the guide covers the guide of the preceding company. +(280)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_318" id="Para_318">318</a>.</strong> Being in line of companies or close line. (<a href="#Plate_III_I_I">Plate III</a>, page 90): +<strong>1. Battalion right (left), 2. MARCH, 3. Battalion, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0318.png" width="200" height="117" alt="1. Battalion right, 2. MARCH, 3. Battalion, 4. HALT." title="1. Battalion right, 2. MARCH, 3. Battalion, 4. HALT." /> +</div> + +<p>The right company changes direction to the right, as prescribed in +<a href="#Para_224">par. 224</a>; the other companies are conducted by the shortest line to +their places abreast of the first.</p> + +<p>The fourth command is given when the right company has advanced the +desired distance in the new direction; that company halts; the others +halt successively upon arriving on the line. (281)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_319" id="Para_319">319</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads, the battalion changes direction by the +same commands and in the manner prescribed for the company, as +explained in <a href="#Para_224">par. 224</a>. (282)</p> + + +<h6>Mass Formations</h6> + +<table summary="Images for paragraph 319a."> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0319aa.png" width="200" height="75" alt="From Line." title="From Line." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Line.</span> +</td> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0319ab.png" width="200" height="54" alt="From Line Of Companies." title="From Line Of Companies." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Line Of Companies.<br /> +(1, 2, 3, 4—Old Line)<br /> +(1, 2', 3', 4'—New Line)</span> +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0319ac.png" width="200" height="200" alt="From Column Of Squads." title="From Column Of Squads." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Squads.</span> +</td> +<td class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0319ad.png" width="200" height="200" alt="From Column Of Companies." title="From Column Of Companies." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Column Of Companies.<br /> +(1, 2, 3, 4—Old Column)<br /> +(1, 2', 3', 4'—New Column)</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_319a" id="Para_319a">319a</a>.</strong> Being in column of squads, to form a line of columns of +companies or company subdivisions, facing in any desired direction, at +any desired interval, on the right or left of the leading element of +the battalion: <strong>1. Line of companies (half companies, platoons), at (so +many) paces, guide right (left), 2. MARCH, 3. Battalion, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>The leading company (or subdivision) marches in the direction +previously indicated by the major until the command halt is given and +then halts. Each succeeding company (or subdivision) marches by the +most direct route to its place at the prescribed intervals on the left +(right) of the next preceding company (or subdivision), halting when +it is abreast of the leading element of the battalion.</p> + +<p>If the battalion be in any formation other than column of squads, the +major indicates the desired direction to the leading element. The +entire command forms column of squads and executes a movement in +conformity with the principles indicated above. (282<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>)</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_320" id="Para_320">320</a>.</strong> Being in line, line of companies, or column of companies. (<a href="#Plate_III_I_I">Plate +III</a>, page 90): <strong>1. Close on first (fourth) company, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>If at a halt, the indicated company stands fast; if marching, it is +halted; each of the other companies is conducted toward it and is +halted in proper order in close column.</p> + +<p>If the battalion is in line, companies form successively in rear of +the indicated company; if in column of squads, companies in rear of +the leading company form on the left of it.</p> + +<p>In close column formed line on the first company, the left guides +cover; formed on the fourth company, right guides cover. If formed on +the leading company, the guide remains as before the formation. In +close line, the guides are halted abreast of the guide of the leading +company.</p> + +<p>The battalion in column closes on the leading company only. (283)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(In closing from line of companies and in extending from close +line, the companies other than the base one, may be moved either +by the commands, (a) <strong>1. Squads, right (left), 2. MARCH</strong>; (b) <strong>1. +Right (left) oblique, 2. MARCH</strong>; (c) <strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH</strong>; (d) <strong>1. +Squads left (right) 2. MARCH</strong>; (e) <strong>1. Company, 2. HALT</strong>; or, (a) <strong>1. +By the right (left) flank, 2. MARCH</strong>; (b) <strong>1. Company, 2. HALT</strong>; (c) +<strong>1. Left (right), 2. FACE</strong>; or if at a halt by the commands, (a) <strong>1. +Right (left), 2. FACE</strong>; (b) <strong>1. At Trail, 2. Forward, 3. MARCH</strong>; (c) +<strong>1. Company, 2. HALT</strong>; (d) <strong>1. Left (right), 2. FACE.</strong> In some +commands it is customary to use one method while in other commands +another is used. For the sake of uniformity all companies of a +given command should use the same method.—Author.) </p></div> + + +<h6>To Extend the Mass</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_321" id="Para_321">321</a>.</strong> Being in close column or in close line; <strong>1. Extend on first +(fourth) company, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0321a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="From Close Column." title="From Close Column." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Close Column..<br /> +(1, 2, 3, 4—Old Column)<br /> +(1', 2', 3', 4—New Column)</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0321b.png" width="200" height="200" alt="From Close Line." title="From Close Line." /> +<span class="captioncaps">From Close Line.</span> +</div> + +<p>Being in close line: if at a halt, the indicated company stands fast; +if marching, it halts; each of the other companies is conducted away +from the indicated company and is halted in its proper order in line +of companies.</p> + +<p>Being in close column, the extension is made on the fourth company +only. If marching, the leading company continues to march; companies +in rear are halted and successively resume the march in time to follow +at full distance. If at halt, the leading company marches; companies +in rear successively march in time to follow at full distance.</p> + +<p>Close column is not extended in double time. (See author's note, <a href="#Para_320">par. +320</a>.) (284)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_322" id="Para_322">322</a>.</strong> Being in close column: <strong>1. Right (left) front into line, 2. MARCH.</strong> +Executed as from column of companies, as explained in <a href="#Para_314">par. 314</a>. (285)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_323" id="Para_323">323</a>.</strong> Being in close column: <strong>1. Column of squads, first (fourth) +company, squads right (left), 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The designated company marches in column of squads to the right. Each +of the other companies executes the same movement in time to follow +the preceding company in column. (286)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_324" id="Para_324">324</a>.</strong> Being in close line: <strong>1. Column of squads, first (fourth) company, +forward, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The designated company moves forward. The other companies (halting if +in march) successively take up the march and follow in column. (287)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Route Step and at Ease</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_325" id="Para_325">325</a>.</strong> The battalion marches in <strong>route step</strong> and <strong>at ease</strong> as prescribed in +the School of the Company. (See <a href="#Para_233">par. 233</a>.) When marching in column of +companies or platoons, the guides maintain the trace and distance.</p> + +<p>In route marches the major marches at the head of the column; when +necessary, the file closers may be directed to march at the head and +rear of their companies. (288)</p> + + +<h6>Assembly</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_326" id="Para_326">326</a>.</strong> The battalion being wholly or partially deployed, or the +companies being separated: <strong>1. Assemble, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The major places himself opposite to or designates the element or +point on which the battalion is to assemble. Companies are assembled, +as explained in <a href="#Para_248">par. 248</a>, and marched to the indicated point. As the +companies arrive the major or adjutant indicates the formation to be +taken. (289)</p> + + +<h5>COMBAT PRINCIPLES</h5> + + +<h6>Orders</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_327" id="Para_327">327</a>.</strong> The following references to orders are applicable to attack or +defense: (290)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_328" id="Para_328">328</a>. Use of prescribed commands; "tactical orders," "orders" and +"commands."</strong> In extended order, the company is the largest unit to +execute movements by prescribed commands or means. The major, +assembling his captains if practicable, directs the disposition of the +battalion by means of <strong>tactical orders</strong>. He controls its subsequent +movements by such <strong>orders</strong> or <strong>commands</strong> as are suitable to the occasion. +(291)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_329" id="Para_329">329</a>. Major's order making disposition of battalion for combat; base +company in attack.</strong> In every disposition of the battalion for combat +the major's order should give subordinates sufficient information of +the enemy, of the position of supporting and neighboring troops, and +of the object sought to enable them to conform intelligently to the +general plan.</p> + +<p>The order should then designate the companies which are to constitute +the <strong>firing line</strong> and those which are to constitute the <strong>support</strong>. In +attack, it should designate the direction or the objective, the order +and front of the companies on the firing line, and should designate +the right or left company as base company. In defense, it should +describe the front of each company and, if necessary, the sector to be +observed by each, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_281">281</a>–284. (292)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_330" id="Para_330">330</a>. Reconnaissance and protection of flanks.</strong> When the battalion is +operating alone, the major provides for the reconnaissance and +protection of his flanks; if part of a larger force, the major makes +similar provisions, when necessary, without orders from higher +authority, unless such authority has specifically directed other +suitable reconnaissance and protection. (293)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_331" id="Para_331">331</a>. Issue of extra ammunition when battalion is deployed.</strong> When the +battalion is deployed upon the initiative of the major, he will +indicate whether extra ammunition shall be issued; if deployed in +pursuance of orders of higher authority, the major will cause the +issue of extra ammunition, unless such authority has given directions +to the contrary. (For ammunition supply see <a href="#Para_569">pars. 569</a>–575.) (294)</p> + + +<h6>Deployment</h6> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Para_456">pars. 456</a>–462; <a href="#Para_463">463</a>–466.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_332" id="Para_332">332</a>.</strong> The following principles of deployment are applicable to attack +or defense. (295)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_333" id="Para_333">333</a>. Avoiding premature deployment.</strong> A premature deployment involves a +long, disorganizing and fatiguing advance of the skirmish line, and +should be avoided. A greater evil is to be caught by heavy fire when +in dense column or other close order formation; hence advantage should +be taken of cover in order to retain the battalion in close order +formation until exposure to heavy hostile fire may reasonably be +anticipated. (296)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_334" id="Para_334">334</a>. Depth of deployment and density of firing line; companies and +detachments conducted to their places by their commanders.</strong> The major +regulates the depth of the deployment and the extent and density of +the firing line, subject to such restrictions as a senior may have +imposed.</p> + +<p>Companies or designated subdivisions and detachments are conducted by +their commanders in such manner as best to accomplish the mission +assigned to them under the major's orders. Companies designated for +the firing line march independently to the place of deployment, form +skirmish line, and take up the advance. They conform, in general, to +the base company, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_329">Par. 329</a>. (297)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_335" id="Para_335">335</a>. Division of battalion into firing line and support.</strong> The commander +of a battalion, whether it is operating alone or as part of a larger +force, should hold a part of his command out of the <strong>firing line</strong>. By +the judicious use of this force, the major can exert an influence not +otherwise possible over his firing line and can control, within +reasonable limits, an action once begun. So, if his battalion be +assigned to the <strong>firing line</strong>, the major will cause one, two, or three +companies to be deployed on the firing line, retaining the remaining +companies or company as a support for that firing line. The division +of the battalion into firing line and support will depend upon the +front to be covered and the nature and anticipated severity of the +action. (298)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_336" id="Para_336">336</a>. Size of support.</strong> If the battalion be part of a larger command, +the number of companies in the firing line will generally be +determinable from the regimental commander's order; the remainder +constitutes the support, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_335">par. 335</a>. If the battalion +is acting alone, the support must be strong enough to maintain the +original fire power of the firing line, to protect the flanks, and to +perform the functions of a reserve, whatever be the issue of the +action, as explained in <a href="#Para_445">par. 445</a>. (299)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_337" id="Para_337">337</a>. Position of support.</strong> If the battalion is operating alone, the +support may, according to circumstances, be held in one or two bodies +and placed behind the center, or one or both flanks of the firing +line, or echeloned beyond a flank. If the battalion is part of a +larger force, the support is generally held in one body. (300)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_338" id="Para_338">338</a>. Distance between firing line and support.</strong> The distance between +the firing line and the supporting group or groups will vary between +wide limits; it should be as short as the necessity for protection +from heavy losses will permit. When cover is available, the support +should be as close as 50 to 100 yards; when such cover is not +available, it should not be closer than 300 yards. It may be as far as +500 yards in rear if good cover is there obtainable and is not +obtainable at a lesser distance. (301)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_339" id="Para_339">339</a>. Placing entire battalion or regiment in firing line at beginning.</strong> +In exceptional cases, as in a meeting engagement, it may be necessary +to place an entire battalion or regiment in the firing line at the +initial deployment, the support being furnished by other troops. Such +deployment causes the early mingling of the larger units, thus +rendering leadership and control extremely difficult. The necessity +for such deployment will increase with the inefficiency of the +commander and of the service of information. (302)</p> + + +<h6>Fire</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_340" id="Para_340">340</a>. Major apportions target.</strong> Fire direction and fire control are +functions of company and platoon commanders, as laid down in <a href="#Para_285">pars. +285</a>–290. The major makes the primary apportionment of the target—in +defense, by assigning sectors of fire, in attack, by assigning the +objective. In the latter case each company in the firing line takes as +its target that part of the general objective which lies in its front. +(303)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_341" id="Para_341">341</a>. Major indicates where or when fire fight begins.</strong> The major should +indicate the point or time at which the fire fight is to open. He may +do this in his order for deployment or he may follow the firing line +close enough to do so at the proper time. If it be impracticable for +him to do either, the senior officer with the firing line, in each +battalion, selects the time for opening fire. (304)</p> + + +<h6>Attack</h6> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Para_456">pars. 456</a>–502.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_342" id="Para_342">342</a>. Battalion the attack unit.</strong> The battalion is the <strong>attack unit</strong>, +whether operating alone or as part of a larger unit. (305)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_343" id="Para_343">343</a>. Advance of battalion acting as one of several in firing line.</strong> If +his battalion be one of several in the firing line, the major, in +executing his part of the attack, pushes his battalion forward as +vigorously as possible within the front, or section, assigned to it. +The great degree of independence allowed to him as to details demands, +in turn, the exercise of good judgment on his part. Better leadership, +better troops, and more favorable terrain enable one battalion to +advance more rapidly in attack than another less fortunate, and such a +battalion will insure the further<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> advance of the others. The leading +battalion should not, however, become isolated; isolation may lead to +its destruction. (306)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_344" id="Para_344">344</a>. Close in on enemy as much as possible before opening fire.</strong> The +deployment having been made, the firing line advances without firing. +The predominant idea must be to close with the enemy as soon as +possible without ruinous losses. The limited supply of ammunition and +the uncertainty of resupply, the necessity for securing fire +superiority in order to advance within the shorter ranges, and the +impossibility of accomplishing this at ineffective ranges, make it +imperative that fire be not opened as long as the advance can be +continued without demoralizing losses. The attack which halts to open +fire at extreme range (over 1,200 yards) is not likely ever to reach +its destination. Every effort should be made, by using cover or +inconspicuous formations, or by advancing the firing line as a whole, +to arrive within 800 yards of the enemy before opening fire. (For +expenditure of ammunition see <a href="#Para_432">pars. 432</a>–433; for advancing the attack +see <a href="#Para_467">par. 467</a>.) (307)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_345" id="Para_345">345</a>. Fire to be directed against the hostile infantry.</strong> Except when the +enemy's artillery is able to effect an unusual concentration of fire, +its fire upon deployed infantry causes losses which are unimportant +when compared with those inflicted by his infantry; hence the +attacking infantry should proceed to a position as described above, +and from which an effective fire can be directed against the hostile +infantry with a view to obtaining fire superiority. The effectiveness +of the enemy's fire must be reduced so as to permit further advance. +The more effective the fire to which the enemy is subjected the less +effective will be his fire. (308)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_346" id="Para_346">346</a>. The further advance of the firing line; size of rushing units.</strong> +Occasionally the fire of adjacent battalions, or of infantry employing +fire of position, as explained in <a href="#Para_438">par. 438</a>, or of supporting +artillery, as explained in <a href="#Para_434">pars. 434</a>–438, will permit the further +advance of the entire firing line from this point, but it will +generally be necessary to advance by rushes, as laid down in <a href="#Para_259">par. 259</a>, +of fractions of the line.</p> + +<p>The fraction making the rush should be as large as the hostile fire +and the necessity for maintaining fire superiority will permit. +Depending upon circumstances, the strength of the fraction may vary +from a company to a few men.</p> + +<p>The advance is made as rapidly as possible without losing fire +superiority. The smaller the fraction which rushes, the greater the +number of rifles which continue to fire upon the enemy. On the other +hand, the smaller the fraction which rushes the slower will be the +progress of the attack. (309)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_347" id="Para_347">347</a>. Size of rushing units.</strong> Enough rifles must continue in action to +insure the success of each rush. Frequently the successive advances of +the firing line must be effected by rushes of fractions of decreased +size; that is, advances by rushes may first be made by company, later +by half company or platoon, and finally by squads or files; but no +<strong>subsequent opportunity</strong> to <strong>increase</strong> the rate of advance, such as better +cover or a decrease of the hostile fire, should be overlooked. (310)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_348" id="Para_348">348</a>. The rush begun by a flank unit.</strong> Whenever possible, the rush is +begun by a flank fraction of the firing line. In the absence of +express directions from the major, each captain of a flank company +determines<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> when an advance by rushes (<a href="#Para_259">par. 222</a>) shall be attempted. A +flank company which inaugurates an advance by rushes becomes the base +company, if not already the base. An advance by rushes having been +inaugurated on one flank, the remainder of the firing line conforms; +fractions rush successively from that flank and halt on the line +established by the initial rush.</p> + +<p>The fractions need not be uniform in size; each captain indicates how +his company shall rush, having due regard to the ground and the state +of the fire fight. (311)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_349" id="Para_349">349</a>. Fractions to advance under covering fire.</strong> A fraction about to +rush is sent forward when the remainder of the line is firing +vigorously; otherwise the chief advantage of this method of advancing +is lost.</p> + +<p>The length of the rush will vary from 30 to 80 yards, depending upon +the existence of cover, positions for firing, and the hostile fire. +(312)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_350" id="Para_350">350</a>. Subsequent advances.</strong> When the entire firing line of the battalion +has advanced to the new line, fresh opportunities to advance are +sought as before. (313)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_351" id="Para_351">351</a>. Prearranged methods of advancing by rushes prohibited.</strong> Two +identical situations will never confront the battalion; hence at drill +it is prohibited to arrange the details of an advance before the +preceding one has been concluded, or to employ a fixed or prearranged +method of advancing by rushes. (314)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_352" id="Para_352">352</a>. Post of the major.</strong> The major posts himself so as best to direct +the reënforcing of the firing line from the support. When all or +nearly all of the support has been absorbed by the firing line, he +joins, and takes full charge of, the latter. (315)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_353" id="Para_353">353</a>. Size of reënforcements.</strong> The reënforcing of the firing line by +driblets of a squad or a few men has no appreciable effect. The firing +line requires either reënforcement or a strong one. Generally one or +two platoons will be sent forward under cover of a heavy fire of the +firing line. (316)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_354" id="Para_354">354</a>. Two methods of reënforcing the firing line.</strong> To facilitate control +and to provide intervals in which reënforcements may be placed, the +companies in the firing line should be kept closed in on their centers +as they become depleted by casualties during the advance.</p> + +<p>When this is impracticable reënforcements must mingle with and thicken +the firing line. In battle the latter method will be the rule rather +than the exception, and to familiarize the men with such conditions +the combat exercises of the battalion should include both methods of +reënforcing. Occasionally, to provide the necessary intervals for +reënforcing by either of these methods, the firing line should be +thinned by causing men to drop out and simulate losses during the +various advances. Under ordinary conditions the depletion of the +firing line for this purpose will be from one-fifth to one-half of its +strength. (317)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_355" id="Para_355">355</a>. Fixing bayonets.</strong> The major or senior officer in the firing line +determines when bayonets shall be fixed and gives the proper command +or signal. It is repeated by all parts of the firing line. Each man +who was in the front rank prior to deployment, as soon as he +recognizes the command or signal, suspends firing, quickly fixes his +bayonet, and immediately resumes firing; after which the other men +suspend firing, fix<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> bayonets, and immediately resume firing. The +support also fixes bayonets. The concerted fixing of the bayonet by +the firing line at drill does not simulate battle conditions and +should not be required. It is essential that there be no marked pause +in the firing. Bayonets will be fixed generally before or during the +last, or second last, advance preceding the charge. (318)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_356" id="Para_356">356</a>. The charge.</strong> Subject to orders from higher authority, the major +determines the point from which the charge is to be made. (See <a href="#Para_478">Pars. +478</a>–489 regarding the charge.) The firing line having arrived at that +point and being in readiness, the major causes the <strong>charge</strong> to be +sounded. The signal is repeated by the musicians of all parts of the +line. The company officers lead the charge. The skirmishers spring +forward shouting, run with bayonets at charge, and close with the +enemy.</p> + +<p>The further conduct of the charging troops will depend upon +circumstances; they may halt and engage in bayonet combat or in +pursuing fire, as explained in <a href="#Para_486">par. 486</a>; they may advance a short +distance to obtain a field of fire or to drive the enemy from the +vicinity; they may assemble or reorganize, etc. If the enemy vacates +his position every effort should be made to open fire at once on the +retreating mass, reorganization of the attacking troops being of +secondary importance to the infliction of further losses upon the +enemy and to the increase of his confusion, as set forth in <a href="#Para_490">pars. +490</a>–494. In combat exercises the major will assume a situation and +terminate the assault accordingly. (319)</p> + + +<h6>Defense</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_357" id="Para_357">357</a>. Tactical unit best suited to defensive action.</strong> In defense, as in +attack, the battalion is the tactical unit best suited to independent +assignment. Defensive positions are usually divided into sections and +a battalion assigned to each. (320)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_358" id="Para_358">358</a>. Trenches.</strong> The major locates such fire, communicating, and cover +trenches and obstacles as are to be constructed. He assigns companies +to construct them and details the troops to occupy them. (See "Field +Fortifications," Chapter XVI, Part III.) (321)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_359" id="Para_359">359</a>. Reënforcement of firing line.</strong> The major reënforces the firing +line in accordance with the principles applicable to and explained in +connection with, the attack, in <a href="#Para_352">pars. 352</a>–354, maintaining no more +rifles in the firing line than are necessary to prevent the enemy's +advance. (322)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_360" id="Para_360">360</a>. Opening fire.</strong> The supply of ammunition being usually ample, fire +is opened as soon as it is possible to break up the enemy's formation, +stop his advance or inflict material loss, but this rule must be +modified to suit the ammunition supply. (323)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_361" id="Para_361">361</a>. Fixing bayonets.</strong> The major causes the firing line and support to +fix bayonets when an assault by the enemy is imminent. Captains direct +this to be done if they are not in communication with the major and +the measure is deemed advisable.</p> + +<p>Fire alone will not stop a determined, skillfully conducted attack. +The defender must have equal tenacity; if he can stay in his trench or +position and cross bayonets, he will at least have neutralized the +hostile first line, and the combat will be decided by reserves. (324)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_362" id="Para_362">362</a>. Support to cover withdrawal.</strong> If ordered or compelled to withdraw +under hostile infantry fire or in the presence of hostile infantry, +the support will be posted so as to cover the retirement of the firing +line (325)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_363" id="Para_363">363</a>. Support in case of battalion acting alone.</strong> When the battalion is +operating alone, the support must be strong and must be fed sparingly +into the firing line, especially if a counter-attack is planned. +Opportunities for counter-attack should be sought at all times, as +explained in <a href="#Para_525">pars. 525</a>–530. (326)</p> + + +<h4>COMBAT</h4> + + +<h5>INTRODUCTION</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_364" id="Para_364">364</a>. Scope of subject of combat tactics in this book.</strong> Part II of these +regulations treats only of the basic principles of combat tactics as +applied to infantry and to the special units, such as machine guns and +mounted scouts, which form a part of infantry regiments and +battalions.</p> + +<p>The combat tactics of the arms combined are considered in Field +Service Regulations. (350)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_365" id="Para_365">365</a>. Demands of modern combat upon infantry; complicated maneuvers +impracticable; success dependent upon leadership, etc.</strong> Modern combat +demands the highest order of training, discipline, leadership, and +morale on the part of the infantry. Complicated maneuvers are +impracticable; efficient leadership and a determination to win by +simple and direct methods must be depended upon for success. (351)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_366" id="Para_366">366</a>. Duties and quality of infantry.</strong> The duties of infantry are many +and difficult. All infantry must be fit to cope with all conditions +that may arise. Modern war requires but one kind of infantry—good +infantry. (352)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_367" id="Para_367">367</a>. Offensive necessary for decisive results; use of ground, fire +efficiency, etc.; local success.</strong> The infantry must take the offensive +to gain decisive results. Both sides are therefore likely to attempt +it, though not necessary at the same time or in the same part of a +long battle line.</p> + +<p>In the local combats which make up the general battle the better +endurance, use of ground, fire efficiency, discipline, and training +will win. It is the duty of the infantry to win the local successes +which enable the commanding general to win the battle. (356)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_368" id="Para_368">368</a>. Requisites of infantry; trained to bear heaviest burdens; good +infantry can defeat vastly superior infantry of poor quality.</strong> The +infantry must have the tenacity to hold every advantage gained, the +individual and collective discipline and skill needed to master the +enemy's fire, the determination to close with the enemy in attack, and +to meet him with the bayonet in defense. Infantry must be trained to +bear the heaviest burdens and losses, both of combat and march.</p> + +<p>Good infantry can defeat an enemy greatly superior in numbers, but +lacking in training, discipline, leadership, and morale. (354)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_369" id="Para_369">369</a>. Fixed forms and instructions covering all cases impossible; study +and practice necessary; purposes of practical and theoretical +instruction.</strong> It is impossible to establish fixed forms or to give +general instructions that will cover all cases. Officers and +noncommissioned officers must be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> so trained that they can apply +suitable means and methods to each case as it arises. Study and +practice are necessary to acquire proper facility in this respect. +Theoretical instruction can not replace practical instruction; the +former supplies correct ideas and gives to practical work an interest, +purpose, and definiteness not otherwise obtainable. (355)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_370" id="Para_370">370</a>. Exercises in extended order to be in nature of combat exercises; +all combat exercises to be conducted under assumed tactical +situations.</strong> After the mechanism of extended order drill has been +learned with precision in the company, every exercise should be, as +far as practicable, in the nature of a maneuver (combat exercise) +against an <strong>imaginary</strong>, <strong>outlined</strong>, or <strong>represented</strong> enemy.</p> + +<p>Company extended order drill may be conducted without reference to a +tactical situation, but a combat exercise, whatever may be the size of +the unit employed, should be conducted under an assumed tactical +situation. (356)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_371" id="Para_371">371</a>. Effective method of conducting combat exercises.</strong> An effective +method of conducting a combat exercise is to outline the enemy with a +few men equipped with flags. The umpire or inspector states the +situation, and the commander leads his troops with due regard to the +assumptions made.</p> + +<p>Changes in situation, the results of reconnaissance, the character of +artillery fire, etc., are made known to the commander when necessary +by the umpire or inspector, who, in order to observe and influence the +conduct of the exercise, remains in rear of the firing line. From this +position he indicates, with the aid of prearranged signals, the +character of the fire and movements of the hostile infantry. These +signals are intended for the men outlining the enemy. These men repeat +the signals; all officers and men engaged in the exercise and in sight +of the outlined enemy are thus informed of the enemy's action, and the +exercise is conducted accordingly.</p> + +<p>Assistant umpires, about one for each company in the firing line, may +assist in indicating hostile fire and movements and in observing the +conduct of the exercise.</p> + +<p>An outlined enemy may be made to attack or defend.</p> + +<p>Situations should be simple and natural. During or after the exercise +the umpire or inspector should call attention to any improper +movements or incorrect methods of execution. He will prohibit all +movements of troops or individuals that would be impossible if the +enemy were real. The slow progress of events to be expected on the +battlefield can hardly be simulated, but the umpire or inspector will +prevent undue haste and will attempt to enforce a reasonably slow rate +of progress.</p> + +<p>The same exercise should not be repeated over the same ground and +under the same situation. Such repetitions lead to the adoption of a +fixed mode of attack or defense and develop mere drill masters. Fixed +or prearranged systems are prohibited. (357)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>LEADERSHIP</h5> + + +<h6>General Considerations</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_372" id="Para_372">372</a>. What constitutes art of leadership.</strong> The art of leadership +consists of applying sound tactical principles to concrete cases on +the battlefield.</p> + +<p>Self-reliance, initiative, aggressiveness, and a conception of +team-work are the fundamental characteristics of successful +leadership. (358)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_373" id="Para_373">373</a>. Basis of success; adherence to original plan.</strong> A correct grasp of +the situation and a definite plan of action form the soundest basis +for a successful combat.</p> + +<p>A good plan once adopted and put into execution should not be +abandoned unless it becomes clear that it can not succeed. +Afterthoughts are dangerous, except as they aid in the execution of +details in the original plans. (359)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_374" id="Para_374">374</a>. Avoid combats offering no chance of valuable results.</strong> Combats +that do not promise success or some real advantage to the general +issue should be avoided; they cause unnecessary losses, impair the +morale of one's own troops, and raise that of the enemy. (360)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_375" id="Para_375">375</a>. Avoid complicated maneuvers.</strong> Complicated maneuvers are not likely +to succeed in war. All plans and the methods adopted for carrying them +into effect must be simple and direct. (361)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_376" id="Para_376">376</a>. Order and cohesion necessary.</strong> Order and cohesion must be +maintained within the units if success is to be expected. (362)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_377" id="Para_377">377</a>. Officers to be true leaders.</strong> Officers must show themselves to be +true leaders. They must act in accordance with the spirit of their +orders and must require of their troops the strictest discipline on +the field of battle. (363)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_378" id="Para_378">378</a>. Units not to be broken up.</strong> The best results are obtained when +leaders know the capacity and traits of those whom they command; hence +in making detachments units should not be broken up, and a deployment +that would cause an intermingling of the larger units in the firing +line should be avoided. (364)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_379" id="Para_379">379</a>. Leading deployed troops difficult; necessity for training, +discipline and close order.</strong> Leading is difficult when troops are +deployed. A high degree of training and discipline and the use of +close order formations to the fullest extent possible are therefore +required. (365)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_380" id="Para_380">380</a>. Avoidance of unnecessary hardship; limit of endurance exacted +when necessary.</strong> In order to lighten the severe physical strain +inseparable from infantry service in campaign, constant efforts must +be made to spare the troops unnecessary hardship and fatigue; but when +necessity arises, the limit of endurance must be exacted. (366)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_381" id="Para_381">381</a>. Fighting troops not to carry back wounded.</strong> When officers or men +belonging to fighting troops leave their proper places to carry back, +or to care for, wounded during the progress of the action, they are +guilty of skulking. This offense must be repressed with the utmost +vigor. (367)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_382" id="Para_382">382</a>. Complete equipment usually carried into action.</strong> The complete +equipment of the soldier is carried into action unless the weather or +the physical condition of the men renders such measure a severe +hardship. In any event, <strong>only the pack<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> will be laid aside</strong>. The +determination of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span> this question rests with the regimental commander. +The complete equipment affords to men lying prone considerable +protection against shrapnel. (368)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_383" id="Para_383">383</a>. Post of commander; use of reserve in case of victory; when firing +line is controlled by commander.</strong> The post of the commander must be +such as will enable him to observe the progress of events and to +communicate his orders. Subordinate commanders, in addition, must be +in position to transmit the orders of superiors.</p> + +<p>Before entering an action, the commander should be as far to the front +as possible in order that he personally may see the situation, order +the deployment, and begin the action strictly in accordance with his +own wishes.</p> + +<p>During the action, he must, as a rule, leave to the local leaders the +detailed conduct of the firing line, posting himself either with his +own reserve or in such a position that he is in constant, direct, and +easy communication with it.</p> + +<p>A commander takes full and direct charge of his firing line only when +the line has absorbed his whole command.</p> + +<p>When their troops are victorious, all commanders should press forward +in order to clinch the advantage gained and to use their reserves to +the best advantage. (369)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_384" id="Para_384">384</a>. Latitude allowed subordinates.</strong> The latitude allowed to officers +is in direct proportion to the size of their commands. Each should see +to the general execution of his task, leaving to the proper +subordinates the supervision of details, and interfering only when +mistakes are made that threaten to seriously prejudice the general +plan. (370)</p> + + +<h6>Teamwork</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_385" id="Para_385">385</a>. Latitude allowed subordinates; success depends on coördination of +subordinates.</strong> The comparatively wide fronts of deployed units increase +the difficulties of control. Subordinates must therefore be given +great latitude in the execution of their tasks. The success of the +whole depends largely upon how well each subordinate coördinates his +work with the general plan.</p> + +<p>A great responsibility is necessarily thrown upon subordinates, but +responsibility stimulates the right kind of an officer. (371)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_386" id="Para_386">386</a>. Initiative of subordinates; general plan to be furthered.</strong> In a +given situation it is far better <strong>to do any intelligent thing</strong> +consistent with the aggressive execution of the general plan, than to +search hesitatingly for the ideal. This is the true rule of conduct +for subordinates who are required to act upon their own initiative.</p> + +<p>A subordinate who is reasonably sure that his intended action is such +as would be ordered by the commander, were the latter present and in +possession of the facts, has enough encouragement to go ahead +confidently. He must possess the loyalty to carry out the plans of his +superior and the keenness to recognize and to seize opportunities to +further the general plan. (372)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_387" id="Para_387">387</a>. But one supreme will in a battle; subordinates to coöperate.</strong> +Independence must not become license. Regardless of the number of +subordinates who are apparently supreme in their own restricted +spheres, there is but one battle and but one supreme will to which all +must conform.</p> + +<p>Every subordinate must therefore work for the general result. He does +all in his power to insure coöperation between the subdivisions under +his command. He transmits important information to adjoining units or +to superiors in rear and, with the assistance of information received, +keeps himself and his subordinates duly posted as to the situation. +(373)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_388" id="Para_388">388</a>. Deviation from orders.</strong> When circumstances render it impracticable +to consult the authority issuing an order, officers should not +hesitate to vary from such order when it is clearly based upon an +incorrect view of the situation, is impossible of execution, or has +been rendered impracticable on account of changes which have occurred +since its promulgation. In the application of this rule the +responsibility for mistakes rests upon the subordinate, but +unwillingness to assume responsibility on proper occasions is +indicative of weakness.</p> + +<p>Superiors should be careful not to censure an apparent disobedience +where the act was done in the proper spirit and to advance the general +plan. (374)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_389" id="Para_389">389</a>. Intermingling of units; duties of officers and guides.</strong> When the +men of two or more units intermingle in the firing line, all officers +and men submit at once to the senior. Officers and platoon guides seek +to fill vacancies caused by casualties. Each seizes any opportunity to +exercise the functions consistent with his grade, and all assist in +the maintenance of order and control.</p> + +<p>Every lull in the action should be utilized for as complete +restoration of order in the firing line as the ground or other +conditions permit. (375)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_390" id="Para_390">390</a>. Separated officers and noncommissioned officers placing +themselves under nearest higher commander.</strong> Any officer or +noncommissioned officer who becomes separated from his proper unit and +can not rejoin must at once place himself and his command at the +disposal of the nearest higher commander. (376)</p> + +<p>Anyone having completed an assigned task must seek to rejoin his +proper command. Failing in this, he should join the nearest troops +engaged with the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_391" id="Para_391">391</a>. Duty of separated soldiers.</strong> Soldiers are taught the necessity of +remaining with their companies, but those who become detached must +join the nearest company and serve with it until the battle is over or +reorganization is ordered. (377)</p> + + +<h6>Orders</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_392" id="Para_392">392</a>. Orders for deployment; combat orders of divisions and brigades +usually written.</strong> Commands are deployed and enter the combat by the +orders of the commander to the subordinate commanders.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>The initial combat orders of the division are almost invariably +written; those of the brigade are generally so. The written order is +preferable and is used whenever time permits.</p> + +<p>If time permits, subsequent orders are likewise written, either as +field orders or messages. (378)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_393" id="Para_393">393</a>. Combat orders of regiments and smaller units; verbal messages.</strong> +The initial combat orders of regiments and smaller units are given +verbally. For this purpose the subordinates for whom the orders are +intended are assembled, if practicable, at a place from which the +situation and plan can be explained.</p> + +<p>Subsequent orders are verbal or in the form of verbal or written +messages. Verbal messages should not be used unless they are short and +unmistakable. (379)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_394" id="Para_394">394</a>. Initial combat orders; personal reconnaissance.</strong> The initial +combat order of any commander or subordinate is based upon his +definite plan for executing the task confronting him.</p> + +<p>Whenever possible the formation of the plan is preceded by a personal +reconnaissance of the terrain and a careful consideration of all +information of the enemy. (380)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_395" id="Para_395">395</a>. Composition of combat orders.</strong> The combat order gives such +information of the enemy and of neighboring or supporting friendly +troops as will enable subordinates to understand the situation.</p> + +<p>The general plan of action is stated in brief terms, but enough of the +commander's intentions is divulged to guide the subsequent actions of +the subordinates.</p> + +<p>Clear and concise instructions are given as to the action to be taken +in the combat by each part of the command. In this way the commander +assigns tasks, fronts, objectives, sectors or areas, etc., in +accordance with his plan. If the terms employed convey definite ideas +and leave no loopholes, the conduct of subordinates will generally be +correspondingly satisfactory.</p> + +<p>Such miscellaneous matter relating to special troops, trains, +ammunition, and future movements of the commander is added as concerns +the combat itself.</p> + +<p>Combat orders should prescribe communication, reconnaissance, flank +protection, etc., when some special disposition is desired or when an +omission on the part of a subordinate may reasonably be feared. (381)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_396" id="Para_396">396</a>. Encroaching upon functions of subordinates prohibited; orders to +be definite.</strong> When issuing orders, a commander should indicate clearly +<strong>what</strong> is to be done by each subordinate, but not <strong>how</strong> it is to be done. +He should not encroach upon the functions of a subordinate by +prescribing details of execution unless he has good reason to doubt +the ability or judgment of the subordinate, and cannot substitute +another.</p> + +<p>Although general in its terms, an order must be definite and must be +the expression of a fixed decision. Ambiguity or vagueness indicates +either a vacillation or the inability to formulate orders. (382)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_397" id="Para_397">397</a>. Orders generally given subordinates through their immediate +superiors.</strong> Usually the orders of a commander are intended for, and are +given to, the commanders of the next lower units, but in an emergency<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> +commander should not hesitate to give orders directly to any +subordinate. In such case he should promptly inform the intermediate +commander concerned. (383)</p> + + +<h6>Communication</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_398" id="Para_398">398</a>. Communication, how maintained.</strong> Communication is maintained by +means of staff officers, messengers, relay systems, connecting files, +visual signals, telegraph, or telephone. (384)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_399" id="Para_399">399</a>. Lines of communication established by signal corps.</strong> The signal +corps troops of the division establish lines of information from +division to brigade headquarters. The further extension of lines of +information in combat by signal troops is exceptional. (385)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_400" id="Para_400">400</a>. Lines of communication established by regiment; orderlies carry +signal flags.</strong> Each regiment, employing its own personnel, is +responsible for the maintenance of communication from the colonel back +to the brigade and forward to the battalions. For this purpose the +regiment uses the various means which may be furnished it. The staff +and orderlies, regimental and battalion, are practiced in the use of +these means and in messenger service. Orderlies carry signal flags. +(386)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_401" id="Para_401">401</a>. Communication between firing line and major or colonel; company +musicians carry signal flags.</strong> Connection between the firing line and +the major or colonel is practically limited to the prescribed flag, +arm, and bugle signals. Other means can only be supplemental. Company +musicians carry company flags and are practiced in signaling. (387)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_402" id="Para_402">402</a>. Communication by artillery with firing line by means of staff +officers or through agents.</strong> The artillery generally communicates with +the firing line by means of its own staff officers or through an agent +who accompanies some unit in or near the front. The infantry keeps him +informed as to the situation and affords any reasonable assistance. +When the infantry is dependent upon the artillery for fire support, +perfect coördination through this representative is of great +importance. (388)</p> + + +<h5>COMBAT RECONNAISSANCE</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_403" id="Para_403">403</a>. Importance of combat reconnaissance; avoidance of deployment on +wrong lines.</strong> Combat reconnaissance is of vital importance and must not +be neglected. By proper preliminary reconnaissance, deployments on +wrong lines, or in a wrong direction, and surprises may generally be +prevented. (389)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_404" id="Para_404">404</a>. Protection of troops by proper reconnaissance.</strong> Troops deployed +and under fire can not change front, and thus they suffer greatly when +enfiladed. Troops in close order formation may suffer heavy losses in +a short time if subjected to hostile fire. In both formations troops +must be protected by proper reconnaissance and warning. (390)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_405" id="Para_405">405</a>. Difficulty of reconnaissance depends on extent of enemy's screen; +strength of reconnoitering parties.</strong> The difficulty of reconnaissance +increases in proportion to the measures adopted by the enemy to screen +himself.</p> + +<p>The strength of the reconnoitering party is determined by the +character of the information desired and the nature of the hostile +screen. In exceptional cases as much as a battalion may be necessary +in order to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> break through the hostile screen and enable the commander +or officer in charge to reconnoiter in person.</p> + +<p>A large reconnoitering party is conducted so as to open the way for +small patrols, to serve as a supporting force or rallying point for +them, and to receive and transmit information. Such parties maintain +signal communication with the main body if practicable. (391)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_406" id="Para_406">406</a>. Each separate column to protect itself by reconnaissance.</strong> Each +separate column moving forward to deploy must reconnoiter to its front +and flank and keep in touch with adjoining columns. The extent of the +reconnaissance to the flank depends upon the isolation of the columns. +(392)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_407" id="Para_407">407</a>. Reconnaissance before attacking.</strong> Before an attack a +reconnaissance must be made to determine the enemy's position, the +location of his flanks, the character of the terrain, the nature of +the hostile field works, etc., in order to prevent premature +deployment and the resulting fatigue and loss of time.</p> + +<p>It will frequently be necessary to send forward a thin skirmish line +in order to induce the enemy to open fire and reveal his position. +(393)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_408" id="Para_408">408</a>. Extent of reconnaissance.</strong> It will frequently be impossible to +obtain satisfactory information until after the action has begun. The +delay that may be warranted for the purpose of reconnaissance depends +upon the nature of the attack and the necessity for promptness. For +example, in a meeting engagement, and sometimes in a holding attack, +the reconnaissance may have to be hasty and superficial, whereas in an +attack against an enemy carefully prepared for defense there will +generally be both time and necessity for thorough reconnaissance. +(394)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_409" id="Para_409">409</a>. Reconnaissance in defense.</strong> In defense, reconnaissance must be +kept up to determine the enemy's line of advance, to ascertain his +dispositions, to prevent his reconnaissance, etc.</p> + +<p>Patrols or parties posted to prevent hostile reconnaissance should +relieve the main body of the necessity of betraying its position by +firing on small bodies of the enemy. (395)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_410" id="Para_410">410</a>. Duration of reconnaissance; protection of flanks.</strong> Reconnaissance +continues throughout the action.</p> + +<p>A firing or skirmish line can take care of its front, but its flanks +are especially vulnerable to modern firearms. The moral effect of +flanking fire is as great as the physical effect. Hence, combat +patrols to give warning or covering detachments to give security are +indispensable on exposed flanks. This is equally true in attack or +defense. (396)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_411" id="Para_411">411</a>. Responsibility of infantry commanders for reconnaissance; +surprise unpardonable.</strong> The fact that cavalry patrols are known to be +posted in a certain direction does not relieve infantry commanders of +the responsibility for reconnaissance and security.</p> + +<p>To be surprised by an enemy at short range is an unpardonable offense. +(397)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_412" id="Para_412">412</a>. Commander of flank battalion responsible for security of his +flank.</strong> The commander of a battalion on a flank of a general line +invariably provides for the necessary reconnaissance and security on +that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> flank unless higher authority has specifically ordered it. In +any event, he sends out combat patrols as needed.</p> + +<p>Where his battalion is on a flank of one section of the line and a +considerable interval lies between his battalion and the next section, +he makes similar provision. (398)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_413" id="Para_413">413</a>. Patrols established by battalion commanders.</strong> Battalion commanders +in the first line establish patrols to observe and report the progress +or conduct of adjoining troops when these can not be seen. (399)</p> + + +<h5>FIRE SUPERIORITY<br /><br /> +PURPOSE AND NATURE</h5> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Para_427">par. 427</a>)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_414" id="Para_414">414</a>. Success in battle dependent upon fire superiority.</strong> In a decisive +battle success depends on gaining and maintaining fire superiority. +Every effort must be made to gain it early and then to keep it.</p> + +<p>Attacking troops must first gain fire superiority in order to reach +the hostile position. Over open ground attack is possible only when +the attacking force has a decided fire superiority. With such +superiority the attack is not only possible, but success is probable +and without ruinous losses.</p> + +<p>Defending troops can prevent a charge only when they can master the +enemy's fire and inflict heavy losses upon him. (400)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_415" id="Para_415">415</a>. Volume and accuracy necessary to obtain fire superiority.</strong> To +obtain fire superiority it is necessary to produce a heavy volume of +accurate fire. Every increase in the effectiveness of the fire means a +corresponding decrease in the effectiveness of the enemy's fire.</p> + +<p>The volume and accuracy of fire will depend upon several +considerations:</p> + +<p><strong>(a) The number of rifles employed.</strong> On a given front the greatest +volume of fire is produced by a firing line having only sufficient +intervals between men to permit the free use of their rifles. The +maximum density of a firing line is therefore about one man per yard +of front.</p> + +<p><strong>(b)</strong> The <strong>rate</strong> of fire affects its volume; an excessive rate reduces its +accuracy.</p> + +<p><strong>(c) The character of the target influences both volume and accuracy.</strong> +Larger dimensions, greater visibility, and shorter range increase the +rate of fire; greater density increases <strong>the effect</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong>(d) Training and discipline</strong> have an important bearing on the rate or +volume of fire, but their greatest influence is upon accuracy.</p> + +<p>The firing efficiency of troops is reduced by fatigue and adverse +psychological influences.</p> + +<p><strong>(e) Fire direction and control improve collective accuracy.</strong> The +importance of fire direction increases rapidly with the range. Control +exerts a powerful influence at all ranges. (401)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>FIRE DIRECTION AND CONTROL</h5> + + +<h6>Opening Fire</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_416" id="Para_416">416</a>. Long range fire, when effective.</strong> Beyond effective ranges +important results can be expected only when the target is large and +distinct and much ammunition is used.</p> + +<p>Long range fire is permissible in pursuit on account of the moral +effect of any fire under the circumstances. At other times such fire +is of doubtful value. (402)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_417" id="Para_417">417</a>. Opening fire in attack.</strong> In attack, the desire to open fire when +losses are first felt must be repressed. Considerations of time, +target, ammunition, and morale make it imperative that the attack +withhold its fire and press forward to a first firing position close +to the enemy. The attacker's target will be smaller and fainter than +the one he presents to the enemy. (403)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_418" id="Para_418">418</a>. Opening fire in defense.</strong> In defense, more ammunition is +available, ranges are more easily determined, and the enemy usually +presents a larger target. The defender may therefore open fire and +expect results at longer ranges than the attacker, and particularly if +the defenders intend a delaying action only.</p> + +<p>If the enemy has a powerful artillery, it will often be best for the +defending infantry to withhold its fire until the enemy offers a +specially favorable target. Vigorous and well-directed bursts of fire +are then employed. The troops should therefore be given as much +artificial protection as time and means permit, and at an agreed +signal expose themselves as much as necessary and open fire. (404)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_419" id="Para_419">419</a>. Opening fire in unexpected, close encounters.</strong> In unexpected, +close encounters a great advantage accrues to the side which first +opens rapid and accurate fire with battle sight. (405)</p> + + +<h6>Use of Ground</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_420" id="Para_420">420</a>. Requisites of ground for cover.</strong> The position of the firers must +afford a suitable field of fire.</p> + +<p>The ground should permit constant observation of the enemy, and yet +enable the men to secure some cover when not actually firing.</p> + +<p>Troops whose target is for the moment hidden by unfavorable ground, +either move forward to better ground or seek to execute cross fire on +another target. (406)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_421" id="Para_421">421</a>. Skillful use of ground reduces visibility.</strong> The likelihood of a +target being hit depends to a great extent upon its visibility. By +skillful use of ground, a firing line may reduce its visibility +without loss of fire power. Sky lines are particularly to be avoided. +(407)</p> + + +<h6>Choice of Target</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_422" id="Para_422">422</a>. Target to be chosen.</strong> The target chosen should be the hostile +troops most dangerous to the firers. These will usually be the nearest +hostile infantry. When no target is specially dangerous, that one +should be chosen which promises the most hits. (408)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_423" id="Para_423">423</a>. Target not to be changed except for good reason.</strong> Frequent changes +of target impair the fire effect. Random changes to small, +un<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>important targets impair fire discipline and accomplish nothing. +Attention should be confined to the main target until substantial +reason for change is apparent. (409)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_424" id="Para_424">424</a>. Flanking fire to be delivered when opportunity offers.</strong> An +opportunity to deliver flanking fire, especially against artillery +protected in front by shields, is an example warranting change of +target and should never be overlooked. Such fire demoralizes the +troops subjected to it, even if the losses inflicted are small. In +this manner a relatively small number of rifles can produce important +results. (410)</p> + + +<h6>The Range</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_425" id="Para_425">425</a>. Importance of correct sight setting.</strong> Beyond close range, the +correct setting of the rear sight is of primary importance, provided +the troops are trained and well in hand. The necessity for correct +sight setting increases rapidly with the range. Its importance +decreases as the quality of the troops decrease, for the error in +sight setting, except possibly at very long ranges, becomes +unimportant when compared with the error in holding and aiming. (411)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_426" id="Para_426">426</a>. Determination of ranges.</strong> In attack, distances must usually be +estimated and corrections made as errors are observed. Mechanical +range finders and ranging volleys are practicable at times.</p> + +<p>In defense, it is generally practicable to measure more accurately the +distances to visible objects and to keep a record of them for future +use. (412)</p> + + +<h6>Distribution of Fire and Target</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_427" id="Para_427">427</a>. Purpose of fire superiority; distribution of fire and target.</strong> The +purpose of fire superiority is to get hits whenever possible, but at +all events to keep down the enemy's fire and render it harmless. To +accomplish this the target must be covered with fire throughout its +whole extent. Troops who are not fired upon will fire with nearly +peacetime accuracy.</p> + +<p>The target is roughly divided and a part is assigned to each unit. No +part of the target is neglected. In attack, by a system of overlapping +in assigning targets to platoons, the entire hostile line can be kept +under fire even during a rush. (<a href="#Para_414">Pars. 400</a>–401.) (413)</p> + + +<h6>Observation</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_428" id="Para_428">428</a>. Observation of target.</strong> The correctness of the sight setting and +the distribution of fire over the target can be verified only by +careful observation of the target, the adjacent ground, and the effect +upon the enemy. (414)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_429" id="Para_429">429</a>. Observation determines whether fire fight is being properly +conducted.</strong> Observation only can determine whether the fire fight is +being properly conducted. If the enemy's fire is losing in accuracy +and effect, the observer realizes that his side is gaining +superiority. If the enemy's fire remains or becomes effective and +persistent, he realizes that corrective measures are necessary to +increase either volume or accuracy, or both. (415)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Discipline</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_430" id="Para_430">430</a>. What discipline accomplishes.</strong> Discipline makes good direction and +control possible and is the distinguishing mark of trained troops. +(416)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_431" id="Para_431">431</a>. Communication on firing line by means of signals.</strong> The discipline +necessary in the firing line will be absent unless officers and +noncommissioned officers can make their will known to the men. In the +company, therefore, communication must be by simple signals which, in +the roar of musketry, will attract the attention and convey the +correct meaning. (417)</p> + + +<h6>Expenditure of Ammunition</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_432" id="Para_432">432</a>. Use of ammunition in attack.</strong> In attack the supply is more limited +than in defense. Better judgment must be exercised in expenditure. +Ordinarily, troops in the firing line of an attack can not expect to +have that day more ammunition than they carry into the combat, except +such additions as come from the distribution of ammunition of dead and +wounded and the surplus brought by reënforcements. (418)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_433" id="Para_433">433</a>. True economy in expenditure of ammunition.</strong> When a certain fire +effect is required, the necessary ammunition must be expended without +hesitation. Several hours of firing may be necessary to gain fire +superiority. True economy can be practiced only by closing on the +enemy, as explained in <a href="#Para_344">par. 344</a>, before first opening fire, and +thereafter suspending fire when there is nothing to shoot at. (419)</p> + + +<h6>Supporting Artillery</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_434" id="Para_434">434</a>. Artillery fire principal aid of infantry.</strong> Artillery fire is the +principal aid to the infantry in gaining and keeping fire superiority, +not only by its hits, but by the moral effect it produces on the +enemy. (420)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_435" id="Para_435">435</a>. Functions of artillery fire in attack and defense.</strong> In attack, +artillery assists the forward movement of the infantry. It keeps down +the fire of the hostile artillery and seeks to neutralize the hostile +infantry by inflicting losses upon it, destroying its morale, driving +it to cover, and preventing it from using its weapons effectively.</p> + +<p>In defense, it ignores the hostile artillery when the enemy's attack +reaches a decisive stage and assists in checking the attack, joining +its fire power to that of the defending infantry. (421)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_436" id="Para_436">436</a>. Fire of artillery over friendly troops.</strong> Troops should be +accustomed to being fired over by friendly artillery and impressed +with the fact that the artillery should continue firing upon the enemy +until the last possible moment. The few casualties resulting from +shrapnel bursting short are trifling compared with those that would +result from the increased effectiveness of the enemy's infantry fire +were the friendly artillery to cease firing.</p> + +<p>Casualties inflicted by supporting artillery are not probable until +the opposing infantry lines are less than 200 yards apart. (422)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_437" id="Para_437">437</a>. When no longer safe for artillery to fire over friendly troops.</strong> +When the distance between the hostile infantry lines becomes so short +as to render further use of friendly artillery inadvisable, the +commander<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span> of the infantry firing line, using a preconcerted +signal,<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> informs the artillery commander. The latter usually +increases the range in order to impede the strengthening of the +enemy's foremost line, as explained in <a href="#Para_345">pars. 345</a>–346. (423)</p> + + +<h6>Fire of Position</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_438" id="Para_438">438</a>. Fire of position, when used.</strong> Infantry is said to execute fire of +position when it is posted so as to assist an attack by firing over +the heads, or off the flank, of the attacking troops and is not itself +to engage in the advance; or when, in defense, it is similarly posted +to augment the fire of the main firing line.</p> + +<p>Machine guns serve a like purpose, as set forth in <a href="#Para_555">par. 555</a>.</p> + +<p>In a decisive action, fire of position should be employed whenever the +terrain permits and reserve infantry is available. (424)</p> + + +<h5>DEPLOYMENT</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_439" id="Para_439">439</a>. Formation of troops before and during deployment.</strong> Troops are +massed preparatory to deployment when the nature of their deployment +can not be foreseen or it is desirable to shorten the column or to +clear the road. Otherwise, in the deployment of large commands, +whether in march column, in bivouac, or massed, and whether forming, +for attack or for defense, they are ordinarily first formed into a +line of columns to facilitate the extension of the front prior to +deploying.</p> + +<p>The rough line or lines of columns thus formed enable troops to take +advantage of the terrain in advancing and shorten the time occupied in +forming the firing line. (425)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_440" id="Para_440">440</a>. Action of brigade and regimental commanders in deployment of +division.</strong> In deploying the division, each brigade is assigned a +definite task or objective. On receipt of his orders, the brigade +commander conducts his brigade in column or in line of regiments, +until it is advisable that it be broken into smaller columns. He then +issues his order, assigning to each regiment its task, if practicable. +In a similar manner the regimental commanders lead their regiments +forward in column, or in line of columns, until the time arrives for +issuing the regimental order. It is seldom advisable to break up the +battalion before issuing orders for its deployment. (426)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_441" id="Para_441">441</a>. Personal reconnaissance before deployment.</strong> Each subordinate +commander, after receiving his order for the action, should precede +his command as far as possible, in order to reconnoiter the ground +personally, and should prepare to issue his orders promptly. (427)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_442" id="Para_442">442</a>. Each commander to guard his command against surprise.</strong> Each +commander of a column directs the necessary reconnaissance to front +and flanks; by this means and by a judicious choice of ground he +guards against surprise. (428)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_443" id="Para_443">443</a>. Premature formation of firing line to be avoided.</strong> The premature +formation of the firing line causes unnecessary fatigue and loss of +time, and may result in a faulty direction being taken. Troops once +deployed make even minor changes of direction with difficulty, and +this difficulty increases with the length of the firing line. (429)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_444" id="Para_444">444</a>. Rectification of deployment in wrong direction.</strong> In the larger +units, when the original deployment is found to be in the wrong +direction, it will usually be necessary to deploy the reserve on the +correct front and withdraw and assemble the first line. (430)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_445" id="Para_445">445</a>. Number of troops to be deployed in beginning.</strong> To gain decisive +results, it will generally be necessary to use all the troops at some +stage of the combat. But in the beginning, while the situation is +uncertain, care should be taken not to engage too large a proportion +of the command. On the other hand, there is no greater error than to +employ too few and to sacrifice them by driblets. (For division of the +battalion in attack see <a href="#Para_335">335</a>–339.) (431)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_446" id="Para_446">446</a>. Dense, well-directed, and controlled line of heavy fire gives +fire superiority.</strong> When it is intended to fight to a decision, fire +superiority is essential. To gain this, two things are necessary: A +heavy fire and a fire well-directed and controlled. Both of these are +best obtained when the firing line is as dense as practicable, while +leaving the men room for the free use of their rifles.</p> + +<p>If the men are too widely separated, direction and control are very +difficult, often impossible, and the intensity of fire is slight in +proportion to the front occupied. (432)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_447" id="Para_447">447</a>. Density of 1 man per yard; occupation of only sections of long +lines.</strong> In an attack or stubborn defense the firing line should have a +density of one man per yard of front occupied.</p> + +<p>Where the tactical situation demands the holding of a line too long to +be occupied throughout at this density, it is generally better to +deploy companies or platoons at one man per yard, leaving gaps in the +line between them, than to distribute the men uniformly at increased +intervals. (433)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_448" id="Para_448">448</a>. Use of thin firing line.</strong> A relatively thin firing line may be +employed when merely covering the movements of other forces; when on +the defensive against poor troops; when the final action to be taken +has not yet been determined; and, in general, when fire superiority is +not necessary. (434)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_449" id="Para_449">449</a>. Length of firing line employed by whole force; strength of +supports and reserves; density of charging line.</strong> The length of the +firing line that the whole force may employ depends upon the density +of the line and the strength in rear required by the situation.</p> + +<p>Supports and reserves constitute the strength in rear.</p> + +<p>In a decisive attack they should be at least strong enough to replace +a heavy loss in the original firing line and to increase the charging +line to a density of at least one and one-half men per yard and still +have troops in rear for protection and for the other purposes +mentioned above. (435)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_450" id="Para_450">450</a>. Strength of reserve; troops deployed varying from 1 to 10 men per +yard.</strong> In the original deployment the strength of the reserve held out +by each commander comprises from one-sixth to two-thirds of his unit, +depending upon the nature of the service expected of the reserve.</p> + +<p>A small force in a covering or delaying action requires very little +strength in rear, while a large force fighting a decisive battle<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> +requires much. Therefore, depending upon circumstances, the original +deployment, including the strength in rear, may vary from 1 to 10 men +per yard. Against an enemy poorly disciplined and trained, or lacking +in morale, a thinner deployment is permissible. (436)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_451" id="Para_451">451</a>. Density of whole deployment varies with size of command.</strong> The +density of the whole deployment increases with the size of the +command, because the larger the command the greater the necessity for +reserves. Thus, battalion acting alone may attack two men per yard of +front, but a regiment, with three battalions, may only double the +front of the one battalion. (437)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_452" id="Para_452">452</a>. Division of battle line into battle districts and density of +deployment therein.</strong> By the assignment of divisions or larger units to +parts of a line of battle several miles long, a series of +semi-independent battle, or local combat, districts are created.</p> + +<p>The general deployment for a long line of battle comprising several +battle districts is not directly considered in these regulations. The +deployments treated of herein are those of the infantry within such +districts.</p> + +<p>The density of deployment in these districts may vary greatly, +depending upon the activity expected in each. Within these battle +districts, as well as in smaller forces acting alone, parts of the +line temporarily of less importance may be held weakly, in order to +economize troops and to have more at the decisive point. (438)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_453" id="Para_453">453</a>. Extent of front occupied by a unit depends upon security of +flanks.</strong> The front that a unit may occupy when deployed depends also +upon whether its flanks are secured. If both flanks are secured by +other troops, the unit may increase its front materially by reducing +its reserve or supports. If only one flank is so secured, the front +may still be somewhat increased, but the exposed flank must be guarded +by posting the supports or reserve toward that flank.</p> + +<p>Natural obstacles that secure the flanks have practically the same +effect upon deployment. (439)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_454" id="Para_454">454</a>. Regiments, battalions, and companies deployed side by side.</strong> +Except when assigned as supports or reserve, regiments in the brigade, +battalions in the regiment, and companies in the battalion are, when +practicable, deployed side by side. (440)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_455" id="Para_455">455</a>. Battalions furnish firing line and supports; larger units furnish +reserves; employment of reserve.</strong> In the deployment, battalions +establish the firing line, each furnishing its own support.</p> + +<p>In each unit larger than the battalion a reserve is held out, its +strength depending upon circumstances. In general, the reserve is +employed by the commander to meet or improve conditions brought about +by the action of the firing line. It must not be too weak or too split +up. It must be posted where the commander believes it will be needed +for decisive action, or where he desires to bring about such action. +When necessary, parts of it reënforce or prolong the firing line. +(441)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>ATTACK</h5> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(For the battalion in Attack, see <a href="#Para_342">pars. 342</a>–346)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_456" id="Para_456">456</a>. Fire superiority means success; how to obtain fire superiority.</strong> +An attack is bound to succeed if fire superiority is gained and +properly used.</p> + +<p>To gain this superiority generally requires that the attack employ +more rifles than the defense; this in turn means a longer line, as +both sides will probably hold a strong firing line. (442)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_457" id="Para_457">457</a>. When frontal attack may be successful.</strong> With large forces, a +direct frontal attack gives the attacker little opportunity to bring +more rifles to bear. However, if the enemy is unduly extended, a +frontal attack may give very decisive results. (443)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_458" id="Para_458">458</a>. When turning movements are allowable.</strong> Owing to the difficulty of +control and the danger of the parts being defeated in detail, wide +turning movements are seldom allowable except in large forces. (444)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_459" id="Para_459">459</a>. Advantages of enveloping attack.</strong> If the attack can be so directed +that, while the front is covered, another fraction of the command +strikes a flank more or less obliquely (an enveloping attack), the +advantages gained are a longer line and more rifles in action; also a +converging fire opposed to the enemy's diverging fire. (445)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_460" id="Para_460">460</a>. Envelopment of both flanks.</strong> An envelopment of both flanks should +never be attempted without a very decided superiority in numbers. +(446)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_461" id="Para_461">461</a>. Enveloping attacks result in local frontal attacks; advantage of +envelopment.</strong> The enveloping attack will nearly always result locally +in a frontal attack, for it will be met by the enemy's reserve. The +advantage of envelopment lies in the longer concentric line, with its +preponderance of rifles and its converging fire. (447)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_462" id="Para_462">462</a>. Coöperation between frontal and enveloping attacks; the two +attacks to be deployed considerable distance from hostile positions.</strong> +Coöperation between the frontal and enveloping attacks is essential to +success. Both should be pushed vigorously and simultaneously, and +ordinarily both should move simultaneously to the charge; but at the +final stage of the attack conditions may sometimes warrant one in +charging while the other supports it with fire.</p> + +<p>The envelopment of a flank is brought about with difficulty when made +by troops already deployed in another direction or by their reserves. +The two attacks should be deployed at a suitable distance apart, with +the lines of attack converging in rear of the hostile position. The +troops that are to make the enveloping attack should deploy in the +proper direction at the start and should be given orders which enable +them to gain their point of deployment in the most direct and +practical manner.</p> + +<p>The enveloping attack is generally made the stronger, especially in +small forces. (448)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>DEPLOYMENT FOR ATTACK</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_463" id="Para_463">463</a>. Distance from hostile position at which deployment is made; +foreground to be cleared of hostile detachments before deployment.</strong> +Where open terrain exposes troops to hostile artillery fire it may be +necessary to make the deployment 2 miles or more from the hostile +position.</p> + +<p>The foreground should be temporarily occupied by covering troops. If +the enemy occupies the foreground with detachments, the covering +troops must drive them back. (449)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_464" id="Para_464">464</a>. Moving well forward and deploying at night.</strong> To enable large +forces to gain ground toward the enemy, it may sometimes be cheaper +and quicker in the end to move well forward and to deploy at night. In +such case the area in which the deployment is to be made should, if +practicable, be occupied by covering troops before dark.</p> + +<p>The deployment will be made with great difficulty unless the ground +has been studied by daylight. The deployment gains little unless it +establishes the firing line well within effective range of the enemy's +main position. (See Night Operations, <a href="#Para_580">par. 580</a>–590.) (450)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_465" id="Para_465">465</a>. Each unit deploys on its direction line; intervals between +battalions on firing line.</strong> Each unit assigned a task deploys when on +its direction line, or opposite its objective, and when it has no +longer sufficient cover for advancing in close order. In the firing +line, intervals of 25 to 50 yards should be maintained as long as +possible between battalions. In the larger units it may be necessary +to indicate on the map the direction or objective, but to battalion +commanders it should be pointed out on the ground. (451)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_466" id="Para_466">466</a>. Post of reserve; reserve charged with flank protection.</strong> The +reserve is kept near enough to the firing line to be on hand at the +decisive stage. It is posted with reference to the attack, or to that +part of the attacking line, from which the greater results are +expected; it is also charged with flank protection, but should be kept +intact.</p> + +<p>Supports are considered in <a href="#Para_262">paragraphs 262</a> to 265, inclusive, and <a href="#Para_335">335</a> +to 339, inclusive. (452)</p> + + +<h6>ADVANCING THE ATTACK</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_467" id="Para_467">467</a>. Firing line to advance as far as possible before opening fire.</strong> +The firing line must ordinarily advance a long distance before it is +justified in opening fire. It can not combat the enemy's artillery, +and it is at a disadvantage if it combats the defender's long-range +rifle fire. Hence it ignores both and, by taking full advantage of +cover and of the discipline of the troops, advances to a first firing +position at the shortest range possible, as explained in <a href="#Para_344">par. 344</a>.</p> + +<p>Formations for crossing this zone with the minimum loss are considered +in <a href="#Para_249">paragraphs 249</a> to 257, inclusive. These and other methods of +crossing such zones should be studied and practiced. (453)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_468" id="Para_468">468</a>. Invisibility best protection while advancing.</strong> The best protection +against loss while advancing is to escape the enemy's view. (454)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_469" id="Para_469">469</a>. Advance of battalions.</strong> Each battalion finds its own firing +position, conforming to the general advance as long as practicable +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span> taking advantage of the more advanced position of an adjacent +battalion in order to gain ground.</p> + +<p>The position from which the attack opens fire is further considered in +<a href="#Para_343">paragraphs 343</a>–345, inclusive. (455)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_470" id="Para_470">470</a>. Infantry moving to the attack passing through deployed artillery.</strong> +It will frequently become necessary for infantry moving to the attack +to pass through deployed artillery. This should be done so as to +interfere as little as possible with the latter's fire, and never so +as to cause that fire to cease entirely. As far as practicable, +advantage should be taken of intervals in the line, if any. An +understanding between artillery and infantry commanders should be had, +so as to effect the movement to the best advantage. (456)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_471" id="Para_471">471</a>. Advanced elements of firing line not to open fire on main hostile +position.</strong> In advancing the attack, advanced elements of the firing +line or detachments in front of it should not open fire except in +defense or to clear the foreground of the enemy. Fire on the hostile +main position should not be opened until all or nearly all of the +firing line can join in the fire. (457)</p> + + +<h6>THE FIRE ATTACK</h6> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Para_414">pars. 414</a>–438.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_472" id="Para_472">472</a>. Fire superiority sought at first firing position, and to be +maintained until charging point is reached; size of rushing units.</strong> At +the first firing position the attack seeks to gain fire superiority. +This may necessitate a steady, accurate fire a long time. The object +is to subdue the enemy's fire and keep it subdued so that the +attacking troops may advance from this point to a favorable place near +the enemy from which the charge may be made. Hence, in the advance by +rushes, sufficient rifles must be kept constantly in action to keep +down the enemy's fire; this determines the size of the fraction +rushing. (458)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_473" id="Para_473">473</a>. Futility of advancing without fire superiority.</strong> To advance +without fire superiority against a determined defense would result in +such losses as to bring the attack to a standstill or to make the +apparent success barren of results. (459)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_474" id="Para_474">474</a>. Signs that fire superiority has been gained.</strong> Diminution of the +enemy's fire and a pronounced loss in effectiveness are the surest +signs that fire superiority has been gained and that a part of the +firing line can advance. (460)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_475" id="Para_475">475</a>. Retiring under fire in daylight suicidal; intrenching.</strong> The men +must be impressed with the fact that, having made a considerable +advance under fire and having been checked, it is suicidal to turn +back in daylight.</p> + +<p>If they can advance no farther, they must intrench and hold on until +the fall of darkness or a favorable turn in the situation develops.</p> + +<p>Intrenching is resorted to only when necessary. Troops who have +intrenched themselves under fire are moved forward again with +difficulty. (461)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_476" id="Para_476">476</a>. Supports and reserves occupying trenches vacated by firing line, +to improve same.</strong> Supports and reserves occupying intrenchments +vacated<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> by the firing line should improve them, but they must not be +held back or diverted from their true missions on this account. (462)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_477" id="Para_477">477</a>. Greater detail of conduct of fire attack.</strong> <a href="#Para_346">Paragraphs 346</a> to 354, +inclusive, deal more in detail with the conduct of the fire attack. +(463)</p> + + +<h6>THE CHARGE</h6> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Para_355">pars. 355</a>–356)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_478" id="Para_478">478</a>. What fire superiority accomplishes; psychological moment for +charge determined by tactical instinct.</strong> Fire superiority beats down +the enemy's fire, destroys his resistance and morale, and enables the +attacking troops to close on him, but an actual or threatened +occupation of his position is needed to drive him out and defeat him.</p> + +<p>The psychological moment for the charge can not be determined far in +advance. The tactical instinct of the responsible officer must decide. +(464)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_479" id="Para_479">479</a>. When, and distance over which charge should be made.</strong></p> + +<p>The defenders, if subjugated by the fire attack, will frequently leave +before the charge begins. On the other hand, it may be necessary to +carry the fire attack close to the position and follow it up with a +short dash and a bayonet combat. Hence the distance over which the +charge may be made will vary between wide limits. It may be from 25 to +400 yards.</p> + +<p>The charge should be made at the earliest moment that promises +success; otherwise the full advance of victory will be lost. (465)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_480" id="Para_480">480</a>. Charge to be made with approval of commander of attacking line; +battalion commanders signal commander of line when ready to charge; +charge to be made simultaneously.</strong> The commander of the attacking line +should indicate his approval, or give the order, before the charge is +made. Subordinate commanders, usually battalion commanders, whose +troops are ready to charge, signal that fact to the commander. It may +be necessary for them to wait until other battalions or other parts of +the line are ready or until the necessary reserves arrive.</p> + +<p>At the signal for the charge the firing line and nearby supports and +reserves rush forward. (See <a href="#Para_355">pars. 355</a> and <a href="#Para_356">356</a>.)</p> + +<p>The charge is made simultaneously, if possible, by all the units +participating therein, but once committed to the assault, battalions +should be pushed with the utmost vigor and no restraint placed on the +ardor of charging troops by an attempt to maintain alignment. (466)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_481" id="Para_481">481</a>. Charge not to be made without sufficient troops; reserves give +impetus; avoiding too dense a mass.</strong> Before ordering the charge the +commander should see that enough troops are on hand to make it a +success. Local reserves joining the firing line in time to participate +in the charge give it a strong impetus. Too dense a mass should be +avoided. (467)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_482" id="Para_482">482</a>. Line to be strengthened by prolongation.</strong> The line should be +strengthened by prolongation, if practicable, and remaining troops +kept in formation for future use; but rather than that the attack +should fail, the last formed body will be sent in, unless it is very +apparent that it can do no good. (468)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_483" id="Para_483">483</a>. Additional force for pursuit.</strong> To arrive in the hostile position +with a very compact firing line and a few formed supports is +sufficient for a victory, but an additional force kept well in hand +for pursuit is of inestimable value. (469)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_484" id="Para_484">484</a>. Premature charge to be avoided; charging without authority from +the rear.</strong> A premature charge by a part of the line should be avoided, +but if begun, the other parts of the line should join at once if there +is any prospect of success. Under exceptional conditions a part of the +line may be compelled to charge without authority from the rear. The +intention to do so should be signaled to the rear. (470)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_485" id="Para_485">485</a>. Confidence in ability to use bayonet.</strong> Confidence in their ability +to use the bayonet gives the assaulting troops the promise of success. +(471)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_486" id="Para_486">486</a>. Pursuing fire; disordered units not to pursue.</strong> If the enemy has +left the position when the charging troops reach it, the latter should +open a rapid fire upon the retreating enemy, if he is in sight. It is +not advisable for the mixed and disordered units to follow him, except +to advance to a favorable firing position or to cover the +reorganization of others. (472)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_487" id="Para_487">487</a>. Pursuing troops; reorganization of charging line; preparations to +meet counter-attack.</strong> The nearest formed bodies accompanying or +following the charge are sent instantly in pursuit. Under cover of +these troops order is restored in the charging line. If the captured +position is a part of a general line or is an advanced post, it should +be intrenched and occupied at once.</p> + +<p>The exhaustion of officers and men must not cause the neglect of +measures to meet a counter-attack. (473)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_488" id="Para_488">488</a>. Steps to be taken when attack receives temporary setback.</strong> If the +attack receives a temporary setback and it is intended to strengthen +and continue it, officers will make every effort to stop the rearward +movement and will reëstablish the firing line in a covered position as +close as possible to the enemy. (474)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_489" id="Para_489">489</a>. Steps to be taken if attack is abandoned.</strong> If the attack must be +abandoned, the rearward movement should continue with promptness until +the troops reach a feature of the terrain that facilitates the task of +checking and reorganizing them. The point selected should be so far to +the rear as to prevent interference by the enemy before the troops are +ready to resist. The withdrawal of the attacking troops should be +covered by the artillery and by reserves, if any are available.</p> + +<p>(See Night Operations, <a href="#Para_580">pars. 580</a>–590.) (475)</p> + + +<h6>PURSUIT</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_490" id="Para_490">490</a>. Full fruits of victory reaped by pursuit.</strong> To reap the full fruits +of victory a vigorous pursuit must be made. The natural inclination to +be satisfied with a successful charge must be overcome. The enemy must +be allowed no more time to reorganize than is positively unavoidable. +(476)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_491" id="Para_491">491</a>. Parts played in pursuit by reserve, artillery, and charging +troops.</strong> The part of the reserve that is still formed or is best under +control is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> sent forward in pursuit and vigorously attacks the enemy's +main body or covering detachments wherever found.</p> + +<p>The artillery delivers a heavy fire upon the retreating enemy; the +disordered attacking troops secure the position, promptly reform and +become a new reserve. (477)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_492" id="Para_492">492</a>. Strengthening of position captured, if section of general line.</strong> +If the captured position is a section of the general line, the breach +should be heavily occupied, made wider, and strongly secured by +drawing on all reserves in the vicinity. (478)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_493" id="Para_493">493</a>. Pursuit by parallel roads.</strong> After the pursuit from the immediate +battlefield, pursuit by parallel roads is especially effective where +large commands are concerned. (479)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_494" id="Para_494">494</a>. Artillery and cavalry in pursuit.</strong> Artillery and cavalry are very +effective in pursuit. (480)</p> + + +<h6>ATTACK OF FORTIFICATIONS</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_495" id="Para_495">495</a>. Modifications of attack in case of fortifications.</strong> Few +modifications enter into the problem of attacking fortifications. Such +as are to be considered relate chiefly to the greater time and labor +of advancing, the more frequent use of darkness and the use of hand +grenades to augment the fire. (481)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_496" id="Para_496">496</a>. Approaching charging point under cover of darkness.</strong> If the enemy +is strongly fortified and time permits, it may be advisable to wait +and approach the charging point under cover of darkness. The necessary +reconnaissance and arrangements should be made before dark. If the +charge is not to be made at once, the troops intrench the advanced +position, using sand bags if necessary. Before daylight the foreground +should be cleared of obstacles. (482)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_497" id="Para_497">497</a>. Charging without fire preparation.</strong> If the distance is short and +other conditions are favorable, the charge may be made without fire +preparation. If made, it should be launched with spirit and suddenness +at the break of day. (See Night Operations <a href="#Para_580">pars. 580</a>–590.) (483)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_498" id="Para_498">498</a>. Advancing to charging point by sapping.</strong> In siege operations +troops are usually advanced to the charging point by sapping. This +method, however, presupposes that an early victory is not necessary, +or that it is clearly inadvisable to attempt more direct methods. +(484)</p> + + +<h6>HOLDING ATTACK</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_499" id="Para_499">499</a>. Requisites of the holding attack.</strong> The holding attack must be +vigorous enough to hold the enemy in position and must present a front +strong enough to conceal the secondary nature of the attack.</p> + +<p>The holding attack need have comparatively little strength in rear, +but conceals the fact by a firing line not distinguishable from that +of a decisive attack. (485)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_500" id="Para_500">500</a>. Post and strength of supports and reserves.</strong> Supports and reserves +are kept at short distances. Their strength is less if the object is +merely to hold the enemy fast than if the object is, in addition, to +compel him to use up reserves. (486)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_501" id="Para_501">501</a>. Holding attacks developing into decisive attacks.</strong> Holding attacks +which may later develop into decisive attacks should be +correspondingly strong in rear. (487)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_502" id="Para_502">502</a>. Feint attacks.</strong> All feint attacks should employ dense firing +lines. Their weakness is in rear and is concealed. (488)</p> + + +<h5>DEFENSE</h5> + + +<h6>POSITIONS AND INTRENCHMENTS</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_503" id="Para_503">503</a>. Requirements of a good defensive position.</strong> The first requirement +of a good position is a clear field of fire and view to the front and +exposed flanks to a distance of 600 to 800 yards or more. The length +of front should be suitable to the size of the command and the flanks +should be secure. The position should have lateral communication and +cover for supports and reserves. It should be one which the enemy can +not avoid, but must attack or give up his mission.</p> + +<p>A position having all these advantages will rarely, if ever, be found. +The one should be taken which conforms closest to the description. +(489)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_504" id="Para_504">504</a>. Utilization of natural cover; construction of fieldworks and +obstacles.</strong> The natural cover of the position should be fully utilized. +In addition, it should be strengthened by fieldworks and obstacles.</p> + +<p>The best protection is afforded by deep, narrow, inconspicuous +trenches. If little time is available, as much as practicable must be +done. That the fieldworks may not be needed should not cause their +construction to be omitted, and the fact that they have been +constructed should not influence the action of a commander, if +conditions are found to be other than expected. (490)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_505" id="Para_505">505</a>. Construction of communicating and cover trenches, head cover, +etc.</strong> When time and troops are available the preparations include the +necessary communicating and cover trenches, head cover, bombproofs, +etc. The fire trenches should be well supplied with ammunition.</p> + +<p>The supports are placed close at hand in cover trenches when natural +cover is not available. (491)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_506" id="Para_506">506</a>. Dummy trenches.</strong> Dummy trenches frequently cause the hostile +artillery to waste time and ammunition and to divert its fire. (492)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_507" id="Para_507">507</a>. Location, extent, garrison, etc., of fieldworks.</strong> The location, +extent, profile, garrison, etc., of fieldworks are matters to be +decided by the infantry commanders. Officers must be able to choose +ground and properly intrench it. (See "Field Fortifications," Chapter +XVI, Part III.) (493)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_508" id="Para_508">508</a>. Outlining trace of trenches in combat exercises.</strong> In combat +exercises, when it is impracticable to construct the trenches +appropriate to the exercise, their trace may be outlined by bayonets, +sticks, or other markers, and the responsible officers required to +indicate the profile selected, method and time of construction, +garrisons, etc. (494)</p> + + +<h6>DEPLOYMENT FOR DEFENSE</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_509" id="Para_509">509</a>. Density of whole deployment.</strong> The density of the whole deployment +depends upon the expected severity of the action, the character<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> of +the enemy, the condition of the flanks, the field of fire, the +terrain, and the available artificial or natural protection for the +troops. (495)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_510" id="Para_510">510</a>. Density of firing line.</strong> If exposed, the firing line should be as +dense in defense as in attack. If the firing line is well intrenched +and has a good field of fire, it may be made thinner.</p> + +<p>Weaker supports are permissible. For the same number of troops the +front occupied on the defensive may therefore be longer than on the +offensive, the battalions placing more companies in the firing line. +(496)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_511" id="Para_511">511</a>. Strength in rear to be increased when change from defensive to +offensive is contemplated.</strong> If it is intended only to delay the enemy, +a fairly strong deployment is sufficient, but if decisive results are +desired, a change to the offensive must be contemplated and the +corresponding strength in rear provided. This strength is in the +reserve, which should be as large as the demands of the firing line +and supports permit. Even in a passive defense the reserve should be +as strong as in the attack; unless the flanks are protected by other +means. (497)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_512" id="Para_512">512</a>. Post of supports; cover for supports.</strong> Supports are posted as +close to the firing line as practicable and reinforce the latter +according to the principles explained in the attack. When natural +cover is not sufficient for the purpose, communicating and cover +trenches are constructed. If time does not permit their construction, +it is better to begin the action with a very dense firing line and no +immediate supports than to have supports greatly exposed in rear. +(498)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_513" id="Para_513">513</a>. Post of reserve.</strong> The reserve should be posted so as to be +entirely free to act as a whole, according to the developments. The +distance from firing line to reserve is generally greater than in the +attack. By reason of such a location the reserve is best able to meet +a hostile enveloping attack; it has a better position from which to +make a counter attack; it is in a better position to cover a +withdrawal and permit an orderly retreat.</p> + +<p>The distance from firing line to reserve increases with the size of +the reserve. (499)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_514" id="Para_514">514</a>. Post of reserve when situation is no longer in doubt.</strong> When the +situation is no longer in doubt, the reserve should be held in rear of +the flank which is most in danger or offers the best opportunity for +counter attack. Usually the same flank best suits both purposes. (500)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_515" id="Para_515">515</a>. Detaching part of reserve to protect opposite flank.</strong> In +exceptional cases, on broad fronts, it may be necessary to detach a +part of the reserve to protect the opposite flank. This detachment +should be the smallest consistent with its purely protective mission. +(501)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_516" id="Para_516">516</a>. Assignment of front to units.</strong> The commander assigns to +subordinates the front to be occupied by them. These, in turn, +subdivide the front among their next lower units in the firing line. +(502)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_517" id="Para_517">517</a>. Division of extended position into sections.</strong> An extended position +is so divided into sections that each has, if practicable, a field of +fire naturally made distinct by the terrain.</p> + +<p>Unfavorable and unimportant ground will ordinarily cause gaps to exist +in the line. (503)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_518" id="Para_518">518</a>. Size of units occupying sections; battalions to be kept intact.</strong> +The size of the unit occupying each section depends upon the latter's +natural strength, front, and importance. If practicable, battalions +should be kept intact and assigned as units to sections or parts of +sections. (504)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_519" id="Para_519">519</a>. Adjoining sections or machine guns to cover dead space.</strong> Where +important dead space lies in front of one section, an adjoining +section should be instructed to cover it with fire when necessary, or +machine guns should be concealed for the like purpose. (505)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_520" id="Para_520">520</a>. Advanced posts and other dispersion to be avoided.</strong> Advanced +posts, or any other form of unnecessary dispersion, should be avoided. +(506)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_521" id="Para_521">521</a>. Position itself not fully occupied until infantry attack begins.</strong> +Unless the difficulty of moving the troops into the position be great, +most of the troops of the firing line are held in rear of it until the +infantry attack begins. The position itself is occupied by a small +garrison only, with the necessary outguards or patrols in front. (507)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_522" id="Para_522">522</a>. Fire alone unable to stop attack.</strong> Fire alone can not be depended +upon to stop the attack. The troops must be determined to resort to +the bayonet, if necessary. (508)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_523" id="Para_523">523</a>. Steps to be taken if night attack is expected.</strong> If a night attack +or close approach by the enemy is expected, troops in a prepared +position should strengthen the outguards and firing line and construct +as numerous and effective obstacles as possible. Supports and local +reserves should move close to the firing line and should, with the +firing line, keep bayonets fixed. If practicable, the front should be +illuminated, preferably from the flanks of the section. (509)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_524" id="Para_524">524</a>. Short range fire and bayonet in night attack.</strong> Only short range +fire is of any value in resisting night attacks. The bayonet is the +chief reliance. (See Night Operations <a href="#Para_580">pars. 580</a>–590.) (510)</p> + + +<h6>COUNTER ATTACK</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_525" id="Para_525">525</a>. Passive defense; only offensive wins.</strong> The passive defense should +be assumed only when circumstances force it. Only the offensive wins. +(511)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_526" id="Para_526">526</a>. Active defense seeks favorable decision; counter attack +necessary.</strong> An active defense seeks a favorable decision. A favorable +decision can not be expected without counter attack. (512)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_527" id="Para_527">527</a>. Protection of flanks by natural obstacles necessary in passive +defense position.</strong> A passive defense in a position whose flanks are not +protected by natural obstacles is generally out of the question. (513)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_528" id="Para_528">528</a>. Post of troops for counter attack.</strong> Where the defense is assumed +with a view to making a counter attack, the troops for the counter +attack should be held in reserve until the time arrives for such +attack. The defensive line should be held by as few troops as possible +in order that the force for the offensive may be as large as possible.</p> + +<p>The force for the counter attack should be held echeloned in rear of +the flank which offers it the greatest advantage for the proposed +attack. (514)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_529" id="Para_529">529</a>. Manner of making counter attack.</strong> The counter attack should be +made vigorously and at the proper time. It will usually be made:</p> + +<p>By launching the reserve against the enemy's flank when his attack is +in full progress. This is the most effective form of counter attack.</p> + +<p>Straight to the front by the firing line and supports after repulsing +the enemy's attack and demoralizing him with pursuing fire.</p> + +<p>Or, by the troops in rear of the firing line when the enemy has +reached the defensive position and is in disorder. (515)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_530" id="Para_530">530</a>. Minor counter attacks.</strong> Minor counter attacks are sometimes +necessary in order to drive the enemy from important positions gained +by him. (516)</p> + + +<h6>DELAYING ACTION</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_531" id="Para_531">531</a>. The important considerations in a delaying action.</strong> When a +position is taken merely to delay the enemy and to withdraw before +becoming closely engaged, the important considerations are:</p> + +<p>The enemy should be forced to deploy early. The field of fire should +therefore be good at distances from 500 to 1,200 yards or more; a good +field of fire at close range is not necessary.</p> + +<p>The ground in rear of the position should favor the withdrawal of the +firing line by screening the troops from the enemy's view and fire as +soon as the position is vacated. (517)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_532" id="Para_532">532</a>. Thin firing line answers purpose; purposes of supports and +reserve.</strong> A thin firing line using much ammunition will generally +answer the purpose. Supports are needed chiefly to protect the flanks.</p> + +<p>The reserve should be posted well in rear to assist in the withdrawal +of the firing line. (518)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_533" id="Para_533">533</a>. Value of artillery.</strong> Artillery is especially valuable to a +delaying force. (519)</p> + + +<h6>MEETING ENGAGEMENTS</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_534" id="Para_534">534</a>. Characteristics of meeting engagements.</strong> Meeting engagements are +characterized by the necessity for hasty reconnaissance, or the almost +total absence of reconnaissance; by the necessity for rapid +deployment, frequently under fire; and usually by the absence of +trenches or other artificial cover. These conditions give further +advantages to the offensive. (520)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_535" id="Para_535">535</a>. General action on meeting enemy.</strong> The whole situation will usually +indicate beforehand the proper general action to be taken on meeting +the enemy. (521)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_536" id="Para_536">536</a>. Meagerness of information; qualities of commander to be relied +upon.</strong> Little fresh information can be expected. The boldness, +initiative, and determination of the commander must be relied upon. +(522)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_537" id="Para_537">537</a>. Meeting engagement affords ideal opportunity to certain +commanders.</strong> A meeting engagement affords an ideal opportunity to the +commander who has intuition and quick decision and who is willing to +take long chances. His opponent is likely to be overcautious. (523)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_538" id="Para_538">538</a>. The mission determines method of attack.</strong> The amount of +information that the commander is warranted in awaiting before taking<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> +final action depends entirely upon his mission. One situation may +demand a blind attack; another may demand rapid, partial deployment +for attack, but careful and time-consuming reconnaissance before the +attack is launched. (524)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_539" id="Para_539">539</a>. Advantage accrues to side deploying the faster.</strong> A great advantage +accrues to the side which can deploy the faster. The advantage of a +close-order formation, favoring rapid deployment, becomes more +pronounced with the size of the force. (525)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_540" id="Para_540">540</a>. Advantages of first troops to deploy.</strong> The first troops to deploy +will be able to attack with longer firing lines and weaker supports +than are required in the ordinary case. But if the enemy succeeds in +deploying a strong defensive line, the attack must be strengthened +accordingly before it is wasted. (526)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_541" id="Para_541">541</a>. Things to be done by the leading troops.</strong> If the situation +warrants the advance, the leading troops seek to deploy faster than +the enemy, to reach his flanks, check his deployment, and get +information. In any event, they seek to cover the deployment of their +own troops in rear—especially the artillery—and to seize important +ground. (527)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_542" id="Para_542">542</a>. Post of commander of long column meeting enemy; function of +advance guard; action of column.</strong> The commander of a long column which +meets the enemy should be with the advance guard to receive +information promptly and to reconnoiter. If he decides to fight, the +advance guard must hold the enemy while the commander formulates a +plan of action, issues the necessary orders, and deploys the main +body. Meantime, the column should be closing up, either in mass or to +form line of columns, so that the deployment, when determined upon, +may be made more promptly. (528)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_543" id="Para_543">543</a>. Action of advance guard prior to receipt of orders.</strong> The action of +the advance guard, prior to the receipt of orders, depends upon the +situation. Whether to attack determinedly or only as a feint, or to +assume the defensive, depends upon the strength of the advance guard, +the terrain, the character of the hostile force encountered, and the +mission and intentions of the commander of the whole. (529)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_544" id="Para_544">544</a>. Main body should be used as a whole and not put into action +piecemeal.</strong> If the enemy is beforehand or more aggressive, or if the +advance guard is too weak, it may be necessary to put elements of the +main body into action as fast as they arrive, in order to check him. +This method should be avoided; it prevents the formation and execution +of a definite plan and compels piecemeal action. The best results are +obtained when the main body is used as a whole. (530)</p> + + +<h6>WITHDRAWAL FROM ACTION</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_545" id="Para_545">545</a>. Withdrawal generally effected at heavy cost; rear guard and +distance to be placed between enemy and defeated troops.</strong> The +withdrawal of a defeated force can generally be effected only at a +heavy cost. When it is no longer possible to give the action a +favorable turn and the necessity for withdrawal arises, every effort +must be made to place distance and a rear guard between the enemy and +the defeated troops. (531)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_546" id="Para_546">546</a>. Use of artillery, machine guns, and cavalry.</strong> Artillery gives +especially valuable assistance in the withdrawal. The long-range fire +of machine guns should also be employed. Cavalry assists the +withdrawal by charging the pursuing troops or by taking flank +positions and using fire action. (532)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_547" id="Para_547">547</a>. Use of reserve to check the pursuit.</strong> If an intact reserve +remains, it should be placed in a covering position, preferably on a +flank, to check the pursuit and thus enable the defeated troops to +withdraw beyond reach of hostile fire.</p> + +<p>The covering position of the reserve should be at some distance from +the main action, but close enough to bring the withdrawing troops +quickly under the protection of its fire. It should have a good field +of fire at effective and long ranges and should facilitate its own +safe and timely withdrawal. (533)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_548" id="Para_548">548</a>. Part of line to be withdrawn first; retreating troops to be +gotten under control as soon as possible.</strong> If the general line is +divided, by terrain or by organization, into two or more parts, the +firing line of the part in the least danger from pursuit should be +withdrawn first. A continuous firing line, whose parts are dependent +upon one another for fire support, should be withdrawn as a whole, +retiring by echelon at the beginning of the withdrawal. Every effort +must be made to restore the organizations, regain control, and form +column of march as soon as the troops are beyond the reach of hostile +fire.</p> + +<p>As fast as possible without delaying the march, companies, and the +larger units should be reformed, so that the command will again be +well in hand. (534)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_549" id="Para_549">549</a>. Action taken by commander; selection of rendezvous point.</strong> The +commander of the whole, having given orders for withdrawal, should go +to the rear, select a rendezvous point, and devote himself to the +reorganization of his command.</p> + +<p>The rendezvous point is selected with regard to the natural channels +of movement approximately straight to the rear. It should be distant +from the battlefield and should facilitate the gathering and +protection of the command. (535)</p> + + +<h5>SUMMARY</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_550" id="Para_550">550</a>.</strong> 1. Avoid combats that offer no chance of victory or other +valuable results.</p> + +<p>2. Make every effort for the success of the general plan and avoid +spectacular plays that have no bearing on the general result.</p> + +<p>3. Have a definite plan and carry it out vigorously. Do not vacillate.</p> + +<p>4. Do not attempt complicated maneuvers.</p> + +<p>5. Keep the command in hand; avoid undue extension and dispersion.</p> + +<p>6. Study the ground and direct the advance in such a way as to take +advantage of all available cover and thereby diminish losses.</p> + +<p>7. Never deploy until the purpose and the proper direction are known.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>8. Deploy enough men for the immediate task in hand; hold out the rest +and avoid undue haste in committing them to the action.</p> + +<p>9. Flanks must be protected either by reserves, fortifications, or the +terrain.</p> + +<p>10. In a decisive action, gain and keep fire superiority.</p> + +<p>11. Keep up reconnaissance.</p> + +<p>12. Use the reserve, but not until needed or a very favorable +opportunity for its use presents itself. Keep some reserve as long as +practicable.</p> + +<p>13. Do not hesitate to sacrifice the command if the result is worth +the cost.</p> + +<p>14. Spare the command all unnecessary hardship and exertion. (536)</p> + + +<h5>MACHINE GUNS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_551" id="Para_551">551</a>. Machine guns are weapons of emergency.</strong> Machine guns must be +considered as weapons of emergency. Their effectiveness combined with +their mobility renders them of great value at critical, though +infrequent, periods of an engagement. (537)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_552" id="Para_552">552</a>. Machine guns to be used for short periods, when opportunities +present themselves.</strong> When operating against infantry only, they can be +used to a great extent throughout the combat as circumstances may +indicate, but they are quickly rendered powerless by efficient field +artillery and will promptly draw artillery fire whenever they open. +Hence their use in engagements between large commands must be for +short periods and at times when their great effectiveness will be most +valuable. (538)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_553" id="Para_553">553</a>. Machine guns attached to advance guard; use in meeting +engagements.</strong> Machine guns should be attached to the advance guard. In +meeting engagements they will be of great value in assisting their own +advance, or in checking the advance of the enemy, and will have +considerable time to operate before hostile artillery fire can silence +them.</p> + +<p>Care must be taken not to leave them too long in action. (539)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_554" id="Para_554">554</a>. Use of machine guns with rear guard.</strong> They are valuable to a rear +guard which seeks to check a vigorous pursuit or to gain time. (540)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_555" id="Para_555">555</a>. Machine guns in attack; fire of position.</strong> In attack, if fire of +position is practicable, they are of great value. In this case fire +should not be opened by the machine guns until the attack is well +advanced. At a critical period in the attack, such fire, if suddenly +and unexpectedly opened, will greatly assist the advancing line. The +fire must be as heavy as possible and must be continued until masked +by friendly troops or until the hostile artillery finds the machine +guns. (541)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_556" id="Para_556">556</a>. Machine guns in defense.</strong> In the defense, machine guns should be +used in the same general manner as described above for the attack. +Concealment and patient waiting for critical moments and exceptional +opportunities are the special characteristics of the machine-gun +service in decisive actions. (542)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_557" id="Para_557">557</a>. Machine guns as part of reserve; use in covering withdrawal.</strong> As +part of the reserve, machine guns have special importance. If they are +with the troops told off to protect the flanks, and if they are well<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> +placed, they will often produce decisive results against a hostile +turning movement. They are especially qualified to cover a withdrawal +or make a captured position secure. (543)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_558" id="Para_558">558</a>. Machine guns not to form part of firing line of attack.</strong> Machine +guns should not be assigned to the firing line of an attack. They +should be so placed that fire directed upon them is not likely to fall +upon the firing line. (544)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_559" id="Para_559">559</a>. Effectiveness of machine guns against skirmish line, except when +lying down or crawling.</strong> A skirmish line can not advance by walking or +running when hostile machine guns have the correct range and are ready +to fire. Machine-gun fire is not specially effective against troops +lying on the ground or crawling. (545)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_560" id="Para_560">560</a>. Silencing of machine guns by infantry.</strong> When opposed by machine +guns without artillery to destroy them, infantry itself must silence +them before it can advance.</p> + +<p>An infantry command that must depend upon itself for protection +against machine guns should concentrate a large number of rifles on +each gun in turn and until it has silenced it. (546)</p> + +<p><em>In addition to the above, which the Infantry Drill Regulations gives +on the subject of machine guns, the following, based on the use of +machine guns in the European War, is given:</em></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_561" id="Para_561">561</a>. Machine guns essentially automatic rifles.</strong> They are essentially +automatic rifles, designed to fire the ordinary rifle cartridge and +capable of delivering a stream of small bullets at a rate of as high +as 600 per minute. Experience in the European war has determined that +the rate of 400 shots per minute is the desirable maximum. Their +ranges are the same as for the rifle. The fire of a machine gun has +been estimated as equal to that of 30 men.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_562" id="Para_562">562</a>. Mounts.</strong> Machine guns are usually mounted on tripods or wheels. +The weight of certain types is such that they can readily be carried +by the soldier from one point to another.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_563" id="Para_563">563</a>. Methods of transportation.</strong> While machine guns are usually +designed to be carried or packed, they are easily adapted to various +methods of transportation. In the European war we find them mounted on +sleds during the winter campaign; on specially designed motor cycles +with side cars and accompanied by other motor cycles carrying +ammunition; on wheels; on wagons; on armored automobiles; aeroplanes; +and finally in the powerful "tanks" of the English.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_564" id="Para_564">564</a>. Concealment.</strong> Machine guns while usually considered as <em>weapons of +emergency</em> have been used in attack and defense in the European war in +all stages. Their mobility and deadly effect have made them of great +value. Once their position is discovered they are quickly put out of +action by artillery. Owing to this fact the armies in Europe have used +alternative positions and have used every means to conceal the guns. +Hedges, walls, and pits are used and every effort is used to conceal +the flame of discharge. This is usually accomplished by keeping the +muzzle well in rear of its cover or loop hole. Machine guns almost +invariably betray their positions as soon as they enter into action. +The present tendency seems to be to hold them concealed and place them +into position in the trenches or emplacements at the moment of +combat.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>Extraordinary means have been resorted to in hiding the guns until +they are needed. In the German line, dugouts underground were +constructed to conceal the machine guns and crews. Often they +permitted the first line of the attack to pass over them and then +appeared in rear and opened a deadly fire on the backs of the troops.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_565" id="Para_565">565</a>. Use in villages.</strong> In villages, machine guns were used with +terrible effect, firing from cellars or windows. The only successful +method of destroying them was with hand grenades and even this was +costly.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_566" id="Para_566">566</a>. Location on the defense.</strong> On the <em>defense</em> machine guns should be +mounted in salients and at points where cross fire can be obtained. +This makes it more difficult for the enemy to locate the guns. Frontal +fire is not so often successful.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_567" id="Para_567">567</a>. Location in attack.</strong> In the <em>attack</em> it is accepted that machine +guns must cover the Infantry at short and long ranges while other +machine guns must accompany the attacking troops to hold the positions +or trenches gained.</p> + +<p>The second or third line would seem to be the best position for +machine guns when accompanying troops.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0567a.png" width="500" height="184" alt="Machine Gun Emplacement: Section aa" title="Machine Gun Emplacement: Section aa" /> +<span class="caption">Machine Gun Emplacement: Section aa</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0567b.png" width="500" height="253" alt="Machine Gun Emplacement: Plan with Cover Removed" title="Machine Gun Emplacement: Plan with Cover Removed" /> +<span class="caption">Machine Gun Emplacement: Plan with Cover Removed</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_568" id="Para_568">568</a>. Economy of men.</strong> Owing to its rapid and effective fire, and the +comparative ease with which it can be concealed, the machine gun +permits a great economy of men on a front and the concentrating of the +forces thus freed for use in other parts of the field. This was done +on a large scale on the Russian front by the Germans in 1915. They +constructed miles of wire entanglements in front of positions occupied +with an enormous number of machine guns and comparatively few men. The +main forces were thus free to be transported wherever danger +threatened. In this manner the Germans replaced men by machine guns +and wire and were able to cope successfully with the immense Russian +Armies. The above plate shows a typical machine gun emplacement, +constructed in the field. Many elaborate emplacements have been +constructed in the European war, using steel and concrete, but for a +hasty cover in the field the simple emplacement shown in the figure is +recommended.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(<span class="smcap">Note.</span>—For a more detailed study of machine guns, see Subject XI, +Machine Guns in Action, School of Musketry, Fort Sill, Oklahoma, +and Combined Cavalry and Infantry Drill Regulations for Automatic +Machine Rifle, cal. 30, 1909, War Department, 1915.) </p></div> + + +<h5>AMMUNITION SUPPLY</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_569" id="Para_569">569</a>. Method of supplying ammunition to combat train.</strong> The method of +supply of ammunition to the combat trains is explained in Field +Service Regulations. (547)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_570" id="Para_570">570</a>. Combat train and the major's responsibility for its proper use; a +rendezvous for each brigade.</strong> The combat train is the immediate reserve +supply of the battalion, and the major is responsible for its proper +use. He will take measures to insure the maintenance of the prescribed +allowance at all times.</p> + +<p>In the absence of instructions, he will cause the train to march +immediately in rear of his battalion, and, upon separating from it to +enter an engagement, will cause the ammunition therein to be issued. +When emptied, he will direct that the wagons proceed to the proper +rendezvous to be refilled. Ordinarily a rendezvous is appointed for +each brigade and the necessary number of wagons sent forward to it +from the ammunition column. (548)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_571" id="Para_571">571</a>. Destination of combat wagons when refilled.</strong> When refilled, the +combat wagons will rejoin their battalions, or, if the latter be +engaged, will join or establish communication with the regimental +reserve. (549)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_572" id="Para_572">572</a>. Company commanders' responsibility for ammunition in belts; +ammunition of dead and wounded.</strong> Company commanders are responsible +that the belts of the men in their companies are kept filled at all +times, except when the ammunition is being expended in action. In the +firing line the ammunition of the dead and wounded should be secured +whenever practicable. (550)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_573" id="Para_573">573</a>. Ammunition in bandoleers and 30 rounds in right pocket section.</strong> +Ammunition in the bandoleers will ordinarily be expended first. Thirty +rounds in the right pocket section of the belt will be held as a +reserve, to be expended only when ordered by an officer. (551)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_574" id="Para_574">574</a>. Ammunition sent forward with reënforcements; men not to be sent +back from firing line for ammunition.</strong> When necessary to resupply the +firing line, ammunition will be sent forward with reënforcements, +generally from the regimental reserve. (552)</p> + +<p>Men will never be sent back from the firing line for ammunition. Men +sent forward with ammunition remain with the firing line.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_575" id="Para_575">575</a>. Replenishment of ammunition after engagement.</strong> As soon as possible +after an engagement the belts of the men and the combat wagons are +resupplied to their normal capacities. Ammunition which can not be +reloaded on combat wagons will be piled up in a convenient place and +left under guard. (553)</p> + + +<h5>MOUNTED SCOUTS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_576" id="Para_576">576</a>. Scouts to be trained in patrolling and reconnaissance; their use.</strong> +The mounted scouts should be thoroughly trained in patrolling and +reconnaissance. They are used for communication with neighboring +troops, for patrolling off the route of march, for march outposts, +outpost patrols, combat patrols, reconnaissance ahead of columns, etc. +Their further use is, in general, confined to escort and messenger +duty. They should be freely used for all these purposes, but for these +purposes only. (554)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_577" id="Para_577">577</a>. Use of mounted scouts for reconnoitering.</strong> When infantry is acting +alone, or when the cavalry of a mixed command has been sent to a +distance, the mounted scouts are of special importance to covering +detachments and should be used to make the reconnaissance which would +otherwise fall to cavalry. (555)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_578" id="Para_578">578</a>. Scouts to be used in reconnaissance in preference to other +troops; use for dismounted patrolling.</strong> In reconnaissance, scouts +should be used in preference to other troops as much as possible. When +not needed for mounted duty, they should be employed for necessary +dismounted patrolling. (556)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_579" id="Para_579">579</a>. Training of battalion staff officers in patrolling.</strong> Battalion +staff officers should be specially trained in patrolling and +reconnaissance work in order that they may be available when a mounted +officer's patrol is required. (557)</p> + + +<h5>NIGHT OPERATIONS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_580" id="Para_580">580</a>. Purposes of night operations.</strong> By employing night operations +troops make use of the cover of darkness to minimize losses from +hostile fire or to escape observation. Night operations may also be +necessary for the purpose of gaining time. Control is difficult and +confusion is frequently unavoidable.</p> + +<p>It may be necessary to take advantage of darkness in order to assault +from a point gained during the day, or to approach a point from which +a daylight assault is to be made, or to effect both the approach and +the assault. (558)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_581" id="Para_581">581</a>. Practice in offensive and defensive operations; simple +formations.</strong> Offensive and defensive night operations should be +practiced frequently in order that troops may learn to cover ground in +the dark and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span> arrive at a destination quietly and in good order, and +in order to train officers in the necessary preparation and +reconnaissance.</p> + +<p>Only simple and well-appointed formations should be employed.</p> + +<p>Troops should be thoroughly trained in the necessary details—e. g., +night patrolling, night marching, and communication at night. (559)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_582" id="Para_582">582</a>. Ground to be studied by day and night, cleared of hostile +detachments, etc.; preparation of orders; distinctive badges.</strong> The +ground to be traversed should be studied by daylight and, if +practicable, at night. It should be cleared of hostile detachments +before dark, and, if practicable, should be occupied by covering +troops.</p> + +<p>Orders must be formulated with great care and clearness. Each unit +must be given a definite objective and direction, and care must be +exercised to avoid collision between units.</p> + +<p>Whenever contact with the enemy is anticipated, a distinctive badge +should be worn by all. (560)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_583" id="Para_583">583</a>. Secrecy of preparations; unfriendly guides; fire action to be +avoided, relying upon bayonet.</strong> Preparations must be made with secrecy. +When the movement is started, and not until then, the officers and men +should be acquainted with the general design, the composition of the +whole force, and should be given such additional information as will +insure coöperation and eliminate mistakes.</p> + +<p>During the movement every precaution must be taken to keep secret the +fact that troops are abroad.</p> + +<p>Unfriendly guides must frequently be impressed. These should be +secured against escape, outcry, or deception.</p> + +<p>Fire action should be avoided in offensive operations. In general, +pieces should not be loaded. Men must be trained to rely upon the +bayonet and to use it aggressively. (561)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_584" id="Para_584">584</a>. Night marches; advance and rear guards.</strong> Long night marches should +be made only over well-defined routes. March discipline must be +rigidly enforced. The troops should be marched in as compact a +formation as practicable, with the usual covering detachments. Advance +and rear guard distances should be greatly reduced. They are shortest +when the mission is an offensive one. The connecting files are +numerous. (562)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_585" id="Para_585">585</a>. Night advance followed by attack by day.</strong> A night advance made +with a view to making an attack by day usually terminates with the +hasty construction of intrenchments in the dark. Such an advance +should be timed so as to allow an hour or more of darkness for +intrenching.</p> + +<p>An advance that is to terminate in an assault at the break of day +should be timed so that the troops will not arrive long before the +assault is to be made; otherwise, the advantage of partial surprise +will be lost, and the enemy will be allowed to reënforce the +threatened point. (563)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_586" id="Para_586">586</a>. Night attacks, when employed; they require trained troops; +compact formations; value of bayonet.</strong> The night attack is ordinarily +confined to small forces, or to minor engagements in a general battle, +or to seizure of positions occupied by covering or advanced +detachments. Decisive results are not often obtained.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>Poorly disciplined and untrained troops are unfit for night attacks or +for night operations demanding the exercise of skill and care.</p> + +<p>Troops attacking at night can advance close to the enemy in compact +formations and without suffering loss from hostile artillery or +infantry fire. The defender is ignorant of the strength or direction +of the attack.</p> + +<p>A force which makes a vigorous bayonet charge in the dark will often +throw a much larger force into disorder. (564)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_587" id="Para_587">587</a>. Reconnaissance; attack to be a surprise.</strong> Reconnaissance should be +made to ascertain the position and strength of the enemy and to study +the terrain to be traversed. Officers who are to participate in the +attack should conduct this reconnaissance. Reconnaissance at night is +especially valuable. Features that are distinguishable at night should +be carefully noted, and their distances from the enemy, from the +starting point of the troops, and from other important points should +be made known.</p> + +<p>Preparations should have in view as complete a surprise as possible. +An attack once begun must be carried to its conclusion, even if the +surprise is not as complete as was planned or anticipated. (565)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_588" id="Para_588">588</a>. Time of making attack depends upon object sought.</strong> The time of +night at which the attack should be made depends upon the object +sought. If a decisive attack is intended, it will generally yield the +best results if made just before daylight. If the object is merely to +gain an intrenched position for further operations, an earlier hour is +necessary in order that the position gained may be intrenched under +cover of darkness. (566)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_589" id="Para_589">589</a>. Formation; use of bayonet; preparations to repel counter attack.</strong> +The formation for attack must be simple. It should be carefully +effected and the troops verified at a safe distance from the enemy. +The attacking troops should be formed in compact lines and with strong +supports at short distances. The reserve should be far enough in rear +to avoid being drawn into the action until the commander so desires. +Bayonets are fixed, pieces are not loaded.</p> + +<p>Darkness causes fire to be wild and ineffective. The attacking troops +should march steadily on the enemy without firing, but should be +prepared and determined to fight vigorously with the bayonet.</p> + +<p>In advancing to the attack the aim should be to get as close as +possible to the enemy before being discovered, then trust to the +bayonet.</p> + +<p>If the assault is successful, preparations must be made at once to +repel a counter attack. (567)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_590" id="Para_590">590</a>. Measures taken by defense to resist night attacks.</strong> On the +defense, preparations to resist night attacks should be made by +daylight whenever such attacks are to be feared.</p> + +<p>Obstacles placed in front of a defensive position are especially +valuable to the defense at night. Many forms of obstacles which would +give an attacker little concern in the daytime become serious +hindrances at night.</p> + +<p>After dark the foreground should be illuminated whenever practicable +and strong patrols should be pushed to the front.</p> + +<p>When it is learned that the enemy is approaching, the trenches are +filled and the supports moved close to the firing line.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>Supports fix bayonets, but do not load. Whenever practicable and +necessary, they should be used for counter attacks, preferably against +a hostile flank.</p> + +<p>The defender should open fire as soon as results may be expected. This +fire may avert or postpone the bayonet combat, and it warns all +supporting troops. It is not likely that fire alone can stop the +attack. The defender must be resolved to fight with the bayonet.</p> + +<p>Ordinarily fire will not be effective at ranges exceeding 50 yards.</p> + +<p>A white rag around the muzzle of the rifle will assist in sighting the +piece when the front sight is not visible.</p> + +<p>See <a href="#Para_464">pars. 464</a>, <a href="#Para_496">496</a>, <a href="#Para_497">497</a>, <a href="#Para_523">523</a>, <a href="#Para_524">524</a>. (568)</p> + + +<h5>INFANTRY AGAINST CAVALRY</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_591" id="Para_591">591</a>. Cavalry charge against infantry usually futile.</strong> A cavalry charge +can accomplish little against infantry, even in inferior numbers, +unless the latter are surprised, become panic-stricken, run away, or +can not use their rifles. (569)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_592" id="Para_592">592</a>. Measures to check charges from front and flank.</strong> A charge from the +front is easily checked by a well directed and sustained fire.</p> + +<p>If the charge is directed against the flank of the firing line, the +supports, reserves, or machine guns should stop it. If this +disposition is impracticable, part of the line must meet the charge by +a timely change of front. If the flank company, or companies, in the +firing line execute <strong>platoons right</strong>, the successive firing lines can +ordinarily break a charge against the flank. If the cavalry line +passes through the firing line, the latter will be little damaged if +the men retain their presence of mind. They should be on the watch for +succeeding cavalry lines and leave those that have passed through to +friendly troops in rear. (570)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_593" id="Para_593">593</a>. Standing position best to meet charge.</strong> Men standing are in the +best position to meet a charge, but other considerations may compel +them to meet it lying prone. (571)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_594" id="Para_594">594</a>. Rifle fire main dependence of infantry.</strong> In a mêlée, the +infantryman with his bayonet has at least an even chance with the +cavalryman, but the main dependence of infantry is rifle fire. Any +formation is suitable that permits the free use of the necessary +number of rifles.</p> + +<p>Ordinarily there will be no time to change or set sights. Fire at will +at battle sight should be used, whatever the range may be. It will +usually be unwise to open fire at long ranges. (572)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_595" id="Para_595">595</a>. Meeting of cavalry charge by infantry in column.</strong> An infantry +column that encounters cavalry should deploy at once. If attacked from +the head or rear of the column, and if time is pressing, it may form a +succession of skirmish lines. Infantry, by deploying 50 or 100 yards +in rear of an obstacle, may check cavalry and hold it under fire +beyond effective pistol range.</p> + +<p>In any situation, to try to escape the issue by running is the worst +and most dangerous course the infantry can adopt. (573)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_596" id="Para_596">596</a>. Infantry attacking dismounted cavalry.</strong> In attacking dismounted +cavalry, infantry should close rapidly and endeavor to prevent +remounting. Infantry which adopts this course will not be seriously +checked by delaying cavalry.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>Every effort should be made to locate and open fire on the led horses. +(574)</p> + + +<h5>INFANTRY AGAINST ARTILLERY</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_597" id="Para_597">597</a>. Frontal attack against artillery usually futile; use of machine +guns.</strong> A frontal attack against artillery has little chance of +succeeding unless it can be started from cover at comparatively short +range. Beyond short range, the frontal fire of infantry has little +effect against the artillery personnel because of their protective +shields.</p> + +<p>Machine guns, because their cone of fire is more compact, will have +greater effect, but on the other hand they will have fewer +opportunities, and they are limited to fire attack only.</p> + +<p>As a rule, one's own artillery is the best weapon against hostile +artillery. (575)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_598" id="Para_598">598</a>. Flank attack against artillery effective.</strong> Artillery attacked in +flank by infantry can be severely damaged. Oblique or flank fire will +begin to have decisive effect when delivered at effective range from a +point to one side of the artillery's line of fire and distant from it +by about half the range. Artillery is better protected on the side of +the caisson. (576)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_599" id="Para_599">599</a>. Action against guns out of ammunition.</strong> Guns out of ammunition, +but otherwise secure against infantry attack, may be immobilized by +fire which will prevent their withdrawal, or by locating and driving +off their limbers. Or they may be kept out of action by fire which +will prevent the receipt of ammunition. (577)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_600" id="Para_600">600</a>. Action against artillery limbering or coming into action; wheel +horses best targets.</strong> Artillery when limbered is helpless against +infantry fire. If caught at effective range while coming into action +or while limbering, artillery can be severely punished by infantry +fire.</p> + +<p>In attacking artillery that is trying to escape, the wheel horses are +the best targets. (578)</p> + + +<h5>ARTILLERY SUPPORTS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_601" id="Para_601">601</a>. Purpose of artillery support, usually consisting of infantry.</strong> The +purpose of the artillery support is to guard the artillery against +surprise or attack.</p> + +<p>Artillery on the march or in action is ordinarily so placed as to be +amply protected by the infantry. Infantry always protects artillery in +its neighborhood. (579)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_602" id="Para_602">602</a>. Detailing of supports.</strong> The detail of a support is not necessary +except when the artillery is separated from the main body or occupies +a position in which its flanks are not protected.</p> + +<p>The detail of a special support will be avoided whenever possible. +(580.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_603" id="Para_603">603</a>. Formation of support on march.</strong> The formation of an artillery +support depends upon circumstances. On the march it may often be +necessary to provide advance, flank, and rear protection. The country +must be thoroughly reconnoitered by patrols within long rifle range. +(581)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_604" id="Para_604">604</a>. Formation and location of support in action.</strong> In action, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> +formation and location of the support must be such as to gain and give +timely information of the enemy's approach and to offer actual +resistance to the enemy beyond effective rifle range of the +artillery's flanks. It should not be close enough to the artillery to +suffer from fire directed at the artillery. In most cases a position +somewhat to the flank and rear best fulfills these conditions. (582)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_605" id="Para_605">605</a>. Support charged only with protection of artillery.</strong> The support +commander is charged only with the protection of the artillery. The +tactical employment of each arm rests with its commander. The two +should coöperate. (583)</p> + + +<h5>MINOR WARFARE</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_606" id="Para_606">606</a>. What minor warfare embraces; regular operations.</strong> Minor warfare +embraces both regular and irregular operations.</p> + +<p>Regular operations consist of minor actions involving small bodies of +trained and organized troops on both sides.</p> + +<p>The tactics employed are in general those prescribed for the smaller +units. (596)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_607" id="Para_607">607</a>. Irregular operations.</strong> Irregular operations consist of actions +against unorganized or partially organized forces, acting independent +or semi independent bodies. Such bodies have little or only crude +training and are under nominal and loose leadership and control. They +assemble, roam about, and disperse at will. They endeavor to win by +stealth or by force of superior numbers, employing ambuscades, sudden +dashes or rushes, and hand-to-hand fighting. (597)</p> + +<p>Troops operating against such an enemy usually do so in small units, +such as platoons, detachments, or companies, and the tactics employed +must be adapted to meet the requirements of the situation. Frequently +the enemy's own methods may be employed to advantage.</p> + +<p>In general, such operations should not be undertaken hastily; every +preparation should be made to strike suddenly and to inflict the +maximum punishment.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_608" id="Para_608">608</a>. March and bivouac formations to admit of rapid action in any +direction.</strong> In general, the service of information will be +insufficient; adequate reconnaissance will rarely be practicable. +March and bivouac formations must be such as to admit of rapid +deployment and fire action in any direction. (598)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_609" id="Para_609">609</a>. Formation in open country.</strong> In the open country, where surprise is +not probable, troops may be marched in column of squads preceded, +within sight, by a squad as an advance party. (599)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_610" id="Para_610">610</a>. Formation in close country.</strong> In close country, where surprise is +possible, the troops must be held in a close formation. The use of +flank patrols becomes difficult. Occasionally, an advance party—never +less than a squad—may be sent out. In general, however, such a party +accomplishes little, since an enemy intent on surprise will permit it +to pass unmolested and will fall upon the main body.</p> + +<p>Under such conditions, especially when the road or trail is narrow, +the column of twos or files is a convenient formation, the officers +placing themselves in the column so as to divide it into nearly equal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span> +parts. If rushed from a flank, such a column will be in readiness to +face and fire toward either or both flanks, the ranks being back to +back; if rushed from the front, the head of the column may be +deployed, the rest of the column closing up to support it and to +protect its flanks and rear. In any event, the men should be taught to +take some form of a closed back to back formation. (600)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_611" id="Para_611">611</a>. Dividing column on march into two or more separate detachments.</strong> +The column may often be broken into two or more approximately equal +detachments separated on the march by distances of 50 to 100 yards. As +a rule the detachments should not consist of less than 25 men each. +With this arrangement of the column, it will rarely be possible for an +enemy to close simultaneously with all of the detachments, one or more +being left unengaged and under control to support those engaged or to +inflict severe punishment upon the enemy when he is repulsed. (601)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_612" id="Para_612">612</a>. Selection of site for camp or bivouac; protection.</strong> The site for +camp or bivouac should be selected with special reference to +economical and effective protection against surprise. Double sentinels +are posted on the avenues of approach, and the troops sleep in +readiness for instant action. When practicable, troops should be +instructed in advance as to what they are to do in case of attack at +night. (602)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_613" id="Para_613">613</a>. Night operations frequently advisable.</strong> Night operations are +frequently advisable. With the small forces employed, control is not +difficult. Irregular troops rarely provide proper camp protection, and +they may frequently be surprised and severely punished by a properly +conducted night march and attack. (603)</p> + + +<h4>CEREMONIES</h4> + + +<h5>General Rules for Ceremonies</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_614" id="Para_614">614</a>. Order in which troops are arranged for ceremonies; commander +faces command; subordinates face to front.</strong> The order in which the +troops of the various arms are arranged for ceremonies is prescribed +by Army Regulations.</p> + +<p>When forming for ceremonies the companies of the battalion and the +battalions of the regiment are posted from right to left in line and +from head to rear in column, in the order of rank of their respective +commanders present in the formation, the senior on the right or at the +head.</p> + +<p>The commander faces the command; subordinate commanders face to the +front. (708)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_615" id="Para_615">615</a>. Saluting by lieutenant colonel and staffs.</strong> At the command present +arms, given by the colonel, the lieutenant colonel, and the colonel's +staff salute; the major's staff salute at the major's command. Each +staff returns to the carry or order when the command <strong>order arms</strong> is +given by its chief. (709)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_616" id="Para_616">616</a>. Formation of companies, battalion and regiment.</strong> At the <strong>assembly</strong> +for a ceremony companies are formed on their own parades and +informally inspected, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_646">par. 646</a>.</p> + +<p>At <strong>adjutant's call</strong>, except for ceremonies involving a single +battalion, each battalion is formed on its own parade, reports are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> +received, and the battalion presented to the major, as laid down in +<a href="#Para_308">par. 308</a>. At the second sounding of adjutant's call the regiment is +formed. (710)</p> + + +<h5>REVIEWS</h5> + + +<h6>General Rules</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_617" id="Para_617">617</a>. Indication of points where column changes direction; flank to +pass 12 paces from reviewing officer; post of reviewing officer and +others.</strong> The adjutant posts men or otherwise marks the points where the +column changes direction in such manner that its flank in passing will +be about 12 paces from the reviewing officer.</p> + +<p>The post of the reviewing officer, usually opposite the center of the +line, is indicated by a marker.</p> + +<p>Officers of the same or higher grade, and distinguished personages +invited to accompany the reviewing officer, place themselves on his +left; their staffs and orderlies place themselves respectively on the +left of the staff and orderlies of the reviewing officer; all others +who accompany the reviewing officer place themselves on the left of +his staff, their orderlies in rear. A staff officer is designated to +escort distinguished personages and to indicate to them their proper +positions, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_73">par. 73</a>. (711)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_618" id="Para_618">618</a>. Riding around the troops; saluting the color; reviewing officer +returns only salute of commanding officer of troops.</strong> While riding +around the troops, the reviewing officer may direct his staff, flag +and orderlies to remain at the post of the reviewing officer, or that +only his personal staff and flag shall accompany him; in either case +the commanding officer alone accompanies the reviewing officer. If the +reviewing officer is accompanied by his entire staff, the staff +officers of the commander place themselves on the right of the staff +of the reviewing officer.</p> + +<p>The reviewing officer and others at the reviewing stand salute the +color as it passes; when passing around the troops, the reviewing +officer and those accompanying him salute the color when passing in +front of it.</p> + +<p>The reviewing officer returns the salute of the commanding officer of +the troops only. Those who accompany the reviewing officer do not +salute. (712)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_619" id="Para_619">619</a>. Saluting by staffs.</strong> In passing in review, each staff salutes with +its commander. (713)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_620" id="Para_620">620</a>. Turning out of column by commanding officer of troops and staff.</strong> +After saluting the reviewing officer, the commanding officer of the +troops turns out of the column, takes post on the right of the +reviewing officer, and returns saber; the members of his staff +accompanying him take post on the right of the reviewing officer's +staff and return saber. When the rear element of his command has +passed, without changing his position, the commanding officer of the +troops salutes the reviewing officer; he and the members of his staff +accompanying him then draw saber and rejoin his command. The +commanding officer of the troops and the members of his staff are the +only ones who turn out of the column. (714)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_621" id="Para_621">621</a>. Turning out of column by commanding officer of troops and staff.</strong> +If the person reviewing the command is not mounted, the commanding<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> +officer and his staff on turning out of the column after passing the +reviewing officer dismount preparatory to taking post. In such case, +the salute of the commanding officer, prior to rejoining his command, +is made with the hand before remounting. (715)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_622" id="Para_622">622</a>. Salute by regimental color.</strong> When the rank of the reviewing +officer entitles him to the honor, each regimental color salutes at +the command <strong>present arms</strong>, given or repeated by the major of the +battalion with which it is posted; and again in passing in review. +(716)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_623" id="Para_623">623</a>. The band.</strong> The band of an organization plays while the reviewing +officer is passing in front of and in rear of the organization.</p> + +<p>Each band, immediately after passing the reviewing officer, turns out +of the column, takes post in front of and facing him, continues to +play until its regiment has passed, then ceases playing and follows in +rear of its regiment; the band of the following regiment commences to +play as soon as the preceding band has ceased.</p> + +<p>While marching in review but one band in each brigade plays at a time, +and but one band at a time when within 100 paces of the reviewing +officer. (717)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_624" id="Para_624">624</a>. The national air, to the color, march, flourishes or +ruffles,—when played.</strong> If the rank of the reviewing officer entitles +him to the honor, the band plays the prescribed <strong>national air</strong>, or the +field music sounds <strong>to the color</strong>, <strong>march</strong>, <strong>flourishes</strong> or <strong>ruffles</strong> when +arms are presented. When passing in review at the moment the +regimental color salutes, the musicians halted in front of the +reviewing officer, sound <strong>to the color</strong>, <strong>march</strong>, <strong>flourishes</strong> or <strong>ruffles</strong>. +(718)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_625" id="Para_625">625</a>. Modifications of the review.</strong> The formation for review may be +modified to suit the ground, and the <strong>present arms</strong> and the ride around +the line by the reviewing officer may be dispensed with. (719)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_626" id="Para_626">626</a>. When post of reviewing officer is on left of column.</strong> If the post +of the reviewing officer is on the left of the column, the troops +march in review with the guide left; the commanding officer and his +staff turn out of the column to the left, taking post as prescribed +above, but to the left of the reviewing officer; in saluting, the +captains give the command: <strong>1. Eyes, 2. LEFT.</strong> (720)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_627" id="Para_627">627</a>. Cadence at which troops pass in review.</strong> Except in the review of a +single battalion, the troops pass in review in quick time only. (721)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_628" id="Para_628">628</a>. Reviews of brigades or larger commands; action of battalions +after passing reviewing officer.</strong> In reviews of brigades or larger +commands, each battalion, after the rear has passed the reviewing +officer 50 paces, takes the double time for 100 yards in order not to +interfere with the march of the column in rear; if necessary, it then +turns out of the column and returns to camp by the most practicable +route; the leading battalion of each regiment is followed by the other +units of the regiment. (722)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_629" id="Para_629">629</a>. Standing "at ease," "rest," etc., in review of brigade or larger +command.</strong> In a brigade or larger review a regimental commander may +cause his regiment to stand <strong>at ease</strong>, <strong>rest</strong>, or <strong>stack arms</strong> and <strong>fall out</strong> +and <strong>resume attention</strong>, so as not to interfere with the ceremony. (723)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_630" id="Para_630">630</a>. Review by inspector junior to commanding officer.</strong> When an +organization is to be reviewed before an inspector junior in rank to +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> commanding officer, the commanding officer receives the review +and is accompanied by the inspector, who takes post on his left. (724)</p> + + +<h6>Battalion Review</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_631" id="Para_631">631</a>. Presenting battalion to reviewing officer; passing around +battalion; battalion passing in review at quick time.</strong> The battalion +having been formed in line, the major faces to the front; the +reviewing officer moves a few paces toward the major and halts; the +major turns about and commands: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS</strong>, and again turns +about and salutes.</p> + +<p>The reviewing officer returns the salute; the major turns about, +brings the battalion to order arms, and again turns to the front.</p> + +<p>The reviewing officer approaches to about 6 paces from the major, the +latter salutes, takes post on his right, and accompanies him around, +the battalion. The band plays. The reviewing officer proceeds to the +right of the band, passes in front of the captain to the left of the +line and returns to the right, passing in rear of the file closers and +the band. (See <a href="#Para_625">par. 625</a>.)</p> + +<p>On arriving again at the right of the line, the major salutes, halts, +and when the reviewing officer and staff have passed, moves directly +to his post in front of the battalion, faces it, and commands: <strong>1. Pass +in review, 2. Squads right, 3. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the first command the band changes direction if necessary, and +halts.</p> + +<p>At the third command, given when the band has changed direction, the +battalion moves off, the band playing; without command from the major +the column changes direction at the points indicated, and column of +companies at full distance is formed successively to the left at the +second change of direction; the major takes his post 20 paces in front +of the band immediately after the second change; the band having +passed the reviewing officer, turns to the left of the column, takes +post in front of and facing the reviewing officer, and remains there +until the review terminates.</p> + +<p>The major and staff salute, turn the head as in <strong>eyes right</strong>, and look +toward the reviewing officer when the major is 6 paces from him; they +return to the carry and turn the head and eyes to the front when the +major has passed 6 paces beyond him.</p> + +<p>Without facing about, each captain or special unit commander, except +the drum major, commands: <strong>1. Eyes</strong>, in time to add, <strong>2. RIGHT</strong>, when at 6 +paces from the reviewing officer, and commands <strong>front</strong> when at 6 paces +beyond him. At the command <strong>eyes</strong> the company officers armed with the +saber execute the first motion of present saber; at the command <strong>right</strong> +all turn head and eyes to the right, the company officers complete +<strong>present saber</strong>, and the noncommissioned officers armed with the saber +execute the first motion of present saber; at the command <strong>front</strong> all +turn head and eyes to the front, and officers and noncommissioned +officers armed with the saber resume the carry saber; without arms in +hand, the first motion of the hand salute is made at the command +<strong>right</strong>, and the second motion not made until the command <strong>front</strong>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>Noncommissioned staff officers, noncommissioned officers in command of +subdivisions, and the drum major salute, turn the head and eyes, +return to the front, resume the carry or drop the hand, at the points +prescribed for the major. Officers and dismounted noncommissioned +officers in command of subdivisions, with arms in hand, render the +rifle or saber salute. Guides charged with the step, trace, and +direction do not execute <strong>eyes right</strong>.</p> + +<p>If the reviewing officer is entitled to a salute from the color the +regimental color salutes when at 6 paces from him, and is raised when +at 6 paces beyond him.</p> + +<p>The major, having saluted, takes post on the right of the reviewing +officer, returns saber and remains there until the rear of the +battalion has passed, then salutes and rejoins his battalion. The band +ceases to play when the column has completed its second change of +direction after passing the reviewing officer. (725)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_632" id="Para_632">632</a>. Passing in review at double time.</strong> When the battalion arrives at +its original position in column, the major commands: <strong>1. Double time, +2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The band plays in double time.</p> + +<p>The battalion passes in review as before, except that in double time +the command <strong>eyes right</strong> is omitted and there is no saluting except by +the major when he leaves the reviewing officer.</p> + +<p>The review terminates when the rear company has passed the reviewing +officer: the band then ceases to play, and, unless otherwise directed +by the major, returns to the position it occupied before marching in +review, or is dismissed; the major rejoins the battalion and brings it +to <strong>quick time</strong>. The battalion then executes such movements as the +reviewing officer may have directed, or is marched to its parade +ground and dismissed.</p> + +<p>Marching past in double time may, in the discretion of the reviewing +officer, be omitted; the review terminates when the major rejoins his +battalion. (726)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_633" id="Para_633">633</a>. Major and staff may be dismounted.</strong> At battalion review the major +and his staff may be dismounted in the discretion of the commanding +officer. (727)</p> + + +<h5>PARADES</h5> + + +<h6>General Rules</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_634" id="Para_634">634</a>. Position assumed by reviewing officer and staff while band is +sounding off.</strong> If dismounted, the officer reviewing the parade, and his +staff, stand at parade rest, with arms folded, while the band is +sounding off; they resume attention with the adjutant. If mounted, +they remain at attention. (732)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_635" id="Para_635">635</a>. Reports by captains and majors.</strong> At the command <strong>report</strong>, given by a +battalion adjutant, the captains in succession from the right salute +and report: <strong>A</strong> (or <strong>other</strong>) <strong>company</strong>, <strong>present</strong> or <strong>accounted for</strong>; or <strong>A</strong> (or +<strong>other</strong>) <strong>company, (so many) officers</strong> or <strong>enlisted men absent</strong>, and resume +the order saber; at the same command given by the regimental adjutant, +the majors similarly <strong>report</strong> their battalions. (733)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Battalion Parade</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_636" id="Para_636">636</a>. At adjutant's call</strong> the battalion is formed in line, as explained +in <a href="#Para_308">par. 308</a>, but not presented. Lieutenants take their posts in front +of the center of their respective platoons at the captain's command +for dressing his company on the line, as explained in <a href="#Para_302">par. 302</a>. The +major takes post at a convenient distance in front of the center and +facing the battalion.</p> + +<p>The adjutant from his post in front of the center of the battalion, +after commanding: <strong>1. Guides, 2. POSTS</strong>, adds: <strong>1. Parade, 2. REST</strong>; the +battalion executes parade rest. The adjutant directs the band: <strong>SOUND +OFF.</strong></p> + +<p>The band, playing in quick time, passes in front of the line of +officers to the left of the line and back to its post on the right, +when it ceases playing. At evening parade, when the band ceases +playing, <strong>retreat</strong> is sounded by the field music and, following the last +note and while the flag is being lowered, the band plays the <strong>Star +Spangled Banner</strong>.</p> + +<p>Just before the last note of retreat, the adjutant comes to attention +and, as the last note ends commands: <strong>1. Battalion, 2. Attention, 3. +Present, 4. Arms</strong>, and salutes retaining that position until the last +note of the National Anthem. He then turns about and reports: <strong>Sir, the +parade is formed.</strong> The major directs the adjutant: <strong>Take your post, Sir.</strong> +The adjutant moves at a trot (if dismounted, in quick time), passes by +the major's right, and takes his post.</p> + +<p>The major draws saber and commands: <strong>1. Order, 2. ARMS</strong>, and adds such +exercises in the manual of arms as he may desire. Officers, +noncommissioned officers commanding companies or armed with the saber, +and the color guard, having once executed order arms, remain in that +position during the exercises in the manual.</p> + +<p>The major then directs the adjutant: <strong>Receive the reports, Sir.</strong> The +adjutant, passing by the major's right, advances at a trot (if +dismounted, in quick time) toward the center of the line, halts midway +between it and the major, and commands: <strong>REPORT.</strong> (See <a href="#Para_635">par. 635</a>.)</p> + +<p>The reports received, the adjutant turns about, and reports: <strong>Sir, all +are present or accounted for</strong>; or <strong>Sir, (so many) officers or enlisted +men are absent</strong>, including in the list of absentees those from the band +and field music reported to him by the drum major prior to the parade.</p> + +<p>The major directs: <strong>Publish the orders, Sir.</strong></p> + +<p>The adjutant turns about and commands: <strong>Attention to orders</strong>; he then +reads the orders, and commands: <strong>1. Officers, 2. CENTER, 3. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>center</strong>, the company officers carry saber and face to +the center. At the command <strong>march</strong>, they close to the center and face to +the front; the adjutant turns about and takes his post.</p> + +<p>The officers having closed and faced to the front, the senior +commands: <strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH.</strong> The officers advance, the band +playing; the left officer of the center or right center company is the +guide, and marches on the major; the officers are halted at 6 paces +from the major by the senior, who commands: <strong>1. Officers, 2. HALT.</strong> They +halt and salute, returning to the carry saber with the major. The +major then gives such instructions as he deems necessary, and +commands: <strong>1. Officers, 2. POSTS, 3. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>At the command <strong>posts</strong>, company officers face about.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, they step off with guide as before, and the +senior commands: <strong>1. Officers, 2. HALT</strong>, so as to halt 3 paces from the +line; he then adds: <strong>1. POSTS, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>posts</strong>, officers face outward and, at the command <strong>march</strong>, +step off in succession at 4 paces distance, resume their posts and +order saber; the lieutenants march directly to their posts in rear of +their companies.</p> + +<p>The music ceases when all officers have resumed their posts.</p> + +<p>The major then commands: <strong>1. Pass in review, 2. Squads right, 3. MARCH</strong>, +and returns saber.</p> + +<p>The battalion marches according to the principles of review; when the +last company has passed, the ceremony is concluded, as explained in +<a href="#Para_617">pars. 617</a>; <a href="#Para_631">631</a>.</p> + +<p>The band continues to play while the companies are in march upon the +parade ground. Companies are formed in column of squads, without +halting, and are marched to their respective parades by their +captains.</p> + +<p>When the company officers have saluted the major, he may direct them +to form line with the staff, in which case they individually move to +the front, passing to the right and left of the major and staff, halt +on the line established by the staff, face about, and stand at +attention. The music ceases when the officers join the staff. The +major causes the companies to pass in review under the command of +their first sergeants by the same commands as before. The company +officers return saber with the major and remain at attention. (734)</p> + + +<h5>ESCORTS</h5> + + +<h6>Escort of the Color</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_637" id="Para_637">637</a>. By a company.</strong> The regiment being in line or line of masses, the +colonel details a company, other than the color company, to receive +and escort the national color to its place. During the ceremony the +regimental color remains with the color guard at its post with the +regiment.</p> + +<p>The band moves straight to its front until clear of the line of field +officers, changes direction to the right, and is halted; the +designated company forms column of platoons in rear of the band, the +color bearer or bearers between the platoons.</p> + +<p>The escort then marches without music to the colonel's office or +quarters and is formed in line facing the entrance, the band on the +right, the color bearer in the line of file closers.</p> + +<p>The color bearer, preceded by the first lieutenant and followed by a +sergeant of the escort, then goes to obtain the color.</p> + +<p>When the color bearer comes out, followed by the lieutenant and +sergeant, he halts before the entrance, facing the escort; the +lieutenant places himself on the right, the sergeant on the left of +the color bearer; the escort presents arms, and the field music sounds +<strong>to the color</strong>; the first lieutenant and sergeant salute.</p> + +<p>Arms are brought to the order; the lieutenant and sergeant return to +their posts; the company is formed in column of platoons, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> band +taking post in front of the column; the color bearer places himself +between the platoons; the escort marches in quick time, with guide +left, back to the regiment, the band playing; the march is so +conducted that when the escort arrives at 50 paces in front of the +right of the regiment, the direction of the march shall be parallel to +its front; when the color arrives opposite its place in line, the +escort is formed in line to the left; the color bearer, passing +between the platoons, advances and halts 12 paces in front of the +colonel.</p> + +<p>The color bearer having halted, the colonel, who has taken post 30 +paces in front of the center of the regiment, faces about, commands: +<strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS</strong>, resumes his front, and salutes; the field music +sounds to the color; and the regimental color bearer executes the +color salute at the command <strong>present arms</strong>.</p> + +<p>The colonel then faces about, brings the regiment to the order, at +which the color bearer resumes the carry and takes his post with the +color company.</p> + +<p>The escort presents arms and comes to the order with the regiment, at +the command of the colonel, after which the captain forms it again in +column of platoons, and, preceded by the band, marches it to its +place, passing around the left flank of the regiment.</p> + +<p>The band plays until the escort passes the left of the line, when it +ceases playing and returns to its post on the right, passing in rear +of the regiment.</p> + +<p>The regiment may be brought to a rest when the escort passes the left +of the line. (736)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_638" id="Para_638">638</a>. By a battalion.</strong> Escort of the color is executed by a battalion +according to the same principles. (737)</p> + + +<h6>Escorts of Honor</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_639" id="Para_639">639</a>.</strong> Escorts of honor are detailed for the purpose of receiving and +escorting personages of high rank, civil or military. The troops for +this purpose are selected for their soldierly appearance and superior +discipline.</p> + +<p>The escort forms in line, opposite the place where the personage +presents himself, the band on the flank of the escort toward which it +will march. On the appearance of the personage, he is received with +the honors due to his rank. The escort is formed into column of +companies, platoons or squads, and takes up the march, the personage +and his staff or retinue taking positions in rear of the column; when +he leaves the escort, line is formed and the same honors are paid as +before.</p> + +<p>When the position of the escort is at a considerable distance from the +point where the personage is to be received, as for instance, where a +courtyard or wharf intervenes, a double line of sentinels is posted +from that point to the escort, facing inward; the sentinels +successively salute as he passes and are then relieved and join the +escort.</p> + +<p>An officer is appointed to attend him and bear such communication as +he may have to make to the commander of the escort. (738)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span></p> + +<h6>Funeral Escort</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_640" id="Para_640">640</a>. Composition and strength, formation, presenting arms, marching, +etc.</strong> The composition and strength of the escort are prescribed in Army +Regulations.</p> + +<p>The escort is formed opposite the quarters of the deceased; the band +on that flank of the escort toward which it is to march.</p> + +<p>Upon the appearance of the coffin, the commander commands: <strong>1. Present, +2. ARMS</strong>, and the band plays an appropriate air; arms are then brought +to the order.</p> + +<p>The escort is next formed into column of companies, platoons, or +squads. If the escort be small, it may be marched in line. The +procession is formed in the following order: <strong>1. Music, 2. Escort, 3. +Clergy, 4. Coffin and pallbearers, 5. Mourners, 6. Members of the +former command of the deceased, 7. Other officers and enlisted men, 8. +Distinguished persons, 9. Delegations, 10. Societies, 11. Civilians.</strong> +Officers and enlisted men (Nos. 6 and 7), with side arms, are in the +order of rank, seniors in front.</p> + +<p>The procession being formed, the commander of the escort puts it in +march.</p> + +<p>The escort marches slowly to solemn music; the column having arrived +opposite the grave, line is formed facing it.</p> + +<p>The coffin is then carried along the front of the escort to the grave; +arms are presented, the music plays an appropriate air; the coffin +having been placed over the grave, the music ceases and arms are +brought to the order.</p> + +<p>The commander next commands: <strong>1. Parade, 2. REST.</strong> The escort executes +<strong>parade rest</strong>, officers and men inclining the head.</p> + +<p>When the funeral services are completed and the coffin lowered into +the grave, the commander causes the escort to resume attention and +fire three rounds of blank cartridges, the muzzles of the pieces being +elevated. When the escort is greater than a battalion, one battalion +is designated to fire the volley.</p> + +<p>A musician then sounds <strong>taps</strong>.</p> + +<p>The escort is then formed into column, marched in quick time to the +point where it was assembled, and dismissed.</p> + +<p>The band does not play until it has left the inclosure.</p> + +<p>When the distance to the place of interment is considerable, the +escort, after having left the camp or garrison, may march <strong>at ease</strong> in +quick time until it approaches the burial ground, when it is brought +to attention. The music does not play while marching <strong>at ease</strong>.</p> + +<p>In marching at attention, the field music may alternate with the band +in playing. (739)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_641" id="Para_641">641</a>. Funeral of general officer; playing national air, sounding +ruffles, etc., as honor.</strong> When arms are presented at the funeral of a +person entitled to any of the following honors, the band plays the +prescribed <strong>national air</strong>, or the field music sounds to the <strong>color</strong>, +<strong>march</strong>, <strong>flourishes</strong>, or <strong>ruffles</strong>, according to the rank of the deceased, +after which the band plays an appropriate air. The commander of the +escort, in forming column, gives the appropriate commands for the +different arms. (740)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_642" id="Para_642">642</a>. Funeral of mounted officer or soldier.</strong> At the funeral of a +mounted officer or enlisted man, his horse, in mourning caparison, +follows the hearse. (741)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_643" id="Para_643">643</a>. When hearse, cavalry, and artillery are unable to enter cemetery.</strong> +Should the entrance of the cemetery prevent the hearse accompanying +the escort till the latter halts at the grave, the column is halted at +the entrance long enough to take the coffin from the hearse, when the +column is again put in march. The Cavalry and Artillery, when unable +to enter the inclosure, turn out of the column, face the column, and +salute the remains as they pass. (742)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_644" id="Para_644">644</a>. Escorting remains from quarters to church before funeral +services.</strong> When necessary to escort the remains from the quarters of +the deceased to the church before the funeral service, arms are +presented upon receiving the remains at the quarters and also as they +are borne into the church. (743)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_645" id="Para_645">645</a>. Instructions to clergyman and pallbearers.</strong> The commander of the +escort, previous to the funeral, gives the clergyman and pallbearers +all needful directions. (744)</p> + + +<h6>Company Inspection</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_646" id="Para_646">646</a>.</strong> Being in line at a halt: <strong>1. Open ranks, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> the front rank executes <strong>right dress</strong>; the rear +rank and the file closers march backward 4 steps, halt, and execute +right dress; the lieutenants pass around their respective flanks and +take post, facing to the front, 3 paces in front of the center of +their respective platoons. The captain aligns the front rank, rear +rank, and file closers, takes post 3 paces in front of the right +guide, facing to the left, and commands: <strong>1. FRONT, 2. PREPARE FOR +INSPECTION.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command the lieutenants carry saber; the captain returns +saber and inspects them, after which they face about, order saber, and +stand at ease; upon the completion of the inspection they carry saber, +face about, and order saber. The captain may direct the lieutenants to +accompany or assist him, in which case they return saber and, at the +close of the inspection, resume their posts in front of the company, +draw and carry saber.</p> + +<p>Having inspected the lieutenants, the captain proceeds to the right of +the company. Each man, as the captain approaches him, executes +<strong>inspection arms</strong>.</p> + +<p>The captain takes the piece, grasping it with his right hand just +above the rear sight, the man dropping his hands. The captain inspects +the piece, and, with the hand and piece in the same position as in +receiving it, hands it back to the man, who takes it with the left +hand at the balance and executes <strong>order arms</strong>.</p> + +<p>As the captain returns the piece, the next man executes <strong>inspection +arms</strong>, and so on through the company.</p> + +<p>Should the piece be inspected without handling, each man executes +<strong>order arms</strong> as soon as the captain passes to the next man.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Plate_VI_I_I" id="Plate_VI_I_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0646.jpg" width="500" height="428" alt="Plate VI." title="Plate VI." /> +<span class="caption">Plate VI.</span> +</div> + +<p>The inspection is from right to left in front, and from left to right +in the rear, of each rank and of the line of file closers.</p> + +<p>When approached by the captain, the first sergeant executes <strong>inspection +saber</strong>. Enlisted men armed with the pistol execute <strong>inspection pistol</strong> by +drawing the pistol from the holster and holding it diagonally across +the body, barrel up, and 6 inches in front of the neck, muzzle +pointing up and to the left. The pistol is returned to the holster as +soon as the captain passes.</p> + +<p>Upon completion of the inspection, the captain takes post facing to +the left in front of the right guide and on line with the lieutenants +and commands: <strong>1. Close ranks, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> the lieutenants resume their posts in line; the +rear rank closes to 40 inches, each man covering his file leader; the +file closers close to 2 paces from the rear rank. (745)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_647" id="Para_647">647</a>. Inspection of quarters or camp.</strong> If the company is dismissed, +rifles are put away. In quarters, headdress and accouterments are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> +removed, and the men stand near their respective bunks; in camp, they +stand covered, but without accouterments, in front of their tents.</p> + +<p>If the personal field equipment has not been inspected in ranks and +its inspection in quarters or camp is ordered, each man will arrange +the prescribed articles on his bunk, if in quarters or permanent camp, +or in front of his half of the tent, if in shelter tent camp, in the +same relative order as directed in <a href="#Para_648">paragraph 648</a>.</p> + +<p>The captain, accompanied by the lieutenants, then inspects the +quarters or camp. The first sergeant precedes the captain and calls +the men to attention on entering each squad room or on approaching the +tents; the men stand at attention, but do not salute. (746)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_648" id="Para_648">648</a>. When inspection includes examination of equipment.</strong> If the +inspection is to include an examination of the equipment while in +ranks, the captain, after closing ranks, causes the company to stack +arms, to march backward until 4 paces in rear of the stacks and to +take intervals. He then commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. UNSLING EQUIPMENT, 2. OPEN PACKS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the first command each man unslings his equipment and places it on +the ground at his feet, haversack to the front, end of the pack 1 foot +in front of toes.</p> + +<p>At the second command, pack carriers are unstrapped, packs removed and +unrolled, the longer edge of the pack along the lower edge of the +cartridge belt. Each man exposes shelter-tent pins; removes meat can, +knife, fork, and spoon from the meat-can pouch, and places them on the +right of the haversack, knife, fork, and spoon in the open meat can; +removes the canteen and cup from the cover and places them on the left +side of the haversack; unstraps and spreads out haversack so as to +expose its contents; folds up the carrier to uncover the cartridge +pockets; opens same; unrolls toilet articles and places them on the +outer flap of the haversack; places underwear carried in pack on the +left half of the open pack, with round fold parallel with front edge +of pack; opens first-aid pouch and exposes contents to view. Special +articles carried by individual men, such as flag kit, field glasses, +compass, steel tape, notebook, etc., will be arranged on the right +half of the open pack. Each man then resumes the attention. <a href="#Plate_VI_I_I">Plate VI</a> +(Page 151) shows the relative position of all articles except +underwear and special articles.</p> + +<p>The captain then passes along the ranks and file closers, as before, +inspects the equipment, returns to the right, and commands: <strong>CLOSE +PACKS.</strong></p> + +<p>Each man rolls up his toilet articles and underwear, straps up his +haversack and its contents, replaces the meat can, knife, fork, and +spoon, and the canteen and cup; closes cartridge pockets and first-aid +pouch; restores special articles to their proper receptacles; rolls up +and replaces pack in carrier, and, leaving the equipment in its +position on the ground, resumes the attention.</p> + +<p>All equipments being packed, the captain commands: <strong>SLING EQUIPMENT.</strong></p> + +<p>The equipments are slung and belts fastened.</p> + +<p>The captain then causes the company to assemble and take arms. The +inspection is completed as already explained. (747)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_649" id="Para_649">649</a>. When the inspector is other than the captain.</strong> Should the +inspector be other than the captain, the latter, after commanding +<strong>front</strong>, adds <strong>REST</strong>, and faces to the front. When the inspector +approaches, the captain faces to the left, brings the company to +attention, faces to the front, and salutes. The salute acknowledged, +the captain carries saber, faces to the left, commands: <strong>PREPARE FOR +INSPECTION</strong>, and again faces to the front.</p> + +<p>The inspection proceeds as before; the captain returns saber and +accompanies the inspector as soon as the latter passes him. (748)</p> + + +<h6>Battalion Inspection</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_650" id="Para_650">650</a>. Inspection may precede or follow review; the inspection up to +time the companies are inspected.</strong> If there be both inspection and +review, the inspection may either precede or follow the review.</p> + +<p>The battalion being in column of companies at full distance, all +officers dismounted, the major commands: <strong>1. Prepare for inspection, 2. +MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the first command each captain commands: <strong>Open ranks.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> the ranks are opened in each company, as in the +inspection of the company, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_646">par. 646</a>.</p> + +<p>The field musicians join their companies.</p> + +<p>The drum major conducts the band to a position 30 paces in rear of the +column, if not already there, and opens ranks.</p> + +<p>The major takes post facing to the front and 20 paces in front of the +center of the leading company. The staff takes post as if mounted. The +color takes post 5 paces in rear of the staff.</p> + +<p>Field and staff officers senior in rank to the inspector do not take +post in front of the column, but accompany him.</p> + +<p>The inspector inspects the major, and, accompanied by the latter, +inspects the staff officers.</p> + +<p>The major then commands: <strong>REST</strong>, returns saber, and, with his staff, +accompanies the inspector.</p> + +<p>If the major is the inspector he commands: <strong>REST</strong>, returns saber, and +inspects his staff, which then accompanies him.</p> + +<p>The inspector, commencing at the head of the column, then makes a +minute inspection of the color guard, the noncommissioned staff, and +the arms, accouterments, dress and ammunition of each soldier of the +several companies in succession, and inspects the band.</p> + +<p>The adjutant gives the necessary commands for the inspection of the +color guard, noncommissioned staff, and band.</p> + +<p>The color guard and noncommissioned staff may be dismissed as soon as +inspected. (749)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_651" id="Para_651">651</a>. Inspection of the companies.</strong> As the inspector approaches each +company, its captain commands: <strong>1. Company, 2. ATTENTION, 3. PREPARE +FOR INSPECTION</strong>, and faces to the front; as soon as inspected he +returns saber and accompanies the inspector. The inspection proceeds +as in company inspection, as explained in <a href="#Para_646">pars. 646</a>–649. At its +completion the captain closes ranks and commands: <strong>REST.</strong> Unless +otherwise directed by the inspector, the major directs that the +company be marched to its parade and dismissed. (750)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_652" id="Para_652">652</a>. When inspection lasts long time.</strong> If the inspection will probably +last a long time the rear companies may be permitted to stack arms and +fall out; before the inspector approaches, they fall in and take arms. +(751)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_653" id="Para_653">653</a>. The band.</strong> The band plays during the inspection of the companies.</p> + +<p>When the inspector approaches the band the adjutant commands: <strong>PREPARE +FOR INSPECTION.</strong></p> + +<p>As the inspector approaches him each man raises his instrument in +front of the body, reverses it so as to show both sides, and then +returns it.</p> + +<p>Company musicians execute inspection similarly. (752)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_654" id="Para_654">654</a>. Inspection of quarters or camp.</strong> At the inspection of quarters or +camp the inspector is accompanied by the captain, followed by the +other officers or by such of them as he may designate. The inspection +is conducted as described in the company inspection, as laid down in +<a href="#Para_646">pars. 646</a>–649.</p> + + +<h5>MUSTER</h5> + + +<h6>Regimental, Battalion, or Company Muster</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_655" id="Para_655">655</a>. Inspection and review; muster rolls; lists of absentees.</strong> Muster +is preceded by an inspection, and, when practicable, by a review.</p> + +<p>The adjutant is provided with the muster roll of the field, staff, and +band, the surgeon with the hospital roll; each captain with the roll +of his company. A list of absentees, alphabetically arranged, showing +cause and place of absence, accompanies each roll. (755)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_656" id="Para_656">656</a>. Calling the names; verifying presence of absentees.</strong> Being in +column of companies at open ranks, each captain, as the mustering +officer approaches, brings his company to right shoulder arms, and +commands: <strong>ATTENTION TO MUSTER.</strong></p> + +<p>The mustering officer or captain then calls the names on the roll; +each man, as his name is called, answers <strong>Here</strong> and brings his piece to +order arms.</p> + +<p>After muster, the mustering officer, accompanied by the company +commanders and such other officers as he may designate, verifies the +presence of the men reported in hospital, on guard, etc. (756)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_657" id="Para_657">657</a>. Muster of company on company parade.</strong> A company may be mustered in +the same manner on its own parade ground, the muster to follow the +company inspection. (757)</p> + + +<h5>THE COLOR</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_658" id="Para_658">658</a>. Meaning of "Color;" Army Regulations.</strong> The word "color" implies +the national color; it includes the regimental color when both are +present.</p> + +<p>The rules prescribing the colors to be carried by regiments and +battalions on all occasions are contained in Army Regulations. (766)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_659" id="Para_659">659</a>. Where the colors are kept; "cased" defined.</strong> In garrison the +colors, when not in use, are kept in the office or quarters of the +colonel, and are escorted thereto and therefrom by the color guard. In +camp<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> the colors, when not in use, are in front of the colonel's tent. +From reveille to retreat, when the weather permits, they are displayed +uncased; from retreat to reveille and during inclement weather they +are cased.</p> + +<p>Colors are said to be cased when furled and protected by the oil cloth +covering. (767)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_660" id="Para_660">660</a>. Regimental and national colors—salutes by.</strong> The regimental color +salutes in the ceremony of escort of the color, and when saluting an +officer entitled to the honor, but in no other case.</p> + +<p>If marching, the salute is executed when at 6 paces from the officer +entitled to the salute; the carry is resumed when 6 paces beyond him.</p> + +<p>The national color renders no salute. (768)</p> + + +<h6>The Color Guard</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_661" id="Para_661">661</a>. Composition of color guard; carrying of regimental and national +colors.</strong> The color guard consists of two color sergeants, who are the +color bearers, and two experienced privates selected by the colonel. +The senior color sergeant carries the national color; the junior color +sergeant carries the regimental color. The regimental color, when +carried, is always on the left of the national color, in whatever +direction they may face. (769)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_662" id="Para_662">662</a>. Formation and marching of color guard.</strong> The color guard is formed +and marched in one rank, the color bearers in the center. It is +marched in the same manner and by the same commands as a squad, +substituting, when necessary, guard for squad. (770)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_663" id="Para_663">663</a>. Color company defined; color guard remains with it.</strong> The color +company is the center or right center company of the center or right +center battalion. The color guard remains with that company unless +otherwise directed. (771)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_664" id="Para_664">664</a>. Post of color guard in various formations.</strong> In line, the color +guard is in the interval between the inner guides of the right and +left center companies.</p> + +<p>In line of columns or in close line, the color guard is midway between +the right and left center companies and on line with the captains.</p> + +<p>In column of companies or platoons, the color guard is midway between +the color company and the company in rear of the color company and +equidistant from the flanks of the column.</p> + +<p>In close column, the color guard is on the flank of the color company.</p> + +<p>In column of squads, the color guard is in the column between the +color company and the company originally on its left.</p> + +<p>When the regiment is formed in line of masses for ceremonies, the +color guard forms on the left of the leading company of the center +(right center) battalion. It rejoins the color company when the +regiment changes from line of masses. (772)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_665" id="Para_665">665</a>. In battle color guard joins reserve.</strong> The color guard, when with a +battalion that takes the battle formation, joins the regimental +reserve, whose commander directs the color guard to join a certain +company of the reserve. (773)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_666" id="Para_666">666</a>. Loadings, firings, manual of arms, and movements by color guard.</strong> +The color guard executes neither loadings nor firings; in rendering +honors, it executes all movements in the manual; in drill, all +movements unless specially excused. (774)</p> + + +<h6>To Receive the Color</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_667" id="Para_667">667</a>. Receiving the color by color guard.</strong> The color guard, by command +of the senior color sergeant, presents arms on receiving and parting +with the color. After parting with the color, the color guard is +brought to order arms by command of the senior member, who is placed +as the right man of the guard. (775)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_668" id="Para_668">668</a>. Receiving the color by color company.</strong> At drills and ceremonies, +excepting escort of the color, the color, if present, is received by +the color company after its formation.</p> + +<p>The formation of the color company completed, the captain faces to the +front; the color guard, conducted by the senior sergeant, approaches +from the front and halts at a distance of 10 paces from the captain, +who then faces about, brings the company to the <strong>present</strong>, faces to the +front, salutes, again faces about and brings the company to the <strong>order</strong>. +The color guard comes to the <strong>present</strong> and <strong>order</strong> at the command of the +captain, and is then marched by the color sergeant directly to its +post on the left of the color company. (776)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_669" id="Para_669">669</a>. Escorting color to office or quarters of colonel.</strong> When the +battalion is dismissed the color guard escorts the color to the office +or quarters of the colonel. (777)</p> + + +<h6>Manual of the Color</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_670" id="Para_670">670</a>.</strong> At the <strong>carry</strong>, the heel of the pike rests in the socket of the +sling; the right hand grasps the pike at the height of the shoulder.</p> + +<p>At the <strong>order</strong>, the heel of the pike rests on the ground near the right +toe, the right hand holding the pike in a vertical position.</p> + +<p>At <strong>parade rest</strong>, the heel of the pike is on the ground, as at the +<strong>order</strong>; the pike is held with both hands in front of the center of the +body, left hand uppermost.</p> + +<p>The <strong>order</strong> is resumed at the command <strong>attention</strong>.</p> + +<p>The left hand assists the right when necessary.</p> + +<p>The <strong>carry</strong> is the habitual position when the troops are at a shoulder, +port, or trail.</p> + +<p>The <strong>order</strong> and <strong>parade rest</strong> are executed with the troops.</p> + +<p><strong>The color salute:</strong> Being at a carry, slip the right hand up the pike to +the height of the eye, then lower the pike by straightening the arm to +the front. (778)</p> + + +<h5>Manual of the Saber</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_671" id="Para_671">671</a>. Drawing saber; position of carry saber dismounted; unhooking +scabbard before mounting; on foot carrying scabbard hooked up.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>1. Draw, 2. SABER.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>draw</strong>, unhook the saber with the thumb and first two +fingers of the left hand, thumb on the end of the hook, fingers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> +lifting the upper ring; grasp the scabbard with the left hand at the +upper band, bring the hilt a little forward, seize the grip with the +right hand, and draw the blade 6 inches out of the scabbard, pressing +the scabbard against the thigh with the left hand.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>saber</strong>, draw the saber quickly, raising the arm to its +full extent, to the right front, at an angle of about 45° with the +horizontal, the saber, edge down, in a straight line with the arm; +make a slight pause and bring the back of the blade against the +shoulder, edge to the front, arm nearly extended, hand by the side, +elbow back, third and fourth fingers back of the grip; at the same +time hook up the scabbard with the thumb and first two fingers of the +left hand, thumb through the upper ring, fingers supporting it; drop +the left hand by the side.</p> + +<p><strong>This is the position of carry saber dismounted.</strong></p> + +<p>Officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber unhook the +scabbard before mounting; when mounted, in the first motion of <strong>draw +saber</strong> they reach with the right hand over the bridle hand and without +the aid of the bridle hand draw the saber as before; the right hand at +the carry rests on the right thigh.</p> + +<p>On foot the scabbard is carried hooked up. (782)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_672" id="Para_672">672</a>. Holding of saber in publishing orders, etc.; use of saber knot.</strong> +When publishing orders, calling the roll, etc., the saber is held +suspended from the right wrist by the saber knot; when the saber knot +is used it is placed on the wrist before drawing saber and taken off +after returning saber. (783)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_673" id="Para_673">673</a>. Presenting saber from carry or order; execution of the salute in +rendering honors.</strong></p> + +<p>Being at the order or carry: <strong>1. Present, 2. SABER</strong> (or <strong>ARMS</strong>).</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>present</strong>, raise and carry the saber to the front, base +of the hilt as high as the chin and 6 inches in front of the neck, +edge to the left, point 6 inches farther to the front than the hilt, +thumb extended on the left of the grip, all fingers grasping the grip.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>saber</strong>, or <strong>arms</strong>, lower the saber, point in prolongation +of the right foot and near the ground, edge to the left, hand by the +side, thumb on left of grip, arm extended. If mounted, the hand is +held behind the thigh, point a little to the right and front of the +stirrup.</p> + +<p>In rendering honors with troops, officers execute the first motion of +the salute at the command <strong>present</strong>, the second motion at the command +<strong>arms</strong>; enlisted men with the saber execute the first motion at the +command arms and omit the second motion. (784)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_674" id="Para_674">674</a>. Coming to order from carry; executing order or carry from +present, depending upon command; coming to order saber when arms are +brought to order.</strong></p> + +<p>Being at a carry: <strong>1. Order, 2. SABER</strong> (or <strong>ARMS</strong>).</p> + +<p>Drop the point of the saber directly to the front, point on or near +the ground, edge down, thumb on back of grip.</p> + +<p>Being at the <strong>present saber</strong>, should the next command be <strong>order arms</strong>, +officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber <strong>order +saber</strong>; if the command be other than <strong>order arms</strong>, they execute <strong>carry +saber</strong>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>When arms are brought to the order, the officers or enlisted men with +saber drawn <strong>order saber</strong>. (785)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_675" id="Para_675">675</a>. Position of saber in giving commands, etc.; bringing saber to +carry from order.</strong> The saber is held at the carry while giving +commands, marching at attention, or changing position in quick time.</p> + +<p>When at the order, sabers are brought to the carry when arms are +brought to any position except the <strong>present</strong> or <strong>parade rest</strong>. (786)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_676" id="Para_676">676</a>. Parade rest from order.</strong> Being at the order: <strong>1. Parade, 2. REST.</strong></p> + +<p>Take the position of parade rest except that the left hand is +uppermost and rests on the right hand, point of saber on or near the +ground in front of the center of the body, edge to the right.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>attention</strong>, resume the order saber and the position of +the soldier. (787)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_677" id="Para_677">677</a>. Position of saber at double time.</strong> In marching in double time the +saber is carried diagonally across the breast, edge to the front; the +left hand steadies the scabbard. (788)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_678" id="Para_678">678</a>. On duty under arms sabers to be drawn and returned without +command; commands given with saber drawn.</strong> Officers and noncommissioned +officers armed with the saber, on all duties under arms draw and +return saber without waiting for command. All commands to soldiers +under arms are given with the saber drawn. (789)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_679" id="Para_679">679</a>. Returning saber from carry.</strong> Being at a carry: <strong>1. Return, 2. +SABER.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>return</strong>, carry the right hand opposite to and 6 inches +from the left shoulder, saber vertical, edge to the left; at the same +time unhook and lower the scabbard with the left hand and grasp it at +the upper band.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>saber</strong> drop the point to the rear and pass the blade +across and along the left arm; turn the head slightly to the left, +fixing the eyes on the opening of the scabbard, raise the right hand, +insert and return the blade; free the wrist from the saber knot (if +inserted in it), turn the head to the front, drop the right hand by +the side; hook up the scabbard with the left hand, drop the left hand +by the side.</p> + +<p>Officers and noncommissioned officers armed with the saber, when +mounted, return saber without using the left hand; the scabbard is +hooked up on dismounting. (790)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_680" id="Para_680">680</a>. Enlisted men with saber drawn at inspection.</strong> At inspection +enlisted men with the saber drawn execute the first motion of <strong>present +saber</strong> and turn the wrist to show both sides of the blade, resuming the +carry when the inspector has passed. (791)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Illustrations showing saber drill."> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680a.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 671" title="Par. 671" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 671</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680b.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 671" title="Par. 671" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 671</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680c.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 671" title="Par. 671" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 671</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680d.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 673" title="Par. 673" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 673</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680e.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 674" title="Par. 674" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 674</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680f.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 676" title="Par. 676" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 676</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680g.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 677" title="Par. 677" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 677</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0680h.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Par. 679" title="Par. 679" /> +<span class="caption">Par. 679</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>Shelter Tents</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_681" id="Para_681">681</a>.</strong> Being in line or in column of platoons, the captain commands: +<strong>FORM FOR SHELTER TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>The officers, first sergeant, and guides fall out; the cooks form a +file on the flank of the company nearest the kitchen, the first +sergeant and right guide fall in, forming the right file of the +company; blank files are filled by the file closers, or by men taken +from the front rank; the remaining guide, or guides, and file closers +form on a convenient flank.</p> + +<p>Before forming column or platoons, preparatory to pitching tents, the +company may be redivided into two or more platoons, regardless of the +size of each. (792)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_682" id="Para_682">682</a>.</strong> The captain then causes the company to take intervals as +described in the School of the Squad (See <a href="#Para_156">par. 156</a>.), and commands: +<strong>PITCH TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>pitch tents</strong>, each man steps off obliquely to the right +with the right foot and lays his rifle on the ground, the butt of the +rifle near the toe of the right foot, muzzle to the front, barrel to +the left, and steps back into his place; each front-rank man then +draws his bayonet and sticks it in the ground by the outside of the +right heel.</p> + +<p>Equipments are unslung, packs opened, shelter half and pins removed; +each man then spreads his shelter half, small triangle to the rear, +flat upon the ground the tent is to occupy, the rear-rank man's half +on the right. The halves are then buttoned together; the guy loops at +both ends of the lower half are passed through the buttonholes +provided in the lower and upper halves; the whipped end of the guy +rope is then passed through both guy loops and secured, this at both +ends of the tent. Each front-rank man inserts the muzzle of his rifle +under the front end of the ridge and holds the rifle upright, sling to +the front, heel of butt on the ground, beside the bayonet. His +rear-rank man pins down the front corners of the tent on the line of +bayonets, stretching the tent taut; he then inserts a pin in the eye +of the front guy rope and drives the pin at such a distance in front +of the rifle as to held the rope taut; both men go to the rear of the +tent, each pins down a corner, stretching the sides and rear of the +tent before securing; the rear-rank man then inserts an intrenching +tool, or a bayonet in its scabbard, under the rear end of the ridge +inside the tent, the front-rank man pegging down the end of the rear +guy ropes; the rest of the pins are then driven by both men, the +rear-rank man working on the right.</p> + +<p>The front flaps of the tent are not fastened down, but thrown back on +the tent.</p> + +<p>As soon as the tent is pitched each man arranges his equipment and the +contents of his pack in the tent and stands at attention in front of +his own half on line with the front guy-rope pin.</p> + +<p>To have a uniform slope when the tents are pitched, the guy ropes +should all be of the same length.</p> + +<p>In shelter-tent camps, in localities where suitable material is +procurable, tent poles may be improvised and used in lieu of the rifle +and bayonet or intrenching tool as supports for the shelter tent. +(793)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_683" id="Para_683">683</a>.</strong> When the pack is not carried, the company is formed for shelter +tents, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_681">par. 681</a>, intervals are taken, arms are laid +aside or on the ground, the men are dismissed and proceed to the +wagon, secure their packs, return to their places, and pitch tents as +heretofore described, in <a href="#Para_682">par. 682</a>. (794)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_684" id="Para_684">684</a>.</strong> Double shelter tents may be pitched by first pitching one tent as +heretofore described, then pitching a second tent against the opening +of the first, using one rifle to support both tents, and passing the +front guy ropes over and down the sides of the opposite tents. The +front corner of one tent is not pegged down, but is thrown back to +permit an opening into the tent. (795)</p> + + +<h5>Single Sleeping Bag</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_685" id="Para_685">685</a>.</strong> Spread the poncho on the ground, buttoned end at the feet, +buttoned side to the left; fold the blanket once across its short +dimension and lay it on the poncho, folded side along the right side +of the poncho; tie the blanket together along the left side by means +of the tapes provided; fold the left half of the poncho over the +blanket and button it together along the side and bottom. (For the +position, number, and length of tapes with which blankets should be +provided, see Par. II, G. O. 11; W. D. '12—Author.) (796)</p> + + +<h5>Double Sleeping Bag</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_686" id="Para_686">686</a>.</strong> Spread one poncho on the ground, buttoned end at the feet, +buttoned side to the left; spread the blankets on top of the poncho; +tie the edges of the blankets together with the tapes provided; spread +a second poncho on top of the blankets, buttoned end at the feet, +buttoned side to the right; button the two ponchos together along both +sides and across the end. (797)</p> + + +<h5>To Strike Shelter Tents</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_687" id="Para_687">687</a>.</strong> The men standing in front of their tents: <strong>STRIKE TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>Equipments and rifles are removed from the tent; the tents are +lowered, packs made up, and equipments slung, and the men stand at +attention in the places originally occupied after taking intervals. +(798)</p> + + +<h5>To Pitch All Types of Tents, Except Shelter and Conical Wall</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_688" id="Para_688">688</a>.</strong> To pitch all types of Army tents, except shelter and conical wall +tents: Mark line of tents by driving a wall pin on the spot to be +occupied by the right (or left) corner of each tent. For pyramidal +tents the interval between adjacent pins should be about 30 feet, +which will give a passage of two feet between tents. Spread tripod on +the ground where the center of tent is to be, if tripod is used. +Spread the tent on the ground to be occupied, door to the front, and +place the right (or left) front wall loop over the pin. The door (or +doors, if more than one) being fastened and held together at the +bottom, the left (or right) corner wall loop is carried to the left +(or right) as far as it will go and a wall pin driven through it, the +pin being placed in line with the right (or left) corner pins already +driven. At the same time the rear corner<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> wall loops are pulled to the +rear and outward so that the rear wall of the tent is stretched to +complete the rectangle. Wall pins are then driven through these loops. +Each corner pin should be directly in rear of the corresponding front +corner pin, making a rectangle. Unless the canvas be wet, a small +amount of slack should be allowed before the corner pins are driven. +According to the size of the tent one or two men, crawling under the +tent if necessary, fit each pole or ridge or upright into the ring or +ridge pole holes, and such accessories as hood, fly, and brace ropes +are adjusted. If a tripod be used an additional man will go under the +tent to adjust it. The tent steadied by the remaining men, one at each +corner guy rope, will then be raised. If the tent is a ward or storage +type, corner poles will now be placed at the four corners. The four +corner guy ropes are then placed over the lower notches of the large +pins driven in prolongation of the diagonals at such distance as to +hold the walls and ends of the tent vertical and smooth when the guy +ropes are drawn taut. A wall pin is then driven through each remaining +wall loop and a large pin for each guy rope is driven in line with the +corner guy pins already driven. The guy ropes of the tent are placed +over the lower notches, while the guy ropes of the fly are placed over +the upper notches, and are then drawn taut. Brace ropes when used, are +then secured to stakes or pins suitably placed. (709)</p> + + +<h5>Conical Wall Tent</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_689" id="Para_689">689</a>.</strong> Drive the door pin and center pin 8 feet 3 inches apart. Using +the hood lines, with center pin as center, describe two concentric +circles with radii 8 feet 3 inches and 11 feet 3 inches. In the outer +circle drive two door guy pins 3 feet apart. At intervals of about 3 +feet drive the other guy pins.</p> + +<p>In other respects conical tents are erected practically as in the case +of pyramidal tents, as explained in <a href="#Para_688">par. 688</a>. (801)</p> + + +<h5>To Strike Common, Wall, Pyramidal, and Conical Wall Tents</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_690" id="Para_690">690</a>. STRIKE TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>The men first remove all pins except those of the four corner guy +ropes, or the four quadrant guy ropes in the case of the conical wall +tent. The pins are neatly piled or placed in their receptacle.</p> + +<p>One man holds each guy, and when the ground is clear the tent is +lowered, folded, or rolled and tied, the poles or tripod and pole +fastened together, and the remaining pins collected. (802)</p> + + +<h5>To Fold Tents</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_691" id="Para_691">691</a>. For folding common, wall, hospital, and storage tents:</strong> Spread the +tent flat on the ground, folded at the ridge so that bottoms of side +walls are even, ends of tents forming triangles to the right and left; +fold the triangular ends of the tent in toward the middle, making it +rectangular in shape; fold the top over about 9 inches; fold the tent +in two by carrying the top fold over clear to the foot; fold again in +two from the top to the foot; throw all guys on tent except the second +from each end; fold the ends in so as to cover about two-thirds of the +second<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span> cloths; fold the left end over to meet the turned-in edge of +the right end, then fold the right end over the top, completing the +bundle; tie with two exposed guys.</p> + +<p><strong>For folding pyramidal tents:</strong> The tent is thrown toward the rear and +the back wall and roof canvas pulled out smooth. This may be most +easily accomplished by leaving the rear corner wall pins in the ground +with the wall loops attached, one man at each rear-corner guy, and one +holding the square iron in a perpendicular position and pulling the +canvas to its limit away from the former front of the tent. This +leaves the three remaining sides of the tent on top of the rear side, +with the door side in the middle.</p> + +<p>Now carry the right-front corner over and lay it on the left-rear +corner. Pull all canvas smooth, throw guys toward square iron, and +pull bottom edges even. Then take the right-front corner and return to +the right, covering the right-rear corner. This folds the right side +of the tent on itself, with the crease in the middle and under the +front side of the tent.</p> + +<p>Next carry the left-front corner to the right and back as described +above; this, when completed, will leave the front and rear sides of +the tent lying smooth and flat and the two side walls folded inward, +each on itself.</p> + +<p>Place the hood in the square iron which has been folded downward +toward the bottom of tent, and continue to fold around the square iron +as a core, pressing all folds down flat and smooth, and parallel with +the bottom of the tent. If each fold is compactly made and the canvas +kept smooth, the last fold will exactly cover the lower edge of the +canvas. Lay all exposed guys along the folded canvas except the two on +the center-width, which should be pulled out and away from bottom edge +to their extreme length for tying. Now, beginning at one end, fold +toward the center on the first seam (that joining the first and second +widths) and fold again toward the center so that the already folded +canvas will come to within about three inches of the middle width. +Then fold over to the opposite edge of middle width of canvas. Then +begin folding from opposite end, folding the first width in half, then +making a second fold to come within about 4 or 5 inches of that +already folded, turn this fold entirely over that already folded. Take +the exposed guys and draw them taut across each other, turn bundle +over on the under guy, cross guys on top of bundle drawing tight. Turn +bundle over on the crossed guys and tie lengthwise.</p> + +<p>When properly tied and pressed together this will make a package 11 by +23 by 34 inches, requiring about 8,855 cubic inches to store or pack.</p> + +<p>Stencil the organization designation on the lower half of the middle +width of canvas in the back wall. (803)</p> + + +<h5>Warning Calls</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_692" id="Para_692">692</a>. First call, guard mounting, full dress, overcoats, drill, stable, +water,</strong> and <strong>boots and saddles</strong> precede the <strong>assembly</strong> by such interval as +may be prescribed by the commanding officer.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span><strong>Mess, church, and fatigue</strong>, classed as service calls, may also be used +as warning calls.</p> + +<p><strong>First call</strong> is the first signal for formation for roll call and for all +ceremonies except guard mounting.</p> + +<p><strong>Guard mounting</strong> is the first signal for guard mounting.</p> + +<p>The field music assembles at <strong>first call</strong> and <strong>guard mounting</strong>.</p> + +<p>In a mixed command, <strong>boots and saddles</strong> is the signal to mounted troops +that their formation is to be mounted; for mounted guard mounting or +mounted drill, it immediately follows the signal <strong>guard mounting</strong> or +drill.</p> + +<p>When full dress or overcoats are to be worn, the <strong>full dress</strong> or +<strong>overcoat</strong> call immediately follows <strong>first call</strong>, <strong>guard mounting</strong>, or <strong>boots +and saddles</strong>. (804)</p> + + +<h5>Formation Calls</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_693" id="Para_693">693</a>. Assembly:</strong> The signal for companies or details to fall in.</p> + +<p><strong>Adjutant's call:</strong> The signal for companies to form battalion; also for +the guard details to form for guard mounting on the camp or garrison +parade ground; it follows the <strong>assembly</strong> at such interval as may be +prescribed by the commanding officer.</p> + +<p>It is also used as a signal for the battalions to form regiment, +following the first <strong>adjutant's call</strong> at such interval as the commanding +officer may prescribe.</p> + +<p><strong>To the color:</strong> Is sounded when the color salutes. (805)</p> + + +<h5>Alarm Calls</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_694" id="Para_694">694</a>. Fire call:</strong> The signal for the men to fall in, without arms, to +extinguish fire.</p> + +<p><strong>To arms:</strong> The signal for the men to fall in, under arms, on their +company's parade grounds as quickly as possible.</p> + +<p><strong>To horse:</strong> The signal for mounted men to proceed under arms to their +horses, saddle, mount and assemble at a designated place as quickly as +possible. In extended order this signal is used to remount troops. +(806)</p> + + +<h5>Service Calls</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_695" id="Para_695">695</a>. Tattoo, taps, mess, sick, church, recall, issue, officers', +captains', first sergeants', fatigue, school</strong>, and <strong>the general</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong>The general</strong> is the signal for striking tents and loading wagons +preparatory to marching.</p> + +<p><strong>Reveille</strong> precedes the <strong>assembly</strong> for roll call; <strong>retreat</strong> follows the +<strong>assembly</strong>, the interval between being only that required for formation +and roll call, except when there is parade.</p> + +<p><strong>Taps</strong> is the signal for extinguishing lights; it is usually preceded by +<strong>call to quarters</strong> by such interval as prescribed by Army Regulations.</p> + +<p><strong>Assembly, reveille, retreat, adjutant's call, to the color, the +flourishes, ruffles</strong>, and the <strong>marches</strong> are sounded by all the field +music united; the other calls, as a rule, are sounded by the musician +of the guard or orderly musician; he may also sound the <strong>assembly</strong> when +the musicians are not united.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>The morning gun is fired at the first note of <strong>reveille</strong>, or, if marches +be played before <strong>reveille</strong>, it is fired at the commencement of the +first march.</p> + +<p>The evening gun is fired at the last note of <strong>retreat</strong>. (807)</p> + + +<h4>APPENDIX A</h4> + +<p class="letter_head">War Department,<br /> +Office of the Chief of Staff,<br /> +Washington, December 2, 1911.</p> + +<p>The Infantry Drill Regulations, 1911, have been prepared for the use +of troops armed with the United States magazine rifle, model 1903. For +the guidance of organizations armed with the United States magazine +rifle, model 1898, the following alternative paragraphs are published +and will be considered as substitute paragraphs for the corresponding +paragraphs in the text: <a href="#Para_121">75</a> (in part), <a href="#Para_143">96</a>, <a href="#Para_145">98</a>, <a href="#Para_146">99</a>, <a href="#Para_180">134</a>, <a href="#Para_185">139</a>, <a href="#Para_186">141</a>, <a href="#Para_187">142</a>, +<a href="#Para_192">148</a> and <a href="#Para_194">150</a>.</p> + +<p class="letter_i8">By order of the Secretary of War:</p> + +<p class="letter_signed">LEONARD WOOD,<br /> +Major General, Chief of Staff.</p> + +<p><strong>Note.</strong> The paragraph numbers 75, 96, 98, etc., given above, follow the +paragraphs below.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_696" id="Para_696">696</a>.</strong> * * * Third.</p> + +<p>The cut-off is kept turned down, except when using the magazine. (75)</p> + +<table summary="Revised para 696 omitted text representation"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>*</td> + <td>*</td> + <td>*</td> + <td>*</td> + <td>*</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_697" id="Para_697">697</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Unfix, BAYONET.</strong></p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt: Take the position of +parade rest, grasp the handle on the bayonet firmly with the right +hand, press the spring with the forefinger of the left hand, raise the +bayonet until the handle is about 6 inches above the muzzle of the +piece, drop the point to the left, back of hand toward the body, and +glancing at the scabbard, return the bayonet, the blade passing +between the left arm and body; regrasp the piece with the right hand +and resume the order.</p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack: Take the bayonet +from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the +most convenient manner.</p> + +<p>If marching or lying down, the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the +most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the +original position.</p> + +<p>Fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity, but +not in cadence. (96)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_698" id="Para_698">698</a>.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. Inspection, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command, take the position of port arms. (<strong>TWO.</strong>) With the +right hand open the magazine gate, turn the bolt handle up, draw the +bolt back and glance at the magazine and chamber. Having found them +empty, or having emptied them, raise the head and eyes to the front. +(98)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_699" id="Para_699">699</a>.</strong> Being at inspection arms: <strong>1. Order (Right shoulder, port), 2. +ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the preparatory command, push the bolt forward, turn the handle +down, close the magazine gate, pull the trigger, and resume port arms. +At the command <strong>arms</strong>, complete the movement ordered. (99)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_700" id="Para_700">700</a>.</strong> Pieces being loaded and in the position of load, to execute other +movements with the pieces loaded: <strong>1. Lock, 2. PIECES.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>pieces</strong> turn the safety lock fully to the right.</p> + +<p>The safety lock is said to be at the "ready" when turned to the left, +and at the "safe" when turned to the right.</p> + +<p>The cut-off is said to be "on" when turned up and "off" when turned +down. (134)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_701" id="Para_701">701</a>.</strong> Being in line or skirmish line at halt: <strong>1. With dummy (blank or +ball) cartridges, 2. LOAD.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>load</strong> each front-rank man or skirmisher faces half right +and carries the right foot to the right, about one foot, to such +position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the +body; raises or lowers the piece and drops it into the left hand at +the balance, left thumb extended along the stock, muzzle at the height +of the breast. With the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back, +takes a cartridge between the thumb and first two fingers and places +it in the receiver; places palm of the hand against the back of the +bolt handle; thrusts the bolt home with a quick motion, turning down +the handle, and carries the hand to the small of the stock. Each +rear-rank man moves to the right front, takes a similar position +opposite the interval to the right of his front-rank man, muzzle of +the piece extending beyond the front rank, and loads.</p> + +<p>A skirmish line may load while moving, the pieces being held as nearly +as practicable in the position of load.</p> + +<p>If kneeling or sitting, the position of the piece is similar; if +kneeling, the left forearm rests on the left thigh; if sitting, the +elbows are supported by the knees. If lying down, the left hand +steadies and supports the piece at the balance, the toe of the butt +resting on the ground, the muzzle off the ground.</p> + +<p>For reference, these positions (standing, kneeling, and lying down) +are designated as that of <strong>load</strong>. (139)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_702" id="Para_702">702</a>. FILL MAGAZINE.</strong></p> + +<p>Take the position of load, if not already there, open the gate of the +magazine with the right thumb, take five cartridges from the box or +belt, and place them, with the bullets to the front, in the magazine, +turning the barrel slightly to the left to facilitate the insertion of +the cartridges; close the gate and carry the right hand to the small +of the stock.</p> + +<p>To load from the magazine the command <strong>from magazine</strong> will be given +preceding that of <strong>load</strong>; the <strong>cut-off</strong> will be turned up on coming to the +position of <strong>load</strong>.</p> + +<p>To resume loading from the belt the command from belt will be given +preceding the command <strong>load</strong>; the <strong>cut-off</strong> will be turned down on coming +to the position of <strong>load</strong>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>The commands <strong>from magazine</strong> and <strong>from belt</strong>, indicating the change in the +manner of loading, will not be repeated in subsequent commands.</p> + +<p>The words <strong>from belt</strong> apply to cartridge box as well as belt.</p> + +<p>In loading from the magazine care should be taken to push the bolt +fully forward and turn the handle down before drawing the bolt back, +as otherwise the extractor will not catch the cartridge in the +chamber, and jamming will occur with the cartridge following.</p> + +<p>To fire from the magazine, the command <strong>magazine fire</strong> may be given at +any time. The cut-off is turned up and an increased rate of fire is +executed. After the magazine is exhausted the cut-off is turned down +and the firing continued, loading from the belt.</p> + +<p><strong>Magazine fire</strong> is employed only when, in the opinion of the platoon +leader or company commander, the maximum rate of fire becomes +necessary. (141)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_703" id="Para_703">703</a>. UNLOAD.</strong></p> + +<p>All take the position of load, turn the <strong>cut-off</strong> up, if not already +there, turn the safety lock to the left, and alternately open and +close the chamber until all the cartridges are ejected. After the last +cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed and the trigger pulled. The +cartridges are then picked up, cleaned, and returned to the box or +belt, and the piece brought to the order. (142)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_704" id="Para_704">704</a>. CLIP FIRE.</strong></p> + +<p>Turn the cut-off up; <strong>fire at will</strong> (reloading from the magazine) until +the cartridges in the piece are exhausted; turn the cut-off down; fill +magazine; reload and take the position of <strong>suspend firing</strong>. (148)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_705" id="Para_705">705</a>. CEASE FIRING.</strong></p> + +<p>Firing stops; pieces not already there are brought to the position of +load, the cut-off turned down if firing from magazine, the cartridge +is drawn or the empty shell is ejected, the trigger is pulled, sights +are laid down, and the piece is brought to the order.</p> + +<p><strong>Cease firing</strong> is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of +position or to steady the men. (150)</p> + + +<h4>APPENDIX B</h4> + +<p class="letter_head">War Department,<br /> +Office of the Chief of Staff,<br /> +Washington, December 2, 1911.</p> + +<p><a href="#Para_648">Paragraphs 747</a>, <a href="#Para_681">792</a>, <a href="#Para_682">793</a>, <a href="#Para_683">794</a>, <a href="#Para_684">795</a>, <a href="#Para_685">796</a>, <a href="#Para_686">797</a>, and <a href="#Para_687">798</a>, Infantry Drill +Regulations, 1911, apply only to troops equipped with the Infantry +Equipment, model 1910. For troops equipped under General Orders, No. +23, War Department, 1906, and orders amendatory thereof, the +alternative paragraphs published herewith will govern.</p> + +<p class="letter_i8">By order of the Secretary of War:</p> + +<p class="letter_signed">LEONARD WOOD,<br /> +Major General, Chief of Staff.</p> + +<p>Note. The paragraph numbers 747, 792, etc., given above, follow the +paragraphs below.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_706" id="Para_706">706</a>.</strong> If the inspection is to include an examination of the blanket +rolls, the captain, before dismissing the company and after +inspecting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> the file closers, directs the lieutenants to remain in +place, closes ranks, stacks arms, dresses the company back to four +paces from the stacks, takes intervals, and commands: <strong>1. Unsling, 2. +PACKS, 3. Open, 4. PACKS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command, each man unslings his roll and places it on the +ground at his feet, rounded end to the front, square end of shelter +half to the right.</p> + +<p>At the fourth command, the rolls are untied, laid perpendicular to the +front with the triangular end of the shelter half to the front, +opened, and unrolled to the left; each man prepares the contents of +his roll for inspection and resumes the attention.</p> + +<p>The captain then returns saber, passes along the ranks and file +closers as before, inspects the rolls, returns to the right, draws +saber and commands: <strong>1. Close, 2. PACKS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command each man, with his shelter half smoothly spread +on the ground with buttons up and triangular end to the front, folds +his blanket once across its length and places it upon the shelter +half, fold toward the bottom edge one-half inch from the square end, +the same amount of canvas uncovered at the top and bottom. He then +places the parts of the pole on the side of the blanket next the +square end of shelter half, near and parallel to the fold, end of pole +about 6 inches from the edge of the blanket; nests the pins similarly +near the opposite edge of the blanket and distributes the other +articles carried in the roll; folds the triangular end and then the +exposed portion of the bottom of the shelter half over the blanket.</p> + +<p>The two men in each file roll and fasten first the roll of the front +and then of the rear rank man. The file closers work similarly two and +two, or with the front rank man of a blank file. Each pair stands on +the folded side, rolls the blanket roll closely and buckles the +straps, passing the end of the strap through both keeper and buckle, +back over the buckle and under the keeper. With the roll so lying on +the ground that the edge of the shelter half can just be seen when +looking vertically downward, one end is bent upward and over to meet +the other, a clove hitch is taken with the guy rope first around the +end to which it is attached and then around the other end, adjusting +the length of rope between hitches to suit the wearer.</p> + +<p>As soon as a file completes its two rolls each man places his roll in +the position it was in after being unslung and stands at attention.</p> + +<p>All the rolls being completed, the captain commands: <strong>1. Sling, 2. +PACKS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command the rolls are slung, the end containing the pole +to the rear.</p> + +<p>The company is assembled, takes arms, and the captain completes the +inspection as before. (747)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_707" id="Para_707">707</a>.</strong> Being in line or in column of platoons, the captain commands: +<strong>FORM FOR SHELTER TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>The officers, first sergeant, and guides fall out; the cooks form a +file on the flank of the company nearest the kitchen, the first +sergeant and right guide fall in, forming the right file of the +company; blank files<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span> are filled by the file closers or by men taken +from the front rank; the remaining guide or guides, and file closers +form on a convenient flank.</p> + +<p>Before forming column of platoons, preparatory to pitching tents, the +company may be redivided into two or more platoons, regardless of the +size of each. (792)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_708" id="Para_708">708</a>.</strong> The captain then causes the company to take intervals as +described in the School of the Squad, and commands: <strong>PITCH TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>pitch tents</strong>, each man steps off obliquely to the right +with the right foot and lays his rifle on the ground, the butt of the +rifle near the toe of the right foot, muzzle to the front, barrel to +the left, and steps back into his place; each front-rank man then +draws his bayonet and sticks it in the ground by the outside of the +right heel. All unsling and open the blanket rolls and take out the +shelter half, poles, and pins. Each then spreads his shelter half, +triangle to the rear, flat upon the ground the tent is to occupy, +rear-rank man's half on the right. The halves are then buttoned +together. Each front-rank man joins his pole, inserts the top in the +eyes of the halves, and holds the pole upright beside the bayonet +placed in the ground; his rear-rank man, using the pins in front, pins +down the front corners of the tent on the line of bayonets, stretching +the canvas taut; he then inserts a pin in the eye of the rope and +drives the pin at such distance in front of the pole as to hold the +rope taut. Both then go to the rear of the tent; the rear-rank man +adjusts the pole and the front-rank man drives the pins. The rest of +the pins are then driven by both men, the rear-rank man working on the +right.</p> + +<p>As soon as the tent is pitched each man arranges the contents of the +blanket roll in the tent and stands at attention in front of his own +half on line with the front guy rope pin.</p> + +<p>The guy ropes, to have a uniform slope when the shelter tents are +pitched, should all be of the same length. (793)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_709" id="Para_709">709</a>.</strong> When the blanket roll is not carried, intervals are taken as +described above; the position of the front pole is marked with a +bayonet and equipments are laid aside. The men then proceed to the +wagon, secure their rolls, return to their places, and pitch tents as +heretofore described. (794)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_710" id="Para_710">710</a>.</strong> To pitch double shelter tent, the captain gives the same commands +as before, except <strong>Take half interval</strong> is given instead of <strong>Take +interval</strong>. In taking interval, each man follows the preceding man at 2 +paces. The captain then commands: <strong>PITCH DOUBLE TENTS.</strong></p> + +<p>The first sergeant places himself on the right of the right guide and +with him pitches a single shelter tent.</p> + +<p>Only the odd numbers of the front rank mark the line with the bayonet.</p> + +<p>The tent is formed by buttoning together the square ends of two single +tents. Two complete tents, except one pole, are used. Two guy ropes +are used at each end, the guy pins being placed in front of the corner +pins.</p> + +<p>The tents are pitched by numbers 1 and 2, front and rear rank; and by +numbers 3 and 4, front and rear rank; the men falling in on the left +are numbered, counting off if necessary.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>All the men spread their shelter halves on the ground the tent is to +occupy. Those of the front rank are placed with the triangular ends to +the front. All four halves are then buttoned together, first the +ridges and then the square ends. The front corners of the tent are +pinned by the front-rank men, the odd number holding the poles, the +even number driving the pins. The rear-rank men similarly pin the rear +corners.</p> + +<p>While the odd numbers steady the poles, each even number of the front +rank takes his pole and enters the tent, where, assisted by the even +number of the rear rank, he adjusts the pole to the center eyes of the +shelter halves in the following order: (1) The lower half of the front +tent; (2) the lower half of the rear tent; (3) the upper half of the +front tent; (4) the upper half of the rear tent. The guy ropes are +then adjusted.</p> + +<p>The tents having been pitched, the triangular ends are turned back, +contents of the rolls arranged, and the men stand at <strong>attention</strong>, each +opposite his own shelter half and facing out from the tent. (795)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span></p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> No. 1 of the first squad.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Ordinarily about 20 yards wide.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> By Fire Direction is meant prescribing and generally +directing the firing.—Author.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> The "pack" includes blanket, poncho, and shelter tent.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> With a 4-foot white and red regimental signal flag.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II_I" id="CHAPTER_II_I"></a>CHAPTER II</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MANUAL OF THE BAYONET</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(The numbers following the paragraphs are those of the Manual of the +Bayonet, U. S. Army.)</p></div> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_711" id="Para_711">711</a>.</strong> The infantry soldier relies mainly on fire action to disable the +enemy, but he should know that personal combat is often necessary to +obtain success. Therefore, he must be instructed in the use of the +rifle and bayonet in hand-to-hand encounters. (1)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_712" id="Para_712">712</a>.</strong> The object of this instruction is to teach the soldier how to +make effective use of the rifle and bayonet in personal combat; to +make him quick and proficient in handling his rifle; to give him an +accurate eye and a steady hand; and to give him confidence in the +bayonet in offense and defense. When skill in these exercises has been +acquired, the rifle will still remain a most formidable weapon at +close quarters should the bayonet be lost or disabled. (2)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_713" id="Para_713">713</a>.</strong> Efficiency of organizations in bayonet fighting will be judged by +the skill shown by individuals in personal combat. For this purpose +pairs or groups of opponents, selected at random from among recruits +and trained soldiers, should engage in assaults, using the fencing +equipment provided for the purpose. (3)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_714" id="Para_714">714</a>.</strong> Officers and specially selected and thoroughly instructed +noncommissioned officers will act as instructors. (4)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_715" id="Para_715">715</a>.</strong> Instruction in bayonet combat should begin as soon as the soldier +is familiar with the handling of his rifle and will progress, as far +as practicable, in the order followed in the text. (5)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_716" id="Para_716">716</a>.</strong> Instruction is ordinarily given on even ground, but practice +should also be had on uneven ground, especially in the attack and +defense of intrenchments. (6)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_717" id="Para_717">717</a>.</strong> These exercises will not be used as a calisthenic drill. (7)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_718" id="Para_718">718</a>.</strong> The principles of the commands are the same as those given in +<a href="#Para_58">paragraphs 58</a>, <a href="#Para_64">64</a>, and <a href="#Para_87">87</a>. Intervals and distances will be taken as in +<a href="#Para_156">paragraphs 156</a> and <a href="#Para_158">158</a>, except that, in formations for bayonet +exercises, the men should be at least four paces apart in every +direction. (8)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_719" id="Para_719">719</a>.</strong> Before requiring soldiers to take a position or execute a +movement for the first time, the instructor executes the same for the +purpose of illustration, after which he requires the soldiers to +execute the movement individually. Movements prescribed in this manual +will not be executed in cadence as the attempt to do so results in +incomplete execution and lack of vigor. Each movement will be executed +correctly as quickly as possible by every man. As soon as the +movements are executed accurately, the commands are given rapidly, as +expertness with the bayonet depends chiefly upon quickness of motion. +(9)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_720" id="Para_720">720</a>.</strong> The exercises will be interrupted at first by short and frequent +rests. The rests will be less frequent as proficiency is attained. +Fa<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>tigue and exhaustion will be specially guarded against as they +prevent proper interest being taken in the exercises and delay the +progress of the instruction. Rests will be given from the position of +order arms in the manner prescribed in Infantry Drill Regulations. +(10)</p> + + +<h4>THE BAYONET</h4> + + +<h5>NOMENCLATURE AND DESCRIPTION</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_721" id="Para_721">721</a>.</strong> The bayonet is a cutting and thrusting weapon consisting of three +principal parts, viz, the blade, guard, and grip. (11)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0721.png" width="500" height="206" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_722" id="Para_722">722</a>.</strong> The blade has the following parts: Edge, false edge, back, +grooves, point, and tang. The length of the blade from guard to point +is 16 inches, the edge 14.5 inches, and the false edge 5.6 inches. +Length of the rifle, bayonet fixed, is 59.4 inches. The weight of the +bayonet is 1 pound; weight of rifle without bayonet is 8.69 pounds. +The center of gravity of the rifle, with bayonet fixed, is just in +front of the rear sight. (12)</p> + + +<h5>I. INSTRUCTION WITHOUT THE RIFLE</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_723" id="Para_723">723</a>.</strong> The instructor explains the importance of good footwork and +impresses on the men the fact that quickness of foot and suppleness of +body are as important for attack and defense as is the ability to +parry and deliver a strong point or cut. (13)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_724" id="Para_724">724</a>.</strong> All foot movements should be made from the position of <em>guard</em>. +As far as practicable, they will be made on the balls of the feet to +insure quickness and agility. No hard and fast rule can be laid down +as to the length of the various foot movements; this depends entirely +on the situations occurring in combat. (14)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_725" id="Para_725">725</a>.</strong> The men having taken intervals or distances, the instructor +commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Bayonet exercise, 2. GUARD.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>guard</strong>, half face to the right, carry back and place the +right foot about once and a half its length to the rear and about 3 +inches to the right, the feet forming with each other an angle of +about 60°, weight of the body balanced equally on the balls of the +feet, knees slightly bent, palms of hands on hips, fingers to the +front, thumbs to the rear, head erect, head and eyes straight to the +front. (15)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_726" id="Para_726">726</a>.</strong> To resume the attention, <strong>1. Squad, 2. ATTENTION.</strong> The men take the +position of the soldier and fix their attention. (16)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_727" id="Para_727">727</a>. ADVANCE.</strong> Advance the left foot quickly about once its length +follow immediately with the right foot the same distance. (17)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_728" id="Para_728">728</a>. RETIRE.</strong> Move the right foot quickly to the rear about once its +length, follow immediately with the left foot the same distance. (18)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_729" id="Para_729">729</a>. 1. Front, 2. PASS.</strong> Place the right foot quickly about once its +length in front of the left, advance the left foot to its proper +position in front of the right. (19)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_730" id="Para_730">730</a>. 1. Rear, 2. PASS.</strong> Place the left foot quickly about once its +length in rear of the right, retire the right foot to its proper +position in rear of the left.</p> + +<p>The passes are used to get quickly within striking distance or to +withdraw quickly therefrom. (20)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_731" id="Para_731">731</a>. 1. Right, 2. STEP.</strong> Step to the right with the right foot about +once its length and place the left foot in its proper relative +position. (21)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_732" id="Para_732">732</a>. 1. Left, 2. STEP.</strong> Step to the left with the left foot about once +its length and place the right foot in its proper relative position.</p> + +<p>These steps are used to circle around an enemy, to secure a more +favorable line of attack, or to avoid the opponent's attack. Better +ground or more favorable light may be gained in this way. In bayonet +fencing and in actual combat the foot first moved in stepping to the +right or left is the one which at the moment bears the least weight. +(22)</p> + + +<h5>II. INSTRUCTION WITH THE RIFLE</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_733" id="Para_733">733</a>.</strong> The commands for and the execution of the foot movements are the +same as already given for movements without the rifle. (23)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_734" id="Para_734">734</a>.</strong> The men having taken intervals or distances, the instructor +commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Bayonet exercise, 2. GUARD.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command take the position of guard (see <a href="#Para_725">par. 15</a>); at the +same time throw the rifle smartly to the front, grasp the rifle with +the left hand just below the lower band, fingers between the stock and +gun sling, barrel turned slightly to the left, the right hand grasping +the small of the stock about 6 inches in front of the right hip, +elbows free from the body, bayonet point at the height of the chin. +(24) (See <a href="#Fig_2_II_I">Fig. 2</a>)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_735" id="Para_735">735</a>. 1. Order, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Bring the right foot up to the left and the rifle to the position of +order arms, at the same time resuming the position of attention. (25)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_736" id="Para_736">736</a>.</strong> During the preliminary instruction, attacks and defenses will be +executed from guard until proficiency is attained, after which they +may be executed from any position in which the rifle is held. (26)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Attacks</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_737" id="Para_737">737</a>. 1. THRUST.</strong></p> + +<p>Thrust the rifle quickly forward to the full length of the left arm, +turning the barrel to the left, and direct the point of the bayonet<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> +at the point to be attacked, butt covering the right forearm. At the +same time straighten the right leg vigorously and throw the weight of +the body forward and on the left leg, the ball of the right foot +always on the ground. Guard is resumed immediately without command.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 2 and fig. 3"> +<tbody> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 258px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_II_I" id="Fig_2_II_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0737a.png" width="258" height="200" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 155px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0737b.png" width="155" height="200" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The force of the thrust is delivered principally with the right arm, +the left being used to direct the bayonet. The points at which the +attack should be directed are, in order of their importance, stomach, +chest, head, neck, and limbs. (27)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_738" id="Para_738">738</a>. 1. LUNGE.</strong></p> + +<p>Executed in the same manner as the thrust, except that the left foot +is carried forward about twice its length. The left heel must always +be in rear of the left knee. Guard is resumed immediately without +command. Guard may also be resumed by advancing the right foot if, for +any reason, it is desired to hold the ground gained in lunging. In the +latter case, the preparatory command <strong>forward</strong> will be given. Each +method should be practiced. (28)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_739" id="Para_739">739</a>. 1. Butt, 2. STRIKE.</strong></p> + +<p>Straighten right arm and right leg vigorously and swing butt of rifle +against point of attack, pivoting the rifle in the left hand at about +the height of the left shoulder, allowing the bayonet to pass to the +rear on the left side of the head. Guard is resumed without command.</p> + +<p>The points of attack in their order of importance are, head, neck, +stomach, and crotch. (29)</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 4 and fig. 5"> +<tbody> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 303px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0739a.png" width="303" height="200" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 120px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0739b.png" width="120" height="200" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_740" id="Para_740">740</a>. 1. Cut, 2. DOWN.</strong></p> + +<p>Execute a quick downward stroke, edge of bayonet directed at point of +attack. Guard is resumed without command. (30)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_741" id="Para_741">741</a>. 1. Cut, 2. RIGHT (LEFT).</strong></p> + +<p>With a quick extension of the arms execute a cut to the right (left), +directing the edge toward the point attacked. Guard is resumed without +command.</p> + +<p>The cuts are especially useful against the head, neck, and hands of an +enemy. In executing left cut it should be remembered that the false, +or back edge, is only 5.6 inches long. The cuts can be executed in +continuation of strokes, thrusts, lunges, and parries. (31)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_742" id="Para_742">742</a>.</strong> To direct an attack to the right, left, or rear the soldier will +change front as quickly as possible in the most convenient manner, for +example: <strong>1. To the right rear, 2. Cut, 3. DOWN;</strong> <strong>1. To the right, 2. +LUNGE;</strong> <strong>1. To the left, 2. THRUST</strong>, etc.</p> + +<p>Whenever possible the impetus gained by the turning movement of the +body should be thrown into the attack. In general this will be best +accomplished by turning on the ball of the right foot.</p> + +<p>These movements constitute a change of front in which the position of +guard is resumed at the completion of the movement. (32)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 40px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0743.png" width="40" height="250" alt="Fig. 6." title="Fig. 6." /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_743" id="Para_743">743</a>.</strong> Good judgment of distance is essential. Accuracy in thrusting and +lunging is best attained by practicing these attacks against rings or +other convenient openings, about 3 inches in diameter, suitably +suspended at desired heights. (33)</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_744" id="Para_744">744</a>.</strong> The thrust and lunges at rings should first be practiced by +endeavoring to hit the opening looked at. This should be followed by +directing the attack against one opening while looking at another. +(34)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_745" id="Para_745">745</a>.</strong> The soldier should also experience the effect of actual +resistance offered to the bayonet and the butt of the rifle in +attacks. This will be taught by practicing attacks against a dummy. +(35)</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 59px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0746.png" width="59" height="250" alt="Fig. 7." title="Fig. 7." /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_746" id="Para_746">746</a>.</strong> Dummies should be constructed in such a manner as to permit the +execution of attacks without injury to the point or edge of the +bayonet or to the barrel or stock of the rifle. A suitable dummy can +be made from pieces of rope about 5 feet in length plaited closely +together into a cable between 6 and 12 inches in diameter. Old rope is +preferable. Bags weighted and stuffed with hay, straw, shavings, etc., +are also suitable. (36)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Defenses</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_747" id="Para_747">747</a>.</strong> In the preliminary drills in the defenses the position of guard +is resumed, by command, after each parry. When the men have become +proficient, the instructor will cause them to resume the position of +guard instantly without command after the execution of each parry. +(37)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_748" id="Para_748">748</a>. 1. Parry, 2. RIGHT.</strong></p> + +<p>Keeping the right hand in the guard position, move the rifle sharply +to the right with the left arm, so that the bayonet point is about 6 +inches to the right. (38)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_749" id="Para_749">749</a>. 1. Parry, 2. LEFT.</strong></p> + +<p>Move the rifle sharply to the left front with both hands so as to +cover the point attacked. (39)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_750" id="Para_750">750</a>. 1. Parry, 2. HIGH.</strong></p> + +<p>Raise the rifle with both hands high enough to clear the line of +vision, barrel downward, point of the bayonet to the left front.</p> + +<p>When necessary to raise the rifle well above the head, it may be +supported between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand. This +position will be necessary against attacks from higher elevations, +such, as men mounted or on top of parapets. (40)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 8 and fig. 9"> +<tbody> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 140px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0750a.png" width="140" height="200" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 75px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0750b.png" width="75" height="200" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_751" id="Para_751">751</a>. 1. Low parry, 2. RIGHT (LEFT).</strong></p> + +<p>Carry the point of the bayonet down until it is at the height of the +knee, moving the point of the bayonet sufficiently to the right (left) +to keep the opponent's attacks clear of the point threatened.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_752" id="Para_752">752</a>.</strong> These parries are rarely used, as an attack below the waist +leaves the head and body exposed. (41)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 10 and fig. 11"> +<tbody> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 111px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0752a.png" width="111" height="200" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 97px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0752b.png" width="97" height="200" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_753" id="Para_753">753</a>.</strong> Parries must not be too wide or sweeping, but sharp, short +motions, finished with a jerk or quick catch. The hands should, as far +as possible, be kept in the line of attack. Parries against <strong>butt +strike</strong> are made by quickly moving the guard so as to cover the point +attacked. (42)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_754" id="Para_754">754</a>.</strong> To provide against attack from the right, left, or rear the +soldier will change front as quickly as possible in the most +convenient manner, for example, <strong>1. To the left rear, 2. Parry, 3. +HIGH;</strong> <strong>1. To the right, 2. Parry, 3. RIGHT</strong>, etc.</p> + +<p>These movements constitute a change of front in which the position of +guard is resumed at the completion of the movement.</p> + +<p>In changing front for the purpose of attack or defense, if there is +danger of wounding a comrade, the rifle should first be brought to a +vertical position. (43)</p> + + +<h5>III. INSTRUCTION WITHOUT THE BAYONET</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_755" id="Para_755">755</a>. 1. Club rifle, 2 SWING.</strong></p> + +<p>Being at order arms at the preparatory command quickly raise and turn +the rifle, regrasping it with both hands between the rear sight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> and +muzzle, barrel down, thumbs around the stock and toward the butt; at +the sane time raise the rifle above shoulder farthest from the +opponent, butt elevated and to the rear, elbows slightly bent and +knees straight. Each individual takes such position of the feet, +shoulders, and hands as best accords with his natural dexterity. +<strong>SWING.</strong> Tighten the grasp of the hands and swing the rifle to the front +and downward, directing it at the head of the opponent and immediately +return to the position of <strong>club rifle</strong> by completing the swing of the +rifle downward and to the rear. Repeat by the command. <strong>SWING.</strong></p> + +<p>The rifle should be swung with sufficient force to break through any +guard or parry that may be interposed.</p> + +<p>Being at <strong>club rifle</strong>, order arms is resumed by command.</p> + +<p>The use of this attack against dummies or in fencing is prohibited. +(44)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 113px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0755.png" width="113" height="200" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_756" id="Para_756">756</a>.</strong> The position of club rifle may be taken from any position of the +rifle prescribed in the Manual of Arms. It will not be taken in +personal combat unless the emergency is such as to preclude the use of +the bayonet. (45)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>IV. COMBINED MOVEMENTS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_757" id="Para_757">757</a>.</strong> The purpose of combined movements is to develop more vigorous +attacks and more effective defenses than are obtained by the single +movements; to develop skill in passing from attack to defense and the +reverse. Every movement to the front should be accompanied by an +attack, which is increased in effectiveness by the forward movement of +the body. Every movement to the rear should ordinarily be accompanied +by a parry and should always be followed by an attack. Movements to +the right or left may be accompanied by <strong>attacks</strong> or <strong>defenses</strong>. (46)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_758" id="Para_758">758</a>.</strong> Not more than three movements will be used in any combination. +The instructor should first indicate the number of movements that are +to be combined as <strong>two movements</strong> or <strong>three movements</strong>. The execution is +determined by one command of execution, and the position of guard is +taken upon the completion of the last movement only.</p> + +<h6><span class="smcap">Examples</span></h6> + + +<ul> +<li> <strong>Front pass and LUNGE.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Right step and THRUST.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Left step and low parry RIGHT.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Rear pass, parry left and LUNGE.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Lunge and cut RIGHT.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Parry right and parry HIGH.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Butt strike and cut DOWN.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Thrust and parry HIGH.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Parry high and LUNGE.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Advance, thrust and cut RIGHT.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>Right step, parry left and cut DOWN.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>To the left, butt strike and cut DOWN.</strong></li> +<li> <strong>To the right rear, cut down and butt STRIKE.</strong> (47)</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_759" id="Para_759">759</a>.</strong> Attacks against dummies will be practiced. The approach will be +made against the dummies both in quick time and double time. (48)</p> + + +<h5>V. PRACTICAL BAYONET COMBAT</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_760" id="Para_760">760</a>.</strong> The principles of practical bayonet combat should be taught as +far as possible during the progress of instruction in bayonet +exercises. (49)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_761" id="Para_761">761</a>.</strong> The soldier must be continually impressed with the extreme +importance of the offensive due to its moral effect. Should an attack +fail, it should be followed immediately by another attack before the +opponent has an opportunity to assume the offensive. Keep the opponent +on the defensive. If, due to circumstances, it is necessary to take +the defensive, constantly watch for an opportunity to assume the +offensive and take immediate advantage of it. (50)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_762" id="Para_762">762</a>.</strong> Observe the ground with a view to obtaining the best footing. +Time for this will generally be too limited to permit more than a +single hasty glance. (51)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_763" id="Para_763">763</a>.</strong> In personal combat watch the opponent's eyes if they can be +plainly seen, and do not fix the eyes on his weapon nor upon the +point<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> of your attack. If his eyes can not be plainly seen, as in +night attacks, watch the movements of his weapon and of his body. (52)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_764" id="Para_764">764</a>.</strong> Keep the body well covered and deliver attacks vigorously. The +point of the bayonet should always be kept as nearly as possible in +the line of attack. The less the rifle is moved upward, downward, to +the right, or to the left, the better prepared the soldier is for +attack or defense. (53)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_765" id="Para_765">765</a>.</strong> Constantly watch for a chance to attack the opponent's left hand. +His position of guard will not differ materially from that described +in <a href="#Para_734">paragraph 24</a>. If his bayonet is without a cutting edge, he will be +at a great disadvantage. (34)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_766" id="Para_766">766</a>.</strong> The butt is used for close and sudden attacks. It is particularly +useful in riot duty. From the position of port arms a sentry can +strike a severe blow with the butt of the rifle. (55)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_767" id="Para_767">767</a>.</strong> Against a man on foot, armed with a sword, be careful that the +muzzle of the rifle is not grasped. All the swordsman's energies will +be directed toward getting past the bayonet. Attack him with short +stabbing thrusts, and keep him beyond striking distance of his weapon. +(56)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_768" id="Para_768">768</a>.</strong> The adversary may attempt a greater extension in the thrust and +lunge by quitting the grasp of his piece with the left hand and +advancing the right as far as possible. When this is done, a sharp +parry may cause him to lose control of his rifle, leaving him exposed +to a counter-attack, which should follow promptly. (57)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_769" id="Para_769">769</a>.</strong> Against odds a small number of men can fight to best advantage by +grouping themselves so as to prevent their being attacked from behind. +(58)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_770" id="Para_770">770</a>.</strong> In fighting a mounted man armed with a saber every effort must be +made to get on his near or left side, because here his reach is much +shorter and his parries much weaker. If not possible to disable such +an enemy, attack his horse and then renew the attack on the horseman. +(59)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_771" id="Para_771">771</a>.</strong> In receiving night attacks the assailant's movements can be best +observed from the kneeling or prone position, as his approach +generally brings him against the sky line. When he arrives within +attacking distance rise quickly and lunge well forward at the middle +of his body. (60)</p> + + +<h5>VI. FENCING EXERCISES</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_772" id="Para_772">772</a>.</strong> Fencing exercises in two lines consist of combinations of +thrusts, parries, and foot movements executed at command or at will, +the opponent replying with suitable parries and returns. (61)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_773" id="Para_773">773</a>.</strong> The instructor will inspect the entire fencing equipment before +the exercise begins and assure himself that everything is in such +condition as will prevent accidents. (62)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_774" id="Para_774">774</a>.</strong> The men equip themselves and form in two lines at the order, +facing each other, with intervals of about 4 paces between files and a +distance of about 2 paces between lines. One line is designated as +number 1; the other, number 2. Also as attack and defense. (63)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_775" id="Para_775">775</a>.</strong> The opponents being at the order facing each other, the +instructor commands: <strong>SALUTE.</strong></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>Each man, with eyes on his opponent, carries the left hand smartly to +the right side, palm of the hand down, thumb and fingers extended and +joined, forearm horizontal, forefinger touching the bayonet. (Two) +Drop the arm smartly by the side.</p> + +<p>This salute is the fencing salute.</p> + +<p>All fencing exercises and all fencing at will between individuals will +begin and terminate with the formal courtesy of the fencing salute. +(64)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_776" id="Para_776">776</a>.</strong> After the fencing salute has been rendered the instructor +commands: <strong>1. Fencing exercise, 2. GUARD.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>guard</strong> each man comes to the position of <strong>guard</strong>, +heretofore defined, bayonets crossed, each man's bayonet bearing +lightly to the right against the corresponding portion of the +opponent's bayonet. The position is known as the engage or engage +right. (65)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_777" id="Para_777">777</a>.</strong> Being at the <strong>engage right: ENGAGE LEFT</strong>.</p> + +<p>The attack drops the point of his bayonet quickly until clear of his +opponent's rifle and describes a semicircle with it upward and to the +right; bayonets are crossed similarly as in the engaged position, each +man's bayonet bearing lightly to the left against the corresponding +portion of the opponent's bayonet. (66)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_778" id="Para_778">778</a>.</strong> Being at <strong>engage left: ENGAGE RIGHT</strong>.</p> + +<p>The attack quickly drops the point of his bayonet until clear of his +opponent's rifle and describes a semicircle with it upward and to the +left and <strong>engages</strong>. (67)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_779" id="Para_779">779</a>.</strong> Being <strong>engaged: ENGAGE LEFT AND RIGHT</strong>.</p> + +<p>The attack <strong>engages left</strong> and then immediately <strong>engages right</strong>. (68)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_780" id="Para_780">780</a>.</strong> Being <strong>engaged left: ENGAGE RIGHT AND LEFT</strong>.</p> + +<p>The attack <strong>engages right</strong> and then immediately <strong>engages left</strong>. (69)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_781" id="Para_781">781</a>. 1. Number one, ENGAGE RIGHT (LEFT); 2. Number two, COUNTER.</strong></p> + +<p>Number one executes the movement ordered, as above; number two quickly +drops the point of his bayonet and circles it upward to the original +position. (70)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_782" id="Para_782">782</a>.</strong> In all fencing while maintaining the pressure in the engage, a +certain freedom of motion of the rifle is allowable, consisting of the +play, or up-and-down motion, of one bayonet against the other. This is +necessary to prevent the opponent from divining the intended attack. +It also prevents his using the point of contact as a pivot for his +assaults. In changing from one engage to the other the movement is +controlled by the left hand, the right remaining stationary. (71)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_783" id="Para_783">783</a>.</strong> After some exercise in <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>engage left</strong>, and <strong>counter</strong>, +exercises will be given in the <strong>assaults</strong>. (72)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Assaults</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_784" id="Para_784">784</a>.</strong> The part of the body to be attacked will be designated by name as +head, neck, chest, stomach, legs. No attacks will be made below the +knees. The commands are given and the movements for each line are +first explained thoroughly by the instructor; the execution begins at +the command <strong>assault</strong>. Number one executes the attack, and number two<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span> +parries; conversely, at command, number two attacks and number one +parries. (73)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_785" id="Para_785">785</a>.</strong> For convenience in instruction assaults are divided into <strong>simple +attacks</strong>, <strong>counter-attacks</strong>, <strong>attack on the rifle</strong>, and <strong>feints</strong>. (74)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Simple Attacks</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_786" id="Para_786">786</a>.</strong> Success in these attacks depends on quickness of movement. There +are three simple attacks—the <strong>straight</strong>, the <strong>disengagement</strong>, and the +<strong>counter disengagement</strong>. They are not preceded by a feint. (75)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_787" id="Para_787">787</a>.</strong> In the <strong>straight</strong> the bayonet is directed straight at an opening +from the engaged position. Contact with the opponent's rifle may, or +may not, be abandoned while making it. If the opening be high or low, +contact with the rifle will usually be abandoned on commencing the +attack. If the opening be near his guard, the light pressure used in +the engage may be continued in the attack.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage right</strong>, <strong>1. Number one</strong>, at neck (head, +chest, right leg, etc.), <strong>thrust; 2. Number two, parry right; 3. +ASSAULT.</strong> (76)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_788" id="Para_788">788</a>.</strong> In the <strong>disengagement</strong> contact with the opponent's rifle is +abandoned and the point of the bayonet is <strong>circled under</strong> or <strong>over</strong> his +bayonet or rifle and directed into the opening attacked. This attack +is delivered by one continuous spiral movement of the bayonet from the +moment contact is abandoned.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage right</strong>, <strong>1. Number one</strong>, at stomach (left +chest, left leg, etc.), <strong>thrust, 2. Number two, parry left</strong> (etc.); <strong>3. +ASSAULT.</strong> (77)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_789" id="Para_789">789</a>.</strong> In the <strong>counter disengagement</strong> a swift attack is made into the +opening disclosed while the opponent is attempting to change the +engagement of his rifle. It is delivered by one continuous spiral +movement of the bayonet into the opening.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage right</strong>, <strong>1. Number two, engage left; 2. +Number one</strong>, at chest, <strong>thrust; 3. Number two, parry left; 4. ASSAULT.</strong></p> + +<p>Number two initiates the movement, number one thrusts as soon as the +opening is made, and number two then attempts to parry. (78)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_790" id="Para_790">790</a>.</strong> A <strong>counter-attack</strong> or <strong>return</strong> is one made instantly after or in +continuation of a parry. The parry should be as narrow as possible. +This makes it more difficult for the opponent to recover and counter +parry. The counter-attack should also be made at, or just before, the +full extension of the opponent's attack, as when it is so made, a +simple extension of the arms will generally be sufficient to reach the +opponent's body.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number two</strong>, at chest, <strong>lunge; 2. Number +one, parry right</strong>, and at stomach (chest, head, etc.), <strong>thrust; 3. +ASSAULT.</strong> (79)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Attacks on the Rifle</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_791" id="Para_791">791</a>.</strong> These movements are made for the purpose of forcing or disclosing +an opening into which an attack can be made. They are the <strong>press</strong>, the +<strong>beat</strong>, and the <strong>twist</strong>. (80)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_792" id="Para_792">792</a>.</strong> In the <strong>press</strong> the attack quickly presses against the opponent's +bayonet or rifle with his own and continues the pressure as the attack +is delivered.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, press</strong>, and at chest, +<strong>thrust; 2. Number two, parry right; 3. ASSAULT.</strong> (81)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_793" id="Para_793">793</a>.</strong> The attack by <strong>disengagement</strong> is particularly effective following +<strong>the press</strong>.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, press</strong>, and at stomach, +<strong>thrust; 2. Number two, low parry left; 3. ASSAULT.</strong> (82)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_794" id="Para_794">794</a>.</strong> The <strong>beat</strong> is an attack in which a sharp blow struck against the +opponent's rifle for the purpose of forcing him to expose an opening +into which an attack immediately follows. It is used when there is but +slight opposition or no contact of rifles.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, beat</strong> and at stomach +(chest, etc.), <strong>thrust; 2. Number two, parry left; 3. ASSAULT.</strong> (83)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_795" id="Para_795">795</a>.</strong> In the <strong>twist</strong> the rifle is crossed over the opponent's rifle or +bayonet and his bayonet forced downward with a circular motion and a +straight attack made into the opening. It requires superior strength +on the part of the attack.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, twist</strong>, and at stomach, +<strong>thrust; 2. Number two, low parry, left; 3. ASSAULT.</strong> (84)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Feints</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_796" id="Para_796">796</a>.</strong> Feints are movements which threaten or simulate attacks and are +made with a view to inducing an opening or parry that exposes the +desired point of attack. They are either single or double, according +to the number of such movements made by the attack. (85)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_797" id="Para_797">797</a>.</strong> In order that the attack may be changed quickly, as little force +as possible is put into a feint.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, feint</strong> head <strong>thrust</strong> at +stomach, <strong>lunge; 2. Number two, parry right and low parry right; 3. +ASSAULT.</strong></p> + +<p>Number one executes the feint and then the attack. Number two executes +both parries. (86)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_798" id="Para_798">798</a>.</strong> In double feints first one part of the body and then another is +threatened and a third attacked.</p> + +<p>Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, feint straight thrust</strong> at +chest; <strong>disengagement</strong> at chest; at stomach, <strong>lunge; 2. Number two, parry +right, parry left,</strong> and <strong>low parry left; 3. ASSAULT.</strong> (87)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_799" id="Para_799">799</a>.</strong> An opening may be offered or procured by opposition, as in the +<strong>press</strong> or <strong>beat</strong>. (88)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_800" id="Para_800">800</a>.</strong> In fencing exercises every feint should at first be parried. When +the defense is able to judge or divine the character of the attack the +feint is not necessarily parried, but may be nullified by a counter +feint. (89)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_801" id="Para_801">801</a>.</strong> A <strong>counter feint</strong> is a feint following the opponent's feint or +following a parry of his attack and generally occurs in combined +movements. (90)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span></p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Combined Movements</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_802" id="Para_802">802</a>.</strong> When the men have become thoroughly familiar with the various +foot movements, parries, guards, attacks, feints, etc., the instructor +combines several of them and gives the commands in quick succession, +increasing the rapidity and number of movements as the men become more +skillful. Opponents will be changed frequently.</p> + +<p>1. Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, by disengagement</strong> at +chest, <strong>thrust; 2. Number two, parry left, right step</strong> (left foot +first), and <strong>lunge; 3. ASSAULT.</strong></p> + +<p>2. Example: Being at <strong>engage left</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, press and lunge; 2. +Number two, parry right, left step,</strong> and <strong>thrust; 3. ASSAULT.</strong></p> + +<p>3. Example: Being at the <strong>engage</strong>, <strong>1. Number one, by disengagement</strong> at +chest, <strong>thrust; 2. Number two, parry left, front pass</strong>, and at head <strong>butt +strike; 3. Number one, right step; 4. ASSAULT.</strong> (91)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_803" id="Para_803">803</a>.</strong> Examples 1 and 2 are typical of movements known as <strong>cross +counters</strong>, and example No. 3 of movements known as <strong>close counters</strong>. (92)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_804" id="Para_804">804</a>.</strong> A <strong>chancery</strong> is an attack by means of which the opponent is +disarmed, which causes him to lose control of his rifle, or which +disables his weapon. (93)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_805" id="Para_805">805</a>.</strong> When the different combinations are executed with sufficient +skill the instructor will devise series of movements to be memorized +and executed at the command assault. The accuracy and celerity of the +movements will be carefully watched by the instructor, with a view to +the correction of faulty execution. (94)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_806" id="Para_806">806</a>.</strong> It is not intended to restrict the number of movements, but to +leave to the discretion of company commanders and the ingenuity of +instructors the selection of such other exercises as accord with the +object of the drill. (95)</p> + + +<h5>VII. FENCING AT WILL</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_807" id="Para_807">807</a>.</strong> As satisfactory progress is made the instructor will proceed to +the exercises at will, by which is meant assaults between two men, +each endeavoring to hit the other and to avoid being hit himself. +Fencing at will should not be allowed to degenerate into random +attacks and defenses. (96)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_808" id="Para_808">808</a>.</strong> The instructor can supervise but one pair of combatants at a +time. Frequent changes should be made so that the men may learn +different methods of attack and defense from each other. (97)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_809" id="Para_809">809</a>.</strong> The contest should begin with simple, careful movements, with a +view to forming a correct opinion of the adversary; afterwards +everything will depend on coolness, rapid and correct execution of the +movements and quick perception of the adversary's intentions. (98)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_810" id="Para_810">810</a>.</strong> Continual retreat from the adversary's attack and frequent +dodging to escape attacks should be avoided. The offensive should be +continually encouraged. (99)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_811" id="Para_811">811</a>.</strong> In fencing at will, when no commands are given, opponents facing +each other at the position of order arms, salute. They then +immediately and simultaneously assume the position of guard, rifles +engaged. Neither man may take the position of guard before his +opponent has com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>pleted his salute. The choice of position is decided +before the salute. (100)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_812" id="Para_812">812</a>.</strong> The opponents being about two paces apart and the fencing salute +having been rendered, the instructor commands, <strong>1. At will, 2. ASSAULT</strong>, +after which either party has the right to attack. To interrupt the +contest the instructor will command <strong>HALT</strong>, at which the combatants will +immediately come to the order. To terminate the contest the instructor +will command, <strong>1. Halt, 2. SALUTE</strong>, at which the combatants will +immediately come to the order, salute, and remove their masks. (101)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_813" id="Para_813">813</a>.</strong> When men have acquired confidence in fencing at will, one +opponent should be required to advance upon the other in quick time at +<strong>charge bayonet</strong>, from a distance not to exceed 10 yards, and deliver an +attack. As soon as a hit is made by either opponent the instructor +commands, <strong>HALT</strong>, and the assault terminates. Opponents alternate in +assaulting. The assailant is likewise required to advance at double +time from a distance not exceeding 20 yards and at a run from a +distance not exceeding 30 yards. (102)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_814" id="Para_814">814</a>.</strong> The instructor will closely observe the contest and decide +doubtful points. He will at once stop the contest upon the slightest +indication of temper. After conclusion of the combat he will comment +on the action of both parties, point out errors and deficiencies and +explain how they may be avoided in the future. (103)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_815" id="Para_815">815</a>.</strong> As additional instruction, the men may be permitted to wield the +rifle left handed, that is on the left side of the body, left hand at +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> small of the stock. Many men will be able to use this method to +advantage. It is also of value in case the left hand is wounded. (104)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 169px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0815.png" width="169" height="200" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_816" id="Para_816">816</a>.</strong> After men have fenced in pairs, practice should be given in +fencing between groups, equally and unequally divided. When +practicable, intrenchments will be used in fencing of this character.</p> + +<p>In group fencing it will be necessary to have a sufficient number of +umpires to decide hits. An individual receiving a hit is withdrawn at +once from the bout, which is decided in favor of the group having the +numerical superiority at the end. The fencing salute is not required +in group fencing. (105)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Rules for Fencing at Will</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_817" id="Para_817">817</a>.</strong> 1. Hits on the legs below the knees will not be counted. No hit +counts unless, in the opinion of the instructor, it has sufficient +force to disable.</p> + +<p>2. Upon receiving a hit, call out "hit."</p> + +<p>3. After receiving a fair hit a counter-attack is not permitted. A +position of engage is taken.</p> + +<p>4. A second or third hit in a combined attack will be counted only +when the first hit was not called.</p> + +<p>5. When it is necessary to stop the contest—for example, because of +breaking of weapons or displacement of means of protection—take the +position of the order.</p> + +<p>6. When it is necessary to suspend the assault for any cause, it will +not be resumed until the adversary is ready and in condition to defend +himself.</p> + +<p>7. Attacks directed at the crotch are prohibited in fencing.</p> + +<p>8. Stepping out of bounds, when established, counts as a hit. (106)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Suggestions for Fencing at Will</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_818" id="Para_818">818</a>.</strong> When engaging in an assault, first study the adversary's position +and proceed by false attacks, executed with speed, to discover, if +possible, his instinctive parries. In order to draw the adversary out +and induce him to expose that part of the body at which the attack is +to be made, it is advisable to simulate an attack by a feint and then +make the real attack. (107)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_819" id="Para_819">819</a>.</strong> Return attacks should be frequently practiced, as they are +difficult to parry, and the opponent is within easier reach and more +exposed. The return can be made a continuation of the parry, as there +is no previous warning of its delivery, although it should always be +expected. Returns are made without lunging if the adversary can be +reached by thrusts or cuts. (108)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_820" id="Para_820">820</a>.</strong> Endeavor to overcome the tendency to make a return without +knowing where it will hit. Making returns blindly is a bad habit and +leads to instinctive returns—that is, habitual returns with certain +attacks from certain parries—a fault which the skilled opponent will +soon discover. (109)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_821" id="Para_821">821</a>.</strong> Do not draw the rifle back preparatory to thrusting and lunging +(110)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_822" id="Para_822">822</a>.</strong> The purpose of fencing at will is to teach the soldier as many +forms of simple, effective attacks and defenses as possible. +Complicated and intricate movements should not be attempted. (111)</p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Hints for Instructors</span></h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_823" id="Para_823">823</a>.</strong> The influence of the instructor is great. He must be master of +his weapon, not only to show the various movements, but also to lead +in the exercises at will. He should stimulate the zeal of the men and +arouse pleasure in the work. Officers should qualify themselves as +instructors by fencing with each other. (112)</p> + + +<h5>LESSONS OF THE EUROPEAN WAR</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_824" id="Para_824">824</a>. Modification of our system of bayonet combat suggested.</strong> The above +gives, in toto, the system of bayonet exercises and combat at present +prescribed by the War Department in the <strong>Manual of the Bayonet</strong>. +However, the use of the bayonet in the present European war, which has +given that weapon an importance and prominence heretofore unheard of, +suggests, as indicated below, certain modifications of our system.</p> + +<p>(a) <em>Attack not to be directed against chest.</em> The attack should be +directed at the adversary's neck or stomach, and not against his +chest; for, if the bayonet is driven into the chest, there will +probably be difficulty in withdrawing it, and while your bayonet is +being so held, imbedded in your adversary's chest, you are at the +mercy of any other enemy soldier free to strike you.</p> + +<p>(b) <em>Mêlée on parapet.</em> When the first wave of an attacking line +reaches the enemy's trench, it is usually met outside the trench, the +mêlée taking place on the parapet, and fortunate is the man who is +skilled in handling his bayonet. Such a man has a much greater chance +to live through the mêlée than the one who is not skillful in using +his bayonet. In the excitement and confusion of this mêlée the +greatest possible care must be taken not to stab some of your own men +in the back.</p> + +<p>(c) <em>Position of feet.</em> The British have been teaching their men to +keep both feet pointing toward the enemy instead of having the right +foot turned to the right, as in our system. Note the position of the +feet in <a href="#Fig_15_II_I">Figs. 15</a>–18.</p> + +<p>(d) <em>The "Short point" (or "Short thrust") and the "Jab."</em> There are +two attacks used by European troops which we might learn with profit. +They are the "Short point" (or "Short thrust") and the "Jab."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p> + + +<h6><span class="smcap">Position of Guard</span></h6> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 165px;"> +<a name="Fig_14_II_I" id="Fig_14_II_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0824a.png" width="165" height="200" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14</span> +</div> + +<p>(e) <em>The short point (or short thrust).</em> The <em>short point</em> (or <em>short +thrust</em>) is taken from the position of guard (<a href="#Fig_14_II_I">Fig. 14</a>), by slipping +the left hand up to the grip of the bayonet, grasping it and the +barrel, as shown in this figure:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 157px;"> +<a name="Fig_15_II_I" id="Fig_15_II_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0824b.png" width="157" height="200" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15</span> +</div> + +<p>The rifle is then drawn back to the fullest extent of the right arm, +thus:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 168px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0824c.png" width="168" height="200" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 16</span> +</div> + +<p>and a vigorous thrust is made at the objective (<a href="#Fig_15_II_I">Fig. 15</a>), immediately +after which the bayonet is withdrawn vigorously, the left hand relaxed +and the position of guard (<a href="#Fig_14_II_I">Fig. 14</a>) is resumed by pushing the rifle +smartly forward until the left hand is in its proper place.</p> + +<p>It should be practiced on sand bags or other targets in positions at +the height of the rifle, above it and below it.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>(f) <em>The jab.</em> The jab is taken from the first position of the "Short +point" (<a href="#Fig_15_II_I">Fig. 15</a>), by slipping the right hand up to the left as the +rifle is drawn back to make the "Short thrust" (<a href="#Fig_17_II_I">Fig. 17</a>).</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 154px;"> +<a name="Fig_17_II_I" id="Fig_17_II_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0824d.png" width="154" height="200" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17</span> +</div> + +<p>Then make a vigorous <em>upward</em> thrust (<a href="#Fig_18_II_I">Fig. 18</a>) which should be aimed +at the adversary's throat.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 112px;"> +<a name="Fig_18_II_I" id="Fig_18_II_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0824e.png" width="112" height="200" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18</span> +</div> + +<p>This may be practiced combined with the short thrust or the ordinary +thrust. It may also be practiced with a run toward the target. It is a +useful attack at close quarters.</p> + +<p>(g) <em>The butt.</em> The rifle butt is used with great effect at close +quarters, the blows being directed against an adversary's jaw or in +the region of the heart.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>(h) <em>Tripping adversary.</em> The men are taught how to trip up an enemy +and how to use their knees in throwing their opponents off their +balance.</p> + +<p>(i) <em>Withdrawing the bayonet.</em> After driving the bayonet into an +opponent, then the first consideration is to get it out of his body. +This may be done by slipping the left hand up to the bayonet grip and +exerting a <em>vigorous</em> pull, which is immediately followed by a return +to the position of guard.</p> + +<p>(j) <em>Points in training.</em> In the first stages of training, special +attention is paid to a firm grip and proper handling of arms; then the +greatest attention is given to "direction" when thrusting, lunging, +and parrying.</p> + +<p>Until these essentials have been thoroughly mastered, quickness should +not be insisted upon.</p> + +<p>Confidence comes after continued practice, and quickness and vigor +will come with confidence.</p> + +<p>After the men are taught to make all the attacks as individuals they +should be given practice in them as groups.</p> + +<p>Sandbags with discs marked on them to provide targets are used in +instructing the British armies.</p> + +<p>These bags are suspended from trees or trestles, or are put into +trenches or pits, and are also placed on the ground.</p> + +<p>An excellent scheme is used in teaching the men what the shock of a +charge is like. The men are divided into two or more groups and are +equipped with fencing outfits. One group is designated as the defense +and is placed in trenches. The other groups are the attackers. They +may be sent forward in waves or in one line. To make their advance +more realistic they have to get over or around obstacles. To take in +all phases the attackers are made stronger than the defense and the +defense retires—whereupon the attackers endeavor to disable them by +thrusting at the kidneys. Likewise the defense is made strong enough +to drive off the offense.</p> + +<p>In the charge the men are taught to run at the "High Port" (the rifle +is held as in "Port arms," but is carried well above the head). The +rifle is brought down to guard just before the enemy is met.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192a" id="Page_192a">[Pg 192a]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>APPENDIX D</h4> + +<p class="chapter_head"><span class="smcap">September 15, 1917</span></p> + +<div class="thought_break"></div> +<p class="chapter_head">INFANTRY DRILL REGULATIONS, 1911.</p> +<div class="thought_break"></div> + +<p><a href="#Para_120">Paragraphs 120</a>, <a href="#Para_143">143</a>, <a href="#Para_146">146</a>, <a href="#Para_185">185</a>, <a href="#Para_187">187</a>, <a href="#Para_189">189</a>, <a href="#Para_194">194</a>, <a href="#Para_646">646</a>, Infantry Drill +Regulations, 1911, apply only to troops armed with the United States +rifle, Model 1903. For troops armed with the United States rifle, +Model 1917 (Enfield), the alternative paragraphs published herewith +will govern.</p> + +<p>By order of the Secretary of War:</p> + +<p><strong>120.</strong> The following rules govern the carrying of the piece:</p> + +<p>First. The piece is not carried with cartridges in either the chamber +or the magazine except when especially ordered. When so loaded, or +supposed to be loaded, it is habitually carried locked; that is, with +safety lock turned to the "<strong>Safe.</strong>" At all other times it is carried +unlocked, with the trigger pulled.</p> + +<p>Second. Whenever troops are formed under arms, pieces are immediately +inspected at the commands: <strong>1. INSPECTION, 2. ARMS, 3. ORDER (Right +shoulder port), 4. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>A similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal.</p> + +<p>If cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed +and placed in the belt.</p> + +<p>Third. The bayonet is not fixed except in bayonet exercise, on guard, +or for combat.</p> + +<p>Fourth. <strong>Fall in</strong> is executed with the piece at the order arms. <strong>Fall +out</strong>, <strong>rest</strong>, and <strong>at ease</strong> are executed as without arms. On resuming +attention the position of order arms is taken.</p> + +<p>Fifth. If at the order, unless otherwise prescribed, the piece is +brought to the right shoulder, at the command <strong>MARCH</strong>, the three motions +corresponding with the first three steps. Movements may be executed at +the trail by prefacing the preparatory command with the words <strong>at +trail</strong>; as <strong>1. AT TRAIL, FORWARD, 2. MARCH.</strong> The trail is taken at the +command <strong>MARCH</strong>.</p> + +<p>When the facings, alignments, open and close ranks, taking interval or +distance, and assemblings are executed from the order, raise the piece +to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting.</p> + +<p>Sixth. The piece is brought to the order on halting. The execution of +the order begins when the halt is completed.</p> + +<p>Seventh. A disengaged hand in double time is held as when without +arms.</p> + +<p><strong>143.</strong> Being at order arms: <strong>1. UNFIX, 2. BAYONET.</strong></p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt: Execute parade rest; +grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand, pressing +the spring with the forefinger of the left hand; raise the bayonet<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192b" id="Page_192b">[Pg 192b]</a></span> +until the handle is about 12 inches above the muzzle of the piece; the +point to the left, back of the hand toward the body, and glancing at +the scabbard, return the bayonet, the blade passing between the left +arm and the body; regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the +order.</p> + +<p>If the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack: Take the bayonet +from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the +most convenient manner.</p> + +<p>If marching or lying down, the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the +most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the +original position.</p> + +<p>Fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity, but +not in cadence.</p> + +<p><strong>146.</strong> Being at inspection arms: <strong>1. ORDER (Right shoulder, port), 2. +ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>At the preparatory command press the follower down with the fingers of +the left hand, then push the bolt forward just enough to engage the +follower, raise the fingers of the left hand, push the bolt forward, +turn the handle down, pull the trigger, and resume <strong>port arms</strong>. At the +command <strong>ARMS</strong>, complete the movement ordered.</p> + + +<h5>To Load</h5> + +<p><strong>185.</strong> Being in line or skirmish line at halt: <strong>1. WITH DUMMY (Blank or +ball) CARTRIDGES, 2. LOAD.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>load</strong> each front rank man or skirmisher faces half right +and carries the right foot to the right, about 1 foot, to such a +position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the +body; raises or lowers the piece and drops it into the left hand at +the balance, left thumb extended along the stock and muzzle at the +height of the breast. With the right hand he turns and draws the bolt +back, takes a loaded clip and inserts the end in the clip slots, +places the thumb on the powder space at the top cartridge, the fingers +extending around the piece and tips resting on the magazine floor +plate; forces the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with +the thumb; without removing the clip, thrusts the bolt home, turning +down the handle; turns the safety lock to the "Safe" and carries the +hand to the small of the stock. Each rear rank man moves to the right +front, takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of +his front rank man, muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front +rank, and loads.</p> + +<p>A skirmish line may load while moving, the pieces being held as nearly +as practicable in the position of load.</p> + +<p>If kneeling or sitting, the position of the piece is similar; if +kneeling, the left forearm rests on the left thigh; if sitting, the +elbows are supported by the knees. If lying down, the left hand +steadies and supports the piece at the balance, the toe of the butt +resting on the ground, the muzzle off the ground.</p> + +<p>For reference, these positions (standing, kneeling, and lying down) +are designated as that of <strong>load</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong>186.</strong> For purposes of simulating firing, <strong>1. SIMULATE, 2. LOAD</strong>, raise +the bolt handle as in the preceding paragraph, draw the bolt back +until the cocking piece engages, then close the bolt, and turn the +bolt handle down.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192c" id="Page_192c">[Pg 192c]</a></span>The recruits are first taught to simulate loading and firing; after a +few lessons dummy cartridges are used. Later, blank cartridges may be +used.</p> + +<p>Omit last paragraph.</p> + +<p><strong>187. Unload:</strong> Take the position of load, turn the safety lock up and +move the bolt alternately backward and forward until all the +cartridges are ejected. After the last cartridge is ejected the +chamber is closed by pressing the follower down with the fingers of +the left hand, to engage it under the bolt, and then thrusting the +bolt home. The trigger is pulled. The cartridges are then picked up, +cleaned, and returned to the belt and the piece is brought to the +order.</p> + +<p><strong>189.</strong> [Last paragraph]. To continue the firing: <strong>1. AIM, 2. SQUAD, 3. +FIRE.</strong></p> + +<p>Each command is executed as previously explained. <strong>Load</strong> is executed by +drawing back and thrusting home the bolt with the right hand, leaving +the safety lock at the "Ready."</p> + +<p><strong>194. Cease firing:</strong> Firing stops; pieces are loaded and locked; the +sights are laid down and the piece is brought to the order. Cease +firing is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of position or +to steady the men.</p> + + +<h5>Company Inspection</h5> + +<p><strong>646.</strong> Being in line at halt: <strong>1. OPEN RANKS, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong> the front rank executes right dress; the rear +rank and the file closers march backward 4 steps, halt, and execute +right dress; the lieutenants pass around their respective flanks and +take post, facing to the front, 3 paces in front of the center of +their respective platoons. The captain aligns the front rank, rear +rank, and file closers, takes post 3 paces in front of the right +guide, facing to the left and commands: <strong>1. FRONT, 2. PREPARE FOR +INSPECTION.</strong></p> + +<p>At the second command the lieutenants carry saber; the captain returns +saber and inspects them, after which they face about, order saber, and +stand at ease; upon the completion of the inspection they carry saber, +face about, and order saber. The captain may direct the lieutenants to +accompany or assist him, in which case they return saber and, at the +close of the inspection, resume their posts in front of the company, +draw and carry saber.</p> + +<p>Having inspected the lieutenants, the captain proceeds to the right of +the company. Each man, as the captain approaches him executes +<strong>inspection arms</strong>.</p> + +<p>The captain takes the piece, grasping it with his right hand just +below the lower band, the man dropping his hands; the captain inspects +the piece, and, with the hand and piece in the same position as in +receiving it, hands it back to the man, who takes it with the left +hand at the balance and executes <strong>order arms</strong>.</p> + +<p>As the captain returns the piece the next man executes <strong>inspection +arms</strong>, and so on through the company.</p> + +<p>Should the piece be inspected without handling, each man executes +<strong>order arms</strong> as soon as the captain passes to the next man.</p> + +<p>The inspection is from right to left in front, and from left to right +in rear of each rank and of the line of file closers.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192d" id="Page_192d">[Pg 192d]</a></span>When approached by the captain the first sergeant executes <strong>inspection +saber</strong>. Enlisted men armed with the pistol execute <strong>inspection pistol</strong> by +drawing the pistol from the holster and holding it diagonally across +the body, barrel up, and 6 inches in front of the neck, muzzle +pointing up and to the left. The pistol is returned to the holster as +soon as the captain passes.</p> + +<p>Upon completion of the inspection the captain takes post facing to the +left in front of the right guide and on line with the lieutenants and +commands: <strong>1. CLOSE RANKS, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command march the lieutenants resume their posts in line; the +rear rank closes to 40 inches, each man covering his file leader; the +file closers close to 2 paces from the rear rank.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_III_I" id="CHAPTER_III_I"></a>CHAPTER III</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MANUAL OF PHYSICAL TRAINING</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">(<span class="smcap">Extracts</span>)</p> + + +<h4>METHODS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_825" id="Para_825">825</a>.</strong> In the employment of the various forms of physical training it is +necessary that well-defined methods should be introduced in order that +the object of this training may be attained in the most thorough and +systematic manner. Whenever it is possible this work should be +conducted out of doors. In planning these methods the following +factors must be considered:</p> + +<ul> +<li>(<em>a</em>) The condition and physical aptitude of the men.</li> +<li>(<em>b</em>) The facilities.</li> +<li>(<em>c</em>) The time.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The question of the <em>physical aptitude</em> and <em>general condition</em>, etc., +of the men is a very important one, and it should always determine the +nature and extent of the task expected of them; never should the work +be made the determining factor. In general, it is advisable to divide +the men into three classes, viz., the recruit class, the intermediate +class, and the advanced class. The work for each class should fit the +capabilities of the members of that class and in every class it should +be arranged progressively.</p> + +<p><em>Facilities</em> are necessarily to be considered in any plan of +instruction, but as most posts are now equipped with better than +average facilities the plan laid down in this Manual will answer all +purposes.</p> + +<p><em>Time</em> is a decidedly important factor, and no plan can be made unless +those in charge of this work know exactly how much time they have at +their disposal. During the suspension of drills five periods a week, +each of 45 minutes duration, should be devoted to physical training; +during the drill period a 15-minute drill in setting-up exercises +should be ordered on drill days. The time of day, too, is important. +<em>When possible, these drills should be held in the morning about two +hours after breakfast, and at no time should they be held immediately +before or after a meal.</em></p> + +<p>Insist upon accurate and precise execution of every movement. By doing +so those other essential qualities, besides strength and +endurance—activity, agility, gracefulness, and accuracy—will also be +developed.</p> + +<p>Exercises which require activity and agility, rather than those that +require strength only, should be selected.</p> + +<p>It should be constantly borne in mind that these exercises are the +means and not the end; and if there be a doubt in the mind of the +instructor as to the effect of an exercise, it is always well to err +upon the side of safety. <em>Underdoing is rectifiable; overdoing is +often not.</em> The object of this work is not the development of expert +gymnasts,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span> but the development of physically sound men by means of a +system in which the chances of bodily injury are reduced to a minimum. +When individuals show a special aptitude for gymnastics they may be +encouraged, within limits, to improve this ability, but never at the +expense of their fellows.</p> + +<p>The drill should be made as attractive as possible, and this can best +be accomplished by employing the mind as well as the body. The +movements should be as varied as possible, thus constantly offering +the men something new to make them keep their minds on their work. A +movement many times repeated presents no attraction and is executed in +a purely mechanical manner, which should always be discountenanced.</p> + +<p>Short and frequent drills should be given in preference to long ones, +which are liable to exhaust all concerned, and exhaustion means lack +of interest and benefit. All movements should be carefully explained, +and, if necessary, illustrated by the instructor.</p> + +<p>The lesson should begin with the less violent exercises, gradually +working up to those that are more so, then gradually working back to +the simpler ones, so that the men at the close of the drill will be in +as nearly a normal condition as possible.</p> + +<p>When one portion of the body is being exercised, care should be taken +that the other parts remain quiet as far as the conformation of the +body will allow. The men must learn to exercise any one part of the +body independent of the other part.</p> + +<p>Everything in connection with physical training should be such that +the men look forward to it with pleasure, not with dread, for the mind +exerts more influence over the human body than all the gymnastic +paraphernalia that was ever invented.</p> + +<p>Exercise should be carried on as much as possible in the open air; at +all times in pure, dry air.</p> + +<p>Never exercise the men to the point of exhaustion. If there is +evidence of panting, faintness, fatigue, or pain, the exercise should +be stopped at once, for it is nature's way of saying "too much."</p> + +<p>By constant practice the men should learn to breathe slowly through +the nostrils during all exercises, especially running.</p> + +<p>A fundamental condition of exercise is unimpeded respiration. Proper +breathing should always be insisted upon; "holding the breath" and +breathing only when it can no longer be held is injurious. Every +exercise should be accompanied by an unimpeded and, if possible, by an +uninterrupted act of respiration, the inspiration and respiration of +which depends to a great extent upon the nature of the exercise. +Inhalation should always accompany that part of an exercise which +tends to elevate and distend the thorax—as raising arms over head +laterally, for instance; while that part of an exercise which exerts a +pressure against the walls of the chest should be accompanied by +exhalation, as for example, lowering arms laterally from shoulders or +overhead.</p> + +<p>If after exercising, the breathing becomes labored and distressed, it +is an unmistakable sign that the work has been excessive. Such +excessiveness is not infrequently the cause of serious injury to the +heart and lungs or to both. In cases where exercise produces +palpitation, labored respiration, etc., it is advisable to recommend +absolute rest, or to order the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span> execution of such exercises as will +relieve the oppressed and overtaxed organ. Leg exercises slowly +executed will afford great relief. By drawing the blood from the upper +to the lower extremities they equalize the circulation, thereby +lessening the heart's action and quieting the respiration.</p> + +<p><em>Never exercise immediately after a meal</em>; digestion is more important +at this time than extraneous exercise.</p> + +<p><em>Never eat or drink immediately after exercise</em>; allow the body to +recover its normal condition first, and the most beneficial results +will follow. If necessary, pure water, not too cold, may be taken in +small quantities, but the exercise should be continued, especially if +in a state of perspiration.</p> + +<p>Never, if at all possible, allow the underclothing to dry on the body. +Muscular action produces an unusual amount of bodily heat; this should +be lost gradually, otherwise the body will be chilled; hence, after +exercise, never remove clothing to cool off, but, on the contrary, +wear some wrap in addition. In like manner, be well wrapped on leaving +the gymnasium.</p> + +<p>Cold baths, especially when the body is heated, as in the case after +exercising violently, should be discouraged. In individual instances +such baths may appear apparently beneficial, or at least not +injurious; in a majority of cases, however, they can not be used with +impunity. Tepid baths are recommended. When impossible to bathe, the +flannels worn while exercising should be stripped off; the body +sponged with tepid water, and then rubbed thoroughly with coarse +towels. After such a sponge the body should be clothed in clean, warm +clothing.</p> + +<p>Flannel is the best material to wear next to the body during physical +drill, as it absorbs the perspiration, protects the body against +drafts and, in a mild manner, excites the skin. When the conditions +permit it the men may be exercised in the ordinary athletic costume, +sleeveless shirt, flappers, socks, and gymnasium shoes.</p> + + +<p class="chapter_head">COMMANDS—SETTING-UP EXERCISES</p> + + +<h4>COMMANDS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_826" id="Para_826">826</a>.</strong> There are two kinds of commands:</p> + +<p>The preparatory indicates the movement to be executed.</p> + +<p>The command of execution causes the execution.</p> + +<p>In the command: <strong>1. Arms forward, 2. RAISE</strong>, the words <strong>Arms forward</strong> +constitute the preparatory command, and <strong>RAISE</strong> the command of +execution. Preparatory commands are printed in <strong>bold face</strong>, and those of +execution in <strong>CAPITALS</strong>.</p> + +<p>The tone of command is animated, distinct, and of a loudness +proportioned to the number of men for whom it is intended.</p> + +<p>The various movements comprising an exercise are executed by commands +and, unless otherwise indicated, the continuation of an exercise is +carried out by repeating the command, which usually takes the form of +numerals the numbers depending upon the number of movements, that an +exercise comprises. Thus, if an exercise consists of two movements, +the counts will be one, two; or if it consists of eight movements, the +counts will be correspondingly increased; thus every movement is +designated by a separate command.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>Occasionally, especially in exercises that are to be executed slowly, +words rather than numerals are used, and these must be indicative of +the nature of the various movements.</p> + +<p>In the continuation of an exercise the preparatory command is +explanatory, the command of execution causes the execution and the +<em>continuation is caused by a repetition of numerals</em> denoting the +number of movements required, or of words describing the movements if +words are used. The numerals or words preceding the command <strong>halt</strong> +should always be given with a rising inflection on the first numeral +or word of command of the last repetition of the exercise in order to +prepare the men for the command <strong>halt</strong>.</p> + +<p>For example:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Arms to thrust, 2. RAISE, 3. Thrust arms upward, 4. EXERCISE, ONE, +TWO, ONE, TWO, ONE, HALT</strong>; the rising inflection preparatory to the +command halt being placed on the "one" preceding the "<strong>halt</strong>."</p> + +<p>Each command must indicate, by its tone, how that particular movement +is to be executed; thus, if an exercise consists of two movements, one +of which is to be energized, the command corresponding to that +movement must be emphasized.</p> + +<p>Judgment must be used in giving commands, for rarely is the cadence of +two movements alike; and a command should not only indicate the +cadence of an exercise, but also the nature of its execution.</p> + +<p>Thus, many of the arm exercises are short and snappy; hence the +command should be given in a smart tone of voice, and the interval +between the commands should be short.</p> + +<p>The leg exercises can not be executed as quickly as those of the arms; +therefore, the commands should be slightly drawn out and follow one +another in slow succession.</p> + +<p>The trunk exercises, owing to the deliberateness of execution, should +be considerably drawn out and follow one another in slow succession.</p> + +<p>The antagonistic exercises, where one group of muscles is made to +antagonize another, tensing exercises, the commands are drawn still +more. In these exercises words are preferable to numerals. In fact it +should be the object of the instructor to convey to the men, by the +manner of his command, exactly the nature of the exercise.</p> + +<p>All commands should be given in a clear and distinct tone of voice, +articulation should be distinct, and an effort should be made to +cultivate a voice which will inspire the men with enthusiasm and tend +to make them execute the exercises with willingness, snap, and +precision. It is not the volume, but the quality, of the voice which +is necessary to successful instruction.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">The Position of Attention</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_827" id="Para_827">827</a>.</strong> This is the position an unarmed dismounted soldier assumes when +in ranks. During the setting-up exercises, it is assumed whenever the +command attention is given by the instructor.</p> + +<p>Having allowed his men to rest, the instructor commands: <strong>1. Squad, 2. +ATTENTION.</strong> <a href="#Fig_A_III_I">Figs. A</a> and <a href="#Fig_B_III_I">B</a>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. A and fig. B"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 74px;"> +<a name="Fig_A_III_I" id="Fig_A_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0827a.png" width="74" height="200" alt="Fig. A" title="Fig. A" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. A</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 66px;"> +<a name="Fig_B_III_I" id="Fig_B_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0827b.png" width="66" height="200" alt="Fig. B" title="Fig. B" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. B</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The words <strong>class</strong>, <strong>section</strong>, or <strong>company</strong> may be substituted for the word +"squad."</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>attention</strong>, the men will quickly assume and retain the +following position:</p> + +<p>Heels on same line and as near each other as the conformation of the +man permits.</p> + +<p>Feet turned out equally and forming an angle of about 45 degrees.</p> + +<p>Knees straight without stiffness.</p> + +<p>The body erect on the hips, the spine extended throughout its entire +length.</p> + +<p>The shoulders falling naturally, are forced back until they are +square.</p> + +<p>Chest arched and slightly raised.</p> + +<p>The arms hang naturally; thumbs along seams of trousers; back of hands +out and elbows turned back.</p> + +<p>Head erect, chin drawn in so that the axis of the head and neck is +vertical; eyes straight to the front and, when the nature of the +terrain permits it, fixed on an object at their own height.</p> + +<p>Too much attention can not be given to this position, and instructors +are cautioned to insist that the men accustom themselves to it. As a +rule, it is so exaggerated that it not only becomes ridiculous, but +positively harmful. The men must be taught to assume a natural and +graceful position, one from which all rigidity is eliminated and from +which action is possible without first relaxing muscles that have been +constrained in an effort to maintain the position of attention. In +other words, coördination rather than strength should be depended +upon.</p> + +<p>In the position described the weight rests principally upon the balls +of the feet, the heels resting lightly upon the ground.</p> + +<p>The knees are extended easily, but never locked.</p> + +<p>The body is now inclined forward until the front of the thighs is +directly over the point of the toes; the hips are square and the waist +is extended by the erection of the entire spine, but never to such a +degree that mobility of the waist is lost.</p> + +<p>In extending the spine, the chest is naturally arched and the abdomen +is drawn in, but never to the extent where it interferes with +respiration.</p> + +<p>In extending the spinal column, the shoulders must not be raised, but +held loosely in normal position and forced back until the points of +the shoulders are at right angles with an anterior-posterior plane +running through the shoulders.</p> + +<p>The chin should be square; i. e., horizontal and forced back enough to +bring the neck in a vertical plane; the eyes fixed to the front and +the object on which they are fixed must be at their own height +whenever the nature of the terrain permits it.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>When properly assumed, a vertical line drawn from the top of the head +should pass in front of the ear, just in front of the shoulder and of +the thigh, and find its base at the balls of the feet.</p> + +<p>All muscles should be contracted only enough to maintain this +position, which at all times should be a lithesome one, that can be +maintained for a long period without fatigue—one that makes for +activity and that is based upon a correct anatomical and physiological +basis.</p> + +<p>Instructors will correct the position of attention of every man +individually and they will ascertain, when the position has been +properly assumed, whether the men are "on their toes," i. e., carrying +the weight on the balls of the feet, whether they are able to respire +properly, and whether they find a strain across the small of the back, +which should be as flat as possible. This should be repeated until the +men are able to assume the position correctly without restraint or +rigidity.</p> + +<p>At the command <strong>rest</strong> or <strong>at ease</strong> the men, while carrying out the +provisions of the drill regulations, should be cautioned to avoid +assuming any position that has a tendency to nullify the object of the +position of attention; standing on leg for instance; allowing the +shoulders to slope forward; drooping the head; folding arms across +chest, etc. The weight should always be distributed equally upon both +legs; the head, trunk, and shoulders remain erect and the arms held in +a position that does not restrict the chest or derange the shoulders. +The positions illustrated here have been found most efficacious. <a href="#Fig_C_III_I">Figs. +C</a>. and <a href="#Fig_D_III_I">D</a>.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. C and fig. D"> +<tbody> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 105px;"> +<a name="Fig_C_III_I" id="Fig_C_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0827c.png" width="105" height="200" alt="Fig. C" title="Fig. C" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. C</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 103px;"> +<a name="Fig_D_III_I" id="Fig_D_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0827d.png" width="103" height="200" alt="Fig. D" title="Fig. D" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. D</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Formations</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_828" id="Para_828">828</a>.</strong> The men form in a single or double rank, the tallest men on the +right.</p> + +<p>The instructor commands: <strong>1. Count off.</strong></p> + +<p>At this command, all except the right file execute "<strong>eyes right</strong>" and, +beginning on the right, the men in each rank count 1, 2, 3, 4; each +man turns his head and eyes to the front as he counts.</p> + +<p>The instructor then commands: <strong>1. Take distance, 2. MARCH, 3. Squad, 4. +HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>march</strong>, No. 1 of the front rank moves straight to the +front; Nos. 2, 3, and 4 of the front and Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the +rear rank in the order named move straight to the front, each stepping +off, so as to follow the preceding man at four paces; the command halt +is given when all have their distances.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>If it is desired that a less distance than four paces be taken, the +distance desired should be indicated in the preparatory command. The +men of the squad may be caused to cover No. 1 front rank by command +cover.</p> + +<p>The instructor then commands: <strong>1. Right (left), 2. FACE, 3. COVER.</strong></p> + +<p>At these commands the men face in the direction indicated and cover in +file.</p> + +<p>To assemble the squad the instructor commands: <strong>1. Right (left), 2. +FACE, 3. Assemble, 4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>After facing and at command march, No. 1 of the front rank stands +fast, the other members of both ranks resuming their original +positions, or for convenience in the gymnasium they may be assembled +to the rear, in which case the assemblage is made on No. 4 of the rear +rank.</p> + +<p>Unless otherwise indicated, the guide is <strong>always right</strong>.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Special Training</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_829" id="Para_829">829</a>.</strong> In addition to the regular squad or class work instructors +should, when they notice a physical defect in any man, recommend some +exercise which will tend to correct it.</p> + +<p>The most common physical defects and corresponding corrective +exercises are noted here.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Drooping Head</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_830" id="Para_830">830</a>.</strong> Exercise the muscles of the neck by bending, turning, and +circling the head, muscles tense.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Round and Stooped Shoulders</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_831" id="Para_831">831</a>.</strong> Stretch arms sideward from front horizontal, turning palms +upward, muscles tense.</p> + +<p>Swing arms forward and backward, muscles relaxed.</p> + +<p>Circle arms forward and backward slowly, energize backward motion, +muscles tense; forward motion with muscles relaxed.</p> + +<p>Circle shoulders backward, move them forward first, then raise them, +then move them backward as far as possible in the raised position, +muscles tense, and then lower to normal position, muscles relaxed.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Weak Back</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_832" id="Para_832">832</a>.</strong> Bend trunk forward as far as possible and erect it slowly.</p> + +<p>Bend trunk forward, back arched and head thrown back.</p> + +<p>Bend trunk sideward, without moving hips out of normal position, right +and left.</p> + +<p>Lie on floor, face down, and raise head and shoulders.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Weak Abdomen</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_833" id="Para_833">833</a>.</strong> Circle trunk right or left.</p> + +<p>Bend trunk backward or obliquely backward.</p> + +<p>Bend head and trunk backward without moving hips out of normal plane.</p> + +<p>Lie on floor, face up, and raise head and shoulders slightly; or to +sitting position or raise legs slightly; or to a vertical position.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span></p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><em>To increase depth and width of chest</em></p> + +<p>Arm stretchings, sideward and upward, muscles tense.</p> + +<p>Same, with deep inhalations.</p> + +<p>Arm swings and arm circles outward, away from the body.</p> + +<p>Raise extended arms over head laterally and cross them behind the +head.</p> + +<p>Breathing exercises in connection with arm and shoulder exercises.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Starting Positions</span></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_834" id="Para_834">834</a>.</strong> In nearly all the arm exercises it is necessary to hold the arms +in some fixed position from which the exercises can be most +advantageously executed, and to which position the arms are again +returned upon completing the exercise. These positions are termed +<strong>starting positions</strong>; and though it may not be absolutely necessary to +assume one of them before or during the employment of any other +portion of the body, it is advisable to do so, since they give to the +exercise a finished, uniform, and graceful appearance.</p> + +<p>In the following positions, at the command <strong>down</strong>, resume the <strong>attention</strong>. +Practice in assuming the starting position may be had by repeating the +commands of execution, such as <strong>raise, down</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_835" id="Para_835">835</a>.</strong> While the exercises given below have been grouped for convenient +reference, into arm exercises, trunk exercises, leg exercises, etc., +one entire group <em>must not</em> be given and then the next and so on.</p> + +<p><em>Always bear in mind that the best results are obtained when those +exercises which affect the extensor muscles chiefly are followed by +those affecting the flexors; i. e., flexion should always be followed +by extension, or vice versa. It is also advisable that a movement +requiring a considerable amount of muscular exertion should be +followed by one in which this exertion is reduced to a minimum. As a +rule, especially in the setting-up exercises, one portion of the body +should not be exercised successively; thus, arm exercises should be +followed by a trunk exercise, and that in turn by a leg, shoulder, and +neck exercise.</em></p> + + +<h5>ARM EXERCISES</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_836" id="Para_836">836</a>.</strong> Intervals having been taken and attention assumed, the instructor +commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Arms forward, 2. RAISE, 3. Arms, 4. DOWN.</strong> <a href="#Fig_1_III_I">Fig. 1</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 103px;"> +<a name="Fig_1_III_I" id="Fig_1_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0836a.png" width="103" height="200" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>raise</strong>, raise the arms to the front smartly, extended to +their full length, till the hands are in front of and at the height of +the shoulders, palms down, fingers extended and joined, thumbs under +forefingers. At <strong>Arms, DOWN</strong>, resume position of attention.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span><strong>1. Arms upward 2. RAISE, 3. Arms, 4. DOWN.</strong> <a href="#Fig_2_III_I">Fig. 2</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 66px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_III_I" id="Fig_2_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0836b.png" width="66" height="200" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>raise</strong>, raise the arms from the sides, extended to their +full length, with the forward movement, until they are vertically +overhead, backs of hands turned outward, fingers as in 1.</p> + +<p>This position may also be assumed by raising the arms laterally until +vertical. The instructor cautions which way he desires it done.</p> + +<p><strong>1. Arms backward, 2. CROSS, 3. Arms, 4. DOWN.</strong> <a href="#Fig_3_III_I">Fig. 3</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 86px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_III_I" id="Fig_3_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0836c.png" width="86" height="200" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>cross</strong>, the arms are folded across the back; hands +grasping forearms.</p> + +<p><strong>1. Arms to thrust, 2. RAISE, 3. Arms, 4. DOWN.</strong> <a href="#Fig_4_III_I">Fig. 4</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 90px;"> +<a name="Fig_4_III_I" id="Fig_4_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0836d.png" width="90" height="200" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>raise</strong>, raise the forearms to the front until +horizontal, elbow forced back, upper arms against the chest, hands +tightly closed, knuckles down.</p> + +<p><strong>1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE, 3. Arms, 4. DOWN.</strong> <a href="#Fig_5_III_I">Fig. 5</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 72px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_III_I" id="Fig_5_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0836e.png" width="72" height="200" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</div> + +<p>At the command <strong>place</strong>, place the hands on the hips, the finger tips in +line with trouser seams; fingers extended and joined, thumbs to the +rear, elbows pressed back.</p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><em>Combination of arm exercises</em></p> + +<p><strong>1. Arms to thrust, 2. RAISE, 3. THRUST ARMS FORWARD; SWING THEM +SIDEWARD, FORWARD, AND BACK TO POSITION.</strong></p> + +<p>Four counts; repeat 8 to 10 times.</p> + +<p>The arms are thrust forward, then relaxed and swung sideward, then +forward and finally brought back to position, pressing elbows well to +the rear; execute moderately fast; exhale on the first and third and +inhale on the second and fourth counts.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>SETTING-UP EXERCISES</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_837" id="Para_837">837</a>.</strong> As has been stated previously, the setting-up exercises form the +basis upon which the entire system of physical training in the service +is founded. Therefore too much importance can not be attached to them. +Through the number and variety of movements they offer it is possible +to develop the body harmoniously with little if any danger of +injurious results. They develop the muscles and impart vigor and tone +to the vital organs and assist them in their functions; they develop +endurance and are important factors in the development of smartness, +grace, and precision. They should be assiduously practiced. The fact +that they require no apparatus of any description makes it possible to +do this out of doors or even in the most restricted room, proper +sanitary conditions being the only adjunct upon which their success is +dependent. No physical training drill is complete without them. They +should always precede the more strenuous forms of training, as they +prepare the body for the greater exertion these forms demand.</p> + +<p>At the discretion of instructors these exercises may be substituted by +others of a similar character. Instructors are cautioned, however, to +employ all the parts of the body in every lesson and to suit the +exercise as far as practicable to the natural function of the +particular part of the body which they employ.</p> + +<p>In these lessons only the preparatory command is given here; the +command of execution, which is invariably <strong>Exercise</strong>, and the commands +of continuance, as well as the command to discontinue, having been +explained are omitted.</p> + +<p>Every preparatory command should convey a definite description of the +exercise required; by doing so long explanations are avoided and the +men will not be compelled to memorize the various movements.</p> + + +<h5><span class="smcap">Recruit Instruction</span></h5> + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><em>First Series</em></p> + +<p>Position of attention, from <strong>at ease</strong> and <strong>rest</strong>.</p> + +<p>Starting position, <a href="#Fig_1_III_I">Figs. 1</a> to 5.</p> + + +<h6>TRUNK EXERCISES</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_838" id="Para_838">838</a>. 1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE, 3. QUARTER BEND TRUNK FORWARD.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 8 to 10 times, <a href="#Fig_6_III_I">Fig. 6</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 134px;"> +<a name="Fig_6_III_I" id="Fig_6_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0838a.png" width="134" height="200" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</div> + +<p>The trunk is inclined forward at the waist about 45° and then extended +again; the hips are as perpendicular as possible; execute slowly; +exhale on first and inhale and raise chest on second count.</p> + +<p>By substituting the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span> words <em>half</em> or <em>full</em> for the word quarter in +the command, the half bend, <a href="#Fig_7_III_I">Fig. 7</a>, and full bend exercise can be +given.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 139px;"> +<a name="Fig_7_III_I" id="Fig_7_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0838b.png" width="139" height="200" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE, 3. BEND TRUNK BACKWARD.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 6 to 8 times, <a href="#Fig_8_III_I">Fig. 8</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 127px;"> +<a name="Fig_8_III_I" id="Fig_8_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0838c.png" width="127" height="200" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8</span> +</div> + +<p>The trunk is bent backward as far as possible; head and shoulders +fixed; knees extended; feet firmly on the ground; hips as nearly +perpendicular as possible; in recovering care should be taken not to +sway forward; execute slowly; inhale on first and exhale on second +count.</p> + +<p><strong>1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE, 3. BEND TRUNK SIDEWARD, RIGHT OR LEFT.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 6 to 8 times, <a href="#Fig_9_III_I">Fig. 9</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 121px;"> +<a name="Fig_9_III_I" id="Fig_9_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0838d.png" width="121" height="200" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9</span> +</div> + +<p>The trunk, stretched at the waist, is inclined sideward as far as +possible; head and shoulders fixed; knees extended and feet firmly on +the ground; execute slowly; inhale on first and exhale on second +count.</p> + +<p>If an additional exercise is desired, by commanding: <strong>CIRCLE TRUNK +RIGHT or LEFT</strong> a combination of the above trunk exercises is obtained.</p> + + +<h6>LEG EXERCISES</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_839" id="Para_839">839</a>. 1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE, 3. QUARTER BEND KNEES.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 8 to 10 times, <a href="#Fig_10_III_I">Fig. 10</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 86px;"> +<a name="Fig_10_III_I" id="Fig_10_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0839a.png" width="86" height="200" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</div> + +<p>The knees are flexed until the point of the knee is directly over the +toes; whole foot remains on ground; heels closed; head and body erect; +execute moderately fast, emphasizing the extension; breathe naturally.</p> + +<p>By substituting the words <em>half</em> or <em>full</em> for the word quarter in the +command the half bend and full bend, <a href="#Fig_11_III_I">Fig. 11</a>, exercises can be given.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 127px;"> +<a name="Fig_11_III_I" id="Fig_11_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0839b.png" width="127" height="200" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span><strong>1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE, 3. RAISE KNEE.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 10 to 12 times. <a href="#Fig_12_III_I">Fig. 12</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 93px;"> +<a name="Fig_12_III_I" id="Fig_12_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0839c.png" width="93" height="200" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12</span> +</div> + +<p>The thigh and knee are flexed until they are at right angles, thigh +horizontal: toes depressed; the right knee is raised at <strong>one</strong> and the +left at <strong>two</strong>; trunk and head erect; execute in cadence of quick time; +breathe naturally.</p> + + +<h6>SHOULDER EXERCISE</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_840" id="Para_840">840</a>. 1. Arms to thrust, 2. RAISE, 3. MOVE SHOULDERS FORWARD, UP, BACK, +AND DOWN.</strong></p> + +<p>Four counts; repeat 8 to 10 times.</p> + +<p>The shoulders are relaxed and brought forward; in that position they +are raised: then they are forced back without lowering them; and then +they are dropped back to position; execute slowly; exhale on the +first; inhale on the second and third and exhale on the last count.</p> + + +<h6>NECK EXERCISE</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_841" id="Para_841">841</a>. 1. Arms to thrust, 2. RAISE, 3. TURN HEAD RIGHT, OR LEFT.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 6 to 10 times, <a href="#Fig_13_III_I">Fig. 13</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 65px;"> +<a name="Fig_13_III_I" id="Fig_13_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0841.png" width="65" height="200" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13</span> +</div> + +<p>The head, chin square, is turned to the right, or left as far as +possible, muscles of the neck being stretched; shoulders remain +square; execute slowly: breathe naturally.</p> + +<p>To vary this exercise the head may be <em>bent forward and to the rear</em> +by substituting the proper commands.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>BREATHING EXERCISE</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_842" id="Para_842">842</a>. 1. Breathing exercise, 2. INHALE, 3. EXHALE.</strong></p> + +<p>At <strong>inhale</strong> the arms are stretched forward overhead and the lungs are +inflated; at <strong>exhale</strong> the arms are lowered laterally and the lungs +deflated; execute slowly; repeat four times.</p> + + +<h6>TOE EXERCISE</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_843" id="Para_843">843</a>. 1. Arms backward, 2. CROSS, 3. RISE ON TOES.</strong></p> + +<p>Two counts; repeat 8 to 10 times, <a href="#Fig_14_III_I">Fig. 14</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 57px;"> +<a name="Fig_14_III_I" id="Fig_14_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0843.png" width="57" height="200" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14</span> +</div> + +<p>The body is raised smartly until the toes and ankles are extended as +much as possible; heels closed; head and trunk erect; in recovering +position heels are lowered gently; breathe naturally.</p> + + +<h6>COMBINATION EXERCISE</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_844" id="Para_844">844</a>.</strong> This exercise brings into play practically all of the muscles +that have been used in the preceding exercises.</p> + +<p><strong>1. LEANING REST IN FOUR COUNTS.</strong></p> + +<p>Repeat 6 to 8 times, <a href="#Fig_15_III_I">Figs. 15</a>, <a href="#Fig_16_III_I">16</a>.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 15 and fig. 16"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 110px;"> +<a name="Fig_15_III_I" id="Fig_15_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0844a.png" width="110" height="150" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_16_III_I" id="Fig_16_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0844b.png" width="200" height="150" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 16</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>At <strong>one</strong> knees are bent to squatting position, hands on the ground +between knees; at <strong>two</strong> the legs are extended backward to the leaning +rest; at <strong>three</strong> the first position is resumed, and at <strong>four</strong> the position +of attention; hands should be directly under shoulders; back arched; +knees straight; head fixed; execute moderately fast; breathe +naturally.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span></p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">Walking and Marching</span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_845" id="Para_845">845</a>.</strong> The length of the full step in quick time is 30 inches, measured +from heel to heel, and the cadence is at the rate of 120 steps per +minute.</p> + +<p>Proper posture and carriage have ever been considered very important +in the training of soldiers. In marching, the head and trunk should +remain immobile, but without stiffness; as the left foot is carried +forward the right forearm is swung forward and inward obliquely across +the body until the thumb, knuckles being turned out, reaches a point +about the height of the belt plate. The upper arm does not move beyond +the perpendicular plane while the forearm is swung forward, though the +arm hangs loosely from the shoulder joint. The forearm swing ends +precisely at the moment the left heel strikes the ground; the arm is +then relaxed and allowed to swing down and backward by its own weight +until it reaches a point where the thumb is about the breadth of a +hand to the rear of the buttocks. As the right arm swings back, the +left arm is swung forward with the right leg. The forward motion of +the arm assists the body in marching by throwing the weight forward +and inward upon the opposite foot as it is planted. The head is held +erect; body well stretched from the waist; chest arched; and there +should be no rotary motion of the body about the spine.</p> + +<p>As the leg is thrown forward the knee is smartly extended, the heel +striking the ground first.</p> + +<p>The instructor having explained the principles and illustrated the +step and arm swing, commands: <strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH</strong>—and to halt the +squad he commands: <strong>1. Squad, 2. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>In executing the setting-up exercises on the march the cadence should +at first be given slowly and gradually increased as the men become +more expert; some exercises require a slow and others a faster pace; +it is best in these cases to allow the cadence of the exercise to +determine the cadence of the step.</p> + +<p>The men should march in a single file at proved intervals. The command +that causes and discontinues the execution should be given as the left +foot strikes the ground.</p> + +<p>On the march, to discontinue the exercise, command: <strong>1. Quick time, 2. +MARCH</strong>, instead of <strong>HALT</strong>, as when at rest.</p> + +<p>All of the arm, wrist, finger, and shoulder exercises, and some of the +trunk and neck, may be executed on the march by the same commands and +means as when at rest.</p> + +<p>The following leg and foot exercises are executed at the command +march; the execution always beginning with the left leg or foot.</p> + + +<ol> +<li><strong>1. On toes, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. On heels, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. On right heel and left toe, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. On left heel and right toe, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. On toes with knees stiff, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Swing extended leg forward, ankle high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Swing extended leg forward, knee high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Swing extended leg forward, waist high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Swing extended leg forward, shoulder high, 2. MARCH.</strong><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span></li> +<li><strong>1. Raise heels, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Raise knees, thigh horizontal, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Raise knees, chest high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Circle extended leg forward, ankle high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Circle extended leg forward, knee high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Circle extended leg forward, waist high, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Swing extended leg backward, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Swing extended leg sideward, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Raise knee and extend leg forward, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Raise heels and extend leg forward, 2. MARCH.</strong></li> +</ol> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">Double Timing</span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_846" id="Para_846">846</a>.</strong> The length of the step in double time is 36 inches; the cadence +is at the rate of 180 steps per minute. To march in double time the +instructor commands: <strong>1. Double time, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>If at a halt, at the first command shift the weight of the body to the +right leg. At the command <strong>march</strong> raise the forearms, fingers closed; to +a horizontal position along the waist line; take up an easy run with +the step and cadence of double time, allowing a natural swinging +motion to the arms inward and upward in the direction of the opposite +shoulder.</p> + +<p>In marching in quick time, at the command <strong>march</strong>, given as either foot +strikes the ground, take one step in quick time, and then step off in +double time.</p> + +<p>When marching in double time and in running the men breathe as much as +possible through the nose, keeping the mouth closed.</p> + +<p>A few minutes at the beginning of the setting-up exercises should be +devoted to double timing. From lasting only a few minutes at the start +it may be gradually increased, so that daily drills should enable the +men at the end of five or six months to double time 15 or 20 minutes +without becoming fatigued or distressed.</p> + +<p>After the double time the men should be marched for several minutes at +quick time; after this the instructor should command:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Route step, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>In marching at route step, the men are not required to preserve +silence nor keep the step; if marching at proved intervals, the latter +is preserved.</p> + +<p>To resume the cadence step in quick time, the instructor commands: <strong>1. +Squad, 2. ATTENTION.</strong></p> + +<p>Great care must be exercised concerning the duration of the double +time and the speed and duration of the run. The demands made Upon the +men should be increased gradually.</p> + +<p>When exercise rather than distance is desired, the running should be +done on the balls of the feet, heels raised from the ground.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span></p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">Double Timing Exercises</span></p> + +<p>While the men are double timing the instructor may vary the position +of the arms by commanding:</p> + + +<ol> +<li><strong>1. Arms forward, 2. RAISE.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Arms sideward, 2. RAISE.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Arms upward, 2. RAISE.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Hands on hips, 2. PLACE.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Hands on shoulders, 2. PLACE.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Arms forward, 2. CROSS.</strong></li> +<li><strong>1. Arms backward, 2. CROSS.</strong></li> +</ol> + +<p>At the command <strong>down</strong>, the double-time position for the arms and hands +is resumed.</p> + + +<h6>RIFLE EXERCISES</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_847" id="Para_847">847</a>.</strong> The object of these exercises, which may also be performed with +wands or bar bells, is to develop the muscles of the arms, shoulders, +and back so that the men will become accustomed to the weight of the +piece and learn to wield it with that "handiness" so essential to its +successful use. When these exercises are combined with movements of +the various other parts of the body, they serve as a splendid, though +rather strenuous, method for the all-round development of the men. As +the weight of the piece is considerable, instructors are cautioned to +be reasonable in their demands. Far better results are obtained if +these exercises are performed at commands than when they are grouped +and performed for spectacular purposes.</p> + +<p>All the exercises start from the starting position, which is the low +extended arm horizontal position in front of the body, arms straight; +the right hand grasping the small of the stock and the left hand the +barrel; the knuckles turned to the front and the distance between the +hands slightly greater than the width of the shoulders. <a href="#Fig_17_III_I">Fig. 17</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 130px;"> +<a name="Fig_17_III_I" id="Fig_17_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0847.png" width="130" height="200" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17</span> +</div> + +<p>This position is assumed at the command: <strong>1. Starting, 2. POSITION</strong>; at +the command <strong>position</strong> the piece is brought to the port and lowered to +the front horizontal snappily.</p> + +<p>To recover the position of order, command: <strong>1. Order, 2. Arms</strong>; the +piece is first brought to the port and then to the order.</p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">Rifle Drill Combination</span></p> + +<p>The following exercises consist of four movements, the third position +always corresponding to the first position and the fourth to the +starting position. When performed as a musical drill, the instructions +laid down in that lesson are applicable here.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>All exercises begin and end with the first or starting position. <a href="#Fig_17_III_I">Fig. +17</a>.</p> + +<p>The form of command is, for example:</p> + +<p>(Being at the starting position)</p> + +<p><strong>1. First group, 2. FIRST, EXERCISE</strong>;</p> + +<p><strong>1. Second group, 2. THIRD, EXERCISE</strong>;</p> + +<p> Etc., Etc.</p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">First Group</span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_848" id="Para_848">848</a>.</strong> <em>First Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 18 and fig. 19"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 119px;"> +<a name="Fig_18_III_I" id="Fig_18_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0848a.png" width="119" height="200" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 49px;"> +<a name="Fig_19_III_I" id="Fig_19_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0848b.png" width="49" height="200" alt="Fig. 19" title="Fig. 19" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 19</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="First exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th>Counts</th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to bent arm front horizontal, shoulder high, and stride forward right, <a href="#Fig_18_III_I">Fig. 18</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Face to the left on both heels and extend piece upward, <a href="#Fig_19_III_I">Fig. 19</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_849" id="Para_849">849</a>.</strong> <em>Second Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 20 and fig. 21"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 104px;"> +<a name="Fig_20_III_I" id="Fig_20_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0849a.png" width="104" height="200" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 20</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 155px;"> +<a name="Fig_21_III_I" id="Fig_21_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0849b.png" width="155" height="200" alt="Fig. 21" title="Fig. 21" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 21</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Second exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to extended high horizontal, and stride sideward right, <a href="#Fig_20_III_I">Fig. 20</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Bend right knee and lower piece to left horizontal, <a href="#Fig_21_III_I">Fig. 21</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_850" id="Para_850">850</a>.</strong> <em>Third Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 22 and fig. 23"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 80px;"> +<a name="Fig_22_III_I" id="Fig_22_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0850a.png" width="80" height="200" alt="Fig. 22" title="Fig. 22" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 22</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 58px;"> +<a name="Fig_23_III_I" id="Fig_23_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0850b.png" width="58" height="200" alt="Fig. 23" title="Fig. 23" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 23</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Third exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to high side perpendicular on the left, left hand up, and stride backward right, <a href="#Fig_22_III_I">Fig. 22</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Face about on heels and swing piece down and up to high side perpendicular on the right, <a href="#Fig_23_III_I">Fig. 23</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_851" id="Para_851">851</a>.</strong> <em>Fourth Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 24 and fig. 25"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 95px;"> +<a name="Fig_24_III_I" id="Fig_24_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0851a.png" width="95" height="200" alt="Fig. 24" title="Fig. 24" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 24</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 92px;"> +<a name="Fig_25_III_I" id="Fig_25_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0851b.png" width="92" height="200" alt="Fig. 25" title="Fig. 25" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 25</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Fourth exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to extended high horizontal, and stride obliquely forward right, <a href="#Fig_24_III_I">Fig. 24</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Face about on heels and lower piece to horizontal on shoulders; <a href="#Fig_25_III_I">Fig. 25</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span></p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">Second Group</span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_852" id="Para_852">852</a>.</strong> <em>First Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 26 and fig. 27"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 164px;"> +<a name="Fig_26_III_I" id="Fig_26_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0852a.png" width="164" height="200" alt="Fig. 26" title="Fig. 26" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 26</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 99px;"> +<a name="Fig_27_III_I" id="Fig_27_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0852b.png" width="99" height="200" alt="Fig. 27" title="Fig. 27" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 27</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="First exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Lower piece to front extended horizontal and bend trunk forward, <a href="#Fig_26_III_I">Fig. 26</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Lunge obliquely forward right and raise piece to right oblique, left hand at shoulder, <a href="#Fig_27_III_I">Fig. 27</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_853" id="Para_853">853</a>.</strong> <em>Second Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 28 and fig. 29"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 112px;"> +<a name="Fig_28_III_I" id="Fig_28_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0853a.png" width="112" height="200" alt="Fig. 28" title="Fig. 28" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 28</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 111px;"> +<a name="Fig_29_III_I" id="Fig_29_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0853b.png" width="111" height="200" alt="Fig. 29" title="Fig. 29" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 29</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Second exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to high perpendicular on the left, left hand up, and bend trunk sideward right, <a href="#Fig_28_III_I">Fig. 28</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Lunge sideward right and swing piece down and up to right high perpendicular, right hand up, <a href="#Fig_29_III_I">Fig. 29</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_854" id="Para_854">854</a>.</strong> <em>Third Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 30 and fig. 31"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 99px;"> +<a name="Fig_30_III_I" id="Fig_30_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0854a.png" width="99" height="200" alt="Fig. 30" title="Fig. 30" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 30</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 69px;"> +<a name="Fig_31_III_I" id="Fig_31_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0854b.png" width="69" height="200" alt="Fig. 31" title="Fig. 31" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 31</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Third exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to high extended arm horizontal and bend trunk backward, <a href="#Fig_30_III_I">Fig. 30</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Lunge forward right, and swing piece to side horizontal, left hand to the rear, <a href="#Fig_31_III_I">Fig. 31</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_855" id="Para_855">855</a>.</strong> <em>Fourth Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 32 and fig. 33"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 72px;"> +<a name="Fig_32_III_I" id="Fig_32_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0855a.png" width="72" height="200" alt="Fig. 32" title="Fig. 32" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 32</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 119px;"> +<a name="Fig_33_III_I" id="Fig_33_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0855b.png" width="119" height="200" alt="Fig. 33" title="Fig. 33" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 33</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Fourth exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to right high perpendicular and side step position left, <a href="#Fig_32_III_I">Fig. 32</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Lunge sideward left and swing piece to left high perpendicular, <a href="#Fig_33_III_I">Fig. 33</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><span class="smcap">Third Group</span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_856" id="Para_856">856</a>.</strong> <em>First Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 34 and fig. 35"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 143px;"> +<a name="Fig_34_III_I" id="Fig_34_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0856a.png" width="143" height="200" alt="Fig. 34" title="Fig. 34" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 34</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;"> +<a name="Fig_35_III_I" id="Fig_35_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0856b.png" width="150" height="200" alt="Fig. 35" title="Fig. 35" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 35</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="First exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to front bent horizontal, arms crossed, left over right; lunge sideward right and bend trunk sideward right, <a href="#Fig_34_III_I">Fig. 34</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Extend right knee and bend trunk to the left, bending left knee and recrossing arms, left over right, <a href="#Fig_35_III_I">Fig. 35</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_857" id="Para_857">857</a>.</strong> <em>Second Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 36 and fig. 37"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 173px;"> +<a name="Fig_36_III_I" id="Fig_36_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0857a.png" width="173" height="200" alt="Fig. 36" title="Fig. 36" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 36</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 102px;"> +<a name="Fig_37_III_I" id="Fig_37_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0857b.png" width="102" height="200" alt="Fig. 37" title="Fig. 37" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 37</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Second exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to bent arm horizontal; face right and lunge forward right and bend trunk forward, <a href="#Fig_36_III_I">Fig. 36</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Raise trunk and turn to the left on both heels and extend piece overhead, <a href="#Fig_37_III_I">Fig. 37</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_858" id="Para_858">858</a>.</strong> <em>Third Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 38 and fig. 39"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 104px;"> +<a name="Fig_38_III_I" id="Fig_38_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0858a.png" width="104" height="200" alt="Fig. 38" title="Fig. 38" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 38</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 210px;"> +<a name="Fig_39_III_I" id="Fig_39_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0858b.png" width="210" height="200" alt="Fig. 39" title="Fig. 39" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 39</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Third exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to left high horizontal; lunge forward right, <a href="#Fig_38_III_I">Fig. 38</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Bend trunk forward and swing piece to extended low horizontal, <a href="#Fig_39_III_I">Fig. 39</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_859" id="Para_859">859</a>.</strong> <em>Fourth Exercise</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 40 and fig. 41"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 106px;"> +<a name="Fig_40_III_I" id="Fig_40_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0859a.png" width="106" height="200" alt="Fig. 40" title="Fig. 40" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 40</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 147px;"> +<a name="Fig_41_III_I" id="Fig_41_III_I"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0859b.png" width="147" height="200" alt="Fig. 41" title="Fig. 41" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 41</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<table summary="Fourth exercise."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th> </th> + <th> </th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1–2.</td> + <td>Raise piece to high extended horizontal and hop to side straddle position, <a href="#Fig_40_III_I">Fig. 40</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3–4.</td> + <td>Bend trunk forward and swing piece to extended low horizontal, left hand between legs, right hand forward, <a href="#Fig_41_III_I">Fig. 41</a>;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5–6.</td> + <td>Resume first position;</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7–8.</td> + <td>Resume starting position.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Repeat left, right, left.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>GYMNASTIC CONTESTS</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_860" id="Para_860">860</a>.</strong> These exercises are those in which the benefits are lost sight of +in the pleasure their attainment provides, which in the case of these +contests is the vanquishing of an opponent. The men are pitted against +each other in pairs; age, height, weight, and general physical +aptitude being the determining factors in the selection.</p> + +<p>In the contests in which superiority is dependent upon skill and +agility no restrictions need be placed upon the efforts of the +contestants; but in those that are a test of strength and endurance it +is well to call a contest a "draw," when the men are equally matched +and the contest is likely to be drawn out to the point of exhaustion +of one or both contestants.</p> + +<p>It is recommended that these contests be indulged in once or twice a +month and then at the conclusion of the regular drill.</p> + +<p>Contests that require skill and agility should alternate with those +that depend upon force and endurance. In order to facilitate the +instruction a number of pairs should be engaged at the same time.</p> + +<p>1. Cane wrestling: The cane to be about an inch in diameter and a yard +long, ends rounded. It is grasped with the right hand at the end, +knuckles down, and with the left hand, knuckles up, inside of and +close to the opponent's right hand. Endeavor is then made to wrest the +cane from the opponent. Loss of grip with either hand loses the bout.</p> + +<p>2. Cane twisting. Same cane as in 1. Contestants grasp it as in 1, +only the knuckles of both hands are up, and the arms are extended +overhead. Object: The contestants endeavor to make the cane revolve in +their opponent's hand without allowing it to do so in their own. The +cane must be forced down.</p> + +<p>3. Cane pulling: Contestants sit on the ground, facing each other, +legs straight and the soles of the feet in contact. The cane is +grasped as in 2 but close to the feet. Object: To pull the opponent to +his feet. The legs throughout the contest must be kept rigid.</p> + +<p>4. "Bucked" contest: Contestants sit on the ground "bucked"; i. e., +the cane is passed under the knees, which are drawn up, and the arms +passed under the cane with the fingers laced in front of the ankles. +Object: To get the toes under those of the opponent and roll him over.</p> + +<p>5. Single pole pushing: Contestants grasp end of pole, 6 feet long and +2 inches thick, and brace themselves. Object: To push the opponent out +of position.</p> + +<p>6. Double pole pushing: The poles are placed under the arms close to +the arm pits, ends projecting. Object: Same as in 5.</p> + +<p>7. Double pole pulling: Position as in 6 but standing back to back. +Object: To pull the opponent out of position.</p> + +<p>8. "Cock fight": Contestants hop on one leg with the arms folded +closely over the chest. Object: by butting with the fleshy part of the +shoulder without raising the arms, or by dodging to make the opponent +change his feet or touch the floor with his hand or other part of his +body.</p> + +<p>9. One-legged tug of war: Contestants hop on one leg and grasp hands +firmly. Object: To pull the opponent forward or make him place the +raised foot on the floor.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>10. The "siege": One contestant stands with one foot in a circle 14 +inches in diameter, the other foot outside, and the arms folded as in +8. Two other contestants, each hopping on one leg, endeavor to +dislodge the one in the circle by butting him with the shoulder. The +besieged one is defeated in case he raises the foot in the circle, or +removes it entirely from the circle. The besiegers are defeated in +case they change feet or touch the floor as in 8. As soon as either of +the latter is defeated his place is immediately filled, so that there +are always two of them. The besieged should resort to volting, +ducking, etc., rather than to depend upon his strength.</p> + +<p>11. One-armed tug: Contestants stand facing each other; right hands +grasped, feet apart. Object: Without moving feet, to pull the opponent +forward. Shifting the feet loses the bout.</p> + +<p>12. "Tug royal": Three contestants stand facing inward and grasp each +other's wrists securely with their feet outside a circle about three +feet in diameter. Object: by pulling or pushing to make one of the +contestants step inside of the circle.</p> + +<p>13. Indian wrestling: Contestants lie upon the ground face up, right +shoulders in close contact, right elbows locked; at one the right leg +is raised overhead and lowered, this is repeated at two, and at three +the leg is raised quickly and locked with the opponent's right leg. +Object: to roll him over by forcing his leg down.</p> + +<p>14. Medicine ball race. Teams of five or six men are organized and a +track for each team is marked out. This track consists of marks on the +floor or ground at distances of 4 yards. On each of these marks stands +a man with legs apart, the team forming a column of files. At "ready," +"get set," the contestants prepare for the race, and at "go," the +first man in the column rolls a medicine ball, which he has on the +floor in front of him, through his legs to No. 2, he in turn rolls it +to 3, etc., when it reaches the last man he picks it up and runs to +the starting place with it and, the others all having shifted back one +mark, the rolling is repeated. This continues until the first man +brings the ball back to the starting place and every man is in his +original position. The ball should be kept rolling: each man, as it +comes to him, pushing it on quickly. Any ball about 9 inches in +diameter will answer; it may be made of strong cloth and stuffed with +cotton waste.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_IV_I" id="CHAPTER_IV_I"></a>CHAPTER IV</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">SIGNALING</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">Signals and Codes</p> + + +<h4><em>General Service Code. (International Morse Code.)</em></h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_861" id="Para_861">861</a>.</strong> Used for all visual and sound signaling, radiotelegraphy, and on +cables using siphon recorders, used in communicating with Navy.</p> + +<table summary="International Morse Code."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>A</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>B</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>C</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>D</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>E</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>F</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>G</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>H</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>I</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>J</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>K</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>L</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>M</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>N</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>O</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>P</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Q</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>R</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>S</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>T</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>U</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>V</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>W</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>X</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Y</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Z</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="8" class="table_center">NUMERALS</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>1</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>2</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>4</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>6</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>8</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>9</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>0</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="8" class="table_center">PUNCTUATION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Period</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Comma</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Interrogation</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p> </p> +<p class="chapter_subhead">THE MORE IMPORTANT CONVENTIONAL FLAG SIGNALS</p> + +<p>For communication between the firing line and the reserve or commander +in rear. In transmission, their concealment from the enemy's view +should be insured. In the absence of signal flags the headdress or +other substitute may be used.</p> + +<p>(See <a href="#Para_96">par. 96</a> for the signals.)</p> + + +<h4>Wigwag<br /> +<br /> +<em>Signaling by flag, torch, hand lantern, or beam of searchlight +(without shutter)</em><a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_862" id="Para_862">862</a>.</strong> 1. There is one position and there are three motions. The position is +with flag or other appliance held vertically, the signalman facing +directly toward the station with which it is desired to communicate. +The first motion (the dot) is to the right of the sender, and will +embrace an arc of 90°, starting with the vertical and returning to it, +and will be made in a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> plane at right angles to the line connecting +the two stations. The second motion (the dash) is a similar motion to +the left of the sender. The third motion (front) is downward directly +in front of the sender and instantly returned upward to the first +position. This is used to indicate a pause or conclusion.</p> + +<p>2. The beam of the searchlight, though ordinarily used with the +shutter like the heliograph, may be used for long-distance signaling, +when no shutter is suitable or available, in a similar manner to the +flag or torch, the first position being a vertical one. A movement of +the beam 90° to the right of the sender indicates a dot, a similar +movement to the left indicates a dash; the beam is lowered vertically +for front.</p> + +<p>3. To use the torch or hand lantern, a footlight must be employed as a +point of reference to the motion. The lantern is more conveniently +swung out upward to the right of the footlight for a dot, to the left +for a dash, and raised vertically for front.</p> + +<p>4. To call a station, make the call letter until acknowledged, at +intervals giving the call or signal of the calling station. If the +call letter of a station is unknown, wave flag until acknowledged. In +using the searchlight without shutter throw the beam in a vertical +position and move it through an arc of 180° in a plane at right angles +to the line connecting the two stations until acknowledged. To +acknowledge a call, signal "Acknowledgment (or) I understand +(——front)" followed by the call letter of the acknowledging station.</p> + + +<h5><em>Notes on Wig-wagging</em></h5> + +<p>5. In order to avoid the flag wrapping itself about the staff, stand +facing the receiving station, with feet apart. Hold the staff with the +left hand at butt and right hand 24 inches from end. In moving flag to +the right, bring it down with an outward and inward sweep, and then +return it to the vertical. When the tip is farthest down the staff +inclines to the right front and as the flag is brought upward it is +swept inward and upwards and as it approaches the vertical position it +sweeps forward slightly. In moving to the left the motion is +similar,—at the lowest point the staff inclines to the left front. A +combination of right and left is made with a figure-of-eight motion.</p> + +<p>In making "front" the flag is lowered and moved very slightly to the +left front and then swept slightly to the right front, making a +figure-of-eight.</p> + +<p>The body should be twisted and bent at the waist in making the light +and left motions.</p> + +<p>Care should be exercised in keeping the flag in front of the body in +making "front," the figure-of-eight is necessarily very flat.</p> + +<p>Do not make letters in a careless slipshod manner.</p> + + +<h4>The Two-arm Semaphore Code</h4> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Plate_I_IV_I">Plates I</a> and <a href="#Plate_II_IV_I">II</a>)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_863" id="Para_863">863</a>.</strong> Semaphore signaling may be done with or without flags. Without +flags it is rarely dependable beyond 600 yards.</p> + +<p>In sending stand with feet apart, squarely facing the receiver.</p> + +<p>In making letters which require the use of both arms on the same side +of body, twist the body to that side and bend at waist, so as to +throw<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> both arms well away from body. But be careful to keep arms in +plane of original position of body.</p> + +<p>When a letter repeats—bring both hands (if a two-armed letter) to +chest after first, then make second.</p> + +<p>Do not try to send rapidly so as to exhibit your ability. Remember +that the receiver's ability determines the speed to be used. Anyone +can send faster than he himself can receive. If you want to display +your skill have some one send rapidly to you.</p> + +<p>In receiving, if you miss a letter—let it go and get the others. If +you miss a word signal—"O" (waving flags or arms) and signal the last +word you have received.</p> + +<p><em>Rapidity</em> is secondary to <em>accuracy</em>.</p> + +<p>Take the positions for the various letters <em>accurately</em>. The +horizontal position should not incline upward nor downward. In making +an "L," for example, if the left arm is midway between its proper +position and the horizontal it is difficult to tell whether it is L or +M.</p> + +<p>In making D, J, K, P, T, and V, the arm in the vertical position +should be brought exactly in front of the body by carrying the +shoulder in almost under the chin, twisting the elbow in until it is +directly before the eyes, and the forearm held in the vertical +position with the palm to the rear. When so done there is no +possibility of this position being mistaken for any other.</p> + +<p>"Manila Milkman" may be sent without changing the position of the +right hand. In making I, be sure to twist body well to the right in +order that the left arm may be seen in the upper slanting position to +the right. City and similar words may be so made.</p> + +<p>D may be made with either hand.</p> + +<p>Be sure how next letter is made before moving hands. Make no false +motions.</p> + +<p>Acquire accuracy; then try for speed.</p> + +<p>"CHOP-CHOP." The "chop-chop" signal is made by placing <em>both</em> arms at +the right horizontal (that is, by bringing the <em>left</em> arm up to the +position of the <em>right</em> arm as in the figure for letter "B"), and then +moving each up and down, several times, in opposite direction, making +a cutting motion.</p> + +<p>END OF WORD. After each word the "Interval" signal is made.</p> + +<p>END OF SENTENCE. After each sentence the chop signal is made twice.</p> + +<p>END OF MESSAGE. At the end of a message the chop signal is made three +times.</p> + +<p>ERROR. Signal "A" several times quickly, followed by interval; then +repeat the word.</p> + +<p>TO BREAK IN. Signal "Attention."</p> + +<p>NUMERALS. Numbers are always preceded by the signal, "Numerals." After +"Numerals" has been signaled, everything that follows will be numbers +until "Interval" is signaled, after which what follows will be +letters.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 293px;"> +<a name="Plate_I_IV_I" id="Plate_I_IV_I"></a> +<span class="caption">The Two-arm Semaphore Code</span> +<img src="images/illus-0863a.png" width="293" height="500" alt="The Two-arm Semaphore Code" title="The Two-arm Semaphore Code" /> +<span class="caption">Plate I</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 295px;"> +<a name="Plate_II_IV_I" id="Plate_II_IV_I"></a> +<span class="caption">The Two-arm Semaphore Code</span> +<img src="images/illus-0863b.png" width="295" height="500" alt="The Two-arm Semaphore Code" title="The Two-arm Semaphore Code" /> +<span class="caption">Plate II</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span></p> + + +<h4><em>Signaling with heliograph, flash lantern, and searchlight (with +shutter)</em><a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_864" id="Para_864">864</a>.</strong> 1. The first position is to turn a steady flash on the receiving +station. The signals are made by short and long flashes. Use a short +flash for dot and a long steady flash for dash. The elements of a +letter should be slightly longer than in sound signals.</p> + +<p>2. To call a station, make the call letter until acknowledged, at +intervals the call or signal of the calling station.</p> + +<p>3. If the call letter of a station be unknown, signal a series of dots +rapidly made until acknowledged. Each station will then turn on a +steady flash and adjust. When the adjustment is satisfactory to the +called station, it will cut off its flash, and the calling station +will proceed with its message.</p> + +<p>4. If the receiver sees that the sender's mirror needs adjustment, he +will turn on a steady flash until answered by a steady flash. When the +adjustment is satisfactory, the receiver will cut off his flash and +the sender will resume his message.</p> + +<p>5. To break the sending station for other purposes, turn on a steady +flash.</p> + + +<h5><em>Sound Signals</em><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_865" id="Para_865">865</a>.</strong> 1. Sound signals made by the whistle, foghorn, bugle, trumpet, +and drum may be used in a fog, mist, falling snow, or at night. They +may be used with the dot and dash code.</p> + +<p>2. In applying the code to whistle, foghorn, bugle, or trumpet, one +short blast indicates a dot and one long blast a dash. With the drum, +one tap indicates a dot and two taps in rapid succession a dash. +Although these signals can be used with a dot and dash code, they +should be so used in connection with a preconcerted or conventional +code.</p> + +<h5><em>Morse Code. (American Morse Code)</em><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_866" id="Para_866">866</a>.</strong> Used only by the army on telegraph lines, on short cables, and on +field lines, and on all commercial lines in the United States.</p> + +<table summary="American Morse Code."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>A</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>B</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>C</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>D</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>E</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>F</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>G</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>H</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>I</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>J</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>K</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>L</td> + <td class="dotdash">—</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>M</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>N</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>O</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>P</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Q</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>R</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>S</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>T</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>U</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>V</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>W</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>X</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Y</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Z</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>&</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="7" class="table_center">NUMERALS</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>1</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>2</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>4</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>6</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>7</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>8</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>9</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>0</td> + <td class="dotdash">——</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="7" class="table_center">PUNCTUATION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Period</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Comma</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td> </td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Interrogation</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td class="dotdash">–</td> + <td class="dotdash">·</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p> </p> +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> Extracts from Signal Book, United States Army.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Extracts from Signal Book, United States Army.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_II" id="PART_II"></a>PART II</h2> + +<p class="part_head">COMPANY COMMAND</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I_II" id="CHAPTER_I_II"></a>CHAPTER I</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">THE GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF A COMPANY</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_867" id="Para_867">867</a>. The proper performance of the duty of COMPANY COMMANDER, like the +proper performance of any other duty, requires work and attention to +business.</strong></p> + +<p>The command of a company divides itself into two kinds of duty: +government and administration.</p> + +<p>The government includes the instruction, discipline, contentment, and +harmony of the organization, involving, as it does, esprit de corps, +rewards, privileges, and punishments.</p> + +<p>The administration includes the providing of clothing, arms, +ammunition, equipage, and subsistence; the keeping of records, +including the rendition of reports and returns; and the care and +accountability of Government and company property, and the +disbursement of the company fund.</p> + +<p>System and care are prerequisites of good administration.</p> + +<p>The efficient administration of a company greatly facilitates its +government.</p> + + +<h5>THE CAPTAIN</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_868" id="Para_868">868</a>.</strong> With regard to his company the captain stands in the same light +as a father to a large family of children. It is his duty to provide +for their comfort, sustenance, and pleasure; enforce strict rules of +obedience, punish the refractory and reward the deserving.</p> + +<p>He should be considerate and just to his officers and men and should +know every soldier personally and make him feel that he so knows him.</p> + +<p>He should by word and act make every man in the company feel that the +captain is his protector.</p> + +<p>The captain should not be indifferent to the personal welfare of his +men, and when solicited, being a man of greater experience, education, +and information, he should aid and counsel them in such a way as to +show he takes an interest in their joys and sorrows.</p> + +<p>When any men are sick he should do everything possible for them until +they can be taken care of by the surgeon. He can add much to the +comfort and pleasure of men in the hospital by visiting them from time +to time and otherwise showing an interest in their condition.</p> + +<p>In fact, one of the officer's most important duties is to look after +the welfare of his men—to see that they are well fed, well clothed +and properly cared for in every other way—to see that they are happy +and contented. The officer who does not look after the welfare of his +men to the best of his ability, giving the matter his earnest personal +atten<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>tion, neglects one of the principal things that the Government +pays him to do.</p> + +<p>The soldier usually has a decided feeling for his captain, even though +it be one of hatred. With regard to the higher grade of officers, he +has respect for them according to regulations; otherwise, for the most +part, he is indifferent. At the very most, he knows whether his post +or regimental commander keeps him long at drill, and particularly +whether he has any peculiar habits. The average soldier looks upon his +captain as by far the most important personage in the command.</p> + +<p>There is no other position in the Army that will give as much +satisfaction in return for an honest, capable and conscientious +discharge of duty, as that of captain. There is a reward in having +done his full duty to his company that no disappointment of +distinction, no failure, can deprive him of; his seniors may overlook +him in giving credits, unfortunate circumstances may defeat his +fondest hopes, and the crown of laurel may never rest upon his brow, +but the reward that follows upon the faithful discharge of his duty to +his company he can not be deprived of by any disaster, neglect or +injustice.</p> + +<p>He is a small sovereign, powerful and great, within his little domain.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_869" id="Para_869">869</a>. Devolution of Work and Responsibility.</strong> The company commander +should not attempt to do all the work—to look after all the details +in person—he should not try to command directly every squad and every +platoon. The successful company commander is the one who distributes +work among his subordinates and organizes the help they are supposed +to give him. By War Department orders, Army Regulations and customs of +the service, the lieutenants and noncommissioned officers are charged +with certain duties and responsibilities. Let every one of them carry +the full load of their responsibility. The company commander should +not usurp the functions of his subordinates—he should not relieve +them of any of their prescribed or logical work and responsibility. On +the contrary, he should give them more, and he should see that they +"deliver the goods." Skill in distributing work among subordinates is +one of the first essentials of leadership, as is the ability to get +work out of them so that they will fill their functions to the full +within the limits of their responsibility. Not only does devolution of +work and responsibility cause subordinates to take more interest in +their work (it makes them feel less like mere figure-heads), but it +also teaches them initiative and gives them valuable experience in the +art of training and handling men. Furthermore, it enables the company +commander to devote more time to the larger and more important matters +connected with the discipline, welfare, training, instruction and +administration of the company.</p> + +<p>The captain who allows his lieutenants to do practically nothing makes +a mistake—he is doing something that will rob his lieutenants of all +initiative, cause them to lose interest in the company, and make them +feel like nonentities—like a kind of "fifth wheel"—it will make them +feel they are not, in reality, a part of the company—it will prevent +them from getting a practical, working knowledge of the government and +administration of a company.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>By allowing his lieutenants to participate to the greatest extent +possible in the government and administration of the company, and by +not hampering and pestering them with unnecessary instructions about +details, the captain will get out of his lieutenants the very best +that there is in them.</p> + +<p>The captain should require RESULTS from his lieutenants, and the mere +fact that a lieutenant is considered inefficient and unable to do +things properly, is no reason why he should not be required to do +them. The captain is by Army Regulations responsible for the +efficiency and instruction of his lieutenants regarding all matters +pertaining to the company, and he should require them to perform all +their duties properly, resorting to such disciplinary measures as may +be considered necessary. The lieutenant who can not, or who will not, +perform his duties properly is a drag on the company, and such a man +has no business in the Army, or in the Organized Militia.</p> + + +<h5>THE LIEUTENANT</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_870" id="Para_870">870</a>.</strong> To be able to perform well the duties of captain when the +responsibility falls upon him, should be the constant study and +ambition of the lieutenant.</p> + +<p>He is the assistant of the captain and should be required by the +captain to assist in the performance of all company duties, including +the keeping of records and the preparation of the necessary reports, +returns, estimates and requisitions. The captain should give him lots +to do, and should throw him on his own responsibility just as much as +possible. He should be required to drill the company, attend the daily +inspection of the company quarters, instruct the noncommissioned +officers, brief communications, enter letters in the Correspondence +Book, make out ration returns, reports, muster and pay rolls, etc., +until he shows perfect familiarity therewith.</p> + +<p>Whenever told to do a thing by your captain, do it yourself or see +personally that it is done. Do not turn it over to some +noncommissioned officer and let it go at that. If your captain wants +some noncommissioned officer to do the thing, he himself will tell him +to do it—he will not ask you to do it.</p> + +<p>It is customary in the Army to regard the company as the property of +the captain. Should the lieutenant, therefore, be in temporary command +of the company he should not make any changes, especially in the +reduction or promotion of noncommissioned officers without first +having consulted the captain's wishes in the matter.</p> + +<p>It is somewhat difficult to explain definitely the authority a +lieutenant exercises over the men in the company when the captain is +present. In general terms, however, it may be stated the lieutenant +can not make any changes around the barracks, inflict any punishment +or put men on, or relieve them from, any duty without the consent of +the captain. It is always better if there be a definite understanding +between the captain and his lieutenants as to what he expects of them, +how he wishes to have certain things done and to what extent he will +sustain them.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>If the lieutenant wants anything from the company in the way of +working parties, the services of the company artificer or company +clerk, the use of ordnance stores or quartermaster articles, he should +always speak to the captain about the matter.</p> + + +<h5>THE CAPTAIN AND THE LIEUTENANTS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_871" id="Para_871">871</a>.</strong> The company officers should set an example to their men in dress, +military bearing, system, punctuality and other soldierly qualities. +It should be remembered that the negligence of superiors is the cue +for juniors to be negligent.</p> + +<p>If the men of a company are careless and indifferent about saluting +and if they are shabby and lax in their dress, the company commander +is to blame for it—company officers can always correct defects of +this kind, if they will only try.</p> + +<p>The character and efficiency of officers and the manner in which they +perform their duties are reflected in the conduct and deportment of +their men.</p> + +<p>Of course, courage is a prerequisite quality for a good officer, and +every officer should seek to impress his men that he would direct them +to do nothing involving danger that he would not himself be willing to +do under similar circumstances.</p> + +<p>If a company officer be ignorant of his duties, his men will soon find +it out, and when they do they will have neither respect for, nor +confidence in, him.</p> + +<p>Company officers should take an active interest in everything that +affects the amusement, recreation, happiness and welfare of their men.</p> + +<p>An officer just joining a company should learn without delay the names +of all the men. A roll of the organization should be gotten and +studied.</p> + +<p>While an officer can gruffly order a soldier to do a thing and have +his orders obeyed, it should be remembered that, as a rule, human +nature, especially American human nature, responds best to an appeal +to pride, fairness, justice, reason, and the other nobler instincts of +man. It is only in rare instances that the average man will give the +best there is in him under coercion or pressure of authority.</p> + +<p>There are but few men who have not some good in them, and this good +can generally be gotten at, if one only goes about it in the right +way. Study your men and try to arouse in them pride and interest in +their work.</p> + +<p>The soldier first learns to respect, then to honor and finally to love +the officer who is strict but just; firm but kind—and this is the +officer who will draw out of his men the very best there is in them.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_872" id="Para_872">872</a>.</strong> Treat your men like men, and remember there is nothing that will +so completely take the spirit out of a man as to find fault with him +when he is doing his best.</p> + +<p>Young officers sometimes run to one of two extremes in the treatment +of their men—they either, by undue familiarity, or otherwise, +cultivate popularity with the men; or they do not treat them with +sufficient consideration—the former course will forfeit their esteem; +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span> latter, ensure their dislike, neither of which result is +conducive to commanding their respect.</p> + +<p>Treat your soldiers with proper consideration, dignity, and +justice—remember they are members of your profession, the difference +being one of education, rank, command, and pay—but they are men, like +yourself, and should be treated as such.</p> + +<p>Under no circumstances should you ever swear at a soldier—not only is +this taking a mean, unfair advantage of your position, but it is also +undignified, ungentlemanly, and unmilitary. It is even more improper +for you to swear at a soldier than it is for a superior to swear at +you—in the latter case the insult can be properly resented; in the +former, it must be borne in humiliating silence.</p> + +<p>Remember, that if by harsh or unfair treatment you destroy a man's +self-respect, you at the same time destroy his usefulness.</p> + +<p>Familiarity is, of course, most subversive of discipline, but you can +treat your men with sympathetic consideration without being familiar +with them.</p> + +<p>In dealing with enlisted men, do not use the same standard of +intellect and morals that apply in the case of officers. And remember, +too, that a thing that may appear small and trivial to an officer may +mean a great deal to an enlisted man—study your men, learn their +desires, their habits, their way of thinking, and then in your +dealings with them try to look at things from their standpoint also. +In other words in your treatment of your men be just as human as +possible.</p> + +<p>The treatment of soldiers should be uniform and just, and under no +circumstances should a man be humiliated unnecessarily or abused. +Reproof and punishment must be administered with discretion and +judgment, and without passion; for the officer who loses his temper +and flies into a tantrum has failed to obtain his first triumph in +discipline. He who can not control himself can not control others.</p> + +<p>Every officer should study himself carefully, he should analyze +himself, he should place himself under a microscopic glass, so as to +discover his weak points—and he should then try with his whole might +and soul to make these weak points strong points. If, for instance, +you realize that you are weak in applied minor tactics, or that you +have no "bump of locality," or that you have a poor memory, or that +you have a weak will, do what you can to correct these defects in your +make-up. Remember "Stonewall" Jackson's motto: "A man can do anything +he makes up his mind to do."</p> + +<p>The Progress Company, Chicago, Ill., publishes "Mind Power," "Memory," +"The Will," "The Art of Logical Thinking" (all by W. W. Atkinson), and +several other books of a similar nature, that are both interesting and +instructive. "The Power of the Will," by Haddock, for sale by Albert +Lewis Pelton, Meriden, Conn., is an excellent book of its kind.</p> + + +<h5>THE FIRST SERGEANT</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_873" id="Para_873">873</a>.</strong> It has been said the captain is the proprietor of the company and +the first sergeant is the foreman.</p> + +<p>Under supervision of the captain, he has immediate charge of all +routine matters pertaining to the company.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>In some companies in the Regular Army, it is customary for soldiers, +except in cases of emergency, to get permission from the first +sergeant to speak to the company commander at any time. In other +organizations soldiers who wish to speak to the company commander away +from the company quarters must first obtain the first sergeant's +permission, but it is not necessary to get this permission to speak to +the company commander when he is at the barracks.</p> + +<p>The first sergeant is sometimes authorized to place noncommissioned +officers in arrest in quarters and privates in confinement in the +guardhouse, assuming such action to be by order of the captain, to +whom he at once reports the facts. However, with regard to the +confinement of soldiers by noncommissioned officers, attention is +invited to the Army Regulations on the subject.</p> + + +<h5>THE NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS</h5> + +<p><strong>(The status, duties, etc., of noncommissioned officers are covered in +greater detail in Noncommissioned Officers' Manual, by the author. +General agents: George Banta Publishing Co., Menasha, Wis.)</strong></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_874" id="Para_874">874</a>.</strong> The efficiency and discipline of a company depend to such an +extent on the noncommissioned officers that the greatest care and +judgment should be exercised in their selection. They should be men +possessing such soldierly qualities as a high sense of duty, cheerful +obedience to orders, force of character, honesty, sobriety and +steadiness, together with an intelligent knowledge of drills, +regulations, and orders.</p> + +<p>They should exact prompt obedience from those to whom they give +orders, and should see that all soldiers under them perform their +military duties properly. They must not hesitate to reprove them when +necessary, but such reproof must not be any more severe than the +occasion demands.</p> + +<p>The company officers must sustain the noncommissioned officers in the +exercise of their authority, except, of course, when such authority is +improperly or unjustly exercised. If they do wrong, they should be +punished the same as the privates, but if it be simply an error of +judgment they should merely be admonished. A noncommissioned officer +should never be admonished in the presence of privates.</p> + +<p>Judicious praising of noncommissioned officers in the presence of +privates is not only gratifying to the noncommissioned officer, but it +also tends to enhance the respect and esteem of the privates for him.</p> + +<p>In addition to dividing the company into squads, each squad being +under a noncommissioned officer as required by the Army Regulations, +the company should also be divided into sections, each section being +in charge of a sergeant. The squads and sections should, as far as +possible, be quartered together in barracks, and the chiefs of squads +and the chiefs of sections should be held strictly responsible for the +conduct, dress, cleanliness, and the care of arms of the members of +their respective squads and sections. Not only does this throw the +corporals and the sergeants upon their own responsibility to a certain +extent, but it also impresses upon them the importance of their +position, and gets the privates in the habit of realizing and +appreciating the authority exercised by noncommissioned officers.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>When practicable, the noncommissioned officers should have separate +rooms or tents, and should mess together at tables separate from the +privates; for, everything that conduces to familiarity with inferiors +tends to lower the dignity of the noncommissioned officers' position.</p> + +<p>Throw your noncommissioned officers upon their own +responsibility—throw them into deep water, so to speak, where they +will either have to swim or sink. You can never tell what a man can +really do until you have given him a chance to show you—until you +have put him on his mettle—until you have tried him out. And very +often men who seem to have nothing in them, men who have never before +been thrown upon their own responsibility, will surprise you.</p> + +<p>Do all you can to make your noncommissioned officers realize and +appreciate the importance of their position. Consult them about +different matters—get their opinions about various things. When going +through the barracks at Saturday morning inspection, for instance, as +you come to the different squads, have the squad leaders step to the +front and follow you while you are inspecting their respective squads. +If you find anything wrong with a man's bunk, speak to the squad +leader about it. Also ask the squad leaders various questions about +their squads.</p> + +<p>Not only does such treatment of noncommissioned officers make them +appreciate the importance, responsibility and dignity of their +position, but it also gives them more confidence in themselves and +raises them in the eyes of the privates.</p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers should always be addressed by their titles, +by both officers and soldiers.</p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers are forbidden by regulations to act as +barbers, or as agents for laundries, or in any other position of a +similar character.</p> + +<p>Everything possible should be done by the company officers to instruct +the noncommissioned officers properly in their duties.<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a></p> + +<p>So far as the company is concerned, the noncommissioned officers are +expected to assist the company commander in carrying out his own +orders and those of his superiors—they should see that all company +orders are obeyed and that the known wishes of the captain are carried +out. If, for instance, the captain should tell the first sergeant that +the men in the company may play cards among themselves, but that +noncommissioned officers are not to play with privates and that men +from other companies are not allowed to take part in, or to be present +at the games, then it is the duty of the first sergeant to see that +these instructions are carried out—it is his duty to make frequent +inspections of the tables at which the men may be playing to see that +no noncommissioned officers are playing and that no outsiders are +present. The first sergeant who confined himself to publishing the +order to the company and then doing nothing more, would be neglectful +of his proper duty.</p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers clothed in the proper uniform of their grade +are on duty at all times and places for the suppression of dis<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>orderly +conduct on the part of members of the company in public places. Men +creating disorder will be sent to their quarters in arrest and the +facts reported to the company commander without delay.</p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers can do much to prevent the commission of +offenses by members of their commands, both when on and when off duty, +and such prevention is as much their duty as reporting offenses after +they are committed; in fact, it is much better to prevent the offense +than to bring the offender to trial.</p> + +<p>Company commanders should drill their noncommissioned officers +thoroughly in the principles of discipline.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_875" id="Para_875">875</a>. Noncommissioned Officers Authorized to Confine Enlisted Men.</strong> A +company or detachment commander may delegate to his noncommissioned +officers the authority to confine enlisted men in the guardhouse and +to place them in arrest in quarters, provided the case is immediately +reported to the company or detachment commander, who confirms the act +of the noncommissioned officer and adopts it as his own.—W. D. +decision, December, 1905.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_876" id="Para_876">876</a>. Reduction and Resignation.</strong> A noncommissioned officer should never +be reduced to ranks, except for grave and sufficient reasons. Nothing +demoralizes the noncommissioned officers of a company so much and +upsets discipline to such an extent as the feeling that upon the +slightest pretext or fancy one is to be sent back to the ranks, to +associate with the privates he has been required to discipline.</p> + +<p>In some regiments noncommissioned officers are permitted to send in +formal resignations, while in other regiments they are not, but, with +the approval of the company commander, they may ask for reduction, +giving proper, satisfactory and specific reasons. Of course, +resignations submitted in a spirit of accepted insubordination or +pique should not be considered, nor should they ever be in +substitution for deserved disciplinary punishment. If a +noncommissioned officer has good reasons for requesting reduction and +the granting of the request would not result in detriment to the +company, there is no reason why his application should not be +favorably considered. However, in such a case, the noncommissioned +officer should consult his company commander before submitting his +request in writing. It is thought the preponderance of custom is +against considering formal resignations.</p> + + +<h5>Contentment and Harmony</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_877" id="Para_877">877</a>.</strong> The officers of the company should do everything possible to make +the organization contented and harmonious. Contentment and harmony are +not only conducive to good discipline and efficiency, but they also +make the government of the company easy and reduce desertions to a +minimum.</p> + +<p>The showing of favoritism on the part of the captain is always a cause +of great dissatisfaction amongst the soldiers in the company. Soldiers +do not care how strict the captain is, just so he is fair and +impartial, treating all men alike.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_878" id="Para_878">878</a>. The Mess.</strong> The captain should give the mess his constant personal +attention, making frequent visits to the kitchen and dining-room<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span> +while the soldiers are at meals so as to see for himself what they are +getting, how it is served, etc.</p> + +<p>It is not saying too much to state that, in time of peace, a good mess +is the real basis of the contentment of a company.</p> + +<p>Ascertain what the soldiers like to eat and then gratify their +appetites as far as practicable.</p> + +<p>Be careful that the cook or the mess sergeant doesn't fall into a rut +and satiate the soldiers day after day with the same dishes.</p> + +<p>Give the ration your personal attention—know yourself what the +company is entitled to, how much it is actually getting, what the +savings amount to, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_879" id="Para_879">879</a>. Library and Amusement Room.</strong> A library and an amusement room, +supplied with good books, magazines, papers, a billiard or pool table, +and a phonograph, are a source of much pleasure and contentment.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_880" id="Para_880">880</a>. Athletic Apparatus.</strong> A judicious investment of the company fund in +baseballs, bats, dumb bells, Indian clubs, boxing gloves and other +athletic goods, and the encouragement of baseball, basketball, quoits, +etc., are in the interest of harmony and happiness.</p> + + +<h5>Rewards and Privileges</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_881" id="Para_881">881</a>.</strong> 1. Deny all passes and requests for privileges of men whose +conduct is not good, and on the other hand grant to men whose conduct +is good, as many indulgences as is consistent with discipline.</p> + +<p>2. Judicious praise in the presence of the first sergeant, a few +noncommissioned officers, or the entire company, depending upon +circumstances, very often accomplishes a great deal. After the +according of such praise, let your action toward the man show that his +good conduct is appreciated and that it has raised him in your +estimation, and make him feel you are keeping your eye on him to see +whether he will continue in his well doing.</p> + +<p>3. Publication of commendatory orders, desirable special duty details, +etc.</p> + +<p>4. Promotion, and extra duty details which carry extra pay.</p> + +<p>5. Meritorious conduct of importance should be noted in the soldier's +military record and also on his discharge.</p> + +<p>6. At the weekly company inspection, each chief of squad picks out the +neatest and cleanest man in his squad—the captain then inspects the +men so selected, the neatest and cleanest one being excused from one +or two tours of kitchen police, or some other disagreeable duty; or +given a two days' pass.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p><span class="smcap">Note:</span> Some officers do not think that good conduct should be +especially rewarded, but that if all soldiers be held strictly +accountable for their actions by a system of strict discipline, +good conduct attains its own reward in the immunities it enjoys. </p></div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_882" id="Para_882">882</a>. Company punishment.</strong> It is neither necessary nor desirable to +bring every dereliction of duty before a court-martial for trial. In +fact, the invariable preferring of charges for minor<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> offenses will, +as a rule, injure rather than help the discipline of a command. The +104th Article<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span> of War states, "The commanding officer of any +detachment, company, or higher command may, for minor offenses not +denied by the accused, impose disciplinary punishments upon persons of +his command without the intervention of a court-martial, unless the +accused demands trial by court-martial." The disciplinary punishments +authorized may include admonition, reprimand, withholding of +privileges, extra fatigue, and restriction to certain specified +limits, but shall not include forfeiture of pay or confinement under +guard. (Par. 333, Manual for Courts-Martial.)</p> + + +<h5>Some Efficacious Forms of Company Punishment</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_883" id="Para_883">883</a>.</strong> 1. Extra fatigue under the Company Supply Sergeant or the +noncommissioned officer in charge of quarters, cleaning up around and +in the company quarters, scrubbing pots, scouring tin pans, polishing +stoves, cutting wood, policing the rears, cutting grass, pulling +weeds, polishing the brass and nickel parts in the water closets and +bath rooms, washing and greasing leather, cleaning guns, boiling +greasy haversacks, and in camp, digging drains and working around slop +holes.</p> + +<p>If the work be done well the offender may be let off sooner—if the +work be not done well, he may be tried for it.</p> + +<p>2. Men may not be allowed to leave the immediate vicinity of the +barracks for periods ranging from one to ten days, during which time +they are subject to all kinds of disagreeable fatigue, and required to +report to the N. C. O. in charge of quarters at stated hours.</p> + +<p>3. Breaking rocks for a given number of days. For every man so +punished, a private of the same company is detailed as a sentinel and +for every four men a corporal is detailed in addition—the idea being +to cause every man in each organization to take an interest in +preventing his own comrades from violating rules and regulations.</p> + +<p>4. When two soldiers get into a row that is not of a serious nature, a +good plan is to set them at work scrubbing the barrack windows—one on +the outside and one on the inside, making them clean the same pane at +the same time. They are thus constantly looking in each other's faces +and before the second window is cleaned they will probably be laughing +at each other and part friends rather than nursing their wrath.</p> + +<p>5. Confinement to barracks, reporting to the noncommissioned officer +in charge of quarters once every hour, from reveille to, say, 9 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span></p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>NOTE: Some company commanders follow, for moral effect, the +practice of publishing to their companies all summary court +convictions of soldiers belonging to the organization. </p></div> + + +<h5>Withholding of Privileges</h5> + +<p>1. Withholding of passes and of credit at the post exchange.</p> + +<p>2. Withholding of furloughs.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_884" id="Para_884">884</a>. Control of Drunken and Obscene Men.</strong> In order to control drunken +and obscene men, they have been bucked and gagged until sufficiently +sober to regain self-control and quiet down. The use of a cold water +hose in such cases has been known to accomplish good results. Great +care and judgment, however, should be exercised and no more force used +than is absolutely necessary.</p> + +<p>It may also be said that persistently filthy men have been washed and +scrubbed.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_885" id="Para_885">885</a>.</strong> Saturday morning and other company inspections are intended to +show the condition of the organization regarding its equipment, +military<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span> appearance and general fitness for service, and the +condition of the quarters as regards cleanliness, order, etc. Usually +everyone except the guard, one cook, and others whose presence +elsewhere can not be spared, are required to attend inspections, +appearing in their best clothes, their arms and accouterments being +shipshape and spick and span in every respect.</p> + +<p>A man appearing at inspection with arms and equipments not in proper +shape, especially if he be a recruit or if it be his first offense, +may be turned out again several hours later, fully armed and equipped, +for another inspection, instead of being tried by summary court.</p> + + +<h5>Property Responsibility</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_886" id="Para_886">886</a>.</strong> Special attention should be given to the care and accountability +of all company property.</p> + +<p>1. All property (tents, axes, spades, chairs, hatchets, etc.) should +be plainly marked with the letter of the company.</p> + +<p>2. Keep a duplicate copy of every memorandum receipt given for +property, and when such property is turned in or another officer's +memorandum receipt is given covering the property, don't fail to get +your original memorandum from the quartermaster.</p> + +<p>3. See that the quartermaster gives you credit for all articles turned +in, or property accounted for on statement of charges, proceedings of +a surveying officer or otherwise.</p> + +<p>4. Have a settlement with the quartermaster at the end of every +quarter as required by Army Regulations, taking an inventory of all +property held on memorandum receipt and submitting to the +quartermaster a statement of charges and a certified list of the china +and glassware unavoidably broken during the quarter.</p> + +<p>5. Keep an account of all articles issued to the men, turned in to the +quartermaster, condemned, expended, lost, stolen or destroyed.</p> + +<p>6. Worn out and unserviceable, property that is beyond repair in the +company should be submitted to the action of a surveying officer, the +Survey Reports (Form No. 196, A. G. O.) being prepared in triplicate, +and submitted to the commanding officer, who will appoint a surveying +officer. No property that can be repaired in the company should ever +be submitted to the action of a surveying officer or inspector. In +this connection company commanders and supply sergeants should be +thoroughly familiar with Ordnance Department pamphlet No. 1965 and G. +O. 26, 1917, the two covering the care, repair and disposition of +unserviceable Ordnance equipment.</p> + +<p>7. Property that is to be submitted to the action of a surveying +officer or an inspector should always first be carefully examined by +the responsible officer in person, who should be prepared to give all +necessary information in regard to it.</p> + +<p>The property should be arranged in the order of enumeration in the +survey or the inventory report, and should be arranged in rows of +five, ten, or some other number, so that the numbers of the various +articles can be counted at a glance.</p> + +<p>The Army Regulations require that the responsible officer shall be +present at the inspection of property by a regular inspector. He +should also be present when property is acted on by a surveying +officer.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>8. All company property (Ordnance, Quartermaster, Signal and Engineer) +except the litter (Medical Department) is gotten from the unit supply +officer on memorandum receipt. The litter is gotten from the surgeon +on memorandum receipt. Settlements are required to be made quarterly +with the officers concerned, and also when relinquishing command.</p> + + +<h5>Company Paperwork</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_887" id="Para_887">887</a>. Scope of subject.</strong> To cover in full the subject of company +paperwork would require more space than it is practicable to spare in +a manual of this nature, and consequently only brief reference is made +herein to the principal books, records and papers connected with the +administration of a company.</p> + +<p>The subject of company paperwork, as well as Army administration in +general, is covered in full in <em>Army Paperwork</em>, published by Geo. +Banta Publishing Co., Menasha, Wis. Price $2.00, postpaid.</p> + +<p>In connection with company paperwork, it may be remarked that +now-a-days no company office is complete without a typewriter. For +all-around field and garrison work the CORONA, which is used +throughout the Army, is recommended. Not only is it less bulky and +lighter than other machines, but it is simpler of construction and +will stand harder usage. The Corona Folding Stand adds very much to +the convenience of the machine for field use.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_888" id="Para_888">888</a>. Morning Report.</strong> Which shows, at the hour the report is submitted, +the exact condition of the company as to the number of officers and +men present for duty, sick, absent, etc. All changes since the last +report (the day before) are shown by name, under "Remarks," on the +right-hand page, and by number on the left-hand page. In case of no +change since last report, note, "No change," under, "Remarks," and +also on the left-hand page. (See model given below.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<span class="caption">(Left-hand page)</span><a href="images/illus-0888a_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0888a.png" width="500" height="219" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1 (<a href="images/illus-0888a_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<span class="caption">(Corresponding right-hand page)</span><a href="images/illus-0888b_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0888b.png" width="500" height="220" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2 (<a href="images/illus-0888b_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="smcap">Note.</span> The numbers 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, etc., entered by hand on the left in +model, and which show the number of days from each printed number +(date) to the end of the month, are entered the beginning of each +month, and are a convenience in showing at once the number of rations +to be added or deducted in the case of men joining or leaving the +company.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_889" id="Para_889">889</a>. Daily Sick Report.</strong> On which are entered the names of all enlisted +men requiring medical attention and such of the company officers as +may be excused from duty because of illness. The report is signed each +day by the surgeon and the company commander, and shows whether or not +the sickness was incurred in line of duty.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"><a href="images/illus-0889_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0889.png" width="500" height="208" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3 (<a href="images/illus-0889_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_890" id="Para_890">890</a>. Duty Roster.</strong> On which is kept a record of all details for guard +duty, kitchen police, and other details for service in garrison and in +the field, except the authorized special and extra duty details. For +instructions regarding the keeping of roster, see, "Details and +Rosters," Manual of Interior Guard Duty and the Model and instructions +on the form itself.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_891" id="Para_891">891</a>. Files of Orders.</strong> A file will be kept of all orders issued by the +company commander. Files will also be kept of all orders and +instructions received from higher authority.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_892" id="Para_892">892</a>. Company Fund Book.</strong> In which are entered all receipts to, and +expenditures from, the company fund, together with the monthly +proceeding of the Company Council of Administration, and a list of +property, with cost thereof, purchased from the company fund. The +model in the front of the book shows how the account is to be kept.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_893" id="Para_893">893</a>. Correspondence Book, with index.</strong> In which is entered a brief of +each item of correspondence in respect to which a record is necessary, +and a notation of the action taken thereon.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_894" id="Para_894">894</a>. Document File</strong>, being the original documents or communications +when these are retained, and carbon, letter press, or other copies of +letters, indorsements, or telegrams sent in regard to the same, all of +which are filed according to serial numbers.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_895" id="Para_895">895</a>. Delinquency Record</strong>, in which are noted the disciplinary +punishments awarded by the company commander in compliance with the +provisions of Army Regulations.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_896" id="Para_896">896</a>. Property Responsibility.</strong> Two loose-leaf books in which are +listed, in one all articles of quartermaster property, and in the +other, all articles of ordnance property, issued each soldier for his +personal use.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_897" id="Para_897">897</a>. Service Record.</strong> (Formerly known as "Descriptive List.") One for +each member of the company, in which is kept a full description of +him, including date of enlistment, personnel description, record of +deposits, trial by court-martial, record of vaccination, clothing +account, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_898" id="Para_898">898</a>. Descriptive Card of Public Animals.</strong> To be kept in organizations +supplied with public animals.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_899" id="Para_899">899</a>. Retained Copies of Rolls, Returns, etc.</strong> Retained copies of the +various rolls, reports, and returns (property and other) that are +required by orders and regulations.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_900" id="Para_900">900</a>. Memorandum Receipts</strong>, showing all articles of ordnance +quartermaster, and other property that may be held on memorandum +receipt, with date of receipt, from whom received, etc. The company +commander has a quarterly settlement with the staff officers +concerned.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_901" id="Para_901">901</a>. Abstract Record of Memorandum Receipts.</strong> For keeping a record of +property issued on memorandum receipt, in connection with the unit +accountability equipment.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_902" id="Para_902">902</a>. Record of Rifles</strong>, showing the number of the rifle, the Arsenal +where made, date of receipt, to whom issued, and number of shots fired +each target season. (Note. Geo. Banta Publishing Co., Menasha, Wis., +print an excellent card for this purpose.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_903" id="Para_903">903</a>. Summary Court Records.</strong> Commanding officers are required to +furnish organization commanders with true copies of all summary court +records relating to men of their organizations, which papers form a +part of the records of the organization.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_904" id="Para_904">904</a>. Statement of Clothing Charged to Enlisted Men.</strong> When clothing is +drawn individually from the quartermaster, the Individual Clothing +Slips are entered on the Statement of Clothing Charged to Enlisted +Men, which is filed with the requisition to which it pertains.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_905" id="Para_905">905</a>. Abstract of Clothing.</strong> All individual clothing slips are entered +on this abstract as the issues are made, the total quantities and +money values being determined and the abstract completed at the end of +month or when the organization leaves the vicinity of the issuing +quartermaster for an extended period. At the close of period covered, +the organization commander compares his copy of the abstract with the +quartermaster's copy, and it is then filed with the Individual +Clothing Slips and Statement of Clothing Charged to Enlisted men.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_906" id="Para_906">906</a>. Record of Size of Clothing.</strong> A record of the sizes of clothing of +every man in the company as ascertained by measurement.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_907" id="Para_907">907</a>. Company Target Records.</strong> An individual record is kept for each man +of the company and for every officer firing, on which are entered the +record rifle practice and the qualification for each target season. A +similar record is kept in the case of those required to fire with the +pistol. Records are also kept of the company combat firing and the +proficiency test, and of the combat practice. The combat practice +records are kept until the close of the following target season, when +they may be destroyed.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_908" id="Para_908">908</a>. Company Return.</strong> On the first day of each month a Company Return +for the preceding month is submitted to regimental headquarters. The +return gives by name all changes since rendition of last return in the +case of officers, and by number all changes in the case of enlisted +men, and shows the condition of the company at midnight of the last +day of the month for which rendered. All officers, present and absent, +are accounted for by name, and under "Record of Events," is given a +brief statement of the duties performed by the company during the +month, including marches made, actions in which engaged, etc. See next +page for a "Model" Company Return.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"><a href="images/illus-0908a_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0908a.png" width="500" height="425" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4 (<a href="images/illus-0908a_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"><a href="images/illus-0908b_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0908b.png" width="500" height="358" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5 (<a href="images/illus-0908b_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_909" id="Para_909">909</a>. Ration return.</strong> In addition to rations, on this form are obtained +soap, candles, matches, toilet paper, rock salt, vinegar for animals, +flour for paste in target practice, towels, and ice, the allowances of +which are prescribed in the Army Regulations.</p> + +<p>The best way to show how a ration return is prepared is to give a +"model" and then explain how the figures thereon were obtained.</p> + +<p>The figures in the above "model" were obtained as follows:</p> + +<table summary="Ration return calculation"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td colspan="3">(a) The enlisted strength of Co. "H," 50th Inf., present and +absent according to the morning report of Feb. 29/16, was</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="ration_figure">97</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">(b) Deduct from the above the number of men absent according +to the morning report of Feb. 29/16, and for whom rations will not, +therefore, be drawn for any part or for the whole of the month of +March, the number of men absent being (assumed) as follows:</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td colspan="2"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>On furlough</td> +<td class="ration_figure">3</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td colspan="2">On detached service</td> +<td class="ration_figure">2</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td colspan="2">Absent sick</td> +<td class="ration_figure">2</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td colspan="2">Absent in confinement</td> +<td class="ration_figure">1</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td colspan="2">Present sick in hospital</td> +<td class="ration_figure">4</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td colspan="2">Attached to and rationed with the band</td> +<td class="ration_figure">2</td> +<td class="ration_figure">14</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td>Balance</td> +<td class="table_cell_1000"> </td> +<td class="table_cell_1000 ration_figure">83</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">(c) Add the number of men attached to the company for rations, +which (it is assumed) consists of two general prisoners</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="ration_figure">2</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td><span class="smcap">Total</span></td> +<td class="table_cell_1000"> </td> +<td class="table_cell_1000 ration_figure">85</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">That is to say, we have 85 men for whom one ration per day +must be drawn for the month of March, that is to say, 31 days.</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">Hence, the total number of rations will be, 85 × 31 = 2635 +rations.</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">(d) Additions and deductions must be made as follows:</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="table_center"><em>Additions</em></td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">For the men who were attached to the company for rations +and who joined during the month of February, from absent sick, +furlough, detached service, etc., and which (let us assume) the +"Plus" column of "Rations" on the company morning report for +February shows to be</td> +<td class="ration_figure">150</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="table_center"><em>Deductions</em></td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">For the men who left the company during the month of +February, on account of being sent to the hospital sick, going on +furlough, etc., and which (let us assume) the "Minus" column of +"Rations" on the company morning report for February shows +to be</td> +<td class="ration_figure">200</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">Leaving us (a "Net correction") to be <em>added</em> of</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="ration_figure">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan="3">And making the total number due the company for the +month of March</td> +<td class="table_cell_1000"> </td> +<td class="table_cell_1000 ration_figure">2585</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span></p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead">EXTRA ISSUES</p> + +<p>The Army Regulations fixes the maximum allowance of soap, toilet +paper, matches, etc., the commanding officer being authorized, if he +so desires, to determine the allowances, with the prescribed maximum. +The allowances are based either on so much per ration, per so many +rations, or per organization. In the case of candles and matches the +allowance is left entirely to the commanding officer.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<span class="caption">"Model" Ration Return</span><a href="images/illus-0909_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0909.png" width="500" height="213" alt="Fig. 6: "Model" Ration Return" title="Fig. 6: "Model" Ration Return" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6 (<a href="images/illus-0909_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><em>Example</em></p> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See "model" ration return above)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"> +<p><em>Soap.</em> Allowance is 0.64 for each ration or 4 lbs. to 100 +rations. 25.85 × 4 = 103.40, i. e., the company is entitled to 103 +lbs. of soap for the month of March.</p> + +<p><em>Toilet paper.</em> Allowance is 1000 sheets for every 60 rations, +2585 ÷ 60 = 43+, that is, the company is entitled to 43 packages +of toilet paper.</p> + +<p><em>Matches.</em> Allowance of matches for lighting fires and lights, for +which fuel and the illumination supplies are issued, is such as +the commanding officer may order as necessary.</p> + +<p><em>Flour.</em> Allowance of flour for paste used in target practice is +50 lbs. for each troop or company for the practice season. </p></div> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> Silicate Roll Blackboards, which are perfectly flexible +and can be rolled tightly, like a map, without injury, may be obtained +from the New York Silicate Book Slate Co., 20 Vesey St., New York. +They are made in various sizes, about the most convenient for use in +noncommissioned officers' schools is No. 3, three by four feet—price +$2.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> For example, noisy or disorderly conduct in quarters, +failure to salute officers, slovenly dressed at formations, rifle +equipments not properly cleaned at inspection or other formations, +overstaying pass, short absences without leave and absences from +formations (especially for first offense).</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II_II" id="CHAPTER_II_II"></a>CHAPTER II</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">DISCIPLINE</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_910" id="Para_910">910</a>. Definition.</strong> Discipline is not merely preservation of order, +faithful performance of duty, and prevention of offenses—in other +words, discipline is not merely compliance with a set of rules and +regulations drawn up for the purpose of preserving order in an +organization. This is only one phase of discipline. In its deeper and +more important sense discipline may be defined as the habit of +instantaneous and instinctive obedience under any and all +circumstances—it is the habit whereby the very muscles of the soldier +instinctively obey the word of command, so that under whatever +circumstances of danger or death the soldier may hear that word of +command, even though his mind be too confused to work, his muscles +will obey. It is toward this ultimate object that all rules of +discipline tend. In war, the value of this habit of instantaneous and +instinctive obedience is invaluable, and during the time of peace +everything possible should be done to ingrain into the very blood of +the soldier this spirit, this habit, of instantaneous, instinctive +obedience to the word of command.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_911" id="Para_911">911</a>. Methods of Attaining Good Discipline.</strong> Experience shows that +drill, routine, military courtesy, attention to details, proper +rewards for good conduct, and invariable admonition or punishment of +all derelictions of duty, are the best methods of attaining good +discipline—that they are the most effective means to that end.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_912" id="Para_912">912</a>. Importance.</strong> History shows that the chief factor of success in war +is discipline, and that without discipline no body of troops can hold +their own against a well-directed, well-disciplined force.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_913" id="Para_913">913</a>. Sound System.</strong> We must bear in mind that what may be considered a +sound system of discipline at one epoch or for one nation, may be +inapplicable at another epoch or for another nation. In other words, +sound discipline depends upon the existing state of civilization and +education, the political institutions of the country, the national +trait and the national military system. For example, the system of +discipline that existed in the days of Frederick the Great, and which, +in modified form, exists today in certain European armies, whereby the +soldier was so inured to a habit of subjection that he became a sort +of machine—a kind of automaton. Such a system of discipline, while +answering admirably well its purpose at that time and for those +nations, would not do at all in this day and generation, and with a +people like ours, in whom the spirit of personal freedom and +individual initiative are born. Of course, the discipline that will +insure obedience under any and all conditions—the discipline that +will insure prompt and unhesitating obedience to march, to attack, to +charge—is just as important today as it was a thousand years ago, but +we can not attain it by the machine-making methods of former times. +The system we use must be in keep<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>ing with the national +characteristics of our people and the tactical necessities of the day, +the latter requiring individual initiative. According to the old +system, the company commander imposed his will upon a body of +submissive units; under the new system the company commander, backed +by authority and greater knowledge, leads obedient, willing units, +exacting ready obedience and loyal coöperation. The company commander +used to drive; now he leads.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_914" id="Para_914">914</a>. Means of attaining and maintaining such discipline.</strong></p> + +<p>1. Explain to the men the importance of discipline and its value on +the field of battle, and give the reasons that makes it necessary to +subject soldiers to restrictions that they were not subjected to in +civil life.</p> + +<p>2. Do not impose unnecessary restrictions or hardships on your men, +nor issue orders that have no bearing on their efficiency, health, +cleanliness, orderliness, etc.</p> + +<p>3. Demand a high standard of excellence in the performance of all +duties whatsoever, and exact the utmost display of energy.</p> + +<p>A system of discipline based on the above principles develops habits +of self-control, self-reliance, neatness, order, and punctuality, and +creates respect for authority and confidence in superiors.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_915" id="Para_915">915</a>. Punishment.</strong> In maintaining discipline, it must be remembered the +object of punishment should be two-fold: (a) To prevent the commission +of offenses, and (b) to reform the offender. Punishment should, +therefore, in degree and character depend upon the nature of the +offense. Punishment should not be debasing or illegal, and the penalty +should be proportionate to the nature of the offense. If too great, it +tends to arouse sympathy, and foster friends for the offender, thus +encouraging a repetition of the offense. A distinction, therefore, +should be made between the deliberate disregard of orders and +regulations, and offenses which are the result of ignorance or +thoughtlessness. In the latter case the punishment should be for the +purpose of instruction and should not go to the extent of inflicting +unnecessary humiliation and discouragement upon the offender.</p> + + +<h4>General Principles</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_916" id="Para_916">916</a>.</strong> In the administration of discipline the following principles +should be observed.</p> + +<p>1. Everyone, officers and soldiers, should be required and made to +perform their full duty. If the post commander, for instance, requires +the company commanders to do their full duty, they will require their +noncommissioned officers to do their full duty, and the +noncommissioned officers will in turn require the men to do the same.</p> + +<p>2. Subordinates should be held strictly responsible for the proper +government and administration of their respective commands, and all +changes or corrections should be made through them.</p> + +<p>3. Subordinates should have exclusive control of their respective +commands, and all orders, instructions and directions affecting their +commands should be given through them.</p> + +<p>4. If, in case of emergency, it be not practicable to make certain +changes or corrections, or to give certain orders, instructions or +directions, through the subordinates, they should be notified at once +of what has been done.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>5. After a subordinate has been placed in charge of a certain duty, +all instructions pertaining thereto should be given through him, and +all meddling and interfering should be avoided. Interference by +superiors relieves the subordinate of responsibility, and causes him +to lose interest, become indifferent, and do no more than he is +obliged to do.</p> + +<p>6. The certainty of reward for, and appreciation of, meritorious +conduct, should equal the certainty of punishment for dereliction of +duty.</p> + +<p>7. It is the duty of an officer or noncommissioned officer who gives +an order to see that it is obeyed; carrying out orders received by him +does not end with their perfunctory transmission to subordinates—this +is only a small part of his duty. He must personally see that the +orders so transmitted are made effective.</p> + +<p>8. The treatment of soldiers should be uniform and just, and under no +circumstances should a man be humiliated unnecessarily or abused. +Reproof and punishment must be administered with discretion and +judgment, and without passion; for an officer or noncommissioned +officer who loses his temper and flies into a tantrum has failed to +obtain his first triumph in discipline. He who can not control himself +can not control others.</p> + +<p>9. Punishment should invariably follow dereliction of duty, for the +frequency of offenses depends, as a general rule, on the degree of +certainty with which their commission is attended with punishment. +When men know that their derelictions and neglects will be observed +and reproved, they will be much more careful than they would be +otherwise—that's human nature.</p> + +<p>A strict adherence to the above general principles will instill into +the minds of those concerned, respect for authority and a spirit of +obedience.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_III" id="PART_III"></a>PART III</h2> + +<p class="part_head">MISCELLANEOUS SUBJECTS PERTAINING TO COMPANY TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I_III" id="CHAPTER_I_III"></a>CHAPTER I</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF COMPANY TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_917" id="Para_917">917</a>. Object of Training and Instruction.</strong> The object of training and +instructing a company is to thoroughly knit together its different +parts, its various elements (individuals, squads and platoons), into a +complete, homogeneous mass, a cohesive unit, that will under any and +all conditions and circumstances respond to the will of the captain—a +cohesive unit that knows how to march, that knows how to live properly +in camp, that knows how to fight and that can be readily handled +tactically on the field of battle. In short, the object of training +and instruction is to make out of the company an efficient, wieldy +fighting weapon, to be manipulated by the captain. There is but one +way this object can be obtained, and that is by work, work, work—and +then more work—by constant care, attention and pains—by coöperation, +by team work, among the officers, the noncommissioned officers and the +privates.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_918" id="Para_918">918</a>. Method and Progression.</strong> Arrangement is an essential of sound +teaching. Training and instruction in order to be easily understood +and readily assimilated—in order to give the greatest results in the +shortest time—must be carried on according to a methodical and +progressive plan. Each subject or subjects upon a knowledge of which +depend the proper understanding and mastering of another, should be +studied and mastered before taking up the other subject, and the +elementary and simpler aspects of a given subject must be mastered +before taking up the higher and more difficult phases of the subject, +which means that individual training and instruction must precede, and +provide a sound foundation for, collective training and +instruction—that is to say, for the higher tactical training and +instruction of the company as a unit. These basic, fundamental +principles of successful training and instruction apply to practical +as well as theoretical training. For instance, in the subject of +entrenchments we would first instruct the men individually in the use +of the tools and in the construction and use of the trenches, after +which we would pass on to the tactical use of entrenchments by the +company. Also, in training and instructing the company in fire +discipline, we would first explain to the men the power and tactical +value of the rifle, and instruct them in their duties on the firing +line as regards adjustment of sights, attention to commands, economy +of ammunition, etc.; we would explain to the platoon commanders and +guides their duties as regards control of fire, enforcement of fire +discipline, etc., after which we would practice the company as a unit +in fire<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span> action, and fire control, ending up with an exercise showing +the tactical application of the rules and principles explained. And +again, in the training and instruction of the company in the attack, +we would first train and instruct the company in all the formations +and operations that naturally precede an attack (patrolling, outposts, +advance guard, rear guard), and also in those that form an inherent +part of an attack (extended order, field firing, use of cover, etc.).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_919" id="Para_919">919</a>. Program.</strong> The training and instruction of a company, whether +practical or theoretical, should be carried on in accordance with a +fixed, definite program, in which the subjects are arranged in a +natural, progressive order.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_920" id="Para_920">920</a>. Simultaneous Instruction and Training.</strong> The next question that +presents itself is: Should instruction and training in each branch be +completed before proceeding to the next, or should instruction and +training be carried on simultaneously in two or more different +subjects, as one, for example, are taught mathematics, French and +history at the same time, a different hour of the day being devoted to +each subject? In other words, should we, for instance, devote one hour +of the day to attack, one hour to defense, and one hour to the service +of security, thus preventing the soldier from getting weary of doing +the same thing that whole day? Our answer is:</p> + +<p>1st. If the instruction and training is being given on the ground +where the application of the principles of any given subject is varied +so much by the type of the ground and the nature of the situation, +each type of ground affording a different solution of the problem, it +is thought the best results can be obtained by finishing each subject +before proceeding to the next, thus not losing the "atmosphere" of one +subject by switching to the next, and also confusing the minds of the +men with different principles.</p> + +<p>2nd. However, if the instruction and training be theoretical and the +time available each day be several hours, better results can be +obtained by studying two or more subjects simultaneously. This would +also be the case if the work be practical, but if it be such that the +type of the ground and the nature of the situation will not of +themselves afford variety in the application of the same principles.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_921" id="Para_921">921</a>. Responsibility.</strong> The Army Regulations and War Department orders +hold the company commander responsible for the training and +instruction of the company. The subject is a most important one and +should receive serious thought and study. Before admonishing one of +your men for not knowing a subject, always ask yourself, "Have I made +an effort to teach it to him?"</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_922" id="Para_922">922</a>. Interest.</strong> Special effort should be made to make the training and +instruction of the company interesting, so that the work will not +become monotonous and irksome, and thus cause the men to lose interest +and get stale. To accomplish this, these points should be borne in +mind:</p> + +<p><em>Variety.</em> Inject variety into the work. Do not keep the men too long +at one thing.</p> + +<p><em>Clearness.</em> Every exercise, lesson or lecture should have in view a +well-defined object, the meaning and importance of which must be +explained to, and understood by, the men at the beginning of the +exercise, lesson or lecture. In other words, at the beginning, explain +the main,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span> governing idea of the subject, and then take pains to +explain in a simple, conversational way each phase as you come to it. +Give the reasons for everything. You can not expect men to take an +interest in things the meaning of which they do not understand and the +reason for which they do not see. Make sure by asking questions of +different ones as you go along that your explanations are understood.</p> + +<p><em>Thoroughness.</em> Every lecture, talk, drill or exercise should be +carefully planned and arranged beforehand. Remember, that the men who +are going to listen to your talk—the men who are going to go through +the exercise—have the right to expect this of you, and you have no +right to compel them to listen to lots of disconnected, half-baked +statements, or make them go through a disjointed exercise or drill. In +the case of tactical exercises always, if practicable, visit and +examine the terrain beforehand. Of course, all this will mean +work—additional work—but remember the government pays you to work.</p> + +<p><em>Reality.</em> Make all practical work as real as possible—do not permit +the commission of absurdities—do not let men do things which +manifestly they would not be able to do in actual practice—and you +yourself be sure to make your exercises and tactical scheme as like +real conditions of warfare as possible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_923" id="Para_923">923</a>. Individual Initiative.</strong> The effective range and great power of +modern firearms cause troops in battle to be spread out over large +areas, thus decentralizing control over men and operations, and +consequently increasing the value and importance of individual +initiative. The company commander should, therefore, practice, +accustom and encourage the privates, noncommissioned officers and +lieutenants in the development and exercise of individual initiative +and responsibility. This should be borne in mind in all training and +instruction.</p> + +<p>Officers, noncommissioned officers and privates must not "lay down" +just because they have no specific orders. Remember, the one thing +above all others that counts in war, is <strong>action, initiative</strong>. Indeed, +'tis better to have acted and lost than never to have acted at all. +Listen to what the Chief of Staff of the Army has to say about this in +the preface to the Field Service Regulations: "Officers and men of all +ranks and grades are given a certain independence in the execution of +the tasks to which they are assigned and are expected to show +initiative in meeting the different situations as they arise. Every +individual, from the highest commander to the lowest private, must +always remember that inaction and neglect of opportunities will +warrant more severe censure than an error in the choice of means."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_924" id="Para_924">924</a>. Determination and Individual Intelligence.</strong> While the value of +discipline can hardly be overestimated, there are two other factors in +battle that are fully as important, if not more so, and they are, +<strong>determination</strong> to win, and <strong>individual intelligence</strong>, which, in war, as +in all other human undertakings, almost invariably spell success. +Therefore, make these two factors one of the basic principles of the +instruction and training of the company, and do all you can to instill +into your men a spirit of determination, and to develop in them +individual intelligence. Every human being has in his soul a certain +amount of determination, even though it be only enough to determine +upon the small things of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span> life. Some people are born with more +determination than others, but it is a mistake to suppose that a man +must remain through life with the same amount of determination that he +brought into it. The attributes of the human mind, such as +determination, bravery, ambition, energy, etc., are all capable of +improvement and also of deterioration. It is essential therefore, for +us to endeavor by all means in our power to improve our strength of +character—our determination. It is, of course, useless for us to +learn the art of war if we have not sufficient determination, when we +meet the enemy, to apply the principles we have studied. There is no +reason, however, why every officer, noncommissioned officer and +private should not improve his determination of character by careful +training in peace. It can only be done by facing the difficulties, +thoroughly understanding the dangers, and asking ourselves repeatedly +whether we are prepared to face the ordeal in war. Let us not think, +in a vague sort of a way, that in war we shall be all right and do as +well as most people. We know that we are not gifted with tremendous +personal courage, and we know that, whatever happens, we shall not run +away. But that is not enough. We must train ourselves to understand +that in the hour of trial we can harden our hearts, that we can assume +the initiative, and retain it by constant advance and constant attack; +unless we can fill our hearts with the determination to win, we can +not hope to do our full duty on the field of battle and acquit +ourselves with credit.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_925" id="Para_925">925</a>. The Human Element.</strong> No system of training and instruction that +does not take into account human nature, can be thoroughly effective. +The human element probably enters into war more than it does into any +other pursuit. The old idea of turning a human being into a machine, +by means of discipline, and making him dread his captain more than the +enemy, died long ago, especially with the American people. In modern +war success depends to a great extent upon the initiative, the +individual action of the soldier and this action is greatly influenced +by the soldier's state of mind at the moment, by the power that can be +exercised over his mind by his comrades and those leading him. The +company commander should, therefore, study the characteristics of the +human mind with the object of ascertaining how he can influence the +men under his command, so that in battle those human attributes which +are favorable to success, may be strengthened and those which are +favorable to defeat may be weakened. Of the former, courage, +determination, initiative, respect, cheerfulness, comradeship, +emulation and esprit de corps, are the principal ones; of the latter, +fear, surprise, disrespect, and dejection, are the leading ones. By +means of good, sound discipline, we can create, improve and foster the +qualities mentioned that are favorable to success, and we can +eliminate to a considerable extent, if not entirely, those that are +detrimental to success.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_926" id="Para_926">926</a>. Fear.</strong> The emotion of fear acts more powerfully upon the feelings +of the individual soldier than any other emotion, and it is also +probably the most infectious. Fear in a mild form is present in every +human being. Nature wisely put it there, and society could not very +well get along without it. For example, we stop and look up and down a +crowded street before starting to cross, for fear of being run over; +in going out in the cold we put on our overcoats, for fear of catching +cold.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span> In fact, we hardly do anything in life without taking a +precaution of some kind. These are all examples of reasonable fear, +which, within bounds is a perfectly legitimate attribute of a soldier +in common with other human beings. For example, we teach the men to +take advantage of cover when attacking, and we dig trenches when on +the defense, in both cases for fear of being shot by the enemy. It is +the unreasoning type of fear that plays havoc in war, and the most +deadly and common form of it is a vague, indefinite, nameless dread of +the enemy. If the average man was to analyze his feelings in war and +was to ask himself if he were actually afraid of being killed, he +would probably find that he was not. The ordinary soldier is prepared +to take his chance, with a comfortable feeling inside him, that, +although no doubt a number of people will be killed and wounded, he +will escape. If, then, a man is not unreasonably afraid of being +killed or wounded, is it not possible by proper training and +instruction to overcome this vague fear of the enemy? Experience shows +that it is. If a soldier is suffering from this vague fear of the +enemy, it will at least be a consolation to him to know that a great +many other soldiers, including those belonging to the enemy, are +suffering in a similar manner, and that they are simply experiencing +one of the ordinary characteristics of the human mind. If the soldier +in battle will only realize that the enemy is just as much afraid of +him as he is of the enemy, reason is likely to assert itself and to a +great extent overcome the unpleasant feelings inside him. General +Grant, in his Memoirs, relates a story to the effect that in one of +his early campaigns he was seized with an unreasonable fear of his +enemy, and was very much worried as to what the enemy was doing, when, +all at once, it dawned upon him that his enemy was probably worrying +equally as much about what he, Grant, was doing, and was probably as +afraid as he was, if not even more so, and the realization of this +promptly dispelled all of his, Grant's, fear. Confidence in one's +ability to fight well will also do much to neutralize fear, and if a +soldier knows that he can shoot better, march better, and attack +better, than his opponent, the confidence of success that he will, as +a result, feel will do much to dispel physical fear. By sound and +careful training and instruction make your men efficient and this +efficiency will give them confidence in themselves, confidence in +their rifles, confidence in their bayonets, confidence in their +comrades and confidence in their officers.</p> + +<p>The physical methods of overcoming fear in battle are simply to direct +the men's minds to other thoughts by giving them something for their +bodies and limbs to do. It is a well-known saying that a man in battle +frequently regains his lost courage by repeatedly firing off his +rifle, which simply means that his thoughts are diverted by physical +movements. This is no doubt one of the reasons why the attack is so +much more successful in war than the defense, because in the attack +the men are generally moving forward and having their minds diverted +by physical motion from this vague dread of the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_927" id="Para_927">927</a>. Courage.</strong> Courage, like all other human characteristics, is very +infectious, and a brave leader who has no fear of the enemy will +always get more out of his men than one who is not so well equipped in +that respect. However, it is a well-known fact that a man may be +brave<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span> far above his fellows in one calling or occupation, and +extremely nervous in another. For example, a man may have greatly +distinguished himself in the capture of a fort, who would not get on a +horse for fear of being kicked off. Courage of this kind is induced +chiefly by habit or experience—the man knows the dangers and how to +overcome them, he has been through similar experiences before and he +has come out of them with a whole skin. This type of courage can be +developed by careful training during peace, and it can be increased by +self-confidence—by so training the soldier that he knows and feels he +will know what to do in any emergency which may arise, and how to do +it; he will not be surprised by the unexpected event, which invariably +occurs, and he will understand others besides himself are being +troubled by unpleasant feelings, which it is his duty as a man and a +soldier to overcome.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_928" id="Para_928">928</a>. Surprise.</strong> Surprise may be said to be the mother of a panic, which +is the worst form of fear. In such a case unreasoning fear sometimes +turns into temporary insanity. Panic is most infectious, but, on the +other hand, a panic can often be averted or stayed by the courageous +action of one or more individuals, who can thus impose their will on +the mass and bring the people to a reasonable state of mind. <strong>Teach +every man in the company that when surprised the only hope of success +is to obey at once and implicitly the orders of his immediate +commander.</strong></p> + +<p>Surprises in war are not limited to the ordinary acceptance of the +term, such as a sudden attack from an unexpected direction. The +soldier who goes into battle, for instance, and hears the whiz of a +bullet, or sees a shell burst in front of him, is surprised if he has +not been taught in peace that these things have to be faced, and that +for one bullet that hurts anyone thousands have to be fired. +Similarly, a man sees a comrade knocked over; the horrors of war are +immediately brought to him, and his courage begins to ebb—he has been +surprised, because he has not realized in peace that men are bound to +be killed in war. The whole atmosphere of the battlefield is a +surprise to the average soldier with no previous experience—the enemy +is everywhere, behind every bush, and lurking in every bit of cover, +the air is full of bullets, and any advance towards the +formidable-looking position held by the enemy is suicidal. However, if +the soldier is properly trained and instructed in peace, he will not +be greatly surprised at his novel surroundings; he will know that the +enemy is not everywhere, and that one bullet sounds much more +dangerous than it really is. A bullet sounds quite close when it is +fifty yards away, and there is a popular saying that a man's weight in +lead is fired for every man that is killed in war.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_929" id="Para_929">929</a>. Respect.</strong> It is a mistake to imagine that all that is required +from a soldier is respect to his officers and noncommissioned +officers. Self-respect is fully as important. A soldier is a human +being; if he possesses self-respect he will respect all that is good +in his comrades, and they will respect all that is good in him. A man +who respects himself knows how to respect other people. These are the +men that form the backbone of the company, and are the best material +on which to work in order to raise the general standard of courage in +Battle. From a purely military point of view, it is absolutely +necessary for an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span> officer, noncommissioned officer, or private to +possess some marked military qualifications in order to gain respect +from others.</p> + +<p>This respect engenders confidence in others. Self-respect in the +individual can be encouraged, not by fulsome praise, but by a quiet +appreciation of the good military qualities displayed by him, and by +making use of those qualities whenever an opportunity occurs. For +example, if a soldier is seen to do a good piece of scouting or +patrolling, the first opportunity should be taken to give him a +similar task, if possible in a more responsible position or on a more +important occasion. Knowledge is a powerful factor in creating +respect, and is probably second only to determination of character. It +is essential, therefore, that all officers and noncommissioned +officers should have a thorough knowledge of their duties—that they +should be "on to their jobs."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_930" id="Para_930">930</a>. Cheerfulness.</strong> Cheerfulness is a valuable military asset in war, +and like all other characteristics of the human being, is very +infectious, and in times of depression, such as during a long siege, +or after the failure of an attack, it does more than anything else to +restore the fighting power of the men.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_931" id="Para_931">931</a>. Contentment.</strong> Contentment amongst troops in war is dependent upon +these main factors: good leading, good food, and sufficient shelter +and sleep. Of these, good leading is by far the most important, +because it has been proved time and again that badly fed and badly +quartered troops, who have suffered great hardships, will still be +content and will fight in the most gallant and vigorous manner, +provided they are well led. Although good leading emanates in the +first instance from the highest military authorities, a great deal +depends upon the company officers and noncommissioned officers. A good +leader as a rule is careful of the comforts of his men; he obtains the +best food and best shelter available, he does not wear out the men by +unnecessary movements or unnecessary work, either in the field or in +camp, and consequently when he does order them to do anything they +know at once that it is necessary and they do it cheerfully.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_932" id="Para_932">932</a>. Comradeship.</strong> Comradeship is a very valuable military +characteristic. What a world of meaning there is in the words, "Me and +my bunkie." A soldier may have many acquaintances and a number of +friends, but he has but one "bunkie." In times of great danger two men +who are "bunkies" will not shirk so easily as two independent men. The +best in one man comes out to the surface and dominates any bad +military points in the other. They can help each other in countless +ways in war, and if one is unfortunately killed or wounded, the other +will probably do his best to get even with the enemy at the earliest +possible opportunity. This spirit may not be very Christianlike, but +it is very human and practical, and helps to win battles, and to win +battles is the only reason why soldiers go to war.</p> + + +<h4>ART OF INSTRUCTION ON THE GROUND</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_933" id="Para_933">933</a>. Advantages.</strong> Whenever practicable, training and instruction +should, in whole or in part, be imparted on the ground, as this gives +the instruction a practical aspect that is most valuable, and enables +the soldier<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span> to grasp and apply principles that he would not otherwise +understand. Knowledge that a man can not apply has no value.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_934" id="Para_934">934</a>. Different Methods.</strong> Instruction on the ground may be given +according to one of these three methods:</p> + +<p><em>1st Method.</em> By means of a talk or lecture prepare the minds of the +men for the reception and retention of the subject to be explained +later on the ground. In other words, first explain the principles of +the subject and then put a "clincher" on the information thus imparted +by taking the men to some suitable ground, assuming certain situations +and then by quizzing different men see how they would apply the +principles just explained in the talk or lecture. For example, after a +lecture on the selection of fire-positions take the men to some +suitable nearby place and explain to them that the company is +attacking toward that house and is being fired upon from that +direction. Then continue:</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Remember what I told you about the selection of good +fire-positions during the advance. We want to use our rifles with +effect, so we must be able to see the position of the enemy. On the +other hand, we want to avoid being hit ourselves, if possible; so, we +would like to get as much cover as possible. Now, Smith, do you think +where we are at present standing is a good place for a fire-position?</p> + +<p><strong>Smith:</strong> No, sir.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Why not?</p> + +<p><strong>Smith:</strong> We can see the enemy from here, but he can see us better than +we can see him, and can hit us easier than we can hit him.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Jones, can you choose a better place, either to the front or +rear of where we are now standing?</p> + +<p><strong>Jones:</strong> I would choose a position along that row of bushes, about fifty +yards to the front.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Why?</p> + +<p><strong>Jones:</strong> Because, etc., etc.</p> + +<p>Twenty minutes' instruction in this manner, after a lecture, will +firmly fix in the brains of the men the principles explained in the +lecture.</p> + +<p>It is a good plan to repeat the salient points of the lecture in the +questions, as was done in the first question asked above, or to do so +in some other way.</p> + +<p>If a man can not give an answer, or choose a suitable place, explain +the requirements again and help him to use his common sense.</p> + +<p><em>2d Method.</em> By practicing the men on the ground in the subject about +which the talk or lecture was delivered.</p> + +<p><em>3d Method.</em> This may be called the ocular demonstration method, which +consists in having a part of the company go through the exercise or +drill, while the rest of the company observes what is being done. This +method is illustrated by the following example:</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_935" id="Para_935">935</a>. Attack.</strong> The company commander has just delivered a talk to the +company on the second stage of the attack, and has marched the company +to a piece of ground suitable for practicing this particular +operation, and which the company commander has himself visited +beforehand (The ground should always be visited beforehand by the +company commander, who should be thoroughly familiar with it. If +possible, ground suitable for practicing the operation in question +should always be selected.)<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span> The operation should begin about 1200 +yards from the enemy's position. After pointing out the enemy's +position to the company, the particular part of his line it is +intended to assault and the direction the company is to advance, the +company commander would then proceed something like this: "We are part +of a battalion taking part in a battle, and there are companies to our +right and left, with a support and reserve in our rear. So far we have +been advancing over ground that is exposed to hostile artillery fire +(or not exposed to hostile artillery fire, according to the actual +country). We have just come under the enemy's infantry fire also, and +consequently we must change our method of advancing. Our immediate +object is to get forward, without expending more ammunition than is +absolutely necessary, to a position close enough to the enemy to +enable us to use our rifles with such deadly effect that we will be +able to gain a superiority of fire. Now, is this place sufficiently +close for the purpose? No, it is not—it's entirely too far away. Is +that next ridge just in front of us close enough? No, it is not; it is +at least 1,000 yards from the enemy's position. As a rule, we must get +from eight to six hundred yards from the enemy's position before the +real struggle for superiority of fire begins.</p> + +<p>"The following are the main points to which attention must be paid +during this part of the advance:</p> + +<p>"1. We must halt in good fire position from which we can see and fire +at the enemy, and from which we can not be seen very clearly.</p> + +<p>"2. We must advance very rapidly over any open ground that is exposed +to the enemy's artillery or rifle fire.</p> + +<p>"3. We must find halting places, if possible under cover, or under the +best cover available, so as to avoid making our forward rushes so long +that the men will get worn out, and begin to straggle long before they +get close enough to the enemy to use their rifles with deadly effect.</p> + +<p>"4. Whenever possible, company scouts should be sent on ahead to +select fire-positions."</p> + +<p>Of course, the above points will have been explained already in the +lecture, but this short summary is given in order to focus the minds +of the men upon the action that must be taken by the privates, and +squad leaders and the platoon commanders.</p> + +<p>We now take one platoon and the remainder of the company looks on. The +platoon commander is reminded that he is under artillery and infantry +fire, and is then directed to advance, in proper formation, to the +first fire-position available.</p> + +<p>We will suppose there is a gentle slope up to the next ridge or +undulation of the ground, and that there are no obstructions to the +view except those afforded by the ground itself. The platoon now +advances, the captain remaining with the rest of the company, pointing +out mistakes as well as good points, and asking the men questions, +such as:</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Smith, should the whole platoon have gone forward +together, or would it have been better to advance by squads?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Smith:</strong> I think it should have advanced by squads.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> No, it was all right to advance as they did. At this distance +the enemy's infantry fire would not be very deadly, the platoon is +well extended as skirmishers, it would take considerably longer to go<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span> +forward to the next position by successive squads and we want to +advance at this stage as rapidly as possible; for, the longer we took, +the longer would the men be exposed to fire, and consequently the +greater would be the number of casualties.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Jones, why did the platoon advance at a run when +moving down the slope, and begin to walk just before reaching the foot +of the slope?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Jones:</strong> Because the slope is exposed and it was necessary to +get over it as quickly as possible. They began to walk just before +reaching the foot of the slope, because they struck dead ground and +were covered from the enemy's fire by the ridge in front.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Adams, shouldn't the platoon have halted when it +reached cover, so as to give the men a rest?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Adams:</strong> No, sir; the men had not run very far and walking gave +them sufficient rest. It would have been an unnecessary loss of time +to halt.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Harris, why did that man run on ahead as soon as the platoon +halted?</p> + +<p><strong>Pvt. Harris:</strong> So he could creep up the crest of the ridge and lie down +in exactly the spot that is the best fire-position—that is, where he +can just see to fire over the crest and where the enemy can not see +him.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Yes, that's right. All the men in the platoon might not stop +at the best fire-position and in the hurry and excitement of the +moment the platoon commander might also fail to do so, but if a man +goes forward and lies down, the whole platoon knows that they must not +go beyond him. Individual men who, owing to slight undulations of +ground, may not be able to fire when they halt in line with this man, +can creep up until they can see. Others who, for the same reason as +regards the ground, find that if they get up on a line with the man +they will be unduly exposed, will halt before that time.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Roberts, is it necessary for another platoon to +provide covering fire during the advance of the platoon?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Roberts:</strong> No sir. At this range the enemy's infantry fire +would not be very effective, and it is important to husband our +ammunition for the later stages of the attack.</p> + +<p>Having asked any other questions suggested by the situation or the +ground, the captain will then take the rest of the company forward +over the ground covered by the platoon, halting at the place where the +platoon changed its pace from a rush to a walk, so that the men can +see for themselves that cover from fire has been reached. He will then +move the rest of the company forward and tell them to halt and lie +down in what each man considers to be the best fire-position, not +necessarily adopting the same position as that chosen by the leading +platoon. The platoon commanders will then go along their platoons and +point out any mistakes.</p> + +<p>The leading platoon will now join the company and another platoon will +be deployed in the fire position, the platoon commander being directed +to advance to the next fire-position.</p> + +<p>As we are now about 1,000 yards from the enemy's position the question +will again arise as to whether covering fire is necessary.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>If the enemy's rifle fire were heavy and accurate it might be +necessary, but it should be avoided if possible, on account of the +expenditure of ammunition.</p> + +<p>We will suppose that the ground falls gently towards the enemy and is +very exposed to view for about 300 yards, and half this distance away +there is a low bank running parallel to the front of the attack and +with a small clump of three or four trees on the bank directly in +front of the platoon. Four hundred yards away is the bottom of the +valley covered with bushes and shrubs. On the far side the ground +rises with small undulations and low foot hills to the high ground +occupied by the enemy.</p> + +<p>There appears to be no marked fire-position which will afford any +cover except the bank 150 yards away. The second platoon advances in +the same manner as did the first and the captain with the commanders +of the remaining platoons will continue to ask questions and point out +what has been done right or wrong by the leading platoon. The first +question which will arise is whether the platoon can reach the fire +position offered by the bank in one rush, and secondly, whether the +bank is a good fire-position. A former question will again crop up as +to whether the whole platoon should go forward at once or whether the +advance should be made by squads.</p> + +<p>A hundred and fifty yards is a long way to advance without a halt, and +if a halt is made on such exposed ground fire must be opened. Probably +three advances, each of about fifty yards, would be made, covering +fire being provided by the other platoons, which will be occupying the +fire-position which the leading platoon has just left. This covering +fire would not endanger the leading platoon as it would be delivered +from just behind the crest and the leading platoon would be over the +crest and out of sight and therefore out of fire from the platoon in +rear.</p> + +<p>The selection of a fire-position during this advance would depend upon +very minute folds of the ground, or very low bushes, grass, etc., +which might give a certain amount of cover from view, and therefore +make it difficult for the enemy to aim or range accurately. We will +suppose that the leading platoon has halted to fire about fifty yards +in front, the remaining platoons, in turn, should then be taken +forward, examining the ground very carefully as they go, and each +platoon commander asked to halt his platoon in what he considers to be +the best place.</p> + +<p>The possibility of using a scout to select a fire-position would be +considered, and a fire-position selected by one platoon would be +compared with that selected by another.</p> + +<p>The third platoon would then lead during the advance to the next +fire-position, and so on with the fourth platoon, if necessary, until +the bank was reached. The bank will afford a good deal of material for +discussion. Is it a good fire-position or is it not, should it be +occupied as such or should it be avoided altogether?</p> + +<p>If we ask an artillery officer his opinion about the matter, he will +tell us that by means of the clump of trees the defenders' artillery +will be able to range with absolute accuracy on that bank. The +direction of the bank is parallel to their front, and therefore they +can fire at any part of it for some distance right and left of the +clump without materially<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span> altering their range, and if any infantry +occupy the bank they can bring a very deadly fire to bear against +them.</p> + +<p>There appears to be no doubt, from an artillery point of view, that +our platoon should avoid occupying it and get out of its neighborhood +as rapidly as possible.</p> + +<p>There is another drawback as regards the bank: it is some 850 yards +from the enemy's position and may be expected to be under an effective +rifle fire. It is no doubt a good mark for the enemy, and, now we come +to the crux of the whole matter; his artillery and infantry fire might +not do us much damage so long as we remain behind the bank, but they +might make it very unpleasant for us directly we try to leave this +cover and advance further.</p> + +<p>Before finally deciding what to do we must consider human nature, +which is entirely in favor of halting behind the bank, and if allowed +to remain there long, will be opposed to leaving it. We cannot hope to +gain superiority of fire over the enemy at a range of 850 yards, so +that a long halt at the bank is out of the question. But it appears to +be an extraordinary thing, when we are searching everywhere for cover, +that we should be doubtful about occupying such good cover when we +find it.</p> + +<p>If we decide not to occupy it, the logical conclusion is that, when +preparing a position for defense, we should construct a good +fire-position for the attack some 850 yards away, which is the last +thing we should think of doing.</p> + +<p>There is no doubt about it, that with badly-trained troops such a +fire-position would be liable to become a snare, and that if they once +occupied it, there would be great difficulty in getting them forward +again, and probably the attack would be brought to a standstill at a +critical time.</p> + +<p>The answer appears to be found in the simple solution of good +training. We must teach our men that when they get into such positions +they must use the cover afforded, but for no longer than any other +fire-position, and that they must get into the habit in peace of +looking upon such localities with suspicion, and with the knowledge +that they are not suitable for lengthy occupation in war, if the +battle is to be won.</p> + +<p>We now come to a still more difficult question of training, namely, +how far can the company get forward from the bank without being +compelled to stop in order to gain superiority of fire over the +defense? In war we want to get as close as possible; the moral effect +on the defense is greater, our fire is more effective, and we are +likely to gain our object more rapidly. In peace there is no fire to +stop us, and we move forward to ridiculous positions which we could +not possibly reach in war without first gaining superiority of fire. +The result of this is that we try to do the same thing when first we +go to war, and we are stopped, probably much further back than we +should have been if we had studied the question in peace.</p> + +<p>Even on the most open ground we must get to within 600 yards of the +enemy, and if the ground affords any cover in front, the exposed space +must be rushed and the more forward position gained. Having pointed +out this difficulty to the company during the previous lecture, and +reminded them of it on the ground, we can now extend the whole company +and move forward from the bank, using covering fire and letting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span> each +platoon commander decide how far he can get to the front after a +series of rushes, the company acting as a whole.</p> + +<p>The captain can then go down the line and discuss with each platoon +the position it has reached. Whilst he is doing this, the remaining +platoons can be trained in fire direction and control, which should be +carefully watched and criticized by the platoon commanders. One +platoon, owing to the nature of the ground in front of it, can get +forward further than other platoons, and this should be brought home +to each platoon, so as to avoid the possibility of playing the game of +follow your leader, and one platoon halting merely because another has +halted.</p> + +<p>If there is still time available, and the ground is suitable, the +company can be moved to a flank to choose a similar fire-position +where the ground is more favorable to an advance, and where the +company could get within 300 yards of the enemy, or even less, before +it would be absolutely necessary to stop in order to gain superiority +of fire.</p> + +<p>If there is still time available, and the ground is suitable, the +whole operation can be carried out in the opposite direction or in +some other direction, and the platoons can thus be trained to +appreciate that fire-positions which are good in one place are bad in +another.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_936" id="Para_936">936</a>. Defense.</strong> Demonstrations in defense can be carried out in a +similar manner, the captain explaining to the company the general line +of defense to be taken up, the portion allotted to the company, and +the probable direction of the enemy's attack.</p> + +<p>The coöperation of the artillery and infantry will have been pointed +out in the previous lecture: how some part of the enemy's advance will +be dealt with by artillery alone, some part by both artillery and +infantry, and some part by infantry alone.</p> + +<p>This can now be pointed out to the men on the ground. Having +considered the assistance provided by the artillery, the next point to +decide upon is the exact position of the fire trench. The best way to +proceed is to allot a certain portion of the front occupied by the +company to each platoon and to let the platoon commanders take charge +of the operations. The platoon commander can direct one of his squads +to select a position for the trench, and that squad can lie down +there. The remaining squads will then select a position in turn. If +two squads select the same they can lie down together. The platoon +commander will then fall in his platoon, and make them lie down in the +most retired position chosen; he will ask the squad leader why the +squad chose that locality in preference to any other, why they did not +go ten yards further forward or ten yards further back; and he will +explain to the whole platoon the advantages and disadvantages of +selecting this locality. He will then move the whole platoon forward +to the next position chosen by another squad and deal with that +locality. Finally, he will select the position he thinks the best, +giving his reasons why he has decided upon it, and place the whole +platoon on it. When all the platoons have decided upon their line of +defense, the captain will move the whole company in turn from the +ground occupied by one platoon to that occupied by another, asking the +platoon commander in each case to explain why the position was chosen +in preference to any other.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>He will give his decision as regards each platoon, and he will finally +arrange for the position to be occupied by the whole company. One +platoon, for some good reason, may have chosen a place which it would +not be safe to occupy, owing to the fire of another platoon on the +flank. Another platoon may have chosen a place which was very good as +regards the field of fire in a direction which was already adequately +defended by another platoon, but which had a bad field of fire over +ground which no other platoon could fire upon. The company commander +would adjust all these matters, and in the end one or more platoons +might not be placed in the best position as regards their own +particular front, but in the best as regards the whole company.</p> + +<p>Having decided upon the exact site of the trenches and the general +distribution of fire, the next matter to consider is the amount of +clearing that is necessary, and the position and nature of any +obstacles which may be required. Each platoon commander having been +allotted a definite fire zone, can point out to his platoon what +clearance is necessary; he can then ask each squad, as before, to +choose the position for the obstacle. The company commander can then +take the whole company to the position occupied by each platoon and +tell the platoon commander to explain what ground they propose to +clear, where they propose to place their obstacle, the material +available for its construction, and in every case the reason why the +decision has been arrived at. If digging is permitted, the trenches +will now be constructed, and care will be taken that they are actually +finished. It is far better to work overtime than to construct trenches +which would be of little use in war and could not be properly +defended. It is the exception rather than the rule to see trenches +properly finished, fit for occupation, and capable of resisting a +heavy attack. If the trenches cannot be dug the company can be taken +to another part of the same position, where the ground in front is +totally different, and the exercise can be repeated, the platoon and +company commanders pointing out why a fire trench which was well sited +in the first case would be badly sited if a similar position was +selected in the second case.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_937" id="Para_937">937</a>. Outpost.</strong> We can now turn to the method of training the company in +outpost duty, making use of the same system of demonstration. Having +pointed out to the company the locality where the main body is +bivouacked, the fighting position which the main body will occupy in +case a heavy attack is made against the outposts, and the general line +of the outposts, the company commander will indicate on the ground the +extent of front which is to be guarded by his company, stating whether +imaginary companies continue the position on one or both flanks. He +will point out the possible avenues of approach from the direction of +the enemy to that portion of the position to be occupied by the +company, and state from which direction the enemy is most likely to +advance and why.</p> + +<p>The first point to decide is the number of outguards and their exact +position. In war this would always be done by the company commander, +but if it is desired to give the junior officers of the company some +instruction in this important detail, they should be sent out before +the company arrives on the ground to reconnoiter the position and make +their decisions. The exact siting of the trenches for the out<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span>guards, +the construction of obstacles, and the clearance of the foreground +having been decided upon and the positions selected for each outguard +discussed, and a definite site selected, the next question to decide +is the number and position of the sentries.</p> + +<p>The platoon commander would then take each scheme in turn, visit with +the whole platoon each position selected for the sentry, and decide +finally what it would be best to do, giving, as usual, his reasons.</p> + +<p>Having decided upon the positions of the sentries, and their line of +retreat, so as not to mask the fire of the outguard, the next matter +to consider would be the number of patrols that are required, and the +particular areas of ground that must be examined by them periodically. +The necessary trenches, obstacles, etc., would then be constructed.</p> + +<p>Finally, the whole company should be assembled, marched to the +position chosen for each outguard and the reasons for selecting the +position explained by the company commander. The company should then +be told off as an outpost company, and divided into outguards, +supports, if any, and the necessary sentries over arms, patrols, etc., +and marched to their respective posts.</p> + +<p>If there is still time available each platoon commander can +reconnoiter the ground for suitable positions for his outguards by +night, take the outguards there, explain why the change of position is +desirable, and direct the outguard commanders with their outguards to +select positions for the sentries, following the same procedure as by +day.</p> + +<p>Although it is quite correct to select positions for night outposts +during daylight, when possible, they should never be definitely +occupied by the company before dark, when the forward movement could +not be observed by the enemy. To practice night outposts by day is bad +instruction, outguards and sentries are placed in positions which +appear ridiculous to the ordinary mind, and the men get confused ideas +on the subject. When it is desired to practice day and night outposts +as an advanced exercise it is advisable to commence work in the +afternoon, establish the day outposts, reconnoiter for the night +outposts, make the change after dark and construct the necessary +trenches, obstacles, etc., after dark.</p> + +<p>It is, however, extremely important that the patrols should get to +know their way about the country in front during the daylight, when +possible, so that they will have some practice in recognizing land +marks by night.</p> + +<p>It frequently occurs, when training the company in outpost duties, +that periods elapse during which the outguards are doing nothing. +These opportunities should be taken to instruct the men in their +duties when ordered to patrol to the front, the same system of +demonstration being employed. For instance, the officer or +noncommissioned officer commanding a piquet can select three men, +point out certain ground in front which the sentries cannot see and +which must be examined by a patrol, and proceed to instruct the whole +picket in the best manner of carrying out this work. We will suppose +that the patrol is working by day and that the ground to be visited is +behind a small hill some 500 yards in front of the sentry. The +commander of the picket will then explain to the men that the first +object of the patrol is to reach the ground to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span> be examined without +being seen by any hostile patrols which may be moving about in front. +Before proceeding further it is necessary for the patrol to decide +upon the best line of advance. The various lines of advance will be +discussed and the patrol asked to decide which they would select. +Three other men can then be asked to give their opinion, and so on +until all the men of the picket have expressed their views. The +commander of the picket will then state which he considers the best +line and give his reasons.</p> + +<p>The next matter to decide is the method of advance to be adopted by +the patrol. Are the three men to march past the sentry in one body and +walk straight over the hill in front? If they do this there may be a +hostile patrol hiding just behind the crest, watching the movements of +our patrol, and directly the latter reach the hill they will be +covered by the rifles of the hostile patrol at a few yards' range and +will be captured or shot.</p> + +<p>If the patrol is not to advance in one body how is it to act? There is +plenty of time available, so that there are no objections to +deliberate methods. The patrol should advance from cover to cover with +one man always going forward protected by the rifles of the remaining +two men who have halted in a good position to fire on any enemy that +can fire on the leading man. The leading man having readied the cover +in front will signal back all clear, and the two men in the rear will +join him. They will then make their next advance in a similar manner.</p> + +<p>By looking at the hill the patrol can make a good guess at the +locality which a hostile patrol would select if it was on the hill. It +would be a place where it could get a good view towards our outpost +line, and where the patrol could not be seen itself from the outpost +line. If the hill was quite bare with nothing but grass on it and flat +round top, the best place for the enemy's patrol would be exactly on +the top just behind the crest. In such a position he could not be seen +by any sentry to the right or left of our picket. For example, if the +hostile patrol chose a place on the side of the bare slope of the hill +and looked over the crest line it would not be seen by our sentry, but +it might be seen by another one on the flank.</p> + +<p>The object of our patrol would be to approach the hill, not direct +from the outguard, but either from the left or right of the hill and +thus come on the flank of the enemy's patrol if he was there.</p> + +<p>The whole picket can then be taken out to the front and follow the +movements of the patrol from cover to cover until the hill is reached.</p> + +<p>The next step will be to ascertain if there is any one on the top of +the hill. If the hill is perfectly bare with a somewhat convex slope, +it would be best for the three men to extend to about twenty yards +interval and move forward together, prepared to drop on the first sign +of the enemy, so that they can creep up and open fire on him without +exposing themselves. Three men with magazine rifles extended in this +manner, opposed to a hostile patrol collected in one party, should be +able to deal with the latter without much difficulty. Their fire would +be converging, and coming from different directions would confuse the +hostile patrol, especially if the advance was made from a flank. The +men of the patrol when creeping up the hill should avoid<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span> exposing +themselves in the direction of the ground behind the hill, if +possible, because they want to examine that ground later on, and if +seen by the enemy they might fall into an ambuscade. If it is +impossible to avoid being seen from the ground beyond, it would be +best for the patrol to retire as though they were going back to the +outposts, and then move round the flank of the hill and advance to the +ground beyond from an unexpected direction. All this would be +considered by the officer or noncommissioned officer commanding the +picket, together with many other points.</p> + +<p>Sufficient has been said to explain how this system of demonstration +can be worked in connection with any class of operation in the field. +It is certainly slow, and takes a long time, but no one is ever idle +and every one is constantly learning something fresh, for the simple +reason that, although one may know every detail of the subject, the +ground constantly differs and requires to be dealt with in a common +sense and skillful manner. The men are interested throughout, and one +morning spent on this kind of work is worth several days of practice +in the ordinary manner.</p> + +<p>It should be remembered that this system of demonstration is only +required to teach the men their work; when they have once learned it +and thoroughly understand the necessary details they must be practiced +in it, the company or platoon commander indicating what has been well +done, what has been badly done, and what requires improvement. (See +"Outposts," <a href="#Para_1051">Par. 1051</a>.)</p> + + +<h4>OTHER EXAMPLES OF THE OCULAR DEMONSTRATION METHOD</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_938" id="Para_938">938</a>.</strong> The following illustrations will suggest other examples of the +employment of the ocular demonstration method of instruction:</p> + +<p><strong>The advantages and disadvantages of close and extended order.</strong> Send a +lieutenant or a noncommissioned officer with two or three squads of +the older soldiers some distance to the front of the company, and have +them advance toward the company, first in close order and then in +extended order.</p> + +<p>By <strong>ocular demonstration</strong> show the men who are watching the approach of +the company how easy it would be even for the poorest shots to land +bullets in the thick of a closed body, but how much of a less distinct +target the extended order offers and how many spaces there are in the +skirmish line for the bullets to pass through; also, how much more +easily cover can be employed and the rifle used in the extended order. +Let them see also how much more difficult it is for the officers and +noncommissioned officers to maintain control over the movements of +troops in extended order, and the consequent necessity and duty of +every soldier, when in extended order, doing all he can, by attention +and exertion, to keep order and help his officers and noncommissioned +officers to gain success.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_939" id="Para_939">939</a>. The Use of Cover.</strong> Send a lieutenant or noncommissioned officer +with a couple of squads of old soldiers a few hundred yards to the +front and have them advance on the company as if attacking, first +without taking advantage of cover and then taking advantage of all +available cover, the part of the company that is supposed to be +attacked lying down and aiming and snapping at the approaching +soldiers. Then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span> reverse the operation—send the defenders out and have +them advance on the former attackers. Explain that the requisites of +good cover are: Ability to see the enemy; concealment of your own +body; ability to use the rifle readily. Then have a number of men take +cover and snap at an enemy in position, represented by a few old +soldiers. Point out the defects and the good points in each case.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_940" id="Para_940">940</a>. Practice in Commanding Mixed Squads.</strong> In order to practice +noncommissioned officers in commanding mixed firing squads, and in +order to drill the privates in banding themselves together and obeying +the orders of anyone who may assume command, it is good training for +two or more companies to practice reënforcing each other by one +company assuming a given fire-position and the other sending up +reënforcements by squads, the men being instructed to take positions +anywhere on the firing line where they may find an opening. However, +explain to the men that whenever possible units should take their +positions on the firing line as a whole, but that in practice it is +very often impossible to do this, and that the drill is being given so +as to practice the noncommissioned officers in commanding mixed units +on the firing line and also to give the privates practice in banding +themselves into groups and obeying the command of any noncommissioned +officer who may be over them.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_941" id="Para_941">941</a>. Operating Against Other Troops.</strong> There is no better way of +arousing interest, enthusiasm, and pride in training troops than by +creating a feeling of friendly rivalry and competition amongst the +men, and the best way to do this is to have one part of the company +operate against the other in all such practical work as scouting, +patrolling, attacking, etc. Whenever practicable, blank ammunition +should be used. One of the sides should wear a white handkerchief +around the hat or some other distinguishing mark. <strong>The troops that are +sent out must be given full and explicit instructions as to just +exactly what they are to do, so that the principles it is intended to +illustrate may be properly brought out.</strong></p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> This chapter is based on "Company Training," by General +Haking, British Army, which is the best book the author has ever seen +on the subject of company training. "Field Training of a Company of +Infantry," by Major Craufurd, British Army, an excellent little book, +was also consulted.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II_III" id="CHAPTER_II_III"></a>CHAPTER II</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">GENERAL COMMON SENSE PRINCIPLES OF APPLIED MINOR TACTICS<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_942" id="Para_942">942</a>.</strong> To begin with, you want to bear in mind that there is nothing +difficult, complicated or mysterious about applied minor tactics—it +is just simply the application of plain, every-day, common horse +sense—the whole thing consists in familiarizing yourself with certain +general principles based on common sense and then applying them with +common sense. Whatever you do, don't make the mistake of following +blindly rules that you have read in books.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_943" id="Para_943">943</a>.</strong> One of the ablest officers in the Army has recently given this +definition of the Art of War:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>One-fifth is learned from books;</li> +<li>One-fifth is common sense;</li> +<li>Three-fifths is knowing men and how to lead them.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The man who would be successful in business must understand men and +apply certain general business principles with common sense; the man +who would be a successful hunter must understand game and apply +certain general hunting principles with common sense, and even the man +who would be a successful fisherman must understand fish and apply +certain general fishing principles with common sense. And so likewise +the man who would lead other men successfully in battle must +understand men and apply certain general tactical principles with +common sense.</p> + +<p>Of course, the only reason for the existence of an army is the +possibility of war some day, and everything the soldier does—his +drills, parades, target practice, guard duty, schools of instruction, +etc.—has in view only one end: The preparation of the soldier for the +field of battle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_944" id="Para_944">944</a>.</strong> While the responsibilities of officers and noncommissioned +officers in time of peace are important, in time of battle they are +much more so: for then their mistakes are paid for in human blood.</p> + +<p>What would you think of a pilot who was not capable of piloting a boat +trying to pilot a boat loaded with passengers; or, of an engineer who +was not capable of running a locomotive trying to run a passenger +train? You would, of course, think him a criminal—but do you think he +would be more criminal than the noncommissioned officer who is not +capable of leading a squad in battle but who tries to do so, thereby +sacrificing the lives of those under him?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>You can, therefore, appreciate the importance, the necessity, of every +officer and noncommissioned officer doing everything that he possibly +can during times of peace to qualify himself for his duties and +responsibilities during times of war.</p> + +<p>If we are going to have a good army we must have good regiments; to +have good regiments we must have good battalions; to have good +battalions we must have good companies—but to have good companies we +must have efficient company officers and noncommissioned officers.</p> + +<p>As stated before, everything in the life of the soldier leads to the +field of battle. And so it is that in the subject of minor tactics all +instruction leads to the battle. First we have map problems; then +terrain exercises; next the war game; after that maneuvers, and +finally the battle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_945" id="Para_945">945</a>. Map Problems and Terrain Exercises.</strong> In the case of map problems +you are given tactical problems to solve on a map; in the case of +terrain exercises you are given problems to solve on the ground. (The +word "Terrain," means earth, ground.) These are the simplest forms of +tactical problems, as you have only one phase of the action, your +information is always reliable and your imaginary soldiers always do +just exactly what you want them to do.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_946" id="Para_946">946</a>. War Game.</strong> Next comes the war game, which consists of problems +solved on maps, but you have an opponent who commands the enemy—the +phases follow one another rapidly and the conditions change—your +information is not so complete and reliable. However, your men being +slips of cardboard or beads, they will, as in the case of your +imaginary soldiers in the map problems and terrain exercises, go where +you wish them to and do what you tell them to do—they can't +misunderstand your instructions and go wrong—they don't straggle and +get careless as real soldiers sometimes do.</p> + +<p>Map problems, terrain exercises and war games are but aids to +maneuvers—their practice makes the maneuvers better; for you thus +learn the principles of tactics and in the simplest and quickest way.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_947" id="Para_947">947</a>. Maneuvers.</strong> In the case of the maneuver the problem is the same as +in the war game, except that you are dealing with real, live men whom +you can not control perfectly, and there is, therefore, much greater +chance for mistakes.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_948" id="Para_948">948</a>. The battle.</strong> A battle is only a maneuver to which is added great +physical danger and excitement.</p> + + +<h4>General rules and principles that must be applied in map problems, +terrain exercises, the war game and maneuvers</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_949" id="Para_949">949</a>.</strong> Everything that is done must conform in principle to what should +be done in battle—otherwise your work is wasted—your time is thrown +away.</p> + +<p>In solving map problems and in the war game, always form in your mind +a picture of the ground where the action is supposed to be taking +place—imagine that you see the enemy, the various hills, streams, +roads, etc., that he is firing at you, etc.—and don't do anything +that you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span> would not be able to do if you were really on the ground and +really in a fight.</p> + +<p>Whether it be a corporal in command of a squad or a general in command +of an army, in the solution of a tactical problem, whether it be a map +problem, a terrain exercise, a war game, maneuver or battle, he will +have to go through the same operation:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>1st. Estimate the situation;</li> +<li>2d. Decide what he will do;</li> +<li>3d. Give the necessary orders to carry out his decision.</li> +</ul> + +<p>At first these three steps of the operation may appear difficult and +laborious, but after a little practice the mind, which always works +with rapidity in accustomed channels, performs them with astonishing +quickness.</p> + +<p>The child beginning the study of arithmetic, for example, is very slow +in determining the sum of 7 and 8, but later the answer is announced +almost at sight. The same is true in tactical problems—the process +may be slow at first, but with a little practice it becomes quick and +easy.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_950" id="Para_950">950</a>. Estimating the Situation.</strong> This is simply "sizing up the +situation," finding out what you're "up against," and is always the +first thing to be done. It is most important, and in doing it the +first step is to determine your MISSION—what you are to do, what you +are to accomplish—the most important consideration in any military +situation.</p> + +<p>Consider next your own forces and that of the enemy—that is, his +probable strength and how it compares with yours.</p> + +<p>Consider the enemy's probable MISSION<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> and what he will probably do +to accomplish it.</p> + +<p>Consider the geography of the country so far as it affects the +problem—the valleys to cross, defiles to pass through, shortest road +to follow, etc.</p> + +<p>Now, consider the different courses open to you with the advantages +and disadvantages of each.</p> + +<p>You must, of course, in every case know what you're up against before +you can decide intelligently what you're going to do.</p> + +<p>In making your plan always bear in mind not only your own MISSION, but +also the general mission of the command of which you form a part, and +this is what nine men out of ten forget to do.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_951" id="Para_951">951</a>. The Decision.</strong> It is important that you should come to a clear and +correct decision—that you do so promptly and then execute it +vigorously.</p> + +<p>The new Japanese Field Service Regulations tell us that there are two +things above all that should be avoided—inaction and hesitation. "To +act resolutely even in an erroneous manner is better than to remain +inactive and irresolute"—that is to say do something.</p> + +<p>You are now ready to come to a decision, which is nothing more or less +than a clear, concise determination of what you're going to do and how +you're going to do it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span> Frederick the Great, expressed the same idea +in fewer words: "Don't haggle."</p> + +<p>Having settled on a plan, push it through—don't vacillate, don't +waver. Make your plan simple. No other has much show. Complicated +plans look well on paper, but in war they seldom work out. They +require several people to do the right thing at the right time and +this under conditions of excitement, danger and confusion, and, as a +result, they generally fail.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_952" id="Para_952">952</a>. The Order.</strong> Having completed your estimate of the situation and +formed your plan, you are now ready to give the orders necessary to +carry it out.</p> + +<p>You must first give your subordinates sufficient information of the +situation and your plan, so that they may clearly understand their +mission.</p> + +<p>The better everyone understands the whole situation the better he can +play his part. Unexpected things are always happening in war—a +subordinate can act intelligently only if he knows and understands +what his superior wants to do.</p> + +<p>Always make your instructions definite and positive—vague +instructions are sometimes worse than none.</p> + +<p>Your order, your instructions, must be clear, concise and +definite—everyone should know just exactly what he is to do.</p> + + +<h4>A Few General Principles</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_953" id="Para_953">953</a>.</strong> The man who hunts deer, moose, tigers and lions, is hunting big +game, but the soldier operating in the enemy's territory is hunting +bigger game—he's hunting for human beings—but you want to remember +that the other fellow is out hunting for you, too; he's out "gunning" +for you. So, don't fail to be on the alert, on the lookout, all the +time, if you do he'll "get the drop" on you. Remember what Frederick +the Great said: "It is pardonable to be defeated, but never to be +taken by surprise."</p> + +<p>Do not separate your force too much; if you do, you weaken +yourself—you take the chance of being "defeated in detail"—that is, +of one part being defeated after another. Remember the old saying: "In +union there is strength." Undue extension of your line (a mistake, by +the way, very often made) is only a form of separation and is equally +as bad.</p> + +<p>While too much importance can not be attached to the proper use of +cover, you must not forget that sometimes there are other +considerations that outweigh the advantages of cover. Good sense alone +can determine. A certain direction of attack, for instance, may afford +excellent cover but it may be so situated as to mean ruin if defeated, +as where it puts an impassable obstacle directly in your rear. And +don't forget that you should always think in advance of what you would +do in case of defeat.</p> + +<p>What is it, after all, that gives victory, whether it be armies or +only squads engaged? It's just simply inflicting on the enemy a loss +which he will not stand before he can do the same to you. Now, what is +this loss that he will not stand? What is the loss that will cause him +to break? Well, it varies; it is subject to many +conditions—dif<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span>ferent bodies of troops, like different timbers, have +different breaking points. However, whatever it may be in any +particular case it would soon come if we could shoot on the +battlefield as we do on the target range, but we can not approximate +it.</p> + +<p>There are many causes tending to drag down our score on the +battlefield, one of the most potent being the effect of the enemy's +fire. It is cited as a physiological fact that fear and great +excitement cause the pupil of the eye to dilate and impair accuracy in +vision and hence of shooting. It is well established that the +effectiveness of the fire of one side reduced proportionately to the +effectiveness of that of the other.</p> + +<p>Bear in mind then these two points—we must get the enemy's breaking +point before he gets ours, and the more effective we make our fire the +less effective will be his.</p> + +<p>Expressed in another way—to win you must gain and keep a fire +superiority.</p> + +<p>This generally means more rifles in action, yet a fire badly +controlled and directed, though great in volume, may be less effective +than a smaller volume better handled.</p> + +<p>The firing line barring a few exceptional cases, then, should be as +heavy as practicable consistent with the men's free use of their +rifles.</p> + +<p>This has been found to be about one man to the yard. In this way you +get volume of fire and the companies do not cover so much ground that +their commanders lose their power to direct and control.</p> + +<p>If it becomes necessary to hold a line too long for the force +available, it is then better to keep the men close together and leave +gaps in the line. The men are so much better controlled, the fire +better directed, the volume the same, and the gaps are closed by the +cross fire of parties adjacent.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> In the preparation of the first part of this chapter, +extracts of words and of ideas, were made from a paper on Applied +Minor Tactics read before the St. Louis convention of the National +Guard of the United States in 1910, by Major J. F. Morrison, General +Staff, U. S. Army.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> The word "<em>mission</em>" is used a great deal in this text. +By your "<em>mission</em>" is meant your business, what you have been told to +do, what you are trying to accomplish.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_III_III" id="CHAPTER_III_III"></a>CHAPTER III</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">GENERAL PLAN OF INSTRUCTION IN MAP PROBLEMS FOR NONCOMMISSIONED +OFFICERS AND PRIVATES—INSTRUCTION IN DELIVERING MESSAGES</p> + + +<p><strong>(The large wall map to be used for this instruction can be obtained +from the George Banta Publishing Co., Menasha, Wis., at a cost of +$1.50.)</strong></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 317px;"> +<a name="Elementary_map" id="Elementary_map"></a> +<a href="images/illus-0954_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-0954.png" width="317" height="500" alt="Elementary Map" title="Elementary Map" /></a> +<span class="caption">Elementary Map (<a href="images/illus-0954_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_954" id="Para_954">954</a>.</strong> The noncommissioned officers and the privates of the squad, +section, platoon or company are seated in front of the instructor, +who, with pointer in hand, is standing near the map on the wall.</p> + +<p>The instructor assumes certain situations and designates various +noncommissioned officers to take charge of squads for the purpose of +accomplishing certain missions; he places them in different +situations, and then asks them what they would do. He, or the +noncommissioned officer designated to perform certain missions, +designates certain privates to carry messages, watch for signals, take +the place of wounded noncommissioned officers, etc. For example, the +instructor says: "The battalion is marching to Watertown (see +<a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a> in pocket at back of book) along this road (indicating +road): our company forms the advance guard; we are now at this point +(indicating point). Corporal Smith, take your squad and reconnoiter +the woods on the right to see if you can find any trace of the enemy +there, and rejoin the company as soon as you can. Corporal Jones, be +on the lookout for any signals that Corporal Smith may make."</p> + +<p>Corporal Smith then gives the command, "<strong>1. Forward, 2. March</strong>," and +such other commands as may be necessary.</p> + +<p><strong>Instructor:</strong> Now, when you reach this point (indicating point), what do +you see?</p> + +<p>(Corporal Smith holds his rifle horizontally above his head.)</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Jones:</strong> Captain, Corporal Smith signals that he sees a small +body of the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Smith:</strong> <strong>Lie down. Range, 700. 1. Ready; 2. AIM; 3. Squad; 4. +FIRE. 1. Forward; Double time; 2. MARCH</strong>, etc.</p> + +<p>The noncommissioned officers and the privates who are thus designated +to do certain things must use their imagination as much as possible. +They must look at the map and imagine that they are right on the +ground, in the hostile territory; they must imagine that they see the +streams, hills, woods, roads, etc., represented on the map, and they +must not do anything that they could not do if in the hostile +territory, with the assumed conditions actually existing.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_955" id="Para_955">955</a>.</strong> The general idea of this system of instruction is to make the +noncommissioned officers and the privates think, to make them use +common sense and initiative in handling men in various situations, in +getting out of difficulties. By thus putting men on their mettle in +the presence of their comrades and making them bring into play their +common sense and their powers of resourcefulness, it is comparatively +easy to hold the attention of a whole squad, section, platoon or +company, for those who are not actually taking part in the solution of +a particular problem are curious to see how those who are taking part +will answer different questions and do different things—how they will +"pan out."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_956" id="Para_956">956</a>.</strong> Everything that is said, everything that is done, should, as far +as practicable, be said and done just as it would be said and done in +the field. The commands should be actually given, the messages +actually delivered, the reports actually made, the orders and +instructions actually given, the signals actually made, etc., just the +same as they would be if the operations were real. Of course, +sometimes it is not practicable to do this, and again at other times +it would be advisable not to do so. If, for instance, in the solution +of a problem there were a great many opportunities to give commands to +fire, to make signals, to deliver messages, etc., and if these things +were actually done every time, it would not only become tiresome but +it would also delay the real work and instruction. Common sense must +be used. Just bear this in mind: In the solution of map problems the +noncommissioned officers and the privates are to be given proper and +sufficient instruction in giving commands, making signals, sending and +delivering messages, making reports, etc., the instructor using his +common sense in deciding what is proper and sufficient instruction. In +carrying out this feature of the instruction it would be done thus, +for instance:</p> + +<p>Instead of a platoon leader saying, "I would give the order for the +platoon (two, three or four squads) to fire on them," he would say, +for instance, "I would then give the command, '<strong>AT LINE OF MEN. RANGE, +600. FIRE AT WILL</strong>,' and would continue the firing as long as +necessary." Should the instructor then say, for instance, "Very well; +the enemy's fire has slackened; what will you do now?" The platoon +leader would answer, for instance, "I would signal: <strong>1. By squads from +the right; 2. RUSH.</strong>"</p> + +<p>Instead of saying, for instance, "I would advance my squad to the top +of this hill at double time," the squad leader should say, "I would +give the command: '<strong>1. Forward, double time; 2. MARCH</strong>,' and upon +reaching the top of this hill, I would command, '<strong>1. Squad; 2. HALT</strong>,' +cautioning the men to take advantage of cover."</p> + +<p>Instead of saying, "I would signal back that we see the enemy in +force," the squad leader should take a rifle and make the signal, and +if a man has been designated to watch for signals, the man would say +to the captain (or other person for whom he was watching for signals): +"Captain, Corporal Smith has signaled that he sees the enemy in +force."</p> + +<p>Instead of saying, "I would send a message back that there are about +twenty mounted men just in rear of the Jones' house; they are +dismounted and their horses are being held by horseholders," say, +"Smith,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span> go back and tell the captain (or other person) there are +about twenty mounted men just in rear of the Jones' house. They are +dismounted and their horses are being held by horseholders." Private +Smith would then say to the captain (or other person), "Captain, +Corporal Harris sends word there are about twenty men just in the rear +of the Jones' house. They are dismounted and their horses are being +held by horse holders."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_957" id="Para_957">957</a>.</strong> For problems exemplifying this system of instruction, see <a href="#Para_1017">Par. +1017</a>.</p> + +<p>The instruction may be varied a little by testing the squad leaders in +their knowledge of map reading by asking, from time to time during the +solution of the problem, such questions as these:</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Smith, you are standing on Lone Hill (See <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary +Map</a>), facing north. Tell me what you see?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal:</strong> The hill slopes off steeply in front of me, about eighty +feet down to the bottom land. A spur of the hill runs off on my right +three-fourths of a mile to the north. Another runs off on my left the +same distance to the west. Between these two spurs, down in front of +me, is an almost level valley, extending about a mile to my right +front, where a hill cuts off my view. To my left front it is level as +far as I can see. A quarter of a mile in front of me is a big pond, +down in the valley, and I can trace the course of a stream that drains +the pond off to the northwest, by the trees along its bank. Just +beyond the stream a railroad runs northwest along a fill and crosses +the stream a mile and a half to the northwest, where I can see the +roofs of a group of houses. A wagon road runs north across the valley, +crossing the western spur of this hill 600 yards from Lone Hill. It is +bordered by trees as far as the creek. Another road parallels the +railroad, the two roads crossing near a large orchard a mile straight +to my front.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Can you see the Chester Pike where the railroad crosses it?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal:</strong> No, sir.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Why?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal:</strong> Because the hill "62," about 800 yards from Lone Hill, is so +high that it cuts off my view in that direction of everything closer +to the spur "62" than the point in the Salem-Boling road, where the +private lane runs off east to the Gray house.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Jones, in which direction does the stream run that +you see just south of the Twin Hills?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant:</strong> It runs south through York, because I can see that the +northern end starts near the head of a valley and goes down into the +open plain. Also it is indicated by a very narrow line near the Twin +Hills which becomes gradually wider or heavier the further south it +goes. Furthermore, the fact that three short branch streams are shown +joining together and forming one, must naturally mean that the +direction of flow is towards the one formed by the three.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Harris, does the road from the Mason farm to the +Welsh farm run up or down hill?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant:</strong> It does both, sir. It is almost level for the first half +mile west of the Mason farm; then, as it crosses the contour marked +20<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span> and a second marked 40, it runs up hill, rising to forty feet +above the valley, 900 yards east of the Mason farm. Then, as it again +crosses a contour marked 40 and a second marked 20, it goes down hill +to the Welsh farm. That portion of the road between the points where +it crosses the two contours marked 40, is the highest part of the +road. It crosses this hill in a "saddle," for both north and south of +this summit on the road are contours marked 60 and even higher.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Wallace, you are in Salem with a patrol with orders +to go to Oxford. There is no one to tell you anything about this +section of the country and you have never been there before. You have +this map and a compass. What would you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal:</strong> I would see from my map and by looking around me that Salem +is situated at the crossing of two main roads. From the map I would +see that one leads to Boling and the other was the one to take for +Oxford. Also, I would see that the one to Boling started due north out +of Salem and the other, the one I must follow, started due west out of +Salem. Taking out my compass, I would see in what direction the north +end of the needle pointed; the road running off in that direction +would be the one to Boling, so I would start off west on the other.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Suppose you had no compass?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal:</strong> I would look and see on which side of the base of the trees +the moss grew. That side would be north. Or, in this case, I would +probably not use a compass even if I had it; for, from the map, I know +that the road I wish to start off on crosses a railroad track within +sight of the crossroads and on the opposite side of the crossroads +from the church shown on the map; also, that the Boling road is level +as far as I could see on the ground, while the Chester Pike crosses +the spur of Sandy Ridge, about a half mile out of the village.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Go ahead, corporal, and explain how you would follow the +proper route to Oxford.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal:</strong> I would proceed west on the Chester Pike, knowing I would +cross a good sized stream, on a stone bridge, about a mile and a half +out of Salem; then I would pass a crossroad and find a swamp on my +right, between the road and the stream. About a mile and a half from +the crossroad I just mentioned, I would cross a railroad track and +then I would know that at the fork of the roads one-quarter of a mile +further on I must take the left fork. This road would take me straight +into Oxford, about a mile and three-quarters beyond the fork.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Washington, do the contours about a half mile north +of the Maxey farm, on the Salem-Boling road, represent a hill or a +depression?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant:</strong> They represent a hill, because the inner contour has a +higher number 42, than the outer, marked 20. They represent sort of a +leg-of-mutton shaped hill about 42 feet higher than the surrounding +low ground.</p> + +<p>Variety and interest may be added to the instruction by assuming that +the squad leader has been killed or wounded and then designate some +private to command the squad; or that a man has been wounded in a +certain part of the body and have a soldier actually apply his first<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span> +aid packet; or that a soldier has fainted or been bitten by a +rattlesnake and have a man actually render him first aid.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_958" id="Para_958">958</a>.</strong> The privates may be given practical instruction in delivering +messages by giving them messages in one room and having them deliver +them to someone else in another room. It is a good plan to write out a +number of messages in advance on slips of paper or on cards, placing +them in unsealed envelopes. An officer or a noncommissioned officer in +one room reads one of the messages to a soldier, then seals it in an +envelope and gives it to the soldier to hand to the person in another +room to whom he is to deliver the message. The latter checks the +accuracy of the message by means of the written message. Of course, +this form of instruction should not be given during the solution of +map problems by the men. (For model messages, see <a href="#Para_980">par. 980</a>.)</p> + +<p>The same slips or cards may be used any number of times with different +soldiers. A soldier should never start on his way to deliver a message +unless he understands thoroughly the message he is to deliver.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_IV_III" id="CHAPTER_IV_III"></a>CHAPTER IV</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">THE SERVICE OF INFORMATION</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Based on the Field Service Regulations.)</p> + + +<h4>PATROLLING</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_959" id="Para_959">959</a>. Patrols</strong> are small bodies of infantry or cavalry, from two men up +to a company or troop, sent out from a command at any time to gain +information of the enemy and of the country, to drive off small +hostile bodies, to prevent them from observing the command or for +other stated objects, such as to blow up a bridge, destroy a railroad +track, communicate or keep in touch with friendly troops, etc. Patrols +are named according to their objects, reconnoitering, visiting, +connecting, exploring, flanking patrols, etc. These names are of no +importance, however, because the patrol's orders in each case +determine its duties.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_960" id="Para_960">960</a>.</strong> The size of a patrol depends upon the mission it is to +accomplish; if it is to gain information only, it should be as small +as possible, allowing two men for each probable message to be sent +(this permits you to send messages and still have a working patrol +remaining); if it is to fight, it should be strong enough to defeat +the probable enemy against it. For instance, a patrol of two men might +be ordered to examine some high ground a few hundred yards off the +road. On the other hand, during the recent war in Manchuria a Japanese +patrol of 50 mounted men, to accomplish its mission marched 1,160 +miles in the enemy's country and was out for 62 days.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_961" id="Para_961">961</a>. Patrol Leaders.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) Patrol leaders, usually noncommissioned +officers, are selected for their endurance, keen eyesight, ability to +think quickly and good military judgment. They should be able to read +a map, make a sketch and send messages that are easily understood. +Very important patrols are sometimes lead by officers. The leader +should have a map, watch, field glass, compass, message blank and +pencils.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) The ability to lead a patrol correctly without a number of +detailed orders or instructions, is one of the highest and most +valuable qualifications of a noncommissioned officer. Since a +commander ordering out a patrol can only give general instructions as +to what he desires, because he cannot possibly forsee just what +situations may arise, the patrol leader will be forced to use his own +judgment to decide on the proper course to pursue when something of +importance suddenly occurs. He is in sole command on the spot and must +make his decisions entirely on his own judgment and make them +instantly. He has to bear in mind first of all his mission—what his +commander wants him to do.</p> + +<p>Possibly something may occur that should cause the patrol leader to +undertake an entirely new mission and he must view the new situation +from the standpoint of a higher commander.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span>(<strong>c</strong>) More battles are lost through lack of information about the enemy +than from any other cause, and it is the patrols led by +noncommissioned officers who must gather almost all of this +information. A battalion or squadron stands a very good chance for +defeating a regiment if the battalion commander knows all about the +size, position and movements of the regiment and the regimental +commander knows but a little about the battalion; and this will all +depend on how efficiently the patrols of the two forces are led by the +noncommissioned officers.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_962" id="Para_962">962</a>.</strong> Patrols are usually sent out from the advance party of an advance +guard, the rear party of a rear guard, the outguards of an outpost, +and the flank (extreme right or left) sections, companies or troops of +a force in a fight, but they may be sent out from any part of a +command.</p> + +<p>The commander usually states how strong a patrol shall be.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_963" id="Para_963">963</a>. Orders or Instructions</strong>—(<strong>a</strong>) The orders or instructions for a +patrol must state clearly whenever possible:</p> + +<p>1. Where the enemy is or is supposed to be.</p> + +<p>2. Where friendly patrols or detachments are apt to be seen or +encountered and what the plans are for the body from which the patrol +is sent out.</p> + +<p>3. What object the patrol is sent out to accomplish; what information +is desired; what features are of special importance; the general +direction to be followed and how long to stay out in case the enemy is +not met.</p> + +<p>4. Where reports are to be sent.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) It often happens that, in the hurry and excitement of a sudden +encounter or other situation, there is no time or opportunity to give +a patrol leader anything but the briefest instructions, such as "Take +three men, corporal, and locate their (the enemy's) right flank." In +such a case the patrol leader through his knowledge of the general +principles of patrolling, combined with the exercise of his common +sense, must determine for himself just what his commander wishes him +to do.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_964" id="Para_964">964</a>. Inspection of a Patrol Before Departure.</strong> Whenever there is time +and conditions permit, which most frequently is not the case, a patrol +leader carefully inspects his men to see that they are in good +physical condition; that they have the proper equipment, ammunition +and ration; that their canteens are full, their horses (if mounted) +are in good condition, not of a conspicuous color and not given to +neighing, and that there is nothing about the equipment to rattle or +glisten. The patrol leader should also see that the men have nothing +with them (maps, orders, letters, newspapers, etc.) that, if captured, +would give the enemy valuable information. This is a more important +inspection than that regarding the condition of the equipment.</p> + +<p>Whenever possible the men for a patrol should be selected for their +trustworthiness, experience and knack of finding their way in a +strange country.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_965" id="Para_965">965</a>. Preparing a Patrol for the Start.</strong> The patrol leader having +received his orders and having asked questions about anything he does +not fully understand, makes his estimate of the situation (See <a href="#Para_950">Par. +950</a>.)<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span> He then selects the number of men he needs, if this has been +left to him, inspects them and carefully explains to them the orders +he has received and how he intends to carry out these orders, making +sure the men understand the mission of the patrol. He names some +prominent place along the route they are going to follow where every +one will hasten if the patrol should become scattered.</p> + +<p>For example: An infantry company has arrived at the town of York (See +<a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a>). Captain A, at 2 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, calls up Corporal B and three +men of his squad.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain A:</strong> Corporal, hostile infantry is reported to be at Oxford. +Nothing else has been heard of the enemy. The company remains here +tonight. You will take these three men and reconnoiter about two miles +north along this road (indicates the Valley Pike) for signs of a +hostile advance in this direction.</p> + +<p>Stay out until dusk.</p> + +<p>Corporal C has been sent out that road (points east along the county +road).</p> + +<p>Send messages here. Do you understand?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal B:</strong> Yes, sir; I am to—(here he practically repeats Captain +A's orders, the three men listening). Is Corporal C to cover that hill +(points toward Twin Hills)?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain A:</strong> No; you must cover that ground. Move out at once, corporal. +(Corporal B quickly glances at the men and sees that they have their +proper equipment.)</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal B</strong> (to his men): You heard the captain's orders. We will make +for that hill (points to Twin Hills). Jones, I want you to go 150 +yards in advance of me; Williams, follow me at 100 yards; Smith, +you'll stay with me. Jones, you'll leave this road after crossing the +creek and march on that clump of trees. I want both you and Williams +to be on the alert and watch me every minute for signals. In case we +become scattered, make for that hill (points to Twin Hills).</p> + +<p><strong>Private Jones:</strong> Corporal, shall I keep 150 yards from you or will you +keep the correct distance?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal B:</strong> You keep the correct distance from me. Forward, Jones.</p> + +<p>Of course, the patrol leader makes all these preparations if he has +time; but, as we have said before, there will be a great many +occasions when he is required to start out so promptly that he will +not have any time for the inspection described and he will have to +make an estimate of the situation and give his detailed orders to the +members of his patrol as they start off.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_966" id="Para_966">966</a>. Co-ordination Before Departure.</strong> Every member of a patrol should +notice for himself the direction taken and all landmarks that are +passed, and every man should keep his eyes and ears open all the time. +Before leaving an outpost position or other place to which it is to +return, the patrol commander should "co-ordinate" himself—he should +see where he is with respect to certain mountains, high buildings and +other prominent objects, and after the patrol has left, he should +frequently turn his head around and see what the starting point looks<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span> +like from where he is. This will help him to find his way back without +difficulty.</p> + + +<h4>THE PRINCIPLES OF PATROLLING</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_967" id="Para_967">967</a>.</strong> Paragraphs 967 to 1015 describe the methods of leading a +patrol—the points a patrol leader should fully understand. In other +words, they state the principles of patrolling. When you first study +this chapter, simply read over these principles without trying to +memorize any of them. Whenever one of the principles is applied in the +solution of any of the problems on patrolling given in this book you +will generally find the number of the paragraph which states that +principle enclosed in brackets. Turn back and study the paragraph +referred to until you thoroughly understand its meaning and you feel +sure that you know how to apply that principle whenever the occasion +might arise in actual patrolling. Try to impress its common sense +meaning (never the mere words) on your mind, so that when a situation +arises requiring the sort of action indicated in the principle, YOU +WILL NOT FAIL TO RECOGNIZE IT.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_968" id="Para_968">968</a>. Formation of Patrols.</strong></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 377px;"> +<a name="Fig_1_IV_III" id="Fig_1_IV_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-0968.png" width="377" height="500" alt="Figure 1" title="Figure 1" /> +<span class="caption">Figure 1</span> +</div> + +<p>(<strong>a</strong>) <a href="#Fig_1_IV_III">Figure 1</a> gives some examples of various ways of forming patrols. +These are merely examples for the purpose of giving a general idea of +the arrangement of the men. In practice common sense must dictate to +the patrol leader the best formation in each case.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span>(<strong>b</strong>) In very small patrols the leader is usually in advance where he +can easily lead the patrol, though not always (See E, <a href="#Fig_1_IV_III">Figure 1</a>.) The +distance between men depends upon the character of the country and the +situation. In L, <a href="#Fig_1_IV_III">Figure 1</a>, it might be anywhere from 150 to 400 yards +from the leading man to the last, the distance being greater in level +or open country. Some such formation as G, <a href="#Fig_1_IV_III">Figure 1</a>, could be used in +going through high brush, woods, or over very open country.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) The men must be so arranged that each man will be within signaling +distance of some member of the patrol and the escape of at least one +man, in case of surprise, is certain.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that the patrol may have to march a long +distance before it is expected that the enemy will be encountered, or +it may have a mission that requires it to hurry to some distant point +through very dangerous country. In such cases the patrol will probably +have to follow the road in order to make the necessary speed, and it +will not be possible for flankers to keep up this rate marching off +the road. The formation in such cases would be something like those +shown in F, II and O.</p> + +<p>Marching off the road is always slow work, so when rapidity is +essential, some safe formation for road travel is necessary, as in F, +L and O.</p> + +<p>If, from the road the country for, say one-half mile on each side, can +be seen, there is absolutely no use in sending out flankers a few +hundred yards from the road. Use common sense.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_969" id="Para_969">969</a>. Rate of March.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) Patrols should advance quickly and quietly; be +vigilant and make all practicable use of cover. If rapid marching is +necessary to accomplish the mission, then little attention can be paid +to cover.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) Returning patrols, near their own lines, march at a walk, unless +pressed by the enemy. A patrol should not, if possible, return over +its outgoing route, as the enemy may have observed it and be watching +for its return.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_970" id="Para_970">970</a>. Halts.</strong> A patrol should be halted once every hour for about ten +minutes, to allow the men to rest and relieve themselves. Whenever a +halt is made one or two members of the patrol must advance a short +distance ahead and keep a sharp lookout to the front and flanks.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_971" id="Para_971">971</a>. Action Upon Meeting Hostile Patrol.</strong> If a patrol should see a +hostile patrol, it is generally best to hide and let it go by, and +afterwards look out for and capture any messenger that may be sent +back from it with messages for the main body. And when sent back +yourself with a message, be careful that the enemy does not play this +trick on you—always keep your ears and eyes open.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_972" id="Para_972">972</a>. Scattered Patrols.</strong> A scattered patrol reassembles at some point +previously selected; if checked in one direction, it takes another; if +cut off, it returns by a detour or forces its way through. As a last +resort it scatters, so that at least one man may return with +information.</p> + +<p>Occasionally it is advisable for the leader to conceal his patrol and +continue the reconnaissance with one or two men; in case of cavalry<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span> +the leader and men thus detached should be well mounted. If no point +of assembly was previously agreed upon, it is a good general rule to +reassemble, if possible, at the last resting place.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_973" id="Para_973">973</a>. Return by Different Route.</strong> A patrol should always make it a rule +to return by a different route, as this may avoid its being captured +by some of the enemy who saw it going out and are lying in wait for +it.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_974" id="Para_974">974</a>. Guard Against Being Cut off.</strong> When out patrolling always guard +against being cut off. Always assume that any place that affords good +cover is held by the enemy until you know that it is not, and be +careful not to advance beyond it without first reconnoitering it; for, +if you do, you may find yourself cut off when you try to return.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_975" id="Para_975">975</a>. Night Work.</strong> Patrols far from their commands or in contact with +the enemy, often remain out over night. In such cases they seek a +place of concealment unknown to the inhabitants, proceeding thereto +after nightfall or under cover. Opportunities for watering, feeding +and rest must not be neglected, for there is no assurance that further +opportunities will present themselves. When necessary the leader +provides for subsistence by demand or purchase.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_976" id="Para_976">976</a>. Civilians:</strong> In questioning civilians care must be taken not to +disclose information that may be of value to the enemy. Strangers must +not be allowed to go ahead of the patrol, as they might give the enemy +notice of its approach. Patrol leaders are authorized to seize +telegrams and mail matter, and to arrest individuals, reporting the +facts as soon as possible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_977" id="Para_977">977</a>. Patrol Fighting.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) A patrol sent out for information never +fights unless it can only get its information by fighting or is forced +to fight in order to escape. This principle is the one most frequently +violated by patrol leaders, particularly in peace maneuvers. They +forget their mission—the thing their commander sent them out to +do—and begin fighting, thus doing harm and accomplishing no important +results.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) A patrol sent out to drive off hostile detachments has to fight to +accomplish its mission. Sometimes a patrol has orders both to gain +information and to drive back hostile patrols. In this case it may be +proper to avoid a fight at one moment and to seek a fight at another. +The patrol leader must always think of his mission when deciding on +the proper course to follow, and then use common sense.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_978" id="Para_978">978</a>. Signals.</strong> The following should be clearly understood by members of +a patrol:</p> + +<p><strong>Enemy in sight in small numbers:</strong> Hold the rifle above the head +horizontally.</p> + +<p><strong>Enemy in force:</strong> Same as preceding, raising and lowering the rifle +several times.</p> + +<p><strong>Take cover:</strong> A downward motion of the hand.</p> + +<p>Other signals may be agreed upon before starting, but they must be +simple and familiar to the men; complicated signals must be avoided. +Signals must be used cautiously, so as not to convey information to +the enemy.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span>The patrol leader should see that all his men thoroughly understand +that whenever they are away from the center of the patrol they must +look to the nearest man for signals at least once every minute. It +should never be necessary for the patrol leader to call to a man in +order to get his attention. All movements of men at a distance should +be regulated by signals and the men should constantly be on the +lookout for these signals.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_979" id="Para_979">979</a>. Messages.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) The most skillful patrol leading is useless unless +the leader fully understands when to send a message and how to write +it.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) A message, whether written or verbal, should be short and clear, +resembling a telegram. If it is a long account it will take too much +time to write, be easily misunderstood, and if verbal, the messenger +will usually forget parts of it and confuse the remainder.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) Always state when and where things are seen or reported. If haste +is required, do not use up valuable moments writing down the day of +the month, etc. These data are essential as a matter of future record +for formal telegrams and should be put in patrol messages only when +time is abundant, but never slight the essential points of information +that will give valuable help to your chief. Always try to put yourself +in his place—not seeing what you see and read your message—and then +ask yourself, What will he want to know?</p> + +<p>(<strong>d</strong>) The exact location of the enemy should be stated; whether +deployed, marching or in camp, his strength, arm of the service +(cavalry, infantry or artillery), and any other detail that you think +would be valuable information for your chief. In giving your location +do not refer to houses, streets, etc., that your chief in the rear has +no knowledge of. Give your direction and distance from some point he +knows of or, if you have a map like his, you can give your map +location.</p> + +<p>(<strong>e</strong>) Be sure your message is accurate. This does not mean that +something told you should not be reported, but it should be reported, +not as a fact, but as it is—a statement by somebody else. It is well +to add any information about your informant, such as his apparent +honesty, the probability of his having correct information, etc.—this +may help your chief.</p> + +<p>(<strong>f</strong>) A message should always end with a short statement of what you are +going to do next. For example: "Will remain in observation," "Will +continue north," "Will work around to their rear," etc. Time +permitting, the bearer of a verbal message should always be required +to repeat it before leaving.</p> + +<p>(<strong>g</strong>) The following is a reproduction of a message blank used in field +service. The instructions on the envelope are also given. A patrol +leader will usually be furnished with a pad of these blanks:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0979a.png" width="500" height="324" alt="Message Blank" title="Message Blank" /> +</div> + +<p>The heading "From" is filled in with the <em>name</em> of the detachment +sending the information, as "Officer's Patrol, 7th Cav". Messages sent +on the same day from the same source to the same person are numbered +consecutively. The address is written briefly, thus, "Commanding +Officer, Outpost, 1st Brigade". In the signature the writer's surname +only and rank are given.</p> + +<p>This blank is four and a half by eight inches, including the margin on +the left for binding. The back is ruled in squares and provided with +scales for use in making simple sketches explanatory of the message. +It is issued by the Signal Corps in blocks of forty with duplicating +sheets. The regulation envelope is three by five and one fourth inches +and is printed as follows:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-0979b.png" width="500" height="173" alt="Message Envelope" title="Message Envelope" /> +</div> + + +<h4>MODEL MESSAGES</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_980" id="Para_980">980</a>. 1. Verbal.</strong> "Four hostile infantrymen one mile north of our camp, +moving south. I will continue north."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span><strong>2. Verbal.</strong> "About one hundred hostile infantrymen two miles north of +our camp at two o'clock, marching south. Will observe them."</p> + +<p><strong>3. Verbal.</strong> "Long column of troops marching west in Sandy Creek Valley +at two o'clock. Will report details later."</p> + +<p><strong>4. Verbal.</strong> "Just fired on by cavalry patrol near Baker's Pond. Will +work to their rear."</p> + +<p><strong>5. Written.</strong></p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">Patrol from Support No 2.</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">Lone Hill,</span><br /> +26 Mch. 11, 8–15 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span>, No. 1.</p> + +<p>C. O.,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">Support No. 2.</span></p> + +<p>See hostile troop of cavalry halted at x-roads, one mile S. of our +outguards. Nothing else in sight. Will remain here in observation. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">James,</span><br /> +Corporal.</p> + +<p><strong>6. Written</strong> (very hurriedly).</p> + +<p class="letter_head">Lone Hill, 8–30, No 2.</p> + +<p>C. O.,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">Support No. 2.</span></p> + +<p>Column of about 300 hostile cavalry trotting north towards hostile +troop of cavalry now halted at x-roads one mile south of our +outguards. Will remain here. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">James,</span><br /> +Cpl.</p> + +<p><strong>7. Written.</strong></p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">Patrol from 5th Inf.,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">S. E. corner Boling Woods,</span><br /> +3 Apl. 11, 2–10 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, No. 2.</p> + +<p>Adjutant,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">5th Inf., near Baker House.</span></p> + +<p>Extreme right of hostile line ends at R. R. cut N. E. of BAKER'S +POND. Entrenchments run S. from cut along crest of ridge. Line +appears to be strongly held. Can see no troops in rear of line. +Will reconnoiter their rear.</p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Smith,</span><br /> +Sergeant.</p> + +<p><strong>8. Written</strong> (from cavalry patrol far to front).</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">Patrol from Tr. B, 7th Cav.,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">Boling,</span><br /> +14 June, 12, 10 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span>, No. 3.</p> + +<p>To C. O.,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">Tr. B, 7th Cav.,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i8">S. on Chester Pike.</span></p> + +<p>No traces of enemy up to this point. Telegraph operator here +reports wires running north from Boling were cut somewhere at 8–30 +<span class="ampm">A. M.</span> Inhabitants appear friendly. Will proceed north. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Jones,</span><br /> +Sergeant.</p> + +<p><strong>9. Written</strong> (from cavalry patrol far to front).</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">Patrol from Tr B, 7th Cav.,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">Oxford,</span><br /> +8 July, 12, 10–15 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span>, No. 2.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span> +To C. O.,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">1st Sq. 7th Cav.,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i8">On Valley Pike, S. of York.</span></p> + +<p>Bearer has canteen found in road here, marked "85 CAV.—III +CORPS." Inhabitants say no enemy seen here. They appear hostile +and unreliable. No telegraph operator or records remain here. +Roads good macadam. Water and haystacks plentiful. Will move +rapidly on towards CHESTER. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Lewis,</span><br /> +Sergeant.</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">Patrol from Support No. 3,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">On Ry. <span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> mi. N. of County Road,</span><br /> +2 Aug. 12, 9–15 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, No. 1.</p> + +<p>C. O.,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">Support No. 2,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i8">Near Maxey House.</span></p> + +<p>R. R. crosses creek here on 80-foot steel trestle. Hostile +detachment is posted at N. end. Strength unknown. Creek 5 ft. deep +by 60 ft. wide, with steep banks, 5 ft. high. Flows through meadow +land. Scattered trees along banks. R. R. approaches each end of +trestle on 10-foot fill. R. R. switch to N. E. 700 yds. S. of +bridge. (See sketch on back.) I will cross creek to N. of bridge. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Brown,</span><br /> +Corporal.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_981" id="Para_981">981</a>.</strong> A message should be sent as soon as the enemy is first seen or +reported. Of course, if the enemy is actually known to be in the +vicinity and his patrols have been seen, etc., you must by all means +avoid wasting your men by sending them back with information about +small hostile patrols or other things you know your chief is already +aware of and did not specifically tell you to hunt for.</p> + +<p>If you have properly determined in your own mind what your mission is +then you will have no trouble in deciding when to send messages. For +example, suppose your orders are "To reconnoiter along that ridge and +determine if the enemy is present in strength," and you sight a patrol +of eight men. You would waste no time or men sending back any message +about the patrol, for your mission is to find out if strong bodies of +the enemy are about. But suppose that while working under the above +orders you located a hostile battalion of infantry—a large body of +troops. In this case you would surely send a detailed message, as your +mission is to determine if the enemy was present in strength.</p> + +<p>Again, suppose that while moving towards the ridge indicated by your +chief in his orders, you saw his force suddenly and heavily fired on +from a new and apparently unexpected quarter, not a great distance +from you, but not on the ridge referred to. You know or believe none +of your patrols are out in that neighborhood. In this case you should +realize instantly, without any order, that your mission had changed +and you should hasten to discover the size and position of this new +enemy and send the information back to your chief, first notifying him +of your intended change of direction.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span>Never forget your mission in the excitement of leading your own little +force.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_982" id="Para_982">982</a>. Absence of the Enemy.</strong> It is frequently just as important to send +a message to your chief that the enemy is not in a certain locality as +it is to report his actual whereabouts. You must determine from your +mission when this is the case. For example, if you were ordered "To +patrol beyond that woods and see if any hostile columns are moving in +that direction," and on reaching the far side of the woods you had a +good view of the country for some distance beyond, it would be very +important to send a message back telling your chief that you could +see, say, one-half mile beyond the woods and there was no enemy in +sight. This information would be of the greatest importance to him. He +might feel free to move troops immediately from that vicinity to some +more dangerous place. You would then continue your reconnaissance +further to the front.</p> + + +<h4>Suggestions for Gaining Information About the Enemy</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_983" id="Para_983">983</a>. Enemy on the March.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) The patrol should observe the march of +the column from a concealed position that hostile patrols or flankers +are not apt to search (avoid conspicuous places). Always try to +discover if one hostile detachment is followed by another—if what can +be seen appears to be an advance guard of a larger body not yet in +view. The distance between the detachments, their relative size, etc., +is always important.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) <strong>Estimating Strength of Column.</strong> The strength of a column may be +estimated from the length of time it takes to pass a selected point. +As infantry in column of squads occupies half a yard per man, cavalry +one yard per horse and artillery in single file twenty yards per gun +or caisson (ammunition wagon), a selected point would be passed in one +minute by 175 infantry; 110 cavalry (at a walk); 200 cavalry at a trot +and 5 guns or caissons. If marching in columns of twos, take one-half +of the above figures.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) <strong>Dust.</strong> The direction of march, strength and composition (infantry, +cavalry or artillery) of a column can be closely estimated from the +length and character of the cloud of dust that it makes. Dust from +infantry hangs low; from cavalry it is higher, disperses more quickly, +and, if the cavalry moves rapidly, the upper part of the cloud is +thinner; from artillery and wagons, it is of unequal height and +disconnected. The effect of the wind blowing the dust must be +considered.</p> + +<p>(<strong>d</strong>) <strong>Trail of Column.</strong> Evenly trodden ground indicates infantry; prints +of horseshoes mean cavalry and deep and wide wheel tracks indicate +artillery. If the trail is fresh, the column passed recently; if +narrow, the troops felt secure and were marching in column of route; +if broad they expected an action and were prepared to deploy. A +retreating army makes a broad trail across fields, especially at the +start.</p> + +<p>Always remember that the smallest or most insignificant things, such +as the number of a regiment or a discarded canteen or collar ornament, +may give the most valuable information to a higher commander. For +example, the markings on a discarded canteen or knapsack might prove +to a general commanding an army that a certain hostile division,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span> +corps, or other force was in front of him when he thought it had not +been sent into the field. The markings on the canteen would convey +little or no meaning to the patrol leader, but if he realized his duty +he would take care to report the facts. Cavalry patrols working far +ahead of the foot troops should be most careful to observe and report +on such details.</p> + +<p>(<strong>e</strong>) <strong>Reflection of Weapons.</strong> If brilliant, the troops are marching +toward you, otherwise they are probably marching away from you.</p> + +<p><strong>Enemy in Position.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) If an outpost line, the patrol locates the line +of sentinels, their positions, the location and strength of the +outguards and, as far as possible, all troops in rear. The location of +the flanks of the line, whether in a strong or weak position, is of +the utmost importance. Places where the line may be most easily +penetrated should be searched for and the strength and routes of the +hostile patrols observed.</p> + +<p>As outposts are usually changed at dawn this is the best time to +reconnoiter their positions.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) A hostile line of battle is usually hard to approach, but its +extent, where the flanks rest and whether or not other troops are in +rear of these flanks, should be most carefully determined.</p> + +<p>Information as to the flanks of any force, the character of the +country on each flank, etc., is always of the greatest importance, +because the flanks are the weakest portions of a line. In attacking an +enemy an effort is almost always made to bring the heaviest fire or +blow to bear on one of his flanks. Naturally all information about +this most vulnerable part of an enemy is of great importance.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_984" id="Para_984">984</a>. Prisoners.</strong> When a patrol is ordered to secure prisoners they +should be questioned as soon as captured, while still excited and +their replies can in a way be verified. Their answers should be +written down (unknown to them) and sent back with them as a check on +what they may say on second thought.</p> + +<p>Prisoners should always be questioned as to the following points: What +regiment, brigade, division, etc., they belong to; how long they have +been in position, on the march, etc.; how much sickness in their +organization; whether their rations are satisfactory; who commands +their troops, etc. Always try to make the prisoners think the +questions are asked out of mere curiosity.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_985" id="Para_985">985</a>. Camp Noises.</strong> The rumble of vehicles, cracking of whips, neighing +of horses, braying of mules and barking of dogs often indicate the +arrival or departure of troops. If the noise remains in the same place +and new fires are lighted, it is probable that reënforcements have +arrived. If the noise grows more indistinct, the troops are probably +withdrawing. If, added to this, the fires appear to be dying out, and +the enemy seems to redouble the vigilance of the outposts, the +indications of retreat are strong.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_986" id="Para_986">986</a>. Abandoned Camps.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) Indications are found in the remains of camp +fires. They will show, by their degree of freshness, whether much or +little time elapsed since the enemy left the place, and the quantity +of cinders will give an indication of the length of time he occupied +it. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span> will also furnish a means of estimating his force +approximately, ten men being allowed to each fire.</p> + +<p>(b) Other valuable indications in regard to the length of time the +position was occupied and the time when it was abandoned may be found +in the evidence of care or haste in the construction of huts or +shelters, and in the freshness of straw, grain, dung or the entrails +of slaughtered animals. Abandoned clothing, equipments or harness will +give a clue to the arms and regiments composing a retreating force. +Dead horses lying about, broken weapons, discarded knapsacks, +abandoned and broken-down wagons, etc., are indications of the fatigue +and demoralization of the command. Bloody bandages lying about, and +many fresh graves, are evidences that the enemy is heavily burdened +with wounded or sick.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_987" id="Para_987">987</a>. Flames or Smoke.</strong> If at night the flames of an enemy's camp fires +disappear and reappear, something is moving between the observer and +the fires. If smoke as well as flame is visible, the fires are very +near. If the fires are very numerous and lighted successively, and if +soon after being lighted they go out it is probable the enemy is +preparing a retreat and trying to deceive us. If the fires burn +brightly and clearly at a late hour, the enemy has probably gone, and +has left a detachment to keep the fires burning. If, at an unusual +time, much smoke is seen ascending from an enemy's camp, it is +probable that he is engaged in cooking preparatory to moving off.</p> + +<p>If lines of smoke are seen rising at several points along a railway +line in the enemy's rear, it may be surmised that the railroad is +being destroyed by burning the crossties, and that a retreat is +planned.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_988" id="Para_988">988</a>. Limits of vision.</strong> (a) On a clear day a man with good vision can +see:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>At a distance of 9 to 12 miles, church spires and towers;</li> +<li>At a distance of 5 to 7 miles, windmills;</li> +<li>At a distance of 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> miles, chimneys of light color;</li> +<li>At a distance of 2,000 yards, trunks of large trees;</li> +<li>At a distance of 1,000 yards, single posts;</li> +<li>At 500 yards the panes of glass may be distinguished in a window.</li> +</ul> + +<p>(b) Troops are visible at 2,000 yards, at which distance a mounted man +looks like a mere speck; at 1,200 yards infantry can be distinguished +from cavalry; at 1,000 yards a line of men looks like a broad belt; at +600 yards the files of a squad can be counted, and at 400 yards the +movements of the arms and legs can be plainly seen.</p> + +<p>(c) The larger, brighter or better lighted an object is, the nearer it +seems. An object seems nearer when it has a dark background than when +it has a light one, and closer to the observer when the air is clear +than when it is raining, snowing, foggy or the atmosphere is filled +with smoke. An object looks farther off when the observer is facing +the sun than when he has his back to it. A smooth expanse of snow, +grain fields or water makes distances seem shorter than they really +are.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Suggestions for the Reconnaissance of Various Positions and Localities</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_989" id="Para_989">989</a>.</strong> Cross roads should be reconnoitered in each direction for a +distance depending on how rapidly the patrol must continue on, how far +from the main road the first turn or high point is, etc. The main body +of the patrol usually remains halted near the crossroads, while +flankers do the reconnoitering.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_990" id="Para_990">990</a>. Heights.</strong> In reconnoitering a height, if the patrol is large +enough to admit of detaching them, one or two men climb the slope on +either flank, keeping in sight of the patrol, if possible. In any +case, one man moves cautiously up the hill, followed by the others in +the file at such distance that each keeps his predecessor in view.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_991" id="Para_991">991</a>. Defiles.</strong> On approaching a defile, if time permits, the heights on +either side are reconnoitered by flankers before the patrol enters. If +the heights are inaccessible or time is urgent, the patrol passes +through, in single file at double time. The same method is adopted in +reconnoitering a railroad cut or sunken road.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_992" id="Para_992">992</a>. Bridges and Fords.</strong> At a bridge or ford, the front of the patrol +is contracted so as to bring all the men to the passage. The leading +patrolers cross first and reconnoiter the far side to prevent the +possibility of the enemy surprising the main body of the patrol as it +is crossing the bridge. The patrol then crosses rapidly, and takes up +a proper formation. A bridge is first examined to see that it is safe +and has not been tampered with by the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_993" id="Para_993">993</a>. Woods.</strong> The patrol enters a wood in skirmishing order, the +intervals being as great as may be consistent with mutual observation +and support on the part of the members of the patrol. On arriving at +the farther edge of the wood, the patrol remains concealed and +carefully looks about before passing out to open ground. When there is +such a growth of underbrush as to make this method impracticable, and +it is necessary to enter a wood by a road, the road is reconnoitered +as in case of defile, though not usually at double time.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_994" id="Para_994">994</a>. Enclosures.</strong> In reconnoitering an enclosure, such as a garden, +park or cemetery, the leading patrolers first examine the exterior, to +make sure that the enemy is not concealed behind one of the faces of +the enclosure. They then proceed to examine the interior. Great care +is taken in reconnoitering and entering an enclosure to avoid being +caught in a confined or restricted space by the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_995" id="Para_995">995</a>. Positions.</strong> In approaching a position, but one man advances (one +is less liable to be detected than two or more), and he crawls +cautiously toward the crest of the hill or edge of the wood or opening +of the defile, while the others remain concealed in the rear until he +signals them to advance.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_996" id="Para_996">996</a>. Houses.</strong> When a house is approached by a patrol, it is first +reconnoitered from a distance, and if nothing suspicious is seen, it +is then approached by one or two men, the rest of the party remaining +concealed in observation. If the patrol is large enough to admit of +it, four men approach the house, so as to examine the front and back +entrances at the same time. Only one man enters the door, the others +remaining outside to give the alarm, should a party of the enemy be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span> +concealed in the house. The patrol does not remain in the vicinity of +the house any longer than necessary, as information relative to its +numbers and movements might be given to the enemy, if a hostile party +should subsequently visit the place. Farmhouses are searched for +newspapers and the inhabitants questioned. If necessary to go up to a +building, wood or hill, where an enemy is likely to be concealed, run +for the last couple of hundred yards, having your rifle ready for +instant use, and make for some point that will afford you cover when +you get close up. In the case of a building, for instance, you would +make for one of the corners. Such a maneuver would probably be +disconcerting to anyone who might be lying in wait for you, and would +be quite likely to cause them to show themselves sooner than they +intended, and thus give you a chance to turn around and get away. If +they fired on you while you were approaching at a run, they would not +be very likely to hit you.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_997" id="Para_997">997</a>. Villages.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) In approaching a small village one or two men are +sent in to reconnoiter and one around each flank, but the main body +does not enter until the scouts have reported. In small patrols of +three to six men so much dispersion is not safe and only one section +of the village can be reconnoitered at a time.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) If the presence of the enemy is not apparent, the patrol enters +the village. A suitable formation would be in single file at proper +distance, each man being on the opposite side of the street from his +predecessor, thus presenting a more difficult target for hostile fire +and enabling the men to watch all windows.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) If the patrol is strong enough, it seizes the postoffice, +telegraph office and railroad stations, and secures all important +papers, such as files of telegrams sent and received, instructions to +postmasters, orders of town mayor, etc., that may be there. If the +patrol is part of the advance guard, it seizes the mayor and +postmaster of the place and turns them over to the commander of the +vanguard with the papers seized.</p> + +<p>(<strong>d</strong>) While searching a village sentinels are placed at points of +departure to prevent any of the inhabitants from leaving. Tall +buildings and steeples are ascended and an extensive view of the +surrounding country obtained.</p> + +<p>(<strong>e</strong>) At night a village is more cautiously approached by a small party +than by day. The patrol glides through back alleys, across gardens, +etc., rather than along the main street. If there are no signs of the +enemy, it makes inquiry. If no light is seen, and it seems imprudent +to rouse any of the people, the patrol watches and captures one of the +inhabitants, and gets from him such information as he may possess.</p> + +<p>(<strong>f</strong>) The best time for the patrol to approach a village is at early +dawn, when it is light enough to see, but before the inhabitants are +up. It is dangerous in the extreme for a small patrol to enter a +village unless it is certain that it is not occupied by the enemy, for +the men could be shot down by fire from the windows, cellarways, etc., +or entrapped and captured. As a rule large towns and cities are not +entered by small patrols, but are watched from the outside, as a small +force can not effectively reconnoiter and protect itself in such a +place.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Facts Which Should Be Obtained by Patrols Regarding Certain Objects</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_998" id="Para_998">998</a>. Roads.</strong> Their direction, their nature (macadamized, corduroy +plank, dirt, etc.), their condition of repair, their grade, the nature +of crossroads, and the points where they leave the main roads; their +borders (woods, hedges, fences or ditches), the places at which they +pass through defiles, cross heights or rivers, and where they +intersect railroads, their breadth (whether suitable for column of +fours or platoons, etc.).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_999" id="Para_999">999</a>. Railroads.</strong> Their direction, gauge, the number of tracks, stations +and junctions, their grade, the length and height of the cuts, +embankments and tunnels.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1000" id="Para_1000">1000</a>. Bridges.</strong> Their position, their width and length, their +construction (trestle, girder, etc.), material (wood, brick, stone or +iron), the roads and approaches on each bank.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1001" id="Para_1001">1001</a>. Rivers and Other Streams.</strong> Their direction, width and depth, the +rapidity of the current, liability to sudden rises and the highest and +lowest points reached by the water, as indicated by drift wood, etc., +fords, the nature of the banks, kinds, position and number of islands +at suitable points of passage, heights in the vicinity and their +command over the banks.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1002" id="Para_1002">1002</a>. Woods.</strong> Their situation, extent and shape; whether clear or +containing underbrush; the number and extent of "clearings" (open +spaces); whether cut up by ravines or containing marshes, etc.; nature +of roads passing through them.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1003" id="Para_1003">1003</a>. Canals.</strong> Their direction, width and depth; condition of +tow-paths; locks and means of protecting or destroying them.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1004" id="Para_1004">1004</a>. Telegraphs.</strong> Whether they follow railroads or common roads; +stations, number of wires.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1005" id="Para_1005">1005</a>. Villages.</strong> Their situation (on a height, in a valley or on a +plain); nature of the surrounding country; construction of the houses, +nature (straight or crooked) and width of streets; means of defense.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1006" id="Para_1006">1006</a>. Defiles.</strong> Their direction; whether straight or crooked; whether +heights on either side are accessible or inaccessible; nature of +ground at each extremity; width (frontage of column that can pass +through).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1007" id="Para_1007">1007</a>. Ponds and Marshes.</strong> Means of crossing; defensive use that might +be made of them as obstacles against enemy; whether the marshy grounds +are practicable for any or all arms.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1008" id="Para_1008">1008</a>. Springs and Rivulets.</strong> Nature of approaches; whether water is +drinkable and abundant.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1009" id="Para_1009">1009</a>. Valleys.</strong> Extent and nature; towns, villages, hamlets, streams, +roads and paths therein; obstacles offered by or in the valley, to the +movement of troops.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1010" id="Para_1010">1010</a>. Heights.</strong> Whether slopes are easy or steep; whether good +defensive positions are offered; whether plateau is wide or narrow; +whether passages are easy or difficult; whether the ground is broken +or smooth, wooded or clear.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Suggestions for Patrols Employed in Executing Demolition</h4> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Destruction or blocking of bridges, railroads, etc.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1011" id="Para_1011">1011</a>. Patrols never execute any demolition unless specifically ordered +to do so.</strong> Demolition may be of two different characters: Temporary +demolition, such as cutting telegraph wires in but a few places or +merely burning the flooring of bridges, removing a few rails from a +track, etc., and permanent demolition, such as cutting down an entire +telegraph line, completely destroying bridges, blowing in tunnels, +etc. Only temporary demolition will be dealt with in this book.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1012" id="Para_1012">1012</a>. Telegraph Line.</strong> To temporarily disable telegraph lines, connect +up different wires close to the glass insulators, wrap a wire around +all the wires and bury its ends in the ground (this grounds or short +circuits the wire), or cut all the wires in one or two places.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1013" id="Para_1013">1013</a>. Railroads.</strong> To temporarily disable railroads remove the fish +plates (the plates that join the rails together at the ends) at each +end of a short section of track, preferably upon an embankment, then +have as many men as available raise the track on one side until the +ties stand on end and turn the section of track so that it will fall +down the embankment; or, cut out rails by a charge of dynamite or gun +cotton placed against the web and covered up with mud or damp clay. +Eight to twelve ounces of explosive is sufficient. Or blow in the +sides of deep cuts or blow down embankments. Bridges, culverts, +tunnels, etc., are never destroyed except on a written order of the +commander-in-chief.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1014" id="Para_1014">1014</a>. Wagon Road.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) Bridges can be rendered temporarily useless by +removing the flooring, or, in the case of steel bridges, by burning +the flooring (if obtainable, pour tar or kerosene on flooring), +particularly if there is not time to remove it.</p> + +<p>Short culverts may sometimes be blown in.</p> + +<p>A hastily constructed barricade across a bridge or in a cut of trees, +wagons, etc, may be sufficient in some cases where only the temporary +check of hostile cavalry or artillery is desired.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) The road bed may be blocked by digging trenches not less than +thirty feet wide and six feet deep, but as this would take a great +deal of time patrols would rarely be charged with such work.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1015" id="Para_1015">1015</a>. Report on Return of Patrol.</strong> On returning the patrol leaders +should make a short verbal or written report, almost always the +former, briefly recounting the movements of the patrol, the +information obtained of the enemy, a description of the country passed +over and of friendly troops encountered. Of course, this is not +practicable when the situation is changing rapidly and a returning +patrol is immediately engaged in some new and pressing duty.</p> + + +<h4>Model Reports of Patrol Leaders</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1016" id="Para_1016">1016</a>. 1. Verbal.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>Patrol Leader</strong> (Corporal B): Sir, Corporal B reports back with his +patrol.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain A:</strong> I received two messages from you, corporal. What else did +you discover?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span><strong>Corporal B:</strong> That was a regiment of infantry, sir, with one battalion +thrown out as advance guard. The main body of two battalions went into +bivouac at the crossroads and the advance guard formed an outpost line +along the big creek two miles south of here.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain A:</strong> Give me an account of your movements.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal B:</strong> We followed this main road south to the creek, where we +avoided a mounted patrol moving north on the road at 1–45 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, and +then reconnoitered the valley from a ridge west of the road. We +followed the ridge south for half a mile to a point where we could see +a road crossing the valley and the main road at right angles, three +miles south of here. There we halted, and at 2:20 what seemed to be +the point and advance party (about forty men) of an infantry advance +guard appeared, marching north up this road, the head at the +crossroad. I then sent you message No. 1 by Private Brown.</p> + +<p>In fifteen minutes three companies had appeared 600 yards in rear of +the advance party, and I could see a heavy, low column of dust about +one-half mile further to the rear. Message No. 2 was then sent in by +Privates Baker and Johnson, and to avoid several hostile patrols, I +drew off further to the northwest.</p> + +<p>The advance guard then halted and established an outpost line along +the south of the creek, two miles from here. The cloud of dust proved +to be two more battalions and a wagon train. These two battalions went +into bivouac on opposite sides of this road at the crossroads and sent +out strong patrols east and west on the crossroad. Five wagons went +forward to the outpost battalion and the reserve built cook fires.</p> + +<p>As Private Rush, here, was the only man I had left, we started back, +sketching the valley, ridge and positions of the main body and +outpost. Here is the sketch, sir. The fields are all cut crops or +meadow.</p> + +<p>We sighted two foot patrols from the outpost, moving north about a +mile from here, one following the road and one further east.</p> + +<p>I did not see any of our patrols.</p> + +<p>That is all, sir.</p> + +<p><strong>2. Written.</strong></p> + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><strong>Report of Sergeant Wm. James' Patrol of Five Men</strong></p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">Support No. 1,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">Outpost of 6th Inf., Near Dixon,</span><br /> +22 Aug. 12, 2–30 to 5 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span></p> + +<p>The patrol followed the timber along the creek for one mile S. +from our outguards and leaving the creek bottom moved <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> mile S. +E. to the wooded hill (about 800 ft. high), visible from our +lines.</p> + +<p>From this hill top the valley to the east (about one mile wide) +could be fairly well observed. No signs of the enemy were seen and +a message, No. 1, was sent back by Private Russel.</p> + +<p>A wagon road runs N. and S. through the valley, bordered by four +or five farms with numerous orchards and cleared fields. Both +slopes of the valley are heavily wooded.</p> + +<p>The patrol then moved S. W., until it struck the macadam pike +which runs N. and S., through our lines. Proceeding S. 400 yds. on +this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span> pike to a low hill a farmer, on foot, was met. Said he lived +one mile further S.; was looking for some loose horses; that four +hostile cavalrymen, from the east, stopped at his farm at noon, +drank some milk, took oats for their horses, inquired the way to +Dixon and rode off in that direction within fifteen minutes. He +said they were the first hostiles he had seen; that they told +nothing about themselves, and they and their horses looked in good +condition. Farmer appeared friendly and honest.</p> + +<p>The patrol then returned to our lines following the pike about two +miles. Road is in good condition, low hedges and barbed wire +fences, stone culverts and no bridges in the two miles. Bordering +country is open and gently rolling farming country and all crops +are in. A sketch is attached to this report. None of our patrols +was seen. </p> + +<p class="letter_i8">Respectfully submitted,</p> +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Wm. James,</span><br /> +Sergeant, Co. A, 6th Infy.</p> + + +<h4>Problem in Patrol Leading and Patrolling</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1017" id="Para_1017">1017</a>.</strong> In studying or solving tactical problems on a map you must +remember that unless you carefully work out your own solution to the +problem before looking at the given solution, you will practically +make no progress.</p> + +<p>It is best, if your time permits, to write out your solutions, and +when you read over the given solutions, compare the solution of each +point with what you thought of that same point when you were solving +the problem, and consider why you did just what you did. Without this +comparison much of the lasting benefit of the work is lost.</p> + +<p>In some of these problems both the problem and solutions are presented +in dialogue form so as to give company officers examples of the best +method of conducting the indoor instruction of their men in minor +tactics. It also gives an example of how to conduct a tactical walk +out in the country, simply looking at the ground itself, instead of a +map hanging on the wall. The enlarged <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a> referred to in +<a href="#Para_954">Par. 954</a>, is supposed to be used in this instruction as well as in the +war games.</p> + + +<h4>Problem No. 1. (Infantry)</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1018" id="Para_1018">1018</a>.</strong> The <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a> (scale 12 inches to the mile) being hung on +the wall, about two sergeants and two squads of the company are seated +in a semicircle facing it, and the captain is standing beside the map +with a pointer (a barrack cleaning rod makes an excellent pointer).</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> We will suppose that our company has just reached the village +of York. The enemy is reported to be in the vicinity of Boling and +Oxford (he points out on the map all places as they are mentioned). We +are in the enemy's country.</p> + +<p>Corporal James, I call you up at 3 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> and give you these orders: +"Nothing has been seen of the enemy yet. Our nearest troops are three +miles south of here. Take four men from your squad and reconnoiter +along this road (County Road) into the valley on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span> other side of +that ridge over there (points to the ridge just beyond the cemetery), +and see if you can discover anything about the enemy. Report back here +by 5 o'clock. I am sending a patrol out the Valley Pike." Now, +Corporal, state just what you would do.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would go to my squad, fall in Privates Amos, Barlow, +Sharp and Brown; see that they had full canteens; that their arms were +all right; that they were not lame or sick and I would have them leave +their blanket rolls, haversacks and entrenching tools with the +company. (<a href="#Para_964">Par. 964</a>.)</p> + +<p>I would then give these orders (<a href="#Para_963">Par. 963</a>); "We are ordered out on +patrol duty. Nothing has been seen of the enemy yet. Our nearest +troops are three miles south of here. We are ordered to reconnoiter +along this road into the valley on the other side of that ridge, and +see if we can discover anything about the enemy. Another patrol is +going up the Valley Pike. Reports are to be sent here. In case we are +scattered we will meet at the woods on the hill over there (indicates +the clump of trees just west of Mills' farm).</p> + +<p>"I will go ahead. Amos, follow about fifty yards behind me. Barlow, +you and Sharp keep about 100 yards behind Amos, and Brown will follow +you at half that distance. All keep on the opposite side of the road +from the man ahead of you." (<a href="#Para_968">Par. 968</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> All right, Corporal, now describe what route you will follow.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> The patrol will keep to the County Road until the +crest of the ridge near the stone wall is reached, when what I see in +the valley beyond will decide my route for me.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> How about the woods west of the stone walls?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> If I did not see anyone from our patrol on the Valley +Pike reconnoitering there, I would give Barlow these orders just after +we have examined the cemetery, when the patrol would have temporarily +closed up somewhat: "Barlow, take Sharp and examine that little woods +over there. Join us at the top of this hill." I would then wave to +Brown to close up and would proceed to the hill top.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Barlow what do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Private Barlow:</strong> I would say, "Sharp, out straight across for that +woods. I will follow you." I would follow about 100 yards behind him. +When he reached the edge of the woods I would signal him to halt by +holding up my left hand. After I had closed up to about fifty yards I +would say to him, "Go into the woods and keep me in sight." I would +walk along the edge of the woods where I could see Sharp and the +corporal's patrol on the road at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That is all right, Barlow. Corporal, you should have +instructed Amos or Brown to keep close watch on Barlow for signals.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I intended to watch him myself.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> No, you would have enough to do keeping on the alert for what +was ahead of you. Now describe how you lead the patrol to the top of +the hill, by the stone wall.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> When I reached the crest I would hold up my hand for +the patrol to halt and would cautiously advance and look ahead into +the valley. If I saw nothing suspicious I would wave to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span> the men to +close up and say, "Amos, go to that high ground about 250 yards over +there (indicates the end of the nose made by the 60-foot contour just +north of the east end of the stone wall), and look around the +country." I would keep Brown behind the crest, watching Barlow's +movements.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Now, Corporal, Amos reaches the point you indicated and +Barlow and Sharp join you. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> Can I see the Steel Bridge over Sandy Creek?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> No, it is three-fourths of a mile away and the trees along +the road by Smith's hide it. You can see the cut in the road east of +the bridge and the Smith house, but the crossroads are hidden by the +trees bordering the roads. You see nothing suspicious. It is a clear, +sunny afternoon. The roads are dusty and the trees in full foliage. +The valley is principally made up of fields of cut hay, corn stubble +and meadow land.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> Does Private Amos give me any information?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> No, he makes you no signals. You see him sitting behind a +bush looking northwest, down the valley.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would say, "Barlow, head straight across to where +that line of trees meets the road (indicates the point where the lane +from Mills' farm joins the Chester Pike). Sharp, keep about fifty +yards to my right rear." I would follow Barlow at 150 yards and when I +had reached the bottom land I would wave to Amos to follow us.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> How about Brown?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I had already given him his orders to follow as rear +guard and he should do so without my telling him.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Amos, what do you do when you see the corporal wave to you?</p> + +<p><strong>Private Amos:</strong> I would go down the hill and join him.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> No, you could do better than that. You are too far from the +corporal for him to signal you to do much of anything except stay +there or join him. You should join him, but you should not go straight +down to him. You should head so as to strike the Mills' Lane about 100 +yards east of the house and then go down the lane, first looking along +the stone wall. In this way you save time in reconnoitering the ground +near the Mills' farm and protect the patrol against being surprised by +an enemy hidden by the line of trees, or the wall along the lane. You +are not disobeying your orders but just using common sense in +following them out and thinking about what the corporal is trying to +do.</p> + +<p>Now, Corporal, why didn't you go to the Smith house and find out if +the people there had seen anything of the enemy?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> You said we were in the enemy's country, sir, so I +thought it best to avoid the inhabitants until I found I could not get +information in any other way. I intended first to see if I could +locate any enemy around here, and if not, to stop at houses on my +return. In this way I would be gone before the people could send any +information to the enemy about my patrol.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span><strong>Captain:</strong> Barlow reaches the Chester Pike where the Mills' lane leaves +it. You are about 150 yards in his rear. Sharp is 50 yards off to your +right rear, Amos 100 yards to your left rear and Brown 50 yards behind +you. Just as Barlow starts to climb over the barbed wire fence into +the Chester Pike you see him drop down on the ground. He signals, +"Enemy in sight." Tell me quickly what would you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would wave my hand for all to lie down, and I would +hasten forward, stooping over as I ran, until I was about twenty yards +from him, when I would crawl forward to the fence, close by him. Just +before I reached him I would ask him what he saw.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> He replies, "There are some hostile foot soldiers coming up +this road."</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would crawl forward and look.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You see three or four men, about 500 yards north of you, +coming up the Chester Pike. They are scattered out.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would say, "Crawl into the lane, keep behind the +stone wall, watch those fellows, and work your way to that farm" +(indicates the Mills' farm). I would start towards the Mills' farm +myself, under cover of the trees along the lane and would wave to the +other men to move rapidly west, towards the hills.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Why didn't you try to hide near where you were and allow the +hostile men to pass?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> There does not seem to be any place to hide near there +that a patrol would not probably examine.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> What is your plan now?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I want to get my patrol up to that small woods near +the Mills' farm, but I hardly expect to be able to get them up to that +point without their being seen. In any event, I want them well back +from the road where they can lie down and not be seen by the enemy +when he passes.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You succeed in collecting your patrol in the woods without +their being seen, and you see four foot soldiers in the road at the +entrance to the land. One man starts up the lane, the others remaining +on the road.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I say, "Brown, go through these woods and hurry +straight across to York. You should be able to see the village from +the other side of the woods. Report to the captain that a hostile +patrol of four foot men is working south up the valley, two miles +northeast of York. We will go further north. Repeat what I have told +you." (<a href="#Para_979">Par. 979</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Why didn't you send this message before?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> Because we were moving in the same direction that the +messenger would have had to go, and, by waiting a very few minutes, I +was able to tell whether it was a mere patrol or the point of an +advance guard.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Do you think it correct to send a messenger back with news +about a small patrol?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> Ordinarily it would be wrong, but as nothing has been +seen of the enemy until now, this first news is important because it +proves to the Captain that the enemy really is in this neigh<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span>borhood, +which it seems to me is a very important thing for him to know and +what my mission required me to do. (<a href="#Para_981">Par. 981</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> What are you going to do now, Corporal?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> We have traveled about two miles and stopped +frequently, so it must be about 4 o'clock. It is one and one-third +miles back to York, where I should arrive about 5 o'clock. It would +take me twenty-five minutes to go from here to York, so I have about +thirty-five minutes left before 5 o'clock. This will permit me to go +forward another mile and still be able to reach York on time. It is +two-thirds of a mile to the Mason farm, and if the hostile patrol +appears to be going on, I will start for that point. Did anyone at the +Mills' farm see us?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> No, but tell me first why you do not go along this high +ground that overlooks the valley?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> Because our patrol that started out the Valley Pike is +probably near Twin Hills and I want to cover other country. The +orchard at Mason's would obstruct my view from the hills.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> The hostile patrol goes on south. Describe briefly your next +movements.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I lead my patrol over to Mason's and, concealing two +of the men so that both roads and the house can be watched, I take one +man and reconnoiter around the farm yard and go up to the house to +question the inhabitants. (<a href="#Para_996">Par. 996</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You find one woman there who says some other soldiers, on +foot, passed there a few minutes ago, marching south. She gives you no +other information about the enemy or country.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would send Amos over to see how deep and wide Sandy +Creek is (<a href="#Para_1001">Par. 1001</a>.) When he returned I would take the patrol over to +Twin Hills, follow the ridge south to the stone wall on the County +Road, watching the valley for signs of the hostile patrol, and follow +the road back to York; then make my report to the Captain, telling him +where I had gone, all I had seen, including a description of the +country. If I had not been hurried, I would have made a sketch of the +valley. I can make a rough one after I get in. (<a href="#Para_1015">Par. 1015</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Suppose on your way back you saw hostile troops appearing on +the County Road, marching west over Sandy Ridge. Would you stay out +longer or would you consider that you should reach Oxford by 5 +o'clock?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal James:</strong> I would send a message back at once, and remain out +long enough to find out the strength and probable intention of the new +enemy.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain (to one platoon of his troop of cavalry):</strong> We will suppose that +this troop has just (9 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span>) arrived in Boling (<a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a>) on a +clear, dry, summer day. The enemy is supposed to be near Salem and we +have seen several of his patrols this morning on our march south to +Boling. Sergeant Allen, I call you up and give you these instructions: +"Take Corporal Burt's squad (eight men) and reconnoiter south by this +road (indicates the Boling-Morey house road) to Salem. I will take the +troop straight south to Salem and you will<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span> join it there about 10:15. +It is four and one-half miles to Salem. Start at once." (You have no +map.)</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would like to know just what the Captain wishes my +patrol to do. (<a href="#Para_965">Par. 965</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> We will suppose that this is one of the many occasions in +actual campaign where things must be done quickly. Where there is no +time for detailed orders. You know that the troop has been marching +south towards Salem where the enemy is supposed to be. You also know +we have seen several of his patrols. I have told you what the troop is +going to do, and from all this you should be able to decide what your +mission is in this case. We will, therefore, consider that there is no +time to give you more detailed orders, and you have to decide for +yourself. Of course, if you had failed to hear just what I said, then, +in spite of the necessity for haste, I would repeat my instructions to +you. (<a href="#Para_963">Par. 963</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would ride over to Corporal Burt's squad and lead it +out of the column to the road leading to the Morey house, and say, +"The troop is going on straight south to Salem, four and one-half +miles away. This squad will reconnoiter south to Salem by this road, +joining the troop there about 10:15. In case we become separated, make +for Salem. Corporal, take Brown and form the point. I will follow with +the squad about 300 yards in rear. Regulate your gait on me after you +get your distance. Move out now at a trot." (<a href="#Para_963">Par. 963</a>.)</p> + +<p>After Corporal Burt had gotten 150 yards out I would say, "Carter, +move out as connecting file." I would then say, "Downs, you will +follow about 150 yards behind us as rear guard." When Carter had gone +150 yards down the road I would order, "<strong>1. Forward; 2. Trot; 3. +March</strong>," and ride off at the head of the four remaining men (in column +of twos.) (<a href="#Para_968">Par. 968</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant, tell me briefly what is your estimate of the +situation—that is, what sort of a proposition you have before you and +how you have decided to handle it.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> As the enemy is supposed to be near Salem and we have +already seen his patrols, I expect to encounter more patrols and may +meet a strong body of the enemy, on my way to Salem. As I have no map, +I cannot tell anything about the road, except that it is about four +and one-half miles by the direct road the troop will follow, therefore +my route will be somewhat longer. I have been given an hour and +fifteen minutes in which to make the trip, so, if I move at a trot +along the safer portions of the road. I will have time to proceed very +slowly and cautiously along the dangerous portions. My patrol will be +stretched out about 500 yards on the road, which should make it +difficult for the enemy to surprise us and yet should permit my +controlling the movements of the men. (<a href="#Para_968">Par. 968</a>.)</p> + +<p>I consider that my mission is to start out on this road and find my +way around to Salem in about an hour and, particularly, to get word +across to the Captain on the other road of anything of importance +about the enemy that I may learn.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span><strong>Captain:</strong> Very well. When you reach the cut in the road across the +south nose of Hill 38, your point has almost reached the Morey house. +Do you make any change in your patrol?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I order, "<strong>1. Walk, 2. MARCH</strong>," and watch to see if the +connecting file observes the change in gait and comes to a walk.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Suppose he does not come to a walk?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would say, "Smith, gallop ahead and tell Carter to +walk and to keep more on the alert."</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Burt, you reach the road fork at Morey's. What do +you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Burt:</strong> I say, "Brown, wait here until Carter is close enough +to see which way you go and then trot up to me." I would walk on down +the road.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Wouldn't you make any inspection of the Morey house?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Burt:</strong> Not unless I saw something suspicious from the road. I +would expect the main body of the patrol to do that.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Don't you make any change on account of the woods you are +passing?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Burt:</strong> No, sir. It has very heavy underbrush and we would lose +valuable time trying to search through it. A large force of the enemy +would hardly hide in such a place.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Allen, you reach the road fork. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would have two men go into the Morey house to +question anyone they found there. I would order one of the other two +men to trot up (north) that road 200 yards and wait until I signaled +to him to return. With the other man I would await the result of the +inspection of the Morey house. Corporal Burt should have gone ahead +without orders to the cut in the road across Long Ridge, leaving Brown +half way between us. (<a href="#Para_987">Pars. 987</a> to 996.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You find no one at the Morey house.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would signal the man to the north to come in. I +would then order two men to "find a gate in the fence and trot up on +that hill (indicating Long Ridge), and look around the country and +join me down this road." (<a href="#Para_968">Par. 968</a>.) I would then start south at a +walk, halting at the cut to await the result of the inspection on the +country from the hill.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Foster, you and Lacey are the two men sent up on Long Ridge. +When you reach the hilltop you see four hostile cavalrymen trotting +north on the Valley Pike, across the railroad track.</p> + +<p><strong>Private Foster:</strong> I signal like this (enemy in sight), and wait to see +if they go on north. (<a href="#Para_978">Par. 978</a>.) Do I see anything else behind or +ahead of them?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You see no other signs of the enemy on any road. Everything +looks quiet. The hostile cavalrymen pass the Baker house and continue +north.</p> + +<p><strong>Private Foster:</strong> I would then take Lacey, trot down the ridge to +Sergeant Allen, keeping below the crest and report, "Sergeant, We saw +four hostile mounted men trotting north on the road about<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span> +three-quarters of a mile over there (pointing), and they kept on +north, across that road (pointing to the Brown-Baker-Oxford road). +There was nothing else in sight." I would then tell him what the +country to the south looked like, if he wanted to know.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Allen, what do you do now?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would continue toward the Brown house at a trot. I +would send no message to you as you already know there are hostile +patrols about and therefore this information would be of little or no +importance to you. (<a href="#Para_981">Par. 981</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You arrive at Brown's house.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would send two men in to question the people and I +would continue on at a walk. I would not send any one up the road +towards Oxford as Foster has already seen that road.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You should have sent a man several hundred yards out the Farm +Lane. (<a href="#Para_989">Par. 989</a>.) If he moved at a trot it would only have taken a +very short time. Continue to describe your movements.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would halt at the railroad track until I saw my two +men coming on from the Brown house. I would then direct the other two +men who were with me to go through the first opening in the fence to +the west and ride south along that ridge (62—Lone Hill—Twin Hills' +ridge) until I signaled them to rejoin. I would tell them to look out +for our troop over to the east. If there were a great many fences I +would not send them out until we were opposite the southern edge of +that woods ahead of us. There I would send them to the high ground to +look over the country, and return at once.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> There are a great many fences west of the road and +practically none east of the road to Sandy Creek. Just as you arrive +opposite the southern edge of those woods and are giving orders for +the two men to ride up the hill, you hear firing in the direction of +Bald Knob. In the road at the foot of the south slope of Bald Knob, +where the trail to the quarry starts off, you can see quite a clump of +horses. You see nothing to the west of your position or towards +Mason's. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I signal "RALLY" to Carter and Downs. If there is a +gate nearby I lead my men through it. If not, I have them cut or break +an opening in the fence and ride towards the railroad fill at a fast +trot, having one man gallop ahead as point.</p> + +<p>When we reach the fill, the point having first looked beyond it, I +order, "<strong>DISMOUNT</strong>. Lacey, hold the horses. <strong>1. As skirmishers along that +fill, 2. MARCH.</strong>" When Corporal Burt, Brown, Carter and Downs come up +Lacey takes their horses and they join the line of skirmishers. +Captain, what do I see from the fill?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> There appear to be about twenty or thirty horses in the +group. The firing seems to come from the cut in the road just north of +the horses and from the clump of trees by the Quarry. You can also +hear firing from a point further north on the road, apparently your +troop replying to the fire from Bald Knob. You see nothing in the road +south of the horses as far as Hill 42, which obstructs your view. What +action do you take?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I order, "<strong>AT THE FEET OF THOSE HORSES. RANGE, 850. +CLIP FIRE.</strong>"</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> What is your object in doing as you have done?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I know the captain intended to go to Salem with the +troop. From the fact that he is replying to the hostile fire I judge +he still wishes to push south. I was ordered to reconnoiter along this +road, but now a situation has arisen where the troop is being +prevented or delayed in doing what was desired and I am in what +appears to be a very favorable position from which to give assistance +to the troop and enable them to push ahead. I am practically in rear +of the enemy and within effective range of their lead horses. I +therefore think my mission has at least temporarily changed and I +should try and cause the twenty or thirty hostile troopers to draw off +(<a href="#Para_1011">Par. 1011</a>). Besides, I think it is my business to find out what the +strength of this enemy is and whether or not he has reinforcements +coming up from Salem, and send this information to the captain. From +my position I can still watch the Chester Pike.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> After you have emptied your clips you see the enemy running +down out of the cut and from among the trees mount their horses and +gallop south. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would send Foster across the creek above the trestle +(south of trestle), to ride across to that road (pointing towards the +cut on Bald Hill) and tell the captain, who is near there, that about +thirty men were on the hill and they have galloped south, and that I +am continuing towards Salem. I would have Foster repeat the message +that I gave him. I would then trot back to the Chester Pike and south +to Mason's, taking up our old formation.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You see nothing unusual at Mason's and continue south until +you reach the cross roads by the Smith farm. Corporal Burt and Private +Brown are near the stone bridge south of Smith's; Private Carter is +half way between you and Corporal Burt; and Private Downs is 100 yards +north of Smith's. You have three men with you. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> What time is it now?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> It is now 9:45 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span></p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would say, "Lacey, take Jackson and gallop as far as +that cut in the road (points east) and see if you can locate the enemy +or our troop in the valley beyond. I will wave my hat over my head +when I want you to return." I would then say to Private Moore, "Gallop +down to Corporal Burt and tell him to fall back in this direction 100 +yards, and then you return here bringing the other two men with you." +I would then await the result of Private Lacey's reconnaissance, +sending Carter to the turn in the road 200 yards west of the cross +roads.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Lacey, what do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Private Lacey:</strong> I order Jackson, "Follow 75 yards behind me and watch +for signals from Sergeant Allen," and I then gallop across the steel +bridge and half way up the hill. I then move cautiously up to the cut +and, if the fences permit, I ride up on the side of the cut, +dis<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span>mounting just before reaching the crest of the ridge, and walk +forward until I can see into the valley beyond.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You see no signs of the enemy in the valley, but you see your +own troop on the road by the Gibbs farm with a squad in advance in the +road on Hill 42.</p> + +<p><strong>Private Lacey:</strong> I look towards Sergeant Allen to see if he is +signaling. I make no signals.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> What do you do, Sergeant?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I wave my hat for Private Lacey to return. I wave to +Private Downs to join me and when Private Lacey arrives I signal +"ASSEMBLE" to Corporal Burt and then say, "Lacey, join Corporal Burt +and tell him to follow me as rear guard. Martin, join Carter and tell +him to trot west. We will follow. You stay with him." After he got +started I would order, "Follow me. <strong>1. Trot; 2. MARCH.</strong>"</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> When Private Carter reaches the crest of the ridge about +one-half mile west of Smith's he signals, "Enemy in sight in large +numbers," and he remains in the road with Martin fifty yards in rear. +(<a href="#Para_978">Par. 978</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I order, "<strong>1. Walk; 2. MARCH.</strong> <strong>1. Squad; 2. HALT</strong>," and +gallop up to Private Carter, dismount just before reaching the crest, +give my horse up to Private Martin, and run forward.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Carter points out what appears to be a troop of cavalry +standing in the road leading north out of York, just on the edge of +the town. You see about four mounted men 200 yards out of York on your +road, halted, and about the same number on the Valley Pike near where +it crosses the first stream north of York. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I wait about three minutes to see if they are going to +move.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> They remain halted, the men at York appear to be dismounted.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I write the following message:</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-2">Hill <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> mile N. E. of York,</span><br /> +10 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span></p> + +<p>Captain X:</p> + +<p>A hostile troop of cavalry is standing in road at YORK (west of +SALEM) with squads halted on N. and N. E. roads from YORK. Nothing +else seen. Will remain in observation for the present. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Allen,</span><br /> +Sgt.</p> + +<p>I would give the message to Martin, who had previously brought my +horse up close in rear of the crest, and would say to him, "Take this +message to the captain, straight across to the road the troop is on, +and turn south towards Salem if you do not see them at first. Take +Lacey with you. Tell him what you have seen. He knows where the troop +is." I would have Carter hold my horse, and watch the remainder of the +patrol for signals, while I observed the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> At the end of five minutes the hostile troop trots north on +the Valley Pike, the patrol on your road rides across to the Valley +Pike and follows the troop.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would wait until the troops had crossed the creek +north of York and would then face my patrol east and trot to the cross +roads at Smith's, turn south and continue to Salem, sending one man to +ride up on Sandy Ridge, keeping the patrol in sight.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> We have carried out the problem far enough. It furnishes a +good example of the varying situations a patrol leader has to meet. +Good judgment or common sense must be used in deciding on the proper +course to follow. You must always think of what your chief is trying +to do and then act in the way you think will best help him to +accomplish his object. If you have carefully decided just what mission +you have been given to accomplish, you cannot easily go wrong. In +handling a mounted patrol you must remember that if the men become +widely separated in strange country, or even in country they are +fairly familiar with, they are most apt to lose all contact with each +other or become lost themselves.</p> + + +<h4>Problem No. 2. (Infantry)</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1019" id="Para_1019">1019</a>. Captain (to one platoon of his company):</strong> We will suppose it is +about half an hour before dawn. One platoon of the company is deployed +as skirmishers, facing north, in the cut where the County Road crosses +Sandy Ridge. It is the extreme right of a line of battle extending +west along the line of the County Road. The fight was not commenced. +This platoon is resting in a wheat field between the railroad and the +foot of the slope of Sandy Ridge, 200 yards south of the County Road. +Sergeant Allen, I call you up and give you these instructions: "The +enemy's line is off in that direction (pointing northwest). Take six +men and work north along the railroad until it is light enough to see; +then locate the hostile line and keep me informed of their movements. +I will be in this vicinity. You have a compass. Start at once." +Describe briefly the formation of your patrol while it is moving in +the dark.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> One man will lead. A second man will follow about +fifteen yards in rear of him. I will follow the second man at the same +distance with three more men, and the last man will be about twenty +yards in rear of me. All will have bayonets fixed, loaded and pieces +locked. One short, low whistle will mean, <strong>Halt</strong>, two short whistles +will mean, <strong>Forward</strong>, and the word "Sandy" will be the countersign by +which we can identify each other.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Very well. We will suppose that you reach the steel trestle +over Sandy Creek just at dawn and have met no opposition and heard +nothing of the enemy. On either side of Sandy Creek are fields of +standing corn about six feet tall. In the present dim light you can +only see a few hundred yards off.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> The patrol being halted I would walk forward to the +leading man (Brown) and say, "Brown, take Carter and form the point +for the patrol, continuing along this railroad. We will follow about +150 yards in rear." I would then rejoin the main body of the patrol +and order the man in rear to follow about 75 yards in rear of us. When +the point had gained its distance I would move forward with the main +body, ordering one man to move along the creek bank (west bank), +keeping abreast of us until I signaled to him to come in.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span><strong>Captain:</strong> Just as you reach the northern end of the railroad fill your +point halts and you detect some movement in the road to the west of +you. It is rapidly growing lighter.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would move the main body by the left flank into the +corn, signaling to the man following the creek to rejoin, and for the +rear guard to move off the track also. I would expect Brown to do the +same, even before he saw what we had done. I would then close up on +the point until I could see it and, halting all the patrol, I would +order Foster to take Lacey and work over towards the road to see what +is there and to report back to me immediately.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> In a few minutes Foster returns and reports, "The enemy is +moving south in the road and in the field beyond, in line of squads or +sections. A hostile patrol is moving southeast across the field behind +us. We were not seen."</p> + +<p>(Note: This situation could well have been led up to by requiring +Private Foster to explain how he conducted his reconnaissance and +having him formulate his report on the situation as given.)</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would then work my patrol closer to the road, +keeping Foster out on that flank, and prepare to follow south in rear +of the hostile movement.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> The information you have gained is so important that you +should have sent a man back to me with a verbal message, particularly +as you are in a very dangerous position, and may not be able to send a +message later. While you have not definitely located the left of the +enemy's line, you have apparently discovered what appears to be a +movement of troops forward to form the left of the attacking line. +Your action in turning south to follow the troops just reported, is +proper, as you now know you are partly in rear of the hostile movement +and must go south to locate the hostile flank that your mission +requires you to report on.</p> + +<p>You men must picture in your minds the appearance of the country the +sergeant is operating through. His patrol is now in a field of high +standing corn. Unless you are looking down between the regular rows of +corn you can only see a few yards ahead of you. The road has a wire +fence and is bordered by a fairly heavy growth of high weeds and +bushes. The ground is dry and dusty. Sergeant, how do you conduct your +movement south?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> As my patrol is now in a very dangerous neighborhood +and very liable to be caught between two hostile lines, with a deep +creek between our present position and our platoon, I think it best to +move cautiously southeast until I reach the creek bank (I cannot see +it from where I now am), and then follow the creek south. I think I am +very apt to find the enemy's left resting on this creek. Besides, if I +do not soon locate the enemy, I can hold the main body of my patrol +close to the creek and send scouts in towards the road to search for +the enemy. It will also be much easier to send information back to the +platoon from the creek bank, as a messenger can ford it and head +southeast until he strikes the railroad and then follow that straight +back to our starting point. It would thus be very difficult for him to +get lost.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span><strong>Captain:</strong> You move southeast and strike the creek bank just south of +the railroad trestle. You now hear artillery fire off to the west and +a rifle fire to the southwest which gradually increases in volume. You +see a high cloud of dust hanging over the road on the hill west of +Mason's and south of this road on the north slope of the northern-most +knoll of the Twin Hills, you can occasionally see the flash of a gun, +artillery being discharged. There seems to be no rifle firing directly +in your front.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I hurriedly write the following message:</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-2">At Ry. trestle 1 mi. N. of Platoon,</span><br /> +5:15 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span></p> + +<p>Captain X:</p> + +<p>Can see arty. firing from position on N. slope of knoll on high +ridge to W. of me, and <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> mi. S. of E. and W. road. Hostile line +is S. of me. Have not located it. Will move S. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Allen,</span><br /> +Sgt. (<a href="#Para_974">Par. 974</a>.)</p> + +<p>I hand this to Private Smith and say to him. "Carry this quickly to +the captain. Follow the railroad back until you cross a wagon road. +Our platoon should be to the west of the track just beyond the road." +I also read the message to Smith and point out the hostile artillery. +I have considered that I sent a message before telling about the +hostile advance.</p> + +<p>I then continue south, moving slowly and with great caution. I +instruct the remaining four men that in case we are surprised to try +to cross the creek and follow the railroad back to the platoon.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Your information about the hostile artillery position was +important and should have been sent in, provided you think your +description of the hostile position was sufficiently clear to be +understood by an observer within your own lines.</p> + +<p>There is some question as to the advisability of your remaining on the +west bank of the creek. Still you would not be able to tell from where +you were what direction the creek took, so you probably would remain +on the west bank for the present.</p> + +<p>You continue south for about 150 yards and your leading man halts, +comes back to you, and reports that the corn ahead is broken and +trampled, showing it has been passed over by foot troops. About the +same time you hear rifle fire to your immediate front. It sounds very +close.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I say, "Cross this creek at once," and when we reach +the other bank and the patrol forms again, we move slowly south, all +the men keeping away from the creek bank, except myself, and I march +opposite the two men constituting the main body.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> About this time you detect a movement in the corn across the +creek in rear of the place you have just left. You think it is a body +of troops moving south. The firing in front seems to be delivered from +a point about two or three hundred yards south of you and you can hear +heavy firing from off in the direction of your company, a few bullets +passing overhead. There are scattered trees along the creek and some +bushes close to the edge.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would conceal myself close to the bank, the patrol +being back, out of sight from the opposite bank, and await +developments.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant, your patrol is in a dangerous position. The enemy +will very likely have a patrol or detachment in rear and beyond his +flank. This patrol would probably cross the railroad trestle and take +you in rear. You should have given the last men in your patrol +particular instructions to watch the railroad to the north. It would +have been better if you had sent one man over to the railroad, which +is only a short distance away, and had him look up and down the track +and also make a hurried survey of the country from an elevated +position on the fill.</p> + +<p>I also think it would be better not to await developments where you +now are, but to push south and make sure of the position of the left +of the enemy's firing line, later you can devote more time to the +movements in rear of the first line. You are taking too many chances +in remaining where you are. I do not mean that you should leave merely +because you might have some of your men killed or captured, but +because if this did occur you would probably not be able to accomplish +your mission. Later you may have to run a big chance of sacrificing +several of your men, in order to get the desired information, which +would be entirely justifiable. Tell me how your men are arranged and +what your next movement would be.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I have four men left, I am close to the stream's bank, +under cover; two men are about 25 yards further away from the stream; +Private Brown is up stream as far off as he can get and still see the +other two men, and Private Foster is down stream the same distance. +Both Brown and Foster are well back from the stream. The two men in +the middle, the main body of the patrol, make their movements conform +to mine, and Brown and Foster regulate their movements on the main +body. I will move south until I can locate the enemy's advance line.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> When you are opposite the Mason house, Brown comes back to +you, having signaled halt, and reports he can see the enemy's firing +line about 100 yards ahead on the other side of the stream, and that a +small detachment is crossing the stream just beyond where he was. What +do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I creep forward with Brown to verify his report. The +remainder of the patrol remains in place.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You find everything as Brown reported. You see that the +firing line extends along the southern edge of the cornfield, facing +an uncultivated field covered with grass and frequent patches of weeds +two or three feet high. You cannot determine how strong the line is, +but a heavy fire is being delivered. You cannot see the detachment +that crossed the creek south of you because of the standing corn.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I crawl back to the main body, leaving Brown, and +write the following message:</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-2"><span class="frac_top">5</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">6</span> mi. N. of Platoon,</span><br /> +5:32 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span></p> + +<p>Captain X:</p> + +<p>Enemy's left rests on creek <span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> mile to your front, along S. edge +of cornfield. Creek is 5 ft. deep by 60 ft. wide. Hostile patrols +have crossed the creek. Will watch their rear. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">Allen,</span><br /> +Sgt.</p> + +<p>I give this to Private James and say, "Go over to the railroad +(pointing), then turn to your right and follow the track until you +cross a wagon road. Our platoon is just beyond that, on this side of +the track. Give this message to the captain. Hurry."</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You should have either read the message to James or had him +read it. You should also have cautioned him to watch out for that +hostile detachment. It might be better to send another man off with a +duplicate of the message, as there is quite a chance that James may +not get through and the message is all-important. James, you get back +to the wagon road here (pointing) and find yourself in the right of +your battle line, but cannot locate me or the company right away.</p> + +<p><strong>Private James:</strong> I would show the note to the first officer I saw in any +event, and in this case, I would turn it over to the officer who +appeared to be in command of the battalion or regiment on the right of +the line, telling him what company the patrol belonged to, when we +went out, etc.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> What do you do, sergeant?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I start to move north a short distance in order to +find out what reënforcements are in rear of the hostile line.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> After you have moved about 75 yards you are suddenly fired +into from across the creek, and at the same time from the direction of +the railroad trestle. Your men break and run east through the corn and +you follow, but lose sight of them. When you cross the railroad fill +you are fired on from the direction of the bridge. You finally stop +behind the railroad fill on the quarry switch, where two of your men +join you.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Allen:</strong> I would start south to rejoin the company and report.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That would be a mistake. It would require a long time for a +second patrol to make its way out over unknown ground, filled with +hostile patrols, to a point where they could observe anything in rear +of the hostile flank. You are now fairly familiar with the ground, you +also know about where the hostile patrols are and you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span> have two men +remaining. After a brief rest in some concealed place nearby, you +should start out again to make an effort to determine the strength of +the troops in rear of the hostile flank near you, or at least remain +out where you could keep a sharp lookout for any attempted turning +movement by the enemy. Should anything important be observed you can +send back a message and two of you remain to observe the next +developments before returning. The information you might send back and +the additional information you might carry back, would possibly enable +your own force to avoid a serious reverse or obtain a decided victory.</p> + +<p>Your work would be very hazardous, but it is necessary, and while +possibly resulting in loss of one or two of your men, it might prevent +the loss of hundreds in your main force.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_V_III" id="CHAPTER_V_III"></a>CHAPTER V</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">THE SERVICE OF SECURITY</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Based on the Field Service Regulations.)</p> + + +<h4>General Principles</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1020" id="Para_1020">1020</a>. The Service of Security</strong> embraces all those measures taken by a +military force to protect itself against surprise, annoyance or +observation by the enemy. On the march, that portion of a command +thrown out to provide this security is called an advance, flank or +rear guard, depending on whether it is in front, to the flank or in +rear of the main command; in camp or bivouac, it is called the +outpost.</p> + +<p>The principal duties of these bodies being much the same, their +general formations are also very similar. There is (1) the cavalry +covering the front; next (2) a group (4 men to a platoon) or line of +groups in observation; then (3) the support, or line of supports, +whose duty is to furnish the men for the observation groups and check +an enemy's attempt to advance until reinforcements can arrive; still +farther in rear is (4) the reserve.</p> + +<p>In small commands of an infantry regiment or less there usually will +not be any cavalry to cover the front, and the reserve is generally +omitted. Even the support may be omitted and the observation group or +line of groups be charged with checking the enemy, in addition to its +regular duties of observation. But whatever the technical designation +of these subdivisions, the rearmost one is always in fact a reserve. +For example, if the command is so small that the subdivision formally +designated as the reserve is omitted, the rear element (squad or +platoon or company, etc.) is used as a reserve. As this text deals +principally with small commands and only those larger than a regiment +usually have the subdivision termed the reserve, this distinction +between the element in the Field Service Regulations called the +reserve and the actual reserve, must be thoroughly understood.</p> + +<p>The arrangements or formations of all detachments thrown out from the +main force to provide security against the enemy, are very flexible, +varying with every military situation and every different kind of +country. The commander of such a detachment must, therefore, avoid +blindly arranging his men according to some fixed plan and at certain +fixed distances. Acquire a general understanding of the principles of +the service of security and then with these principles as a foundation +use common sense in disposing troops for this duty.</p> + + +<h4>ADVANCE GUARD</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1021" id="Para_1021">1021</a>. Definition and Duties.</strong> An advance guard is a detachment of a +marching column thrown out in advance to protect the main column from +being surprised and to prevent its march from being delayed or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span> +interrupted. (The latter duty is generally forgotten and many +irritating, short halts result, which wear out or greatly fatigue the +main body, the strength of which the advance guard is supposed to +conserve.)</p> + +<p>In detail the duties of the advance guard are:</p> + +<p>1. To guard against surprise and furnish information by reconnoitering +to the front and flanks.</p> + +<p>2. To push back small parties of the enemy and prevent their +observing, firing upon or delaying the main body.</p> + +<p>3. To check the enemy's advance in force long enough to permit the +main body to prepare for action.</p> + +<p>4. When the enemy is met on the defenses, seize a good position and +locate his lines, care being taken not to bring on a general +engagement unless the advance guard commander is authorized to do so.</p> + +<p>5. To remove obstacles, repair the road, and favor in every way +possible the steady march of the column.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1022" id="Para_1022">1022</a>. Strength:</strong> The strength of the advance guard varies from +one-ninth to one-third of the total command. The larger the force the +larger in proportion is the advance guard, for a larger command takes +relatively longer to prepare for action than a small one. For example, +a company of 100 men would ordinarily have an advance guard of from +one to two squads, as the company could deploy as skirmishers in a few +seconds. On the other hand, a division of 20,000 men would ordinarily +have an advance guard of about 4,500 men, all told, as it would +require several hours for a division to deploy and the advance guard +must be strong enough to make a stubborn fight.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1023" id="Para_1023">1023</a>. Composition.</strong> The advance guard is principally composed of +infantry, preceded if possible, by cavalry well to the front. When +there is only infantry, much more patrolling is required of the front +troops than when cavalry (called "Advance cavalry") is out in advance. +This book does not deal with large advance guards containing artillery +and engineers. Machine guns, however, will be frequently used in small +advance guards to hold bridges, defiles, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1024" id="Para_1024">1024</a>. Distance From Main Body.</strong> The distance at which the advance guard +precedes the main body or the main body follows the advance guard +depends on the military situation and the ground. It should always be +great enough to allow the main body time to deploy before it can be +seriously engaged. For instance the advance guard of a company, say 1 +squad, should be 350 to 500 yards in advance of the company. The +distance from the leading man back to the principal group of the squad +should generally be at least 150 yards. This, added to the distance +back to the main body or company, makes a distance of from 500 to 650 +yards from the leading man to the head of the main body.</p> + +<p>Examples:</p> + +<table summary="Advance gueard size and distance from main body."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th>Command.</th> + <th>Advance Guard.</th> + <th>Distance (yds.).</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>Patrol of 1 squad</td> + <td>2 men</td> + <td>100 to 300</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Section of 3 squads</td> + <td>4 men</td> + <td>200 to 400</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Inf. platoon of 50 men</td> + <td>1 squad</td> + <td>300 to 450</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Cav. platoon of 20 men</td> + <td>4 men</td> + <td>300 to 450</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Inf. company of 108 men</td> + <td>1 to 2 squads</td> + <td>350 to 500</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Cav. troop of 86 men<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span></td> + <td><span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> platoon</td> + <td>450 to 600</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Inf. battalion</td> + <td><span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> to 1 company</td> + <td>500 to 700</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Cav. squadron</td> + <td><span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> to 1 troop</td> + <td>600 to 800</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>These are not furnished as fixed numbers and distances, but are merely +to give the student an approximate, concrete idea.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1025" id="Para_1025">1025</a>. Connecting Files.</strong> It should be remembered that between the +advance guard and the main body, and between the several groups into +which the advance guard is subdivided, connecting files are placed so +as to furnish a means of communicating, generally by signals, between +the elements (groups) of the column. There should be a connecting file +for at least ever, 300 yards. For example, suppose the advance guard +of a platoon is 300 yards in front of the main body. In ordinary +rolling country, not heavily wooded, a connecting file would be placed +half way between the two elements—150 yards from each one.</p> + +<p>It is generally wiser to use two men together instead of one, because +this leaves one man free to watch for signals from the front while the +other watches the main body. However, in very small commands like a +company, this is not practicable, as the extra man could not be +spared.</p> + + +<h5>FORMATION OF ADVANCE GUARDS.</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1026" id="Para_1026">1026</a>. Subdivisions.</strong> The advance guard of a large force like a brigade +or division is subdivided into a number of groups or elements, +gradually increasing in size from front to rear. The reason for this +is that, as has already been explained, a larger group or force +requires longer to deploy or prepare to fight than a smaller one, +therefore the small subdivisions are placed in front where they can +quickly deploy and hold the enemy temporarily in check while the +larger elements in rear are deploying. The number of these +subdivisions decreases as the strength of the advance guard decreases, +until we find the advance guard of a company consists of one or two +squads, which naturally cannot be subdivided into more than two +groups; and the advance guard of a squad composed of two men, which +admits of no subdivision.</p> + +<table summary="Subdivisions of advance guards"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th colspan="7"> </th> + <th>Distance to next element in rear.</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td colspan="7"><strong>Advance Cavalry</strong></td> + <td>1 to 5 miles</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td rowspan="3"><strong>Support</strong></td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0110"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td><strong>Advance party</strong></td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0110"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td><strong>Point</strong></td> + <td>150 to 300 yds.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1100"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0001"> </td> + <td>(<strong>furnishes patrols</strong>)</td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1100"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td><strong>Advance party proper</strong></td> + <td>300 to 600 yds.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td colspan="4"><strong>Support proper</strong></td> + <td>400 to 800 yds.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="7"><strong>Reserve</strong> (usually omitted in small commands)</td> + <td>500 yds. to 1 mile</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The distances vary principally with the size of the command—slightly +with the character of the country.</p> + +<p>The advance cavalry is that part of the advance guard going in front +of all the foot troops. It is generally one to five miles in advance +of the infantry of the advance guard, reconnoitering at least far +enough to the front and flanks to guard the column against surprise by +artillery fire—4,500 yards.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1027" id="Para_1027">1027</a>. Support.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) The support constitutes the principal element or +group of all advance guards. It follows the advance cavalry, when +there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span> is any, and leads the advance guard when there is no cavalry. +The support of a large command is subdivided within itself in much the +same manner as the advance guard as a whole is subdivided. It varies +in strength from one-fourth to one-half of the advance guard.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1028" id="Para_1028">1028</a>. (b) Advance Party.</strong> As the support moves out it sends forward an +advance party several hundred yards, the distance varying with the +nature of the country and size of the command. For example, the +advance party of a support of one company of 108 men, would ordinarily +be composed of one section of three squads, and would march about 300 +yards in advance of the company in open country, and about 200 yards +in wooded country.</p> + +<p>The advance party sends out the patrols to the front and flanks to +guard the main body of the support from surprise by effective rifle +fire. Patrols are only sent out to the flanks to examine points that +cannot be observed from the road. As a rule they will have to rejoin +some portion of the column in rear of the advance party. As the +advance party becomes depleted in strength in this manner, fresh men +are sent forward from the main body of the support to replace those +who have fallen behind while patrolling. When there is advance +cavalry, much less patrolling is required of the infantry.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) The point is a patrol sent forward by the advance party 150 to 300 +yards. When the advance party is large enough the point should +ordinarily consist of a complete squad, commanded by an officer or +experienced noncommissioned officer. It is merely a patrol in front of +the column and takes the formation described for patrols.</p> + +<p>(<strong>d</strong>) The commander of the support ordinarily marches with the advance +party. He should have a map and control of the guide, if any is +present. He sees that the proper road is followed; that guides are +left in towns and at crossroads; that bridges, roads, etc., are +repaired promptly so as not to delay the march of the column and that +information of the enemy is promptly sent back to the advance guard +commander; he verifies the correctness of this information, if +possible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1029" id="Para_1029">1029</a>.</strong> (<strong>a</strong>) A thorough understanding of the arrangement of the support +and the duties of the leaders of its subdivisions—point, flank +patrols, advance party and main body (of the support)—is of the +greatest importance to a noncommissioned officer. For example, the +ignorance of one noncommissioned officer leading the advance party of +a column of troops six miles long can cause the entire column to be +delayed. If he halts because a few shots are fired at his men, and +conducts a careful reconnaissance before attacking (instead of pushing +right in on the enemy, forcing him to fall back quickly, if a weak +detachment; or, to disclose his strength, if strong), the entire +column, six miles long, is halted, the march interrupted, valuable +time lost, and what is more important, the men irritated and tired +out.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) The leader of the point must understand that as the principal duty +of an advance guard is to secure the safe and uninterrupted march of +the main body, he is the first man to discharge this duty. If, for +example, his squad receives a volley of shots from some point to the +front, he cannot take the time and precautions the commander of a +large body would take to reconnoiter the enemy's position, determine<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span> +something about his strength, etc., before risking an attack. If he +did he would not be securing the uninterrupted march of the main body. +He has to deploy instantly and press the enemy hard until the hostile +opposition disappears or the advance party comes up and its commander +takes charge. The point will lose men in this way, but it is +necessary, for otherwise one small combat patrol could delay the march +time after time.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) The same problem must be met in much the same manner by the leader +of the advance party. In this case there is more time to think, as the +point, being in advance, will have begun the fight before the advance +party arrives; but the leader of the advance party must use his men +freely and quickly to force the enemy to "show his hand," thus +preventing small harassing or combat detachments from delaying the +march.</p> + +<p>(<strong>d</strong>) As the subdivisions of the advance guard become larger their +leaders act with increasing caution, for as soon as it develops that +the enemy in front is really present in some strength, then a halt +becomes obligatory and a careful reconnaissance necessary.</p> + +<p>(<strong>e</strong>) The leader of every subdivision must always start a reconnaissance +the instant the enemy develops. He may, as in the case of the point, +only send one man around to discover the enemy's strength; or, if the +leader of the main body of the support, he may send an entire squad. +In almost every case the instant he has given his orders for deploying +and firing at or rushing the enemy, he sends out his man or men to +work around to a position permitting a view of the hostile force. +Every noncommissioned officer should impress this on his memory so +that he will not forget it in the excitement of a sudden engagement.</p> + +<p>(<strong>f</strong>) No attempt should be made to subdivide the advance guard of a +small force into all the elements previously described. For example, +the advance guard of a squad is simply a point of one or two men; the +advance guard of a company is usually no more than a squad acting as a +point, the squad actually having several men from 100 to 150 yards in +advance, who really constitute a point for the squad; the advance +guard of a battalion would usually consist of a company or less +distributed as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span> an advance party proper and a point. The advance guard +of a regiment would have no reserve—if, for example, a battalion were +used as the advance guard of a regiment, there would be only a +support, which would be distributed about as follows: A support proper +of about three companies and an advance party (point included) of +about one company.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1029.png" width="500" height="220" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1030" id="Para_1030">1030</a>. Reserve.</strong> An advance guard large enough to have a reserve would +be distributed as follows:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1030a.png" width="500" height="215" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p>The distance Z would be greater than Y and Y would be greater than X. +For example, a regiment acting as the advance guard of a brigade +would, under ordinary conditions, be distributed about as follows:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1030b.png" width="500" height="267" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p>As only large commands have a reserve, which would always be commanded +by an officer, noncommissioned officers need not give this much +consideration, but it must be understood that while this fourth +subdivision of the advance guard is the only one officially termed +reserve, the last subdivision of any advance guard actually is a +reserve, no matter what its official designation.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span>The advance guard of a cavalry command adopts formations similar to +those described above, except that the distances are increased because +of the rapidity with which the command can close up or deploy. An +advance party with a few patrols is usually enough for a squadron, and +precedes it from 600 to 1,000 yards.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1031" id="Para_1031">1031</a>. Reconnaissance.</strong> In reconnaissance the patrols are, as a rule, +small (from two to six men).</p> + +<p>The flanking patrols, whether of the advance cavalry or of the advance +party, are sent out to examine the country wherever the enemy might be +concealed. If the nature of the ground permits, these patrols march +across country or along roads and trails parallel to the march of the +column. For cavalry patrols this is often possible; but with infantry +patrols and even with those that are mounted, reconnaissance is best +done by sending the patrols to high places along the line of march to +overlook the country and examine the danger points. These patrols +signal the results of their observations and, unless they have other +instructions, join the columns by the nearest routes, other patrols +being sent out as the march proceeds and as the nature of the country +requires.</p> + +<p>Deserters, suspicious characters and bearers of flags of truce (the +latter blindfolded), are taken to the advance guard commander.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1032" id="Para_1032">1032</a>. Advance Guard Order.</strong> On receipt of the order for a march +designating the troops for the advance guard, the commander of the +latter makes his estimate of the situation; that is, he looks at the +map or makes inquiries to determine what sort of a country he must +march through and the nature of the roads; he considers what the +chances are of encountering the enemy, etc., and then how he should +best arrange his advance guard to meet these conditions, and what time +the different elements of his advance guard must start in order to +take their proper place in the column. He then issues his order at the +proper time—the evening before if possible and he deems it best, or +the morning of the march.</p> + +<p>The order for a large advance guard would ordinarily be written; for a +small command it would almost invariably be verbal, except that the +commander or leader of each element should always make written notes +of the principal points, such as the road to be followed, time to +start, distances, etc.</p> + + +<h5>ADVANCE GUARD PROBLEMS</h5> + +<h6>Problem No. 1. (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1033" id="Para_1033">1033</a>. Captain (to one platoon of his company):</strong> We will assume that our +battalion camped last night at Oxford (<a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a>) in the enemy's +country. It is now sunrise, 5:30 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span>; camp has been broken and we +are ready to march. The officers have returned from reporting to the +major for orders and I fall in the company and give the following +orders:</p> + +<p>"A regiment of the enemy's cavalry is thought to be marching towards +Salem from the south. Our battalion will march at once towards Salem +to guard the railroad trestle over Sandy Creek, following this road +(pointing southeast along the road out of Oxford) and the Chester Pike +Which is one and three-quarters miles from here.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span>"This company will form the advance guard.</p> + +<p>"Sergeant Adams, you will take Corporal Baker's squad and form the +point, followed by the remainder of the company at about 400 yards. +Patrols and connecting files will be furnished by the company.</p> + +<p>"The company wagon will join the wagons of the battalion.</p> + +<p>"I will be with the company.</p> + +<p>"Move out at once."</p> + +<p>The weather is fine and the roads are good and free from dust. It is +August and nearly all the crops are harvested. Bushes and weeds form a +considerable growth along the fences bordering the road.</p> + +<p>Sergeant, give your orders.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> 1st squad, <strong>1. Right, 2. FACE, 1. Forward, 2. MARCH.</strong> +Corporal Baker, take Carter (Baker's rear rank man) and go ahead of +the squad about 200 yards. Move out rapidly until you get your +distance and then keep us in sight.</p> + +<p>I would then have the two leading men of the rest of the squad follow +on opposite sides of the road, as close to the fence as possible for +good walking. This would put the squad in two columns of files of +three men each, leaving the main roadway clear and making the squad as +inconspicuous as possible, without interfering with ease of marching +or separating the men. [<a href="#Para_1028">Par. 1028 (c)</a>.] What sort of crops are in the +fields on either side of the road?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> The field on the right (south) is meadow land; that on the +left, as far as the railroad, is cut hay; beyond the railroad there is +more meadow land.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I would have told Corporal Baker to wait at the cross +roads by the Baker house for orders and—</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> If you were actually on the ground you probably could not see +the cross roads from Oxford. In solving map problems like these do not +take advantage of seeing on the map all the country that you are +supposed to go over, and then give orders about doing things at places +concerning which you would not probably have any knowledge if actually +on the ground without the map.</p> + +<p>Besides, in this particular case, it was a mistake to have your point +wait at the cross roads. If there was any danger of their taking the +wrong road it would be a different matter, but here your mission +requires you to push ahead. (<a href="#Para_1029">Par. 1029</a>.) The major is trying to get +south of the trestle towards Salem before the cavalry can arrive and +destroy it.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I would march steadily along the road, ordering the +last man to keep a lookout to the rear for signals from the connecting +file (Par. 511a), and I would direct one of the leading men to watch +for signals from Corporal Baker.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You should have given the direction about watching for +signals earlier, as this is very important. You also should have +ordered two men to follow along the timber by the creek to your south +until you signaled for them to come in. The trees along the creek +would obstruct your view over the country beyond the creek.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> But I thought, Captain, that the patrolling was to be +done by the company.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span><strong>Captain:</strong> Yes, the patrolling is to be done by the company, but the +creek is only a quarter of a mile, about 400 yards, from the road you +are following and the men sent there are merely flankers, not a +patrol. You have eight men under your command and you are responsible +for the ground within several hundred yards on either side of your +route of march. Long Ridge is almost too far for you to send your men, +because they would fall far behind in climbing and descending its +slopes, but it would not be a great mistake if you sent two men there. +As Long Ridge affords an extended view of the valley through which the +Chester Pike runs, a patrol should go up on it and remain there until +the battalion passes, and this would be more than the leading squad +could be expected to attend to. The creek is almost too far from the +road in places, but as it is open meadow land you can keep the men +within easy touch of you and recall them by signal at any moment you +desire. In this work you can see how much depends on good judgment and +a proper understanding of one's mission.</p> + +<p>Corporal Baker, explain how you would move out with Carter.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Baker:</strong> We would alternate the walk and double time until we +had gotten about 200 yards ahead of the squad. I would then say, +"Carter, walk along this side of the road (indicates side), keeping on +the lookout for signals from the squad. I will go about fifty yards +ahead of you." I would keep to the opposite side of the road from +Carter, trying to march steadily at the regular marching gait, and +keeping a keen watch on everything in front and to the flanks.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Very good. When you arrive at the cross roads you see a man +standing in the yard of the Baker house.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Baker:</strong> I would not stop, but would continue on by the cross +roads, as I have no time to question the man and the Sergeant will +want to do that. I would call to him and ask him if he had seen any of +the enemy about and how far it was to the Chester Pike. If anything +looked suspicious around the house or barnyard, I would investigate.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant, you arrive at the cross roads, and see the Corporal +and Carter going on ahead of you.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I would have already signaled to the two men following +the creek to come in and would send a man to meet them with the +following order: "Tell Davis to move along the railroad fill with +Evans, keeping abreast of us. Then you return to me." I would then +say, "Fiske, look in that house and around the barn and orchard and +then rejoin me down this road (pointing east)." I would have the +civilian join me and walk down the road with me while I questioned +him.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Do you think you have made careful arrangements for searching +the house, etc., by leaving only one man to do the work?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I have not sufficient men nor time enough to do much +more. I simply want to make sure things are reasonably safe and I +thought that a couple of men from the main body of the advance guard +would do any careful searching, questioning, etc., that might be +deemed necessary. I must not delay the march.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That is right. You learn nothing from the civilian and he +does not arouse any suspicion on your part. You continue along the +road. The fields to the north of the road are in wheat stubble; the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span> +ground to the south, between your road and the railroad, is rough, +rocky grass land with frequent clumps of bushes. Davis and Evans, your +right flankers on the railroad fill, are just approaching the cut; +Fiske has rejoined; Corporal Baker and his men are about 200 yards +from the road forks at Brown's, and you and your four men are 200 +yards in their rear, at the turn of the road. At this moment a half +dozen shots are fired down the road in your direction from behind the +wall along the edge of the orchard on the Brown farm. This firing +continues and your two leading men are lying down at the roadside +returning the fire. Tell me quickly just what you are going to do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I order my four men to deploy as skirmishers in that +field (pointing to the rough ground south of the road); I go under the +fence with the men and lead them forward at a fast run, unless the +fire is very heavy.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain</strong> (interrupting the Sergeant): Davis, you had just reached the +cut on the railroad when this happened. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Private Davis:</strong> I take Evans forward with me at a run through the cut. +What do I see along the Chester Pike or Sandy Creek?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> You see no sign of the enemy any place, except the firing +over the wall.</p> + +<p><strong>Private Davis:</strong> I run down the south side of the fill and along towards +the road with Evans to open fire on the enemy from their flank, and +also to see what is in the orchard. I will probably cross the road so +that I can see behind the stone wall.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That's fine and shows how you should go ahead at such a time +without any orders. There is usually no time or opportunity at such a +moment for sending instructions and you must use common sense and do +something. Generally it would have been better to have tried to signal +or send word back that there was nothing in sight along the road or in +the valley, but in this particular case you could probably do more +good by going quickly around in rear as you did, to discover what was +there and assist in quickly dislodging whatever it was. If there had +been no nose of the ridge to hide you as you came up and a convenient +railroad fill to hurry along behind as you made for the road, your +solution might have been quite different.</p> + +<p>Sergeant, continue with your movements.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I would attempt to rush the wall. If the fire were too +heavy, I would open fire (at will) with all my men, and, if I seemed +to get a little heavier fire than the enemy's, I would start half of +my men forward on a rush while the others fired. I would try to rush +in on the enemy with as little delay as possible, until it developed +that he had more than a small detachment there. I assumed it was a +delaying patrol in front of me, and as my mission requires me to +secure the uninterrupted march of the main body, I must not permit any +small detachment to delay me. If, however, it proves to be a larger +force, for instance, the head of an advance guard, I will lose some +men by plunging in, but as I understand it, that is the duty of the +point. Then again, if it be the head of a hostile advance guard, I +will want to rush them out of their favorable position under cover of +the stone wall, buildings and orchard, before any more of their force +can come up. This would give<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span> the favorable position to our force; by +acting too cautiously we would lose the valuable moments in which the +enemy's reënforcements (next elements of the advance guard) were +coming up, with this desirable position being weakly held by a small +part of the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That is all correct. What messages would you have sent?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> Up to the present time I would not have sent any. I +could not have sent any. I could not afford to take the time to send a +man back, nor could I spare the man. Besides, all I could say was that +we were fired on, and you should be able to see and hear that from +where the company is.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> About the time you reached the position of Corporal Baker the +firing ceases, and when you reach the wall you see five mounted men +galloping northeast up Farm Lane. The Brown farm appears to be +deserted.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I would turn to one of the men and say, "Run back to +the Captain and tell him we were fired on from this orchard by a +mounted patrol of five men who are galloping off up a lane to the +northeast. I am going south." When he had repeated the message I would +start south down the Chester Pike, directing Corporal Baker to follow +this road south and to tell Davis to follow the high ridge west of the +road, going through the clump of woods just ahead. I would send one +man as a left flanker to follow the west bank of Sandy Creek. This +would leave me with two men, one watching for signals from the front +and along Sandy Creek, the other from Davis and from the rear. I would +expect to see a patrol from the company moving across towards Boling +Woods. Had I not been mixed up in a fight as I approached the Brown +farm I would have sent two men as left flankers across country to the +cut on the Chester Pike on the western edge of the Boling Woods.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Very good. That is sufficient for this problem. All of you +should have caught the idea of the principal duties of the point and +flankers of an advance guard. You must watch the country to prevent +being surprised and you must at the same time manage to push ahead +with the least possible delay. The point cannot be very cautious so +far as concerns its own safety, for this would mean frequent halts +which would delay the troops in rear, but it must be cautious about +reconnoitering all parts of the ground near the road which might +conceal large bodies of the enemy.</p> + +<p>The leader of the point must be careful in using his men or he will +get them so scattered that they will become entirely separated and he +will lose all control of them. As soon as the necessity for flankers +on one side of the line of march no longer exists, signal for them to +rejoin and do not send them out again so long as you can see from the +road all the country you should cover.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 2. (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1034" id="Para_1034">1034</a>. Captain (to one platoon of his company):</strong> Let us assume that this +platoon is the advance party of an advance guard, marching through +Salem along the Chester Pike [<a href="#Para_1028">Par. 1028 (b)</a>]. One squad is 350 yards +in front, acting as the point. The enemy is thought to be very near, +but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span> only two mounted patrols have been seen during the day. The +command is marching for Chester. The day is hot, the roads are good +but dusty, and the crops are about to be harvested.</p> + +<p>Sergeant Adams, explain how you would conduct the march of the advance +party, beginning with your arrival at the cross roads in Salem.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> The platoon would be marching in column of squads and +I would be at the head. Two pairs of connecting files would keep me in +touch with the point. (<a href="#Para_1025">Par. 1025</a>.) I would now give this order: +"Corporal Smith, take two men from your squad and patrol north along +this road (pointing up the Tracy-Maxey road) for a mile and then +rejoin the column on this road (Chester Pike), to the west of you." I +would then say to Private Barker, "Take Carter and cut across to that +railroad fill and go along the top of that (Sandy) ridge, rejoining +the column beyond the ridge. Corporal Smith with a patrol is going up +this road. Keep a lookout for him." When we reached the point where +the road crosses the south nose of Sandy Ridge and I saw the valley in +front of me with the long high ridge west of Sandy Creek, running +parallel to the Chester Pike and about 800 yards west of it, I would +give this order: "Corporal Davis, take the three remaining men in +Corporal Smith's squad, cross the creek there (pointing in the +direction of the Barton farm) go by that orchard, and move north along +that high ridge, keeping the column in sight. Make an effort to keep +abreast of the advance guard, which will continue along this road."</p> + +<p>I gave Corporal Davis the remaining men out of Corporal Smith's squad +because I did not want to break up another squad and as this is, in my +opinion, a very important patrol, I wanted a noncommissioned officer +in charge of it. Unless something else occurs this will be all the +patrols I intend sending out until we pass the steel railroad trestle +over Sandy Creek.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Your point about not breaking up a squad when you could avoid +it by using the men remaining in an already broken squad, is a very +important one. Take this particular case. You first sent out two pairs +of connecting files between the advance party and your point—four +men. This leaves a corporal and three men in that squad. If we assume +that no patrols were out when we passed through Salem, this corporal +and two of his men could have been sent up the Tracy-Maxey road, +leaving one man to be temporarily attached to some squad. From the +last mentioned squad you would pick your two men for the Sandy Ridge +patrol and also the corporal and three men for the Barton farm, etc., +patrol. This would leave three men in this squad and you would have +under your immediate command two complete squads and three men. As the +patrols return, organize new squads immediately and constantly +endeavor to have every man attached to a squad. This is one of your +most important duties, as it prevents disorder when some serious +situation suddenly arises. Also it is one of the duties of the +detachment commander that is generally overlooked until too late.</p> + +<p>The direction you sent your three patrols was good and their orders +clear, covering the essential points, but as you have in a very short +space of time, detached nine men, almost a third of your advance +party, don't you think you should have economized more on men?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> The Sandy Ridge patrol is as small as you can make +it—two men. I thought the other two patrols were going to be detached +so far from the column that they should be large enough to send a +message or two and still remain out. I suppose it would be better to +send but two men with Corporal Davis, but I think Corporal Smith +should have two with him.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Yes, I agree with you, for you are entering a valley which +is, in effect, a defile, and the Tracy-Maxey road is a very dangerous +avenue of approach to your main body. But you must always bear in mind +that it is a mistake to use one more man than is needed to accomplish +the object in view. The more you send away from your advance party, +the more scattered and weaker your command becomes, and this is +dispersion, which constitutes one of the gravest, and at the same +time, most frequent tactical errors.</p> + +<p>To continue the problem, we will suppose you have reached the stone +bridge over Sandy Creek; the point is at the cross roads by the Smith +house; you can see the two men moving along Sandy Ridge; and Corporal +Davis' patrol is just entering the orchard by the Barton farm. Firing +suddenly commences well to the front and you hear your point reply to +it.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I halt to await information from the point.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That is absolutely wrong. You command the advance party of an +advance guard; your mission requires you to secure the uninterrupted +march of the main body; and at the first contact you halt, thus +interrupting the march (<a href="#Para_1021">Par. 1021</a>). The sooner you reach the point, +the better are your chances for driving off the enemy if he is not too +strong, or the quicker you find out his strength and give your +commander in the rear the much desired information.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> Then I push ahead with the advance party, sending back +the following message—</p> + +<p><strong>Captain</strong> (interrupting): It is not time to send a message. You know too +little and in a few minutes you will be up with the point where you +can hear what has happened and see the situation for yourself. Then +you can send back a valuable message. When but a few moments delay +will probably permit you to secure much more detailed information, it +is generally best to wait for that short time and thus avoid using two +messengers. When you reach the cross roads you find six men of the +point deployed behind the fence, under cover of the trees along the +County Road, just west of the Chester Pike, firing at the stone wall +along the Mills' farm lane. The enemy appears to be deployed behind +this stone wall, from the Chester Pike west for a distance of fifty +yards, and his fire is much heavier than that of your point. You think +he has at least twenty rifles there. You cannot see down the Chester +Pike beyond the enemy's position. Your patrol on Sandy Ridge is midway +between the 68 and 66 knolls, moving north. The ground in your front, +west of the road, is a potato field; that east of the road as far as +the swamp, is rough grass land.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I give order, "Corporal Gibbs, deploy your squad to +the right of the Pike and push forward between the Pike and the swamp. +Corporal Hall (commands the point), continue a heavy fire.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span> Here are +six more men for your squad." I give him the four connecting files and +two of the three men in the advance party whose squad is on patrol +duty. "Corporal Jackson, get your squad under cover here. Lacey, run +back to the major and tell him the point has been stopped by what +appears to be twenty of the enemy deployed behind a stone wall across +the valley 500 yards in our front. I am attacking with advance party."</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Davis (commands patrol near Barton farm), you can +hear the firing and see that the advance is stopped. What do you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Davis:</strong> I would head straight across for the clump of woods on +the ridge just above the Mills' farm, moving as rapidly as possible.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> That is all right. Sergeant, Corporal Hall's squad keeps up a +heavy fire; Corporal Gibb's squad deploys to the right of the pike, +rushes forward about 75 yards, but is forced to lie down by the +enemy's fire, and opens fire. Corporal Gibbs, what would your command +for firing be?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Gibbs:</strong> <strong>AT THE BOTTOM OF THAT WALL. BATTLE SIGHT. CLIP FIRE.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Why at the bottom of the wall?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Gibbs:</strong> The men are winded and excited and will probably fire +high, so I gave them the bottom of the wall as an objective.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> The enemy's fire seems as heavy as yours. Sergeant, what do +you do?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I give this order. "Corporal Jackson, deploy your +squad as skirmishers on the left of Corporal Hall's squad and open +fire." What effect does this additional fire have on the enemy?</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> His bullets seem to go higher and wider. You appear to be +getting fire superiority over him.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> If I do not see any signs of the enemy being +reënforced, dust in the road behind his position, etc., I take +immediate command of the squads of Corporals Hall and Jackson, and +lead them forward on a rush across the potato field.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Corporal Gibbs, what do you do when you see the other two +squads rush?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Gibbs:</strong> I order, <strong>FIRE AT WILL</strong>, and urge the men to shoot +rapidly in order to cover the advance.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Sergeant Adams' squads are forced to halt after advancing +about 150 yards.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Gibbs:</strong> I keep up a hot fire until they can resume their +firing, when I lead my squad forward in a rush.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> What do you do, Sergeant?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I would have the Corporals keep up a heavy fire. By +this time I should think the support would be up to the cross roads.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> It is, but have you given up your attack?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> If it looks as if I could drive the enemy out on my +next rush, I do so, but otherwise I remain where I am, as I have no +reserve under my control and the action has gotten too serious for me<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span> +to risk anything more when my chief is practically on the ground to +make the next decision. He should have heard something about what is +on the Pike behind the enemy, from the patrol on Sandy Ridge.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> Your solution seems correct to me. Why did you send Corporal +Gibbs' squad up between the pike and the swamp?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> It looked as if he would strike the enemy from a +better quarter; there appeared to be better cover that way, afforded +by the turn in the road, which must have some weeds, etc., along it, +and the swamp would prevent him from getting too far separated from +the remainder of the advance party.</p> + +<p><strong>Captain:</strong> The Sergeant's orders for the attack were very good. He gave +his squad leaders some authority and attached his extra men to a +squad. He did not attempt to assume direct control of individual men, +but managed the three squads and made the squad leaders manage the +individual men. This is the secret of successful troop leading. His +orders were short, plain and given in proper sequence.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 3 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See <a href="#Fort_Leavenworth_map">Fort Leavenworth map</a> in pocket at back of book.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 346px;"> +<a name="Fort_Leavenworth_map" id="Fort_Leavenworth_map"></a> +<a href="images/illus-1034_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-1034.jpg" width="346" height="500" alt="MAP of FORT LEAVENWORTH, KAS. and VICINITY" title="MAP of FORT LEAVENWORTH, KAS. and VICINITY" /></a> +<span class="caption">MAP of FORT LEAVENWORTH, KAS. and VICINITY (<a href="images/illus-1034_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1035" id="Para_1035">1035</a>.</strong> Situation.</p> + +<p>A Blue battalion, in hostile country, is in camp for the night, August +5–6, at Sprong (ja'). At 9:00 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, August 5th, Lieutenant A, +Adjutant gives a copy of the following order to Sergeant B:</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-4">1st Battalion, 1st Infantry,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">Sprong, Kansas,</span><br /> +5 Aug., '09.</p> + +<p>Field Orders No. 5.</p> + +<p>1. The enemy's infantry is six miles east of FORT LEAVENWORTH. His +cavalry patrols were seen at F (qg') today.</p> + +<p>Our regiment will reach FRENCHMAN'S (oc') at noon tomorrow.</p> + +<p>2. The battalion will march tomorrow to seize the ROCK ISLAND +BRIDGE (q) at FORT LEAVENWORTH.</p> + +<p>3. (a) The advance guard, consisting of 1st platoon Co. A and +mounted orderlies B, C, and D, under Sergeant B, will precede the +main body at 400 yards.</p> + +<p>(b) The head of the main body will march at 6:30 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span>, from 19 +via the 17 (jc')—15 (jg') 1—5 (lm')—FORT LEAVENWORTH (om') +road.</p> + +<p>4. The baggage will follow close behind the main body under escort +of Corporal D and one squad, Co. B.</p> + +<p>5. Send reports to head of main body. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">C,</span><br /> +Major, Comdg.</p> + +<p class="letter_signed">Copies to the company commanders, to Sergeant B and Corporal D.</p> + +<p><strong>A. Required, 1.</strong> Give Sergeant B's estimate of the situation. (The +estimate of the military situation includes the following points:</p> + + +<ol> +<li>His orders or mission and how much discretion he is allowed.</li> +<li>The ground as it influences his duty.</li> +<li>The position, strength and probable intentions of the enemy.</li> +<li>Sergeant B's decision.)</li> +</ol> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span><strong>Answer.</strong> 1. The size of the advance guard, its route and the distance +it is to move in front of the main body are prescribed by Major C. +Sergeant B is free to divide up the advance as he sees fit, to use the +various parts so as to best keep open the way of the main body, +maintain the distance of 400 yards in front of it, and protect it from +surprise by the enemy.</p> + +<p>2. The ground may be such as to make easy or to hinder reconnaissance, +such as hills or woods; to impede or hasten the march, such as roads, +streams, defiles; to offer good or poor defensive positions; to offer +good or poor opportunities for an attack. Sergeant B sees from his map +that the ground is rolling and open as far as Kern (ji') with good +positions for reconnaissance and for defense or attack. There is a +bridge over Salt Creek (ig') which has steep banks and will be a +considerable obstacle if the bridge has been destroyed. From this +creek to Kern the advance would be under effective fire from Hancock +Hill (ki'), so that these heights must be seized before the main body +reaches 15 (jg').</p> + +<p>Beyond Kern the heavy woods make reconnaissance difficult and must be +treated somewhat like a defile by the point. (<a href="#Para_990">Par. 991</a>.)</p> + +<p>3. There is little to fear from the main body of the enemy which is +1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> miles farther from the Rock Island bridge than we are, but we +know the enemy has cavalry. The size of the cavalry force is not +known, and may be sufficient to cause us considerable delay, +especially in the woods. The enemy's evident intention is to keep us +from seizing the bridge.</p> + +<p>4. Having considered all these points, Sergeant B comes to the +following decision: ... (Before reading the decision as contained in +the following paragraph, make one of your own.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer:</strong> To have only an advance party with which to throw forward a +point of 5 men 200 yards to the front and send out flankers, as needed +(<a href="#Para_983">Par. 983</a>); to send the three mounted orderlies well to the front of +the point to gain early information of the enemy, especially on +Hancock Hill (ji') and the ridge to the north of 11 (jj').</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> Sergeant B's order. (<a href="#Para_963">Par. 963</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Given verbally to the platoon and mounted orderlies, at 9:30 +<span class="ampm">P. M.</span></p> + +<p>"The enemy's cavalry patrols were seen at F (qh') today; no hostile +infantry is on this side of the Missouri river. The battalion will +move tomorrow to Fort Leavenworth, leaving 19 (ja') at 6:30 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span></p> + +<p>"This platoon and orderlies B, C, and D will form the advance guard, +and will start from the hedge 400 yards east of 19 at 6:30 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span> via +the 17 (jc')—15 (jg')—5 (lm') road.</p> + +<p>"The point, Corporal Smith and 4 men of his squad, will precede the +remainder of the advance guard at 200 yards.</p> + +<p>"I will be with the advance party. Privates X and Y will act as +connecting files with the main body."</p> + +<p>The flankers will be sent out from time to time by Sergeant B as +necessary.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> The flankers sent out by Sergeant B between 19 (ja') and +15 (jg').</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span><strong>Answer.</strong> A patrol of 3 men is sent to Hill 900 southeast of 19 (ja'), +thence by Moss (kc') and Taylor (lc') houses to Hill 840 east of +Taylor, thence to join at 15 (jg').</p> + +<p>Two men are sent from the advance party as it passes Hill 875.5 (ie') +to the top of this hill to reconnoiter to the front and northeast. +These men return to the road and join after the advance party has +reached Salt Creek. Two men are sent ahead of the advance party at a +double time take position on "Hill 875 northeast of J. E. Daniels" +place (jf') and reconnoiter to the northeast and east.</p> + +<p><strong>Reasons.</strong> The patrol sent out on the south moves out far enough to get +a good view from the hills which an enemy could observe or fire into +the column. There is no necessity of sending out flankers north of the +road at first, because from the road itself a good view is obtained. +Hills 875.5 and 875 give splendid points for observing all the ground +to the north and east. (Don't send flankers out unless they are +necessary.)</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 4.</strong> When the advance party reaches J. E. Daniels' house (je') +a civilian leaves the house and starts toward 15. What action does +Sergeant B take?</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 5.</strong> When the advance party reaches Salt Creek bridge (jg') +the point signals "enemy in sight," and Private H reports that he saw +about 6 or 8 mounted men ride up to the edge of the woods at Kern, +halt a moment, and disappear. What action does Sergeant B take?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He at once sends a message back by Private H stating the +facts. He then orders the advance party to move forward, hastens up to +the point and directs it to continue the march, seeking cover of +fences and ravines and hill top.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 6.</strong> When the point reaches Schroeder (jh') it receives fire +from the orchard at Kern. What action is taken?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> The men in the point are moved rapidly down the hill and gain +shelter in the ravines leading toward Kern. Two squads are rapidly +placed in line along the ridge west of Schroeder and under cover of +their fire the remainder of the advance party run down the hill at 10 +yards distance to join the point. A squad of this force is then +hurried forward to the Kern house. Here the squad is stopped by fire +and Sergeant B deploys two more squads which advance by rushes and +drive out the enemy, found to be 10 cavalrymen. The squads left at +Schroeder now join at double time and the advance party moves forward, +without having delayed the march of the main body.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 4 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1036" id="Para_1036">1036</a>. Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>A Blue force of one regiment of infantry has outposts facing south on +the line Pope Hill (sm')—National cemetery (pk')—E (qh'). A Red +force is reported to have reached Soldiers' Home (3 miles south of +Leavenworth) from the south at 7:00 o'clock this morning. Corporal A +is directed by Sergeant B, in command of the left support at Rabbit +Point (tn'), to take out a patrol toward the waterworks and south +along the Esplanade (xo') to the Terminal bridge.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> Give Sergeant B's orders to Corporal A.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span><strong>Answer.</strong> "The enemy, strength unknown, was at Soldiers' Home at 7:00 +o'clock this morning. Another patrol will advance along Grant avenue +(tm').</p> + +<p>"Our outposts will remain here for the day.</p> + +<p>"Select from the first section a patrol and reconnoiter this road +(Farragut avenue) as far as the waterworks (vn'), thence by Esplanade +to the Terminal bridge, and report on the ground in our front. When +you reach the Terminal bridge return if no enemy is seen.</p> + +<p>"Send reports here."</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> How many men does Corporal A select, and why? (<a href="#Para_456">Par. 456</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Five men are taken because the patrol is to reconnoiter, not +to fight, and on account of the distance to go and lack of information +of the enemy, 2 or 3 messages may have to be sent.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> What equipment should Corporal A have? (<a href="#Para_457">Par. 457</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 4.</strong> State the points to be noted by Corporal A in selecting +his patrol and what inspection does he make? (<a href="#Para_964">Par. 964</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He selects Privates C, D, E, F and G, on account of their +bravery, attention to duty and discretion. He directs them to carry +one meal in their haversacks, full canteen and fifty rounds of +ammunition. He then inspects them as to their physical condition, sees +that they have proper equipment and that nothing to rattle or glisten +is carried.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 5.</strong> What does Corporal A next do? (<a href="#Para_965">Par. 965</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He gives them their instructions as follows: "The enemy, +strength unknown, was at Soldiers' Home (about three miles south of +Leavenworth) at 7 o'clock this morning. There will be a friendly +patrol along that road (pointing to Grant avenue). We are to +reconnoiter along this road and down toward that bridge (pointing). Be +very careful not to be seen, take advantage of all cover, and keep in +touch with C and myself on this road at the point of the patrol. In +case we get separated meet at the waterworks (vn')."</p> + +<p>He then explains the signals to be used, and moves the patrol in, +close order out along the road until it passes the sentinel at the +bridge XV (un'), to whom he gives the direction to be taken by the +patrol.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Reqt_6_Prob_4" id="Reqt_6_Prob_4"></a>Required, 6.</strong> Upon leaving XV, what formation would the patrol take, +and reasons for same. (<a href="#Para_968">Par. 968</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Corporal A and Private C form the point on the road leading +southwest of the waterworks; Private D moves on the left overlooking +the railroad; Private E moves promptly up Corral creek (um') to the +top of Grant Hill (um') to observe the country toward the southwest; +Private F moves about 50 yards in rear of the point, followed at 50 +yards by Private G.</p> + +<p>Corporal A forms his patrol as stated because of the necessity of +getting a view from the hill on each side. Only one man is sent out on +each side because they can be plainly seen by the patrol on the road, +and no connecting file is necessary. The distances taken along the +road assure at least one man's escape, and Corporal A is in front to +get a good view and to signal the flankers.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 5 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1037" id="Para_1037">1037</a>. Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>The head of the patrol is now at the bridge, XVI (un') northwest of +the waterworks.</p> + +<p>Private E has reached the top of Grant Hill and signals the enemy in +sight; the patrol halts and Corporal A moves out to meet Private E who +is coming down toward the patrol. He says he saw three mounted men +ride up to Grant and Metropolitan avenues (wm') from the south and +after looking north a moment move west.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> Corporal A's action. (<a href="#Para_979">Pars. 979</a> and <a href="#Para_981">981</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Corporal A at once writes the following message and sends it +back by Private E:</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-6">"No. 1 Patrol, Company B,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-4">Farragut Avenue,</span><br /> +<span class="letter_i-2">Northwest of Waterworks,</span><br /> +10 May, '09, 8:30 <span class="ampm">A. M.</span></p> + +<p>To Commander Blue Left Support,<br /> +<span class="letter_i4">Rabbit Point.</span></p> + +<p>Three mounted Reds, seen by Private E, just now reconnoitered at +Grant and Metropolitan avenues; they are moving west on +Metropolitan avenue; the patrol will continue toward the Terminal +bridge. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">A,</span><br /> +Corporal."</p> + +<p><strong>Reasons.</strong> The message is sent because this is the first time the enemy +has been seen, and they have not been reported north of Soldiers' Home +before. The message should state who saw the enemy, and the man seeing +them should always carry the message telling of the facts. The patrol +would not allow this small hostile patrol to stop its advance, but +would proceed on its route cautiously to avoid being seen, and to see +if the Red cavalrymen are followed by others of the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> Give the method of reconnoitering the buildings at the +waterworks and coal mine. (<a href="#Para_996">Par. 996</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Private D carefully examines the east side of the enclosures +and buildings, while Private C examines the west side. The remainder +of the patrol halts concealed in the cut west of the north enclosure, +until C and D signal no enemy in sight, whereupon the patrol moves +forward along the road (XV—3rd St.), C and D advancing rapidly +between the buildings to the town where they join the patrol.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> Give the route followed by E from Grant Hill to edge of +Leavenworth.</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He moves down the east slope of Grant Hill to the ravine just +east of the old R. R. bed (um'), being careful to keep concealed from +the direction of Leavenworth. He moves up the ravine, keeping a sharp +lookout to the front, and moving rapidly until abreast, if he has +fallen behind. He takes the branch ravine lying just west of Circus +Hill (vm'), and moves up to its end. Here he halts and makes careful +inspection of Metropolitan avenue and the street south into the city. +Being sure the coast is clear, he darts across the narrow ridge south +of Circus Hill to the ravine to the east and then joins the patrol. He +reports to Corporal A any indication of the enemy he may have seen.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 6 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1038" id="Para_1038">1038</a>. Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>A Blue force holds Fort Leavenworth (om') in hostile country. Outposts +occupy the line Salt Creek Hill (gh')—13 (ij')—Sheridan's Drive, +(mi') against the Reds advancing from the northwest.</p> + +<p>At 4:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, June 25th, Sergeant A is given the following orders by +Captain B, commanding the support:</p> + +<p>"The enemy will probably reach Kickapoo late today. Our outposts +extend as far north as Salt Creek Hill. There were six of our men +prisoners at 45 (de') this afternoon at 1 o'clock, being held by 15 +home guards at Kickapoo. Take —— men from the company and move to +Kickapoo, recapture the prisoners and gain all the information you can +of the enemy north of there."</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> How many men does Captain B name, and why? (<a href="#Para_960">Par. 960</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Thirty men are assigned.</p> + +<p><strong>Reason.</strong> This is twice as many as the enemy holding the prisoners, and +to secure secrecy no larger force than is absolutely necessary should +be taken. This force will allow men to surround the enemy while the +remainder rush them.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> Give the order of Sergeant A to his patrol. (See <a href="#Reqt_6_Prob_4">6th +requirement, Problem 4</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> What route will the patrol take?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer, 11</strong> (jj')—13 (ij')—Salt Creek Hill (gh')—and along the edge +of the woods east of the M. P. R. R. (fg') as far as the bridge +opposite Kickapoo Hill—thence up Kickapoo Hill toward 45 (de').</p> + +<p><strong>Reasons.</strong> Since the patrol's orders do not require any reconnaissance +before reaching Kickapoo the shortest and most practical route is +chosen. The route as far as Salt Creek Hill lies behind our outpost +line and is thus protected. The main roads are avoided because they +will be carefully watched by the enemy. The edge of the woods east of +the M. P. Ry. (beginning about ff') gives good cover and by moving to +the bridge the patrol can probably sneak close in on the enemy and +capture them by surprise.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 7 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1039" id="Para_1039">1039</a>. Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>The patrol reaches the top of Kickapoo Hill (cd'). Sergeant A and +Private C move cautiously to the top and see the six prisoners in the +cemetery (cd') just west of Kickapoo Hill, and a Red sentinel at each +corner. Just west of the cemetery are about 10 more Reds. No others +are visible.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> What decision does Sergeant A make and what does he do?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He decides to capture the enemy by surprise. He leaves Private +C to watch and, moving cautiously back to his patrol, makes the +following dispositions: Corporal D with 10 men to move up to Private C +and cover the enemy, remaining concealed. He takes the remainder of +the patrol with fixed bayonets around the northeast slope of Kickapoo +Hill in the woods and moves up the ravine toward 29. When his +detachment<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span> arrives within about 100 yards of the enemy, they charge +bayonet and rush them. Corporal D's party at the same time rush in +from the opposite side. (Note: The enemy are demoralized by the +surprise and are captured without a shot being fired.)</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> What action does Sergeant A now take?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He causes the enemy to be kept apart while he and his +noncommissioned officers question them separately. He then questions +the Blue prisoners, and furnishing them the guns taken from the Reds, +sends them and the captured Reds back to our line under Corporal D, +with a written message giving the information secured from his +questions. (<a href="#Para_984">Par. 984</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> What does he then do?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Places his main body in concealment at the Cemetery (cd') and +sends a patrol under Corporal H via 35–41–43 and one under Corporal F +via 29–27–23 west to learn further of the enemy in execution of the +second part of his orders.</p> + +<p>The patrol under Corporal H sends back the following message:</p> + +<p class="letter_head"><span class="letter_i-2">"No 1. Patrol, Company A, 1st Infantry,</span><br /> +21 June, '09; 5:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span></p> + +<p>Commander Expeditionary Patrol at 45:</p> + +<p>A column of infantry is moving east about 1 mile west of +Schweizer (aa'); about 800 yards in front of this body is another +small body with 8 to 10 men 300 yards still farther east. It took +the main body 2 min., 45 sec. to pass a point on the road. I +remain in observation. </p> + +<p class="letter_signed"><span class="letter_i-2">H,</span><br /> +Corporal."</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> The size of the command reported by Corporal H and its +formation. (<a href="#Para_983">Par. 983</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> One battalion infantry (512 men), preceded by 1 section at +advance guard. The advance guard having only advance party and point, +2<span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> minutes × 175 = 481 men in the main body, leaving about 32 men +for the advance men for the advance guard.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 8 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1040" id="Para_1040">1040</a>. General Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>A Blue force of one regiment of infantry has outposts facing south on +the line Pope Hill (sm'), National Cemetery (qk')—E (qi'). A Red +force moving north reached Soldiers' Home at 7 o'clock this morning.</p> + +<p><strong>Special Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>Corporal B is chosen by Sergeant A, commander of the right support at +the National Cemetery, to take a patrol south as far as 20th street +(yf') and Metropolitan avenue (wh'), to report on the ground along the +route, and to reconnoiter the enemy. A friendly patrol moves along +Sheridan's Drive (i)—Atchison Hill (rg')—Southwest Hill (ue'), and +one on Prison Lane (rk').</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> Sergeant A's orders, verbatim (that is, word for word).</p> + +<p><strong>2.</strong> Give the various details attended to by Corporal B before he moves +out with his patrol.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span><strong>3.</strong> What is the formation of the patrol when its point is at E (qh')?</p> + +<p><strong>4.</strong> When the patrol reaches 14 (ug'), how are the intersecting roads +reconnoitered?</p> + +<p><strong>5.</strong> Four mounted men are seen riding west at a walk at 64 (wb'). What +action does Corporal A take?</p> + +<p><strong>6.</strong> Describe the ground passed over by the patrol.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 9 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1041" id="Para_1041">1041</a>. Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>The enemy is moving east toward Frenchman (oc') and is expected to +reach there early tomorrow. A company at 72 (uj') forms the left +support of an outpost in hostile country, on the line 70 +(vj')—National Cemetery (qj'). At 4 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> Sergeant A is ordered to +take a patrol of 12 men and go to Frenchman and destroy the bridge +there, and remain in observation in that vicinity all night.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> His orders to the patrol.</p> + +<p><strong>2.</strong> The route the patrol will follow, and its formation crossing the +Atchison Hill—Government Hill ridge.</p> + +<p><strong>3.</strong> Give the conduct of the patrol from Atchison Hill (rg')—Government +Hill (tf') to its position at the bridge at Frenchman.</p> + +<p><strong>General Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>A Blue squadron is camped for the night at Waterworks (vn'), Fort +Leavenworth, and has outposts on the line XIV (un')—Grant Hill +(um')—Prison Hill (wk'). A Red force is reported to be advancing from +the north on Kickapoo (cb').</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 10 (Cavalry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1042" id="Para_1042">1042</a>. Special Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>Lieutenant A, commanding the left support on Prison Hill, at 5 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, +directs Sergeant Jones to take a patrol of 5 men from his platoon and +move via Atchison Cross (ug') to the vicinity of Kickapoo and secure +information of any enemy that may be in that locality. Another patrol +is to go via Fort Leavenworth (ol').</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> The order given by Lieutenant A, verbatim. (<a href="#Para_963">Pars. 963</a> and +<a href="#Para_965">965</a>.)</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> "Sergeant Jones, the enemy is north of Kickapoo, moving on +that place. This squadron will remain here tonight; Sergeant B will +take a patrol through Fort Leavenworth.</p> + +<p>"Select a patrol of 5 men from your platoon and move out via +Frenchman's (oc') toward Kickapoo.</p> + +<p>"Secure any information you can of the enemy in that locality.</p> + +<p>"Report on the condition of the bridges between here and 47 (fd').</p> + +<p>"You may have to stay out over night.</p> + +<p>"Send messages here."</p> + +<p>Sergeant Jones selects five good men, directs them to take one cooked +ration each and canteen full of water. He inspects the men and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span> horses +carefully; sees that no horse of conspicuous color or that neighs is +taken. Explains the orders to his men, etc., as was done in the +infantry patrol.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> What route does the patrol take, and why?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Metropolitan avenue (w)—70 (vj')—72 (vj')—14 +(ug')—Frenchman (oc')—17 (jc')—47 (ec').</p> + +<p><strong>Reasons.</strong> The enemy is distant and Kickapoo, the objective of the +patrol, is seen from the map, which Sergeant Jones has, to be over an +hour's ride at a walk and trot. It is not at all probable that the +enemy will be met until the patrol reaches the vicinity of Kickapoo +and Sergeant Jones decides to take the shortest and best road though +it is a main highway, instead of Sheridan's Drive (j) of the F +(qg')—15 (jg') lane.</p> + +<p>It is always well for a patrol to avoid main highways when the enemy +is near, especially in hostile country, but here the time saved more +than justifies the use of the direct route.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 11 (Cavalry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1043" id="Para_1043">1043</a>.</strong> Same situation as Problem 1.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> The formation and conduct of the patrol as far as +Frenchman's.</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Sergeant Jones determines to move at a walk and trot (5 miles +per hour) in order to reach the vicinity of Kickapoo and take up a +position of observation before night. Sergeant Jones and Private B are +in the lead, 2 men about 100 yards to the rear, the remaining 2 men +about 75 yards in the rear of these. They move out at a trot along the +road until Atchison Cross is reached. The two cross roads are +reconnoitered without halting the patrol, inasmuch as from the cross +roads a good view is had north and south.</p> + +<p>From Atchison Cross to 16 (sf') the patrol moves at a walk, being up a +slope from 4 to 6 degrees. Usually such a place would be rushed +through, but the distance of the enemy makes this unnecessary. No +scouting is done off the road through the woods, because of the +distance of the enemy. On reaching the top of the hill the patrol is +halted while Sergeant Jones moves up to the high ground south of the +road at the crest, and in concealment searches with his glasses the +road as far as Frenchman's, especially the village beyond G (qf'). +Seeing no signs of the enemy he moves the patrol down the hill at a +walk until the cut is passed and there takes a fast trot, so as to +avoid being long in a position where they could be seen from the +direction of Kickapoo. The same formation and gait are maintained as +far as Gauss' (pd'), where a walk is taken to rest the horses and to +gain opportunity to see if any enemy are holding the bridge at +Frenchman's.</p> + +<p><strong>Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>Just as the patrol comes to a walk Sergeant Jones sees what appears to +be a dismounted patrol moving south over the ridge about 650 yards +north of Frenchman's. He can see three men.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> Action taken by Sergeant Jones.</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> The patrol is moved into the orchard just off the road, while +Sergeant Jones moves quickly to the top of the hill and, concealed by +the trees, examines the road north to see if the 3 men are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span> followed +by others forming a part of a larger patrol or column. He finds the +three men are not followed.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> What does he do next?</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> He determines to capture the patrol by surprise. He has the +horses led over south of the orchard hill so as not to be visible to +the enemy. He then distributes his men along the north edge of the +orchard, himself nearest the bridge, 2 men 75 yards back along the +road toward G (qf'), then 2 men 75 yards farther along toward G. As +the third man comes opposite him, Sergeant Jones cries "Halt," which +is the signal for the other parties to similarly hold up their men.</p> + +<p><strong>Reasons.</strong> Sergeant Jones might either capture the hostile patrol or let +it pass, and then proceed on his road. Since they are the first enemy +seen and there is such a good chance to capture them, and as they may +furnish definite information of the enemy's main force, he decides as +stated. There is an objection in capturing them that he will have to +send one or two men to take them to camp. The patrol is placed as +described above so as to have the two men opposite each of the enemy, +except for Sergeant Jones, who is alone. By thus covering each man of +the hostile patrol by two of our men, they will at once see the folly +of an effort to escape and no shot need be fired. One man is holding +the horses.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 12 (Cavalry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1044" id="Para_1044">1044</a>.</strong> Same situation as Problem 10.</p> + +<p><strong>Required:</strong></p> + +<p>1. What action does Sergeant Jones take before leaving the vicinity of +Frenchman's?</p> + +<p>2. Give the formation and conduct of the patrol after leaving here.</p> + +<p>3. Give the report submitted by Sergeant Jones under his instructions +in regard to bridges. (<a href="#Para_1000">Par. 1000</a>.)</p> + +<p>At 6:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> (it is dark at 7:30) the patrol reaches 17 (jc').</p> + +<p>4. Give the route followed from here and the disposition of the patrol +made for the night.</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 13 (Cavalry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1045" id="Para_1045">1045</a>. Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>The Missouri river is the boundary between hostile countries.</p> + +<p>A Blue separate brigade (3 regiments infantry, 1 squadron cavalry, 1 +battery field artillery) is moving from Winchester (19 miles west of +Leavenworth) to seize the Rock Island bridge (q) across the Missouri +river at Fort Leavenworth. The cavalry squadron is camped at Lowemont, +8 miles west of Leavenworth, for night June 4–5. At 3 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> Sergeant +Jones is directed to take a patrol of six men and move via the Rock +Island bridge into Missouri and gain information of the enemy reported +to be now just east of the river.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> Give the formation of the patrol when it first comes on +the map.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> Give the conduct of the patrol from Mottin's (oa') to G +(qf').</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span>At Frenchman's, Sergeant Jones met a farmer coming from Fort +Leavenworth, who said about 200 hostile cavalry were seen just east of +the Missouri about 2 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, moving towards the Terminal Bridge (z).</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> Action of Sergeant Jones. (Does he hold the man? Does he +send a message? Does he change his plans or direction of march?)</p> + +<p>The patrol reaches the top of the hill, Sheridan's Drive—Government +Hill (tf').</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 4.</strong> What action does Sergeant Jones take before proceeding +east?</p> + + +<h4>FLANK GUARDS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1046" id="Para_1046">1046</a>.</strong> The flanks of a column are ordinarily protected by the advance +guard, which sends out patrols to carefully examine the country on +both sides of the line of march. In some cases, however, the direction +of march of the column is such that there is a great danger of the +enemy's striking it in flank and some special provision is necessary +to furnish additional security on the threatened flank. This is done +by having a detachment, called a flank guard, march off the exposed +flank. The flank guard usually follows a road, parallel to the one on +which the column is marching and at least 1,000 yards (effective rifle +range) beyond it. If hostile artillery is feared this distance is much +greater.</p> + +<p>The flank guard regulates its march so as to continue abreast of the +advance guard of the main column. It takes a formation similar to an +advance guard, does most of its patrolling to the front and on the +exposed flank, and keeps in constant touch with the main column by +means of mounted or dismounted messengers.</p> + +<p>In case the enemy is encountered the flank guard drives him off if +practicable or takes up a defensive position, protecting the march of +the main column, and preventing the enemy from disturbing the latter's +march.</p> + + +<h4>REAR GUARD</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1047" id="Para_1047">1047</a>. Definition and Duties.</strong> A rear guard is a detachment of a +marching column following in rear to protect the main column from +being surprised and to prevent the march from being delayed or +interrupted.</p> + +<p>When the main column is marching toward the enemy the rear guard is +very small and its duties relatively unimportant. It is principally +occupied in gathering up stragglers.</p> + +<p>When the main column is marching away from the enemy (retreating) the +rear guard is all important. It covers the retreat of the main body, +preventing the enemy from harassing or delaying its march.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1048" id="Para_1048">1048</a>. Strength.</strong> The strength of a rear guard is slightly greater than +that of an advance guard, as it cannot expect, like the latter, to be +reinforced in case it is attacked, as the main column is marching away +from it and avoiding a fight.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1049" id="Para_1049">1049</a>. Form of Order.</strong> The rear guard commander, on the receipt of the +retreat order, issues a rear guard order, according to the form given +in the Field Service Regulations.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span>The distance of a rear guard from the main body and its formation are +similar to those of an advance guard. The elements corresponding to +the advance cavalry, the point, and the advance party of an advance +guard are termed the rear cavalry, rear point and rear party, +respectively. The support and reserve retain the same designations.</p> + +<p>A rear guard formed during an engagement to cover the withdrawal or +retreat of the main body, may first be compelled to take up a +defensive position behind which the main body forms up and moves off. +It may be forced to withdraw from this position by successive skirmish +lines, gradually forming up in column on the road as it clears itself +from fighting contact with the enemy.</p> + +<p>The rate of march of the rear guard depends upon that of the main +body. The main body may be much disorganized and fatigued, +necessitating long halts and a slow marching rate.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1050" id="Para_1050">1050</a>. Action of the Rear Guard.</strong> The withdrawal of defeated troops is +delayed, if possible, until night. If it becomes necessary to begin a +retreat while an engagement is in progress, the rear guard is +organized and takes up a defensive position generally behind the +fighting line; the latter then falls back and assembles under cover of +the rear guard.</p> + +<p>The rear cavalry gives away before the enemy's pursuit only when +absolutely necessary, maintains communication with and sends +information to the rear guard commander, and pays special attention to +the weak points in the retreat, namely, the flanks. It makes use of +every kind of action of which it is capable, according to the +situation, and unless greatly outnumbered by hostile cavalry, it +causes considerable delay to the enemy.</p> + +<p>When the enemy is conducting an energetic pursuit the rear guard +effects its withdrawal by taking up a succession of defensive +positions (that is, where the nature of the ground enables the rear +guard to defend itself well) and compelling the enemy to attack or +turn them. (It should be understood that these successive defensive +positions must, in the case of a large force, be from two to four +miles apart and in the case of a small force at least one-half mile +apart—not a few hundred yards as is frequently attempted in peace +maneuvers.)</p> + +<p>When the enemy's dispositions for attack are nearly completed, the +rear guard begins to fall back, the cavalry on the flanks being +usually the last to leave. The commander designates a part of the rear +guard to cover the withdrawal of the remainder; the latter then falls +back to a new position in rear, and in turn covers the withdrawal of +the troops in front. These operations compel the enemy continually to +deploy or make turning movements, and constantly retard his advance.</p> + +<p>The pursuit may be further delayed by obstacles placed in the enemy's +path; bridges are burned or blown up; boats removed or destroyed; +fords and roads obstructed; tracks torn up; telegraph lines cut, and +houses, villages, woods and fields fired. Demolitions and obstructions +are prepared by engineers, assisted, if necessary, by other troops +detailed from the reserve, and are completed by the mounted engineers +of the rear party at the last moment.</p> + +<p>The instructions of the supreme commander govern in the demolition of +important structures.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>OUTPOSTS</h4> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(See "Outpost," Par. 887)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1051" id="Para_1051">1051</a>. Definition and Duties.</strong> Outposts are detachments thrown out to +the front and flanks of a force that is in camp or bivouac, to protect +the main body from being surprised and to insure its undisturbed rest. +In fact, an outpost is merely a stationary advance guard. Its duties, +in general, are to <em>observe</em> and <em>resist</em>—to observe the enemy, and +to resist him in case of attack. Specifically its duties are:</p> + +<p>(<strong>a</strong>) To observe toward the front and flanks by means of stationary +sentinels and patrols, in order to locate the enemy's whereabouts and +learn promptly of his movements, thus making it impossible for him to +surprise us.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) To prevent the main body from being observed or disturbed.</p> + +<p>(<strong>c</strong>) In case of attack, to check the enemy long enough to enable the +main body to prepare for action and make the necessary dispositions.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1052" id="Para_1052">1052</a>. Size.</strong> The size of the outpost will depend upon many +circumstances, such as the size of the whole command, the nearness of +the enemy, the nature of the ground, etc. A suitable strength for an +outpost may vary from a very small fraction to one-third of the whole +force. However, in practice it seldom exceeds one-sixth of the whole +force—as a rule, if it be greater, the efficiency of the troops will +be impaired. For a single company in bivouac a few sentinels and +patrols will suffice; for a large command, a more elaborate outpost +system must be provided. The most economical form of outpost is +furnished by keeping close contact with the enemy by means of outpost +patrols, in conjunction with resisting detachments on the avenues of +approach.</p> + +<p>Troops at a halt are supposed to be resting, night or day, and the +fewer on outpost the more troops will there be resting, and thus +husbanding their strength for approaching marches and encounters with +the enemy. Outpost duty is about the most exhausting and fatiguing +work a soldier performs. It is, therefore, evident that not a man or +horse more than is absolutely necessary should be employed, and that +the commander should use careful judgment in determining the strength +of the outpost, and the chiefs of the various outpost subdivisions +should be equally careful in disposing their men so as to permit the +greatest possible number to rest and sleep undisturbed, <em>but at the +same time always considering the safety of the main body as the chief +duty</em>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1053" id="Para_1053">1053</a>. Composition.</strong> The composition of the outpost will, as a rule, +depend upon the size and composition of the command, but a mixed +outpost is composed principally of infantry, which is charged with the +duty of local observation, especially at night, and with resisting the +enemy, in case of attack, long enough for the main body to prepare for +action.</p> + +<p>The cavalry is charged with the duty of reconnaissance, and is very +useful in open country during the day.</p> + +<p>Artillery is useful to outposts when its fire can sweep defiles or +large open spaces and when it commands positions that might be +occupied by hostile artillery.</p> + +<p>Machine guns are useful to command approaches and check sudden +advances of the enemy.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span>Engineers are attached to an outpost to assist in constructing +entrenchments, clearing the field of fire, opening communication +laterally and to the rear. The outpost should be composed of complete +organizations. For example, if the outpost is to consist of one +company, do not have some of the platoons from one company and the +others from another, and if it is to consist of one battalion, do not +have some of the companies from one battalion and others from another, +etc.</p> + + +<h5>FORMATION OF OUTPOSTS</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1054" id="Para_1054">1054</a>. Subdivisions.</strong> As in the case of an advance guard, the outpost of +a large force is divided into elements or parts, that gradually +increase in size from front to rear. These, in order from the main<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span> +body, are the reserve, the line of supports, the line of outguards, +and the advance cavalry, and their formation, as shown by the drawing +on the preceding page, may be likened to an open hand, with the +fingers apart and extended, the wrist representing the main body, the +knuckles the line of supports, the first joints the line of outguards, +the second joints the line of sentinels and the finger tips the +advance cavalry.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 473px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1054.png" width="473" height="500" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p>In case of attack each part is charged with holding the enemy in check +until the larger element, next in rear, has time to deploy and prepare +for action.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1055" id="Para_1055">1055</a>. Distances Between the Subdivisions.</strong> The distances separating the +main body, the line of supports, the line of outguards, the line of +sentries and the advance cavalry, will depend upon circumstances. +There can be no uniformity in the distance between supports and +reserves, nor between outguards and supports, even in the same +outpost. The avenues of approach and the important features of the +ground will largely control the exact positions of the different parts +of the outposts. The basic principle upon which the distances are +based, is: <em>The distance between any two parts of the outpost must be +great enough to give the one in rear time to deploy and prepare for +action in case of attack, and the distance of the whole outpost from +the main body must, in the case of small commands, be sufficiently +great to hold the enemy beyond effective rifle range until the main +body can deploy, and, in case of large commands, it must be +sufficiently great to hold the enemy beyond effective artillery range +until the main body can deploy.</em></p> + +<p>It is, therefore, evident that the distances will be materially +affected not only by the size of the main body, but also by the nature +of the cover afforded by the ground.</p> + +<p>The following is given merely as a very general guide, subject to many +changes:</p> + +<table summary="Distances between subdivisions"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th colspan="4"> </th> + <th>Distance to next element in rear.</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td colspan="4">Advance cavalry</td> + <td>2 to 6 miles</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td rowspan="3">Supports (Generally two or more)</td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0100"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td>Sentinels (furnished by outguard)</td> + <td>20 to 40 yds.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0110"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0001"> </td> + <td>Outguards (furnished by support)</td> + <td>200 to 500 yds.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1100"> </td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td>Support proper furnishes majority of patrols.</td> + <td>400 to 800 yds.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="4">Reserve (usually omitted in small commands)</td> + <td><span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> to 2 miles</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1056" id="Para_1056">1056</a>. Advance Cavalry.</strong> The advance cavalry is that part of the outpost +sent out in front of all foot troops. It generally operates two to six +miles beyond the outpost infantry, reconnoitering far to the front and +flanks in order to guard the camp against surprise by artillery fire +and to give early information of the enemy's movements.</p> + +<p>After dusk the bulk of the cavalry usually withdraws to a camp in rear +of the outpost reserve, where it can rest securely after the day's +hard work and the horses can be fresh for the next day. Several +mounted patrols are usually left for the night at junctions or forks +on the principal roads to the front, from one to four miles beyond the +infantry line of observation.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1057" id="Para_1057">1057</a>. Supports.</strong> The <em>supports</em> constitute a line of <em>supporting</em> and +<em>resisting</em> detachments, varying in size from a half a company to a +battalion. In<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span> outposts consisting of a battalion or more the supports +usually comprise about one-half of the infantry. Supports are numbered +numerically consecutively from right to left and are placed at the +more important points on the outpost line, on or near the line on +which resistance is to be made in case of attack.</p> + +<p>As a rule, roads exercise the greatest influence on the location of +supports, and a support will generally be placed on or near a road.</p> + +<p>Each support has assigned to it a definite, clearly-defined section of +front that it is to cover, and the support should be located as +centrally as possible thereto.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1058" id="Para_1058">1058</a>. Outguards.</strong> The outguards constitute the line of small +detachments farthest to the front and nearest to the enemy, and their +duty is to maintain uninterrupted observation of the ground in front +and on the flanks; to report promptly hostile movements and other +information relating to the enemy; to prevent unauthorized persons +from crossing the line of observation; to drive off small parties of +the enemy, and to make temporary resistance to larger bodies. For +convenience outguards are classified as pickets, sentry squads, and +cossack posts. They are numbered consecutively from right to left in +each support.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1059" id="Para_1059">1059</a>.</strong> <em>A picket</em> is a group consisting of two or more squads, +ordinarily not exceeding half a company, posted in the line of +outguards to cover a given sector. It furnishes patrols and one or +more sentinels, double sentinels, sentry, squads, or cossack posts for +observation.</p> + +<p>Pickets are placed at the more important points in the line of +outguards, such as road forks. The strength of each depends upon the +number of small groups required to observe properly its sector.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1060" id="Para_1060">1060</a>.</strong> <em>A sentry squad</em> is a squad posted in observation at an +indicated point. It posts a double sentinel in observation, the +remaining men resting near by and furnishing the reliefs of sentinels. +In some cases it may be required to furnish a patrol.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1061" id="Para_1061">1061</a>.</strong> <em>A cossack post</em> consists of four men. It is an observation +group similar to a sentry squad; but employs a single sentinel.</p> + +<p>At night, it will sometimes be advisable to place some of the +outguards or their sentinels in a position different from that which +they occupy in the daytime. In such case the ground should be +carefully studied before dark and the change made at dusk. However, a +change in the position of the outguard will be exceptional.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1062" id="Para_1062">1062</a>.</strong> <em>Sentinels</em> are generally used singly in daytime, but at night +double sentinels will be required in most cases. Sentinels furnished +by cossack posts or sentry squads are kept near their group. Those +furnished by pickets may be as far as 100 yards away.</p> + +<p>Every sentinel should be able to communicate readily with the body to +which he belongs.</p> + +<p>Sentinel posts are numbered consecutively from right to left in each +outguard. Sentry squads and cossack posts furnished by pickets are +counted as sentinel posts.</p> + +<p>If practicable, troops on outpost duty are concealed and all movements +made so as to avoid observation by the enemy; sentinels are posted so +as to have a clear view to the front and, if practicable (though it is +rarely possible), so as to be able, by day, to see the sentinels of +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span> adjoining outguards. Double sentinels are posted near enough to +each other to be able to communicate easily in ordinary voice.</p> + +<p>Sentinels are generally on duty two hours out of six. For every +sentinel and for every patrol there should be at least three reliefs; +therefore, one-third the strength of the outguards gives the greatest +number of men that should be on duty as sentinels and patrols at one +time.</p> + +<p>Skillful selection of the posts of sentinels increases their field of +observation. High points, under cover, are advantageous by night as +well as by day; they increase the range of vision and afford greater +facilities for seeing lights and hearing noises. Observers with good +field glasses may be placed on high buildings, on church steeples or +in high trees.</p> + +<p>Glittering objects on uniform or equipment should be concealed. It is +seldom necessary to fix bayonets, except at night, in dense fog, or in +very close country.</p> + +<p>Reliefs, visiting patrols, and inspecting officers, approach sentinels +from the rear, remaining under cover if possible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1063" id="Para_1063">1063</a>. Reserve.</strong> The reserve forms a general support for the line of +resistance. It is, therefore, centrally located near the junction of +roads coming from the direction of the enemy, and in concealment if +practicable.</p> + +<p>Of the troops detailed for outpost duty, about one-half of the +infantry, generally all of the artillery, and the cavalry not +otherwise employed, are assigned to the reserve. If the outpost +consists of less than two companies the reserve may be omitted +altogether.</p> + +<p>The arms are stacked and the equipments (except cartridge belts) may +be removed. Roads communicating with the supports are opened.</p> + +<p>When necessary, the outpost order states what is to be done in case of +attack, designates places of assembly and provides for interior +guards. Interior guards are posted in the camp of the reserve or main +body to maintain order, and furnish additional security. Additional +instructions may be given for messing, feeding, watering, etc. In the +vicinity of the enemy or at night a portion of the infantry may be +required to remain under arms, the cavalry to hold their horses +(cinches loosened), and the artillery to remain in harness, or take up +a combat position.</p> + +<p>In case of alarm, the reserve prepares for action without delay, and +word is sent to the main body. In combat, the reserve reinforces the +line of resistance, and if unable to check the enemy until the arrival +of the main body, delays him as much as possible.</p> + +<p>The distance of the reserve from the line of resistance varies, but is +generally about half a mile; in outposts of four companies or less +this distance may be as small as 400 yards.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1064" id="Para_1064">1064</a>. Patrols.</strong> Instead of using outguards along the entire front of +observation, part of this front may be covered by patrols only. These +should be used to cover such sections of the front as can be crossed +by the enemy only with difficulty and over which he is not likely to +attempt a crossing after dark.</p> + +<p>In daylight much of the local patrolling may be dispensed with if the +country can be seen from the posts of the sentinels. However,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span> patrols +should frequently be pushed well to the front unless the ground in +that direction is exceptionally open.</p> + +<p>Patrols must be used to keep up connection between the parts of the +outpost except when, during daylight, certain fractions or groups are +mutually visible. After dark this connection must be maintained +throughout the outpost except where the larger subdivisions are +provided with wire communication.</p> + +<p>The following patrols are usually sent out from the main bodies of the +supports:</p> + +<p>(<strong>a</strong>) Patrols of from three men to a squad are sent along the roads and +trails in the direction of the enemy, for a distance of from one to +five miles, depending on how close the enemy is supposed to be, +whether or not there is any advance cavalry out, and how long the +outpost has been in position. The extreme right and left supports send +patrols well out on the roads to the flanks. These patrols generally +operate continuously as soon as one returns from the front, or +possibly even before it returns, another goes out in the same general +direction to cover the same country. Frequently a patrol is sent out +along a road to the front for two or three miles with orders to remain +out until some stated time—for example, 4 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span>, dusk or dawn. It +sends in important information, and remains out near the extremity of +its route, keeping a close watch on the surrounding country.</p> + +<p>An effort should always be made to secure and maintain contact with +the enemy, if within a reasonable distance, in order that his +movements or lack of movement may be constantly watched and reported +on. The usual tendency is towards a failure to send these patrols far +enough to the front and for the patrol leader to overestimate the +distance he has traveled. A mile through strange country with the +ever-present possibility of encountering the enemy seems three miles +to the novice.</p> + +<p>At night the patrols generally confine their movements to the roads, +usually remaining quietly on the alert near the most advanced point of +their route to the front.</p> + +<p>The majority of such patrols are sent out to secure information of the +enemy—reconnoitering patrols—and they avoid fighting and hostile +patrols, endeavoring to get in touch with the enemy's main force. +Other patrols are sometimes sent out to prevent hostile detachments +from approaching the outposts; they endeavor to locate the hostile +patrols, drive them back, preventing them from gaining any vantage +point from which they can observe the outpost line. These are called +combat patrols and have an entirely different mission from +reconnoitering patrols.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) Patrols of from two men to a squad, usually two men, are sent from +the support around the line of its outguards, connecting with the +outguards of the adjacent supports, if practicable. These are +"visiting patrols," and they serve to keep the outguards of a support +in touch with it and with each other; to keep the commander of a +support in touch with his outguards and the adjacent supports; and to +reconnoiter the ground between the outguards. Since a hostile force of +any size is practically forced to keep to the roads, there are rarely +ever any supports and very few outguards posted off the roads, the +intervals being covered by patrols, as just described.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span>When going out a patrol will always inform the nearest sentinel of the +direction it will take and its probable route and hour of return.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1065" id="Para_1065">1065</a>. Detail for Patrols.</strong> Since for every patrol of four men, twelve +are required (3 reliefs of 4 men each), the importance of sending out +just enough men and not one more than is actually needed, can readily +be understood. As fast as one visiting patrol completes its round, +another should usually be sent out, possibly going the rounds by a +slightly different route or in the reverse direction. The same +generally applies to the reconnoitering and combat patrols, though +frequently they are sent out for the entire day, afternoon or night, +and no 2d and 3d relief is required. Three reliefs are required for +the sentinel or sentinels at the post of the supports, so care should +be taken to establish but one post, if it can do all that is required. +It should not be considered that every man in the support should be on +duty or on a relief for an outguard, a patrol or sentinel post. There +should be as many men as possible in the main body of a support (this +term is used to distinguish this body from the support proper, which +includes the outguards and their sentinels) who only have no duty +other than being instantly available in case of attack.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1066" id="Para_1066">1066</a>. Flags of Truce.</strong> Upon the approach of a flag of truce, the sentry +will at once notify the commander of the outguard, who will in turn +send word to the commander of the outpost and ask for instructions. +One or more men will advance to the front and halt the party at such +distance as to prevent any of them from overlooking the outposts. As +soon as halted, the party will be ordered to face in the opposite +direction. If permission is given to pass the party through the +outpost line, they will be blindfolded and led under escort to the +commander of the outpost. No conversation, except by permission of the +outpost commander, is to be allowed on any subject, under any pretext, +with the persons bearing the flag of truce.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1067" id="Para_1067">1067</a>. Entrenchments and Obstacles.</strong> The positions held by the +subdivisions of an outpost should generally be strengthened by the +construction of entrenchments and obstacles, but conditions may render +this unnecessary.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1068" id="Para_1068">1068</a>. Concealment.</strong> Troops on outpost must keep concealed as much as is +consistent with the proper performance of their duties; especially +should they avoid the sky line.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1069" id="Para_1069">1069</a>. Detached Posts.</strong> In addition to ordinary outguards, the outpost +commander may detail from the reserve one or more detached posts to +cover roads or areas not in general line assigned to the supports.</p> + +<p>In like manner the commander of the whole force may order detached +posts to be sent from the main body to cover important roads or +localities not included in the outpost line.</p> + +<p>Detached posts may be sent out to hold points which are of importance +to the outpost cavalry, such as a ford or a junction of roads; or to +occupy positions especially favorable for observation, but too far to +the front to be included in the line of observation; or to protect +flanks of the outpost position. Such posts are generally established +by the outpost commander, but a support commander might find it +necessary to establish a post practically detached from the rest of +his command. They usually vary in strength from a squad to a platoon. +The number and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span> strength of detached posts are reduced to the absolute +needs of the situation.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1070" id="Para_1070">1070</a>. Examining Posts.</strong> An examining post is a small detachment, under +the command of an officer or a noncommissioned officer, stationed at +some convenient point to examine strangers and to receive bearers Of +flags of truce brought in by the outguards or patrols.</p> + +<p>Though the employment of examining posts is not general in field +operations, there are many occasions when their use is important; for +example: When the outguards do not speak the language of the country +or of the enemy; when preparations are being made for a movement and +strict scrutiny at the outguards is ordered: at sieges, whether in +attack or defense. When such posts, are used, strangers approaching +the line of observation are passed along the line to an examining +post.</p> + +<p>No one except the commander is allowed to speak to persons brought to +an examining post. Prisoners and deserters are at once sent under +guard to the rear.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1071" id="Para_1071">1071</a>. Cavalry Outpost.</strong> Independent cavalry covering a command or on +special missions, and occasionally the advance cavalry of a mixed +command, bivouac when night overtakes them, and in such cases furnish +their own outposts. The outposts are established, in the main, in +accordance with the foregoing principles, care being taken to confine +outpost work to the lowest limits consistent with safety. No +precaution, however, should be omitted, as the cavalry is generally in +close proximity to the enemy, and often in territory where the +inhabitants are hostile.</p> + +<p>The line of resistance is occupied by the supports, the latter sending +out the necessary outguards and patrols. Each outguard furnishes its +own vedettes (mounted sentinels), or sentinels. Due to the mobility of +cavalry, the distances are generally greater than in an outpost for a +mixed command. An outguard of four troopers is convenient for the day +time, but should be doubled at night, and at important points made +even stronger. The sentinels are generally dismounted, their horses +being left with those of the outguards.</p> + +<p>Mounted cavalry at night can offer little resistance; the supports and +outguards are therefore generally dismounted, the horses being under +cover in rear, and the positions are strengthened by intrenchments and +obstacles. By holding villages, bridges, defiles, etc., with +dismounted rifle fire, cavalry can greatly delay a superior force.</p> + +<p>There should always be easy communication along the line of resistance +to enable the cavalry to concentrate at a threatened point.</p> + +<p>A support of one squadron covers with its outposts a section rarely +longer than two miles.</p> + +<p>As such a line is of necessity weak, the principal reliance is placed +on distant patrolling. If threatened by infantry, timely information +enables the threatened point to be reinforced, or the cavalry to +withdraw to a place of safety. If there is danger from hostile +cavalry, the roads in front are blocked at suitable points, such as +bridges, fords, defiles, etc., by a succession of obstacles and are +defended by a few dismounted men. When compelled to fall back these +men mount and ride rapidly to the next obstacle in rear and there take +up a new position. As the march of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span> cavalry at night is, as a rule, +confined to roads, such tactics seriously delay its advance.</p> + +<p>In accordance with the situation and the orders they have received, +the support commanders arrange for feeding, watering, cooking, resting +and patrolling. During the night the horses of the outguards remain +saddled and bridled. During the day time cinches may be loosened, +one-third of the horses at a time. Feeding and watering are done by +reliefs. Horses being fed are removed a short distance from the +others.</p> + +<p>Independent cavalry generally remains in outpost position for the +night only, its advance being resumed on the following day; if stopped +by the enemy, it is drawn off to the flanks upon the approach of its +own infantry.</p> + + +<h5>ESTABLISHING THE OUTPOST</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1072" id="Para_1072">1072</a>.</strong> The outpost is posted as quickly as possible, so that the troops +can the sooner obtain rest. Until the leading outpost troops are able +to assume their duties, temporary protection, known as the <em>march +outpost</em>, is furnished by the nearest available troops.</p> + +<p>Upon receipt of the <em>halt order</em> from the commander of the main +column, the outpost commander issues the <em>outpost order</em> with the +least practicable delay.</p> + +<p>The <em>halt order</em>, besides giving the necessary information and +assigning camp sites to the parts of the command, details the troops +to constitute the outpost, assigns a commander therefor, designates +the general line to be occupied, and, when practicable, points out the +position to be held in case of attack.</p> + +<p>The <em>outpost order</em> gives such available information of the situation +as is necessary to the complete and proper guidance of subordinates; +designates the troops to constitute the supports; assigns their +location and the sector each is to cover; provides for the necessary +detached posts; indicates any special reconnaissance that is to be +made; orders the location and disposition of the reserve; disposes of +the train if the same is ordered to join the outpost; and informs +subordinates where information will be sent. In large commands it may +often be necessary to give the order from the map, but usually the +outpost commander will have to make some preliminary reconnaissance, +unless he has an accurate and detailed map.</p> + +<p>Generally it is preferable for the outpost commander to give verbal +orders to his support commanders from some locality which overlooks +the terrain. The time and locality should be so selected that the +support commanders may join their commands and conduct them to their +positions without causing unnecessary delay to their troops. The +reserve commander should, if possible, receive his orders at the same +time as the support commanders. Subordinates to whom he gives orders +separately should be informed of the location of other parts of the +outpost.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1073" id="Para_1073">1073</a>.</strong> After issuing the initial orders, the outpost commander inspects +the outpost, orders the necessary changes or additions, and sends his +superior a report of his dispositions.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</a></span><em>The reserve</em> is marched to its post by its commander, who then sends +out such detachments as have been ordered and places the rest in camp +or bivouac, over which at least one sentinel should be posted. +Connection must be maintained with the main body, the supports, and +nearby detached posts.</p> + +<p>The supports march to their posts, using the necessary covering +detachments when in advance of the march outpost. A support +commander's order should fully explain the situation to subordinates, +or to the entire command, if it be small. It should detail the troops +for the different outguards and, when necessary, define the sector +each is to cover. It should provide the necessary sentinels at the +post of the support, the patrols to be sent therefrom, and should +arrange for the necessary intrenching.</p> + +<p>In posting his command the support commander must seek to cover his +sector (the front that he is to look after) in such manner that the +enemy can not reach, in dangerous numbers and unobserved, the position +of the support or pass by it within the sector intrusted to the +support. On the other hand, he must economize men on observation and +patrol duty, for these duties are unusually fatiguing. He must +practice the greatest economy of men consistent with the requirements +of practical security.</p> + +<p>As soon as the posting of the support is completed, its commander +carefully inspects the dispositions and corrects defects, if any, and +reports the disposition of his support, including the patrolling +ordered, to the outpost commander. This report is preferably made by +means of a sketch.</p> + +<p>By day the outpost will stack arms and the articles of equipment, +except the cartridge belt and canteen, will be placed by the arms. At +night the men will invariably sleep with their arms and equipment near +them.</p> + +<p>In addition to the sentinel posted over the support, a part of the +support, say one-third or one-fourth, should always be awake at night.</p> + +<p>Each outguard is marched by its commander to its assigned station, and +especially in the case of a picket, is covered by the necessary +patrolling to prevent surprise.</p> + +<p>Having reached the position, the commander explains the situation to +his men and establishes reliefs for each sentinel, and, if possible, +for each patrol to be furnished. Besides these sentinels and patrols, +a picket must have a sentinel at its post.</p> + +<p>The commander then posts the sentinels and points out to them the +principal features, such as towns, roads, and streams, and gives their +names. He gives the direction and location of the enemy, if known, and +of adjoining parts of the outpost.</p> + +<p>He gives to patrols the same information and the necessary orders as +to their routes and the frequency with which the same shall be +covered. Each patrol should go over its route once before dark.</p> + +<p>Each picket should maintain connection by patrols with the outguards +on its right and left.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1074" id="Para_1074">1074</a>. Intercommunication.</strong> It is most important that communication +should be maintained at all times between all parts of the outpost, +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</a></span> between the outpost and the main body. This may be done by +patrols, messengers, wire or signal.</p> + +<p>The commander of the outpost is responsible that proper communication +be maintained with the main body, and the support commanders keep up +communication with the outguards, with the adjoining supports and with +the reserve. The commander of a detached post will maintain +communication with the nearest outguard.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1075" id="Para_1075">1075</a>. Changes for the Night.</strong> In civilized warfare, it is seldom +necessary to draw the outpost closer to the main body at night in +order to diminish the front; nor is it necessary to strengthen the +line of observation, as the enemy's advance in force must be confined +to the roads. The latter are therefore strongly occupied, the +intervening ground being diligently patrolled.</p> + +<p>In very open country or in war with savage or semi-civilized people +familiar with the terrain, special precautions are necessary.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1076" id="Para_1076">1076</a>. Relieving the Outpost.</strong> Ordinarily outposts are not kept on duty +longer than twenty-four hours. In temporary camps or bivouac they are +generally relieved every morning. After a day's advance the outpost +for the night is usually relieved, the following morning when the +support of the new advance guard passes the line of resistance. In +retreat the outpost for the night usually forms the rear guard for the +following day, and is relieved when it passes the line of observation +of the new outpost.</p> + +<p>Outguards that have become familiar with the country during the day +time should remain on duty that night. Sentinels are relieved once in +two hours, or oftener, depending on the weather. The work of patrols +is regulated by the support commander.</p> + +<p>Commanders of the various fractions of an outpost turn over their +instructions and special orders, written and verbal, to their +successors, together with the latest information of the enemy, and a +description of the important features of the country. When practicable +the first patrols sent out by the new outposts are accompanied by +members of the old outpost who are familiar with the terrain. When +relieved the old outguards return to their supports, the supports to +the reserve and the latter to the main body; or, if more convenient, +the supports and reserves return to the main body independently, each +by the shortest route.</p> + +<p>When relieved by an advance guard, the outpost troops ordinarily join +their units as the column passes.</p> + +<p>Evening and shortly before dawn are hours of special danger. The enemy +may attack late in the day in order to establish himself on captured +ground by intrenching during the night; or he may send forward troops +under cover of darkness in order to make a strong attack at early +dawn. Special precaution is therefore taken at those hours by holding +the outpost in readiness, and by sending patrols in advance of the +line of observation. If a new outpost is to be established in the +morning it should arrive at the outpost position at daybreak, thus +doubling the outpost strength at that hour.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>OUTPOST PROBLEMS</h5> + + +<h6>Problem No. 1 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1077" id="Para_1077">1077</a>. Lieutenant (to two squads of his company):</strong> Two battalions of our +regiment have camped by Baker's Pond (<a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a>) for the night. +It is now 3 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> on a rainy day in August. The enemy is thought to be +about five miles to the south of us. Our platoon is the left support +of the outpost and is stationed at the road fork on the Chester Pike, +by the Mason house. The Twin Hills-Lone Hill ridge is taken care of by +other troops. Corporal Baker, where do you think I should place +outguards?</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Baker:</strong> One at the junction of the Mills farm lane and the +Chester Pike, and one at the steel railroad trestle over Sandy Creek.</p> + +<p><strong>Lieutenant:</strong> Those positions are both too far from the support, almost +a half mile, but they cover the two main avenues of approach and there +is no good place for a position nearer the support. A position farther +north of the Mill's farm lane would have its view obstructed by the +wall and trees along the lane and the wall would be a bad thing to +leave unoccupied such a short distance to your front. So in this case, +in spite of the excessive distances from the support, I think the two +positions are well chosen. Each should be an outguard of a squad, for +in the day time, in addition to furnishing a sentinel to observe to +the front, they should have some power of resistance, particularly at +the trestle. At night they should each have one double sentinel post. +This requires three reliefs of two men each, which, with the corporal, +only leaves one extra man, who can be used as a messenger.</p> + +<p>Corporal Baker, I order you to take your squad and post it as Outguard +No. 1, at the junction of this (Chester) pike and that farm lane +(Mills farm) in front. Corporal Davis' squad will be Outguard No. 2, +at the railroad trestle over there (pointing). Friendly troops will be +on the ridge to the east of your position. Your meals will be cooked +here and sent to you.</p> + +<p>Explain how you post your squad.</p> + +<p><strong>Corporal Baker:</strong> I order Smith to double time 150 yards to the front +and act as point for the squad. I then march the squad down to its +position, keeping Smith about 200 yards in front until I have arranged +everything. I then post Brown under cover of the trees along the lane +where he can look down the road as far as possible and I tell him, +"Brown, you are to take post here, keeping a sharp lookout to the +front and flanks. The enemy is thought to be about five miles south +(pointing) of us. This is the Chester Pike. That creek over there is +Sandy Creek. Salem is about a mile and three-quarters down this pike +in that (S. E.) direction. York is a mile and a half in that (S. W.) +direction. Our troops are on that ridge (Twin Hills) and a squad is at +the trestle over there. It is Outguard No. 2. You are in Outguard No. +1. You know where we left our platoon. It is our support. Signal Smith +to come in." I then have the squad pitch their shelter tents along the +northern side of the wall, where they will be hidden to view from the +front by the trees along the lane and the wall. I want the men to get +shelter from the rain as soon as possible. I then instruct the men of +the squad, in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</a></span> same manner that I did Brown; I notice the time, +and detail Davis as second relief and Carter as third relief for +Brown's post.</p> + +<p>I then direct two men to take all the canteens and go over to that +farm (Mills) and fill them, first questioning the people about the +enemy and about the country around here. I also direct these two men +to get some straw or hay for bedding in the shelter tents, and +instruct them to return with as little delay as possible.</p> + +<p>I wait until they return and order two other men to go down to the +cross roads, question the people there, look the ground over and +return here. I caution them not to give any information about our +force or the outguard. I would see that the sentinel's position was +the best available and that the men had as comfortable quarters as +possible, without being unduly exposed to view and without interfering +with their movements in case of attack. They would keep their rifles +at their sides at all times and not remove their equipments. After +dark I put two men on post at the same time. To do this I arrange +three reliefs of two men each. They are posted in pairs for two hours +at a time.</p> + +<p>If no patrol from the support appeared within a half hour after I +first took position I would send a messenger back to you to see if +everything was all right and tell you what I had done.</p> + +<p><strong>Lieutenant:</strong> I think the two men sent to the crossroads should have +been started out before sending anyone to the Mills house as this was +a more important point. The Field Service Regulations state that +outguards do not patrol to the front, but what you did was entirely +correct. You were securing yourself in your position and should be +familiar with your immediate surroundings. You should have told the +crossroads patrol to determine how much of an obstacle Sandy Creek +was. I suppose you assumed the swamp was impassable.</p> + +<p>The sentinel in this case is, I suppose, across the lane from the +outguard about ten or fifteen yards in advance. After dark the double +sentinel post should be posted on the pike about thirty yards in +advance of the outguard.</p> + +<p>Very frequently it would not be wise to put up your shelter tents on +outguard. But here, considering the rain and the protection the trees +and wall furnish, it was wise to do so.</p> + +<p>The noncommissioned officer in charge of an outguard should be very +precise in giving his orders and in making his arrangements, details, +etc. The discipline must be strict; that is, the men must be kept +under absolute control, so that in case of sudden attack there will be +no chance of confusion and the outguard commander will have his men +absolutely in hand and not permit any independent action on their +part. This is often not the case, owing to the familiar relations that +usually exist in our army between a corporal and the members of his +squad.</p> + +<p>We will not have time to go into the arrangements for Outguard No. 2 +other than to say that the conditions there are somewhat different +from those Corporal Baker has had to deal with. The outguard should be +posted on the west bank of Sandy Creek and the sentinel at the +southeastern end of the trestle. A skirmish trench should be dug down +the western slope of the fill west of the creek, and extended across +the track by throwing up a parapet about two and one-half feet high, +slightly bent<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</a></span> back towards the northeast so as to furnish cover from +fire from the east bank of the creek, north of the trestle. The +shelter tents could be pitched as "lean tos" against the western slope +of the fill, and hidden by bushes and branches of trees.</p> + +<p>(Note: The details of commanding this outguard, its action in case of +attack, what should be done with a passing countryman, etc., can be +profitably worked out in great detail.)</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 2</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1078" id="Para_1078">1078</a>. Lieutenant (to six squads):</strong> We will take the same situation as +we had in Problem 1, with squad outguards as before.</p> + +<p>Sergeant Adams, you have command of the platoon and have sent out the +two outguards. Explain your arrangements for the support.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I have the men fall out by squads and rest on the side +of the road while I look the ground over. I then tell Sergeant Barnes, +"You will have immediate charge of the guard, cooking, visiting +patrols, etc., here at the support. Detail three men from Corporal +Evan's squad as first, second and third relief for the sentinel over +the support Post your sentinel at the road fork and give him the +necessary instructions as to the outguards, the adjacent support which +is on this road (pointing west) on top of that ridge, etc. I will give +you further instructions later." I then fall in the remainder of the +support (one sergeant, one cook, four corporals and twenty-seven +privates, three squads being intact and one man on duty as sentinel) +and have shelter tents pitched under cover of the orchard and Mason +house. While this is being completed I select a line for a trench, +about thirty-five yards long, behind the fence on the east and west +road and extending east of the Chester Pike about fifteen yards, +slightly bent back towards the northeast. No trench in the road. I +then say to Sergeant Foss, "Take Graves' squad and construct a shelter +trench along this line (indicating) having the parapet concealed. Cut +the fences so as to furnish easy access."</p> + +<p>I then say to Corporal Evans, "Take three men from your squad and, as +a reconnoitering patrol, cross the trestle there (pointing), and +follow that road (pointing to the Boling-Salem road) into Salem, +reconnoitering that village. Then take up a position on that ridge +(pointing to Sandy Ridge) and remain out until dusk. Send me a message +from Sandy Ridge with a sketch and description of the country."</p> + +<p>I assume that Corporal Evans is familiar with the information about +the enemy, the location of our outguards, etc.</p> + +<p>Selecting five men from Corporal Geary's squad and the remaining man +of Corporal Evans' squad (three having been detailed for sentinel +duty, and three sent out on patrol duty with Corporal Evans), I turn +them over to Sergeant Barnes, saying, "Here are six men to furnish +three reliefs for a visiting patrol of two men. Have this patrol visit +Outguard No. 2 and cross the trestle, going south down the east bank +of the creek; thence recross the creek at the road bridge, visiting +Outguard No. 1; thence across to the adjacent outguard of the support +on our left, which is somewhere on that ridge (pointing to the Twin +Hills-Lone Hill Ridge); and thence to the starting point. Have them +locate that sup<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</a></span>port on their first trip. You can reverse the route +and make such minor changes from time to time as you think best. +Report to me after they have completed the first round. Make +arrangements for sending supper to the outguards. Take two men from +Corporal Jackson's squad to carry it out. Be careful that the cook +fire is not visible. I am going out to visit Outguard No. 1 and then +No. 2. You will have charge until I return."</p> + +<p>The men have stacked arms in front of the tents and have removed all +equipment but their belts.</p> + +<p>I would now visit the outguards, taking a man with me, and see if they +are properly located. I would instruct the outguard commanders as to +what to do in case of attack, in case strangers approach, point out +their line of retreat in case of necessity, etc. I would make a sketch +of the position and send it, with a description of my dispositions, to +the commander of the outpost.</p> + +<p><strong>Lieutenant:</strong> Your arrangements and dispositions appear satisfactory. +You should have been more prompt in sending Corporal Evans out with +his patrol. Why didn't you send a patrol towards York, or south along +the Chester Pike?</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> I considered that the support on my right would cover +that ridge (Twin Hills-Lone Hill), and that the route I laid out for +Corporal Evans would cover the Chester Pike and the country east of +Sandy Creek at the same time, thus avoiding the necessity for two +patrols.</p> + +<p><strong>Lieutenant:</strong> That seems reasonable, but you should have given some +specific orders about reporting on the width, depth, etc., of Sandy +Creek, which might prove a very valuable or dangerous obstacle. You +can readily see how quickly a command becomes broken up and depleted +in strength, and how important it is to make only such detachments as +are necessary. It looks as if your outguards might have been made +smaller considering the size of your platoon (6 squads), but I think +the squad outpost is so much better than one not composed of a +complete unit, that it is correct in this case. With Corporal Evans' +patrol of three men, the visiting patrol requiring six men, the +sentinel post requiring three men, Sergeant Barnes, and the two +outguards, you have thirty men actually on duty or detailed for duty, +out of fifty-one. Of course, the men constituting the outguards, the +man detailed for the visiting patrol and support sentinel, have +approximately two hours on duty and four hours off duty, so they get +some rest. Furthermore, you should have a three-man patrol watching +the crossroads at Salem during the night, Corporal Evans' patrol +having returned. This patrol should be relieved once during the night, +at a previously stated hour, which means six more men who do not get a +complete night's rest.</p> + +<p><strong>Sergeant Adams:</strong> Isn't Salem rather far to the front to send a patrol +at night?</p> + +<p><strong>Lieutenant:</strong> Yes, it is, but unless you touch the crossroads there you +would have to have two patrols out, one near Maxey's farm and one on +the Chester Pike. As it is you are leaving the road from York to the +crossroads in front of Outguard No. 1 uncovered, but you should find +that this is covered by a patrol from the adjacent support. The cross<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</a></span> +roads in front of Outguard No. 1 is the natural place for a +stationary, night patrol, but it is so close to the outguard that the +benefit derived from a patrol there would be too small to justify the +effort.</p> + +<p>(Note: Further details of the duties of this support can be gone into. +The messages should be written, and patrols carried through their tour +of duty with the resulting situations to be dealt with; the sentinels +tested as to their knowledge of their duties, etc. Also note carefully +the manner in which the support commander uses his noncommissioned +officers for carrying out his intentions, and thus avoids the most +objectionable and inefficient practice of dealing directly with the +privates.)</p> + + +<h6>Problem No. 3 (Infantry)</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1079" id="Para_1079">1079</a>.</strong> (See <a href="#Fort_Leavenworth_map">Fort Leavenworth map</a> in pocket at back of book.)</p> + +<p><strong>Situation:</strong></p> + +<p>A Blue force, Companies A and B, 1st Infantry, under Captain A, in +hostile country, is covering the Rock Island Bridge and camped for the +night, April 20–21, on the south slope of Devin ridge (rm'). The enemy +is moving northward from Kansas City (30 miles south of Leavenworth). +At 3:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> Captain A receives a message from Colonel X at Beverly +(2 miles east of Rock Island Bridge, (qo')), stating that two or three +companies of hostile infantry are reported five miles south of +Leavenworth at 2:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> No enemy is west of Leavenworth. Captain A +decides to place one platoon on outpost.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 1.</strong> Captain A's order.</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> Verbally: "Two or three Red companies were five miles south of +Leavenworth at 2:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> today. No enemy is west of Leavenworth. We +will camp here. 1st Platoon, 'A' company, under Sergeant A, will form +the outpost, relieving the advance guard (2d Platoon Co. A). The line, +Pope Hill (sm')—Rabbit Point (tn') will be held. Detached posts will +be placed on Hill 880, west of Merritt Hill (rl'), and on Engineer +Hill (ql'). In case of attack the outpost line will be held.</p> + +<p>"The baggage will be at the main camp.</p> + +<p>"Messages will reach me on Devin Ridge (rm')."</p> + +<p>Issued verbally to officers and Sergeant A.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 2.</strong> Give verbatim (word for word) the order issued by +Sergeant A.</p> + +<p><strong>Answer.</strong> "Two companies of the enemy were five miles south of +Leavenworth at 2:30 <span class="ampm">P. M.</span> today. Our camp is to be here. This platoon +will be the outpost on the line, Rabbit Point (im')—Pope Hill (sm').</p> + +<p>"The right support, 1st section, less 1 squad, under Sergeant B, will +take position north of Pope Hill and cover the following front: the +ravine (XIX—Merritt Hill) west of Grant avenue to the ravine about +midway between Grant Avenue and Rabbit Point (tn').</p> + +<p>"The left support, 2d section, less 1 squad under Sergeant H, will +take position on north slope of Rabbit Point and will cover the +following front: The ravine midway between Grant Avenue and Rabbit +Point to Missouri River.</p> + +<p>"Corporal D, you will take the eight men of your squad and form a +detached post on Engineer Hill (qk').</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</a></span>"Corporal E, take your squad and form a detached post on Hill 880 west +of Merritt Hill (rl').</p> + +<p>"If attacked hold your front. Each support and detached post will +entrench.</p> + +<p>"Send messages to me at right support."</p> + +<p>The outpost moves out, each support and detached post separately, +without throwing out covering patrols, because the advance guard is +now holding the front. There is no reserve.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 3.</strong> What does Sergeant A do now?</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 4.</strong> What does Sergeant B do as soon as he reaches Pope Hill?</p> + +<p>(Note: During the remainder of the afternoon one man up in a tree on +Grant Avenue will be the only observing post necessary for this +support. At night an outguard would be placed on Grant Avenue with +continuous patrols along the front, because the open ground furnishes +easy approach to the enemy. A post of four men might also be placed on +the bridge over Corral Creek (um').)</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 5.</strong> The location of supports and the main body of detached +post on Engineer Hill.</p> + +<p><strong>Required, 6.</strong> What patrolling would be done from the left support?</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_VI_III" id="CHAPTER_VI_III"></a>CHAPTER VI</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">THE COMPANY ON OUTPOST</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Establishing the Outpost)</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1080" id="Para_1080">1080</a>.</strong> We will now apply some of the general principles of outposts +(see <a href="#Para_1051">Par. 1051</a>) to a company taking up its position on the line of +outposts.</p> + +<p>Let us suppose that our battalion has been detailed for outpost duty.</p> + +<p>In order to understand more fully the duties and functions of the +company commander, we will first consider what the major does. To +begin with, he and the battalion will have been detailed for outpost +duty before the march was completed, and he will have been told, +amongst other things, what is known of the enemy and also what is +known of other bodies of our own troops, where the main body will +halt, the general position to be occupied by the outpost, and what the +commander intends doing in case of attack.</p> + +<p>The major verbally designates, say, two companies, as the reserve, and +the other two companies, including our own, as the support. He places +the senior officer of the reserve companies in command of the reserve +and tells him where he is to go, and he indicates the general line the +outpost is to occupy and assigns the amount of front each of the other +companies is to cover. The limits of the sector so assigned should be +marked by some distinctive features, such as trees, buildings, woods, +streams, etc., as it is important that each company should know the +exact limits of its frontage. He tells the company commanders what he +knows of the enemy and of our own troops so far as they affect the +outposts, he indicates the line of resistance and how much resistance +is to be afforded in case of attack, states whether intrenchments and +obstacles are to be constructed, gives instructions about lighting +fires and cooking, and states where he can be found.</p> + +<p>Upon receiving his orders from the major, the company commander, <em>with +a proper covering detachment</em>, moves to the locality allotted him and +as he arrives upon the ground he is to occupy, he sends out, as +temporary security, patrols or skirmishers, or both, a short distance +in front of the general position the outguards will occupy, holding +the rest of the company back under cover. If practicable, the company +commander should precede the company and make a rapid examination of +the ground. He then sends out <em>observation groups</em>, varying in size +from four men to a platoon, generally a squad, to watch the country in +the direction of the enemy. These groups constitute the <em>outguards</em>, +and are just sufficient in number to cover the front of the supports, +and to connect where necessary with the outguards of adjoining +supports.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[Pg 353]</a></span>The company commander next selects a defensive position on the general +line of resistance, from which not only can he command the approaches, +but where he can also give assistance to the adjoining supports; he +then gives instructions in regard to the intrenchments and obstacles, +after which he makes a more careful reconnaissance of the section +assigned him; corrects the position, of the outguards, if necessary; +gives them instructions as to their duties in case of attack or when +strangers approach their posts; tells them the number (if any) of +their post, the number of the outguard and support and the numbers of +the adjoining outguards and supports; points out lines of retreat in +case they are compelled to fall back to the support, cautioning the +men not to mask the fire of the support; he tells them the names of +all villages, rivers, etc., in view, and the places to which the wagon +roads and the railroads lead; selects, if necessary, places for +additional posts to be occupied at night and during fog; sees that +suitable connections are made between him and the adjoining outguards, +and between his support and the adjoining supports; and questions +subordinate commanders to test their grasp of the situation and +knowledge of their duties, and on returning to the support he sends a +report with a <em>sketch</em> to the outpost commander, showing the +dispositions made.</p> + +<p>After the line of observation has been established, the support stacks +arms and the men are permitted to remove their equipments, except +cartridge belts. One or more sentinels are posted over these supports, +and they guard the property and watch for signals from the outguards. +Fires are concealed as much as possible and the messing is done by +reliefs. Mounted messengers ordinarily do not unsaddle; they rest, +water and feed as directed.</p> + +<p>After the major has received reports from both company commanders, he +will himself visit the outguards and supports and make such changes as +he may deem necessary, immediately after which he will submit to the +commander of the troops a written report, accompanied by a combined +sketch showing the positions of the different parts of the outpost. +The major might begin his inspection of the line of outguards before +receiving the reports of the company commanders.</p> + +<p>In training and instructing the company in outpost work, it is always +best to send out a few patrols and scouts an hour or two in advance, +with definite instructions as to what they are to do, and have them +operate against the company as hostile scouts and patrols. If the rest +of the company know that patrols and scouts are operating in their +front, and will try to work their way through the outpost line, they +will naturally take a keener interest in their work. Exercises of this +kind create a feeling of rivalry between the scouts and patrols, who, +on the one hand, are trying to work their way through the line of +outposts, and the outguards and patrols, who, on the other hand, are +trying to prevent them from so doing. It makes the work much more +<em>human</em>.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[Pg 354]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_VII_III" id="CHAPTER_VII_III"></a>CHAPTER VII</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">THE COMPANY IN SCOUTING<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> AND PATROLLING</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1081" id="Para_1081">1081</a>.</strong> The general principles of patrolling are explained in <a href="#Para_959">Par. 959</a>; +so we need not repeat them here.</p> + +<p>Many of the principles of scouting are, in reality, nothing but the +fundamentals of patrolling, and the main function of scouting, +<em>reconnoitering</em>, is also the function of a certain class of patrols. +So, we see that scouting and patrolling are inseparably connected, and +the importance of training the members of the company in the +principles of scouting is, therefore, evident.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1082" id="Para_1082">1082</a>. Requisites of a good Scout.</strong> A man, to make a good scout, should +possess the following qualifications:—</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Have good eyesight and hearing;</li> +<li>Be active, intelligent and resourceful;</li> +<li>Be confident and plucky;</li> +<li>Be healthy and strong;</li> +<li>Be able to swim, signal, read a map, make a rough sketch, and, of course, read and write.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1083" id="Para_1083">1083</a>. Eyesight and Hearing.</strong> To be able to use the eye and the ear +quickly and accurately is one of the first principles of successful +scouting. Quickness and accuracy of sight and hearing are to a great +extent a matter of training and practice. The savage, for instance, +almost invariably has quick eyesight and good hearing, simply from +continual practice.</p> + +<p>Get into the habit of seeing, <em>observing</em>, things—your eyesight must +never be resting, but must be continually glancing around, in every +direction, and <em>seeing</em> different objects. As you walk along through +the country get into the habit of noticing hoof-prints, wheel-ruts, +etc., and observing the trees, houses, streams, animals, men, etc., +that you pass.</p> + +<p>Practice looking at distant objects and discovering objects in the +distance. On seeing distant signs, do not jump at a conclusion as to +what they are, but watch and study them carefully first.</p> + +<p>Get into the habit of listening for sounds and of distinguishing by +what different sounds are made.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1084" id="Para_1084">1084</a>. Finding your Way in a strange Country.</strong> The principal means of +finding one's way in a strange country are by map reading, asking the +way, the points of the compass and landmarks.</p> + +<p><em>Map Reading.</em> This, of course, presupposes the possession of a map. +The subject of map reading is explained in <a href="#Para_1859">Pars. 1859</a> to 1877.</p> + +<p><em>Asking the Way.</em> In civilized countries one has no trouble in finding +his way by asking, provided, of course, he speaks the language.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[Pg 355]</a></span> If in +a foreign country, learn as soon as you can the equivalent of such +expressions as "What is the way to ——?" "Where is ——?" "What is +the name of this place?," and a few other phrases of a similar nature. +Remember, however, that the natives may sometimes deceive you in their +answers.</p> + +<p><em>Points of the Compass.</em> A compass is, of course, the best, quickest +and simplest way of determining the directions, except in localities +where there is much iron, in which case it becomes very unreliable.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 154px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1084.png" width="154" height="200" alt="Ascertaining compass points" title="Ascertaining compass points" /> +</div> + +<p>For determining the points of the compass by means of the North Star +and the face of a watch, see <a href="#Para_1096">Par. 1096</a>.</p> + +<p>The points of the compass can also be ascertained by facing the sun in +the morning and spreading out your arms straight from the body. Before +you is east; behind you, west; to your right, south; to your left, +north.</p> + +<p>The points of the compass can be determined by noting the limbs and +bark of trees. The bark on the north side of trees is thicker and +rougher than that on the south side, and moss is most generally found +near the roots on the north side. The limbs and branches are generally +longer on the south side of the trees, while the branches on the north +are usually knotty, twisted and drooped. The tops of pine trees dip or +trend to the north.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1085" id="Para_1085">1085</a>. Lost.</strong> In connection with finding your way through strange +country, it may be said, should you find you have lost your way, do +not lose your head. Keep cool—try not to let your brains get into +your feet. By this we mean don't run around and make things worse, and +play yourself out. First of all, sit down and think; cool off. Then +climb a tree, or hill, and endeavor to locate some familiar object you +passed, so as to retrace your steps. If it gets dark and you are not +in hostile territory, build a good big fire. The chances are you have +been missed by your comrades and if they see the fire, they will +conclude you are there and will send out for you. Also, if not in +hostile territory, distress signals may be given by firing your rifle, +but don't waste all your ammunition.</p> + +<p>If you find a stream, follow it; it will generally lead +somewhere—where civilization exists.</p> + +<p>The tendency of people who are lost is to travel in a circle +uselessly.</p> + +<p>Remember this important rule: <em>Always notice the direction of the +compass when you start out, and what changes of direction you make +afterwards.</em></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1086" id="Para_1086">1086</a>. Landmarks.</strong> Landmarks or prominent features of any kind are a +great assistance in finding one's way in a strange country. In +starting out, always notice the hills, conspicuous trees, high +buildings, towers, rivers, etc. For example, if starting out on a +reconnaissance you see directly to the north of you a mountain, it +will act as a guide without your having to refer to your compass or +the sun. If you should start from near a church, the steeple will +serve as a guide or landmark when you start to make your way back.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[Pg 356]</a></span>When you pass a conspicuous object, like a broken gate, a strangely +shaped rock, etc., try to remember it, so that should you desire to +return that way, you can do so by following the chain of landmarks. On +passing such landmarks always see what they look like from the other +side; for, that will be the side from which you will first see them +upon the return, trip.</p> + +<p><em>The secret of never getting lost is to note carefully the original +direction in which you start, and after that to note carefully all +landmarks.</em> Get in the habit of doing this in time of peace—it will +then become second nature for you to do it in time of war.</p> + +<p>It may sometimes be necessary, especially in difficult country, such +as when traveling through a forest, and over broken mountains and +ravines, for you to make your own landmarks for finding your way back +by "blazing" (cutting pieces of bark from the trees), breaking small +branches off bushes, piling up stones, making a line across a +crossroad or path you did not follow, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1087" id="Para_1087">1087</a>. Concealment and Dodging.</strong> Both in scouting and patrolling it must +be remembered not only that it is important you should get +information, but it is also fully as important that the enemy should +not know you have the information—hence, the necessity of hiding +yourself. And remember, too, if you keep yourself hidden, not only +will you probably be able to see twice as much of what the enemy is +doing, but it may also save you from being captured, wounded or +killed.</p> + +<p>Should you find the enemy has seen you, it is often advisable to +pretend that you have not seen him, or that you have other men with +you by signaling to imaginary comrades.</p> + +<p>As far as possible, keep under cover by traveling along hedges, banks, +low ground, etc. If moving over open country, make your way as quickly +as possible from one clump of trees or bushes to another; or, from +rocks, hollows or such other cover as may exist, to other cover. As +soon as you reach new cover, look around and examine your surroundings +carefully.</p> + +<p>Do not have about you anything that glistens, and at night be careful +not to wear anything that jingles or rattles. And remember that at +night a lighted match can be seen as far as 900 yards and a lighted +cigarette nearly 300 yards. In looking through a bush or over the top +of a hill, break off a leafy branch and hold it in front of your face.</p> + +<p>In selecting a tree, tower or top of a house or other lookout place +from which to observe the enemy from concealment, always plan +beforehand how you would make your escape, if discovered and pursued. +A place with more than one avenue of escape should be selected, so +that if cut off in one direction you can escape from the other. For +example, should the enemy reach the foot of a tower in which you are, +you would be completely cut off, while if he reached a house on whose +roof you happened to be, you would have several avenues of escape.</p> + +<p>Although trees make excellent lookout places, they must, for the same +reasons as towers, be used with caution. In this connection it may be +remarked unless one sees foot marks leading to a tree, men are apt not +to look up in trees for the enemy—hence, be careful not to leave foot +marks. When in a tree, either stand close against the trunk, or lie<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[Pg 357]</a></span> +along a large branch, so that your body will look like a part of the +trunk or branch.</p> + +<p>In using a hill as a lookout place, do not make the common mistake of +showing yourself on the skyline. Reach the top of the hill slowly and +gradually by crouching down and crawling, and raise your head above +the crest by inches. In leaving, lower your head gradually and crawl +away by degrees, as any quick or sudden movement on the skyline is +likely to attract attention. And, remember, just because you don't +happen to see the enemy that is no sign that he is not about. At +maneuvers and in exercises soldiers continually make the mistake of +exposing themselves on the skyline.</p> + +<p>At night confine yourself as much as possible to low ground, ditches, +etc. This will keep you down in the dark and will enable you, in turn, +to see outlined against the higher ground any enemy that may approach +you.</p> + +<p>At night especially, but also during the day, the enemy will expect +you along roads and paths, as it is easier to travel along roads and +paths than across country and they also serve as good guides in +finding your way. As a rule, it is best to use the road until it +brings you near the enemy and then leave it and travel across country. +You will thus be able better to avoid the outposts and patrols that +will surely be watching the roads.</p> + +<p>Practice in time of peace the art of concealing yourself and observing +passers-by. Conceal yourself near some frequented road and imagine the +people traveling over it are enemies whose numbers you wish to count +and whose conversation you wish to overhear. Select a spot where they +are not likely to look for you, and which has one or more avenues of +escape; choose a position with a background that matches your clothes +in color; keep quiet, skin your eyes; stretch your ears.</p> + +<p>A mounted scout should always have wire cutters when operating in a +country where there are wire fences.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1088" id="Para_1088">1088</a>. Tracking.</strong> By "tracking" we mean following up footmarks. The same +as the huntsman tracks his game so should we learn how to track the +enemy. One of the first things to learn in tracking is the pace at +which the man or horse was traveling when the track was made.</p> + +<p>A horse walking makes pairs of footmarks, each hind foot being close +to the impression of the forefoot. At a trot the tracks are similar, +but the pairs of footmarks are farther apart and deeper, the toe +especially being more deeply indented than at the walk. At a canter +there are two single footmarks and then a pair. At a gallop the +footmarks are single and deeply indented. As a rule, the hind feet are +longer and narrower than the forefeet.</p> + +<p>In case of a man walking, the whole flat of the foot comes equally on +the ground, the footmarks usually about 30 inches apart. If running, +the toes are more deeply indented in the ground, and the footmarks are +considerably farther apart than when walking. Note the difference +between footmarks made by soldier's shoes and civilian's shoes, and +those made by men and those made by women and children.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[Pg 358]</a></span>Study the difference between the tracks by a gun, a carriage, an +escort wagon, an automobile, a bicycle, etc., and the direction in +which they were going.</p> + +<p>In addition to being able to determine the pace of tracks, it is most +important that you should be able to tell how old they are. However, +ability to do this with any degree of accuracy, requires a vast amount +of practice. A great deal depends on the kind and the state of the +ground and the weather. For example, if on a dry, windy day you follow +a certain track over varying ground, you will find that on light sandy +soil, for instance, it will look old in a very short time, because any +damp earth that may have been kicked up from under the surface will +dry very quickly to the same color as the rest of the surface, and the +edge of the footmark will soon be rounded off by the breeze blowing +over the dry dust. The same track in damp ground will look much +fresher, and in damp clay, in the shade of trees, a track which may be +a day old will look quite fresh.</p> + +<p>The following are clues to the age of tracks: Spots of rain having +fallen on them since they were made, if, of course, you know when the +rain fell; the crossing of other tracks over the original ones; the +freshness or coldness of the droppings of horses and other animals +(due allowance being made for the effect of the sun, rain, etc.), and, +in the case of grass that has been trodden down, the extent to which +it has since dried or withered.</p> + +<p>Having learned to distinguish the pace and age of tracks, the next +think to do is to learn how to follow them over all kinds of ground. +This is a most difficult accomplishment and one that requires a vast +amount of practice to attain even fair proficiency.</p> + +<p>In tracking where it is difficult to see the track, such as on hard +ground, or in the grass, note the direction of the last foot-print +that you can see, then look on ahead of you a few yards, say, 20 or +30, in the same direction, and, in grass, you will probably see the +blades bent or trodden, and, on ground, you will probably see stones +displaced or scratched—or some other small sign which otherwise would +not be noticed. These indistinct signs, seen one behind the other, +give a track that can be followed with comparative ease.</p> + +<p>If you should lose the track, try to find it again by placing your +handkerchief, hat, or other object on the last footmark you noticed, +and then work around it in a wide circle, with a radius of, say, 30, +50, or 100 yards, choosing the most favorable ground, soft ground, if +possible. If with a patrol, only one or two men should try to find the +onward track; for, if everyone starts in to find it, the chances are +the track will be obliterated with their footmarks. In trying to find +the continuation of a track this way, always place yourself in the +enemy's position, look around the country, imagine what you would have +done, and then move out in that direction and look for his tracks in +soft ground.</p> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Practice</span></h4> + +<p>In order to learn the appearance of tracks, get a suitable piece of +soft ground, and across this have a man walk and then run, and have a +horse walk, trot, canter and gallop. The next day make similar tracks<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[Pg 359]</a></span> +alongside the first ones and then notice the difference between the +two. Also, make tracks on ordinary ground, grass, sand, etc., and +practice following them up. Finally, practice tracking men sent out +for the purpose. The work will probably be very difficult, even +disheartening at first, but you will gradually improve, if you +persevere.</p> + +<p>Above all things, get into the habit of seeing any tracks that may be +on the ground. When out walking, when going through exercises at +maneuvers, and at other times, always notice what tracks are on the +ground before you, and study them.</p> + +<p>The following exercises in scouting and patrolling afford excellent +practice and training:</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1089" id="Para_1089">1089</a>. The Mouse and Cat Contest.</strong> 1. A section of country three or four +miles square, with well-defined limits, is selected. The boundaries +are made known to all contestants and anyone going outside of them +will be disqualified.</p> + +<p>2. Two patrols of eight men each are sent out as "mice." They occupy +any positions they may wish within the boundaries named, and conceal +themselves to watch for hostile patrols.</p> + +<p>3. Half an hour later two other squads, wearing white bands around +their hats, or having other distinguishing marks, are sent out as +"cats" to locate, if possible, and report upon the position of the +"mice."</p> + +<p>4. An hour is fixed when the exercise shall end, and if within the +given time the "cats" have not discovered the "mice," the "mice" win.</p> + +<p>5. The "cats" will write reports of any "mice" patrols they may see.</p> + + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><em>Rules</em></p> + +<p>1. An umpire (officer or noncommissioned officer) goes with each +patrol and his decisions as to capture and other matters are the +orders of the company commander. The umpires must take every possible +precaution to conceal themselves so as not to reveal the position of +the patrols with which they are.</p> + +<p>Each umpire will carry a watch, all watches being set with that of the +company commander before the exercise commences.</p> + +<p>2. Any "cat" patrol coming within 50 yards of a "mouse" patrol, +without seeing the "mice," is considered captured.</p> + +<p>3. When the time is up, the umpires will bring in the patrols and +report to the company commander.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1090" id="Para_1090">1090</a>. Flag-Stealing Contest.</strong> 1. A section of country of suitable size, +with well-defined limits, is selected, the boundaries being made known +to the contestants.</p> + +<p>2. The contestants are divided into two forces of about 20 men each, +and each side will establish three Cossack posts along a general line +designated by the company commander, the two positions being selected +facing each other and being a suitable distance apart. The men not +forming part of the Cossack posts will be used as reconnoitering +patrols.</p> + +<p>3. About three quarters of a mile in rear of the center of each line +of outposts four flags will be planted, in line, about 30 yards apart.</p> + +<p>4. The scouts and patrols of each force will try to locate the +outposts of the other force, and then to work their way around or +between<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[Pg 360]</a></span> them, steal the flags and bring them back to their own side. +They will endeavor to prevent the enemy from doing the same.</p> + +<p>5. One scout or patrol will not carry away more than one flag at a +time, and will have to return to their side safely with the flag +before they can come back and capture another.</p> + +<p>6. Scouts may work singly or in pairs. Any scout or patrol coming +within 80 yards of a stronger hostile party, or Cossack post, will be +considered as captured, if seen by the enemy, and if carrying a +captured flag at the time, the flag will not count as having been +captured. Of course, if a scout or patrol can pass within 80 yards of +the enemy without being discovered, it may do so.</p> + +<p>7. An umpire (officer or noncommissioned officer) will be with each +Cossack post, each patrol, and at the position of the flags.</p> + +<p>8. The hour when the exercise ends will be designated in advance and +at that hour the umpires will bring in the Cossack posts and patrols. +The same requirements regarding watches obtains as in the Mouse and +Cat Contest.</p> + +<p>9. At the conclusion of the contest the commander of each side will +hand in to the company commander all sketches and reports made by his +men.</p> + +<p>10. Points will be awarded as follows:</p> + +<ul> +<li>Each flag captured, 5.</li> +<li>For each sketch and hostile report of the position of a Cossack +post, 3.</li> +<li>For each report of movements of a hostile patrol, 2.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The side getting the greatest number of points will win. </p> + +<p>11. Umpires may penalize the contestants for a violation of the rules.</p> + +<p>The same contest may be carried out at night, substituting lighted +Japanese lanterns for the flags.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> The best book on scouting that the author has ever seen, +is Baden-Powell's "Aids to Scouting," which was consulted in the +preparation of this chapter.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[Pg 361]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_VIII_III" id="CHAPTER_VIII_III"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">NIGHT OPERATIONS</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1091" id="Para_1091">1091</a>. Importance.</strong> Because of the long range and great accuracy of +modern fire arms, there has been in recent years a marked increase in +the practice of night operations, such operations being of common +occurrence not only for massing troops under cover of darkness in +favorable positions for further action, but also for actually +assaulting positions.</p> + +<p>Read carefully <a href="#Para_464">pars. 464</a>, <a href="#Para_496">496</a>, <a href="#Para_498">498</a>, <a href="#Para_523">523</a>, <a href="#Para_524">524</a>, <a href="#Para_580">580</a>–590.</p> + + +<h4>TRAINING OF THE COMPANY</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1092" id="Para_1092">1092</a>.</strong> Night movements are amongst the most difficult operations of +war, and, therefore require the most careful, painstaking and thorough +training and instruction of troops in all matters pertaining thereto. +The history of night fighting shows that in most cases defeat is due +to disorganization through panic. It is said that in daylight the +moral is to the physical as three is to one. That being the case, it +is hard to say what the ratio is at night, when a general atmosphere +of mystery, uncertainty and fear of surprise envelops the operations, +and, of necessity affects the nerves of the men. The vital importance, +therefore, of accustoming troops as much as we can in peace to the +conditions that will obtain in night fighting, cannot be +overestimated. The following outline shows the subjects in which +individual and collective instruction and training should be given:</p> + + +<h5>INDIVIDUAL TRAINING</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1093" id="Para_1093">1093</a>. General.</strong> The first thing to be done is to accustom the soldier +to darkness and to teach him to overcome the nervousness which is +natural to the average man in darkness.</p> + +<p>The best way to do this is to begin by training him in the use of his +powers of vision and hearing under conditions of darkness, which are +strange to him. The company should be divided into squads for this +instruction.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1094" id="Para_1094">1094</a>. Vision.</strong> Take several men to ground with which they are familiar. +Have them notice the different appearance which objects present at +night; when viewed in different degrees of light and shade; the +comparative visibility of men under different conditions of dress, +background, etc.; the ease with which bright objects are seen; the +difference between the visibility of men standing on a skyline and +those standing on a slope. Post the men in pairs at intervals along a +line which the instructors will endeavor to cross without being seen. +The instructors should cross from both sides, so as to compel +observation in both directions. Have a man (later, several) walk away +from the rest of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[Pg 362]</a></span> men and when he is about to disappear from view, +halt him, and estimate the distance. Send a man (later, several) +outside the field of vision, to advance on the rest of the men. Halt +him when he enters the field of vision and estimate the distance. Send +a number of men outside the limit of vision and then let them advance +on the rest of the men, using cover and seeing how near they can +approach unobserved.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1095" id="Para_1095">1095</a>. Hearing.</strong> Place a number of men a few yards apart and make them +guess what a noise is caused by, and its approximate position. The +rattle of a meat can, the movement of a patrol, the working of the +bolt of a rifle, the throwing down of accouterments, low talking, +etc., may be utilized. Take special pains to impress upon the men the +penetrating power of the human voice, and the necessity of preserving +absolute silence in night operations. Have blank cartridges fired and +teach the men to judge their direction and approximate distance away.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1096" id="Para_1096">1096</a>. Finding Bearings.</strong> Show the men how to determine the points of +the compass from the North Star. The Big Dipper constellation looks +like this:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1096.png" width="500" height="396" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p>The North Star is on the prolongation of a line joining the two +"pointing" stars, and at above five times the distance between the two +stars. At another time have those same men individually locate the +North Star. Using this star as a guide, practice the men moving in +different directions, by such commands as, "Smith, move southeast." +"Jones, move northwest," etc.</p> + +<p>To test a man's ability to keep a given direction when moving in the +darkness, choose a spot from which no prominent landmarks are visible, +advance toward it accompanied by a man, from a distance not less than +200 paces. While advancing the soldier must take his bearings. On +arriving at the spot chosen the instructor will turn the soldier +around rapidly two or three times and then have him continue to +advance in the same direction as before. No prominent landmarks should +be visible from the starting point.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1097" id="Para_1097">1097</a>. Moving in the Dark.</strong> Form four or five men in line with about one +pace interval, the instructor being on one of the flanks. Place some +clearly visible mark, such as a lantern, for the instructor to march +on. Impress upon the men the importance of lifting their feet up high +and bringing them to the ground quietly and firmly, and of keeping in +touch with the guide and conforming to his movements without sound or +signal. The pace should be slow and frequent halts should be made to +test the promptness of the men in halting and advancing together. As +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_363" id="Page_363">[Pg 363]</a></span> line advances, each man will in turn take his place on the flank +and act as guide. The light on which the men are marching should be +hidden from view at intervals, in order to test the ability of the men +to maintain the original direction. Later on, the number of men in a +line may be increased considerably. The rougher the ground, the darker +the night and the longer the line, the slower must the pace be and the +more frequent the halts. After passing an obstacle men instinctively +line up parallel to it, and consequently if the obstacle does not lie +at right angles to the line of advance, the direction will be lost; +so, be sure to guard against this.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1098" id="Para_1098">1098</a>. Night Fencing.</strong> Practice the men in charging in the dark against +a white cloth or the dummy figure of a man. In the beginning have the +figure in a fixed place, but later have the soldier charge seeking the +figure, and not knowing just exactly where it is beforehand.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1099" id="Para_1099">1099</a>. Night Entrenching.</strong> It is frequently necessary in time of war to +dig trenches at night in front of the enemy, and while this work is +easy in the moonlight, it is very difficult in the dark. Bear in mind +the following points:</p> + +<p>1. The tendency is to make the trench too narrow; hence, guard against +this.</p> + +<p>2. Be careful not to throw the earth too far or too near.</p> + +<p>3. Do not strike your neighbor's tools in working.</p> + +<p>4. Do not use the pick unless necessary, because it makes considerable +noise.</p> + +<p>5. Do not scrape the tools together in order to get off the dirt; use +a chip of wood or the toe of the shoe.</p> + +<p>6. Make as little noise as possible in digging and handling your +tools.</p> + +<p>7. If discovered by the enemy's searchlights, do not become excited or +confused; simply lie down.</p> + +<p>8. If attacked by the enemy, do not get rattled and throw your tools +away—put them in some fixed place where they can be found again.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1100" id="Para_1100">1100</a>. Equipment.</strong> At first the men should be taken out without arms, +but later on they should be trained to work in full equipment. Teach +every man what parts of his equipment are likely to make a noise under +special circumstances, such as lying down, rising, crossing obstacles, +etc., and instruct him how to guard against it. Bayonets should always +be fixed, but in order to avoid accidents the scabbard should be left +on them.</p> + +<p>From the beginning of the training continually impress upon the men +that it is absolutely criminal to fire without orders during a night +operation and that the bayonet is the only weapon he can use with +advantage to himself and safety to his comrades.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1101" id="Para_1101">1101</a>. Night Firing.</strong> As a rule men fire too high in the dark. They +must, therefore, be cautioned not to raise the rifle above the +horizontal, or incline the upper part of the body to the rear. When +the firing is stopped be sure to turn on the safety-lock. Experience +during the Russo-Japanese War taught the Japanese the kneeling +position is the most suitable for horizontal firing. The following +method, to be conducted in daytime, may be employed in training the +soldier to hold<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364">[Pg 364]</a></span> his rifle parallel to the ground while firing in the +dark:—Have each soldier, kneeling, close his eyes and bring his rifle +to the position of aim, barrel parallel to the ground. With the rifle +in this position, let him open his eyes and examine it. Then have this +done by squad, by command. When they become proficient in this +movement, have them close their eyes and while the eyes are closed, +put up a target and have them practice horizontal firing, opening +their eyes each time after pulling the trigger and then examining the +position of the piece.</p> + + +<h5>COLLECTIVE TRAINING</h5> + +<p>At first practice squads, then the platoons and later the company in +simple movements, such as squads right and left, right and left +oblique, etc., gradually leading up to more complicated ones in close +and extended order, such as right and left front into line, advancing +in platoon and squad columns, charging the enemy, etc. As far as +possible the movements should be executed by simple prearranged +signals from the unit commanders. The signals, which must not be +visible to the enemy, may be made with a white handkerchief or a white +flag, if the night be not too dark; with an electric flashlight, a +dark lantern or luminous disk. The light of the flashlight or lantern +must be screened, so it cannot be seen by the enemy. The following +signals are suggested:</p> + +<p>To advance: Raise vertically the lantern or other object with which +the signal is made.</p> + +<p>To halt: Lower and raise the object several times.</p> + +<p>To lie down: Bring the object down near the ground.</p> + +<p>To form squad columns: Move the object several times to the right and +left.</p> + +<p>To form platoon columns: Describe several circles.</p> + +<p>As skirmishers: Move the object front to rear several times.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1102" id="Para_1102">1102</a>. Night Marches.</strong> In acting as an advance guard to a column, the +company would send out a point a few yards ahead, which would be +followed by the rest of the company. Three or four scouts should be +sent out a hundred yards or so ahead of the point. They should advance +at a quick pace, keeping in the shadow on the side of the road, being +constantly on the alert, using their ears even more than their eyes. +They will halt to listen at crossroads and suspicious places, and move +on again when they hear the company approaching. Should the enemy be +discovered, one of the scouts will return to warn the advance +guard—the others will conceal themselves and watch. Under no +circumstances must the scouts ever fire, unless it be for the purpose +of warning the company and there is no other way of doing so. The +diagram on the opposite page is suggested as a good formation for a +company acting as advance guard at night. A company marching alone +would move in the same formation as when acting as advance guard, +except that it would protect its rear with a few scouts. Of course, +the nature of the country and proximity and activity of the enemy, +will determine the best formation to be used, but whatever the +formation may be, always remember to cover well your front, rear and +flanks, with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_365" id="Page_365">[Pg 365]</a></span> scouts, whose distance away will vary with the light and +nature of the country. <em>Don't forget that protection in rear is very +important.</em></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1102.png" width="600" height="304" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p>The men must be warned against firing, smoking, talking, striking +matches, making noise, etc. They should also be informed of the object +in view, direction of the enemy, etc.</p> + +<p>In night marches the rests should not exceed five minutes; otherwise, +many men will fall asleep.</p> + + +<h4>OUTPOSTS</h4> + +<p>Careful training in outpost duty at night is very harassing, but, in +view of its importance, should not be neglected. This instruction +should be given with the greatest thoroughness, strictness and +attention to detail.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1103" id="Para_1103">1103</a>. Sentries Challenging.</strong> In challenging sentries must be careful to +avoid any noise that would disclose their position. In fact, +challenging by voice should be reduced to a minimum by arranging a +system of signals by which the officers of the day, patrols, etc., can +be recognized. The following signals, any one of which may be decided +upon, which would be made first by the sentry and then answered by the +approaching party, are suggested: Clap the hands together twice; +strike the ground twice with the butt of the rifle; strike the butt of +the rifle twice with the hand; whistle softly twice. The replying +signal would be the same as the sentry's signal, except that in case +of the use of the butt of the rifle, an officer would reply by +striking twice on his revolver holster. After repeating the signal +once, if it is not answered, the sentry will challenge with the voice, +but no louder than is necessary. In case of a patrol only one man will +advance to be recognized after the signal has been answered. The +sentry must always allow persons to approach fairly near before +challenging.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1104" id="Para_1104">1104</a>. Sentries Firing.</strong> Anyone who has been through a campaign knows +how nervous green sentries are, and how quick they are about firing. +During the beginning of the Philippine Campaign the author heard of +several cases where sentries fired on fire-flies several hundred<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_366" id="Page_366">[Pg 366]</a></span> +yards away. Never fire unless it be absolutely necessary to give an +alarm, or unless you can clearly distinguish the enemy and are fairly +certain of hitting him. In the French Army in Algeria, there is a rule +that any sentry who fires at night must produce a corpse, or be able +to show by blood marks that he hit the person fired at. If he can do +neither, he is punished for giving a false alarm.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1105" id="Para_1105">1105</a>. Marking of Route from Outguards to Supports.</strong> The route from the +support to the outguards, and from pickets to their sentries, should, +if necessary, be clearly marked with scraps of paper, green sticks +with the bark peeled off, or in any other suitable way.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1106" id="Para_1106">1106</a>. Readiness for Action.</strong> The supports should always be ready for +action. The men must sleep with their rifles beside them and in such +places that they will be able to fall in promptly in case of attack. +Some men have a way of sleeping with their blankets over their heads. +This should not be allowed—the ears must always be uncovered. The +commander, or the second in command, with several men, should remain +awake. When the commander lies down he should do so near the sentry, +which is always posted over the support.</p> + + +<h4>GENERAL</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1107" id="Para_1107">1107</a>. Connections.</strong> It is of the greatest importance that proper +connection be maintained between the different parts of a command +engaged in night operations. It is astonishing with what facility +units go astray and how difficult it is for them to find their way +back where they belong.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1108" id="Para_1108">1108</a>. Preparation.</strong> It matters not what the nature of the night +operation may be, the most careful preparation is necessary. Success +often depends upon the care and thoroughness with which the plans are +made.</p> + +<p>All possible eventualities should be thought of and provided for as +far as praticable. The first thing to do is to get as much information +as possible about the ground to be covered and the position of the +enemy, and care must be taken to see that the information is accurate. +Reconnaissance must be made by night as well as by day; for, ground +looks very different at night from what it does during the day.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_367" id="Page_367">[Pg 367]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_IX_III" id="CHAPTER_IX_III"></a>CHAPTER IX</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">FIELD ENGINEERING</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1109" id="Para_1109">1109</a>.</strong> The following, from the <strong>Engineer Field Manual</strong>, together with the +elements of field engineering covered in <a href="#CHAPTER_XI_III">Chapter XI</a>, on <strong>Obstacles</strong>, +will give the company officer a good, working knowledge of those parts +of field engineering for which he is most likely to have need.</p> + + +<h4>Bridges</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1111" id="Para_1111">1111</a>. Dimensions and guard rail.</strong> A roadway 9 ft. wide in the clear +should be provided to pass infantry in fours, cavalry two abreast, and +military wagons in one direction; a width of 6 ft. will suffice for +infantry in column of twos, cavalry in single file, and field guns +passed over by hand.</p> + +<p>The <em>clear width</em> of roadway of an ordinary highway bridge should not +be less than 12 ft. for single track, or 20 ft. for double track.</p> + +<p>The <em>clear head room</em> in ordinary military bridges should not be less +than 9 ft. for wagons and cavalry; for highway bridges not less than +14 ft.</p> + +<p>Ramps at the ends of a bridge, if intended for artillery, should not +be steeper than 1 on 7. For animals, slopes steeper than 1 on 10 are +inconvenient.</p> + +<p>If the bridges are high, hand rails should be provided. A single rope +may suffice, or it may have brush placed upon it to form a screen.</p> + +<p>A guard rail should be provided along each side of the roadway, near +the ends of the flooring planks. In hasty bridges it may be secured by +a lashing or lashings through the planking to the stringer underneath. +Otherwise it may be fastened with spikes or bolts.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1112" id="Para_1112">1112</a>. Spar bridges.</strong>—This name is applied to bridges built of round +timbers lashed together. Intermediate points of support are provided +by inclined frames acting as struts to transmit weight from the middle +of the bridge to the banks. The single-lock and double-lock bridges +with two and three spans of 15 ft., respectively, are the ones of most +utility.</p> + +<p>The first step in constructing a spar bridge is to measure the gap to +be bridged and select the position of the footings on either bank. +Determine the distance from each footing to the middle point of the +roadway if a single-lock, or the two corresponding points of a +double-lock bridge. Next determine and mark on each spar except the +diagonals the places where other spars cross it. The marking may be +done with chalk, or with an ax. If possible a convenient notation +should be adopted. As, for example, in marking with chalk, a ring +around the spar where the edge of the crossing spar will come, and a +diagonal cross on the part which will be hidden by the crossing spar.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_368" id="Page_368">[Pg 368]</a></span>A simple way to determine the length of spars is the following: Take +two small lines somewhat longer than the width of the gap, double each +and lash the bights together. Stretch them tightly across the gap so +that the lashing comes at the middle as at <em>A</em>, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Fig. 8</a>. Release one +end of each and stretch it to the footing on the same side as +indicated by the dotted lines. Mark each line at the footing <em>C</em> or +<em>C'</em>, and at the position chosen for the abutment sill, <em>B</em> or <em>B'</em>. +Cut the lashing and take each piece of rope to its own side. The +distances <em>AB</em> and <em>AB'</em> are the lengths between the transoms, and +with 2 ft. added give the length of road bearers required. The +distances <em>AC</em> and <em>AC'</em> are the lengths of struts from butt to top of +transom, and with 3 ft added, give the total length of spars required.</p> + +<p>For a double lock bridge, a piece of rope of a length equal to the +length of the middle bay replaces the lashing. If the banks are not +parallel, a measurement should be taken on each side of the bridge.</p> + +<p>If desired, a section of the gap may be laid down on the ground in +full size and the lengths of spars determined by laying them in place. +This method, though given as standard by all authorities, requires +more time and more handling of material than the other and gives no +better results.</p> + +<p>The construction of a frame is shown in <a href="#Fig_1_IX_III">Fig. 1</a>, and the system of +marking in <a href="#Fig_2_IX_III">Fig. 2</a>. The arrangement of frames to form a single lock +bridge is shown in <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Figs. 3</a> and <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">4</a>, and a double lock bridge in <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Fig 6</a>.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 1 and fig. 2"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 250px;"> +<a name="Fig_1_IX_III" id="Fig_1_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1112a.png" width="250" height="250" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 250px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_IX_III" id="Fig_2_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1112b.png" width="250" height="250" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p> </p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_369" id="Page_369">[Pg 369]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 334px;"> +<a name="Plate_I_IX_III" id="Plate_I_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1113.png" width="334" height="500" alt="Plate I" title="Plate I" /> +<span class="caption">Plate I</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1113" id="Para_1113">1113</a>. Construction of single-lock bridges</strong>, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Figs. 3</a>, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">4</a>, and +<a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">5</a>.—Suitable for spans of 30 ft. or less. The two frames lock together +at the center of the span; their slope must not be more than 4 on 7. +The bridge can<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_370" id="Page_370">[Pg 370]</a></span> be erected by two or three noncommissioned officers +and 20 men, one-half on each side of the gap. Heavy spars require more +men.</p> + +<p>The footings at <em>A</em> and <em>B</em> must be firm, horizontal if possible, and +at right angles to the axis of the bridge. In a masonry pier they may +be cut out. In firm soil a simple trench will suffice. In yielding +soil a plank or sill must be laid in the trench. The frames are made +of such length as to give a slight camber to the bridge, which may be +increased to allow for probable settlement of the footings. The inside +dimension of one frame is made slightly greater than the outside +dimension of the other, so that one frame may fall inside of the other +when hauled into position. For a 9 ft. roadway the standards of the +narrow (inside) frame should be 9 ft. 6 ins. apart at the transom and +10 ft. 6 ins. at the ledger, in the clear, and the other (outside) +frame 1 ft. 6 ins. wider throughout.</p> + +<p>A frame is constructed on each bank. The standards are laid on the +ground in prolongation of the bridge, butts toward the bank. The +ledgers are lashed on <em>above</em> and the transoms <em>beneath</em> the standards +at the positions marked. The diagonal braces are lashed to the +standards, two butts and one tip above the latter, and to each other. +Before the braces are lashed the frame must be square by checking the +measurements of the diagonals.</p> + +<p>If necessary, pickets for the foot and guy ropes are driven, the +former about 2 paces from the bank and 4 paces on each side of the +axis of the bridge; the latter about 20 paces from the bank and 10 +paces on each side of the axis. The foot ropes, <em>CC</em>, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Fig. 5</a>, are +secured by timber hitches to the butts of the standards and the back +and fore guys, <em>DD</em> and <em>EE</em>, to the tips the fore guys are passed +across to the opposite bank. The guys of the <em>narrow</em> frame should be +<em>inside</em> the guys and standards of the wide frame.</p> + +<p>The frames are put into position one after the other, or +simultaneously if there are enough men. A man is told off to each foot +rope and one to each back guy to slack off as required, two turns +being taken with each of these ropes around their respective pickets. +The other men raise the frame and launch it forward, assisted by the +men at the fore guys, until the frame is balanced on the edge of the +bank. The frame is then tilted until the butts rest on the footing, by +slacking off the foot ropes and hauling on the fore guys, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Fig. 5</a>. +After the head of the frame has been hauled over beyond the +perpendicular, it is lowered nearly into its final position by +slacking off the back guys. When the two frames are in this position +opposite each other, the narrow frame is further lowered until its +standards rest upon the transom of the other. The wider (outer) frame +is then lowered until the two lock into each other, the standards of +each resting upon the transom of the other.</p> + +<p>The center or fork transom, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Figs. 3</a> and <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">4</a>, is then passed from shore +and placed in the fork between the two frames. This forms the central +support to receive a floor system of two bays, built as already +described.</p> + +<p>The estimated time for construction of such a bridge is about one hour +if the material is available and in position on both sides of the +stream. The construction of the roadway requires about twenty minutes; +forming footings in masonry about one hour.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_371" id="Page_371">[Pg 371]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1114" id="Para_1114">1114</a>. Construction of double-lock bridge</strong>, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Fig. 6</a>.—Suitable for spans +not exceeding 45 ft., and consisting of two inclined frames which lock +into a connecting horizontal frame of two or more distance pieces, +with cross transoms, dividing the gap to be bridged into three equal +bays of about 15 ft. The force required is two or three +noncommissioned officers and 25 to 50 men; the time for construction, +except roadway, about two and one-half hours; extra time to be allowed +for difficult footings.</p> + +<p>The width of gap is measured, the position of footings determined, and +the length of standards from butt to transom determined and marked as +before.</p> + +<p>The inclined frames in this case are built of equal widths, launched +as before, and held by guys just above their final position. Two +stringers are launched out from each bank to the main transom. The +distance pieces, <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Fig. 6</a>, are put into position inside the standards, +using tackle if necessary, and the road transoms are placed and lashed +to the distance pieces at the places marked. Both frames are now +lowered until they jam.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1115" id="Para_1115">1115</a>. Roadway of spar bridge.</strong>—For infantry in fours crowded the +transoms should have a diam. of not less than 9 ins. for a span of 15 +ft. Five stringers 2 ft. 3 ins. c. to c., and 6 ins. diam. at the tip +will suffice. If the sticks vary in size, the larger ones should be +notched down on the transom so as to bring the tops in the same plane. +The stringers should be long enough to overlap the transoms, and +should be lashed together at each tip. The floor is held down by side +rails over the outside stringers and lashed to them. If lumber can not +be obtained, a floor may be made, of small spars, the interstices +filled with brush, and the whole covered with loam or clay; <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">Figs. 7</a> +and <a href="#Plate_I_IX_III">9</a>.</p> + + +<h4>Corduroy Roads</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1116" id="Para_1116">1116</a>. Corduroying</strong> is done by laying logs crosswise of the road and +touching each other. The result will be better if the logs are nearly +of the same size. The butts and tips should alternate. If the logs are +large the spaces may be filled with smaller poles. The bottom tier of +logs should be evenly bedded and should have a firm bearing at the +ends and not ride on the middle. The filling poles, if used, should be +cut and trimmed to lie close, packing them about the ends if +necessary. If the soil is only moderately soft the logs need be no +longer than the width of the road. In soft marsh it may be necessary +to make them longer.</p> + +<p>The logs may be utilized as the wearing surface. In fact this is +usually the case. They make a rough surface, uncomfortable for +passengers and hard on wagons and loads, but the resistance to +traction is much less than would be expected, and the roughness and +slightly yielding surface make excellent footing for animals. Surface +corduroy is perishable and can last but a short time. In marshes, +where the logs can be placed below the ground-water level, they are +preserved from decay, and if any suitable material can be found, to +put a thin embankment over them, a good permanent road may be made.</p> + +<p>Any tough, fibrous material may be used to temporarily harden the +surface of a road. Hay or straw, tall weeds, corn and cane stalks +have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_372" id="Page_372">[Pg 372]</a></span> been used to good advantage. Such materials should be laid with +the fibers crosswise of the road, and covered with a thin layer of +earth, thrown on from the sides; except in sand, when it is better to +dig a shallow trench across the road, fill it with the material and +then dig another trench just in front of and in contact with the first +and throw the sand from it back onto the material in the first trench, +etc.</p> + + +<h4>Brush work</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1117" id="Para_1117">1117</a>. A fascine</strong> is a cylindrical bundle of brush, closely bound. The +usual length is 18 ft. and the diam. 9 ins. when compressed. Lengths +of 9 and 6 ft., which are sometimes used, are most conveniently +obtained by sawing a standard fascine into 2 or 3 pieces. The weight +of a fascine of partially seasoned material will average 140 lbs.</p> + +<p>Fascines are made in a <strong>cradle</strong> which consists of five trestles. A +<strong>trestle</strong> is made of two sticks about 6<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> ft. long and 3 ins. in diam, +driven into the ground and lashed at the intersection as shown in <a href="#Plate_II_IX_III">Fig. +10</a>. In making a cradle, plant the end trestles 16 ft. apart and +parallel. Stretch a line from one to the other over the intersection, +place the others 4 ft. apart and lash them so that each intersection +comes fairly to the line.</p> + +<p><strong>To build a fascine</strong>, straight pieces of brush, 1 or 2 ins. at the butt, +are laid on, the butts projecting at the end 1 ft. beyond the trestle. +Leaves should be stripped and unruly branches cut off, or partially +cut through, so that they will lie close. The larger straighter brush +should be laid on the outside, butts alternating in direction, and +smaller stuff in the center. The general object is to so dispose the +brush as to make the fascine of uniform size, strength, and stiffness +from end to end.</p> + +<p>When the cradle is nearly filled, the fascine is compressed or <strong>choked</strong> +by the <strong>fascine choker</strong>, <a href="#Plate_II_IX_III">Fig. 11</a>, which consists of 2 bars 4 ft. long, +joined at 18 ins. from the ends by a chain 4 ft. long. The chain is +marked at 14 ins. each way from the middle by inserting a ring or +special link. To use, two men standing on opposite sides pass the +chain under the brush, place the short ends of the handles on top and +pass the bars, short end first, across to each other. They then bear +down on the long ends until the marks on the chain come together. +Chokers may be improvised from sticks and rope or wire.</p> + +<p><strong>Binding</strong> will be done with a double turn of wire or tarred rope. It +should be done in 12 places, 18 ins. apart, the end binders 3 ins. +outside the end trestles. To bind a fascine will require 66 ft. of +wire.</p> + +<p>Improvised binders may be made from rods of live brush, hickory or +hazel is the best. Place the butt under the foot and twist the rod to +partially separate the fibers and make it flexible. A rod so prepared +is called a <strong>withe</strong>. To use a withe, make a half turn and twist at the +smaller end, <a href="#Plate_II_IX_III">Fig. 12</a>; pass the withe around the brush and the large +end through the eye. Draw taut and double the large end back, taking 2 +half-hitches over its own standing part, <a href="#Plate_II_IX_III">Fig. 13</a>.</p> + +<p>When the fascine is choked and bound, saw the ends off square, 9 ins. +outside the end binders. After a cradle is made, 4 men can make 1 +fascine per hour, with wire binding. Withes require 1 man more.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373">[Pg 373]</a></span><strong>A fascine revetment</strong> is made by placing the fascines as shown in <a href="#Plate_II_IX_III">Fig. +14</a>. The use of headers and anchors is absolutely necessary in loose +soils only, but they greatly strengthen the revetment in any case. A +fascine revetment <strong>must always be crowned</strong> with sods or bags.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Plate_II_IX_III" id="Plate_II_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1118.png" width="500" height="437" alt="Plate II" title="Plate II" /> +<span class="caption">Plate II</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1118" id="Para_1118">1118</a>.</strong> In all brush weaving the following terms have been adopted and +are convenient to use:</p> + +<p><strong>Randing.</strong>—Weaving a single rod in and out between pickets.</p> + +<p><strong>Slewing.</strong>—Weaving two or more rods together in the same way.</p> + +<p><strong>Pairing.</strong>—Carrying two rods together, crossing each other in and out +at each picket.</p> + +<p><strong>Wattling.</strong>—A general term applied to the woven part of brush +construction.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1119" id="Para_1119">1119</a>. A hurdle</strong> is a basket work made of brushwood. If made in pieces, +the usual size is 2 ft. 9 ins. by 6 ft., though the width may be +varied so that it will cover the desired height of slope.</p> + +<p>A hurdle is made by describing on the ground an arc of a circle of 8 +ft. radius and on the arc driving 10 pickets, 8 ins. apart, covering 6 +ft. out to out, <a href="#Plate_II_IX_III">Fig. 15</a>. Brush is then woven in and out and well +com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_374" id="Page_374">[Pg 374]</a></span>pacted. The concave side of a hurdle should be placed next the +earth. It wraps less than if made flat.</p> + +<p><strong>In weaving the hurdle</strong>, begin randing at the middle space at the +bottom. Reaching the end, twist the rod as described for a withe, but +at one point only, bend it around the end picket and work back. Start +a second rod before the first one is quite out, slewing the two for a +short distance. Hammer the wattling down snug on the pickets with a +block of wood and continue until the top is reached. It improves the +hurdle to finish the edges with two selected rods paired, <a href="#Plate_III_IX_III">Fig. 16</a>. A +pairing may be introduced in the middle, if desired, to give the +hurdle extra endurance if it is to be used as a pavement or floor. If +the hurdle is not to be used at once, or if it is to be transported, +it must be sewed. The sewing is done with wire, twine, or withes at +each end and in the middle, with stitches about 6 ins. long, as shown +in <a href="#Plate_III_IX_III">Fig. 16</a>. About 40 ft. of wire is required to sew one hurdle. No. 14 +is about the right size, and a coil of 100 lbs. will sew 40 hurdles. +Three men should make a hurdle in 2 hours, 2 wattling and the third +preparing the rods.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1120" id="Para_1120">1120</a>. Continuous hurdle.</strong>—If conditions permit the revetment to be +built in place, the hurdle is made continuous for considerable +lengths. The pickets may be larger; they are driven farther apart, 12 +or 18 ins., and the brush may be heavier. The construction is more +rapid. The pickets are driven with a little more slant than is +intended and must be anchored to the parapet. A line of poles with +wire attached at intervals of 2 or 3 pickets will answer. The wires +should be made fast to the pickets after the wattling is done. They +will interfere with the wearing if fastened sooner. Two men should +make 4 yds. of continuous hurdle of ordinary height in one hour.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1121" id="Para_1121">1121</a>. Brush revetment.</strong>—Pickets may be set as above described and the +brush laid inside of them without weaving, being held in place by +bringing the earth up with it. In this case the anchors must be +fastened before the brush laying begins. The wires are not much in the +way in this operation.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1122" id="Para_1122">1122</a>. Gabion making.—A gabion</strong> is a cylindrical basket with open ends, +made of brush woven on pickets or stakes as described for hurdles. The +usual size is 2 ft. outside diam. and 2 ft. 9 ins. height of wattling. +On account of the sharp curvature somewhat better brush is required +for gabions than will do for hurdles.</p> + +<p><strong>The gabion form</strong>, <a href="#Plate_III_IX_III">Fig. 17</a>, is of wood, 21 ins. diam., with equidistant +notches around the circumference, equal in number to the number of +pickets to be used, usually 8 to 14, less if the brush is large and +stiff, more if it is small and pliable. The notches should be of such +depth that the pickets will project to 1 in. outside the circle. The +pickets should be 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> to 1<span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> ins. diam., 3 ft. 6 ins. long and +sharpened, half at the small and half at the large end.</p> + +<p><strong>To make a gabion</strong>, the form is placed on the ground, level or nearly +so, and the pickets are driven vertically in the notches, large and +small ends down, alternately. The form is then raised a foot and held +by placing a lashing around outside the pickets, tightened with a rack +stick, <a href="#Plate_III_IX_III">Fig. 18</a>. The wattling is randed or slewed from the form up. The +form is then dropped down, the gabion inverted and the wattling +com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375">[Pg 375]</a></span>pleted. If the brush is small, uniform, and pliable, pairing will +make a better wattling than randing. If not for immediate use, the +gabion must be sewed as described for hurdles, the same quantity of +wire being required.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_376" id="Page_376">[Pg 376]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 345px;"> +<a name="Plate_III_IX_III" id="Plate_III_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1122.png" width="345" height="500" alt="Plate III" title="Plate III" /> +<span class="caption">Plate III</span> +</div> + +<p>The gabion, when wattled and sewed, is completed by cutting off the +tops of the pickets 1 in. from the web, the bottom 3 ins., the latter +sharpened after cutting, and driving a carrying picket through the +middle of its length and a little on side of the axis. See that the +middle of this picket is smooth. Three men should make a gabion in an +hour.</p> + +<p>Gabions may be made without the forms, but the work is slower and not +so good. The circle is struck on the ground and the pickets driven at +the proper points. The weaving is done from the ground up and the +entire time of one man is required to keep the pickets in proper +position.</p> + +<p><strong>If brush is scarce</strong>, gabions may be made with 6 ins. of wattling at +each end, the middle left open. In filling, the open part may be lined +with straw, grass, brush cuttings, or grain sacks, to keep the earth +from running out.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1123" id="Para_1123">1123</a>. Gabion revetment.</strong>—The use of gabions in revetments is +illustrated in <a href="#Plate_III_IX_III">Fig. 20</a>. If more than two tiers are used, the +separating fascines should be anchored back. Gabion revetments should +be crowned with sods or bags.</p> + +<p>The advantages of the gabion revetment are very great. It can be put +in place without extra labor and faster and with less exposure than +any other. It is self-supporting and gives cover from view and partial +cover from fire quicker than any other form.</p> + +<p>Several forms of gabions of other material than brush have been used. +Sheet iron and iron and paper hoops are some of them. The iron +splinters badly, is heavy, and has not given satisfaction. If any +special materials are supplied the method of using them will, in view +of the foregoing explanation, be obvious.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1124" id="Para_1124">1124</a>. Timber or pole revetment.</strong>—Poles too large for use in any other +way may be cut to length and stood on end to form a revetment. The +lower ends should be in a small trench and have a waling piece in +front of them. There must also be a waling piece or cap at or near the +top, anchored back. <a href="#Plate_III_IX_III">Fig. 21</a> shows this form.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1125" id="Para_1125">1125</a>. Miscellaneous revetments.</strong>—Any receptacles for earth which will +make a stable, compact pile, as <strong>boxes</strong>, <strong>baskets</strong>, <strong>oil or other cans</strong>, may +be used for a revetment. <strong>Barrels</strong> may be used for gabions. <strong>Canvas</strong> +stretched behind pickets is well thought of in a foreign service. If +the soil will make <strong>adobe</strong>, or sun-dried bricks, an excellent revetment +may be made of them, but it will not stand wet weather.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377">[Pg 377]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Knots</h4> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_22_IX_III" id="Fig_22_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1126.png" width="100" height="200" alt="Fig. 22" title="Fig. 22" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 22<br /> +<em>Square or Reef</em></span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1126" id="Para_1126">1126</a>.</strong> <strong>Square</strong> or <strong>reef knot</strong>, <a href="#Fig_22_IX_III">Fig. 22</a>, commonly used for joining two +ropes of the same size. The standing and running parts of each rope +must pass through the loop of the other in the same direction, i. e., +from above down ward or vice versa; otherwise a <em>granny</em>, is made, +which is a useless knot that will not hold. The reef knot can be upset +by taking one end of the rope and its standing part and pulling them +in opposite directions. With dry rope a reef knot is as strong as the +rope; with wet rope it slips before the rope breaks, while a double +sheet bend is found to hold.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_23_IX_III" id="Fig_23_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1127.png" width="100" height="200" alt="Fig. 23" title="Fig. 23" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 23<br /> +<em>Two half hitches</em></span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1127" id="Para_1127">1127</a>. Two half hitches</strong>, <a href="#Fig_23_IX_III">Fig. 23</a>, especially useful for belaying, or +making fast the end of a rope round its own standing part. The end may +be lashed down or seized to the standing part with a piece of spun +yarn; this adds to its security and prevents slipping.</p> + +<p>This knot should never be used for hoisting a spar.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1128" id="Para_1128">1128</a>. Clove hitch</strong>, <a href="#Fig_24_IX_III">Fig. 24</a>, generally used for fastening a rope at +right angles to a spar or at the commencement of a lashing. If the end +of the spar is free, the hitch is made by first forming two loops, as +in <a href="#Fig_26_IX_III">Fig. 26</a>, placing the right-hand loop over the other one and +slipping the double loop (<a href="#Fig_27_IX_III">Fig. 27</a>) over the end of the spar. If this +can not be done, pass the end of the rope round the spar, bring it up +to the right of the standing part, cross over the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_378" id="Page_378">[Pg 378]</a></span> latter, make +another turn round the spar, and bring up the end between the spar, +the last turn, and the standing part, <a href="#Fig_25_IX_III">Fig. 25</a>. When used for securing +guys to sheer legs, etc., the knot should be made with a long end, +which is formed into two half hitches round the standing part and +secured to it with spun yarn.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 24, fig. 25, fig. 26, and fig. 27"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_24_IX_III" id="Fig_24_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1128a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Fig. 24" title="Fig. 24" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 24</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_25_IX_III" id="Fig_25_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1128b.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Fig. 25" title="Fig. 25" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 25</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_26_IX_III" id="Fig_26_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1128c.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Fig. 26" title="Fig. 26" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 26</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_27_IX_III" id="Fig_27_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1128d.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Fig. 27" title="Fig. 27" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 27</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="2" class="table_center caption"><em>Clove hitch</em></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1129" id="Para_1129">1129</a>. Timber hitch</strong>, <a href="#Fig_28_IX_III">Fig. 28</a>, used for hauling and lifting spars. It +can easily be loosed when the strain is taken off, but will not slip +under a pull. When used for hauling spars, a half hitch is added near +the end of the spar, <a href="#Fig_29_IX_III">Fig. 29</a>.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 28 and fig. 29"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 157px;"> +<a name="Fig_28_IX_III" id="Fig_28_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1129a.png" width="157" height="124" alt="Fig. 28" title="Fig. 28" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 28<br /> +<em>Timber hitch</em></span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 217px;"> +<a name="Fig_29_IX_III" id="Fig_29_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1129b.png" width="217" height="124" alt="Fig. 29" title="Fig. 29" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 29<br /> +<em>Timber hitch and half hitch</em></span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_30_IX_III" id="Fig_30_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1130.png" width="100" height="200" alt="Fig. 30" title="Fig. 30" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 30<br /> +<em>Bowline</em></span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1130" id="Para_1130">1130</a>. Bowline</strong>, <a href="#Fig_30_IX_III">Fig. 30</a>, forms a loop that will not slip. Make loop +with the standing part of the rope underneath, pass the end from below +through the loop, over the part round the standing part of the rope, +and then down through the loop <em>c</em>. The length of bight depends upon +the purpose for which the knot is required.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_31_IX_III" id="Fig_31_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1131.png" width="200" height="74" alt="Fig. 31" title="Fig. 31" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 31<br /> +<em>Bowline on a Bight</em></span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1131" id="Para_1131">1131</a>. Bowline on a bight</strong>, <a href="#Fig_31_IX_III">Fig. 31</a>. The first part is made like the +above, with the double part of a rope; then the bight <em>a</em> is pulled +through sufficiently to allow it to be bent past <em>d</em> and come up in +the position shown. It makes a more comfortable sling for a man than a +single bight.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_32_IX_III" id="Fig_32_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1132.png" width="100" height="200" alt="Fig. 32" title="Fig. 32" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 32<br /> +<em>Sheep shank</em></span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_379" id="Page_379">[Pg 379]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1132" id="Para_1132">1132</a>. Sheep shank</strong>, <a href="#Fig_32_IX_III">Fig. 32</a>, used for shortening a rope or to pass by a +weak spot; a half hitch is taken with the standing parts around the +bights.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1133" id="Para_1133">1133</a>. Short splice.</strong> To make a <em>short splice</em>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Figs. 33</a>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">34</a>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">35</a>, unlay +the strands of each rope for a convenient length. Bring the rope ends +together so that each strand of one rope lies between the two +consecutive strands of the other rope. Draw the strands of the first +rope along the second and grasp with one hand. Then work a free strand +of the second rope over the nearest strand of the first rope and under +the second strand, working in a direction opposite to the twist of the +rope. The same operation applied to all the strands will give the +result shown by <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Fig. 34</a>. The splicing may be continued in the same +manner to any extent (<a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Fig. 35</a>) and the free ends of the strands may be +cut off when desired. The splice may be neatly tapered by cutting out +a few fibers from each strand each time it is passed through the rope. +Rolling under a board or the foot will make the splice compact.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_380" id="Page_380">[Pg 380]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 326px;"> +<a name="Plate_IV_IX_III" id="Plate_IV_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1135.png" width="326" height="500" alt="Plate IV" title="Plate IV" /> +<span class="caption">Plate IV</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1134" id="Para_1134">1134</a>. Long splice</strong> (<a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Figs. 36</a>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">37</a>).—Unlay the strands of each rope for +a convenient length and bring together as for a short splice. Unlay to +any desired length a strand, <em>d</em>, of one rope, laying in its place the +nearest strand, <em>a</em>, of the other rope. Repeat the operation in the +opposite direction with two other strands, <em>c</em> and <em>f</em>. <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Fig. 37</a> shows +strands <em>c</em> and <em>f</em> secured by tying together. Strands b and e are +shown secured by unlaying half of each for a suitable length and +laying half of the other in place of the unlayed portions, the loose +ends being passed through the rope. This splice is used when the rope +is to run through a block. The diameter of the rope is not enlarged at +the splice. The ends of the strands should not be trimmed off close +until the splice has been thoroughly stretched by work.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1135" id="Para_1135">1135</a>. Eye splice</strong> (<a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Figs. 38</a>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">39</a>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">40</a>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">41</a>).—Unlay a convenient length of +rope. Pass one loose strand, <em>a</em>, under one strand of the rope, as +shown in <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">fig. 38</a>, forming an eye of the proper size. Pass a second +loose strand, <em>b</em>, under the strand of the rope next to the strand +which secures <em>a</em>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">Fig. 39</a>. Pass the third strand, <em>c</em>, under the +strand next to that which secures <em>b</em>, <a href="#Plate_IV_IX_III">fig. 40</a>. Draw all taut and +continue and complete as for a short splice.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381">[Pg 381]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Lashings</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1136" id="Para_1136">1136</a>. To lash a transom to an upright spar</strong>, <a href="#Plate_V_IX_III">Fig. 42</a>, transom in front +of upright.—A clove hitch is made round the upright a few inches +below the transom. The lashing is brought under the transom, up in +front of it, horizontally behind the upright, down in front of the +transom, and back behind the upright at the level of the bottom of the +transom and above the clove hitch. The following turns are kept +outside the previous ones on one spar and inside on the other, not +riding over the turns already made. Four turns or more are required. A +couple of frapping turns are then taken between the spars, around the +lashing, and the lashing is finished off either round one of the spars +or any part of the lashing through which the rope can be passed. The +final clove hitch should never be made around the spar on the side +toward which the stress is to come, as it may jam and be difficult to +remove. The lashing must be well beaten with handspike or pick handle +to tighten it up. This is called a square shears are laid alongside of +each other with their butts on the ground, lashing.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1137" id="Para_1137">1137</a>. Lashing for a pair of shears</strong>, <a href="#Plate_V_IX_III">Fig. 43</a>.—The two spars for the +points below where the lashing is to be resting on a skid. A clove +hitch is made round one spar and the lashing taken loosely eight or +nine times about the two spars above it without riding. A couple of +frapping turns are then taken between the spars and the lashing is +finished off with a clove hitch above the turns on one of the spars. +The butts of the spars are then opened out and a sling passed over the +fork, to which the block is hooked or lashed, and fore and back guys +are made fast with clove hitches to the bottom and top spars, +respectively, just above the each spar the distance from the butt to +the center of the lashing. Lay two of the spars parallel to each other +with an interval a little greater fork, <a href="#Plate_V_IX_III">Fig. 44</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1138" id="Para_1138">1138</a>. To lash three spars together as for a gin or tripod.</strong>—Mark on +than the diameter. Rest their tips on a skid and lay the third spar +between them with its butt in the opposite direction so that the marks +on the three spars will be in line. Make a clove hitch on one of the +outer spars below the lashing and take eight or nine loose turns +around the three, as shown in <a href="#Plate_V_IX_III">Fig. 45</a>. Take a couple of frapping turns +between each pair of spars in succession and finish with a clove hitch +on the central spar above the lashing. Pass a sling over the lashing +and the tripod is ready for raising.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1139" id="Para_1139">1139</a>. Holdfasts.</strong>—To prepare a fastening in the ground for the +attachment of guys or purchases, stout pickets are driven into the +ground one behind the other, in the line of pull. The head of each +picket except the last is secured by a lashing to the foot of the +picket next behind, <a href="#Plate_VI_IX_III">Fig. 46</a>. The lashings are tightened by rack +sticks, the points of which are driven into the ground to hold them in +position. The distance between the stakes should be several times the +height of the stake above the ground.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_382" id="Page_382">[Pg 382]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 327px;"> +<a name="Plate_V_IX_III" id="Plate_V_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1139a.png" width="327" height="500" alt="Plate V" title="Plate V" /> +<span class="caption">Plate V</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383">[Pg 383]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 324px;"> +<a name="Plate_VI_IX_III" id="Plate_VI_IX_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1139b.png" width="324" height="500" alt="Plate VI" title="Plate VI" /> +<span class="caption">Plate VI</span> +</div> + +<p>Another form requiring more labor but having much greater strength is +called a "<em>deadman</em>," and consists of a log laid in a transverse<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_384" id="Page_384">[Pg 384]</a></span> +trench with an inclined trench intersecting it at its middle point. +The cable is passed down the inclined trench, takes several round +turns on the log, and is fastened to it by half hitches and marlin +stopping, <a href="#Plate_VI_IX_III">Figs. 47</a>, <a href="#Plate_VI_IX_III">48</a>, <a href="#Plate_VI_IX_III">49</a>. If the cable is to lead horizontally or +inclined downward, it should pass over a log at the outlet of the +inclined trench, <a href="#Plate_VI_IX_III">Fig. 48</a>. If the cable is to lead upward, this log is +not necessary, but the anchor log must be buried deeper.</p> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385">[Pg 385]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_X_III" id="CHAPTER_X_III"></a>CHAPTER X</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">FIELD FORTIFICATIONS</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1140" id="Para_1140">1140</a>. Object.</strong> The object of field fortifications is two-fold.</p> + +<p>1. To increase the fighting power of troops by enabling the soldier to +use his weapons with the greatest possible effect.</p> + +<p>2. To protect the soldier against the enemy's fire.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1141" id="Para_1141">1141</a>. How these objects are accomplished.</strong></p> + +<p>These objects are accomplished:</p> + +<p>1. By means of shelters—trenches, redoubts, splinterproofs, etc., +which protect the soldier from the enemy's fire.</p> + +<p>2. By means of obstacles—wire entanglements, abatis, pits, etc., +which delay the advance of the enemy.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1142" id="Para_1142">1142</a>. Classification.</strong> Field fortifications are usually divided into +three classes, <strong>hasty intrenchments</strong>, <strong>deliberate intrenchments</strong> and <strong>siege +works</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong>Nomenclature of the Trench.</strong> The following illustration shows the names +of the various parts of the trench.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1142.png" width="500" height="251" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1143" id="Para_1143">1143</a>. Hasty intrenchments</strong> include trenches dug by troops upon the +battlefield to increase their fighting power. They are usually +constructed in the presence of the enemy and in haste and embrace +three forms viz:—the <strong>lying trench</strong>, the <strong>kneeling trench</strong>, and the +<strong>standing trench</strong>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1144" id="Para_1144">1144</a>. Lying trench.</strong> (<a href="#Fig_2_X_III">Fig. 2</a>.) This trench gives cover to a man lying +down. When intrenching under fire the rifle trench can be constructed +by a man lying down. He can mask himself from view in about 10 to 12<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_386" id="Page_386">[Pg 386]</a></span> +minutes and can complete the trench in 40 to 45 minutes. A good method +is to dig a trench 18 inches wide back to his knees, roll into it and +dig 12 inches wide alongside of it and down to the feet, then roll +into the second cut and extend the first one back. Conditions may +require men to work in pairs, one firing while the other uses his +intrenching tool. Duties are exchanged from time to time until the +trench is completed.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_X_III" id="Fig_2_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1144a.png" width="500" height="84" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1144b.png" width="500" height="114" alt="Fig. 2a" title="Fig. 2a" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2a<br /> +<em>Intrenching under fire</em></span> +</div> + +<p>The height of the parapet should not exceed 1 foot. This trench +affords limited protection against rifle fire and less against +shrapnel.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1145" id="Para_1145">1145</a>. Kneeling trench.</strong> (<a href="#Fig_3_X_III">Fig. 3</a>.) Time permitting the lying trench may +be enlarged and deepened until the kneeling trench has been +constructed. The width of the bottom should be 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet—preferably +3 feet—and the relief (distance from bottom of trench to top of +parapet) is 3 feet—the proper height for firing over in a kneeling +position.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_X_III" id="Fig_3_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1145.png" width="500" height="113" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1146" id="Para_1146">1146</a>. Standing trench</strong> (<a href="#Fig_4_X_III">Fig. 4</a>) has a bottom width of 3 to 3<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet +and a relief of 4<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet which is the proper firing height for men +of average stature. As this trench does not give complete cover to men +standing in it a passage way should be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387">[Pg 387]</a></span> constructed in rear of it not +less than 6 feet below the interior crest. This forms the complete +trench (<a href="#Fig_5_X_III">Fig. 5</a>). <a href="#Fig_6_X_III">Figures 6</a>–<a href="#Fig_7_X_III">7</a>–<a href="#Fig_8_X_III">8</a> show simple standing trenches used in +the European War.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_4_X_III" id="Fig_4_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1146a.png" width="500" height="145" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_X_III" id="Fig_5_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1146b.png" width="500" height="192" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_6_X_III" id="Fig_6_X_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Simple Standing Trench, Parapet Suppressed</span> +<img src="images/illus-1146c.png" width="500" height="208" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_7_X_III" id="Fig_7_X_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Simple Standing Trench, Rocky Ground</span> +<img src="images/illus-1146d.png" width="500" height="177" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_8_X_III" id="Fig_8_X_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Narrow Firing Trench with Parados</span> +<img src="images/illus-1146e.png" width="500" height="174" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1147" id="Para_1147">1147</a>. Deliberate intrenchments</strong> comprise trenches and works constructed +by troops not in line of battle and are usually intended to enable a +small force to resist a much larger one. It frequently happens that +hasty intrenchments are developed into deliberate intrenchments and +from this stage pass into the domain of siege works.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1148" id="Para_1148">1148</a>. Fire trenches</strong>,—the trenches which shelter the firing line,—are +of different types. No fixed type can be prescribed. The type must be +selected with due regard to the terrain, enemy, time, tools, soil, +etc., but all should conform to the requirements of a good field of +fire, and protection for the troops behind a vertical wall, preferably +with some head or over head cover.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388">[Pg 388]</a></span>The simplest form of fire trench is deep and narrow and has a flat +concealed parapet (<a href="#Fig_9_X_III">Fig. 9</a>). When time will permit the simple trench +should be planned with a view to developing it into a more complete +form (<a href="#Fig_10_X_III">Figs. 10</a> and <a href="#Fig_11_X_III">11</a>). In all trenches as soon as practicable a +passage way—2 feet wide at the bottom—should be provided, in rear of +the firing step, for the men carrying supplies, ammunition, etc., and +for the removal of the wounded.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 9, fig. 10, fig. 11, and fig. 12"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_9_X_III" id="Fig_9_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148a.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_10_X_III" id="Fig_10_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148b.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_11_X_III" id="Fig_11_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148c.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_12_X_III" id="Fig_12_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148d.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>When the excavated earth is easily removed a fire trench without +parapet may be the one best suited to the soil and other conditions +affecting the conditions of profile (<a href="#Fig_12_X_III">Fig. 12</a>). The enemy's infantry as +well as artillery will generally have great difficulty in seeing this +trench. <a href="#Fig_13_X_III">Fig. 13</a> shows a squad trench. <a href="#Fig_14_X_III">Fig. 14</a> shows a fire trench +provided with protection against shrapnel. This trench is used in the +European War.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_13_X_III" id="Fig_13_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148e.png" width="500" height="164" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_14_X_III" id="Fig_14_X_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Protection against Shrapnel</span> +<img src="images/illus-1148f.png" width="500" height="246" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14</span> +</div> + +<p>In the European War the aim in constructing fire trenches seems to be +to minimize and localize artillery effect as far as possible. The main +excavation along the front is a continuous, very deep, communication, +not in itself prepared for active defense. The actual firing is done +from banquettes or firing steps just to the front of the passage or +from trenches dug as far as 5 or 10 feet in front of the main +excavation and reached by short passages. <a href="#Fig_15_X_III">Figs 15</a> and <a href="#Fig_16_X_III">16</a> show the type +of this construction. <a href="#Fig_17_X_III">Fig. 17</a> shows a fire trench with parades and +shelter.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389">[Pg 389]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_15_X_III" id="Fig_15_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148g.png" width="500" height="117" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1148h.png" width="500" height="136" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15<br /> +Two Methods for Communication Trenches in rear of Firing Trenches</span> +</div> + +<p> <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_390" id="Page_390">[Pg 390]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_16_X_III" id="Fig_16_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148i.png" width="500" height="187" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Communication Trenches in rear of Firing Trenches</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1148j.png" width="500" height="381" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Plan</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1148k.png" width="500" height="180" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Recessed and Traversed Firing Trench<br /> +Fig. 16</span> +</div> + +<p> <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391">[Pg 391]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_17_X_III" id="Fig_17_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1148l.png" width="500" height="168" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17<br /> +Trench Shelter</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1149" id="Para_1149">1149</a>. Traverses.</strong> Fire trenches are divided into sections or bays by +means of traverses which intercept side or enfilade fire and limit the +effect of shells, bombs or grenades, which burst inside of the trench. +The traverses should be wide enough to screen the full width of the +trench with a little to spare. The thickness of the traverse varies +from 3 to 6 feet or more. Six feet is the dimension generally found in +the traverses in the trenches on the European battle fronts.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1150" id="Para_1150">1150</a>. Trench recesses; sortie steps.</strong> It will be noted that in some of +the diagrams of the trenches now being used in the European War the +berm has been eliminated entirely. The object being to bring the firer +closer to the vertical wall thus giving him better protection from +shrapnel fire. There have also been added to the trench, recesses for +hand grenades. These recesses are similar to recesses dug in the front +wall of the trench for ammunition. One form of recess is shown in +(<a href="#Fig_18_X_III">Fig. 18</a>). In order to provide facilities for rapidly mounting from +the trench to charge, sortie steps and stakes have been provided in +some trenches as shown in (<a href="#Fig_16_X_III">Fig. 16</a>).</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_18_X_III" id="Fig_18_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1149.png" width="500" height="248" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18<br /> +<em>Store Recesses for Water, Hand-Grenades, Reserve Ammunition, Machine +Guns, Range Finders, Blankets, etc.</em> (From <em>Field +Entrenchments</em>—Solano.)</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392">[Pg 392]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1151" id="Para_1151">1151</a>. Parados.</strong> Instead of shrapnel, explosive shell is most frequently +used in the European War. This necessitates the addition of a parados +to the fire trench to protect against the back blast of high +explosives. This is shown in (<a href="#Fig_8_X_III">Figs. 8</a> and <a href="#Fig_17_X_III">17</a>).</p> + +<p>An interesting development in cover for the firing line is shown in +dugouts constructed in the fire trenches in the European war. These +dugouts are deep underground and shelter from 3 to 8 men each (<a href="#Fig_19_X_III">Fig. +19</a>). These dugouts will be discussed more in length under cover +trenches.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_19_X_III" id="Fig_19_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1151.png" width="500" height="436" alt="Fig. 19" title="Fig. 19" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 19</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1152" id="Para_1152">1152</a>. Head cover</strong> is the term applied to any horizontal cover which may +be provided above the plane of fire. It is obtained by notching or +loop-holing the top of the parapet so that the bottoms of the notches +or loopholes are in the desired plane of fire. The extra height of +parapet may be 12 to 18 inches and the loopholes may be 3 to 3<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> +feet center to center.</p> + +<p>Head cover is of limited utility. It increases the visibility of the +parapet and restricts the field of fire. At close range the loopholes +serve as aiming points to steady the enemy's fire and may do more harm +than good at longer ranges. This is especially the case if the enemy +can see any light through the loophole. He waits for the light to be +obscured, when he fires, knowing there is a man's head behind the +loophole. A background must be provided or a removable screen arranged +so that there will be no difference in the appearance of the loophole +whether a man is looking through it or not. Head cover is advantageous +only when the conditions of the foreground are such that the enemy can +not get close up.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1153" id="Para_1153">1153</a>. Notches and loopholes</strong>, <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Figs. 20</a>–22, are alike in all respects, +except that the latter have a roof or top and the former have not. The +bottom, also called <strong>floor</strong> or <strong>sole</strong>, is a part of the original superior +slope. The sides, sometimes called <strong>cheeks</strong>, are vertical or nearly so. +The plan depends upon local conditions. There is always a narrow part, +called the <strong>throat</strong>, which is just large enough to take the rifle and +permit sighting. From the throat the sides diverge at an angle, called +the <strong>splay</strong>, which depends upon the field of fire necessary.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393">[Pg 393]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 291px;"> +<a name="Fig_20_X_III" id="Fig_20_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1153.png" width="291" height="500" alt="Figs. 20–31" title="Figs. 20–31" /> +</div> + +<p>The position of the throat may vary. If on the outside, it is less +conspicuous but more easily obstructed by injury to the parapet and +more difficult to use, since in changing aim laterally the man must +move around a pivot in the plane of the throat. If the material of +which the loophole is constructed presents hard surfaces, the throat +should be outside, notwithstanding the disadvantages of that position, +or else the sides must be stepped as in <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 22</a>. In some cases it may +be best to adopt a compromise position and put the throat in the +mid<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_394" id="Page_394">[Pg 394]</a></span>dle, <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 22</a>. <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Figs. 23</a> to 26 show details and dimensions of a +loophole of sand bags.</p> + +<p>A serviceable form of loophole consists of a pyramidal box of plank +with a steel plate spiked across the small end and pierced for fire. +<a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 27</a> shows a section of such a construction. It is commonly known +as the <strong>hopper loophole</strong>. The plate should be <span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">8</span> in. thick, if of +special steel; or <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> in., if ordinary metal. <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 28</a> shows the +opening used by the Japanese in Manchuria and <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 29</a> that used by the +Russians.</p> + +<p>The construction of a notch requires only the introduction of some +available rigid material to form the sides; by adding a cover the +notch becomes a loophole. Where the fire involves a wide lateral and +small vertical angle, loopholes may take the form of a long slit. Such +a form will result from laying logs or fascines lengthwise on the +parapet, supported at intervals by sods or other material, <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 31</a>, or +small poles covered with earth may be used, <a href="#Fig_20_X_III">Fig. 30</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1154" id="Para_1154">1154</a>. Overhead cover.</strong> This usually consists of a raised platform of +some kind covered with earth. It is frequently combined with +horizontal cover in a single structure, which protects the top and +exposed side. The supporting platform will almost always be of wood +and may vary from brushwood or light poles to heavy timbers and plank. +It is better, especially with brush or poles, to place a layer of +sods, grass down, or straw, or grain sacks over the platform before +putting on the earth, to prevent the latter from sifting through.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 32, fig. 33, fig. 34, and fig. 35"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1154a.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 32" title="Fig. 32" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 32</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1154b.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 34" title="Fig. 34" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 34</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1154c.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 33" title="Fig. 33" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 33</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1154d.png" width="200" height="100" alt="Fig. 35" title="Fig. 35" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 35</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2" class="table_center caption">Types of overhead cover.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong>The thickness of overhead cover</strong> depends upon the class of fire against +which protection is desired, and is sometimes limited by the vertical +space available, since it must afford headroom beneath, and generally +should not project above the nearest natural or artificial horizontal +cover. For splinter proofs a layer of earth 6 to 8 ins. thick on a +support of brush or poles strong enough to hold it up will suffice if +the structure is horizontal. If the front is higher than the rear, +less thickness is necessary; if the rear is higher than the front, +more is required. For bombproofs a minimum thickness of 6 ins. of +timber and 3 ft. of earth is necessary against field and siege guns, +or 12 ins. timber<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_395" id="Page_395">[Pg 395]</a></span> and 6 ft. of earth against the howitzers and +mortars of a heavy siege train, not exceeding 6 inches in caliber.</p> + +<p>In determining the area of overhead cover to be provided, allow 6 sq. +ft. per man for occupancy while on duty only, or 12 sq. ft. per man +for continuous occupancy not of long duration. For long occupation 18 +to 20 sq. ft. per man should be provided.</p> + +<p>It is not practicable to give complete cover to rifle positions that +will successfully withstand the heavy artillery of today. The use of +overhead cover is usually limited to that sufficient for protection +against rifle fire, machine gun fire, and shrapnel.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1155" id="Para_1155">1155</a>. Cover trenches</strong> are constructed to provide safe cover for the +supports or reinforcements of the fire trenches or to provide cooking +and resting facilities for the garrison of the neighboring fire +trenches. The important point in cover trenches is safety. They vary +in design from the simple rectangular trenches to elaborately +constructed trenches having overhead cover, kitchens, shelters, +latrines, dressing stations, etc. Cover trenches must not be mistaken +for a secondary position, they are cover for the firing line, supports +and reserves until they are required in the fire trenches. The cover +trench requires a depth of at least 6 feet to protect men standing. +Greater depths may be used when necessary. <a href="#Fig_36_X_III">Fig. 36</a> is a section of an +open cover trench and <a href="#Fig_37_X_III">Fig. 37</a> of a closed one. This section may be +used for a communicating trench. <a href="#Fig_38_X_III">Fig. 38</a> shows a cover trench close to +a fire trench. The character of overhead cover for trenches is shown +in the diagrams under overhead cover. The distance of the cover +trenches varies with the situation. The experience of the European war +places the cover trenches from 15 to 50 yards in rear of the fire +trenches. These trenches furnish shelter for at least <span class="frac_top">2</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> of the +firing line and supports.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_36_X_III" id="Fig_36_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1155a.png" width="200" height="133" alt="Fig. 36" title="Fig. 36" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 36</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<table summary="Fig. 37 and fig. 38"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_37_X_III" id="Fig_37_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1155b.png" width="200" height="133" alt="Fig. 37" title="Fig. 37" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 37</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_38_X_III" id="Fig_38_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1155c.png" width="200" height="133" alt="Fig. 38" title="Fig. 38" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 38</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The reserves are furnished yet more elaborate shelter, with plenty of +room for the men to lie down and rest and when practicable, bathing +facilities are provided.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1156" id="Para_1156">1156</a>. Dugouts.</strong> An elaborate system of dugouts has developed along the +lines occupied by the troops in the European war. These dugouts are +located from 14 to 40 feet below the ground and are reached by stairs +in timbered passage ways. At the foot of the stairs a tunnel or +corridor runs forward and on either side or at the end, rooms have +been dug out varying in size. Most of these rooms have been timbered +and lined. Many are electrically lighted. In some of these underground +shelters, accommodations for several hundred men have been prepared +with all of the necessary facilities for making them comfortable. It +must be under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396">[Pg 396]</a></span>stood that such elaborate preparations can only be made +when troops face each other in trenches where operations have +developed into practically a siege.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1157" id="Para_1157">1157</a>. Communicating trenches.</strong> These trenches as the name implies are +for the purpose of providing safe communication between the cover and +fire trenches. They may be also constructed just in rear of a series +of fire trenches to provide a means of communication from one to the +other. Communicating trenches also extend to the rear of the cover +trenches and provide safe passage to fresh troops or supplies. These +trenches are usually laid out in zig zag or curved lines (<a href="#Fig_39_X_III">Fig. 39</a>), to +prevent enfilade fire from sweeping them. As a general rule excavated +earth is placed on both sides of the trench to afford protection, the +depth is usually from 6 to 7 feet. (<a href="#Fig_15_X_III">Fig. 15</a>) shows a typical +communicating trench.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_39_X_III" id="Fig_39_X_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1157.png" width="500" height="438" alt="Fig. 39" title="Fig. 39" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 39<br /> +<em>Typical Passage Trench from Supports to Firing Line.</em><br /> +(From <em>Field Entrenchments</em>—Solano)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1158" id="Para_1158">1158</a>. Lookouts.</strong> To enable the garrison of a trench to get the greatest +amount of comfort and rest, a <em>lookout</em> should be constructed and a +sentinel stationed therein.</p> + +<p>The simplest form would consist of two sandbags placed on the parapet +and splayed so as to give the required view, and carefully concealed.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_397" id="Page_397">[Pg 397]</a></span>Better forms may be constructed, with one side resting on the berm by +using short uprights with overhead cover, a slit on all sides being +provided for observation.</p> + +<p>At night, lookouts are usually posted at listening points located in +or beyond the line of obstacles. These will be discussed under +obstacles.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1159" id="Para_1159">1159</a>. Supporting Points.</strong> In some cases small supporting points may +have to be established close behind the general line of trenches for +the purpose of breaking up a successful attack on the trenches and to +aid in delivering a counter attack. These points are strongly +entrenched and have all around wire entanglements and are garrisoned +by from 20 to 40 picked men or by larger forces if the situation +demand it. In some cases machine guns are added to the force in the +supporting point.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1160" id="Para_1160">1160</a>. Example of trench system.</strong> Having discussed trenches and +obstacles somewhat in detail, let us take a combination of the whole +showing a complete system such as is used today. (<a href="#Fig_40_X_III">Fig. 40</a>) is a good +example.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_40_X_III" id="Fig_40_X_III"></a> +<a href="images/illus-1160_big.jpg"> +<img src="images/illus-1160.png" width="500" height="298" alt="Fig. 40" title="Fig. 40" /></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 40 (<a href="images/illus-1160_big.jpg">click to enlarge</a>)</span> +</div> + +<p>Beginning at the front we have the line of wire entanglements or +obstacles with their listening posts X, for guarding them. Connecting +the listening posts to the fire trenches are the communicating +trenches. The fire trenches are shown by the heavy black line running +about 60 feet in rear of the obstacles. Note the many traverses shown +by the indentations in the line. Points marked M with arrows +projecting to the flanks are machine guns, so located as to sweep the +front of the position with a cross fire. Points marked S are +underground shelters for from 3 to 6 men. Points marked S' are +shelters for 30 men. In rear of the firing trenches at a distance +varying from 100 to 200 feet is the line of cover<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_398" id="Page_398">[Pg 398]</a></span> trenches. This line +is connected with the fire trenches by the zig zagged line of +communicating trenches. Note that the latrines (L) and first aid +stations (F) are just off from the communicating trenches, while the +larger shelter for men (S') are near the cover trenches. As the note +on the diagram shows, the trench requires 250 men to occupy it with +double that number in support. The trench has 108 loopholes with +spaces between provided with a higher banquette so that the whole +parapet may be manned for firing.</p> + +<p>On the battlefields of Europe today there are generally three lines of +fire trenches. This permits the defender to fall back to a 2nd or 3rd +prepared position in case he is driven out of his first trench. On a +hill we find a fire trench near the foot of the slope, one just +forward of the military crest, and the third on the reverse slope of +the hill.</p> + +<p>In many instances the first line trenches consist of as many as four +or five lines of trenches running in a general lateral direction and +connected by deep narrow communicating trenches. The depth between the +first and last of these trenches is, in some instances, not over a +hundred yards. Sign boards are necessary at short intervals to prevent +the soldiers from getting lost. The effect of having so many +alternative firing trenches is to make it extremely difficult for an +enemy to advance from, or even to hold one of them, even when he gains +a footing, as he would be swept by fire from the supporting trenches +in rear and also by flanking fire from the adjacent trenches.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1161" id="Para_1161">1161</a>. Location.</strong> There are two things to be considered in locating +trenches: (1) The tactical situation, and (2) the nature of the +ground. The first consideration requires that the trenches be so +located as to give the best field of fire. Locating near the base of +hills possesses the advantage of horizontal fire, but, as a rule, it +is difficult to support trenches so located and to retreat therefrom +in case of necessity. While location near the crest of hills—on the +"military crest"—does not possess the advantage of horizontal fire, +it is easier to support trenches so located and to retreat therefrom. +Depending upon circumstances, there are times when it will be better +to intrench near the base of hills and there are other times when it +will be better to intrench on the "military crest," which is always in +front of the natural crest. The construction of trenches along the +"military crest" does not give any "dead space"—that is, any space to +the front that can not be reached by the fire of the men in the +trenches.</p> + +<p>Whether we should construct our trenches on high or low ground is a +matter that should always be carefully considered under the particular +conditions that happen to exist at that particular time, and the +matter may be summarized as follows:</p> + +<p>The advantages of the high ground are:—</p> + +<p>1. We can generally see better what is going on to our front and +flanks; and the men have a feeling of security that they do not enjoy +on low ground.</p> + +<p>2. We can usually reënforce the firing line better and the dead and +wounded can be removed more easily.</p> + +<p>3. The line of retreat is better.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_399" id="Page_399">[Pg 399]</a></span>The disadvantages are:—</p> + +<p>1. The plunging fire of a high position is not as effective as a +sweeping fire of a low one.</p> + +<p>2. It is not as easy to conceal our position.</p> + +<p>The advantages of low ground, are:—</p> + +<p>1. The low, sweeping fire that we get, especially when the ground in +front is fairly flat and the view over the greater part of it is +uninterrupted, is the most effective kind of fire.</p> + +<p>2. As a rule it is easier to conceal trenches on low ground, +especially from artillery fire.</p> + +<p>3. If our trenches are on low ground, our artillery will be able to +find good positions on the hill behind us without interfering with the +infantry defense.</p> + +<p>The disadvantages are:—</p> + +<p>1. As a rule it will be more difficult to reënforce the firing line +and to remove the dead and wounded from the trenches.</p> + +<p>2. On a low position there will usually be an increase of dead space +in our front.</p> + +<p>3. The average soldier acting on the defensive dreads that the enemy +may turn his flank, and this feeling is much more pronounced on low +ground than on high ground. Should the enemy succeed in getting a +footing on our flank with our trenches on top of the hill, it would be +bad enough, but it would certainly be far worse if he got a footing on +top of the hill, on the flank and rear, with our company on low ground +in front. We, therefore, see there are things to be said for and +against both high and low ground, and the most that can be said +without examining a particular piece of ground is: Our natural +inclination is to select high ground, but, as a rule, this choice will +reduce our fire effect, and if there is a covered approach to our fire +trenches and very little dead ground in front of it, with an extensive +field of fire, there is no doubt the lower ground is better. However, +if these conditions do not exist to a considerable degree, the moral +advantage of the higher ground must be given great weight, especially +in a close country.</p> + +<p>The experience of the European war emphasizes the fact that the +location of rifle trenches is today, just as much as ever, a matter of +compromise to be determined by sound judgment on the part of the +responsible officers. The siting of trenches so that they are not +under artillery observation is a matter of great importance, but, it +has yet to be proven that this requirement is more important than an +extensive field of fire. There are many instances where to escape +observation and fire from the artillery, trenches were located on the +reverse slopes, giving only a limited field of fire. This restricted +field of fire permitted the enemy to approach within a few hundred +yards of the trench and robbed them of the concealment they had hoped +to gain. The choice between a site in front, and one in rear of a +crest, is influenced by local conditions which govern the +effectiveness of our own and the enemy's fire. In general, the best +location for effective fire trenches, lies between the military crest +of rising ground and the lowest line from which the foreground is +visible. If the position on the military crest is conspicuous, it is +inadvisable.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_400" id="Page_400">[Pg 400]</a></span>With regard to the nature of the ground, trenches should, if +practicable, be so located as to avoid stony ground, because of the +difficult work entailed and of the danger of flying fragments, should +the parapet be struck by an artillery projectile.</p> + +<p>To locate the trace of the trenches, lie on the ground at intervals +and select the best field of fire consistent with the requirements of +the situation.</p> + +<p>Trenches should be laid out in company lengths, if possible, and +adjoining trenches should afford each other mutual support. The flanks +and important gaps in the line should be protected by fire trenches +echeloned in rear.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1162" id="Para_1162">1162</a>. Concealment of trenches.</strong> Owing to the facilities for observation +that the aeroplanes and other air craft afford, and to the accuracy +and effect of modern artillery fire, every possible means should be +taken to conceal trenches, gun implacements, and other works. The aim +should be to alter the natural surface of the ground as little as +possible and to present a target of the smallest possible dimensions. +Covering the parapet with brush or grass will afford temporary +concealment. If the new earth can be sodded it aids greatly in +concealing the trench. In some cases troops have gone to the extent of +painting canvas to resemble the ground and have placed it over +trenches, guns, etc. Straw and grass placed in the bottom of trenches +make them less conspicuous to air scouts. When trenches are dug on a +fairly steep slope care must be used to conceal the back of the +trench, which, being higher than the parapet, will stand out as a scar +on the hillside. Grass or brush may be used to conceal the back of the +trench.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1163" id="Para_1163">1163</a>. Dummy trenches.</strong> May be constructed which attract the enemy's +attention and draw his fire, or at least a part of it. The extent to +which this method may be used may include the construction of dummy +obstacles and guns, and even hats may be placed on the parapets.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1164" id="Para_1164">1164</a>. Length of trench.</strong> The usual minimum allowance of trench space is +one yard per man, although in some tests, two feet was found +sufficient for men to fire satisfactorily. Ordinarily one squad will +occupy the space between two traverses which experience has shown +should be about 15 feet apart.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1165" id="Para_1165">1165</a>. Preparation of the foreground.</strong> One of the first principles in +improving the foreground is that an enemy attacking the trenches shall +be continually exposed to fire especially in the last 400 or 500 +yards. This requires a clearing of the foreground and a filling in of +depressions or leveling of cover. Dead space may be swept by fire of +trenches specially located for that purpose. Those features of the +ground which obstruct the field of fire, restrict the view, or favor +or the enemy's approach, should be removed as far as possible. On the +other hand, features which favor the concealment of the trenches or +increase the difficulty of the attack would better be left standing, +especially when it is possible to fire through or over them.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1166" id="Para_1166">1166</a>. Revetments.</strong> By a revetment we mean a facing placed against the +front or back wall of a trench to keep the earth in place.</p> + +<p>When trenches are to be occupied for any length of time, they must be +revetted. There are many forms of revetments. Sod revetments,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_401" id="Page_401">[Pg 401]</a></span> stakes +with brush behind them, stakes with planks, boards, or poles behind +them and a common form seen in the trenches in Europe chicken wire +with brush or canvas behind it.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1167" id="Para_1167">1167</a>. Drainage.</strong> All trenches should be dug so as to drain in case of +rain. In favorable locations the trench may be constructed to drain +automatically, by constructing it with an incline to one end. Under +ordinary circumstances dry standing has to be provided in trenches by +raising the foot level by the use of brush, boards, poles, etc. +Bailing will have to be resorted to in most cases to drain the trench.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1168" id="Para_1168">1168</a>. Water Supply.</strong> At least <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> a gallon of water per man per day +should be supplied. The supply is almost invariably liable to be +contaminated, therefore, it should be sterilized by boiling or by +treating. These are usually located just off from the communicating +trenches. Some form of receptacle should be used and all deposits +covered with chemicals.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1169" id="Para_1169">1169</a>. Latrines.</strong> Numerous latrines must be constructed in the trenches' +earth. These receptacles are removed from time to time and emptied in +pits dug for that purpose. Urinal cans must also be provided and cared +for in a similar manner.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1170" id="Para_1170">1170</a>. Illumination of the Foreground.</strong> Battlefield illumination is a +necessity where night attacks may be expected, and also as a +protection to the line of obstacles. Portable searchlights have become +an accepted part of every army. In addition to these, trenches must be +supplied with reflector lights, star bombs, rockets and flares, +arranged so that they can be put into action instantaneously when the +enemy approaches.</p> + +<p>The foreground should be entirely illuminated, leaving the defenders +in the shadow. If the light is too close to the defenders parapet, +they are illuminated and become a good target. Some flares will burn +for 20 minutes and may be thrown to the front as grenades, fired as +rockets, shot from small mortars, or placed well to the front to be +set off by trip wires close to the ground. The best light devised is +one that can be fired well to the front from a small mortar and then +hung suspended from an open parachute above the enemy. Bonfires can be +laid ready for lighting when no other means is at hand. Whatever form +of illumination is adopted, it should withstand bad weather conditions +and prolonged bombardment.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1171" id="Para_1171">1171</a>. Telephones.</strong> When armies have been forced to trench warfare and +time has permitted an elaborate system of trenches to be constructed, +telephone communication is established as soon as possible. The +central station, with the switch-board is located in a shelter in rear +of the cover trenches and lines are run to all trenches, lookout +stations and listening points.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1172" id="Para_1172">1172</a>. Siege works.</strong> Comprise devices used by besiegers and besieged in +attack and defense of strong fortifications and especially those +devices enable troops to advance under continuous cover.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_402" id="Page_402">[Pg 402]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XI_III" id="CHAPTER_XI_III"></a>CHAPTER XI</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">OBSTACLES</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1173" id="Para_1173">1173</a>. Object.</strong> The main objects in placing obstacles in front of the +trenches are, to protect them from surprise, and to stop the enemy's +advance or to delay him while under the defender's fire.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1174" id="Para_1174">1174</a>. Necessity for obstacles.</strong> It is evident that the present tendency +is to reduce the number of men assigned to constant occupancy of the +first line trenches. This is due to the effectiveness of rifle fire at +close range, the destructive effect of shell and shrapnel, the +infrequency of daylight attack on intrenched positions, and the severe +strain on the men. The aim seems to be the placing here and there of a +lookout or trench guards, who, when necessity demands can call help +from the near by splinterproofs, dugouts, etc., before the enemy can +make his way through the obstacles. It has been found from experience +in the European war that as long as shells are directed at the +trenches no danger of attack is feared but, when the shells are +concentrated against the obstacles the trenches are manned and +preparations are made to resist an assault.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1175" id="Para_1175">1175</a>. Location.</strong> Obstacles must be so located that they will be exposed +to the defenders' fire, and should be sheltered as far as possible +from the enemy's artillery fire. They should be difficult to remove or +destroy, should afford no cover for the enemy, and should not obstruct +counter attacks. No obstacle should be more than 100 yards from the +defender's trench. Care must be taken not to place them so close to +the trench that hand grenades can be thrown into the trench from +beyond the obstacle. Obstacles may be placed in one, two or three +lines. As far as possible they should be concealed so that they will +not betray the location of the trench.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1176" id="Para_1176">1176</a>. Kinds of Obstacles.</strong> The following are the most common kinds of +obstacles:—</p> + +<p><strong>Abatis</strong> consisting of trees lying parallel to each other with the +branches pointing in the general direction of approach and interlaced. +All leaves and small twigs should be removed and the stiff ends of +branches pointed.</p> + +<p>Abatis on open ground is most conveniently made of branches about 15 +feet long. The branches are staked or tied down and the butts anchored +by covering them with earth. Barbed wire may be interlaced among the +branches. Successive rows are placed, the branches of one extending +over the trunks of the one in front, so as to make the abatis 5 feet +high and as wide as desired. It is better to place the abatis in a +natural depression or a ditch, for concealment and protection from +fire. If exposed to artillery, an abatis must be protected either as +above or else by raising a glacis in front of it. <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Fig. 1</a> shows a +typical form<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_403" id="Page_403">[Pg 403]</a></span> of abatis with a glacis in front. An abatis formed by +felling trees toward the enemy, leaving the butt hanging to the stump, +the branches prepared as before, is called <strong>a slashing</strong>, <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Fig. 2</a>. It +gives cover, and should be well flanked.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 327px;"> +<a name="Plate_I_XI_III" id="Plate_I_XI_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1176.png" width="327" height="500" alt="Plate I" title="Plate I" /> +<span class="caption">Plate I</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1177" id="Para_1177">1177</a>. A palisade</strong> is a man-tight fence of posts. Round poles 4 to 6 +inches in diameter at the large end are best. If the sticks run 5 to 8 +inches, they may be split. If defended from the rear, palisades give +some shelter from fire and the openings should be made as large as +possible without letting men through. If defended from the flank, they +may be closer, say 3 to 4 inches apart. The top should be pointed. A +strand or two of barbed wire run along the top and stapled to each +post is a valuable addition.</p> + +<p>Palisading is best made up in panels of 6 or 8 feet length, connected +by a waling piece, preferably of plank, otherwise of split stuff. If +the tops are free, two wales should be used, both underground. If the +tops are connected by wires, one will do.</p> + +<p>Palisades should be planted to incline slightly to the front. As +little earth should be disturbed in digging as possible, and one side +of the trench should be kept in the desired plane of the palisade. If +stones can be had to fit between the posts and the top of the trench, +they will increase the stiffness of the structure and save time in +ramming, or a small log may be laid in the trench along the outside of +the posts. <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Figs. 3</a> and <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">4</a> show the construction and placing of +palisades.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1178" id="Para_1178">1178</a>. A fraise</strong> is a palisade horizontal, or nearly so, projecting from +the scarp or counterscarp. A modern and better form consists of +supports at 3 or 4 feet interval, connected by barbed wire, forming a +horizontal wire fence. <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Fig. 5</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1179" id="Para_1179">1179</a>. Cheveaux de frise</strong> are obstacles of the form shown in <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Fig. 6</a>. +They are usually made in sections of manageable length chained +together at the ends. They are most useful in closing roads or other +narrow passages, as they can be quickly opened for friendly troops. +The lances may be of iron instead of wood and rectangular instead of +round; the axial beam may be solid or composite. <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Figs. 8</a> and <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">9</a> show +methods of constructing cheveaux de frise with dimension stuff.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1180" id="Para_1180">1180</a>. A formidable obstacle against cavalry</strong> consists of railroad ties +planted at intervals of 10 feet with the tops 4<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet above the +ground, and connected by a line of rails spiked securely to each, <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Fig. +7</a>. The rail ends should be connected by fish plates and bolted, with +the ends of the bolts riveted down on the ends.</p> + +<p><a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">Figs. 10</a> and <a href="#Plate_I_XI_III">11</a> show forms of heavy obstacles employed in Manchuria by +the Russians and Japanese, respectively. The former is composed of +timber trestles, made in rear and carried out at night. The latter +appears to have been planted in place.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_404" id="Page_404">[Pg 404]</a></span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1181" id="Para_1181">1181</a>. A wire entanglement</strong> is composed of stakes driven in the ground +and connected by wire, barbed is the best, passing horizontally or +diagonally, or both. The stakes are roughly in rectangular or quincunx +order, but slight irregularities, both of position and height should +be introduced.</p> + +<p>In the <strong>high entanglement</strong> the stakes average 4 feet from the ground, +and the wiring is horizontal and diagonal, <a href="#Fig_12_XI_III">Fig. 12</a>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_405" id="Page_405">[Pg 405]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_12_XI_III" id="Fig_12_XI_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Stage I</span> +<img src="images/illus-1181a.png" width="500" height="291" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<span class="caption">Stage II</span> +<img src="images/illus-1181b.png" width="500" height="279" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12<br /> +<em>High wire entanglement showing method of linking posts head to foot +and foot to head. Wire, plain or barbed, then festooned with barbed +wire. Bind wires where they cross. Use broken bottles, crows feet, +planks with spikes or fishhooks in conjunction with this +entanglement.</em> (From <em>Knowledge of War</em>—Lake.)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>The low wire entanglement</strong> has stakes averaging 18 inches above the +ground and the wire is horizontal only. This form is especially +effective if concealed in high grass. In both kinds the wires should +be wound around the stakes and stapled and passed loosely from one +stake to the next. When two or more wires cross they should be tied +together. Barbed wire is more difficult to string but better when +done. The most practicable form results from the use of barbed wire +for the horizontal strands and smooth wire for the rest.</p> + +<p>This is the most generally, useful of all obstacles because of the +rapidity of construction, the difficulty of removal, the comparatively +slight injury from artillery fire, and its independence of local +material supplies.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_406" id="Page_406">[Pg 406]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1182" id="Para_1182">1182</a>. Time and materials.</strong> One man can make 10 sq. yds. of low and 3 +sq. yds. of high entanglement per hour. The low form requires 10 feet +of wire per sq. yd. and the high 30 feet. No. 14 is a suitable size. +The smooth wire runs 58.9 ft. to the lb. A 100-lb. coil will make 600 +sq. yds. of low or 200 sq. yds. of high entanglement. If barbed wire +is used, the weight will be about 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> times as much.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1183" id="Para_1183">1183</a>. Wire fence.</strong> An ordinary barbed-wire fence is a considerable +obstacle if well swept by fire. It becomes more formidable if a ditch +is dug on one or both sides to obstruct the passage of wheels after +the fence has been cut. The fence is much more difficult to get +through if provided with an apron on one or both sides, inclined at an +angle of about 45°, as indicated in <a href="#Fig_13_XI_III">Figs. 13</a> and <a href="#Fig_14_XI_III">14</a>. This form was +much used in South Africa for connecting lines between blockhouses. +When used in this way the lines of fence may be 300 to 600 yds. long, +in plan like a worm fence, with the blockhouse at the reëntrant +angles. Fixed rests for rifles, giving them the proper aim to enfilade +the fence, were prepared at the blockhouses for use at night.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 13 and fig. 14"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_13_XI_III" id="Fig_13_XI_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1183a.png" width="200" height="140" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_14_XI_III" id="Fig_14_XI_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1183b.png" width="200" height="140" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>Such a fence may be arranged in many ways to give an automatic alarm +either mechanically or electrically. The mechanical forms mostly +depend on one or more single wires which are smooth, and are tightly +stretched through staples on the posts which hold them loosely, +permitting them to slip when cut and drop a counterweight at the +blockhouse, which in falling explodes a cap or pulls the trigger of a +rifle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1184" id="Para_1184">1184</a>. Military pits</strong> or <strong>trous de loup</strong> are excavations in the shape of +an inverted cone or pyramid, with a pointed stake in the bottom. They +should not be so deep as to afford cover to the skirmisher. Two and +one-half feet or less is a suitable depth. <a href="#Fig_15_XI_III">Fig. 15</a> shows a plan and +section of such pits.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 15 and fig. 16"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_15_XI_III" id="Fig_15_XI_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1184a.png" width="200" height="174" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_16_XI_III" id="Fig_16_XI_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1184b.png" width="200" height="174" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 16</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>They are usually dug in 3 or 5 rows and the earth thrown to the front +to form a glacis. The rear row is dug first and then the next in +front, and so on, so that no earth is cast over the finished pits.</p> + +<p>An excellent arrangement is to dig the pits in a checkerboard plan, +leaving alternate squares and placing a stake in each of them to form +a wire entanglement, <a href="#Fig_16_XI_III">Fig. 16</a>. One man can make 5 pits on a 2-hour +relief.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_407" id="Page_407">[Pg 407]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1185" id="Para_1185">1185</a>. Miscellaneous barricades.</strong> Anything rigid in form and movable may +be used to give cover from view and fire and to obstruct the advance +of an assailant. Boxes, bales and sacks of goods, furniture, books, +etc., have been so used. The principles above stated for other +obstacles should be followed, so far as the character of the materials +will permit. The rest ingenuity must supply. Such devices are usually +called barricades and are useful in blocking the streets of towns and +cities.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1186" id="Para_1186">1186</a>. Inundations.</strong> Backing up the water of a stream so that it +overflows a considerable area forms a good obstacle even though of +fordable depth. If shallow, the difficulty of fording may be increased +by irregular holes or ditches dug before the water comes up or by +driving stakes or making entanglements. Fords have frequently been +obstructed by ordinary harrows laid on the bottom with the teeth up.</p> + +<p>The unusual natural conditions necessary to a successful inundation +and the extent and character of the work required to construct the +dams make this defense of exceptional use. It may be attempted with +advantage when the drainage of a considerable flat area passes through +a restricted opening, as a natural gorge, a culvert, or a bridge.</p> + +<p>Open cribs filled with stones, or tighter ones with gravel or earth +may form the basis of the obstruction to the flow of water. The usual +method of tightening cracks or spaces between cribs is by throwing in +earth or alternate layers of straw, hay, grass, earth, or sacks of +clay. Unless the flow is enough to allow considerable leakage, the +operation will not be practicable with field resources.</p> + +<p>When the local conditions permit water to be run into the ditch of a +parapet it should always be done.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1187" id="Para_1187">1187</a>. Obstacles in front of outguards</strong> should be low so they cannot be +seen at night. A very simple and effective obstacle can be made by +fastening a single strand of wire to the top of stout stakes about a +foot high, and then placing another wire a little higher and parallel +to, and about one yard in rear of, the first. The wires must be drawn +tight, and securely fastened, and the stakes fairly close together, so +that if the wire is cut between any two stakes the remainder will not +be cut loose. Any one approaching the enemy will trip over the first +wire, and before he can recover himself he will be brought down by the +second. In the absence of wire, small sapplings may be used instead. +Of course, they are not as good as wire, but it does not take much to +trip up a man in the dark.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1187.png" width="500" height="212" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17</span> +</div> + + +<h4>Lessons from the European War</h4> + +<p>What follows is based on reports from the battle fronts in Europe.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1188" id="Para_1188">1188</a>. Wire entanglements.</strong> The war in Europe has proven that the wire +entanglements are the most important and effective obstacle yet +devised. Owing to the intensity of the opposing fire and in many +cases<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_408" id="Page_408">[Pg 408]</a></span> to the short distance between the opposing trenches, it has +become necessary to construct all forms of obstacles in portable +sections which are carried or rolled quickly into place, either by +soldiers rushing out in day light and quickly staking the obstacles +down or by placing the obstacles quietly at night.</p> + +<p>For placing wire entanglements at night, an iron post has been devised +about <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> of an inch in diameter, with eyelets for attaching the wire. +The lower 18 inches is made as an auger, so that the posts can be +quietly screwed into the ground at night and the wire attached. +Another method of placing wire entanglements is to make them in +sections and roll them up. These sections are usually about 20 feet +long, the wire firmly fastened to the sharpened stakes. At a favorable +moment the soldiers rush out, unrolling the sections as they go and +with mauls quickly drive the stakes. Loose ends of wire enable the +sections to be bound together as placed.</p> + +<p>Another form of wire entanglement is shown in (<a href="#Fig_18_XI_III">Fig. 18</a>). Triangular +pyramids 3 feet 6 inches high are made of poles or timber. The +pyramids are usually arranged in pairs with the wire on three faces so +that, no matter if the obstacle is rolled over, a wire fence is +presented. These obstacles are carried out and placed so as to break +joints and are staked down as soon as possible.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_18_XI_III" id="Fig_18_XI_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Substitute for Posts.</span> +<img src="images/illus-1188.png" width="500" height="149" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18</span> +</div> + +<p>The wire used for entanglements is found more convenient to handle +when wound on a stake a yard in length, in a sort of figure eight +winding. Special barbed wire of heavier material and barbs placed +close together has been found much more effective than the commercial +barbed wire.</p> + +<p>In some localities electrified wire has been used. In such cases the +obstacle is charged in sections, so that, if one section is grounded +it will not affect the others.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1189" id="Para_1189">1189</a>. Wire cheveaux de frise.</strong> Two forms of this obstacle have +appeared. Both are portable. They consist of two or more wooden +crosses fastened at their centers to a long pole and connected with +each other by barbed wire. This obstacle retains its effectiveness +when rolled over. (<a href="#Fig_19_XI_III">Figs. 19</a> and <a href="#Fig_20_XI_III">20</a>) give an idea of their +construction. The form shown in (<a href="#Fig_19_XI_III">Fig. 19</a>) is often made small enough +for individuals to carry. These are prepared in the trenches and used +for throwing into one's own entanglements to make them more complex or +may be carried when making an assault and thrown into the enemy's +trenches to prevent movements<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_409" id="Page_409">[Pg 409]</a></span> from one part of the trench to another. +The long stick projects out of the end to be used as a handle.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_19_XI_III" id="Fig_19_XI_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Wire Cheveaux de Frise</span> +<img src="images/illus-1189a.png" width="500" height="189" alt="Fig. 19" title="Fig. 19" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 19</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_20_XI_III" id="Fig_20_XI_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Wire Cheveaux de Frise</span> +<img src="images/illus-1189b.png" width="500" height="186" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 20</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1190" id="Para_1190">1190</a>. Guarding obstacles.</strong> It has been found necessary to keep a +constant watch over obstacles after they have been placed.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1191" id="Para_1191">1191</a>. Listening posts.</strong> One of the best methods is to post one or more +men in listening posts in or beyond the line of obstacles. These +listening posts are rifle pits with over head cover, fully protected +from fire from the rear as well as front, and loop holes for +observation and fire. They are connected with the fire trenches by +means of a covered communication or even tunnels in some cases and are +provided with some form of prompt communication with the firing +trenches by telephone, bell or other means. The communicating trench +or tunnel is provided with a strong door which may be closed to +prevent an enemy from securing access to the fire trench, in case the +lookout is surprised. Pits with trap doors are also used to prevent an +enemy from creeping up the tunnel to the fire trench.</p> + +<p>These lookouts can give early warning of the approach of an enemy, +either for the purpose of assault or cutting through the obstacles. In +many instances they have detected mining operations of the enemy by +hearing the blows of picks under ground.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1192" id="Para_1192">1192</a>. Automatic alarms.</strong> Many automatic alarms have been used to give +warning of attack on the obstacles. These vary from the simple setting +of a pistol or rifle, which is fired when the enemy attempts to cut +through the entanglement, to intricate electrical alarms.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1193" id="Para_1193">1193</a>. Searchlights.</strong> Searchlights have been provided so that, the +instant an alarm is given the obstacles are flooded by a brilliant +light and the enemy exposed to fire.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_410" id="Page_410">[Pg 410]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XII_III" id="CHAPTER_XII_III"></a>CHAPTER XII</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">TRENCH AND MINE WARFARE<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a></p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1194" id="Para_1194">1194</a>. Asphyxiating gases.</strong> The asphyxiating gases employed may be +divided into three general classes, viz:</p> + +<p><em>Suffocating gases</em>, the most common of which are carbonic and +nitrogen.</p> + +<p><em>Poisonous gases</em>, under which head come carbon monoxide and cyanogen.</p> + +<p><em>Gases which affect the throat and bronchial tubes</em>, such as chlorine +and bromine. The latter class is most commonly employed.</p> + +<p>The methods usually employed for liberating these gases are to have a +plant some distance in rear of the trenches where the gas is stored +under pressure and carried to the trenches through pipes, where it can +be liberated towards the enemy's trenches when there is a favorable +wind to carry it along; or, the gas may be carried in cylinders or +other containers and liberated at the desired points. Hand grenades or +bombs are also employed which, upon bursting, liberate the gas or in +some cases scatter acids or caustic soda. Some of these bombs contain +a chemical which when liberated affects the eyes, causing impaired +vision. The Germans employ several kinds of shell containing gases of +different densities, one of heavy gas fired as a curtain to the rear +to permit reinforcement of the trenches and another of lighter gas to +demolish the trenches and destroy the firing line. As a general rule +these gases are employed when the fire trenches of the opposing forces +are close together though the shell containers may be used at long +ranges. All of these gases being heavier than air lie close to the +ground and flow over and down into the trenches.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1195" id="Para_1195">1195</a>. Protection against gases.</strong> The best protection against these +gases, is a mask of some kind. The commonest form employed is a +flexible mask that conforms to the head, is fitted with glass for +seeing through, and has an arrangement of tubes and valves which +require the wearer to inhale through his nose and exhale through his +mouth.</p> + +<p>These masks have an absorbent composed of hyposulphite of sodium or of +72 per cent of the nitrous thiosulphate and 28 per cent of bicarbonate +of soda. This absorbent placed so that air must be breathed through +it, neutralizes the acids in the gases. Soldiers are provided with +these masks, sometimes with two of them, and are required to have them +renewed every three months.</p> + +<p>Trench sprays may be used to spray neutralizing liquid in the trenches +to kill the gases.</p> + +<p>The <em>favorable conditions</em> for the employment of gases are wind +blowing toward the enemy's trenches and warm weather. <em>Unfavorable +conditions</em> are rain, cold, and adverse winds.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_411" id="Page_411">[Pg 411]</a></span>In some localities weather vanes placed in the direction of the +enemy's trenches and arranged so that they may be watched at night +give an indication of favorable winds and enable the defender to +prepare for a gas attack.</p> + +<p>Before the masks were provided bonfires were prepared of oil soaked +materials which; when ignited, produced an intense heat and the +resulting column of air diverted the gas clouds.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1196" id="Para_1196">1196</a>. Liquid fire.</strong> By use of hand or motor driven pumps, and a light +grade of petroleum, columns of liquid fire may be squirted into the +opposing trenches. If the oil should fail to remain lighted it may be +fired by bursting hand grenades or throwing fire balls into the +trenches. This means of attack is employed when opposing trenches are +close together.</p> + +<p>As a defense measure ditches may be dug in front of the trenches and +filled with a porous material which is then soaked with oil. Heavy +oils, being hard to ignite, are not dangerous to the defense, and will +remain with little loss for a long time. To make sure of prompt +ignition gas lines are laid in the ditches. When turned on the gas +readily ignites and the resulting fire produces great heat. Wire or +barbed wire looped in the ditches and staked down makes this a +formidable obstacle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1197" id="Para_1197">1197</a>. Grenades and bombs</strong> are containers, designed to be thrown by +hand, by a sling, fired as a rocket or from specially constructed +mortars, or dropped from aerial craft. They burst by time or +percussion fuses and may be improvised in a variety of forms and are +most useful in close attack or defense. Their effect is local but they +are very demoralizing to men's nerves.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1198" id="Para_1198">1198</a>. Hand grenades</strong> are designed to be thrown by the hand and vary +greatly in construction. In general, however, they consist of a +container filled with bullets or pieces of iron or other metal in the +center of which is a charge of high explosive which scatters the +bullets or fragments with deadly effect. The three methods of +discharging a hand grenade are:</p> + +<p><em>By time fuse</em> which is lighted by hand. About 5 to 9 seconds is the +time from ignition until the grenade bursts. This does not give the +defender time to pick up the bomb and throw it out of the trench.</p> + +<p><em>By friction primer and fuse.</em> In this form of hand grenade a strap on +the wrist with a short line attached with a hook on the end of it +serves, when the hook is engaged in the ring of the grenade, to jerk +the primer when the grenade is thrown. This automatically ignites the +fuse which bursts the grenade in from 4 to 5 seconds.</p> + +<p><em>By percussion.</em> In this form of grenade the charge is fired when the +grenade strikes the ground or object at which it is thrown. In this +form of grenade a safety pin holds the plunger from the cap. When the +grenade is to be thrown the safety pin is withdrawn.</p> + +<p>As a general rule fuse burns at the rate of 1 inch in 1 and <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> +seconds; however each lot of fuse should be tested.</p> + +<p><a href="#Fig_1_XII_III">Figs. 1</a> and <a href="#Fig_2_XII_III">2</a> show two forms of improvised grenades. Common cans, such +as preserved fruits and vegetables are shipped in commercially, make +good containers. The usual weight of a hand grenade is about 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> +pounds.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_412" id="Page_412">[Pg 412]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_1_XII_III" id="Fig_1_XII_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Hair Brush Bomb</span> +<img src="images/illus-1198a.png" width="500" height="353" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 491px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_XII_III" id="Fig_2_XII_III"></a> +<span class="caption">Hand Grenade</span> +<img src="images/illus-1198b.png" width="491" height="500" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_413" id="Page_413">[Pg 413]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1199" id="Para_1199">1199</a>. Other methods of throwing grenades.</strong> Many grenades have been +designed to be fired from the ordinary rifle. This grenade has a rod +which is inserted in the barrel of the rifle. A special charge of +powder is used in the cartridge from which the bullet has been +withdrawn.</p> + +<p>Common slings, catapults, and other devises have been frequently used.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1200" id="Para_1200">1200</a>. Aerial mines.</strong> (<a href="#Fig_3_XII_III">Fig. 3</a>.) This form of grenade is very heavy, +often weighing 200 pounds and is fired from a trench mortar.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_XII_III" id="Fig_3_XII_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1200.jpg" width="500" height="341" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3<br /> +<em>Aerial Mine</em></span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1201" id="Para_1201">1201</a>. Winged torpedo.</strong> (<a href="#Fig_4_XII_III">Fig. 4</a>.) This projectile is fitted with three +winged vanes which steady its flight and greatly increase the +accuracy. A rod fitted into its base enables it to be fired from a +comparatively small trench, mortar. The torpedo weighs about 40 pounds +and the mortar 200 pounds. The mortar, being light, can be carried +from one part of the trench to another by two men.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 363px;"> +<a name="Fig_4_XII_III" id="Fig_4_XII_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1201.jpg" width="363" height="500" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4<br /> +<em>Winged Torpedo</em></span> +</div> + +<p>The aerial mine and winged torpedo may be used effectively to beat +down the enemy's defenses, destroying his sand bags and trenches, and +cutting away wire entanglements and other obstacles. The winged +torpedo having a greater range (500 yards) and being more accurate, is +the more effective.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1202" id="Para_1202">1202</a>. Bombs from air-craft</strong> are some form of high explosive bomb which +burst on striking. Another type of bomb used by aeroplanes consists of +a container filled with steel darts. The bursting charge is fired by a +fuse. The operator usually cuts the fuse so that the bomb will burst +at a considerable altitude. The steel darts are scattered in all +directions and have sufficient velocity to pass through a man or +horse.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_414" id="Page_414">[Pg 414]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1203" id="Para_1203">1203</a>. Protection against hand grenades.</strong> (<a href="#Fig_5_XII_III">Fig. 5</a>.) For protection +against hand grenades and bombs a screen of wire netting may be +erected in front of the trenches and arranged at such a slope that +most of the grenades passing over the screen will clear the trench +while those striking the netting will roll away from the trench. This +protection is very satisfactory for communications, machine gun +emplacements, etc., but, is of doubtful value in fire trenches as it +does not permit an easy offensive by the defenders.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 352px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_XII_III" id="Fig_5_XII_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1203.jpg" width="352" height="500" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5<br /> +<em>Bomb Screen</em></span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_415" id="Page_415">[Pg 415]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1204" id="Para_1204">1204</a>. Tanks.</strong> The so-called "tanks," first used by the British armies +in the battle of the Somme in September, 1916, are in reality armored +caterpillar tractors carrying machine guns and capable of traversing +rough ground, smashing down trees and entanglements, and passing +across the ground between the opposing trenches over the shell holes +made by the opposing artillery.</p> + +<p>The machinery, guns and crew are contained in an armored body and the +two tractor belts extend to full length on either side, being so +arranged that the tank can climb a steep slope. From the meager data +obtainable it would appear that the tanks carry from 4 to 6 machine +guns in armored projections built out from the sides. These are +provided with revolving shields permitting two guns to fire in any +direction at one time.</p> + +<p>The principle of the tractor is similar to that of those manufactured +in the United States and used commercially in reclamation work. The +addition of the armored body and guns makes the "military tank."</p> + +<p>These "tanks" have proven of great value in village fighting, by +smashing down barricades and driving machine guns from their positions +in cellars and houses. They have also been used with some success in +destroying obstacles.</p> + +<p>The power of these new engines may be judged from their ability to +smash down trees six inches in diameter and by means of cables to +uproot trees as large as 15 inches in diameter.</p> + +<p>These "tanks" are proof against rifle and machine gun fire, but are +unable to withstand even light artillery.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1205" id="Para_1205">1205</a>. Helmets.</strong> Steel helmets made their appearance in the European war +in 1915, as a protection to the soldier's head against rifle, machine +gun and shrapnel fire. So successful were they that they are being +furnished to all troops on the battlefield. Already several millions +have been supplied. Where heretofore head wounds accounted for over 20 +per cent of the casualties in trench warfare, the percentage has been +reduced by the wearing of helmets to about one half per cent. While +the helmet does not afford complete protection against rifle and +shrapnel fire, it has<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_416" id="Page_416">[Pg 416]</a></span> been found that hits result only in severe +concussion, where before fatal wound resulted. These helmets are +painted khaki color.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1206" id="Para_1206">1206</a>. Masks.</strong> Steel masks for sentinels and snipers have been adopted +by the Germans. This mask covers the head and face with curved +surfaces which deflect bullets. Small eye holes permit a clear view of +the target and a small section is omitted in the lower right side to +permit bringing the rifle against the cheek in firing.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1207" id="Para_1207">1207</a>. Periscopes.</strong> Periscopes have been universally adopted in trench +warfare for observing the enemy while keeping completely under cover. +It is a simple arrangement of two mirrors in a vertical tube. The +upper reflects the image of the object to the lower mirror which in +turn reflects it to the eye of the observer. By raising the top of the +periscope above the parapet the soldier can watch the foreground while +at the same time remaining completely concealed himself.</p> + +<p>A more elaborate periscope for the control of artillery fire has a +collapsible tube which may be extended and elevated to a height of 75 +feet.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1208" id="Para_1208">1208</a>. Sniperscope.</strong> This is a combination of the periscope and rifle by +means of which a soldier can aim and fire his piece at an object +without exposing himself above the parapet.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1209" id="Para_1209">1209</a>. Aids to firing.</strong> Rifles laid in notched boards placed in the +parapet may be sighted and prepared for night firing, or a wire +stretched just outside of the loophole on which the barrel of the +rifle can rest when in the proper firing position to cover certain +points, enables the soldier to fire effectively at night when it is +too dark to aim.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1210" id="Para_1210">1210</a>. Mining.</strong> Military mining consists of digging communications and +chambers underground and placing therein charges of explosives and +firing such charges. Mining is slow and restricted in its application +and therefore this method of attack is used against very strong points +of the enemy's line,—a salient, a building, or other point,—held in +great force. The aim in mine warfare is to make a sudden breach in the +enemy's trench, destroy the flanking supports which could be used to +stop this breach and then to take the trench by assault and organize +it for defense before the enemy's forces, disorganized from the +explosion, can recover.</p> + +<p>Sometimes mines are placed in front of the trenches and exploded +electrically when the enemy reaches them in attempting an assault.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1211" id="Para_1211">1211</a>. Countermining.</strong> The enemy, when mining operations are suspected, +runs out tunnels to meet the opposing mine. Sometimes listening +galleries are driven underground and men posted to detect the sound of +mining operations. Once the direction of the opposing tunnel is +discovered a charge of explosive is laid across its approach and fired +at a moment when it will cause the most damage.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> To those desiring to go into the subject of trench +warfare in detail, the author would recommend "Trench Warfare," by +himself. George Banta Publishing Co., Menasha, Wis.; $1.25.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_417" id="Page_417">[Pg 417]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XIII_III" id="CHAPTER_XIII_III"></a>CHAPTER XIII</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MARCHES</p> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Based on Infantry Drill Regulations and Field Service Regulations)</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1212" id="Para_1212">1212</a>. Marching principal occupation of troops in campaign.</strong> Marching +constitutes the principal occupation of troops in campaign and is one +of the causes of heaviest loss. This loss, however, may be materially +reduced by proper training and by carrying out strictly the rules +regulating the conduct of marches, especially the rules of march +discipline.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1213" id="Para_1213">1213</a>. Physical training; hardening new troops.</strong> By systematic and +progressive physical exercises and actual marching, Infantry can be +accustomed to the fatigue of bearing arms and equipment.</p> + +<p>With new or untrained troops, the process of hardening the men to this +work must be gradual. It should begin with ten-minute periods of +vigorous setting-up exercises three times a day to loosen and develop +the muscles. One march should be made each day with full equipment, +beginning with a distance of 2 or 3 miles and increasing the distance +daily as the troops become hardened, until a full day's march under +full equipment may be made without exhaustion.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1214" id="Para_1214">1214</a>. Long march not to be made with untrained troops.</strong> A long march +should not be made with untrained troops. If a long distance must be +covered in a few days, the first march should be short, the length +being increased each succeeding day.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1215" id="Para_1215">1215</a>. A successful march.</strong> A successful march, whether in peace or war, +is one that places the troops at their destination at the proper time +and <em>in the best possible physical condition</em>. Therefore, every +possible effort, by exercising care and judgment, and by enforcing +march discipline, must be made by all officers and noncommissioned +officers to have the troops reach their destination in good physical +condition,—"ready for business."</p> + + +<h4>Preparation</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1216" id="Para_1216">1216</a>. The commander.</strong> The commander must give such instructions as will +insure that the necessary preparations are made,—that the men and +animals are in fit condition and that the men are properly equipped; +that provision has been made for rations and ammunition; that the +wagons are properly loaded; that the necessary arrangements have been +made for caring for the sick, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1217" id="Para_1217">1217</a>. Organization commanders.</strong> Every organization commander is +responsible that such of the above requirements as apply to his +organization are complied with.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1218" id="Para_1218">1218</a>. Filling canteens.</strong> It is an invariable rule that all canteens +must be filled before the march begins.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_418" id="Page_418">[Pg 418]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Starting</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1219" id="Para_1219">1219</a>. Time to start.</strong> When practicable, marches begin in the morning, +ample time being allowed for the men to breakfast, animals to feed, +and the wagons or animals to be packed.</p> + +<p>The time for reveille, if different from the usual hour, should be +announced the evening before.</p> + +<p>The exact hour for the start depends, of course, upon circumstances. +However, as a rule, foot troops do not start before broad daylight; +mounted troops, when practicable, about an hour after broad daylight.</p> + +<p>In order to avoid intense heat, especially in the tropics, and also, +in the case of long marches, to avoid reaching destination after dark, +an earlier start than usual must be made.</p> + +<p>Both men and animals rest well in the early morning hours, and should +not, therefore, have this rest interrupted unless there is some real +necessity for it.</p> + +<p>Starting at night or at an hour that will cause a part of the march to +be made at night, should, if possible, be avoided, because of the +difficulties and disadvantages of night marching.</p> + + +<h4>Conduct of the march</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1220" id="Para_1220">1220</a>. The rate of march.</strong> The rate of march varies with the length of +march, kind of troops, equipment carried, size of command, condition +of troops, state of the weather, condition of roads, and other +circumstances. However, whatever the rate may be it should be +<em>uniform</em>, that is most important, as there is nothing that will +irritate and tire a command more than a varying, un-uniform rate of +march.</p> + +<p>The rate of march is regulated by the commander of the leading company +or some one designated by him, who should give the matter special +attention, <em>the rate being checked from time to time by a watch</em>.</p> + +<p>On a march of several days' duration the position of companies is +ordinarily changed daily, so that each in turn leads.</p> + +<p>With trained troops, in commands of a regiment or less, marching over +average roads, the rate should be from 2<span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> to 3 miles per hour. With +larger commands carrying full equipment, the rate will be from 2 to +2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> miles per hour.</p> + +<p>Assuming that the length of step of the average man is 30 inches, the +following rate-of-march table is deduced:</p> + +<table summary="Rate-of-march table"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Steps per minute</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Miles per hour</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1101">35 (<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">5</span>)</td> + <td class="table_cell_1101">1</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">70</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">2</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">88 (in practice, 90)</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101">97 (in practice, 100)</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101">2<span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0111">106 (in practice, 110)</td> + <td class="table_cell_0111">3</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_419" id="Page_419">[Pg 419]</a></span>[Note. By remembering that 35 (<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">5</span>) steps per minute gives 1 mile per +hour, the number of steps per minute necessary to give a rate of 2, +2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>, 2<span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> and 3 miles per hour, is quickly and easily obtained by +multiplying 35 (<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">5</span>) by these numbers.]</p> + +<p>In hot, sultry weather, with the men carrying the full pack, the rate +of march would naturally be considerably less than on a cool day, with +the command not carrying the pack. It is most important that these and +other considerations affecting the rate of march be constantly borne +in mind by the officer in command of the column, who should indicate +to the commander of the leading company the number of steps to be +taken per minute. In indicating the number of steps to be taken per +minute, it should be considered whether the men at the head of the +leading company are the average, above the average, or below the +average in height. A short man, for example, would probably have to +take 100 steps a minute to keep up with a tall man walking at the rate +of 90 steps per minute.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1221" id="Para_1221">1221</a>. Marching capacity.</strong> The average marching capacity of Infantry is +about 15 miles a day, but in extensive operations, involving large +bodies of troops, the average is about 12 miles a day. Small commands +of seasoned Infantry marching on good roads in cool weather can +average about 20 miles a day.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1222" id="Para_1222">1222</a>. Halts.</strong> A halt of 15 minutes should be made after the first half +or three quarters of an hour of marching to enable the men to attend +to the calls of nature and adjust their clothing. Judgment must be +exercised in selecting the place for this halt; it should not be made +in a village or other place where its object would be defeated.</p> + +<p>After the first halt a halt of 10 minutes is made in each hour, that +is, the troops march 50 minutes and then halt 10. Of course, the +number and length of halts should be varied according to the weather, +condition of the roads and the equipment carried by the men. In the +tropics the best results are often obtained by marching 45 minutes and +halting 15.</p> + +<p>When the day's march will run well into the afternoon, a halt of about +one hour should be made at noon and the men allowed to eat.</p> + +<p>Places for long halts should be selected with care; woods, water and +shade are desirable features. Arms are stacked and equipments removed.</p> + +<p>Halts should not be made in or near towns or villages unless to +procure water or supplies, and when so made, the men remain in column, +details being sent for whatever is necessary.</p> + +<p>In hot weather, especially in the tropics, it may be advisable in the +case of long marches to halt for three or four hours during the +hottest part of the day and finish the march in the late afternoon or +early evening. As a general proposition, however, it is inadvisable to +arrive at a strange place after nightfall or even late in the +afternoon.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1223" id="Para_1223">1223</a>. Crossing bridges and fords.</strong> When a cause of delay,—for example, +a damaged bridge,—is encountered, the troops in rear are notified of +the minimum length of the delay; they then conduct themselves as at +regular halts.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_420" id="Page_420">[Pg 420]</a></span>In ascending or descending slopes, crossing streams or other +obstacles, or passing through defiles requiring a reduction of front, +every precaution is taken to prevent interruption of the march of the +troops in rear. If the distances are not sufficient to prevent check, +units are allowed to overlap; if necessary, streams are crossed at two +or more places at the same time; in passing through short defiles the +pace is accelerated and the exit cleared at once.</p> + +<p>If a company unit is delayed while crossing an obstacle, the head +slackens the pace or halts until all of that unit has passed; it then +resumes its place in the column, increasing the pace, if necessary.</p> + +<p>Before attempting to cross with bodies of troops, careful examination +is made of fords, boggy places, bridges of doubtful character, ice, +etc., as the case may be.</p> + +<p>Troops must never cross a bridge in cadence,—that is, the men must +not be in step.</p> + +<p>In fording a deep stream with a swift current, the men cross on as +broad a front as possible, marching abreast and holding hands. They +should not look at the water, but at the opposite shore. If the ford +is wide enough, mounted troops may cross at the same time on the +upstream side, thus breaking the force of the current.</p> + +<p>Fords that are at all difficult delay long columns unless the troops +cross at several places at once.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1224" id="Para_1224">1224</a>. Straggling and elongation of column.</strong> The marching efficiency of +an organization is judged by the amount of straggling and elongation +of the column and the condition of the men at the end of the march.</p> + +<p>An officer of each company marches in its rear to prevent undue +elongation and straggling. If there be only one officer with a +company, the first sergeant performs this duty.</p> + +<p>No man should leave the ranks without permission. If necessary for a +man to fall out on account of sickness, he should be given a permit to +do so by the company commander or the officer at the rear of the +company. This permit is presented to the surgeon, who will admit him +to the ambulance, have him wait for the trains, or follow and rejoin +his company at the first halt.</p> + +<p>It is the duty of all officers and noncommissioned officers to prevent +straggling and elongation of the column.</p> + + +<h4>MISCELLANEOUS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1225" id="Para_1225">1225</a>. Forced marches.</strong> A forced march may be said to be a march of more +than average length.</p> + +<p>Forced marches seriously impair the fighting power of even the best +troops, and should be undertaken only in cases of necessity.</p> + +<p>Such marches are generally made by increasing the number of marching +hours. For large columns of Infantry marching long distances, increase +of pace is seldom of value.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1226" id="Para_1226">1226</a>. Night marches.</strong> While night marches are some times made in very +hot weather to avoid the heat of the day, they are generally made for +the purpose of surprising the enemy, escaping observation by +aeroplane, or for securing a favorable position from which to attack +the enemy at dawn.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_421" id="Page_421">[Pg 421]</a></span>Moonlight and good roads are favorable for night marches.</p> + +<p>Precaution must be taken that the proper road is followed and that +contact between units is maintained, men being stationed, if +necessary, to mark changes of direction. If necessary, guides are +secured and charged with the duty of following the right road. When, +due to unfavorable conditions, units cannot be kept well closed, men +will be placed at forks and crossings of roads, especially on very +dark nights.</p> + +<p>When in hostile territory, silence is maintained; articles of +equipment are secured to prevent rattling, and smoking and talking are +not permitted. Also, under certain conditions villages and farmhouses +are avoided on account of warning given by dogs.</p> + +<p>Night marches impair the efficiency of a command and are never +undertaken without good reason.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1227" id="Para_1227">1227</a>. Compliments.</strong> As a rule, troops on the march pay no compliments; +individuals salute when they address, or are addressed by, a superior +officer.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1228" id="Para_1228">1228</a>. Protection on the march.</strong> Protection on the march is furnished by +covering detachments known as advance guards, rear guards and flank +guards.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1229" id="Para_1229">1229</a>. Fitting of shoes and care of feet.</strong> In view of the fact that the +greater part of the Infantry soldier's occupation in the field +consists of marching, too much stress cannot be laid upon the +importance of his paying special attention to the fitting of his shoes +and the care of his feet.</p> + +<p>An Infantryman with sore feet is like a lame duck trying to keep up +with the rest of the flock.</p> + +<p>Keep your feet clean. Dirty feet invite blisters. An excellent +preventative against sore feet is to wash them every night in hot +(preferably salt) water and then dry them thoroughly. If this is not +practicable, then mop them every evening with a wet towel and +invigorate the skin with a good rubbing.</p> + +<p>Keep the nails cut close.</p> + +<p>Rubbing the feet with hard soap, grease, or oil of any kind, and +putting ordinary talcum powder in the shoes before starting on a +march, are very good to prevent sore feet.</p> + +<p>Blisters should be pricked and the water let out, but the skin must +never be removed. Adhesive plaster on top of the blister will prevent +the skin from being pulled off.</p> + +<p>In case of sore or blistered feet, considerable relief can be obtained +by rubbing them with tallow from a lighted candle and a little whiskey +or alcohol in some other form, and putting the socks on at once.</p> + +<p>A little alum in warm water is excellent for tender feet.</p> + +<p>The old soldier has learned from long experience in marching, to turn +his socks inside out before putting them on thus putting the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_422" id="Page_422">[Pg 422]</a></span> smooth +side next to his skin and possible seams or lumps next to the shoe. +The thickness of the sock protects the skin and helps prevent +blisters.</p> + +<p><em>Under no circumstances should a soldier ever start on a march with a +pair of new shoes.</em></p> + +<p>Each soldier should have on hand at all times two pair of serviceable +shoes well broken in.</p> + +<p>Remember that it is much better to prevent sore feet by taking the +precautions outlined above, than it is to have to treat your feet +after they have become sore.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_423" id="Page_423">[Pg 423]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XIV_III" id="CHAPTER_XIV_III"></a>CHAPTER XIV</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">CAMPS</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1230" id="Para_1230">1230</a>. Principles governing selection of camp sites.</strong> The following +basic principles govern in the selection of camp sites:</p> + +<p>(a) The water supply should be sufficient, pure, and accessible.</p> + +<p>(b) The ground should accommodate the command with as little crowding +as possible, be easily drained, and have no stagnant water within 300 +yards.</p> + +<p>(c) There should be good roads to the camp and good interior +communication.</p> + +<p>(d) Camp sites should be so selected that troops of one unit need not +pass through the camp grounds of another to reach their own camp.</p> + +<p>(e) Wood, grass, forage, and supplies must be at hand or obtainable.</p> + +<p>(f) In campaign, tactical considerations come first in the selection +of camp sites, capability of defense being especially considered, and, +as a result, troops may have to camp many nights on objectionable +ground.</p> + +<p>(g) However, sanitary considerations must always be given all the +weight possible consistent with the tactical requirements. Through no +fault of their own, troops occupying an unsanitary site may suffer +greater losses than in the battles of a long campaign.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1231" id="Para_1231">1231</a>. Desirable camp sites.</strong> The following conditions are desirable for +camp sites:</p> + +<p>(a) Porous soil, covered with stout turf and underlaid by a sandy or +gravelly subsoil.</p> + +<p>(b) High banks of rivers, provided no marshes are near.</p> + +<p>(c) In cold weather, a southern exposure, with woods to the north to +break the cold winds.</p> + +<p>(d) In warm weather, an exposure toward the prevailing winds, with +site moderately shaded by trees.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1232" id="Para_1232">1232</a>. Undesirable camp sites.</strong> The following conditions are undesirable +for camp sites:</p> + +<p>(a) Clay soil, or where the ground water approaches the surface, such +sites being damp and unhealthful.</p> + +<p>(b) Alluvial, marshy ground, and ground near the base of hills, or +near thick woods or dense vegetation are also damp.</p> + +<p>(c) Ravines and depressions are likely to be unduly warm and to have +insufficient or undesirable currents.</p> + +<p>(d) Proximity to marshes or stagnant water is usually damp, and has +mosquitoes, which transmit malaria, dengue fever and yellow fever.</p> + +<p>(e) Old camp sites are dangerous, as they are often permeated by +elements of disease which persist for considerable periods.</p> + +<p>(f) Dry beds of streams are subject to sudden freshets.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_424" id="Page_424">[Pg 424]</a></span>(g) In the tropics troops should not camp nearer than 500 yards to +native huts or villages because of danger from malarial infection.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1233" id="Para_1233">1233</a>. Form and dimensions of camps.</strong> The form and dimensions of camps +depend upon the tactical situation and the amount and nature of ground +available. However, in general, the form and dimensions of a +regimental or battalion camp should conform as nearly as practicable +to the diagram on the opposite page, and camps of all sizes should, as +far as possible, conform to the principles, regarding arrangement, +underlying the diagram given on the opposite page, which gives the +general form, dimensions, and interior arrangements of a camp for a +regiment of Infantry at war strength. In certain cases, particularly +in one-night halts in the presence of the enemy, camps must of +necessity be contracted, while in other cases, where a more extended +halt is contemplated and where tactical reasons will permit, better +camp sanitation may be secured, and a more comfortable arrangement +made by the expansion of camp areas.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1234" id="Para_1234">1234</a>. Making camp.</strong> The command should be preceded by the commanding +officer or a staff officer, who selects the camp site, and designates, +by planting stakes, the lines of tents, the positions of the sinks, +guard tent, kitchens, picket line, etc.</p> + +<p>After the companies are marched to their proper positions and arms are +stacked, the details for guard and to bring wood, water, dig sinks, +pitch tents, handle rations, etc., should be made before ranks are +broken.</p> + +<p>Immediately upon reaching camp and before the men are allowed to go +around, patrolling sentinels should be established to prevent men from +polluting the camp site or adjoining ground before the sinks are +constructed.</p> + +<p>Sentinels should be posted over the water supply without delay.</p> + +<p>As soon as the tents have been pitched and the sinks dug, the camp +should be inspected and all unnecessary sentinels relieved.</p> + +<p>The tents should be pitched and the sinks dug simultaneously.</p> + +<p>Should the troops reach camp before the wagons, the companies may be +divided into squads and set to work clearing the ground, gathering +fire wood, collecting leaves, grass, etc., for beds, etc.</p> + +<p>The moment a command reaches camp its officers and men usually want to +go here and there under all sorts of pretexts. No one should be +allowed to leave camp until all necessary instructions have been +given.</p> + +<p>Enlisted men should not be permitted to leave camp without permission +of their company commanders.</p> + +<p>Sick call should be held as soon as practicable after the tents have +been pitched.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_425" id="Page_425">[Pg 425]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 383px;"> +<span class="caption">CAMP OF A REGIMENT OF INFANTRY, WAR STRENGTH</span> +<img src="images/illus-1234.png" width="383" height="500" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + + +<h4>MISCELLANEOUS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1235" id="Para_1235">1235</a>. Retreat.</strong> In camp retreat formation should always be under arms, +an officer being present with each company and inspecting the arms.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1236" id="Para_1236">1236</a>. Parade ground.</strong> In front of every camp of permanent nature, there +should be a parade ground for drills and ceremonies.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1237" id="Para_1237">1237</a>. Camping on fordable stream.</strong> In camping for the night on a +fordable stream that is to be crossed, cross before going into camp,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_426" id="Page_426">[Pg 426]</a></span> +unless there is some tactical reason for not doing so; for a sudden +rise, or the appearance of the enemy, might prevent the crossing the +next morning.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1238" id="Para_1238">1238</a>. Windstorms.</strong> Whenever windstorms are expected, the tent pegs +should be secured and additional guy ropes attached to the tents.</p> + +<p>Tents may be prevented from blowing down by being made fast at the +corners to posts firmly driven into the ground, or by passing ropes +over the ridge poles and fastening them to pegs firmly set into the +ground.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1239" id="Para_1239">1239</a>. Making tent poles and pegs fast in loose soil.</strong> If the soil be +loose or sandy, stones or other hard material should be placed under +the tent poles to prevent their working into the soil, thus leaving +the tent slack and unsteady. When the soil is so loose that the pegs +will not hold at all, fasten the guy ropes to brush, wood or rocks +buried in the ground.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1240" id="Para_1240">1240</a>. Trees sometimes dangerous.</strong> While trees add very much to the +comfort of a camp, care should be exercised not to pitch tents near +trees whose branches or trunks might fall.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_427" id="Page_427">[Pg 427]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XV_III" id="CHAPTER_XV_III"></a>CHAPTER XV</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">CAMP SANITATION</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1241" id="Para_1241">1241</a>. Definition.</strong> By "Camp Sanitation" is meant the adoption of +measures to keep the camp in a healthy condition. These measures +comprise:</p> + +<p>(a) The disposal, so as to render them harmless and prevent pollution, +of all wastes, refuse and excreta from men and animals in suitable +places provided therefor;</p> + +<p>(b) The care exercised in handling, preparing and serving food;</p> + +<p>(c) The adequacy of shelter for the men;</p> + +<p>(d) The maintenance of proper drainage;</p> + +<p>(e) The supply of water for bathing and washing, and the maintenance +of a pure supply for drinking.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1242" id="Para_1242">1242</a>. Camp expedients.</strong> "Camp-expedients" is the name given the +mechanical means used to put into effect some of the measures, named +above, connected with camp sanitation, and usually consist of +latrines, kitchen sinks, urinal tubs, rock or earth incinerators, and +drainage ditches.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1243" id="Para_1243">1243</a>. Latrines.</strong> The latrines must be dug immediately upon reaching +camp—their construction must not be delayed until the camps have been +pitched and other duties performed. The exact location of the latrines +should be determined by the commanding officer, or by some officer +designated by him, the following considerations being observed:</p> + +<p>1. They should be so located as not to contaminate the water supply.</p> + +<p>2. They should not be placed where they can be flooded by rain water +from higher ground, nor should they be so placed that they can pollute +the camp by overflow in case of heavy rains.</p> + +<p>3. They should be as far from the tents as is compatible with +convenience—if too near, they will be a source of annoyance; if too +far, some men, especially at night, and particularly if affected with +diarrhoea, will defecate before reaching the latrine. Under ordinary +circumstances, a distance of about 50 yards is considered sufficient.</p> + +<p>Latrines for the men are always located on the opposite side of the +camp from the kitchens, generally one for each company unit and one +for the officers of a battalion or squadron. They are so placed that +the drainage or overflow can not pollute the water supply or camp +grounds.</p> + +<p>When the camp is for one night only, straddle trenches suffice. In +camp of longer duration, and when it is not possible to provide +latrine boxes, as for permanent camps, deeper trenches should be dug. +These may be used as straddle trenches or a seat improvised. When open +trenches are used the excrement must be kept covered at all times with +a layer of earth. In more permanent camps the trenches should be 2 +feet wide, 6 feet deep, and 15 feet long, and suitably screened. Seats +with lids are provided and covered to the ground to keep flies from +reach<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_428" id="Page_428">[Pg 428]</a></span>ing the deposits; urinal troughs discharging into trenches are +provided. Each day the latrine boxes are thoroughly cleaned, outside +by scrubbing and inside by applying, when necessary, a coat of oil or +whitewash. The pit is burned out daily with approximately 1 gallon oil +and 15 pounds straw. When filled to within 2 feet of the surface, such +latrines are discarded, filled with earth, and their position marked. +All latrines and kitchen pits are filled in before the march is +resumed. In permanent camps and cantonments, urine tubs may be placed +in the company streets at night and emptied after reveille.</p> + +<p>All latrines must be filled before marching. The following +illustration shows a very simple and excellent latrine seat which can +be made and kept in the company permanently for use in camps on the +march:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1243.png" width="500" height="302" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p>Urinal troughs, made of muslin and coated with oil or paint, should +discharge into the trenches.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1244" id="Para_1244">1244</a>. Urinal tubs.</strong> When obtainable, urinal tubs or cans should be +placed in the company streets at night, their location being indicated +by lighted lanterns, the tubs or cans being removed at reveille.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1245a.png" width="200" height="163" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1245" id="Para_1245">1245</a>. Kitchens.</strong> Camp kettles can be hung on a support consisting of a +green pole lying in the crotches of two upright posts of the same +character. A narrow trench for the fire, about 1 foot deep, dug under +the pole, not only protects the fire from the wind but saves fuel.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1245b.png" width="200" height="124" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p>A still greater economy of fuel can be effected by digging a similar +trench in the direction of the wind and slightly narrower than the +diameter of the kettles. The kettles are then placed on the trench and +the space between the kettles filled in with stones, clay, etc., +leaving the flue running beneath the kettles. The draft can be +improved by building a chimney of stones, clay, etc., at the leeward +end of the flue.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1245c.png" width="200" height="84" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_429" id="Page_429">[Pg 429]</a></span>Four such trenches radiating from a common central chimney will give +one flue for use whatever may be the direction of the wind.</p> + +<p>A slight slope of the flue, from the chimney down, provides for +drainage and improves the draft.</p> + +<p>The lack of portable ovens can be met by ovens constructed of stone +and covered with earth to better retain the heat. If no stone is +available, an empty barrel, with one head out, is laid on its side, +covered with wet clay to a depth of 6 or more inches and then with a +layer of dry earth equally thick. A flue is constructed with the clay +above the closed end of the barrel, which is then burned out with a +hot fire. This leaves a baked clay covering for the oven.</p> + +<p>A recess can be similarly constructed with boards or even brushwood, +supported on a horizontal pole resting on upright posts, covered and +burnt out as in the case of the barrel.</p> + +<p>When clay banks are available, an oven may be excavated therein and +used at once.</p> + +<p>To bake in such ovens, first heat them and then close flues and ends.</p> + +<p>Food must be protected from flies, dust, and sun. Facilities must be +provided for cleaning and scalding the mess equipment of the men. +Kitchens and the ground around them must be kept scrupulously clean.</p> + +<p>Solid refuse should be promptly burned, either in the kitchen fire or +in an improvised crematory.</p> + +<p>In temporary camps, if the soil is porous, liquid refuse from the +kitchens may be strained through gunny sacking into seepage pits dug +near the kitchen. Flies must not have access to these pits. Boards or +poles, covered with brush or grass and a layer of earth may be used +for this purpose. The strainers should also be protected from flies. +Pits of this kind, dug in clayey soil, will not operate successfully. +All pits should be filled with earth before marching.</p> + +<p>As a precautionary measure against setting the camp on fire, all dry +grass, underbrush, etc., in the immediate vicinity of the kitchen +should be cut down.</p> + +<p>In case of a fire in camp, underbrush, spades, shovels, blankets, +etc., are used to beat it out.</p> + +<p>Gunny sacks dipped in water are the best fire fighters.</p> + +<p>Burning away dried grass and underbrush around exterior of camp is a +great protection against fire from outside.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1246" id="Para_1246">1246</a>. Kitchen pits.</strong> Pits of convenient size should be constructed for +the liquid refuse from the kitchens. Solid refuse should be burned +either in the kitchen fire or at some designated place, depending upon +whether the camp is of a temporary or permanent nature. Unless the +camp be of a very temporary nature, the pits should be covered with +boards or other material in order to exclude the flies.</p> + +<p>All pits should be filled in with earth before breaking camp.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1247" id="Para_1247">1247</a>. Incinerators.</strong> The incineration pit shown in the following +dia<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_430" id="Page_430">[Pg 430]</a></span>gram, affords an excellent, simple and economical way of disposing +of camp waste and offal, tin cans and dish-water included:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1247a.png" width="500" height="409" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Description:</strong></p> + +<p>The pit is about 4<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet long, 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet wide and 2 feet deep at +one end and 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> at the other. It is partially filled with stones, +the larger ones on the bottom and the smaller on the top. At one end +of the pit the stones extend a little above the surface, and slope +gradually toward the other end until the fire pit is reached ten +inches below the surface of the trench. Over the fire pit, about five +inches above the ground, is placed a crab or a piece of boiler iron, +on which is boiled all the water for washing dishes, etc. The fire pit +is only about one-half of the stone surface, as the radiated heat +keeps the rest of the stones hot, causing all dish and slop water to +evaporate quickly.</p> + +<p>Any tin cans that may be thrown into the fire pit are removed after a +short exposure to the heat and placed in a trench especially dug for +the purpose.</p> + +<p>The company incinerator shown below was used with great success by +some of our troops at Texas City, Texas. The rocks should not be too +large. The men should be instructed to drop all liquid on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_431" id="Page_431">[Pg 431]</a></span> the sides +of the incinerator and throw all solid matter on the fire—the liquids +will thus be evaporated and the solids burned. Until the men learn how +to use the incinerator properly, a noncommissioned officer should be +detailed to supervise its use.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1247b.png" width="500" height="489" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1248" id="Para_1248">1248</a>. Drainage.</strong> When camp is established for an indefinite period, +drainage should be attended to at once. Each tent should have a +shallow trench dug around it and the company and other streets ditched +on both sides, all the trenches and ditches connecting with a ditch +that carries the water from the camp. All surface drainage from higher +ground should be intercepted and turned aside.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1249" id="Para_1249">1249</a>. Avoiding old camp sites.</strong> The occupation of old camp sites is +dangerous, since these are often permeated by elements of disease +which persist for considerable periods.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1250" id="Para_1250">1250</a>. Changing camp sites.</strong> Camp sites must be changed promptly when +there is evidence of soil pollution or when epidemic disease<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_432" id="Page_432">[Pg 432]</a></span> +threatens. Also, a change of camp site is often desirable in order to +secure a change of surroundings and to abandon areas that have become +dusty and cut up.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1251" id="Para_1251">1251</a>. Bunks.</strong> Place a number of small poles about seven feet long close +together, the upper ends resting on a cross pole about six inches in +diameter and the lower ends resting on the ground; or, the poles may +be raised entirely off the ground by being placed on cross poles +supported by forked stakes at the corners; on the poles place grass, +leaves, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1252" id="Para_1252">1252</a>. Wood.</strong> The firewood should be collected, cut and piled near the +kitchen. Dry wood is usually found under logs or roots of trees.</p> + +<p>If wagons are not heavily loaded it is sometimes a good plan to bring +a few sticks of dry wood from the preceding camp, or to pick up good +wood en route.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1253" id="Para_1253">1253</a>. Water.</strong> Precautionary measures should always be taken to prevent +the contamination of the water, and a guard from the first troops +reaching camp should at once be placed over the water supply.</p> + +<p>If the water is obtained from a stream, places should be designated as +follows for getting water:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>(1) For drinking and cooking;</li> +<li>(2) For watering animals;</li> +<li>(3) For bathing and for washing clothing.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The first designated place should be farthest up the stream; the +others, in the order named, downstream.</p> + +<p>Where two bodies of troops are to camp on the same stream one must not +pollute the water to be used by the other. This can be arranged by the +commanders agreeing upon a point where both commands will obtain their +drinking water, upon a second point where animals will be watered, +etc.</p> + +<p>If the stream be small, the water supply may be increased by building +a dam.</p> + +<p>Small springs may be dug out and each lined with a gabion, or a barrel +or box with both ends removed, or with stones, the space between the +lining and the earth being filled with puddled clay. A rim of clay +should be built to keep out surface drainage. The same method may be +used near swamps, streams, or lakes to increase or clarify the water +supply.</p> + +<p>Water that is not known to be pure should be boiled 20 minutes; it +should then be cooled and aerated by being poured repeatedly from one +clean container to another, or it may be purified by apparatus +supplied for the purpose.</p> + +<p>Arrangements should be made for men to draw water from the authorized +receptacles by means of a spigot or other similar arrangement. The +dipping of water from the receptacles, or the use of a common drinking +cup, should be prohibited.</p> + +<p>In the field it is sometimes necessary to sterilize or filter water. +The easiest and surest way of sterilizing water is by boiling. Boiled +water should be aerated by being poured from one receptacle to another +or by being filtered through charcoal or clean gravel. Unless boiled +water be thus aerated it is very unpalatable and it is with difficulty +that troops can be made to drink it.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_433" id="Page_433">[Pg 433]</a></span>Filtration merely clarifies—it does not purify. The following are +simple methods of filtration:</p> + +<p>1. Dig a hole near the source of supply so that the water may +percolate through the soil before being used.</p> + +<p>2. Sink a barrel or box into the ground, the water entering therein +through a wooden trough packed with clean sand, gravel or charcoal.</p> + +<p>3. Place a box or barrel in another box or barrel of larger size, +filling the space between with clean sand, gravel, moss or charcoal, +and piercing holes near the bottom of the outer barrel and near the +top of the inner. The filter thus constructed is partly submerged in +the water to be filtered.</p> + +<p>4. Bore a small hole in the bottom of a barrel or other suitable +receptacle, which is partly filled with layers of sand, gravel, and, +if available, charcoal and moss. The water is poured in at the top and +is collected as it emerges from the aperture below.</p> + +<p>The amount of water used by troops is usually computed at the rate of +five gallons for each man and ten gallons for each animal per day.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1254" id="Para_1254">1254</a>. Rules of sanitation.</strong> The following rules of sanitation are to be +observed:</p> + +<p>Men should not lie on damp ground. In temporary camps and in bivouac +they raise their beds if suitable material, such as straw, leaves, or +boughs can be obtained, or use their ponchos or slickers. In cold +weather and when fuel is plentiful the ground may be warmed by fires, +the men making their beds after raking away the ashes.</p> + +<p>When troops are to remain in camp for some time all underbrush is +cleared away and the camp made as comfortable as possible. Watering +troughs, shelter in cold weather, and shade in hot, are provided for +the animals, if practicable.</p> + +<p>The camp is policed daily after breakfast and all refuse matter +burned.</p> + +<p>Tent walls are raised and the bedding and clothing aired daily, +weather permitting.</p> + +<p>Tents must be kept clean and in order.</p> + +<p>The company street and the ground around the tents must be kept clean.</p> + +<p>Food, slop water, rags, paper, empty tin cans, and other trash and +refuse must not be thrown on the ground, but should be put in the box, +can or other receptacle provided for the purpose or thrown into the +incinerator.</p> + +<p>The food must be protected from flies, dust and sun.</p> + +<p>Under no circumstances must the company street or any other part of +the camp grounds be defiled by urinating or deficating thereon. The +urinal tub and the latrine must invariably be used.</p> + +<p>When an open trench is used as a sink, each individual must always +cover his excrement with dirt.</p> + +<p>If the sink is inclosed by a box with stool-covers, the covers must +always be put down as soon as one is through using them so as to keep +out the flies. However it is found in practice that men will not do +this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_434" id="Page_434">[Pg 434]</a></span> therefore it is a good plan to construct the covers so that they +will close automatically when a man rises from the seat.</p> + +<p>Kitchen garbage must be burned in a pit or incinerator, or put into +<em>covered</em> cans and hauled away. <em>The covers must be kept on the cans +at all times</em>, so as to keep out the flies.</p> + +<p>Horses are not to be ridden through camp except on the roadways.</p> + +<p>As soon as a tent is pitched it should be ditched.</p> + +<p>When it rains the guy ropes must be loosened to prevent the tent pegs +from pulling out and the tent falling down.</p> + +<p>The body and the clothes should be cleaned daily as thoroughly as the +means at hand will permit.</p> + +<p>In the morning wash the face and neck and don't fail to use your tooth +brush afterward.</p> + +<p>In the continued absence of opportunity for bathing it is well to take +an air bath and a moist or dry rub before getting into fresh +underclothes.</p> + +<p>If the lack of opportunity to wash clothes continues for any length of +time, soiled clothes and bedding must be frequently exposed to the sun +and air. Sunshine is a good germ killer.</p> + +<p>If there are mosquitoes in camp, mosquito bars must be used by men +when asleep, and headnets by men on guard and other duty. Also, if in +a malarial country, about five grains of quinine should be taken +daily, preferably just before supper. In localities where a pernicious +form of malaria prevails, daily doses of ten grains of quinine should +be given.</p> + +<p>In the tropics troops are require to camp at least 500 yards away from +all native huts or villages as a preventative measure against malaria. +Men are also prohibited from visiting these places at night for the +same reason.</p> + +<p>Clean your mess kit thoroughly after every meal, if practicable, +washing same with soap and boiling water.</p> + +<p>The company cooks must keep everything in the kitchen and mess tent +clean with hot water and soap. Boil the utensils and dish rags, and be +sure to throw all slops and garbage into the kitchen incinerator.</p> + +<p>Rest and sleep are most important to preserve the health, so, keep the +body rested by plenty of sleep. Do not join idle parties going to walk +the streets of the nearest town at nights, nor sit up late playing +cards.</p> + +<p>Observe in camp even with greater care than when in barracks the rules +of health and personal hygiene. (See <a href="#Para_1451">pars. 1451</a>–1477.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1255" id="Para_1255">1255</a>. Your camp, your home.</strong> A soldier should always look upon his camp +as his home, which it is for the time being. Your tent is your +bedroom; the company street, your sitting-room; the latrine, your +toilet; the mess tent, your dining-room; the camp kitchen, your +kitchen; the bathing facilities, your bathroom. And as you are careful +about keeping your bedroom and the other rooms of your home in a clean +and orderly condition, so should you do your share to keep your tent +and the other parts of camp in a clean, sanitary condition.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_435" id="Page_435">[Pg 435]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XVI_III" id="CHAPTER_XVI_III"></a>CHAPTER XVI</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">INDIVIDUAL COOKING</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1256" id="Para_1256">1256</a>. Importance of individual cooking.</strong> It often happens in campaign +that it is impossible to have the field ranges and cooking utensils +accompany the troops, and in such case each man must cook his own food +in his mess kit. Also, it frequently happens that detachments +operating away from their companies must do individual cooking.</p> + +<p>All food we eat should be properly cooked, if not, stomach or +intestinal trouble will result. Hence, the importance of every soldier +learning how to cook in his mess kit the main components of the +ration.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1257" id="Para_1257">1257</a>. Fire.</strong> Remember that the best fire for cooking is a small, clear +one, or better yet, a few brisk coals. Dig a hole in the ground with +your bayonet and make your fire in it with dry wood, starting it with +paper, shavings, dry leaves or dry grass.</p> + +<p>If preferred the fire may be made between two small flat stones or +bricks, care being taken to so place the stones that the draft will +pass between them. The mess pan can be placed on the stones, across +the fire, and the cup for boiling the coffee at the end away from the +draft where it will get the most heat.</p> + +<p>This method will, as a rule, be necessary on rocky or stony ground.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1258" id="Para_1258">1258</a>. Recipes.</strong> The following recipes, which are based on the War +Department publication, "Manual for Army Cooks," require the use of +only the soldier's mess kit,—knife, fork, spoon, cup, and mess pan:</p> + + +<h4>Meats</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1259" id="Para_1259">1259</a>. Bacon.</strong> Cut side of bacon in half lengthwise. Then cut slices +about five to the inch, three of which should generally be sufficient +for one man for one meal. Place in a mesa pan with about one-half inch +of cold water. Let come to a boil and then pour the water off. Fry +over a brisk fire, turning the bacon once and quickly browning it. +Remove the bacon to lid of mess pan, leaving the grease for frying +potatoes, onions, rice flapjacks, etc., according to recipe.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1260" id="Para_1260">1260</a>. Fresh meat.</strong> <em>To fry.</em>—To fry, a small amount of grease (1 to 2 +spoonfuls) is necessary. Put grease in mess pan and let come to a +smoking temperature, then drop in the steak and, if about one-half +inch thick, let fry for about one minute before turning—depending +upon whether it is desired it shall be rare, medium, or well done. +Then turn and fry briskly as before. Salt and pepper to taste.</p> + +<p>Applies to beef, veal, pork, mutton, venison, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1261" id="Para_1261">1261</a>. Fresh meat.</strong> <em>To broil.</em>—Cut in slices about 1 inch thick, from +half as large as the hand to four times that size. Sharpen a stick or +branch of convenient length, say from 2 to 4 feet long, and weave<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_436" id="Page_436">[Pg 436]</a></span> the +point of the stick through the steak several times so that it may be +readily turned over a few brisk coals or on the windward side of a +small fire. Allow to brown nicely, turning frequently. Salt and pepper +to taste. Meat with considerable fat is preferred, though any meat may +be broiled in this manner.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1262" id="Para_1262">1262</a>. Fresh meat.</strong> <em>To stew.</em>—Cut into chunks from one-half inch to 1 +inch cubes. Fill cup about one-third full of meat and cover with about +1 inch of water. Let boil or simmer about one hour or until tender. +Add such fibrous vegetables as carrots, turnips, or cabbage, cut into +small chunks, soon after the meat is put on to boil, and potatoes, +onions, or other tender vegetables when the meat is about half done. +Amount of vegetables to be added, about the same as meat, depending +upon supply and taste. Salt and pepper to taste. Applies to all fresh +meats and fowls. The proportion of meat and vegetables used varies +with their abundance and fixed quantities can not be adhered to. Fresh +fish can be handled as above, except that it is cooked much quicker, +and potatoes, onions, and canned corn are the only vegetables +generally used with it, thus making a chowder. A slice of bacon would +greatly improve the flavor. May be conveniently cooked in mess pan or +tin cup.</p> + + +<h4>Fresh Vegetables</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1263" id="Para_1263">1263</a>. Potatoes, fried.</strong> Take two medium-sized potatoes or one large one +(about one-half pound), peel and cut into slices about one-fourth inch +thick and scatter well in the mess pan in which the grease remains +after frying the bacon. Add sufficient water to half cover the +potatoes, cover with the lid to keep the moisture in, and let come to +a boil from fifteen to twenty minutes. Remove the cover and dry as +desired. Salt and pepper to taste. During the cooking the bacon +already prepared may be kept on the cover, which is most conveniently +placed bottom side up over the cooking vegetables.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1264" id="Para_1264">1264</a>. Onions, fried.</strong> Same as potatoes.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1265" id="Para_1265">1265</a>. Potatoes, boiled.</strong> Peel two medium-sized potatoes or one large +one (about one-half pound), and cut in coarse chunks of about the same +size—say 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>-inch cubes. Place in mess pan and three-fourths fill +with water. Cover with lid and let boil or simmer for fifteen or +twenty minutes. They are done when easily penetrated with a sharp +stick. Pour off the water and let dry out for one or two minutes over +hot ashes or light coals.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1266" id="Para_1266">1266</a>. Potatoes, baked.</strong> Take two medium-sized potatoes or one large one +cut in half (about one-half pound.) Lay in a bed of light coals, cover +with same and smother with ashes. Do not disturb for thirty or forty +minutes, when they should be done.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1267" id="Para_1267">1267</a>. Rice.</strong> Take two-thirds of a cup of water and bring to a boil. Add +4 spoonfuls of rice and boil until soft, that is, until it can be +mashed by the fingers with but little resistance. This will require +about 15 minutes. Add 2 pinches of salt and, after stirring, pour off +the water and empty the rice out on the lid of the mess pan.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_437" id="Page_437">[Pg 437]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1268" id="Para_1268">1268</a>. Canned Tomatoes.</strong> One 2-pound can is generally sufficient for +five men.</p> + +<p><em>Stew.</em> Pour into the mess pan one man's allowance of tomatoes, add +about two large hardtacks broken into small pieces, and let come to a +boil. Add salt and pepper to taste, or add a pinch of salt and +one-fourth spoonful of sugar.</p> + +<p><em>Or</em>, having fried bacon, pour the tomatoes into the mess pan, the +grease remaining, and add, if desired, two broken hardtacks. Set over +a brisk fire and let come to a boil.</p> + +<p><em>Or</em>, heat the tomatoes just as they come from the can, adding two +pinches of salt and one-half spoonful of sugar if desired.</p> + +<p><em>Or</em>, especially in hot weather, eaten cold with hard bread they are +very palatable.</p> + + +<h4>Hot Breads</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1269" id="Para_1269">1269</a>. Flapjack.</strong> Take 6 spoonfuls of flour and one-third spoonful of +baking powder and mix thoroughly (or dry mix in a large pan before +issue, at the rate of 25 pounds of flour and three half-pound cans of +baking powder for 100 men). Add sufficient cold water to make a batter +that will drip freely from the spoon, adding a pinch of salt. Pour +into the mess pan, which should contain the grease from fried bacon, +or a spoonful of butter or fat, and place over medium hot coals +sufficient to bake so that in from five to seven minutes the flapjack +may be turned over by a quick toss of the pan. Fry from five to seven +minutes longer or until, by examination, it is found to be done.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1270" id="Para_1270">1270</a>. Hoecake.</strong> Hoecake is made exactly the same as a flapjack by +substituting <em>corn meal</em> for <em>flour</em>.</p> + + +<h4>Drinks</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1271" id="Para_1271">1271</a>. Coffee.</strong> Fill cup about two-thirds full of water and when it +boils add, 1 heaping spoonful of coffee, and let boil 5 minutes. Stir +grains well when adding. Add 1 spoonful of sugar, if desired. Let +simmer ten minutes after boiling. Settle with a dash of cold water or +let stand for a few minutes.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1272" id="Para_1272">1272</a>. Tea.</strong> Fill cup about two-thirds full of water and when it boils +add <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> spoonful of tea, and let boil 5 minutes. Add 1 spoonful of +sugar, if desired. Let stand or "draw" 8 minutes. If allowed to stand +longer, the tea will get bitter, unless separated from the grounds.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1273" id="Para_1273">1273</a>. Cocoa.</strong> Fill cup about two-thirds full of water and when it boils +add 1 heaping spoonful of cocoa and let boil 5 minutes. Stir when +adding until dissolved. Add 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> spoonful of sugar, if desired. Let +cool. (If available, milk should be used instead of water, and should +be kept somewhat below the boiling point. A 1-pound can of evaporated +milk with 3<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> quarts of water will make 1 gallon of milk of the +proper consistency for making cocoa or chocolate.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1274" id="Para_1274">1274</a>. Chocolate.</strong> Same as cocoa, using 1 cubic inch of chocolate.</p> + + +<h4>Emergency Ration</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1275" id="Para_1275">1275</a>. Emergency Rations.</strong> Detailed instructions as to the manner of +preparing the emergency ration are found on the label with each can.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_438" id="Page_438">[Pg 438]</a></span> +Remember that even a very limited amount of bacon or hard bread, or +both, taken with the emergency ration makes it far more palatable, and +greatly extends the period during which it can be consumed with +relish. For this reason it would be better to husband the supply of +hard bread and bacon to use with the emergency ration when it becomes +evident that the latter must be consumed, rather than to retain the +emergency ration to the last extremity to be used exclusively for a +longer period than two or three days.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_439" id="Page_439">[Pg 439]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XVII_III" id="CHAPTER_XVII_III"></a>CHAPTER XVII</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">CARE AND PRESERVATION OF CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1276" id="Para_1276">1276</a>. General.</strong> A soldier's clothing and equipment are issued to him by +his government for certain purposes, and he has, therefore, no right +to be in any way careless or neglectful of them.</p> + +<p>The importance that the Government attaches to the proper care and +preservation of the soldier's clothing and equipment, is shown by the +fact that the matter is made the subject of one of the Articles of +War, the 84th, which prescribes that any soldier who, through neglect, +loses or spoils his arms, clothing or accouterments shall suffer such +punishment as a court-martial may direct.</p> + + +<h4>Clothing</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1277" id="Para_1277">1277</a>.</strong> Every article of clothing in your hands should receive as much +care and attention as you give your person.</p> + +<p>Not only will your clothes last longer if properly cared for, but you +will look neater and better dressed, which will add much to your +military appearance.</p> + +<p>Every soldier should have an A-1 whisk broom and no article of +clothing should ever be worn without first being thoroughly brushed.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1278" id="Para_1278">1278</a>. Pressing.</strong> Occasional pressing helps to preserve and freshen +clothes,—it puts new life into the cloth.</p> + +<p>Blue clothing and woolen olive drab when worn regularly should be +pressed about once a week.</p> + +<p>In a company where there is an iron for general use there is no reason +why every soldier should not press his own clothes.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1279" id="Para_1279">1279</a>. Chevrons and stripes</strong> can be cleaned by moistening a clean woolen +rag with gasoline and rubbing the parts and then pressing with a hot +iron.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1280" id="Para_1280">1280</a>. Leggins.</strong> When soiled, leggins must be washed. If the leggins are +allowed to dry without being rung out, they will look better.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1281" id="Para_1281">1281</a>. Service hat and the caps</strong> require nothing but brushing.</p> + +<p>Shirts, underwear, socks, etc., should be carefully folded and put +away neatly.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1282" id="Para_1282">1282</a>. A special suit of clothing for inspections, parades, etc.</strong> Set +aside your best suit of clothes for inspections, parades and other +ceremonies. The uniform worn at these formations should not be worn +around in the barracks,—every man has sufficient "second best" +garments for barrack use.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1283" id="Para_1283">1283</a>. Putting away.</strong> Uniforms should be dried thoroughly, brushed and +properly folded before being put away. The number of folds should be +reduced to a minimum.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_440" id="Page_440">[Pg 440]</a></span>Before uniforms are put away they should be carefully examined and any +missing buttons, tears or stains should be attended to at once.</p> + +<p>Lockers and other places in which clothing is kept must be free from +dust. They should be wiped off occasionally with a cloth wrung out of +soap suds.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1284" id="Para_1284">1284</a>. Stains.</strong> Tailors usually remove stains with a rubber made by +rolling tightly a piece of woolen cloth of some kind, about 2 inches +wide, until the roll is about an inch in diameter.</p> + +<p>Rings in removing stains may be avoided by rubbing until very nearly +dry.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1285" id="Para_1285">1285</a>. Grease spots.</strong> Ordinarily benzine is a good stain remover in case +of grease spots, but its use is more or less dangerous. It should be +used in an open room or out of doors and never near a fire or lights.</p> + +<p>"Carbona," which can be purchased in almost any drug store, is +excellent for removing stains and it is perfectly safe.</p> + +<p>Carbon tetrachloride (Merck's) is much cheaper than "Carbona" and +about equally as good. It retails at 45c a pint at nearly all drug +stores.</p> + +<p>Grease spots can also be removed by placing a piece of brown paper, +newspaper, blotting paper or other absorbent paper over the stain, and +pressing with a hot iron.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1286" id="Para_1286">1286</a>. Rust or ink stains</strong> can be removed with a solution of oxalic +acid. Apply rapidly and rinse at once with plenty of fresh water; this +is most important—otherwise it will probably discolor the material.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1287" id="Para_1287">1287</a>. Sweat stains</strong> can not be removed. However, the color can be +partially restored and the material cleaned with a solution of ammonia +and water—<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> liquid ammonia, <span class="frac_top">2</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> water.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1288" id="Para_1288">1288</a>. The shine</strong> that is sometimes left from pressing is caused by +leaving the iron on too long or using an iron that is too hot.</p> + +<p>This shine, if the cloth is not scorched, can be removed by +"sponging," i. e., by placing a piece of damp muslin cloth on the +material and then applying the iron only long enough to steam the +surface of the garment.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1289" id="Para_1289">1289</a>. Grease and oil stains</strong> on white trouser stripes can be removed +with benzine, naptha or gasoline, applied with a stiff nail brush. +Stains of rust and ink can be removed by means of oxalic acid (2 +ounces of oxalic acid to 1 pint of water—dissolves quickest in warm +water) applied with cloth or brush, then rinsed thoroughly with plain +water and sponge. After the stripes have dried, apply English +pipe-clay, rubbing with the cake itself; then rub in uniformly with +woolen cloth rubber—rub vigorously—then brush off surplus pipe-clay.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1290" id="Para_1290">1290</a>. Paint spots.</strong> Turpentine will take out paint spots.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1291" id="Para_1291">1291</a>. Gilt ornaments and gilt buttons</strong> should be polished as often as +necessary in order to keep them fresh and bright. Use a button stick +in cleaning buttons, so as not to soil the cloth.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_441" id="Page_441">[Pg 441]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Shoes</h4> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(<em>Instructions issued by the Quartermaster General's Office, June 16, +1899.</em>)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1292" id="Para_1292">1292</a>. General care.</strong> Shoes should at all times be kept polished. By +being so kept they are made more pliable and wear longer.</p> + +<p>Shoes must withstand harder service than any other article worn, and +more shoes are ruined through neglect than by wear in actual service.</p> + +<p>Proper care should be taken in selecting shoes to secure a proper fit, +and by giving shoes occasional attention much discomfort and complaint +will be avoided.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1293" id="Para_1293">1293</a>. Selection.</strong> A shoe should always have ample length, as the foot +will always work forward fully a half a size in the shoe when walking, +and sufficient allowance for this should be made. More feet are +crippled and distorted by shoes that are too short than for any other +reason. A shoe should fit snug yet be comfortable over ball and +instep, and when first worn should not lace close together over the +instep. Leather always stretches and loosens at instep and can be +taken up by lacing. The foot should always be held firmly, but not too +tightly in proper position. If shoes are too loose, they allow the +foot to slip around, causing the foot to chafe; corns, bunions, and +enlarged joints are the result.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1294" id="Para_1294">1294</a>. Repairs.</strong> At the first sign of break, shoes should be repaired, +if possible. Always keep the heels in good condition. If the heel is +allowed to run down at the side, it is bad for the shoe and worse for +the foot; it also weakens the ankle and subjects the shoe to an uneven +strain, which makes it more liable to give out. Shoes, if kept in +repair, will give double the service and comfort.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1295" id="Para_1295">1295</a>. Shoe dressing.</strong> The leather must not be permitted to become hard +and stiff. If it is impossible to procure a good shoe dressing<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a>, +neat's-foot oil or tallow are the best substitutes; either will soften +the leather and preserve its pliability. Leather requires oil to +preserve its pliability, and if not supplied will become brittle, +crack, and break easily under strain. Inferior dressings are always +harmful, and no dressing should be used which contains acid or +varnish. Acid burns the leather as it would the skin, and polish +containing varnish forms a false skin which soon peels off, spoiling +the appearance of the shoe and causing the leather to crack. Paste +polish containing turpentine should also be avoided.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1296" id="Para_1296">1296</a>. Perspiration.</strong> Shoe becoming damp from perspiration should be +dried naturally by evaporation. It is dangerous to dry leather by +artificial heat. Perspiration contains acid which is harmful to +leather, and shoes should be dried out as frequently as possible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1297" id="Para_1297">1297</a>. Wet shoes.</strong> Wet or damp shoes should be dried with great care. +When leather is subjected to heat, a chemical change takes place, +although no change in appearance may be noted at the time. Leather +when<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_442" id="Page_442">[Pg 442]</a></span> burnt becomes dry and parched and will soon crack through like +pasteboard when strained. This applies to leather both in soles and +uppers. When dried the leather should always be treated with dressing +to restore its pliability. Many shoes are burned while on the feet +without the knowledge of the wearer by being placed while wet on the +rail of a stove or near a steam pipe. Care should be taken while shoes +are being worn never to place the foot where there is danger of their +being burned.</p> + +<p>(Note. To dry wet shoes, the last thing at night take a few handfuls +of dry clean pebbles, heat them in meat can, kettle or campfire until +very hot; place them in the shoes,—they will dry them out thoroughly +in a few hours,—shake once in awhile. Oats or corn may also be used, +but they are not available always and pebbles usually are. Now is an +excellent time to grease or oil the shoes.—Author.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1298" id="Para_1298">1298</a>. Keep shoes clean.</strong> An occasional application of soap and water +will remove the accumulation of old dressings and allow fresh dressing +to accomplish its purpose.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1299" id="Para_1299">1299</a>. Directions for polishing.</strong> Russet leather should be treated with +great care. Neither acid, lemon juice, nor banana peel should be used +for cleaning purposes. Only the best liquid dressing should be used +and shoes should not be rubbed while wet.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1300" id="Para_1300">1300</a>. Liquid dressing.</strong> Care should be taken in using liquid dressing. +Apply only a light coat and <em>allow this to dry into the leather before +rubbing</em> with a cloth. Too much dressing is wasteful.</p> + + +<h4>EQUIPMENT</h4> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(<em>Instructions issued by the Ordnance Department in Pamphlet No. 1965, +July 12, 1915.</em>)</p> + + +<h5>Cloth Equipment</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1301" id="Para_1301">1301</a>. General.</strong> All cloth equipment should be brushed frequently with a +stiff bristle brush. A dry scrub brush may be used.</p> + +<p>It should be washed only under the direction and supervision of an +officer.</p> + +<p>During ordinary garrison duty it should rarely be necessary to wash +the equipment.</p> + +<p>When the equipment becomes soiled a light local washing will +frequently be sufficient, but when dirty it should unhesitatingly be +given a good thorough washing,—otherwise it may be expected that it +will become unsanitary and rot.</p> + +<p>During field service it is to be expected that the equipment will +become soiled much more rapidly. Always on return to garrison from +field service and as opportunity offers in the field, equipment should +be thoroughly washed.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1302" id="Para_1302">1302</a>. Instructions for washing cloth equipment.</strong></p> + +<p>(a) <em>Preparation of soap solution.</em> Dissolve in nine cups of hot water +one cake of H. & H. soap or a substitute which is issued by the +Ordnance Department.</p> + +<p>One cup of this solution is sufficient to clean the entire cloth and +web equipment of one man. One cake per squad is a liberal allowance.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_443" id="Page_443">[Pg 443]</a></span>The H. & H. soap issued by the Ordnance Department is made especially +for washing cloth fabrics liable to fade. If for any reason this soap +is not obtainable, a good laundry soap (Ivory or equal) may be used, +but in no case should the yellow soap issued by the Quartermaster +Corps be used.</p> + +<p>(b) <em>Brushing.</em> Brush the equipment thoroughly to remove all dust and +mud before washing.</p> + +<p>(c) <em>Washing.</em> Spread the belt, haversack, etc., on a clean board or +rock and apply the soap solution with a scrub brush. When a good +lather appears, wash off with clear water.</p> + +<p>In the case of a bad grease spot the direct application of soap to the +brush will ordinarily be sufficient to remove it.</p> + +<p>(d) <em>Drying. Always dry washed equipment in the shade.</em> The sun will +bleach the fabric.</p> + +<p>On return from a march in the rain, dry the equipment in the shade, if +practicable.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1303" id="Para_1303">1303</a>. Shelter tent.</strong> The shelter tent is cleaned and cared for as +prescribed above for the cloth equipment.</p> + +<p>When practicable always dry your shelter tent before folding and +packing it. (Author.)</p> + + +<h5>Mess Outfit</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1304" id="Para_1304">1304</a>. Knife.</strong> The knife blade is made of tempered steel, and when put +away for a long period should be covered with a light coating of oil +to prevent rust.</p> + +<p>Keep your knife clean by washing in soap and water after every meal.</p> + +<p>Do not use the blade as a pry.</p> + +<p>If the point is broken, grind the blade down to a new point.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1305" id="Para_1305">1305</a>. Fork.</strong> Keep your fork clean by washing with hot water and soap +after every meal.</p> + +<p>Never use the prongs of your fork for prying open tops of cans, +extracting corks, etc.</p> + +<p>Don't permit your knife, fork or spoon to remain in vinegar or other +foodstuffs for a long period, as verdigris will form. This corrodes +the metal and is poisonous.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1306" id="Para_1306">1306</a>. Spoon.</strong> Keep your spoon clean by washing with soap and water +after every meal.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1307" id="Para_1307">1307</a>. Meat can.</strong> Do not carry meat of any kind or other greasy +substance in the meat can for a long period, as it will corrode the +aluminum.</p> + +<p>If the rivets securing the hinge to the meat can become loose, a few +blows with a hammer or hand ax on the outside ends of the rivets, the +heads of the rivets being backed up on a piece of metal, will tighten +them.</p> + +<p>If the hinge pin becomes loose, a nail can be used to replace it, the +nail being cut with a service wire cutter and the ends of the nail +headed over slightly with a few blows of a hammer.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1308" id="Para_1308">1308</a> Bacon can.</strong> The interior of the bacon can should always be kept +clean and free from hardened grease or dirt by frequent washings with +soar and water.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_444" id="Page_444">[Pg 444]</a></span>If the cover becomes loose on the body of the can, the upper half of +the body may be bent out until the cover is again tight.</p> + +<p>If the cover is too tight, a slight amount of flattening with a hammer +on the edge of the cover, resting on a wooden block, will usually +extend the cover sufficiently.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1309" id="Para_1309">1309</a>. Condiment can.</strong> When not in use, always remove the contents. Many +cans have been ruined by neglecting to do this.</p> + +<p>See that the threaded ends do not become rusty.</p> + +<p>The can should be disassembled at all inspections, so that the +inspecting officer may see that no rust is present.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1310" id="Para_1310">1310</a>. Cup.</strong> The cup is made of aluminum and excessive heat damages +aluminum.</p> + +<p>In using the cup for cooking never allow the contents to evaporate +entirely. In other words, never hold an empty cup over a fire.</p> + +<p>Keep your cup clean with hot water and soap,—preferably H & H soap.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1311" id="Para_1311">1311</a>. Canteen.</strong> Although as a rule, only soap and water should be used +in cleaning aluminum, a little sand can be used to advantage in +cleaning the canteen.</p> + +<p>Particular attention must be taken to see that canteens are properly +cleaned after they have been filled with coffee, milk or any other +fluid containing organic matter.</p> + +<p>Being made of aluminum the canteen is easily dented, and care must be +taken to prevent this.</p> + +<p>When not actually in use the canteen should habitually be emptied and +the cup left off to dry.</p> + + +<h5>Intrenching Tools</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1312" id="Para_1312">1312</a>. Pick mattock.</strong> If the blade of the mattock is deformed, it should +be straightened in a vise.</p> + +<p>In the field, cracked handles of pick mattocks, shovels, and hand axes +should be wrapped with cord.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1313" id="Para_1313">1313</a>. Shovel.</strong> Do not use the side edges of the shovel blade as a +mattock, for this will deform the blade.</p> + +<p>If the blade becomes bent, straighten it with a hammer on a block of +wood.</p> + +<p>Keep your intrenching tool free from rust, being especially careful +that no rust gets into the sockets.</p> + + +<h5>Leather Equipment</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1314" id="Para_1314">1314</a>. General.</strong> Because of the value of leather equipment and its rapid +deterioration if neglected, the proper care of leather is most +important.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1315" id="Para_1315">1315</a>. Materials.</strong> Two agents are necessary to the proper cleaning of +leather,—a <em>cleaning agent</em> and an <em>oiling agent</em>.</p> + +<p>The <em>cleaning agent</em> issued by the Ordnance Department is castile +soap; the <em>oiling agents</em> are neat's-foot oil and harness soap.<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> </p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_445" id="Page_445">[Pg 445]</a></span>The soap cleans the surface of the leather, and removes from the +surface pores of the leather, dirt, sweat, and other foreign matter, +so that the oil can more readily penetrate the pores and saturate the +fibers, thus making the leather pliable and elastic.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1316" id="Para_1316">1316</a>. Cleaning.</strong> Daily, or as often as used, leather equipment should +be wiped off with a cloth slightly dampened in water, merely to remove +mud, dust or other foreign substances.</p> + +<p>This daily care will do much to maintain the appearance of the +equipment, but it is, however, insufficient of itself to properly +preserve it.</p> + +<p>Leather should never be cleaned by immersing in water or holding under +a hydrant.</p> + +<p>At intervals of from one to four weeks, depending upon the +circumstances, it is essential that the equipment be thoroughly +cleaned in accordance with the following instructions:</p> + +<p>(a) Separate all parts, unbuckle straps, remove all buckles, loops, +etc., where possible.</p> + +<p>(b) Wipe off all surface dust and mud with a damp (not wet) sponge. +After rinsing out the sponge, a lather is made by moistening the +sponge in clear water, squeezing it out until nearly dry, and rubbing +it vigorously upon castile soap. When a thick, creamy lather is +obtained, thoroughly clean each piece of the equipment without +neglecting any portion. Each strap should be drawn its entire length +through the lathered sponge so as to actually remove the salt, sweat, +and dirt from each leather piece.</p> + +<p>(c) After again rinsing the sponge make a thick lather as described +above with the saddle soap. Go over each separate piece, thoroughly +working the lather well into every part of the equipment, remembering +that its action is that of a dressing.</p> + +<p>(d) After the leather has been allowed to become partially dry, it +should be rubbed vigorously with a soft cloth to give it the neat, +healthy appearance that is desired.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1317" id="Para_1317">1317</a>. Oiling.</strong> If the foregoing instructions have been carefully +followed, the appearance should now be perfect, and if the leather is +soft and pliable nothing further is required. It will be found, +however, that it will be necessary from time to time to apply a little +oil. It is not practicable, owing to different conditions of climate +and service, to prescribe definitely the frequency of oiling. It has +been found that during the first few months of use a set of new +equipment should be given at least two applications of oil per month. +Thereafter it is entirely a matter of judgment, as indicated by the +appearance and pliability of the leather. Frequent, light applications +are of more value than infrequent heavy applications.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1318" id="Para_1318">1318</a>. New equipment.</strong> Before using, perfectly new equipment should in +all cases be given a light application of neat's-foot oil; soap is +unnecessary because the leather is clean. The application of oil is +important because leather equipment frequently remains a considerable +time in an arsenal or depot and in spite of periodical inspections and +dubbing it is probably too dry for severe service.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_446" id="Page_446">[Pg 446]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1319" id="Para_1319">1319</a>. How to apply oil.</strong> The quantity of oil to be used can not be +definitely prescribed. If not enough oil is used, the leather will be +stiff and brittle; if too much is used, it will soil the clothing and +accumulate dirt. The leather should, therefore, be saturated with +sufficient oil to be soft and pliable without excess sufficient to +cause it to exude.</p> + +<p>In applying the oil the following general instructions should govern:</p> + +<p>(a) The oil should be applied to the flesh side of the equipment where +practicable when the leather is clean and still damp after washing +(about half dry), because it penetrates more uniformly when applied +from the flesh side, and when the leather is damp. If the leather is +dry it will absorb the oil like blotting paper, preventing proper +distribution.</p> + +<p>(b) The oil should be applied with an oiled rag or cotton waste by +long, light, quick strokes—light strokes, so that the pressure +applied may not squeeze out an excess of oil; quick strokes, so that +the leather may not absorb an undue amount of oil. The endeavor should +be to obtain a light, even distribution.</p> + +<p>(c) After applying the oil the leather equipment should be allowed to +stand for 24 hours, if practicable, in a warm dry place. It should +then be rubbed with a dry cloth to remove any unabsorbed oil.</p> + + +<h4>Points to Be Remembered</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1320" id="Para_1320">1320</a>.</strong> Therefore, from what has been said, the following points must be +remembered:</p> + +<p>(a) Keep leather clean.</p> + +<p>(b) Keep leather pliable by frequent applications of oil.</p> + +<p>(c) Use only materials furnished by the Ordnance Department. <em>Shoe +polishes</em>, etc., are almost invariably injurious.</p> + +<p>(d) <em>Dry all leather wet from whatever cause, in the shade</em>; never in +the sun or close to a steam radiator, furnace, or boiler.</p> + +<p>(e) Leather should habitually be stored in a cool, dry place, <em>without +artificial heat</em>.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> "Viscol" is the best oil for softening all kinds of +leather that the author knows of. It is made by The Viscol Co, East +Cambridge, Mass., and can be obtained from the post exchange.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> Propert's Harness Soap is excellent. However, since the +European War its issue has been discontinued by the Ordnance +Department. "Viscol," obtainable from the post exchange, is the best +oil for softening all kinds of leather that the author knows of.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_447" id="Page_447">[Pg 447]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII_III" id="CHAPTER_XVIII_III"></a>CHAPTER XVIII</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">CARE AND DESCRIPTION OF THE RIFLE</p> + + +<h4>Care</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1321" id="Para_1321">1321</a>. Importance.</strong> The care of his rifle should be the soldier's first +thought; for, if he would have it take care of him in time of danger, +he must take care of it at all times.</p> + +<p><em>It is a generally recognized fact that more rifles become inaccurate +and unserviceable by the lack of care than by firing.</em></p> + +<p>The instructions for taking care of the rifle are few and simple. +Learn them well and <em>apply them constantly</em>—it only requires a little +care and patience. You will be well repaid for it. It may some day +save your life.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1322" id="Para_1322">1322</a>. Care of bore requires work.</strong> The bore of the rifle is +manufactured with the greatest care in order that a high degree of +accuracy may be obtained, and it should, therefore, be properly cared +for.</p> + +<p>The proper care of the bore requires conscientious, careful work, but +it pays well in reduced labor of cleaning and in prolonged accuracy +life of the rifle, and better results in target practice.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1323" id="Para_1323">1323</a>. How to clean the bore.</strong> With the cleaning rod the bore must +always be cleaned from the breech—never from the muzzle. Cleaning +from the muzzle is liable to wear and otherwise injure the mouth of +the barrel, which is easily injured and thus the piece rendered +inaccurate.</p> + +<p>First, remove the bolt from the rifle, place the muzzle on the floor, +a board, or piece of canvas, and do not remove it therefrom while the +cleaning rod is in the bore. Never place the muzzle on the bare +ground, lest dirt should get into it. (Note. Of course, if a rack is +provided for cleaning rifles, it should be used instead of placing the +muzzle on the floor.)</p> + +<p>To clean the bore use patches of rag, preferably canton flannel, +cutting them into squares of such size that they may easily run +through the barrel.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1324" id="Para_1324">1324</a>. What care of the bore consists of.</strong> Briefly stated, the care of +the bore consists of removing the fouling resulting from firing to +obtain a chemically clean surface, and then coating this surface with +a film of oil to prevent rusting.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1325" id="Para_1325">1325</a>. Kinds of fouling.</strong> The fouling which results from firing is of +two kinds—the <em>powder fouling</em>, from the burning of the powder; and +the <em>metal fouling</em>, from the nickel scraped off the bullet as it +passes through the bore.</p> + +<p>The <em>powder fouling</em> is highly corrosive, that is, it causes rust and +eats into the metal, and it must, therefore, be removed as soon as +possible.</p> + +<p>The <em>metal fouling</em> itself will not cause rust, but it may cover the +powder fouling and thus prevent the cleaning material from getting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_448" id="Page_448">[Pg 448]</a></span> at +the powder fouling, which, as stated before, will eat into the metal. +When metal fouling accumulates in noticeable quantities it reduces the +accuracy of the rifle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1326" id="Para_1326">1326</a>. How to remove powder fouling.</strong> Powder fouling may be readily +removed by scrubbing the bore with the soda solution (hot) furnished +by the Ordnance Department, but this solution has no effect on the +metal fouling.</p> + +<p>It is, therefore, necessary to remove all metal fouling before we are +sure that all powder fouling has been removed and that the bore may be +safely oiled.</p> + +<p>Ordinarily, after firing a barrel in good condition, the metal fouling +is so slight as to be hardly perceptible, and is easily removed by +solvents.</p> + +<p>However, due to the accumulation of metal fouling, pitting (little +hollows in the metal) or the presence of dust, or other abrasives +(substances that cause the metal to wear away by rubbing), the fouling +may occur in clearly visible flakes or patches and be much more +difficult to remove.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1327" id="Para_1327">1327</a>. How to remove metal fouling.</strong> After scrubbing out the bore with +the soda solution, plug it from the breech with a cork at the front +end of the chamber or where the rifling begins.</p> + +<p>Slip one of the 2-inch sections of rubber hose over the muzzle down to +the sight and fill with the standard Ordnance Department solution to +at least one-half inch above the muzzle of the barrel.</p> + +<p>Let it stand for 30 minutes, then pour out the solution, remove the +hose and breech plug, and swab out thoroughly with soda solution to +neutralize and remove all trace of ammonia and powder fouling.</p> + +<p>Wipe the barrel clean, dry, and oil.</p> + +<p>With few exceptions, one application is sufficient, but if all fouling +is not removed, repeat the operation.</p> + +<p>Hoppe's Nitro Solvent No. 9 will accomplish the same result even +better and quicker and with much less labor.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1328" id="Para_1328">1328</a>. How to proceed in cleaning the bore.</strong></p> + +<p>To clean the bore after firing, proceed as follows:</p> + +<p>Swab out the bore with soda solution to remove powder fouling. A +convenient way to do this is to insert the muzzle of the rifle into +the can containing the solution and with the cleaning rod inserted +from the breech, pump the barrel full a few times.</p> + +<p>Remove and dry with a couple of patches of cloth. Examine to see +whether any patches of metal fouling are in evidence, and if so, then +remove same as explained above. If no metal fouling is in evidence, +then swab out with the swabbing solution. The amount of swabbing +required with the swabbing solution can be determined only by +experience assisted by the color of the patches of cloth. Ordinarily a +couple of minutes' work is sufficient. Dry thoroughly, and oil with +3-in-One.</p> + +<p>As a measure of safety a patch should <em>always</em> be run through the bore +on the next day and the bore examined to insure that cleaning has been +properly done. The bore should then be oiled again with 3-in-One.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1329" id="Para_1329">1329</a>. Necessity for preventing formation of pits.</strong> It is a fact +recognized by all that a highly polished steel surface rusts much less +easily<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_449" id="Page_449">[Pg 449]</a></span> than one which is roughened; also that a barrel which is +pitted fouls much more rapidly than one which is smooth. Every effort, +therefore, should be made to prevent the formation of pits, which are +merely enlarged rust spots, and which not only affect the accuracy of +the piece but also increase the labor of cleaning.</p> + +<p><strong>If swabbing solution or standard metal fouling solution is not +available</strong>, the barrel should be scrubbed as already described, with +the soda solution, dried, and oiled with a light oil. At the end of 24 +hours it should again be cleaned, when it will usually be found to +have "sweated." Usually a second cleaning is sufficient, but to insure +safety it should be again examined at the end of a few days, before +final oiling.</p> + +<p>Of course, the swabbing solution should always be used, if available, +for it must be remembered that <strong>each "puff" when the bore "sweats" is +an incipient rust pit</strong>.</p> + +<p>What has just been said contemplates the use of the solutions +furnished by the Ordnance Department. However, the same result will be +obtained with less labor by using Hoppe's Nitro Powder Solvent No. 9, +which is sold by all post and camp exchanges, and which the Author, as +the result of experience, highly recommends.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1330" id="Para_1330">1330</a>. How to oil a barrel.</strong> The proper method of oiling a barrel is as +follows:</p> + +<p>Wipe the cleaning rod dry; select a clean patch of cloth and smear it +well with sperm or warmed cosmic oil, being sure that the cosmic has +soaked into the patch well; scrub the bore with patch, finally drawing +the patch smoothly from the muzzle to the breech, allowing the +cleaning rod to turn with the rifling. The bore will be found now to +be smooth and bright so that any subsequent rust or "sweating" can be +easily detected by inspection. (By "sweating" is meant, rust having +formed under the coating of metal fouling where powder fouling was +present, the surface is puffed up.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1331" id="Para_1331">1331</a>. Care of the chamber.</strong> The chamber of the rifle is often neglected +because it is not readily inspected. Care should be taken to see that +it is cleaned as thoroughly as the bore. A roughened chamber delays +greatly the rapidity of fire, and not infrequently causes shells to +stick.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1332" id="Para_1332">1332</a>. The bolt.</strong> To clean the bolt, remove; clean all parts thoroughly +with an oily rag; dry, and before assembling <em>lightly</em> oil the firing +pin, the barrel of the sleeve, the striker, the well of the bolt, and +all cams.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1333" id="Para_1333">1333</a>. The sights.</strong> Both the front and rear sights should be cared for +just as you would care for the works of your watch. If the sights are +injured, the rifle will not shoot as aimed.</p> + +<p>The front sight cover issued by the Ordnance Department protects the +front sight.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1334" id="Para_1334">1334</a>. The magazine.</strong> The magazine should be kept clean and covered with +a thin coat of oil.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1335" id="Para_1335">1335</a>. The stock.</strong> The stock should receive a light coat of raw linseed +oil once a month, or after any wetting from rain, dew, etc. The oil +should be thoroughly rubbed in with the hand.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1336" id="Para_1336">1336</a>. Care of the mechanism.</strong> When the rifle has been wet or exposed to +unfavorable climatic conditions, the bolt should be withdrawn and all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_450" id="Page_450">[Pg 450]</a></span> +working parts carefully wiped with a dry cloth, and then gone over +with an oily rag.</p> + +<p>The same thing should be done after firing.</p> + +<p>All working parts should habitually be <em>lightly</em> oiled with a +thin-bodied oil, such as "3-in-One."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1337" id="Para_1337">1337</a>. The care of all metal parts.</strong> All metal parts of the rifle should +be kept clean and free from rust.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1338" id="Para_1338">1338</a>. Cams and bearings.</strong> All cams and bearings must be kept constantly +oiled.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1339" id="Para_1339">1339</a>. How to apply oil.</strong> Do not pour or squirt oil on the rifle.</p> + +<p>Put a few drops on a piece of clean cloth, preferably cotton, and rub +with the cloth, thereby avoiding the use of an unnecessary amount.</p> + +<p>Cams and bearings can be oiled this way. However, if the oiler is used +instead because of greater ease in reaching them, oil them <em>lightly</em>. +To soak with oil accomplishes no more than to cover with a light +coating—it merely results in excessive, undesirable smearing and a +waste of oil.</p> + + +<h5>Remember</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1340" id="Para_1340">1340</a>.</strong> 1. It is easier to prevent than to remove rust.</p> + +<p>2. To remove rust, apply oil with a rag, and let it stand for a while +so as to soften the rust; then wipe with a dry rag.</p> + +<p>3. Emery paper or a burnisher must never be used in removing rust, for +it also removes the bluing.</p> + +<p>However, an ordinary rubber eraser will be found very serviceable for +removing rust.</p> + +<p>4. To prevent rust and dirt in the bore, run a rag through at least +once each day.</p> + +<p>5. Never, under any circumstances, put away a rifle that has been +fired or exposed to bad weather, without first cleaning it.</p> + +<p>6. Never lay your rifle flat on the ground. Not only is there danger +of dirt or other foreign matter getting into the bore, but a vehicle +may run over it, or some one may step on the sight. Always rest it up +<em>securely</em> against something. On the target range it is well for every +soldier to have a short wood or metal fork, on which to rest his +rifle.</p> + +<p>7. In coming to the order from any position, always bring the rifle to +the ground <em>gently</em>.</p> + + +<h5>Army Regulations Regarding the Rifle</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1341" id="Para_1341">1341</a>.</strong> <em>Are enlisted men allowed to take their arms apart?</em></p> + +<p>No; not unless they have the permission of a commissioned officer, and +even then only under proper supervision and in the manner prescribed +in the descriptive pamphlet issued by the Ordnance Department. (A. R. +292.)</p> + +<p>(Except when repairs are needed, the following named parts should +never be dismounted by the soldier, and whenever they are taken apart +they should be removed only by the company mechanic, or someone else +familiar with the handling of tools and delicate mechanism: Bolt stop, +cut off, safety lock, sleeve lock, front sight, front sight movable +stud, lower band, upper band, and stacking swivel screws.)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_451" id="Page_451">[Pg 451]</a></span>(Unless the screw driver is handled carefully and with some skill the +screws are sure to be injured either at the head or thread. The +soldier may dismount the bolt and magazine mechanism for the purpose +of cleaning them, but he is not permitted to do any further +dismounting without the authority of a commissioned officer.)</p> + +<p><em>Is the polishing of blued and browned parts permitted?</em></p> + +<p>No, and rebluing, rebrowning, putting any portion of an arm in fire, +removing a receiver from a barrel, mutilating any part by fire or +otherwise, and attempting to beautify or change the finish, are +prohibited. However, the prohibition of attempts to beautify or change +the finish of arms is not construed as forbidding the application of +raw linseed oil to the wood parts of arms. This oil is considered +necessary for the preservation of the wood, and it may be used for +such polishing as can be given when rubbing in one or more coats when +necessary. The use of raw linseed oil only is allowed for redressing +and the application for such purpose of any kind of wax or varnish, +including heelball, is strictly prohibited. (Army Regulations 292.)</p> + +<p><em>Is the use of tompions<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> in small arms permitted?</em></p> + +<p>No, it is prohibited by regulations. (Army Regulations 292.)</p> + +<p><em>Should pieces be unloaded before being taken to quarters or tents?</em></p> + +<p>Yes, unless it is otherwise ordered. They should also be unloaded as +soon as the men using them are relieved from duty. (Army Regulations +292.)</p> + +<p><em>Should a loaded or unloaded rifle or revolver ever be pointed at +anyone in play?</em></p> + +<p>No, under no circumstances whatsoever. <em>A soldier should never point a +rifle or revolver at a person unless he intends to shoot him.</em></p> + + +<h4>Description</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1342" id="Para_1342">1342</a>. Nomenclature of the rifle.</strong> The illustrations on this page and +those on the two following pages give the nomenclature of the rifles, +with which every soldier should be familiar.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_452" id="Page_452">[Pg 452]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1342a.png" width="600" height="135" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_XVIII_III" id="Fig_2_XVIII_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1342b.png" width="500" height="164" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p>The bolt (<a href="#Fig_2_XVIII_III">Fig. 2</a>) consists of the <em>handle</em>, A; <em>sleeve</em>, B; <em>safety +lock</em>, C; <em>Cocking piece</em>, D; <em>safety lug</em>, E; <em>extractor</em>, F; +<em>extractor collar</em>, G; <em>locking lugs</em>, H; <em>extractor tongue groove</em>, +I; and <em>gas escape hole</em>, J.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_453" id="Page_453">[Pg 453]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 385px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_XVIII_III" id="Fig_3_XVIII_III"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1343a.jpg" width="385" height="500" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_454" id="Page_454">[Pg 454]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1343" id="Para_1343">1343</a>. Rear-sight leaf; drift slide; wind gauge.</strong> The illustration on +the opposite page shows the <em>rear sight leaf</em> (raised), the <em>drift +slide</em> (E), and the <em>wind gauge</em> (F, L.). It is most important that +the soldier be thoroughly familiar with the use of these parts, for +otherwise it is impossible for him to sight correctly and use his +rifle properly.</p> + +<p>The leaf is graduated from 100 to 2850 yards. The lines that extend +the whole way across the two branches of the leaf, mark 100 yard +divisions; those that extend about half way across, mark 50 yard +divisions, and the shorter lines mark 25 yard divisions.</p> + +<p>The <em>even</em> numbers (4, 6, 8, etc.) on the <em>left</em> branch of the leaf, +indicate 400, 600, 800, etc, yards.</p> + +<p>The <em>odd</em> numbered hundreds of yards (300, 500, 700, etc.) are on the +<em>right</em> branch of the leaf.</p> + +<p><em>The numbers rest on top of the lines to which they refer.</em></p> + +<p>So, if you want to fire at a target 800 yards away, set the rear sight +at 8; 1,000 yards, at 10; 1,200 yards, at 12, etc.</p> + +<p>With the fly leaf up, ranges from 100 to 2350 yards can be obtained +through the <em>peep hole</em>, K; from 100 to 2450 through the lower <em>peep +notch</em>, J; and from 1400 to 2750 yards through the upper <em>peep notch</em>, +G.</p> + +<p>There is a horizontal line on the drift slide, across the <em>peep hole</em>, +K. If the <em>peep hole</em> sight is used the sight is set by this +horizontal line, which is set opposite the proper graduation (line +across branch of leaf).</p> + +<p>If the <em>peep notch</em>, J, is used, the sight is set by the short +horizontal line—that is, on a line with the top of the notch.</p> + +<p>If the <em>peep notch</em>, G, is used, the sight is set by the top of the +<em>slide</em>, C, which is set on the proper graduation.</p> + +<p>Care must be taken not to use one of the <em>peep notches</em> when the sight +has been set for the <em>peep hole</em>, or not to do the reverse, without +first changing the sight.</p> + +<p>The <em>sighting notch</em>, A, used when the range is 2850 yards, is hardly +ever used, because the rifle is very, very seldom, if ever, fired at +that range.</p> + +<p>By <em>battle sight</em> we mean the position of the rear sight with the leaf +down, and it corresponds to a sight setting of 530 yards. The notch, +H, that is used when the leaf is down is called the <em>battle sight +notch</em>. The battle sight is the only one used in <em>rapid fire</em>. In +unexpected, close encounters the side that first opens a rapid and +accurate fire has a great advantage over the other.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_455" id="Page_455">[Pg 455]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1343b.png" width="500" height="136" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1343c.png" width="500" height="155" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> Wooden stoppers or plugs that are put into the muzzles +of rifles and other arms to keep out dirt and water.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_456" id="Page_456">[Pg 456]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_IV" id="PART_IV"></a>PART IV</h2> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_457" id="Page_457">[Pg 457]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="RIFLE_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION" id="RIFLE_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION"></a>RIFLE TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Based on Small-Arms Firing Manual)</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1344" id="Para_1344">1344</a>. Object of system of instruction.</strong> The object of the system of +rifle training and instruction employed in our Army is two-fold:</p> + +<ol> +<li><em>To make of INDIVIDUALS, shots who in battle will make hits +instead of misses.</em></li> +<li><em>To make of ORGANIZATIONS, pliable, manageable MACHINES, +capable of delivering in battle a volume of EFFECTIVE fire.</em></li> +</ol> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1345" id="Para_1345">1345</a>. To make of INDIVIDUALS shots who in battle will make hits +instead of misses.</strong> This is accomplished by INDIVIDUAL training and +instruction whereby the skill of the soldier as a rifleman is so +developed as to be up to the capabilities of his rifle, which is +probably the best and most accurate rifle in the world,—that is to +say—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p><em>Effort is made to so develop the shooting skill of the soldier +that he will be able to make his rifle do the things that it is +capable of doing.</em> </p></div> + +<p>To accomplish this end the soldier is put through a course of +individual instruction that divides itself into three main phases or +stages, viz:—</p> + +<ol> +<li><em>Preliminary drills.</em> By means of preliminary drills in the +form of sighting drills; position and aiming drills; and +deflection and correction elevation drills, he is taught the +theoretical, fundamental principles of shooting.</li> +<li><em>Gallery practice.</em> Having been taught the theoretical, +fundamental principles of shooting by means of the preliminary +drills mentioned in the proceeding paragraph, the soldier is then +shown how to apply them in a simple, elementary way by being put +through a course of gallery practice with the .22 Cal. Gallery +Practice Rifle, using reduced charges. This practice may be called +the <em>transitory</em> phase or period of individual instruction, during +which The soldier passes from his acquisition of the theoretical, +fundamental principles of shooting to their application to actual +firing, on the target range, with the regulation Army rifle.</li> +<li><em>Range practice.</em> Having gone through the course in gallery +practice, the soldier then fires on the target range, applying and +putting into practice, with the regulation Army rifle; the +theoretical principles of shooting taught him during the +preliminary drills, and in the application and practice of which +he was also instructed during the gallery practice.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1346" id="Para_1346">1346</a>. Other Instruction.</strong> While the above phases embody the principal +subjects in which a soldier is trained and instructed in developing +his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_458" id="Page_458">[Pg 458]</a></span> skill in shooting, he is also instructed in other matters that +are necessary to round out and complete his skill in +marksmanship,—for example, the care of the rifle, estimating +distances, the effect of light, wind, and temperature, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1347" id="Para_1347">1347</a>. To make of ORGANIZATIONS pliable, manageable MACHINES, capable +of delivering in battle a volume of EFFECTIVE fire.</strong> This is +accomplished by <em>collective</em> training and instruction, in which a +number of soldiers (for example, a squad, platoon, or company), under +command of a leader, fire, under assumed tactical situations, at +targets which simulate the appearance of an enemy under conditions +approaching those found in war. This kind of training and instruction +is called, "Combat practice."</p> + +<p>In combat practice the individual is trained in firing as part of a +tactical unit,—that is to say, in coöperation with others,—and the +commanders of the tactical units are taught how to direct and control +the fire of their units,<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> obtaining the maximum efficiency of fire +by coördination of the skill and efforts of all the individuals of the +unit.</p> + + +<h4>PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1348" id="Para_1348">1348</a>.</strong> The following outline of the program of instruction gives a sort +of bird's-eye view of the system:</p> + +<table summary="Outline of the program of instruction"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td colspan="3" class="table_center">1. INDIVIDUAL INSTRUCTION</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td rowspan="3">1. Sights and Sighting.</td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td>(a) Theory of sighting. (The trajectory; The line of sight; Sighting or aiming.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0001"> </td> + <td>(b) Kinds of sights. (Open; Peep; Battle.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td>(c) Kinds of sight. (That is, amount of front sight taken.) (Normal; Fine; Full.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td rowspan="3">2. Preliminary drills.</td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td>(a) Sighting drills. (Importance and purpose; Point of aim; Triangle of sighting.) (Verifying the triangle; causes of errors.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0001"> </td> + <td>(b) Position and aiming drills. (Objects [3]; Position exercise; Aiming exercise; Trigger-squeeze exercise; Rapid-fire exercise; Kneeling, sitting down, and prone.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td>(c) Deflection and elevation correction drills. </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3">3. Gallery practice. (Object and importance.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3">4. Range practice. (Instruction practice; Range practice.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3">5. Other Instruction. (Use of sling; Designation of winds; Zero +of rifle; Estimating distances [with the eye, by trial shots, and by trial +volleys]; Wind; Temperature; Light; Mirage; Care of rifle, etc.)</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + + +<h4>INDIVIDUAL INSTRUCTION</h4> + +<h5>Sights and Sighting</h5> + +<p class="chapter_subhead"><em>Theory of Sighting</em></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1349" id="Para_1349">1349</a>. The trajectory.</strong> As the bullet passes through the air it makes a +curved line something like this:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_459" id="Page_459">[Pg 459]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1349a.png" width="500" height="74" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p>This curved line is called the <em>trajectory</em>.</p> + +<p>The resistance of the air and the force of gravity (the force that +pulls all bodies toward the earth) are the two things that make the +path of the bullet a curved line, just the same as they make the path +of the baseball thrown by the player a curved line.</p> + +<p>The resistance of the air holds the bullet back and the force of +gravity pulls it down, so that the two acting together make the +bullet's path curved.</p> + +<p>The longer the range the more will the path of the bullet (the +trajectory) be curved, as shown by the following drawing:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1349b.png" width="500" height="64" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1350" id="Para_1350">1350</a>. Sighting or aiming.</strong> Now, on the rifle there are two +"sights,"—the <em>front sight</em> and the <em>rear sight</em>,—which enable the +rifleman to regulate the path of the bullet, as the ball player +regulates the path of the ball.</p> + +<p>If the ball player wants distance, he throws the ball high (raises the +path, the trajectory), using his eye and guesswork, and likewise if +the rifleman wants to shoot at a distant target, he, too, shoots the +bullet high (that is, he raises the muzzle of his rifle), but he +doesn't have to depend upon guesswork. It is all worked out for him by +experts and all he need do is to set the <em>rear sight</em> for the proper +range,—that is, for the distance the object is from him.</p> + +<p>Aiming or sighting a rifle consists in bringing into line three +objects: <em>The target</em>, A, <em>the front sight</em>, B, and <em>the rear sight</em>, +C.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1350a.jpg" width="500" height="191" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p>The rifle is so made and the sights placed on it in such a way that +when the piece is held in such a position that the <em>target</em>, the +<em>front sight</em> and the <em>rear sight</em> are in line, and the trigger is +pulled (squeezed) the bullet will strike the <em>target</em>.</p> + +<p>You raise the muzzle of the piece by raising the rear sight,—that is, +raising the rear sight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_460" id="Page_460">[Pg 460]</a></span> has the effect of raising the muzzle, for the +higher you raise the rear sight the higher must you raise the muzzle +in order to see the front sight and get it in line with the object +aimed at and the rear sight.</p> + +<p>This is shown in the following illustrations:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1350b.png" width="500" height="70" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_4a_I_IV" id="Fig_4a_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1350c.png" width="500" height="62" alt="Fig. 4a" title="Fig. 4a" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4a</span> +</div> + +<p>The rear sight, C, the front sight, B, and the bull's eye, A, are all +on a line with the eye, D, the rear sight being set for 200 yards.</p> + +<p>Suppose we wanted to shoot at 2000 instead of 200 yards. We would +raise the slide up to 20 (2000 yards) on the sight leaf.</p> + +<p>In order to see the bull's eye through the notch sight at 2000, we +must raise the eye to the position, D. We now have the rear sight, the +bull's eye and the eye in line, but we must bring the front sight in +line with them, which is done by raising the muzzle of the piece, +giving the result shown in <a href="#Fig_4a_I_IV">Fig. 4a</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1351" id="Para_1351">1351</a>. Line of sight.</strong> With the open sight the line of sight is +determined by a point on the middle line of the notch of the rear +sight and the top of the front sight.</p> + +<p>With the peep sight, the line of sight is determined by the <em>center</em> +of the peep and the top of the front sight.</p> + + +<h5>Kinds of sights</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1352" id="Para_1352">1352</a>.</strong> (See <a href="#Fig_3_XVIII_III">Fig. 3</a>, <a href="#Para_1343">par. 1343</a>, giving rear sight leaf in detail.)</p> + +<p>The different kinds of sights are as follows:</p> + +<p>(a) <strong>Open sight.</strong> By <em>open sight</em> is meant the use of any one of the +<em>sighting notches</em>.</p> + +<p>To use the open sight:</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_I_IV" id="Fig_5_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352a.png" width="200" height="88" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</div> + +<p>1. Look through the sighting notch at the target. (<a href="#Fig_5_I_IV">Fig. 5</a>.)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_6_I_IV" id="Fig_6_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352b.png" width="200" height="116" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</div> + +<p>2. Bring the top of the front sight <em>on a line with the top and in the +center</em> of the sight notch, <em>the top of the front sight being just +under the bull's eye</em>.</p> + +<p>Because of its wide field of view and its readiness in getting a quick +aim with it, the open sight is the one that is generally used in the +later stages of battle, or when fire is to start immediately.</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_461" id="Page_461">[Pg 461]</a></span>(b) <strong>Peep Sight.</strong> By <em>peep sight</em> is meant the use of the <em>peep hole</em> in +the drift slide.</p> + +<p>To use the peep sight:</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_7_I_IV" id="Fig_7_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352c.png" width="200" height="213" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7</span> +</div> + +<p>1. Look through the peep hole at the target. (<a href="#Fig_7_I_IV">Fig. 7</a>.)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_8_I_IV" id="Fig_8_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352d.png" width="200" height="205" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8<br /> +<em>Correct</em></span> +</div> + +<p>2. Bring the top of the front sight to the <em>center</em> of the peep hole, +<em>the top of the front sight being just under the bull's eye</em>. (<a href="#Fig_8_I_IV">Fig. 8</a>)</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_9_I_IV" id="Fig_9_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352e.png" width="200" height="221" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9<br /> +<em>Incorrect</em></span> +</div> + +<p><em>Be sure to get the top of front sight</em>, as in <a href="#Fig_8_I_IV">Fig. 8</a>, <em>and not the +bull's eye</em>, as in <a href="#Fig_9_I_IV">Fig. 9</a>, <em>in center of the peep hole</em>.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong>Advantage of the peep sight.</strong> The advantage of the peep sight over the +open sight is due to the fact that it is easier to center the top of +the front sight in the peep hole and thus get the same amount of front +sight each time.</p> + +<p>For example you know at once, without measuring, that the dots in the +circles, <a href="#Fig_10_I_IV">Fig. 10</a>, are not centered, and that the one in the circle in +<a href="#Fig_11_I_IV">Fig. 11</a>, is.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 10 and fig. 11"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_10_I_IV" id="Fig_10_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352f.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption"> </span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1352g.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1352h.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption"> </span> +</td> + +<td> </td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_11_I_IV" id="Fig_11_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1352i.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>After a little practice, in looking through the peep hole the eye +almost automatically centers the top of the front sight.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantage of the peep sight.</strong> The disadvantage of the peep sight is +that its limited field of view and lack of readiness in getting a +quick aim with it limit its use to those stages of the combat when +comparative deliberation will be possible.</p> + +<p>(c) <strong>Battle sight.</strong> By <em>battle sight</em> we mean the position of the rear +sight with the leaf down. There is a sighting notch on the top of the +leaf, or rather on top of the leaf slide which works up and down the +leaf.</p> + +<p>The battle sight is the only sight used in <em>rapid fire</em>. In +unexpected, close encounters the side that first opens a rapid and +accurate fire has a great advantage over the other. Again, a soldier +on patrol generally has no time to set his sight, if suddenly attacked +at close range. The battle sight, may, therefore be called the +<em>emergency sight</em>,—the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_462" id="Page_462">[Pg 462]</a></span> <em>handy</em>, <em>quick sight</em>. The soldier should, +therefore, become thoroughly familiar with the use of this sight.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1352j.jpg" width="500" height="211" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12<br /> +<em>Battle sight</em></span> +</div> + +<p>The <em>sighting notch</em> in the slide with the rear sight leaf down, is +the same height as is the sighting in the drift slide when the rear +sight leaf is raised and set at 530 yards.</p> + +<p>That is to say, <em>battle sight</em> is equivalent to a sight setting of 530 +yards. Therefore, in shooting with battle sight at objects nearer than +530 yards you must aim lower.</p> + + +<h5>Kinds of Sight</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1353" id="Para_1353">1353</a>.</strong> (Amount of front sight taken)</p> + +<p>(a) <strong>Normal sight.</strong> The amount of front sight taken in <a href="#Fig_6_I_IV">Figs. 6</a> and <a href="#Fig_8_I_IV">8</a>, is +called the <em>normal</em> sight and is the one that the soldier should +always use, either with the open notch or peep sight, as it is the +only sight which assures the taking of the same amount of front sight +every time. In other words it assumes a greater degree of <em>uniformity</em> +in sighting, which is one of the most important factors in shooting. +By uniformity in sighting is meant taking the same amount of sight +each time.</p> + +<p>If you take <em>less</em> than the amount of front sight used in the normal +sight, it will, of course, have the effect of <em>lowering</em> the muzzle of +the piece, and consequently you will hit a point <em>lower</em> than if you +had used the normal sight.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, if you take <em>more</em> than the amount of front sight +used in the normal sight, it will, of course, have the effect of +raising the muzzle and consequently you will hit a point <em>higher</em> than +if you had used the normal sight.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1353a.png" width="200" height="62" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13<br /> +<em>Fine sight</em></span> +</div> + +<p>(b) <strong>Fine sight.</strong> Although occasionally a man will be found who can get +good results by using the fine sight, the average man cannot, and this +form of sighting is, therefore, to be avoided.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1353b.png" width="200" height="157" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14<br /> +<em>Full sight</em></span> +</div> + +<p>(c) <strong>Full sight.</strong> The so-called <em>full sight</em> must be avoided under all +circumstances. It is merely mentioned and shown here to point out a +fault that must be carefully avoided.</p> + +<p>The objections to its use are the same as in the case of the fine +sight,—that is, lack of uniformity in the amount of sight taken.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1354" id="Para_1354">1354</a>. What the rifleman looks at when he fires.</strong> The eye can be focused +accurately upon objects at only one distance at a time; all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_463" id="Page_463">[Pg 463]</a></span> other +objects we see will be more or less blurred and fuzzy looking, +depending upon their distance from the object upon which our eye is +focused.</p> + +<p>The rifleman who attains proficiency <em>focuses his eye on the target +while aiming</em>, but he glances at one sight and then the other to see +that they are aligned properly, then back at the target, and at the +instant of discharge <em>his eye is on the target</em>.</p> + + +<h5>Preliminary Drills</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1355" id="Para_1355">1355</a>. Sighting, Position and Aiming Drills.</strong> The importance of the +following sighting, position and aiming drills cannot be +overestimated. If they are carefully practiced, before firing a single +shot at a target, you will have learned how to aim your piece +correctly, hold your rifle steadily, squeeze the trigger properly, +assume that position best adapted to the particular conformation of +your body, and you will also have acquired the quickness and manual +skill required for handling the piece in rapid fire.</p> + +<p>The sighting, position and aiming drills teach the fundamental +principles of shooting, which are the foundation upon which +marksmanship is built.</p> + +<p><em>Do not confine yourself to going through these drills only during +drill hours, but go through them frequently at other times. The extent +to which it will improve your shooting will more than repay you for +your trouble.</em></p> + + +<h5>Sighting Drills</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1356" id="Para_1356">1356</a>. Object.</strong> The objects of the sighting drill are:</p> + +<p>1. To show how to bring the rear sight, the front sight and the target +into the same line,—that is, to show how to sight properly.</p> + +<p>2. To discover and point out errors in sighting.—in other words, to +discover the errors you make in sighting and show the reasons for +same, so that you may be able to correct them properly.</p> + +<p>3. To teach uniformity in sighting,—that is, to teach you how to take +the same amount of sight each time,—to see every time the same amount +of front sight when you look through the rear sight.</p> + +<p><strong>Sighting rest for rifle.</strong> A good sighting rest for a rifle may be made +by removing the top from an empty pistol ammunition box, or a similar +box, and then cutting notches in the ends of the box to fit the rifle +closely. (<a href="#Fig_15_I_IV">Fig. 15</a>.)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_464" id="Page_464">[Pg 464]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 15 and fig. 16"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_15_I_IV" id="Fig_15_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1356a.png" width="100" height="100" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1356b.png" width="300" height="100" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 16</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>Place the rifle in these notches with the trigger guard close to and +outside one end.</p> + +<p>At a convenient distance above the ground fasten a blank sheet of +paper on a wall or on a plank nailed to a stake driven into the +ground.</p> + +<p>Three legs are fastened to the rest (or it may be placed on the ground +without any legs), which is placed 20 or 30 feet from the blank sheet +of paper.</p> + +<p>Make sure that the piece is canted neither to the right nor left, and +without touching the rifle or rest, sight the rifle near the center of +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_465" id="Page_465">[Pg 465]</a></span>the blank sheet of paper (<a href="#Fig_17_I_IV">Fig. 17</a>.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_17_I_IV" id="Fig_17_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1356c.jpg" width="500" height="378" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17</span> +</div> + +<p>Changes in the line of sight are made by changing the elevation and +windage.</p> + +<p>A soldier acting as marker is provided with a pencil and a small rod +bearing at one end a small piece of white cardboard, with a black +bull's eye pierced in the center with a hole just large enough to +admit the point of a lead pencil.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1356d.jpg" width="500" height="287" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18</span> +</div> + +<p>The soldier sighting directs the marker to move the disk to the right, +left, higher, or lower, until the line of aim is established when he +commands, "Mark," or "Hold."</p> + +<p>At the command "Mark," being careful not to move the disk, the marker +records through the hole in the center the position of the disk and +then withdraws it.</p> + +<p>At the command "Hold," the marker holds the disk carefully in place +without marking, until the position is verified by the instructor, and +the disk is not withdrawn until so directed.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_19_I_IV" id="Fig_19_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1357.png" width="200" height="141" alt="Fig. 19" title="Fig. 19" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 19</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1357" id="Para_1357">1357</a>. Point of Aim.</strong> Always be sure to aim at a point just below the +black bull's-eye,—that is, aim so that there will be a fine line of +light between the bottom of the bull's-eye and the-top of the front +sight (<a href="#Fig_19_I_IV">Fig. 19</a>). This is important to insure uniformity in +sighting,—that is, in order to make sure that you aim at the same +place on the target each time. If the top of the front sight touches +the bottom of the bull's-eye it is impossible to say just how much of +the front sight is seen, and how far up into the bull's-eye you are.</p> + + +<h6>First Sighting Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1358" id="Para_1358">1358</a>.</strong> Using the sighting rest for the rifle (<a href="#Fig_17_I_IV">Fig. 17</a>) require each man +to direct the marker to move the disk until the rifle is directed on +the bull's-eye with the <em>normal</em> sight and command, "Hold." If aiming +correctly the rear sight, the front sight and the bull's-eye will look +as shown in <a href="#Fig_19_I_IV">Fig. 19</a>, above.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_20_I_IV" id="Fig_20_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1358.png" width="200" height="204" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 20</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_466" id="Page_466">[Pg 466]</a></span>The instructor then verifies this line of sight. Errors, if any, will +be pointed out to the soldier and another trial made. If he is still +unable to sight correctly, he will be given as many more trials as may +be necessary.</p> + +<p>Sometimes a man does not know how to place the eye in the line of +sight; he will look over or along one side of the notch of the rear +sight and believe that he is aiming through the notch because he sees +it at the same time that he does the front sight. Again some men in +sighting will look at the front sight and not at the object.</p> + +<p>Repeat the above exercise, using the <em>peep</em> sight. If aiming +correctly, the rear sight, the front sight and the bull's-eye will +look as shown in <a href="#Fig_20_I_IV">Fig. 20</a>.</p> + + +<h6>Second Sighting Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1359" id="Para_1359">1359</a>. The triangle of sighting.</strong> Using the sighting rest for the rifle +as before (<a href="#Fig_17_I_IV">Fig. 17</a>), direct the marker to move the disk until the +rifle is directed on the bull's-eye with the <em>normal</em> sight and +command "Mark," whereupon the marker, being careful not to move the +disk, records through the hole in its center, the position of the +disk, and withdraws it. Then, being careful not to move the rifle or +sights repeat the operation until three marks have been made.</p> + +<p>Join the three points by straight lines. The shape and size of the +triangle will indicate the nature of the variations made in sighting.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1359a.png" width="100" height="29" alt="Fig. 21" title="Fig. 21" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 21</span> +</div> + +<p>For example, if you have taken the same aim each time, you will get a +very small triangle something like this: <span class="figcenter" style="width: 32px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1359b.png" width="32" height="29" alt="triangle" title="triangle" /> +</span> which resulted from taking each time this aim, for instance:</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 49px;"> +<a name="Fig_22_I_IV" id="Fig_22_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1359c.png" width="49" height="100" alt="Fig. 22" title="Fig. 22" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 22</span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_23_I_IV" id="Fig_23_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1359d.png" width="100" height="150" alt="Fig. 23" title="Fig. 23" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 23</span> +</div> + +<p>A triangle like <a href="#Fig_22_I_IV">Fig. 22</a> results from not taking the same amount of +front sight each time, as shown in <a href="#Fig_23_I_IV">Fig. 23</a>.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_24_I_IV" id="Fig_24_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1359e.png" width="100" height="38" alt="Fig. 24" title="Fig. 24" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 24</span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_25_I_IV" id="Fig_25_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1359f.png" width="100" height="125" alt="Fig. 25" title="Fig. 25" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 25</span> +</div> + +<p>A triangle like <a href="#Fig_24_I_IV">Fig. 24</a> shows that the front sight was not in the +middle of the notch each time, as shown in <a href="#Fig_25_I_IV">Fig. 25</a>.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_26_I_IV" id="Fig_26_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1359g.png" width="100" height="73" alt="Fig. 26" title="Fig. 26" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 26</span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 100px;"> +<a name="Fig_27_I_IV" id="Fig_27_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1359h.png" width="100" height="152" alt="Fig. 27" title="Fig. 27" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 27</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_467" id="Page_467">[Pg 467]</a></span>A triangle like <a href="#Fig_26_I_IV">Fig. 26</a> results from a combination of the two errors +mentioned above,—that is, not taking the same amount of front sight +each time and not having the front sight in the middle of the notch +each time, as shown in <a href="#Fig_27_I_IV">Fig. 27</a>.</p> + +<p class="clear">If any one of the sides of the triangle is longer than one-half inch, +the exercise is repeated, each sight being verified by the instructor, +who will call the soldier's attention to his errors, if any.</p> + +<p>The smaller the triangle, the better the sighting.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1360" id="Para_1360">1360</a>. Verifying the triangle.</strong> If the sides of the triangle are so +small that they indicate regularity in sighting, mark the center of +the triangle and then place the center of the bull's-eye on this mark. +The instructor then examines the position of the bull's-eye with +reference to the line of sight. If the bull's-eye is properly placed +with reference to the line of sight, the soldier aims correctly and +with uniformity.</p> + +<p>If the bull's-eye is not properly placed with reference to the line of +sight, the soldier aims in a regular manner but with a constant error.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1361" id="Para_1361">1361</a>. Causes of errors.</strong> If the bull's-eye is directly above its proper +position, the soldier has aimed high,—that is, he has taken too +little front sight.</p> + +<p>If the bull's-eye is directly below its proper position, the soldier +has aimed low,—that is, he has taken too much front sight.</p> + +<p>If the bull's-eye is directly to the right or left of its proper +position, the soldier has not sighted through the center of the rear +notch and over the top of the front sight. If to the <em>right</em>, the +soldier has either sighted along the <em>left</em> of the rear sight notch or +the <em>right</em> side of the front sight, or has committed both of these +errors.</p> + +<p>If the bull's-eye is to the <em>left</em> of its proper place, the soldier +has probably-sighted along the <em>right</em> of the rear sight notch, or to +the <em>left</em> of the front sight, or has committed both of these errors.</p> + +<p>If the bull's eye is diagonally above and to the right, the soldier +has probably combined the errors which placed it too high and too far +to the right.</p> + +<p>Any other diagonal position would be produced by a similar combination +of vertical and horizontal errors.</p> + +<p>After the above instruction has been given to one man, the line of +sight will be slightly changed by moving the sighting rest or by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_468" id="Page_468">[Pg 468]</a></span> +changing the elevation and windage, and the exercises similarly +repeated with other men.</p> + +<p>Repeat the exercise, using the <em>peep</em> sight.</p> + + +<h6>Third Sighting Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1362" id="Para_1362">1362</a>.</strong> This exercise shows the effect of canting the piece.</p> + +<p>It is most important that in aiming the sights be kept vertical and +the piece not be canted,—that is, that the barrel be not tilted over +to the right or left.</p> + +<p>If the piece is canted to the right, the sights are lowered to the +right and consequently the bullet will strike to the right and below +the point aimed at, even though the rifle be otherwise correctly aimed +and the sights correctly set.</p> + +<p>Similarly if the piece is canted to the left the sights are lowered to +the left, and consequently the bullet will strike to the left and low.</p> + +<p>This effect of canting the piece may be shown as follows: Use the +sighting rest with the rifle firmly held in the notches, the bolt +removed.</p> + +<p>Paste a black paster near the center of the bottom line of the target. +Sight the rifle on this mark, using about 2000 yards' elevation. Then, +being careful not to move the rifle, look through the bore and direct +the marker to move the disk until the bull's-eye is in the center of +the field of view and command, "Mark."</p> + +<p>Next, turn the rest (with the rifle) over 90° to the right, on its +side, and with the same elevation, sight on the same paster as above. +Then, being careful not to move the rifle, look through the bore and +again direct the marker to move the disk until the bull's-eye is in +the center of the field of view and command, "Mark."</p> + +<p>Not considering the fall of the bullet, the first mark represents the +point struck with the sight vertical, the second mark represents the +point struck, low and to the right, using the same elevation and the +same point of aim, when the piece is canted 90° to the right.</p> + +<p>Different degrees of canting the piece can be represented by drawing +an arc of a circle through the two marks with the paster as a center. +The second mark will be at a point on this arc corresponding to the +degree of canting the piece.</p> + +<p>It is important to know that this effect of canting increases with the +distance from the target.</p> + + +<h6>Fourth Sighting Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1363" id="Para_1363">1363</a>.</strong> This exercise is to show the advantage of blackened sights.</p> + +<p>In strong sunlight, make a triangle of sighting, using a rifle having +sights worn bright. Then, being careful not to move the rifle, blacken +the sights and make another triangle.</p> + +<p>Use dotted lines for the triangle with bright sights and full lines +for the triangle made with blackened sights.</p> + +<p>The position and size of the two triangles will plainly show the +advantage of using blackened sights.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_469" id="Page_469">[Pg 469]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Fifth Sighting Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1364" id="Para_1364">1364</a>.</strong> This exercise is to illustrate the importance of knowing the +effects of varying degrees of light.</p> + +<p>In strong sunlight make a triangle of sighting. Then, being careful +not to move the piece, make another triangle, the target and the man +sighting having first been shaded.</p> + +<p>The relative positions of the triangles will show the importance of +knowing the effects of varying degrees of light.</p> + + +<h5>Position and Aiming Drills</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1365" id="Para_1365">1365</a>. Object.</strong> The object of the position and aiming drills are:</p> + +<p>1. To so educate the muscles of the arm and body that the piece, +during the act of aiming, shall be held without restraint, and during +the operation of firing shall not be deflected from the target by any +convulsive or improper movement of the trigger finger or of the body, +arms, or hands.</p> + +<p>2. They also establish between the hand and eye such prompt and +intimate connection as will insure that the finger shall act upon the +trigger, giving the final pressure at the exact moment when the top of +the front sight is seen to be directed upon the mark.</p> + +<p>3. If at the moment the piece is discharged, it is properly supported +and correctly aimed, the mark will surely be hit.</p> + +<p>Since any fairly intelligent man can be taught to aim correctly and to +hold the sights aligned upon the mark with a fair amount of +steadiness, it follows that bad shooting must necessarily arise from +causes other than bad aiming. The chief of these causes is known to be +the deflection given to the rifle when it is discharged, due to the +fact that the soldier, at the moment of firing, instead of SQUEEZING +the trigger, <em>jerks</em> it. This convulsive action is largely due to lack +of familiarity with the methods of firing and to a constrained +position of the muscles of the body, arm, and hands, which constrained +position it is the object of the position and aiming drills to +correct.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1366" id="Para_1366">1366</a>. General.</strong> In order to correct any tendency to cant the piece, the +rear sight is raised in all the exercises.</p> + +<p>Place a black paster at which to aim on the wall opposite each man.</p> + +<p>The squad being formed in single rank, with an interval of one yard +between files, the instructor directs the men to take the position of +"Ready," except that the position of the feet is such as to insure the +greatest firmness and steadiness of the body.</p> + +<p>The instructor then cautions, "Position and aiming drill."</p> + +<p>The exercise which is being taught should be repeated frequently and +made continuous. The instructor prefaces the preparatory command by, +"Continue the motion," or "At will," and gives the command "Halt" at +the conclusion of the exercise, when the soldier returns to the +position of "Ready." Or the soldier may be made to repeat the first +and second motions by the command "One," "Two," the exercise +concluding with the command "Halt."</p> + +<p>Care must be taken by the instructor not to make the position and +aiming drills tedious. Thirty minutes daily should be spent in this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_470" id="Page_470">[Pg 470]</a></span> +practice during the period of preliminary instruction. After gallery +practice is taken up, however, five or ten minutes daily should be +sufficient for these exercises.</p> + +<p>In order that the instructor may readily detect and correct errors the +squads for these drills should not consist of more than eight men.</p> + +<p>The instructor should avoid holding the squad in tiresome positions +while making explanations or corrections.</p> + + +<h6>Position Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1367" id="Para_1367">1367</a>.</strong> The instructor commands: <strong>1. Position, 2. EXERCISE.</strong> At the +command, "<em>Exercise</em>" without moving the body or eyes, raise the rifle +smartly to the front of the right shoulder to the full extent of the +left arm, elbow inclined downward, the barrel nearly horizontal, +muzzle slightly depressed, heel of the butt on a line with the top of +the shoulder. (<a href="#Fig_28_I_IV">Fig. 28</a>.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 453px;"> +<a name="Fig_28_I_IV" id="Fig_28_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1367a.jpg" width="453" height="500" alt="Fig. 28" title="Fig. 28" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 28</span> +</div> + +<p>(Two.) Bring the piece smartly against the hollow of the shoulder, +without permitting the shoulder to give way, and press the rifle +against it, mainly with the right hand, only slightly with the left, +the forefinger of the right hand resting lightly against the trigger, +the rifle inclined neither to the right nor left.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 354px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1367b.jpg" width="354" height="500" alt="Fig. 29" title="Fig. 29" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 29</span> +</div> + +<p>(Three.) Resume the position of ready. (<a href="#Fig_30_I_IV">Fig. 30</a>.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 343px;"> +<a name="Fig_30_I_IV" id="Fig_30_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1367c.jpg" width="343" height="500" alt="Fig. 30" title="Fig. 30" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 30</span> +</div> + +<p><strong>Remarks.</strong> The instructor should especially notice the position of each +soldier in this exercise, endeavoring to give to each man an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_471" id="Page_471">[Pg 471]</a></span> easy and +natural position. He should see that the men avoid drawing in the +stomach, raising the breast, or bending the small of the back. The +butt of the piece must be pressed firmly, but not too tightly, into +the hollow of the shoulder and not against the muscles of the upper +arm. If held too tightly, the pulsations of the body will be +communicated to the piece; if too loosely, the recoil will bruise the +shoulder. If only the heel or toe touches the hollow of the shoulder, +the recoil may throw the muzzle down or up, affecting the position of +the hit. While both arms are used to press the piece to the shoulder, +the left arm should be used to direct the piece and the right +forefinger must be left free to squeeze the trigger.</p> + + +<h6>Aiming Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1368" id="Para_1368">1368</a>.</strong> The instructor will first direct the sights to be adjusted for +the lowest elevation and subsequently for the different longer ranges.</p> + +<p>The instructor commands: <strong>1. Aiming. 2. EXERCISE.</strong> At the last command +execute the first and second motion of the position exercise.</p> + +<p>(Two.) Bend the head a little to the right, the cheek resting against +the stock, the left eye closed, the right eye looking through the +notch of the rear sight at a point slightly below the mark. (<a href="#Fig_31_I_IV">Fig. 31</a>.)</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 356px;"> +<a name="Fig_31_I_IV" id="Fig_31_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1368.jpg" width="356" height="500" alt="Fig. 31" title="Fig. 31" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 31</span> +</div> + +<p>(Three.) Draw a moderately long breath, let a portion of it escape, +then, with the lungs in a state of rest, slowly raise the rifle with +the left hand, being careful not to incline the sight to either side, +until the line of sight is directly on the mark; hold the rifle +steadily directed on the mark for a moment; then, without command and +just before the power to hold the rifle steadily is lost, drop the +rifle to the position of "Ready" and resume the breathing.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1369" id="Para_1369">1369</a>. Remarks.</strong> Some riflemen prefer to extend the left arm. Such a +position gives greater control over the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_472" id="Page_472">[Pg 472]</a></span> rifle when firing in a strong +wind or at moving objects. It also possesses advantages when a rapid +as well as accurate delivery of fire is desired. Whatever the +position, whether standing, kneeling, sitting, or prone, the piece +should rest on the palm of the left hand, never on the tips of the +fingers, and should be firmly grasped by all the fingers and the +thumb.</p> + +<p>The eye may be brought to the line of sight either by lowering the +head or by raising the shoulder; it is best to combine somewhat these +methods; the shoulder to be well raised by raising the right elbow and +holding it well to the front and at right angles to the body.</p> + +<p>If the shoulder is not raised, it will be necessary for the soldier to +lower the head to the front in order to bring the eye into the line of +sight. Lowering the head too far to the front brings it near the right +hand, which grasps the stock. When the piece is discharged, this hand +is carried by the recoil to the rear and, when the head is in this +position, may strike against the nose or mouth. This often happens in +practice, and as a result of this blow often repeated many men become +gun-shy, or flinch, or close their eyes at the moment of firing. Much +bad shooting, ascribed to other causes, is really due to this fault. +Raising the right elbow at right angles to the body elevates the right +shoulder, and lifts the piece so that it is no longer necessary to +incline the head materially to the front in order to look along the +sights.</p> + +<p>As the length of the soldier's neck determines greatly the exact +method of taking the proper position, the instructor will be careful +to see that the position is taken without restraint.</p> + +<p>As changes in the elevation of the rear sight will necessitate a +corresponding change in the position of the soldier's head when +aiming, the exercise should not be held with the sight adjusted for +the longer ranges until the men have been practiced with the sights as +the latter would generally be employed for offhand firing.</p> + +<p>The soldier must be cautioned that while raising the line of sight to +the mark he must fix his eyes on the mark and not on the front sight; +the latter can then be readily brought into the line joining the +rear-sight notch and mark. If this plan be not followed, when firing +is held on the range at long distances the mark will generally appear +blurred and indistinct. The front sight will always be plainly seen, +even though the eye is not directed particularly upon it.</p> + +<p>The rifle must be raised slowly, without jerk, and its motion stopped +gradually. In retaining it directed at the mark, care must be taken +not to continue the aim after steadiness is lost; this period will +probably be found to be short at first, but will quickly lengthen with +practice. No effort should be made to prolong it beyond the time that +breathing can be easily restrained. Each soldier will determine for +himself the proper time for discontinuing the aim.</p> + +<p>The men must be cautioned not to hold the breath too long, as a +trembling of the body will result in many cases.</p> + +<p>Some riflemen prefer, in aiming, to keep both eyes open but, unless +the habit is fixed, the soldier should be instructed to close the left +eye.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_473" id="Page_473">[Pg 473]</a></span></p> + + +<h6>Trigger-Squeeze Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1370" id="Para_1370">1370</a>.</strong> The instructor commands: <strong>1. Trigger squeeze. 2. EXERCISE.</strong> At the +command <strong>Exercise</strong>, the soldier executes the first motion of the aiming +exercise.</p> + +<p>(Two.) The second motion of the aiming exercise.</p> + +<p>(Three.) Draw a moderately long breath, let a portion of it escape, +hold the breath and slowly raise the rifle with the left hand until +the line of sight is on the mark, being careful not to incline the +sights to either side. Contract the trigger finger gradually, slowly +and steadily increasing the pressure on the trigger, while the aim is +being perfected; continue the gradual increase of pressure so that +when the aim has become exact the additional pressure required to +release the point of the sear can be given almost insensibly and +without causing any deflection of the rifle. Continue the aim a moment +after the release of the firing pin, observe if any change has been +made in the direction of the line of sight, and then resume the +position of "Ready," cocking the piece by raising and lowering the +bolt handle.</p> + +<p><strong>Remarks.</strong> Poor shooting is often the result of lack of proper +coördination of holding the breath, the maximum steadiness of aim, and +the squeeze of the trigger. By frequent practice in this exercise, +each man may come to know the exact instant his firing pin will be +released. He must be taught to hold the breath, bring the sights to +bear upon the mark, and squeeze the trigger all at the same time.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1371.png" width="200" height="116" alt="Fig. 32" title="Fig. 32" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 32</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1371" id="Para_1371">1371</a>. The Trigger Squeeze.</strong> The trigger should be <em>squeezed</em>, not +pulled, the hand being closed upon itself as a sponge is squeezed, the +forefinger sharing in this movement. The forefinger should be placed +as far around the trigger as to <em>press</em> it with the second joint. By +practice the soldier becomes familiar with the trigger <em>squeeze</em> of +his rifle, and knowing this, he is able to judge at any time, within +limits, what additional <em>pressure</em> is required for its discharge. By +constant repetition of this exercise he should be able finally to +<em>squeeze</em> the trigger to a certain point beyond which the slightest +movement will release the sear. Having <em>squeezed</em> the trigger to this +point, the aim is corrected and, when true, the additional pressure is +applied and the discharge follows.</p> + + +<h6>Rapid-Fire Exercise</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1372" id="Para_1372">1372</a>. Object.</strong> The object of this exercise is to teach the soldier to +aim quickly and at the same time accurately in all the positions he +will be called upon to assume in range practice.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_474" id="Page_474">[Pg 474]</a></span>The instructor commands: <strong>1. Rapid-fire exercise. 2. COMMENCE FIRING.</strong> +At the first command the first and second motions of the +trigger-squeeze exercise are performed. At the second command, the +soldier performs the third motion of the trigger-squeeze exercise, +squeezing the trigger without disturbing the aim or the position of +the piece, but at the same time without undue deliberation. He then +without removing the rifle from the shoulder, holding the piece in +position with the left hand, grasps the handle of the bolt with the +right hand, rapidly draws back the bolt, closes the chamber, aims, and +again squeezes the trigger. This movement is repeated until the +trigger has been squeezed five times, when, without command, the piece +is brought back to the position of "Ready."</p> + +<p>When the soldier has acquired some facility in this exercise, he will +be required to repeat the movement ten times, and finally, by using +dummy cartridges, he may, by degrees, gain the necessary quickness and +dexterity for the execution of the rapid fire required in range +firing.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1373" id="Para_1373">1373</a> Methods.</strong> The methods of taking position, of aiming, and of +squeezing the trigger, taught in the preceding exercises, should be +carried out in the rapid-fire exercises, with due attention to all +details taught therein; the details being carried out as prescribed +except that greater promptness is necessary. In order that any +tendency on the part of the recruit to slight the movements of aiming +and of trigger squeeze shall be avoided, the rapid-fire exercises will +not be taught until the recruit is thoroughly drilled and familiar +with the preceding exercises. The recruit will be instructed that with +practice in this class of fire the trigger can be squeezed promptly +without deranging the piece.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1374" id="Para_1374">1374</a>. Repetition.</strong> If the recruit seems to execute the exercise +hurriedly or carelessly, the instructor will require him to repeat it +at a slower rate.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1375" id="Para_1375">1375</a>. Manipulation of the Breech Mechanism.</strong> To hold the piece to the +position of the left hand should not be changed, but the left forearm +with the proper facility, are learned only after much practice. Some +riflemen, especially men who shoot from the left shoulder, find it +easier, in rapid firing, to drop the piece to the position of load +after each shot. While at first trial this method may seem easier, it +is believed that, with practice, the advantage of the former method +will be apparent.</p> + + +<h6>Position and Aiming Drill, Kneeling</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1376" id="Para_1376">1376</a>.</strong> These exercises will be repeated in the kneeling position by +causing the squad to kneel by the commands prescribed in the Drill +Regulations. The exercises will be executed as prescribed for +standing, except that the command "Two" in the position exercise, the +soldier will rest the left elbow on the left knee, the point of the +elbow in front of the kneecap. The pasters for the kneeling exercise +should be at 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet from the floor or ground.</p> + +<p><strong>Remarks.</strong> Frequent rests will be given during practice in these +exercises kneeling, as the position, if long continued, becomes +constrained and fatigues the soldier unnecessarily.</p> + +<p>In raising the rifle to the mark in the second and third exercises, +the position of the left hand should not be changed, but the left +forearm<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_475" id="Page_475">[Pg 475]</a></span> should be brought toward the body and at the same time the +body bent slightly to the rear.</p> + +<p>When aiming kneeling there is, from the nature of the position, a +tendency to press the butt of the rifle against the upper arm instead +of against the hollow of the shoulder; this will necessitate inclining +the head considerably to the right to get the line of sight, and by +bringing the rifle so far to the rear will, if the thumb is placed +across the stock, cause it to give by the recoil a blow upon the nose +or mouth.</p> + +<p>These difficulties may be avoided by advancing the right elbow well to +the front, at the same time raising it so that the arm is about +parallel with the ground. The hollow of the shoulder will then be the +natural place for the rifle butt, and the right thumb will be brought +too far from the face to strike it in the recoil.</p> + +<p>Some riflemen prefer, by bending the ankle, to rest the instep flat on +the ground, the weight of the body coming more on the upper part of +the heel; this obviates any tendency of the right knee to slip; or, by +resting the right side of the foot on the ground, toe pointing to the +front, to bring the weight of the body on the left side of the foot. +These positions are authorized.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1377" id="Para_1377">1377</a>. Choice of Position.</strong> In firing kneeling, the steadiness obtained +depends greatly upon the position adopted. The peculiarities of +conformation of the individual soldier exert when firing kneeling a +greater influence than when firing either standing, sitting, or prone; +the instructor should, therefore, carefully endeavor, noticing the +build of each soldier, to place him in the position for which he is +best adapted and which will exert the least tension or strain upon the +muscles and nerves. It should be remembered, however, that without the +rest of the left elbow on the knee this position possesses no +advantage of steadiness over the standing position.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1378" id="Para_1378">1378</a>. Kneeling Position; When Taken.</strong> The kneeling position can be +taken more quickly than either the sitting or the prone position. It +is, therefore, the position naturally assumed when a soldier, who is +standing or advancing, has to make a quick shot at a moving or +disappearing object and desires more steadiness than can be obtained +standing.</p> + + +<h6>Position and Aiming Drill, Sitting Down</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1379" id="Para_1379">1379</a>.</strong> In many cases the men, while able to kneel and hold the piece +moderately steady, can obtain in a sitting position much better +results. All should, therefore, be instructed in aiming sitting down +as well as kneeling.</p> + +<p>To practice the soldier in the preceding exercises in a sitting +position, the squad being formed in a single rank, with an interval of +one pace between files, the rifle should first be brought to "Order +arms"; the instructor then commands: <em>Sit down.</em></p> + +<p>At this command make a half face to the right and, assisted by the +left hand on the ground, sit down, facing slightly to the right, the +left leg directed toward the front, right leg inclined toward the +right, both heels, but not necessarily the bottoms of the feet, on the +ground, the right knee slightly higher than the left; body erect and +carried naturally from the hips; at the same time drop the muzzle of +the piece<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_476" id="Page_476">[Pg 476]</a></span> to the front, and to the position of the first motion of +load, right hand upon the thigh, just in front of the body, the left +hand slightly above, but not resting upon, the left leg.</p> + +<p>The exercise will be executed as heretofore prescribed, except that at +the command "Two" (position exercise) the soldier will rest the left +elbow on the left knee, the point of the elbow in front of the +kneecap, and the right elbow against the left or inside of the right +knee, at the same time inclining the body from the hips slightly +forward.</p> + +<p>For the aiming and trigger-squeeze exercises the pasters, used as +aiming points, will be 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> feet from the floor or the ground.</p> + +<p>To afford the men rest or on the completion of the kneeling or sitting +down exercises the instructor will command <em>Rise</em>, when the men rise, +face to the front, and resume the "Order arms."</p> + +<p><strong>Remarks.</strong> If the preceding position is carefully practiced, steadiness +is quickly attained. The right leg should not be carried so far to the +right as not to afford a good support or brace for the right elbow.</p> + +<p>This position may be modified, but, in general, not without impairing +the steadiness of the man, by crossing the legs at the ankle, the +outside of each foot resting upon the ground, body more erect, and the +knees slightly more raised than in the previous position.</p> + + +<h6>Position and Aiming Drill, Prone</h6> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1380" id="Para_1380">1380</a>.</strong> From the nature of the position it is not practicable to execute +these exercises according to the method followed when standing or +kneeling. Instruction will, however, always be given with reference to +the position, to the manner of assuming it, and to aiming and +squeezing the trigger.</p> + +<p>For this purpose the squad being formed as specified above, in the +position and aiming drill, sitting down (the black plasters therein +mentioned being about 12 inches from the ground), the squad will be +brought to "Order arms."</p> + +<p>Then (the squad either standing or kneeling), the instructor commands: +<em>Lie down</em>, which will be executed as prescribed in the Drill +Regulations; the legs may be spread apart and the toes turned out if +found to give a steadier position.</p> + +<p>After the squad has taken the position as prescribed above, the legs +should be inclined well to the left, and either crossed or separated +as the soldier prefers or as his particular conformation appears to +render most desirable, and the body at the same time inclined slightly +to the right.</p> + +<p>With care and practice the soldier may acquire an easy position which +he is able to assume with great facility.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1381" id="Para_1381">1381</a>.</strong> Being at "Ready," the instructor then commands: <strong>1. Trigger +squeeze. 2. EXERCISE.</strong></p> + +<p>At the latter command carry the left elbow to the front and slightly +to the right, the left hand under the barrel at the balance, weight of +the body mainly supported by the left elbow, the right resting lightly +on the floor or ground.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_477" id="Page_477">[Pg 477]</a></span>(Two.) Slide the rifle with the right hand through the left hand to +the front until the left hand is a little in front of the trigger +guard; at the same time raise the rifle with both hands and press it +against the hollow of the shoulder.</p> + +<p>(Three.) Direct the rifle upon the mark and carry out the further +details of aiming and squeezing the trigger as prescribed in the +trigger-squeeze exercise.</p> + +<p>Then resume the position, lying down.</p> + +<p>As soon as the men have acquired with accuracy the details of the +position, they will be practiced, without the numbers, in aiming and +squeezing the trigger at will; after which the rapid-fire exercise in +the prone position will be practiced, the necessary skill and +dexterity being acquired by degrees.</p> + +<p>To afford the men rest, or on completion of the exercise, the +instructor will command: <em>Rise</em>, which is executed as prescribed in +the Drill Regulations.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1382" id="Para_1382">1382</a>. Remarks.</strong> The preceding position for firing lying down possesses +in a greater degree than any other position the merit of adaptability +to the configuration of the ground; it enables the soldier to deliver +fire over low parapets or improvised shelters, thus making the best +use of cover. The importance of training the soldier in firing from +the other positions should not, however, be lost sight of, since from +the prone position it will frequently be impossible to see the +objective.</p> + +<p>Back positions are not authorized.</p> + +<p>In the prone position, when aiming, the left elbow should be well +under the barrel, the other elbow somewhat to the right, but not so +far as to induce any tendency to slip on the floor or ground.</p> + +<p>The greater changes in elevation required in first directing the rifle +on the object should be given by altering the position of the left +hand under the barrel, the slighter changes only by advancing or +withdrawing the shoulder.</p> + +<p>As the body does not yield to the recoil, as when firing standing or +kneeling, the force of recoil, if the rifle is not properly held, may +severely bruise the soldier. It is one of the objects of this exercise +to so teach him that this will be prevented by assuming a correct +position. Care must be exercised that the butt is not brought against +the collar bone. By moving the shoulder slightly to the front or rear, +and by moving the right elbow from the body or toward it, each soldier +may determine the position in which the shoulder gives to the butt of +the rifle the easiest rest. This will probably be the one in which the +force of the recoil will be least felt.</p> + +<p>The soldier should persist in this exercise until he obtains a +position in which he feels no constraint, which will not subject him +to bruises from recoil, and from which the mark appears plainly +through the sights. Having secured such a position, he must not change +it when firing, as a variation in the points of support of the rifle, +the distance of the eye from the rear sight, or the tension of the +hold has a decided effect, especially at the longer ranges, upon the +location of the point struck.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_478" id="Page_478">[Pg 478]</a></span><strong>Important.</strong> The soldier should be encouraged to go through these +exercises frequently at other than drill hours, care being taken that, +in the aiming and trigger-squeeze exercises, he always has some +definite object for a mark.</p> + + +<h5>Deflection and Elevation Correction Drills</h5> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Sight-Setting Drills)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1383" id="Para_1383">1383</a>. Sight Correction.</strong> You may find when firing at a target that the +first shot has missed the bull's-eye or figure. Now, one of two things +may be done in order to cause the second shot to hit the bull's-eye or +figure: (1) The point of aim may be changed, or (2) the sights may be +moved and the same point as before aimed at.</p> + +<p>In order to do accurate shooting it is necessary to have a +well-defined mark at which to aim; consequently, except for very +slight corrections, the method of moving the sights, involving changes +in elevation and windage, is the one to be used.</p> + +<p><strong>Exercises.</strong> In order to give the soldier practice in making corrections +in elevation and deflection (windage),—that is, in +sight-setting,—proceed as follows:</p> + +<p>Take an "A" target and rule it off with red vertical lines to +represent range and black or blue horizontal lines to represent +windage deviations, as in <a href="#Fig_33_I_IV">Fig. 33</a>. Tell the men to set their sights +(either peep or open) for 200 yards, no windage. Examine the sights +(assisted by the lieutenants, noncommissioned officers and expert +riflemen).</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 410px;"> +<a name="Fig_33_I_IV" id="Fig_33_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1383a.png" width="410" height="500" alt="Fig. 33" title="Fig. 33" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 33</span> +</div> + +<p>Then say, for example, "You have fired a shot at 200 yards with your +sights set as you now have them. The shot was marked here (pointing to +'P,' <a href="#Fig_33_I_IV">Fig. 33</a>). Change your sights so as to move the next shot into the +bull's-eye,—considering that you take the same hold as you did the +last time."</p> + +<p>(Note. In this case the sight should be lowered 75 yards and 2 points +of left windage should be taken.)</p> + +<p>Repeat with different positions for "P" until the men all understand +the method and the reasons. Do same for 300 yards, 500<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_479" id="Page_479">[Pg 479]</a></span> yards, and 600 +yards. See <a href="#Fig_34_I_IV">Figs. 34</a>, <a href="#Fig_35_I_IV">35</a>, and <a href="#Fig_36_I_IV">36</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 411px;"> +<a name="Fig_34_I_IV" id="Fig_34_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1383b.png" width="411" height="500" alt="Fig. 34" title="Fig. 34" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 34</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_35_I_IV" id="Fig_35_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1383c.png" width="500" height="469" alt="Fig. 35" title="Fig. 35" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 35</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_36_I_IV" id="Fig_36_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1383d.png" width="500" height="455" alt="Fig. 36" title="Fig. 36" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 36</span> +</div> + +<p>Explain that in firing no change in sights should be made until the +man is sure that his hold was good, and then change without hesitancy.</p> + +<p>The correct use of sights and their proper adjustment can thus be +taught without firing a shot. This exercise will save much time and +work on the range.</p> + +<p><strong>Elevation.</strong> As previously explained, raising the rear sight increases +the range of the bullet and lowering it decreases the range.</p> + +<p>The amount of change which a given amount of elevation will cause in +the point struck varies with the range and with the rifle and with the +ammunition used.</p> + +<p>For example, generally and approximately, in order, at a range of 500 +yards, to change the point struck 1 foot, the rear sight must be +changed 48 yards, while to change the point struck 1 foot at 1000 +yards it must be changed 12 yards. That is to say, if you fired a shot +at 300 yards, and then with the same aim, hold and other conditions as +before, you <em>raised</em> your rear sight 48 yards, the next shot would +strike the target 1 foot<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_480" id="Page_480">[Pg 480]</a></span> <em>above</em> the first one, and if you <em>lowered</em> +the rear sight 48 yards, the bullet would then strike the target 1 +foot <em>below</em> the first one. If firing at 1000 yards, <em>raising</em> the +rear sight 12 yards would cause the bullet to strike the target 1 foot +<em>higher</em> and <em>lowering</em> the rear sight 12 yards would cause it to +strike 1 foot <em>lower</em>.</p> + +<p>The following table gives the approximate changes in the rear sight to +move the point struck 1 foot at ranges from 100 to 1000 yards:</p> + +<table summary="Rear sight changes to move point struck one foot."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Range</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Correction in elevation<br /> necessary to change the<br /> point struck 1 foot</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1101 table_right">100</td> + <td class="table_cell_1101 table_center">415</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">200</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">185</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">300</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">105</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">400</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">70</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">500</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">48</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">600</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">35</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">700</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">800</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">20</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_right">900</td> + <td class="table_cell_0101 table_center">15</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_0111 table_right">1,000</td> + <td class="table_cell_0111 table_center">12</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The score-books issued by the Ordnance Department contain elevation +charts and all you have to do is to consult the chart of your +score-book in order to get the amount of elevation necessary at any +particular range in order to raise or lower your shots any desired +distance.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1384" id="Para_1384">1384</a>. Deflection (windage).</strong> Corrections in the deflection (side +movement) of the bullet are made by means of the windage screw that +moves the movable base, each division of the graduations on the rear +end of the movable base being called a "point of windage."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_481" id="Page_481">[Pg 481]</a></span><em>One point of windage moves the point struck 4 inches for each 100 +yards of range.</em></p> + +<p>That is to say, at 100 yards, 1 point of windage moves the point +struck 4 inches; at 200 yards, 8 inches (2 × 4); at 300 yards, 12 +inches (3 × 4), etc.</p> + +<p>Consequently, if at 100 yards the wind were carrying your bullets 8 +inches to the side, you would take two points of windage to get the +bull's-eye, and if the wind were carrying your bullets 20 inches to +the side, you would take 5 points of windage, irrespective of the rate +at which the wind was blowing.</p> + +<p>Again, if at 200 yards the wind were carrying your bullets 8 inches to +the side, you would take 1 point of windage, and if it were carrying +your bullets 20 inches to the side, you would take 2<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> points, +irrespective of the rate at which the wind was blowing.</p> + +<p>In using the wind gauge remember <em>windage is always taken in the +direction from which the wind is coming (into the wind) and the bullet +moves in the same direction that the rear sight moves,—that is, if +the wind is coming from the right, you take right windage and the +bullet will strike to the right. Likewise if you move the rear sight +to the left (take left windage), the bullet will strike to the left</em>.</p> + + +<h4>GALLERY PRACTICE</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1385" id="Para_1385">1385</a>. Object and importance.</strong> After the soldier has been thoroughly +instructed in sighting, and in the position, aiming, deflection, and +elevation correction drills, he is exercised in firing at short ranges +(50 and 75 feet) with the gallery practice rifle (.22 caliber).</p> + +<p>Notwithstanding the value of the position and aiming drills, it is +impossible to keep up the soldier's interest if these exercises are +unduly prolonged. By gallery practice, however, the interest is easily +maintained and further progress, especially in teaching the trigger +squeeze, is made. Many of the external influences, which on the range +affect the firing, being absent, the soldier is not puzzled by results +for which, at this stage of his education, he could not account were +he advanced to firing with full charges. Furthermore, as there is no +recoil to induce nervousness or flinching, the soldier soon finds that +he can make good scores, and this success is the surest stimulus to +interest.</p> + +<p>Not only to the beginner is gallery practice of value; to the good +shot it is a means of keeping, to a certain extent, in practice, and +practice in shooting, as much as in anything else, is essential. Since +it can be carried on throughout the year, gallery practice is of much +value in fixing in the men the <em>habit of aimed fire</em>, than which +nothing in his training is of more importance.</p> + + +<h4>RANGE PRACTICE</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1386" id="Para_1386">1386</a>.</strong> Having completed the gallery practice course, the soldier is +then advanced to known-distance firing on the target range where he +uses the service rifle, with service ammunition.</p> + +<p>This known-distance practice is divided into certain regular courses +and special courses.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_482" id="Page_482">[Pg 482]</a></span>The regular courses and Special Course A are for troops of the Regular +Army.</p> + +<p>There is also a special course for the Organized Militia and +Volunteers and one for Volunteer recruits.</p> + +<p>All the various courses are described in detail in the Small-Arms +Firing Manual and anyone having occasion to use any of them should +familiarize himself thoroughly therewith.</p> + + +<h4>OTHER INSTRUCTION</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1387" id="Para_1387">1387</a>. Use of sling.</strong> After the soldier has been drilled in the proper +standing, kneeling, sitting, and prone positions in the foregoing +exercises, the use of the sling will be taught. Adjustments and their +advantages will be taught with the idea of noninterference with +quickness and freedom of action. The trigger squeeze exercises will +then be continued in the different positions, using the sling.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1388" id="Para_1388">1388</a>.</strong> <em>Description and adjustment.</em> The sling is made up of four +parts: the long strap, A, forming the arm loop; the short strap, B; +and the two keepers, C and D. At one end of each of the straps there +is a metal claw, used for adjusting the straps. At the other end of +the short straps there is a metal loop through which the longer strap +is passed, thus connecting the two straps.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1388.jpg" width="500" height="232" alt="Fig. 37" title="Fig. 37" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 37</span> +</div> + +<p>To adjust the sling for firing, the claw of the short strap is +disengaged and reëngaged in the proper holes of the short strap, such +adjustment as may be necessary being also made in the long strap (the +arm loop).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1389" id="Para_1389">1389</a>.</strong> <em>What the sling does.</em> It does two things: (1) It steadies the +rifle, and (2) helps to take up the recoil,—that is, to reduce the +"kick."</p> + +<p><em>Its use.</em> There are a number of different methods of using the sling. +Experiment with different ones until you find and decide upon the +method best suited to you.</p> + +<p>The sling should be used in all firing,—combat practice as well as at +target practice.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_483" id="Page_483">[Pg 483]</a></span>Always adjust the sling so that it will be tight.</p> + +<p>Have the arm loop no longer than is necessary to reach the middle of +the small of the stock. When on the arm, have the lower end of the arm +loop well up near the arm pit, with the keeper well pressed down so as +to hold the loop fast.</p> + +<p>Note the proper adjustments of the sling for the different firing +positions,—that is, standing, sitting, kneeling, and prone, and mark +the adjustments on the inside of the arm loop, "St" (standing), "Si" +(Sitting), "K" (kneeling), and "P" (prone).</p> + +<p>It is sometimes advisable to sew a piece of rope to your shirt sleeve +to keep the sling from slipping down.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1390" id="Para_1390">1390</a>. To put on the sling.</strong> 1. Put your left hand in the loop, twisting +the sling to the left, A, <a href="#Fig_38_I_IV">Fig. 38</a>, and holding the rifle with the +right hand as shown in the figure. Twisting the sling to the left +causes a flat surface instead of the cutting edge of the sling to rest +against the wrist.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_484" id="Page_484">[Pg 484]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 438px;"> +<a name="Fig_38_I_IV" id="Fig_38_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1390a.jpg" width="438" height="500" alt="Fig. 38" title="Fig. 38" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 38</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_485" id="Page_485">[Pg 485]</a></span>2. Extend the arm on through the loop, (<a href="#Fig_39_I_IV">Fig. 39</a>), bringing the loop +well up near the pit of the arm, grasping the piece with the left +hand, and pressing down keeper, A.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_39_I_IV" id="Fig_39_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1390b.jpg" width="500" height="448" alt="Fig. 39" title="Fig. 39" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 39</span> +</div> + +<p>3. Place left hand between the sling and piece, (<a href="#Fig_40_I_IV">Fig. 40</a>), the hand +being pressed well forward toward the upper sling swivel, A. Notice +how the back of the hand is resting against the flat of the sling.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_40_I_IV" id="Fig_40_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1390c.jpg" width="500" height="362" alt="Fig. 40" title="Fig. 40" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 40</span> +</div> + +<p>4. Come to the position of aim, <a href="#Fig_41_I_IV">Fig. 41</a>. Pressure is applied to the +sling by pressing forward the left hand, and holding the rifle to the +shoulder with the right hand. Remember that whatever pressure you +apply must be the same for each shot.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_41_I_IV" id="Fig_41_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1390d.jpg" width="500" height="357" alt="Fig. 41" title="Fig. 41" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 41<br /> +<em>Right side view</em></span> +</div> + +<p>Notice (<a href="#Fig_41_I_IV">Figs. 41</a> and <a href="#Fig_42_I_IV">42</a>) how well forward the left hand is, and how +the flat of the sling is resting against the wrist and back of hand. +See how the short strap, C, (<a href="#Fig_41_I_IV">Fig. 41</a>), of the sling is correctly +loose.</p> + +<p>The thumb should be held along the stock as shown (A) in <a href="#Fig_42_I_IV">Fig. 42</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_42_I_IV" id="Fig_42_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1390e.jpg" width="500" height="261" alt="Fig. 42" title="Fig. 42" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 42<br /> +<em>Left side view</em></span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_486" id="Page_486">[Pg 486]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1391" id="Para_1391">1391</a>. Designation of winds.</strong> Winds are designated as "12 o'clock," "1 +o'clock," "2 o'clock," etc., winds, depending on the direction <em>from</em> +which they come.</p> + +<p>Imagine the firing point to be in the middle of the face of a clock +and the target to be at 12 o'clock; 3 o'clock will be on your right, 9 +o'clock on your left, 6 o'clock in your rear and 12 in your front.</p> + +<p>A wind blowing <em>from</em> your right to your left is called a 3 o'clock +wind; one blowing <em>from</em> your rear is called a 6 o'clock wind; one +from your front, 12 o'clock wind, etc.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1391.png" width="500" height="499" alt="Fig. 43" title="Fig. 43" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 43</span> +</div> + +<p>The score-books issued by the Ordnance Department have windage charts +that have been carefully worked out and all you have to do is this: +Estimate the force of the wind in miles per hour, and determine the +direction from which it comes (whether a 9 o'clock wind, a 2 o'clock +wind, etc.). Then look at the windage chart and see just how much +windage you must take.</p> + +<p>The simplest and best rule for the beginner is for him to make his +estimate and then ask an experienced shot what windage to use, +checking this up with what he found on the windage chart. In this way +he soon learns to estimate for himself.</p> + +<p>Practice estimating the wind. Ask a man who has been making 5's and +4's what windage <em>he</em> used and check up with your own estimate.</p> + +<p>You can find out the direction of the wind by watching smoke, grass or +the limbs of trees.</p> + +<p>Throw up some small straws and watch which way they are blown, or wet +your finger and hold it up. The wind cools the side it strikes.</p> + +<p>A 12 o'clock wind slows up the bullet and a 6 o'clock wind helps it +along,—so, in the first case you would need more elevation and in the +second less elevation.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1392" id="Para_1392">1392</a>. The zero of a rifle.</strong> The twist of the bullet given by the +rifling of the barrel causes the bullet to move to right, which +movement, called "the drift," is compensated by having the slot in the +rear sight for the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_487" id="Page_487">[Pg 487]</a></span> drift slide, slope to the left. However, in some +rifles the compensation is too great and in others it is not enough.</p> + +<p>That reading of the wind gauge necessary to overcome the drift of a +rifle at a particular range is called the "zero" of that rifle for +that range, and all allowances for wind should be calculated from this +reading.</p> + +<p>The "zero" of a rifle is found by shooting it on a perfectly calm day.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1393" id="Para_1393">1393</a>. Estimating distance.</strong> Ability to estimate distances correctly is +an important part of a soldier's education.</p> + +<p>While it is true that fire on the battlefield will usually be by +groups and the ranges will be given by officers, the battlefield is +reached only after a long series of experiences in scouting, +patrolling, and outpost duty, in which the soldier is frequently +placed in positions where it is necessary that he shall determine for +himself the range to be used in order that his fire may be effective.</p> + +<p>There are different methods of estimating the range (for example, by +sound, trial shots, range-finding instruments, etc.), but the only +ones that the average soldier need know are those of estimating +distance by the eye and by trial shots.</p> + +<p>To estimate distance by the eye with accuracy, it is necessary to be +familiar with the appearance, as to length, of a unit of measure which +can be compared mentally with the distance which is to be estimated. +The most convenient unit of length is 100 yards. To impress upon the +soldier the extent of a stretch of 100 yards two posts 100 yards +apart, with short stakes between to mark each 25 yards, should be +placed near the barracks, or on the drill ground, and the soldier +required to pace off the marked distance several times, counting his +steps. He will thus learn how many of his steps make 100 yards and +will become familiar with the appearance of the whole distance and of +its fractional parts.</p> + +<p>Next a distance of more than 100 yards will be shown him and he will +be required to compare this distance with the 100-yard unit and to +estimate it. Having made his estimate, he will be required to verify +its accuracy by pacing the distance.</p> + +<p>A few minutes each day should be spent in this practice, the soldier +often being required to make his estimate by raising his rear-sight +leaf and showing it to the instructor. After the first drills the +soldier should be required to pace the distance only when the estimate +is unusually inaccurate.</p> + +<p>The soldier should be taught that, in judging the distance from the +enemy, his estimate may be corrected by a careful observation of the +clearness with which details of dress, the movements of limbs or of +the files in a line may be seen. In order to derive the benefit of +this method, the soldier will be required to observe closely all the +details noted above in single men or squads of men posted at varying +distances, which will be measured and announced.</p> + +<p>Although the standing and kneeling silhouettes used in field practice +afford good objects upon which to estimate distances, the instructor +should make frequent use of living figures and natural objects, as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_488" id="Page_488">[Pg 488]</a></span> +this is the class of targets from which the soldier will be compelled +to estimate his range in active service.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1394" id="Para_1394">1394</a>. Methods of estimating long distances by the eye.</strong> The following +methods are found useful:</p> + +<p>(<em>a</em>) The soldier may decide that the object cannot be more than a +certain distance away nor less than a certain distance; his estimates +must be kept within the closest possible limits and the mean of the +two taken as the range.</p> + +<p>(<em>b</em>) The soldier selects a point which he considers the middle point +of the whole distance, estimates this half distance and doubles it, or +he similarly divides the distance into a certain number of lengths +which are familiar to him.</p> + +<p>(<em>c</em>) The soldier estimates the distance along a parallel line, as a +road on one side, having on it well-defined objects.</p> + +<p>(<em>d</em>) The soldier takes the mean of several estimates made by +different persons. This method is not applicable to instruction.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1395" id="Para_1395">1395</a>. Determination of distance by trial shots or volleys.</strong> If the +ground is so dry or dusty that the fall of the bullets is visible to +the naked eye or through a field glass, distance may be determined by +using a number of trial shots or volleys.</p> + +<p>In the case of individual trial shots, the soldier sets his sight at +the estimated range, watching to see where the bullet strikes,—or +some other man, with or without field glasses, may watch to see where +it strikes. If the bullet strikes beyond the target, the estimated +sight setting is decreased; if it falls short, the sight setting is +increased.</p> + +<p>In case of volleys, the sights are set at the estimated range and a +volley is fired. If it appears to strike a little short of the mark, +an increase in elevation of 100 yards is used for the next volley. +When we have the target inclosed between two volleys, we take the mean +of the estimated ranges for the correct range. For example, if the +first estimated range were 1000 and the second 1100, the correct range +would be 1050.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1396" id="Para_1396">1396</a>. Appearance of objects: How modified by varying conditions of +light; difference of level, etc.</strong> During instruction the men should be +taught the effect of varying conditions of light and terrain upon the +apparent distance of an object.</p> + +<p><em>Objects seem nearer</em>—</p> + +<p>(<em>a</em>) When the object is in a bright light.</p> + +<p>(<em>b</em>) When the color of the object contrasts sharply with the color of +the background.</p> + +<p>(<em>c</em>) When looking over water, snow, or a uniform surface like a wheat +field.</p> + +<p>(<em>d</em>) When looking from a height downward.</p> + +<p>(<em>e</em>) In the clear atmosphere of high altitudes.</p> + +<p><em>Objects seem more distant</em>—</p> + +<p>(<em>a</em>) When looking over a depression in the ground.</p> + +<p>(<em>b</em>) When there is a poor light or a fog.</p> + +<p>(<em>c</em>) When only a small part of the object can be seen.</p> + +<p>(<em>d</em>) When looking from low ground upward toward higher ground.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_489" id="Page_489">[Pg 489]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1397" id="Para_1397">1397</a>. Effect of heat and cold.</strong> Heat causes shots to strike high, and +cold causes them to strike low.</p> + +<p>Therefore, if you shot on a warm day and made 5's, and recorded +temperature and other conditions in your score-book, you would know on +looking at your score sheets that you should raise your elevation, if +you were firing on a cold day.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1398" id="Para_1398">1398</a>. Effect of moisture.</strong> Dampness causes shots to strike high and +dryness causes them to strike low. Therefore, on damp days take lower +elevations than on dry days.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1399" id="Para_1399">1399</a>. Effect of light.</strong> Light affects the aiming without the beginner +knowing it. It does not, however, affect the travel of the bullet.</p> + +<p>A dark target causes a tendency to aim farther below the bull's-eye +than if the target were bright. Therefore, use higher elevations with +dark targets. As it gets darker, higher elevations should be used.</p> + +<p>If you <em>always aim carefully and correctly</em> the light will have little +effect on your aiming,—that is, if your eyesight is good.</p> + +<p>If you are shooting in a dull light and a bright sun comes out, say on +your right, there is a tendency to move the front sight to the +opposite (left) side of the rear sight notch, since the near (right) +edge is shaded and obscured somewhat. Therefore <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> to <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> windage +into the sun (right in this case) should be taken to overcome this.</p> + +<p>In using battle sight, hold higher for a bright light.</p> + +<p>We also raise our sights if a strong sun comes out. Therefore, we have +this rule: <em>Move your rear sight into the sun, just as you do for a +wind,—and raise your elevation.</em></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1400" id="Para_1400">1400</a>. Mirage</strong> gives a wavering appearance to the target. It is heated +air that is moving. It is sometimes called "heat waves."</p> + +<p>With the wind between 2 and 14 miles an hour on clear, hot days the +waves can be seen moving across the target.</p> + +<p>When there is no wind or a light six o'clock wind, the waves go +straight up, or "boil." <em>Never fire when the mirage is boiling</em>,—wait +for it to move from one side to the other and then take windage to +correct for it.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1401" id="Para_1401">1401</a>. Summary of temperature, light and moisture effects:</strong></p> + +<table summary="Summary of temperature, light and moisture effects."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th><em>Raise elevation for</em>—</th> + <th><em>Lower elevation for</em>—</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>Dull target</td> + <td>Bright target</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Shooting in the sun</td> + <td>Target in sun</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Hot gun</td> + <td>Cold gun</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Dirty gun</td> + <td>Clean gun</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Cold day</td> + <td>Hot day</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Bright or shining sight</td> + <td>Moist day</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Cloudy day</td> + <td>Full sights</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>12 o'clock wind</td> + <td>6 o'clock wind</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1402" id="Para_1402">1402</a>. Firing with bayonet fixed.</strong> In firing with bayonet fixed usually +a lower point on the target will be struck, corresponding to a +reduction of about 50 yards in the range.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1403" id="Para_1403">1403</a>. Care of rifle.</strong> Since the accuracy of a soldier's rifle has a +most important bearing on his shooting, and since the proper care of a +rifle affects its accuracy, the care of the rifle is an important +subject in which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_490" id="Page_490">[Pg 490]</a></span> every soldier should be thoroughly instructed. The +subject is fully covered in the preceding chapter. (Chapter XV, Part +I).</p> + + +<h4>COLLECTIVE INSTRUCTION</h4> + +<p class="chapter_head">(Combat practice)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1404" id="Para_1404">1404</a>. General scheme.</strong> While individual instruction is most important, +it is not everything. The maximum effect of fire in battle is obtained +when a command, as a whole, is a pliable, manageable, effective +instrument in the hands of a commander who can use it intelligently +and efficiently. Therefore, the two objects to be obtained are:</p> + +<p>1. To make the command a pliable, manageable, effective instrument in +the hands of its commander.</p> + +<p>2. To train and instruct the commander so that he will know how to use +this instrument in an intelligent and efficient manner.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1405" id="Para_1405">1405</a>. To make the fire unit a pliable, manageable, efficient +instrument.</strong> In order that a unit may be a pliable, manageable, +efficient instrument in the hands of its commander, he must be able to +control the unit absolutely,—that is to say, not only must the +individuals composing the unit be so trained that they will respond at +once, even in the din and confusion of battle, to the will of the +commander, as expressed by his orders, but they must also be so +instructed and disciplined that they can, as individual parts of the +unit, perform their functions efficiently. This is accomplished by +<em>fire discipline</em>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1406" id="Para_1406">1406</a>. Fire discipline.</strong> By <em>fire discipline</em> is meant a habit of +obedience, a control of the rifle, and a display of intelligence, all +the result of training, which will enable the soldier in action to +make hits instead of misses. It embraces taking advantage of the +ground; care in setting the sight and delivery of fire, including +proper fire distribution; constant attention to the orders of the +leaders and careful observation of the enemy; an increase of fire when +the target is favorable, and a cessation of fire when the enemy +disappears; economy of ammunition.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1407" id="Para_1407">1407</a>. To train and instruct the commander to use the unit with +intelligence and efficiency.</strong> In order to handle the unit with +intelligence and efficiency, utilizing to the greatest extent possible +the power of all the rifles under his command, not only must the +commander be able to control the unit, having it respond at once to +his every command, but he must also know tactics, and be thoroughly +familiar with the technical principles of infantry fire.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1408" id="Para_1408">1408</a>. Combat exercises.</strong> A combat exercise consists of the application +of tactical principles to certain assumed battle situation, in the +execution of which are employed the appropriate formations and +movements of close and extended order drill, and in which, as a rule, +ball cartridges are used in firing at the targets.</p> + +<p>By means of combat exercises, the unit commanders are trained and +instructed in applying tactical principles, in controlling and +directing the fire of their units and the men are trained and +instructed in fire discipline.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_491" id="Page_491">[Pg 491]</a></span>The tactical principles applicable to combat exercises are covered in +the Infantry Drill Regulations, under the headings of "<em>Fire</em>" and +"<em>Combat</em>."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1409" id="Para_1409">1409</a>. Technical principles of firing.</strong> The technical principles of +firing are given in detail in the Small-Arms Firing Manual, a summary +of which is given below under the headings of, <em>The Effect of Fire</em>, +<em>The Influence of the Ground</em>, and <em>The Adjustment of Fire</em>.</p> + + +<h5>The Effect of Fire</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1410" id="Para_1410">1410</a>. Ballistic qualities of the rifle.</strong> The accuracy of a rifle, the +flatness of its trajectory, and its disabling power,—that is, the +power it has to disable the enemy,—are called its <em>ballistic +qualities</em>.</p> + +<p>The accuracy of the U. S. Springfield rifle, caliber .30, model of +1903, is very high,—probably superior to that of any other military +rifle.</p> + +<p>The flatness of trajectory is dependent upon the muzzle velocity, and, +to some extent, upon the form of the bullet. Our bullet is pointed and +the muzzle velocity is 2700 feet per second, which is a very high +muzzle velocity.</p> + +<p>Two rifles of different type may be equally accurate, but the accuracy +of the one having the flatter trajectory will, naturally, be less +affected by slight errors in sight setting.</p> + +<p>Again, another advantage of the rifle with the flatter trajectory is +that it holds more ground under its fire. For example, take our +service rifle: At a range of 500 yards, the bullet, at the highest +point in its trajectory or line of flight, is 2 feet above the line of +sight. It is, therefore, apparent that if the bottom of an object 2 +feet or greater, is aimed at, it would be struck if it were anywhere +under 500 yards. Now, take a rifle with a very curved trajectory, say +one whose bullet, at the highest point of the trajectory corresponding +to a range of 500 yards, is 10 feet above the line of sight. There +will be a large extent of ground between the target and the rifle that +is not danger space for a target 2 feet above the line of sight. +Hence, we see that the rifle with the flatter trajectory is better.</p> + +<p>The continuous danger space afforded by the flat trajectory of our +service rifle enables us to adopt a universal sight for all ranges up +to 500 yards,—that is, the battle sight, which is the rear sight +ready for use when the sight leaf is laid down.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1411" id="Para_1411">1411</a>. Cone of fire or cone of dispersion.</strong> If a body of soldiers fire +at the same target the bullets will not, of course, follow the same +path, but will be scattered. This is due to differences in sights, +parts of the rifle, ammunition, and to a greater extent, to the +individual errors of the soldiers in aiming and firing.</p> + +<p>The trajectories or paths of the bullets considered together form a +horn-shaped figure or cone, called the <em>Cone of fire</em> or cone of +dispersion. (See <a href="#Fig_44_I_IV">Fig. 44</a>.)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_492" id="Page_492">[Pg 492]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_44_I_IV" id="Fig_44_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1411.png" width="500" height="293" alt="Fig. 44" title="Fig. 44" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 44</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1412" id="Para_1412">1412</a>. Shot group and center of impact.</strong> If the <em>cone of fire</em> be +intercepted by a target (for example, A O, <a href="#Fig_44_I_IV">Fig. 44</a>) at right angles to +the axis of the cone, the shot holes will make a pattern or group +called the <em>shot group</em>, the holes being the thickest approximately in +the center of the group, called the <em>center of impact</em>. From this +point in all directions the density of the grouping decreases +progressively,—at first gradually, then more rapidly, out to the +limits of the group.</p> + +<p>Naturally, the size of the cone of fire and of the shot group vary +with the skill of those firing, good shots making a small cone and +small group, and poor shots a large cone and large group.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1413" id="Para_1413">1413</a>. Beaten zone.</strong> The intersection of the cone of dispersion with the +surface of the ground is called the <em>beaten zone</em>.</p> + +<p>If the surface of the ground is horizontal, the form of the <em>beaten +zone</em> is that of an ellipse with its longer axis in the direction of +the line of fire, as shown in <a href="#Fig_45_I_IV">Fig. 45</a>.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_45_I_IV" id="Fig_45_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1413.png" width="500" height="135" alt="Fig. 45" title="Fig. 45" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 45</span> +</div> + +<p>In view of the fact that at the long ranges the angle of fall of the +bullets is much greater than at short ranges, it follows that at +short<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_493" id="Page_493">[Pg 493]</a></span> ranges the elliptical figure (beaten zone) is much more +elongated than at long ranges. In other words, the longer the range, +the shorter is the depth of the beaten zone. This is shown in <a href="#Fig_45_I_IV">Fig. 45</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1414" id="Para_1414">1414</a>. Uncertainty and ineffectiveness of long-range fire.</strong> It follows +from what has been said, that as the range increases the length of the +beaten zone decreases,—that is, a less depth of ground is held under +fire. That being the case, if an error is made in sight setting due, +for example, to an incorrect estimate of the range, the proportionate +loss of fire effect due to misplacement of the center of impact will +be greater as the beaten zone is less,—that is, as the range is +greater.</p> + +<p>Furthermore, the difficulty of exact range determination increases +with the distance, the two influences combining to make long-range +fire uncertain and usually ineffective.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1415" id="Para_1415">1415</a>. Zone of effective fire.</strong> That portion of the ground which +contains the best 75 per cent of the shots in the beaten zone, is +called the <em>zone of effective fire</em>.</p> + + +<h5>Effectiveness of Fire</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1416" id="Para_1416">1416</a>. Factors involved.</strong> The effectiveness of fire depends upon these +three factors:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>(1) The percentage of hits made;</li> +<li>(2) The number of targets hit;</li> +<li>(3) The time of execution.</li> +</ul> + +<p>That is to say, the effectiveness of fire is determined by the number +of enemies disabled or targets hit in a given time.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1417" id="Para_1417">1417</a>. Percentage of hits.</strong> By the percentage of hits is meant the +proportion of all the bullets fired that hit the targets. For example, +if 1000 bullets are fired and 750 hit the targets, then the percentage +of hits is 75.</p> + +<p>The percentage of hits depends upon the dispersion, and this is +influenced by the precision of the arm, the range, the visibility of +the target, the atmospheric conditions, the training and instruction +of the troops, and upon their physical and moral state at the time. In +addition, the percentage of hits also depends upon the character of +the ground as favoring ricochet hits, upon the correct estimation of +the range and the proper designation of the target.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1418" id="Para_1418">1418</a>. Number of targets hit.</strong> The number of targets hit,—that is, the +distribution of fire,—may be affected by varying degrees of +visibility, as men instinctively choose the more conspicuous marks as +aiming points. Under any circumstances, a poor distribution of the +hits made will be due to an absence of proper instructions from the +leaders; or, in other words, to poor control, or else to a want of +understanding or lack of obedience on the part of the men.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1419" id="Para_1419">1419</a>. Time of execution.</strong> The time of execution is important in that +the gaining of fire superiority is dependent less upon obtaining high +percentages of hits than upon making an absolutely large number of +hits in a unit of time. There is necessarily a limit to the rapidity +of fire which, if exceeded, will result in some loss of accuracy. With +targets of a fair degree of visibility, the following may be taken as +standard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_494" id="Page_494">[Pg 494]</a></span> rates of fire for troops who have been given suitable +training in target practice:</p> + +<table summary="Rates of fire by distance."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">200 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_1100 table_cell_empty"> </td> + <td rowspan="3">10 shots per minute.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">300 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_0100 table_cell_empty"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">400 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_0110 table_cell_empty"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">500 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_1100 table_cell_empty"> </td> + <td rowspan="3">7.5 shots per minute.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">600 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_0100 table_cell_empty"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">700 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_0110 table_cell_empty"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">800 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_1100 table_cell_empty"> </td> + <td rowspan="3">5 shots per minute.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">900 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_0100 table_cell_empty"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right">1,000 yards</td> + <td class="table_cell_0110 table_cell_empty"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3">Greater ranges, 3 shots per minute.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The rates given should not exclude higher rates of fire in the case of +large and conspicuous targets. On the other hand, when objectives, or +marks used as aiming points, are very indistinct, the requirement of +correct aiming imposes rates of fire somewhat lower than the standard +rates given even for well-instructed men.</p> + +<p>With imperfectly trained men who have not fully acquired the habit of +using aimed fire only, and who are lacking in the manual dexterity +required for executing the standard rates of fire, the maximum rate +can not well exceed six shots per minute without incurring the danger +of lapsing into unaimed fire.</p> + +<p>Fatigue and exhaustion, the results of marches or prolonged firing, +have a detrimental influence and tend to lower the rates of effective +fire.</p> + + +<h5>Influence of Ground</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1420" id="Para_1420">1420</a>. Defilade.</strong> If we will consider a bullet just grazing the top of +an impenetrable obstacle (like "A," <a href="#Fig_46_I_IV">Fig. 46</a>), the space from the top +of such obstacle to where the bullet strikes the ground (space B E, +<a href="#Fig_46_I_IV">Fig. 46</a>) will be protected from fire. Such space is called, +"<em>defiladed space</em>."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_495" id="Page_495">[Pg 495]</a></span> Its extent will, of course, depend on the height +of the obstacle, the curvature of the trajectory and the slope of the +ground in rear of the obstacles.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_46_I_IV" id="Fig_46_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1420.png" width="500" height="180" alt="Fig. 46" title="Fig. 46" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 46</span> +</div> + +<p>Between B and D, a soldier standing would be completely protected; +between D and E, he would be only partially protected. To obtain +complete protection between D and E the soldier would have to assume +the kneeling or prone position, depending on how far away from D he +was.</p> + +<p>By cover is meant effective defilade from the enemy's fire.</p> + +<p>By concealment is meant screening from view but not necessarily +protection from fire.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1421" id="Para_1421">1421</a>. Rising and falling ground.</strong> The influence of the ground upon the +effect of fire is at once seen by studying <a href="#Fig_44_I_IV">Fig. 44</a>.</p> + +<p>If the ground rises, as shown by B O and A O, the depth of the beaten +zone (and consequently the effect of fire) decreases. On the other +hand, if the ground falls (up to a certain point), the depth of the +beaten zone (and consequently the effect of fire) increases.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1422" id="Para_1422">1422</a>. Depth of beaten zone affects only targets having depth.</strong> It +should be remembered that depth of beaten zone can affect only targets +which have depth.</p> + +<p>On a target in the form of a line,—a line of skirmishers, for +example,—the depth of the beaten zone has no effect one way or the +other. If such a target, however, is backed up by supports and +reserves, the depth of the beaten zone may have a decided effect on +them, depending upon their distance in rear of the line forming the +target and the slope of the ground in rear of such target.</p> + +<p>In this connection, attention is invited to <a href="#Fig_47_I_IV">Fig. 47</a>, which shows how +in the case of a fire delivered from a height at a target on a +horizontal plane beneath, the beaten zone is shortened and +consequently the fire effect decreased.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_47_I_IV" id="Fig_47_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1422a.png" width="500" height="99" alt="Fig. 47" title="Fig. 47" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 47</span> +</div> + +<p>An example of increasing the depth of beaten zone is seen in <a href="#Fig_48_I_IV">Fig. 48</a>, +which shows a fire delivered from low ground at a target on the edge +of a plateau or crest of a ridge from which the ground slopes to the +rear.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_48_I_IV" id="Fig_48_I_IV"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1422b.png" width="500" height="106" alt="Fig. 48" title="Fig. 48" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 48</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_496" id="Page_496">[Pg 496]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1423" id="Para_1423">1423</a>. Grazing fire.</strong> Shots which pass over a crest with an angle of +fall conforming, or nearly conforming, to the slope of the ground +beyond the edge of the crest (as shown in <a href="#Fig_48_I_IV">Fig. 48</a>), are called +<em>grazing shots</em> and fire so delivered is called <em>grazing fire</em>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1424" id="Para_1424">1424</a>. Diminution or increase in fire effect due to rising and falling +ground.</strong> In connection with the diminution or increase in fire effect +due to rising and falling ground, attention is invited to the +following:</p> + +<p>1. If the ground slopes upward to the rear from a firing line, the +supports may be placed closer without increasing the danger from fire +aimed at the firing line.</p> + +<p>2. When the ground slopes down and to the rear from the firing line +forming the target, the supports must be posted at a greater distance +in rear, unless the slope is so much greater than the angle of fall of +the hostile bullets that a defiladed space is created in which no +bullets strike, in which case the supports may be brought up close to +the crest.</p> + +<p>3. On ground rising with respect to the line of sight, column targets +(i. e., having depth) will suffer greater losses than lineal targets.</p> + +<p>4. On ground falling with respect to the line of sight, the reverse +slope of hills or the level grounds of plateaus, line targets will +suffer the greater losses.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1425" id="Para_1425">1425</a>. Ricochet shots.</strong> When a bullet strikes any surface and is +deflected it is called a <em>ricochet shot</em>.</p> + +<p>Not only do bullets that ricochet usually tumble after striking, but +they are also mutilated, so that wounds inflicted by ricochet hits are +usually severe.</p> + +<p>The most favorable ground for ricochets is a smooth, hard, horizontal +surface, the aim being low, the chance of ricochets in sand is very +slight.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1426" id="Para_1426">1426</a>. Occupation of ground.</strong> The question of the occupation of ground +presents these two aspects:</p> + +<p>1. What firing positions may be chosen which will tend to increase the +losses of the enemy?</p> + +<p>2. What positions may be chosen and formations adopted to minimize our +own losses?</p> + +<p>The selection of a defensive position presents this question: <em>Shall +it be near the crest or well down the slope?</em></p> + + +<h6>A position well down the slope</h6> + +<p><em>Advantages:</em></p> + +<p>1. The depth of the beaten zone for fire delivered from the position +is increased and the upper portion of the cone of fire will include +the supports and reserves advancing to reënforce the hostile firing +line. That is to say, the fire will be a <em>grazing fire</em>.</p> + +<p>2. It eliminates dead spaces that might otherwise exist at the bottom +of the slope.</p> + +<p>3. The hostile fire being directed against a point well down the +slope, the high ground in rear will interpose as a defilade and +intercept the upper portion of the cone of fire which might otherwise +take effect on the supports and reserves behind the crest.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_497" id="Page_497">[Pg 497]</a></span><em>Disadvantages:</em></p> + +<p>1. It makes withdrawal difficult in case it becomes necessary to fall +back.</p> + +<p>2. It is difficult to reënforce the firing line.</p> + + +<h6>A position near the crest</h6> + +<p><em>Advantages:</em></p> + +<p>1. It favors observation of the enemy.</p> + +<p>2. It makes withdrawal easy in case it becomes necessary to fall back.</p> + +<p>3. It is easy to reënforce the firing line by the supports advancing +from behind the crest.</p> + +<p><em>Disadvantages:</em></p> + +<p>1. The depth of the beaten zone is decreased and consequently the cone +of fire will probably not include the supports and reserves advancing +to reënforce the hostile firing fire. In other words, the fire will be +a <em>plunging fire</em>.</p> + +<p>2. It is likely to result in dead spaces at the bottom of the slope.</p> + +<p>3. It affords a good target for the hostile artillery.</p> + +<p>Whether or not a position near the crest or a position down the slope +should be chosen, depends, in each case, upon circumstances.</p> + +<p>For instance in a rear guard action, where a determined stand is not +contemplated, a position near the crest would be occupied. On the +other hand, if a determined stand were contemplated, the terrain +offered good opportunity for the delivery of an effective grazing +fire, and we had reason to believe that we were going to be subjected +to heavy artillery fire, a position at the foot of the slope would be +selected.</p> + +<p>However, it may be said that, in general, a defensive position should +be near the bottom of the slope.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1427" id="Para_1427">1427</a>. Gentle reverse slopes.</strong> From the point of view of avoiding +losses, all gentle reverse slopes are dangerous and are to be avoided +when possible.</p> + +<p>When necessary to traverse or to occupy such ground, precautions must +be taken to protect the reserves or other bodies of troops by placing +them on the flanks; by disposing them in formations with a narrow +front; by causing them to lie down; by the construction of suitable +shelter, and by avoiding useless movements.</p> + + +<h5>Adjustment of Fire</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1428" id="Para_1428">1428</a>. Fire at stationary targets.</strong> The correct adjustment of fire is +attained by causing the center of impact to fall on the center of the +target. This is the problem constantly presented in combat firing.</p> + +<p>The two important elements entering into this problem are, (1) the +commander and (2) the troops. When a body of troops has aimed +correctly at the target indicated, with the elevation ordered and has +fired with steadiness, it has done all that can be expected of it, but +that is not sufficient; for, if the commander, by giving the wrong +sight-setting, for example, has failed to cause the center of impact +to fall on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_498" id="Page_498">[Pg 498]</a></span> center, of the target, the result may be nothing. +Hence the vital importance of knowing and announcing the correct +range.</p> + +<p>It is known that good shots make a small group and poor shots a large +group, average shots making a group of intermediate size.</p> + +<p>It is frequently stated that troops composed of good shots are not so +effective in collective firing as poorer shots. How is this possible? +The explanation is simple. The shot group of the good shots is small +and if misplaced by an error in range estimation few hits result while +the shot group of poorer shots, being larger, is not so much affected +by the same error in range estimation, will cover the ground, and +probably hit more figures. This, of course, is <em>only true</em> when a +considerable error has been made in estimating the range.</p> + +<p>As battle targets are mostly line targets, a displacement to the right +or left does not amount to much, but an error in depth (range), as +stated before, is serious. Thus we, see that the <em>correct +determination of the range</em> is very important.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1429" id="Para_1429">1429</a>. Determination of range.</strong> The range may be determined, with only a +small error, by a range finder. There are several other methods, as, +for instance, by trial shots,—the dust thrown up by the bullet +showing whether the range is too short or too great,—by sound, by the +appearance of objects, etc., but except in deliberately prepared +defensive positions, estimating by eye will be the most practicable +method of estimating the range. For all practical purposes a very +satisfactory result will be obtained by taking the average estimates +of several trained men.</p> + +<p>In observing the effect of the fire the ground may be wet, or covered +with turf, sod or brush in which no signs of striking shots can be +seen. By careful use of good field glasses some indication of the +place where the shots are going, may be obtained. The actions of the +enemy may often indicate whether the fire is effective or not.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1430" id="Para_1430">1430</a>. Combined sights.</strong> All other means failing, <em>combined sights</em> may +be resorted to. By this is meant firing part of the troops with sights +set at one range and part with a range greater or less by 100 yards or +more. This increases the beaten zone and will generally assure a +certain amount of fire effect. This method is seldom used under 500 +yards.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1431" id="Para_1431">1431</a>. Auxiliary aiming points.</strong> It frequently happens that the target +is so well concealed that it is invisible. In this case some well +defined object in front or behind it must be used as an <em>aiming +target</em>, and the range given so that the beaten zone will include the +actual target at its center.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1432" id="Para_1432">1432</a>. Fire at moving targets.</strong> In firing at a moving enemy, a beaten +zone must be established immediately in front, his forward movement +into this zone completing the adjustment of fire. Due to the chance of +overestimating the range, a sight-setting must be taken <em>well under</em> +the estimated range (usually about 200 yards against advancing +infantry).</p> + +<p>When the fire becomes effective, as may be judged by the actions and +movements of the enemy, the rate of fire should be quickened in order +to increase the effect of the fire.</p> + +<p>Frequent changes of sight not only cause a loss of time, but they also +multiply chances of error in sight-setting. Changes in sight-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_499" id="Page_499">[Pg 499]</a></span>setting +against advancing infantry should not be less than 200 yards at a +time, that is to say, when the enemy has passed through the zone of +effective fire, the sight should be lowered 200 yards and the +operation repeated until the battle-sight zone is reached, when the +rear-sight leaf is thrown down and no other sight manipulation is +made.</p> + +<p>Against skirmish lines advancing by rushes, the sight-setting should +not be changed during a rush, but it should be done at the halts, so +that the greater vulnerability of the targets presented during the +rush may be taken advantage of.</p> + +<p>Against retreating infantry, use the estimated range, and when the +target appears to have passed beyond the zone of effective fire, add +200 yards to the sight-setting.</p> + +<p>Against attacking cavalry, due to the rapidity of the advance, there +will not usually be time for sight manipulation other than throwing +down the rear-sight leaf, so that the battle should be resorted to at +all ranges.</p> + +<p>In firing at a target moving across the line of fire it is desirable, +on account of the confusion caused thereby, to hit the head of the +column. It is necessary, therefore, to hold to the front a distance +sufficient to allow for the time of flight and the rate of march. This +will be accomplished by the observance of the following rough rules:</p> + +<p>1. Against infantry, hold against the head of the marching column;</p> + +<p>2. Against cavalry at a trot, hold to the front 1 yard for every 100 +yards of range; and at a gallop, 2 yards for every 100 yards of range.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1433" id="Para_1433">1433</a>. Night firing.</strong> In night firing it is almost impossible to adjust +the fire by ordinary means.</p> + +<p>In night attacks the purpose of the offensive is to gain rapidly and +quietly a position where the issue may be decided in a hand to hand +encounter, or a position from which the superiority of fire may be +gained at daylight. For the offensive, therefore, fire action is a +subordinate consideration.</p> + +<p>On the defensive, when a night attack is apprehended, preparations +should be made to sweep with fire the ground immediately in front over +which the assailant must advance.</p> + +<p>Special arrangements may sometimes be made for resting rifles on the +parapet, so that the ground in front will be suitably covered. A solid +support is necessary for maintaining the proper direction of the +pieces during firing. For this purpose notched boards or timbers are +convenient. The arrangements should be such that the operations of +loading and firing may be performed without removing the rifles from +the support.</p> + +<p>Searchlight illumination may reveal the position and movements of the +enemy sufficiently well to permit the use of the sights. In night +operations of small parties fire may be well directed when a bright, +well-defined light, such as a camp fire, is presented as an aiming +point. In such a case a slight illumination of the front sight is +required.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_500" id="Page_500">[Pg 500]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>Fire Direction and Control</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1434" id="Para_1434">1434</a>. General.</strong> As stated before in substance, the maximum effect of +fire can be gotten only by instructed and disciplined troops under a +commander capable of directing and controlling their fire properly.</p> + +<p>The fire of a company may be likened to spraying water from a hose, +and as the fireman can shift his stream of water from one point to the +other with certainty, being able to direct and control it with +promptness and accuracy, so should the company commander be able to +switch the cone of fire of his company from one target to another, +having it at all times under direction and control. In other words, as +the pliable, manageable hose responds to the will of the fireman, so +should the company be so trained and instructed that it will respond +to the will of the company commander on the firing line, in the midst +of the noise and confusion of battle. No one except a man who has been +in battle can realize how great are the noise and confusion, and how +necessary and important are coöperation, team-work, discipline, and +communication, in order for a company commander to control and direct +the fire of the company—there must be absolute coöperation, +team-work, and communication between all parts of the company—between +the captain and the platoon leaders, the platoon leaders and the squad +leaders, and the squad leaders and the members of their squads. Each +and every man must know and do his part and endeavor all he can to +keep in touch with and help the others. Now, the foundation of +team-work and coöperation, is communication—communication between the +company commander and the men on the firing line—the means by which, +the medium <em>through</em> which he will make known his will to the men on +the firing line. As stated before, because of the noise and confusion +on the firing line this is no easy matter. The ideal way would be for +the company commander to control the company by communicating direct +with every man on the firing line, as graphically shown on the +following page:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1434a.png" width="500" height="124" alt="Fig. 49" title="Fig. 49" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 49</span> +</div> + +<p>However, in the noise and confusion of battle it would be utterly +impossible for all the men to hear the captain's voice. Experience +shows that from 20 to 35 rifles are as many as one leader can control. +The captain, must, therefore, control the company through the platoon +commanders—that is to say, he <em>actually directs</em> the fire and the +platoon commanders, assisted by the squad leaders, <em>actually control</em> +it. In other words, the captain communicates with the men on the +firing line, he makes his will known to them, through his platoon +commanders, as graphically shown in this diagram:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_501" id="Page_501">[Pg 501]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1434b.png" width="500" height="130" alt="Fig. 50" title="Fig. 50" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 50</span> +</div> + +<p>However, in order for our system of communication to be successful, +each and every man, as stated above, must know and do his part and +endeavor all he can to help the others. If this is done, then the +different parts and elements of the company will dove-tail and fit +into one another, resulting in a complete, homogeneous whole, in the +form of an efficient, pliable, manageable instrument in the hands of +the company commander. And this is the object, the result, sought by +practice and instruction in field firing, and which will be obtained +if the captain, the platoon leaders, the squad leaders, the file +closers, the musicians, and the privates, will perform the following +duties and functions:</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1435" id="Para_1435">1435</a>. The Captain.</strong> (<em>Fire direction.</em>)</p> + +<p>The captain <em>directs</em> the fire of the company or of designated +platoons. He designates the target, and, when practicable, allots a +part of the target to each platoon. Before beginning the fire action +he determines the range, announces the sight setting, and indicates +the class of fire to be employed, and the time to open fire. +Thereafter, he observes the fire effect, corrects material errors in +sight setting, prevents exhaustion of the ammunition supply, and +causes the distribution of such extra ammunition as may be received +from the rear. (I. D. R. 249.)</p> + +<p>Having indicated clearly what he desires the platoon leaders to do, +the captain avoids interfering, except to correct serious errors or +omissions. (I. D. R. 240.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1436" id="Para_1436">1436</a>. The Platoon Leaders.</strong> (<em>Fire direction.</em>)</p> + +<p>In combat the platoon is the <em>fire unit</em>. (I. D. R. 250.)</p> + +<p>Each platoon leader puts into execution the commands or directions of +the captain, having first taken such precautions to insure correct +sight setting and clear description of the target or aiming point as +the situation permits or requires; thereafter, he gives such +additional commands or directions as are necessary to exact compliance +with the captain's will. He corrects the sight setting when necessary. +He designates an aiming point when the target cannot be seen with the +naked eye.</p> + +<p>In general, <em>platoon leaders</em> observe the target and the effect of +their fire and are on the alert for the captain's commands or signals; +they observe and regulate the rate of fire. (I. D. R. 252.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1437" id="Para_1437">1437</a>. The Guides</strong> watch the firing line and check every breach of fire +discipline.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1438" id="Para_1438">1438</a>. The Squad Leaders</strong> transmit commands and signals when necessary, +observe the conduct of their squads and abate excitement, assist in +enforcing fire discipline and participate in the firing.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_502" id="Page_502">[Pg 502]</a></span>Every squad leader should place himself just a little in advance of +the rest of his squad and by occasionally glancing to the right and +left, observe how the men of their squads are doing—whether they are +firing at the proper objective, if the sights are apparently properly +adjusted, if they are firing too rapidly, etc. After each shot the +squad leader should look toward his platoon leader, and then glance to +his right and left to observe his men, and then load and fire again.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1439" id="Para_1439">1439</a>. The Musicians</strong> assist the captain by observing the enemy, the +target, and the fire effect, by transmitting commands or signals, and +by watching for signals. (I. D. R. 235.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1440" id="Para_1440">1440</a>. The Privates</strong> will take advantage of cover, exercise care in +setting the sights and delivering fire; be on the constant lookout for +orders from their leaders; always aim deliberately; observe the enemy +carefully, increasing the fire when the target is favorable and +ceasing firing when the enemy disappears; not neglect a target because +it is indistinct; not waste ammunition, but be economical with it; if +firing without a leader to retain their presence of mind and direct an +efficient fire upon the proper target.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1441" id="Para_1441">1441</a>. Distribution of Fire.</strong> The distribution of fire over the entire +target is of the greatest importance; for, a section of the target not +covered by fire represents a number of the enemy permitted to fire +coolly and effectively. So, remember that all parts of the target are +equally important, and care must be taken that the men do not neglect +its less visible parts.</p> + +<p>The captain allots a part of the target to each platoon, or each +platoon leader takes as his target that part which corresponds to his +position in the company. Every man is so instructed that he will fire +on that part of the target which is directly opposite him.</p> + +<p>If the target cannot be seen with the naked eye, platoon leaders +select an object in front of or behind it, designate this as the +aiming point, and direct a sight-setting which will carry the fire +into the target. The men aim at the good aiming point or line, but +with such an increased or decreased sight-setting, as the case may be, +that the bullets will fall on the target instead of on the aiming +point.</p> + +<p>Distribution of fire is assured by dividing the whole target assigned +the company into definite parts or sectors, and allotting these parts +or sectors to the various platoons. And, of course, the whole of the +target must be kept under fire while the company is advancing. This +may be accomplished by one of two methods:</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1442" id="Para_1442">1442</a>. Overlapping Method.</strong> In this method each sector (target) is +covered by more than one fire unit. For example, in a company of four +platoons the entire company sector would be divided in two parts, the +right part being covered by the first and second platoons and the left +part by the third and fourth platoons. When the first platoon ceases +fire to advance, the second platoon would replace the lost rifles by +firing faster. With three platoons the company sector would be divided +into two parts, one being assigned to each flank platoon and the whole +company sector to the center platoon. When the first platoon advanced, +the center platoon would cover its target, both the center and third<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_503" id="Page_503">[Pg 503]</a></span> +platoons increasing their rate of fire. With two platoons, each would +cover the whole company sector.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1443" id="Para_1443">1443</a>. Switch Method.</strong> The company is divided into a number of parts, +one less than the number of platoons in the company. One platoon is +designated as the "switch," and swings into fire automatically into +that sector from which the fire of its assigned unit is withdrawn. For +example, with four platoons, and platoon rushes to start from the +right, the company sector is divided into three parts assigned to the +first, second and third platoons, the fourth being the "switch." When +number 1 ceases fire to advance, No. 4 fires at No. 1's target; when +No. 2 ceases to fire, No. 4 fires at No. 2's target, then at No. 3's +target, and finally No. 4 advances.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1444" id="Para_1444">1444</a>. Individual instruction in fire distribution.</strong> Every man should be +thoroughly drilled, instructed and trained always to <em>fire at that +part of the hostile target which corresponds to the position he +occupies in his platoon</em>. That is to say, if on the right of his +platoon, he fires at the right (as he faces it) of the hostile target; +if in the right center of his platoon, he fires at the right center +(as he faces it) of the target, and so on. This is represented by the +following diagram, the points A', B', C', etc., representing the parts +of the hostile target at which the men occupying the positions A, B, +C, etc., in their platoon, would fire:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1444.png" width="500" height="417" alt="Fig. 51" title="Fig. 51" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 51</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1445" id="Para_1445">1445</a>. Designation of target.</strong> It is very important that the commanders +should be able to describe the objectives to be attacked and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_504" id="Page_504">[Pg 504]</a></span> +sectors<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> to be defended, and that individual soldiers should be +able to understand and transmit to other soldiers such descriptions. +Within the squad, target designation implies ability on the part of +the squad leader to understand and transmit to his squad the target +designation received from his platoon leader, and also ability on his +own part to designate a target intelligently; within the platoon, +target designation implies ability on the part of the platoon leader +to understand the company commander's designation of the target and to +transmit that designation to his platoon in such manner as to insure +an equal distribution of its fire within the sector assigned to it; +within the company, target designation implies ability on the part of +the company commander to designate the targets into which the company +sector is divided in such manner that the platoon leaders will have no +trouble in understanding him. It also implies ability on the part of +the company commander to change the objectives or sectors of his +platoons, and his ability to cover the whole target of the company +during a forward movement of a part of the company, by the so-called +"switch" or the "overlapping" method, or by any other method which is +practicable and accomplishes the desired end. Targets should be +designated in a concise, prompt, unmistakable manner, but, as we all +know, it is not always an easy matter to describe the location of an +object, especially if the object be not conspicuous or readily +recognized. This is due to two reasons: First, the unit commander is +likely to indulge in vague talk instead of accurate description, and, +second, even if correct terms are used, it is more than likely that +all members of the firing line will not be able to grasp the idea, +because the commander will be using expressions which, although +understood by himself (in some cases perhaps due to the fact that he +is looking at the objective), they will not be clear to the men. The +secret of prompt, accurate and concise designation of a target lies in +the use of simple words and terms with which both the unit commander +and the men on the firing line are thoroughly familiar.</p> + +<p>Of course, if the target be distinct and clearly defined, it can +easily be designated by name, as for example, "That battery on the +hill just in front of us," "Cavalry to our right front," etc.</p> + +<p>Generally the designation of a target, if not conspicuous nor readily +recognized, will include:</p> + +<p>1. A statement of what the target is, or its appearance (shape, color, +size, etc.)</p> + +<p>2. Where the target is with reference to some easily recognized +reference point.</p> + +<p>3. How wide the company sector is.</p> + +<p>The following systems of target designation are used at the School of +Musketry. Each has its limitations, defects and advantages, under +various conditions of ground, etc. A wise selection of one or a +combination of two or more, is a material factor in efficiency.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1446" id="Para_1446">1446</a>. Horizontal Clock Face System.</strong> (Used with visible, distinct +targets.)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_505" id="Page_505">[Pg 505]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Horizontal clock face system."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th><span class="smcap">System</span></th> + <th><span class="smcap">Example</span></th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1. Announce direction.</td> + <td>"At one o'clock."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>2. Announce range.</td> + <td>"Range 1000."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3. Announce objective.</td> + <td>"A troop of cavalry dismounted."</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1446.png" width="500" height="288" alt="Fig. 52" title="Fig. 52" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 52</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="smcap">Procedure:</span></p> + +<p>1. All look along the line pointing toward one o'clock of a horizontal +clock face whose center is at the firing point, and whose 12 o'clock +mark is directly perpendicular to the front of the firing line.</p> + +<p>2. All look at a point about 1000 yards away on the one o'clock line, +and</p> + +<p>3. At 1000 yards on the one o'clock line find the objective.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1447" id="Para_1447">1447</a>. Vertical Clock Face System.</strong> (Used with small or indistinct +targets.)</p> + +<table summary="Vertical clock face system."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th><span class="smcap">System</span></th> + <th><span class="smcap">Example</span></th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1. Announce the general direction of the reference point. </td> + <td>"To our right front" (or "At two o'clock").</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>2. Designate as a reference point the most prominent object in the zone indicated.</td> + <td>"A stone house with two chimneys."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3. Announce the position of the target with respect to the reference point.</td> + <td>"At three o'clock."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_506" id="Page_506">[Pg 506]</a></span>4. Announce the range.</td> + <td>"Range 1000."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5. Announce the objective.</td> + <td>"A hostile patrol of four men."</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1447.png" width="500" height="194" alt="Fig. 53" title="Fig. 53" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 53</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="smcap">Procedure:</span></p> + +<p>1. All men look to their right front (or along the two o'clock line).</p> + +<p>2. The reference point (stone house) is found in the indicated +direction.</p> + +<p>3. A clock face (vertical) is imagined centered on the reference +point, and the men look along the line leading from the clock center +through three o'clock, and</p> + +<p>4. 1000 yards from the firing point.</p> + +<p>5. Find the hostile patrol.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1447a" id="Para_1447a">1447a</a>. Finger System.</strong> (Used with indistinct or invisible targets and +to define sectors.)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(By one "Finger" we mean the amount of frontage that one finger, +held vertically, will cover, the arm being extended horizontally +to its full length. In the average case this amount of frontage +covered is about <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">20</span> of the range. For instance, at a range of +1000 yards, one "Finger" will cover fifty yards of the sector The +same result will be obtained by using the rear-sight leaf in the +position of aiming.) </p></div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1447aa.png" width="500" height="142" alt="Fig. 54" title="Fig. 54" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 54</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<table summary="Finger system."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th><span class="smcap">System</span></th> + <th><span class="smcap">Example</span></th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>1. Announce direction to reference point as in the vertical clock face system.</td> + <td>"To our right front, at 1000 yards."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_507" id="Page_507">[Pg 507]</a></span>2. Announce reference point.</td> + <td>"A stone house with two chimneys."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>3. Announce angular distance and direction from the reference point to the target.</td> + <td>"Four o'clock, three fingers."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>4. Announce range.</td> + <td>"Range 1000."</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>5. Announce objective.</td> + <td>"A skirmish line alongside of the fence, length about two fingers, right at the dark bush."</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1447ab.png" width="500" height="276" alt="Fig. 55" title="Fig. 55" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 55</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="smcap">Procedure</span>:</p> + +<p>The reference point is found as explained, and the vertical o'clock +line upon which the target will be found. The soldiers who do not see +the target will extend the aim to its <em>full extent</em> palm of the hand +upward, finger held vertically with one side of the hand "against" the +reference point. The target will be found on the four o'clock line, +and touching the third finger, at 1000 yards distance, its right flank +at the bush and its left flank about 100 yards farther to the right.</p> + +<p>The following case will illustrate more concretely the use of the +"Finger" system:</p> + +<p>There is a red house about <span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> mile to our front, and to the right of +this house and a hundred yards or so to its rear, there is a line of +trenches that can be seen with the aid of field glasses, but the +trenches are difficult to locate with the unaided eye. There is no +prominent landmark in the direction of this line of trenches, or on +either flank, except the red house mentioned. The company commander +locates the flanks of the line of trenches through his field glasses; +he then extends his arm forward horizontally its full length, palm up, +raises the fingers of his hand and, sighting on the line of trenches, +finds that the trench line has a length of four "finger widths," and +that the flank of the line nearest the red house is three "finger +widths" from it. He decides to divide the line into two sections of +two "fingers" each, and as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_508" id="Page_508">[Pg 508]</a></span>sign one section to each of his two +platoons. He then calls his platoon leaders (and range finders, if +necessary), and says, for instance: "Center of objective, five to the +right of that red house, First Platoon, two fingers; Second Platoon, +two fingers." The two platoon leaders then estimate the range and give +the company commander their estimates independently. The company +commander also estimates the range, and taking the average, then +announces the range, say 1300 yards, after which the platoon leaders +return to their platoons, and give, for instance, these instructions: +"The target is a line of trenches four 'fingers' long, and about 1300 +yards away; the center of the target is five 'fingers' to the right of +that red house, at about 10 o'clock. We are to fire at the two fingers +on the right of the center and the Second Platoon will look after the +two fingers on the left of the center." (The leader of the Second +Platoon gives similar instructions.)</p> + +<p>Every man in the platoon figures out the platoon objective and +endeavors to fix it with respect to some features of the ground so +that he will be able to pick it up promptly after his platoon starts +to advance. After fixing well in his mind the platoon objective, he +figures out what part of it belongs to his squad, and then selects +that portion of the squad objective corresponding to his position in +the squad. If during the advance, his particular portion of the target +should become hidden from view, he will fire on the nearest portion of +the trench line, returning to his own part as soon as it becomes +visible.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1447b" id="Para_1447b">1447b</a>. Communication.</strong> After the company has been committed to the fire +fight, verbal commands cannot be heard, and it is well nigh impossible +even to secure attention to signals. It is, therefore, most important +that we should train and practice the company as much as possible +during time of peace in the rapid and accurate transmission of orders +and signals along the firing line.</p> + +<p>Matter upon which a commander would need to communicate with his +subordinates, in addition to tactical orders, would generally be +confined to:</p> + +<p>(a) Changes of elevation and deflection.</p> + +<p>(b) Changes in the apportionment of the target among the subdivisions.</p> + +<p>(c) Changes within the limits of the sector, or objective.</p> + +<p>(d) Changes in the rate of fire.</p> + +<p>(e) And rarely change of target from one within to one without the +limits of the objective or sector.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1448" id="Para_1448">1448</a>. Procedure.</strong> The following is given merely as a concrete example +of the procedure that might be followed in certain ring exercises—it +will not, of course, apply to all cases; it is merely given as a +concrete illustration of what might actually be done under certain +conditions.</p> + +<p><em>Company Commander.</em> On receiving his instructions from the officer in +charge of the exercise, the company commander returns to his company, +keeping track of the changing aspect of his target as he does so. +Arriving at the center of his company, he is met by his platoon +leaders, and range finders, who have assembled in his absence. The +company commander says:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_509" id="Page_509">[Pg 509]</a></span>"The target is a line of skirmishers, visible in part. It may be seen +between us and that long line of green bushes which begins one finger +to the right of that red water tower at 11 o'clock and it extends well +beyond the bushes both to the right and to the left."</p> + +<p>(At this point the range finders begin their estimation and the +captain pauses until the senior range finder, or other designated +person automatically announces the average estimate of the range, +saying for example, "range 1100.")</p> + +<p>The captain then resumes, saying:</p> + +<p>"The sector assigned to this company is three fingers long and extends +from that group one finger to the right of the water tower, to a point +four fingers to the right of the tower. Each platoon will cover the +entire company sector. Range ten-fifty and eleven-fifty. Fire at will +at my signal. Posts."</p> + +<p><em>Platoon Leaders.</em> The platoon leaders then hasten to the center of +their platoons and "put into execution the commands and directions of +the captain, having first taken such precautions to insure a correct +sight-setting and clear description of the aiming point as the +situation permits or requires" (Par. 251 I. D. R.), by saying:</p> + +<p><em>Target:</em> The target is a line of skirmishers about 1100 yards to our +front, only parts of which are visible.</p> + +<p><em>Reference point:</em> That long line of bushes about 1300 yards to our +left front. The company sector is three fingers long and lies between +us and that reference point, extending one-half finger beyond each end +of the bushes.</p> + +<p><em>Aiming point:</em> The bottom of the line of bushes.</p> + +<p><em>Range:</em> 1050 and 1150.</p> + +<p>As soon as the range is announced each front rank man sets his sight +at 1050 and each rear rank man at 1150. Squad leaders assure +themselves that sights are set and that the men of their squads +understand the aiming point and sector and then raise their hand as a +signal that all are ready. Similarly, the platoon leaders raise their +hands to show that all of the squads are ready, and when the captain +sees that all of his platoons are ready, he signals to begin firing. +At the captain's signal, each platoon leader commands: "<em>Fire at +Will.</em>"</p> + +<p>Firing then begins at a rate of about 3 shots per minute (Par. 14, I. +D. R.).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1449" id="Para_1449">1449</a>. Points To Be Borne in Mind.</strong> Bear in mind the following points in +the solution of field firing problems:</p> + +<p>1. Combine sights should, as a rule, be used where the estimated range +is 1000 yards or more, the two ranges being 50 yards on each side of +the estimated range, the even numbers firing at one range, the odd +numbers at the other.</p> + +<p>2. When aiming points are chosen they should be clearly described. +Bushes, bunches of lines of grass, fence posts, etc., should not be +designated as aiming points when clear and more definite aiming points +are available. The choice of the best of several possible aiming +points is of great importance.</p> + +<p>3. Have some system of simple signals whereby you may know when all +your men are ready to begin firing. Otherwise, you may begin the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_510" id="Page_510">[Pg 510]</a></span> +firing before some of your men have their sights set and before they +understand the sector and point of aim. For example, let each squad +leader raise his right hand when his squad is ready, and each platoon +leader his right hand when his platoon is ready.</p> + +<p>4. Platoon leaders must always be sure to designate a definite aiming +point. Remember that in the case of an indistinct target, the company +commander describes the TARGET to the platoon leaders, and they in +turn announce the AIMING POINT. Having seen and located the target, +the platoon leader must examine the terrain at, in front of and behind +the target, and choose the aiming point for his men. He must then +determine the proper sight-setting for that particular aiming point. +He then announces both aiming point and range.</p> + +<p>5. Instead of describing a sector as, for example, extending so many +yards (or so many "fingers") north from the reference point, it is +better to describe it as extending from the reference point northward +for a definite distance, as "To that tall red house."</p> + +<p>The last method is the best, because it leaves no room for guessing on +the part of subordinates. So, remember it is always best, when +possible, to define the limits of sectors physically, as, extending, +for example, from "That house to that windmill," etc.</p> + +<p>6. When acting as part of the battalion, always be sure to designate +someone (usually one of the musicians) to watch for signals from the +battalion commander, and don't fail to repeat back all signals.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1449.png" width="500" height="468" alt="Fig. 56" title="Fig. 56" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 56</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_511" id="Page_511">[Pg 511]</a></span>7. In advancing by rushes, always allow sufficient time between rushes +to recover the loss in fire caused by the cessation of fire. In other +words, the next rear unit should not start forward until the one that +has just advanced has resumed an effective fire.</p> + +<p>8. Remember that in all field firing problems the distribution of hits +has big weight. Consequently, it should be definitely understood +beforehand, that, in the absence of any target designation by the +company commander, each platoon leader will look after the sector +corresponding to his front, and that each man will fire at the part of +the sector corresponding to his front. Should the targets in a given +sector disappear, then the platoon leader covering that sector will at +once switch his fire to the adjoining sector until the reappearance of +the targets in his own sector. For example, let us suppose the company +sector, A-B (the company being on the defense and not advancing) is +divided into four parts A-B, B-C, C-D and D-E. Platoon No. 1 would +look after everything that appeared in D-E; No. 2, after everything +that appeared in C-D; No. 3, everything that appeared in B-C; and No. +4, after everything that appeared in A-B.</p> + +<p>Should the target suddenly disappear from D-E, then No. 1 would switch +his fire over to C-D, and keep it there until the target reappeared in +D-E, and if the targets disappeared from C-D, before reappearing in +D-E, then both No. 1, and No. 2, would switch their fire cones to A-C.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1450" id="Para_1450">1450</a>. Exercises.</strong> The following exercises for the elementary training +of individuals and squads were used with success by the troops +mobilized on the Texas border:</p> + + +<h4>TARGETS</h4> + +<p>1. The target will be represented by individual soldiers.</p> + +<p>2. With reference to their visibility, the battlefield will present +three classes of targets:</p> + +<ul> +<li>(a) Those which are visible throughout.</li> +<li>(b) Those which are visible in part.</li> +<li>(c) Those which are invisible, but whose location might be +described.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Targets will be arranged to simulate one of the classes enumerated. +Instruction will begin with simple exercises in which the target +presented is plainly visible, and represents only the objective of the +unit undergoing instruction. It should progress to the more difficult +exercises in which the target is invisible and the line of figures is +prolonged to include the objective of units on the right or left.</p> + +<p>3. The limits of indistinct targets may be shown to unit commanders by +the use of company flags. These flags, however, will be withdrawn from +sight before a description of the target or estimate of the range is +attempted, and before anyone but the commander of the unit undergoing +instruction sees their location.</p> + +<p>4. At the conclusion of each exercise in which flags are used to mark +the limits of the target or its subdivisions, they should be +displayed, in order that any existing errors may be readily pointed +out.</p> + +<p>5. To determine proficiency in target designation, the instructor will +provide a sufficient number of rifles, placed on sand bags or other +suitable<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_512" id="Page_512">[Pg 512]</a></span> rests, and require those charged with fire direction and +control to sight them at the limits of their objective. An inspection +by the instructor will at once detect errors. Similarly, in those +exercises in which all the members of the firing unit participate, the +percentage of rifles aimed at the correct target may be determined.</p> + +<p>6. In these exercises no method of communication will be permitted +that could not be used under the conditions assumed in the problem.</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 1—RANGING</h4> + +<p>Object: To train the individual to set his sight quickly and +accurately for the announced range and windage; and to accustom +leaders to the giving of windage data.</p> + +<p>Situation: The company is formed in single rank at the ready with rear +sight set at zero and the slide screw normally tight.</p> + +<p>Action: The range and windage are announced, sights are set accurately +in accordance therewith and as rapidly as may be, each man coming to +port arms immediately upon completing the operation.</p> + +<p>Time: Time is taken from the last word of the command.</p> + +<p>Standard: Sights should be correctly set within 15 seconds.</p> + +<p>Note: Of the two elements, time and accuracy, accuracy is the more +important.</p> + +<p>Par. 411, I. D. R., implies complete use of the rear sight, that is, +utilization of the wind gauge, and sight setting to the least reading +of the rear sight leaf, i. e., 25 yards. Sight setting therefore in +this exercise should include, more often than not, "fractional ranges" +and windage data.</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 2—RANGING</h4> + +<p>Object: To familiarize officers and noncommissioned officers in the +use of an auxiliary aiming point.</p> + +<p>Situation: Two men with the company flags are stationed to mark the +enemy's invisible position. This position should be suitably located +with reference to a practicable aiming point.</p> + +<p>Action: The markers are signaled to display their flags. An officer or +noncommissioned officer is called up and the enemy's position is +pointed out. The flags are then withdrawn and the officer or +noncommissioned officer selects an auxiliary aiming point and gives +his commands for firing at that point.</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 3—TARGET DESIGNATION</h4> + +<p>Object: To train the individual soldier to locate a target, from a +description solely. To do so quickly and accurately and fire thereon +with effect, and to train officers and noncommissioned officers in +concise, accurate and clear description of targets.</p> + +<p>Situation: The men are so placed as not to be able to see to the +target. The instructor places himself so as to see the objective.</p> + +<p>Action: The instructor, to one man at a time, describes the objective, +and directs him to fire one simulated round. The man immediately moves +so as to see the target, locates it, estimates the range and fires one +simulated shot.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_513" id="Page_513">[Pg 513]</a></span>Standard: For ranges within battle sight, time 20 seconds; beyond +battle sight, time 30 seconds. Not more than 15% error in the +estimation of the range. Objective correctly located.</p> + +<p>Note: Arrangements made so that the description of the target is heard +by only the man about to fire. After firing the man will not mingle +with those waiting to fire.</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 4—TARGET DESIGNATION</h4> + +<p>Object: To train the squad leader in promptly bringing the fire of his +squad to bear effectively upon the target presented. To train the +individuals of a squad to fire effectively from orders of the squad +leader and automatically to obtain effective dispersion.</p> + +<p>Situation: The squad is deployed, the squad leader being in the firing +line. Position prone. A sighting rest is provided for each rifle.</p> + +<p>Action: Upon the appearance of the target the squad leader gives the +necessary orders for delivering an effective fire. The men under these +orders sight their rifles and then rise. The instructor then examines +the position and sighting of each rifle.</p> + +<p>Time: Time is taken from the appearance of the target until the last +man has risen.</p> + +<p>Target: A squad of men to outline a partially concealed enemy emerges +from cover, advances a short distance and lies down.</p> + +<p>Standard: 90% of the rifles should be sighted in conformity with the +orders of the squad leader and should evenly cover the whole front of +the objective. The squad leader's estimate of the range should not be +in error over 15%.</p> + +<p>Note: The squad leader should not, in general, be allowed to divide +the target into sectors but to obtain distribution by training the men +to fire at that portion of the objective directly related to the +position they occupy in their own line. The exercise should be +repeated with the squad leader in rear of the squad and not firing. As +to this, it is to be noted that Musketry School experiments prove that +in small groups the directed fire of say seven (7) rifles is more +effective than the partially undirected fire of eight rifles obtained +when the group leader is himself firing.</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 5—COMMUNICATION</h4> + +<p>Object: To teach prompt and accurate transmission of firing data +without cessation of fire, and also to teach automatic readjustment of +fire distribution.</p> + +<p>Situation: A squad deployed in the prone position and with sighting +rests, is firing at a designated target.</p> + +<p>Action: A squad with sights set at zero is deployed and brought up at +the double time into the intervals of the firing line and halted. The +firing data is transmitted to them without cessation of fire. At the +command <strong>Rise</strong>, given 20 seconds after the command <strong>Halt</strong>, the first squad +rises and retires a short distance to the rear. At the same time, the +supports cease fire and adjust their rifles in the rests so as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_514" id="Page_514">[Pg 514]</a></span> to be +aimed at the target as they understand it. They then rise and their +rifles are examined by the instructor for range and direction.</p> + +<p>Standard: 80% of the rifles should be sighted according to the +transmitted data and aimed according to the principles of fire +distribution.</p> + +<p>Target: One target equal to a squad front, which is increased to two +squads prior to the arrival of the supports in the firing line.</p> + +<p>Note: This exercise should be repeated with the supporting squad +reënforcing on a flank. To determine whether the original squad is +able to keep its assigned sector during an advance, this exercise +should be repeated, the supports being thrown in after a series of +short advances by the original squad. Care should be exercised to +prevent the transmission of firing data in a manner under which +service conditions would be impracticable. (See Exercise No. 6.)</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 6—COMMUNICATION</h4> + +<p>Object: To train the squad leader in receiving and transmitting +instructions by visual signals alone.</p> + +<p>Situation: A squad with its leader in the firing line is deployed in +the prone position firing at will.</p> + +<p>Action: The instructor, without sound or other cautionary means, +signals (visually) to the squad leader at various intervals to,</p> + +<table class="table_left_position" summary="Instructor visual signals."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td>First:</td> + <td>Change elevation.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Swing the fire to the right or left.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Suspend the firing.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td>Etc., etc.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The squad leader, upon receiving a signal, causes his squad to execute +it without verbal command, or exposing himself.</p> + +<p>Time: No specified time limit.</p> + +<p>Standard: The squad leader should fire with his squad, but after each +shot should look towards his platoon leader for any signal, then +observe the fire and conduct of his men, then, after glancing again at +his platoon leader, fire again. This the squad leader should do +without exposing himself. By lying about a head's length ahead of his +men he can see his squad front. In transmitting orders he can +accomplish it by nudging the men on his right and left and signaling +to them with his hand.</p> + +<p>Note: This exercise is essential to prepare men for the deafening +noise of a heavy action when speech or sound signals are largely +futile.</p> + + +<h4>EXERCISE NO. 7—FIRE DISCIPLINE</h4> + +<p>Object: To train men to carry out strictly the fire orders given them, +and to refrain from starting, repeating or accepting any change +therefrom without direct orders from a superior.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_515" id="Page_515">[Pg 515]</a></span>Situation: A squad deployed in the prone position.</p> + +<p>Action: While the squad is firing at an indistinct but specified +target, another and clearly visible target appears in the vicinity of +the first target but not in the same sector. Upon the appearance of +this second target, the instructor sees that the men continue firing +at the assigned target. The corporal should check any breach of fire +discipline.</p> + +<p>Note: Variations of this exercise should be given to test the fire +discipline of the men in other phases, such as rate of fire (Par. 147, +I. D. R.), etc.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> The subjects of fire control and fire direction are +coveted in <a href="#Para_285">pars. 285</a>–290; <a href="#Para_1434">1434</a>–1436.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> In attack the target is called "objective"; in the +defense, "sector."</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_516" id="Page_516">[Pg 516]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_V" id="PART_V"></a>PART V</h2> + +<p class="part_head">CARE OF HEALTH AND KINDRED SUBJECTS</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_517" id="Page_517">[Pg 517]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I_V" id="CHAPTER_I_V"></a>CHAPTER I</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">CARE OF THE HEALTH</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1451" id="Para_1451">1451</a>. Importance of good health.</strong> Good health is just as necessary to +an army as rifles and ammunition. Not only does every sick man take +away one rifle from the firing line, but in addition he becomes a care +and a burden on the hands of the army. Indeed, it is fully as +important for a soldier to take care of his health as it is for him to +take care of his rifle and ammunition. The importance of doing +everything possible to look after one's health is shown by the fact +that in every war so far, many more men have died from disease than +were killed in battle or died from wounds. In our Civil War, for +instance, for every man on the Union side who was killed in battle or +died from wounds, two died from disease. In the Spanish American War +the proportion was 1 to 5<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>.</p> + +<p>To do all that he can to keep in good health is a duty that the +soldier owes his country.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1452" id="Para_1452">1452</a>. Germs.</strong> Diseases are caused by little, tiny live animals or +plants called <em>germs</em>. They are so small that you require a magnifying +glass to see them.</p> + +<p>The following illustrations show the typhoid and malarial germs as +seen through a magnifying glass:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1452.png" width="500" height="267" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<h4>The Different Ways of Catching Disease</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1453" id="Para_1453">1453</a>. Five ways of catching disease.</strong> There are only five ways to catch +disease:</p> + +<ul> +<li>1. By breathing in the live germs.</li> +<li>2. By swallowing the live germs.</li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_518" id="Page_518">[Pg 518]</a></span>3. By touching the live germs.</li> +<li>4. By having the live germs stuck into the skin by insects that bite.</li> +<li>5. By inheritance from parents.</li> +</ul> + + +<h4>Diseases Caught by Breathing in the Germs</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1454" id="Para_1454">1454</a>. The more common diseases.</strong> The following are some of the more +common diseases caught by breathing in the germs: Colds, diphtheria, +tonsilitis, grippe, scarlet fever, pneumonia, and consumption.</p> + +<p>The germs that cause these diseases grow well in the dark, warm, moist +lining of the nose, throat, windpipe and lungs, and they are coughed +or sneezed out or blown out and float in tiny bubbles in the air or +fall to dry into dust which is blown about with the wind, and so are +breathed in, or they may be transferred directly by kissing invalids +and sick children.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1455" id="Para_1455">1455</a>. How to avoid breathing in sickness.</strong> Do not visit sick people or +a house where the children are sick.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1455.png" width="200" height="165" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2<br /> +<em>Distributing sickness</em></span> +</div> + +<p>Do not let other people cough or sneeze over your food or in your +face.</p> + +<p>Do not allow others to spit on the floor of your squadron or tent.</p> + +<p>Do not do these things yourself.</p> + +<p>Blow your nose into a handkerchief that can be boiled or into a piece +of paper that can be burned.</p> + +<p>Put your hand before your face when you cough or sneeze.</p> + +<p>Rinse out the nose with hot, weak salt water at night and especially +if you have been inhaling dust.</p> + +<p>Brush the teeth after each meal and before going to bed.</p> + +<p>Do not pick the nose with the finger nails; it makes sore spots in +which germs grow.</p> + +<p>On dusty hikes tie a handkerchief across the nose and mouth.</p> + +<p>Never sweep the floor with a dry broom. Use a damp mop and so pick the +germs up and carry them out instead of driving them up in the air as +dust.</p> + + +<h4>Diseases Caught by Swallowing the Germs</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1456" id="Para_1456">1456</a>. The more common diseases.</strong> The following are some of the more +common diseases caught by swallowing the germs: Typhoid fever, +dysentery, cholera, and ptomaine poisoning.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1457" id="Para_1457">1457</a>. Water as a distributer of disease.</strong> Impure water is one of the +most common distributers of disease that there is. Therefore, water +from sources unknown or soiled by sewage, should be avoided as deadly +and should not be used, <em>unless boiled</em>, for drinking, brushing the +teeth or rinsing mess kits.</p> + +<p>You can not always tell polluted water by its appearance, smell or +taste. Unless from a sewer or drain, it may look clear and sparkling,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_519" id="Page_519">[Pg 519]</a></span> +with no smell and have a pleasant taste, so, water that is not known +to be pure should not be drunk.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1458" id="Para_1458">1458</a>. Vegetables as a distributer of disease.</strong> In some localities the +inhabitants use the streams for all purposes; drinking, washing +clothes, bathing, washing vegetables and table utensils and as a +sewer. When kitchen gardens are irrigated with such water the germs +are to be found on the cabbages, beets, etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1459" id="Para_1459">1459</a>. Food, fruit, cigarettes, and drinking cups as distributers of +disease.</strong> Germs may be smeared on the hands and thus transferred to +articles of food, fruit, cigarettes, or drinking cups, especially in +public places, so that he who buys at the public stands may have +disease handed to him with his purchase.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1460" id="Para_1460">1460</a>. The fly as a disease carrier.</strong> The ordinary fly is one of the +worst and filthiest transmitters of disease in existence.</p> + +<p>Flies carry germs from privies, latrines, spitoons, and sick rooms to +the food on your table, by means of their smeared feet, in their spit +or in their specks.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1460.png" width="500" height="290" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 154px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1461.png" width="154" height="200" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4<br /> +'<em>Nice doggie</em>'<br /> +(And "nice doggie" may be giving him some disease)</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1461" id="Para_1461">1461</a>. The dog as a distributer of disease.</strong> Dogs are often distributers +of disease. They use their tongues for toilet paper and afterwards +lick their coat or the hands of their friends. Petting dogs or letting +them lick your hand is dangerous.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1462a.png" width="200" height="133" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5<br /> +<em>Boiling water to kill germs</em></span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_520" id="Page_520">[Pg 520]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1462" id="Para_1462">1462</a>. How to avoid swallowing disease.</strong> Do not drink water that is not +known to be safe. If you have no one to ask and are traveling, it is +safer to drink tea or coffee, because they have been made from boiled +water, or to drink bottled mineral waters. In the field boil your +drinking water. Boiled germs are dead and will not grow. They are, +therefore, harmless.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1462b.png" width="200" height="184" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6<br /> +<em>Next!</em><br /> +(What germs will he leave on the cup?)</span> +</div> + +<p>Beware of water from wells, farm pumps ponds, cisterns, water coolers +and barrels, especially in railroad cars, stations, and ferry boats.</p> + +<p>Do not drink lemonade, soft drinks, or milk from peddlers.</p> + +<p>Beware of the public drinking cup.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1462c.png" width="200" height="221" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7<br /> +<em>Swallowing sickness</em></span> +</div> + +<p>Always wash your hands before going to meals and before putting things +into your mouth, especially after going to the toilet or handling +animals.</p> + +<p>Do not adopt strange dogs and do not pet dogs.</p> + +<p>Before eating fruit or raw vegetables, wash and peel them unless +picked from the tree by yourself.</p> + +<p>Do not eat food that is spoiled, smells or tastes badly or is flyblown +or maggoty or full of bugs.</p> + +<p>Do not eat food which is not sufficiently cooked. All smoked, dried or +salt meats or fish, such as ham, bacon, sausage, dried beef, bloaters, +salt mackerel or codfish, must be well cooked, as they may contain +"Measles" or other worm eggs. Cooking kills the egg.</p> + +<p>Do not eat food exposed on public stands to dust, flies, dirty hands, +dirty water, dirty cans, or dirty glasses and buckets.</p> + +<p>Do not allow flies to breed in dirt or other filth around the house, +nor allow them to walk on your food. This is possible by burning, +burying or otherwise removing the dirt or filth, and by using fly +traps, "swatters" and fly paper.</p> + +<p>Do not wet lead pencils with your spit.</p> + +<p>Do not wet your fingers with spit when you deal cards or turn over +pages of books or magazines.</p> + +<p>Keep the teeth brushed and the mouth clean. Have decayed teeth +repaired at once. Decayed teeth drop out and they cause abscesses, +which may destroy the jaw bone or cause brain fever. Old snags give +the stomach the germs of rotting, which cause dyspepsia.</p> + + +<h4>Diseases Caught by Touching the Germs</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1463" id="Para_1463">1463</a>. The more common diseases.</strong> The following are some of the more +common diseases caught by touching the germs: Ringworm, mange,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_521" id="Page_521">[Pg 521]</a></span> +barber's itch, sore eyes, boils, carbuncles, lockjaw, small pox, +chancroid, syphilis, and gonorrhoea (clap).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1464" id="Para_1464">1464</a>. Ringworm, mange, and barber's itch.</strong> These diseases are carried +from person to person by finger nails and hands and from dirty water +to those who bathe in it or have their underwear washed in it.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1465" id="Para_1465">1465</a>. Lockjaw.</strong> The germs of lockjaw are found in manure and in soil +fertilized with it; hence, a bullet which passes through such soil +before wounding carries these germs into the wound. Any wound soiled +with such dirt will be infected. Also, wounds made by toy pistols and +fire-crackers often contain lockjaw germs.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1466" id="Para_1466">1466</a>. Chancroid, syphilis, and gonorrhoea (clap).</strong> These are diseases +whose germs are usually caught from prostitutes and whores, or from +husbands who have caught the germs from prostitutes and whores. They +are called "Venereal diseases," after Venus, the Roman goddess of +lustful love, but they are very often caught in other ways than in +sexual intercourse, and by innocent persons.</p> + +<p><strong>The chancroid plant</strong> causes a very nasty sore, the <em>chancroid</em>, which +often destroys much flesh and causes buboes. The germ can be carried +on the fingers to any part of the body. When the chancroid is healed +and the bubo becomes a scar the disease is cured.</p> + +<p>The <em>syphilis</em> germ will grow first where it is rubbed in, causing a +hard ulcer, called a chancre, and after that it travels through the +entire body. No place is sacred to its destructive power and it lives +as long as the patient does. It is the cause of much insanity, palsy, +apoplexy, deafness, blindness and early death. In mothers it causes +miscarriages and in children it causes stillbirths, freaks, +deformities, feeble minds and idiots; also, deaf and dumb, palsied, +stunted, sickly and criminal conditions.</p> + +<p>A syphilitic person is always dangerous although apparently well. He +often has a sore mouth and his spit is as dangerous as that of a mad +dog. The bite of such a man will develop a chancre and any pipe, cup, +or tooth pick which he uses, or his kiss, will give syphilis. A +syphilitic tattooer who wets his needles and his India ink with spit +will put a chancre into the skin with the picture.</p> + +<p>The instruments of cheap advertising dentists and of quack doctors or +ignorant nurses can carry these germs from one person to another. So +can the razors and caustic stick of barbers who are careless.</p> + +<p><strong>The clap plant</strong> likes to grow in the linings of the openings of the +body where it is dark and warm and moist where it causes a catarrhal +discharge called <em>clap</em>, which is easily smeared on hands, towels, +handkerchiefs or by actual contact.</p> + +<p>It grows well in the eyelids, causing great damage and often +blindness. Many babies get the clap plant into the eyes during birth, +from the mother, and unless treated within a few minutes after birth, +have sore eyes and go blind,—a terrible calamity to the child and the +family. If you have clap the germs can be carried on your hands to +your eyes.</p> + +<p>The clap plant also grows well in the cavities of the joints, causing +rheumatism and crippling; it grows in the heart, causing valvular +heart disease, which is incurable, and also in the generative organs +of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_522" id="Page_522">[Pg 522]</a></span> men and women, causing self-made eunuchs and childless wives. It +is the cause of most of the severe abdominal diseases of women +requiring the use of the knife to cut out the diseased part.</p> + +<p>The venereal diseases cause more misery than any others and most of +the doctors would have to go into other professions to earn their +living if these diseases did not exist.</p> + +<p>When a young man is "sowing his wild oats" he is really planting in +his own body the syphilis and clap plants, and the harvest will be +greater than any other crop. He will reap it in days of bedridden +misery, and possible sudden death. He will reap it in bitter hours by +the bedside through the illness and death of his wife or in her long +years of ill health. He will reap it in little white coffins, idiot +babies; blind, deaf and dumb, sickly and stunted children. And it will +cost him lost wages and hospital and doctor fees.</p> + +<p>Yes, the wild oats crop is a bumper crop. King Solomon was wise when +he warned his son against the harlot, "for her end is bitter."</p> + +<p>The best way to avoid venereal diseases is to keep away from lewd +women, and live a clean moral life. It is said by medical authorities +that sexual intercourse is not necessary to preserve health and manly +vigor, and that the natural sexual impulse can be kept under control +by avoiding associations, conversations, and thoughts of a lewd +character. However, persons who will not exercise self-control in this +matter can greatly lessen the risks of indulgence by the prompt use, +immediately upon return to camp or garrison, of the prophylaxis +prescribed by War Department orders and which all soldiers are +required to take after exposing themselves to the danger of venereal +infection. Men who immediately after intercourse urinate and wash the +private parts thoroughly with soap and water will lessen the chances +of infection. Drunkenness greatly increases the risk of infection.</p> + +<p>Should one be so unfortunate as to contract venereal disease, he +should see a first-class, reputable physician AT ONCE, the sooner the +better. It is a fatal mistake to try to conceal venereal disease by +not seeing a doctor, he who does so is taking a most dangerous chance +of ruining himself physically for life.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1467" id="Para_1467">1467</a>. How to avoid diseases caught by touching the germs.</strong> Keep your +skin clean with soap and water.</p> + +<p>Do not bathe or wash your clothes in dirty water, have them boiled +when laundered.</p> + +<p>Do not go barefoot, even in barracks.</p> + +<p>Do not use towels or toilet articles of other people, especially in +public wash-rooms unless they furnish a fresh towel for you. Do not +sleep in houses left empty by the enemy unless ordered to do so.</p> + +<p>Do not sleep in native shacks in the tropics.</p> + +<p>Do not rub the eyes with dirty hands. When dirt gets in have a doctor +get it out.</p> + +<p>If you have clap, do not rub your eyes with your hands, and wash your +hands well with soap and water after taking treatment or passing +water.</p> + +<p>Do not handle dogs or cats, especially strange or sickly ones.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_523" id="Page_523">[Pg 523]</a></span>Do not clean the ears with sticks or straws,—have a doctor do it for +you.</p> + +<p>Do not have cheap, advertising dentists fix your teeth. Have the army +dentist fix them and see him at least once every six months,—or see a +good civilian dentist.</p> + +<p>Do not have pictures tattooed on your skin.</p> + +<p>Do not smoke other men's pipes.</p> + +<p>Do not handle or touch wounds with anything but a first aid package.</p> + +<p>Beware of chipped drinking glasses in cafés, restaurants and other +places. The slightest cut from such a glass whoso clipped part has +been in contact with the mouth of a syphilitic person will give you +syphilis.</p> + +<p>Seek good companions like your mother and sister. Keep away from John +Barleycorn. He always wants to turn you over to a harlot.</p> + +<p>Whores and prostitutes are all diseased and will give you germs that +will live to give diseases to you, your wife and your children, forty +years from now. Keep away from them.</p> + + +<h4>Diseases Caught from Biting Insects</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1468" id="Para_1468">1468</a>. The more common diseases.</strong> The following are some of the more +common diseases caught from the bites of certain insects: Malaria, +yellow fever, and dengue fever.</p> + +<p>The germs of malaria, yellow fever and dengue fever live in the blood, +and are sucked up into the blood by mosquitoes when they bite.</p> + +<p>Malaria germs, however, will develop only in the mosquito called, +<em>Anopheles</em>.</p> + +<p>Yellow fever germs will develop only in the mosquito called, +<em>Stegomyia</em>.</p> + +<p>Dengue fever germs will develop in the mosquito called <em>Culex</em> and in +<em>Anopheles</em>.</p> + +<p>After a period of development in these mosquitoes the germs will find +their way to the spit glands, and are injected into the person whom +the mosquito bites. (Note. Male mosquitoes cannot bite.)</p> + +<p><em>Absolutely the only way that malaria, yellow and dengue fevers can +possibly be caught is from mosquitoes.</em></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 8 and Fig. 9"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 132px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1468a.png" width="132" height="174" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8<br /> +<em>The malaria mosquito</em><br /> +(She stands on her head)</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 149px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1468b.png" width="149" height="174" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9<br /> +<em>Culex the mosquito</em><br /> +(She is humpbacked)</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1469" id="Para_1469">1469</a>. How to avoid malaria, yellow and dengue fevers.</strong> To avoid these +diseases, which are carried by mosquitoes, we screen all houses with +fine wire screens and use mosquito nets on the beds. Also, under +certain conditions we take daily doses of quinine in malarious +regions.</p> + +<p>We kill the mosquitoes.</p> + +<p>To do this we must know their habits.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_524" id="Page_524">[Pg 524]</a></span>Mosquitoes all lay eggs in water. These hatch out as <em>wigglers</em> or +<em>larvae</em>, which have to come to the top frequently to breathe. In +about twelve days or longer they turn into <em>tumblers</em> or <em>pupas</em>, +which in a few days longer come to the top when their backs split open +and the mosquito comes out and flies away.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1469a.png" width="500" height="242" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</div> + +<p><em>The malaria mosquito</em> is domestic like the chicken and lives around +in houses hiding in the grass, bushes or dark corners and comes out to +bite at night. When a settlement is abandoned the malaria mosquito +moves away also. She rarely flies far from home and is not found much +beyond 500 yards from a house. She lays her eggs in running clear +water preferably, but she will accept water in hollow trees, between +the leaves of lilies or air plants or in vases of flowers, or in +cisterns and water butts.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1469b.png" width="500" height="337" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11<br /> +<em>Catching malaria</em></span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_525" id="Page_525">[Pg 525]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 347px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1469c.png" width="347" height="500" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12<br /> +<em>On Guard</em><br /> +(No mosquito bites for him)</span> +</div> + +<p><em>The yellow fever mosquito</em> is domestic like the house cat. She hangs +around the house and rarely flies as far as the next house even, +preferring to travel on a visitor's coat. She will bite in the day +time and will lay her eggs in any little collection of water in the +house, the eaves trough, the water barrel, old tin cans or bottles, +pitchers, vases or the refrigerator drip.</p> + +<p><em>The dengue</em> mosquito is a marsh and town mosquito. She flies far and +well and will breed in any sort of water, even brackish.</p> + +<p><em>To kill mosquitoes</em>—</p> + +<p>Catch them in the house; empty all water from tin cans, old barrels, +etc; cover with wire all cisterns and water barrels; fill in all +puddles and drain off marshes; put oil on all pools and streams to +choke the wrigglers; cut down grass and bushes around houses.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_526" id="Page_526">[Pg 526]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II_V" id="CHAPTER_II_V"></a>CHAPTER II</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">PERSONAL HYGIENE</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1470" id="Para_1470">1470</a>.</strong> The knowledge of taking care of the body is called <em>Personal +Hygiene</em>, the principal rules of which are as follows:</p> + + +<ul> +<li>1. KEEP THE SKIN CLEAN.</li> +<li>2. KEEP THE BODY PROPERLY PROTECTED AGAINST THE WEATHER.</li> +<li>3. KEEP THE BODY PROPERLY FED.</li> +<li>4. KEEP THE BODY SUPPLIED WITH FRESH AIR.</li> +<li>5. KEEP THE BODY WELL EXERCISED WITHOUT EXHAUSTION.</li> +<li>6. KEEP THE BODY RESTED BY SUFFICIENT SLEEP.</li> +<li>7. KEEP THE BODY FREE OF WASTES.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Sanitation is the practice of the laws of Hygiene.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1471" id="Para_1471">1471</a>. RULE 1. Keep the Skin clean.</strong> A dirty body invites sickness. +Small troubles such as chafing, sore feet, saddle boils, sore eyes, +felons, whitlows, earache, toothache, carbuncles, fleas, lice and +ringworms, are all caused by lack of cleanliness, and they put men on +sick report.</p> + +<p>Owing to excessive perspiration a daily bath with soap is desirable in +summer and in the tropics, the year around. At least a weekly bath +should always be taken when possible. When not possible to bathe, take +a good rub daily with a dry towel.</p> + +<p>Keep your feet clean with soap and water and put on dry socks before +sleeping at night. Soiled socks should be washed and hung up to dry +over night.</p> + +<p>Keep your finger nails trimmed short with scissors or knife. Never +bite them off. Keep them cleaned and keep your hands washed, +especially at meal times.</p> + +<p>Underwear must be washed in clean water, hot when possible and when +soiled change as soon as possible.</p> + +<p>Do not bathe or wash your clothes in dirty water. Bathing in water +containing much alkali (hard water) or fine sand or mud will make the +skin smart or chafe easily and cause sore eyes.</p> + +<p>The hair of the head should be kept well-trimmed.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1472" id="Para_1472">1472</a>. RULE 2. Keep the body properly protected from the weather.</strong> +Clothing of the soldier is worn as a protection. Too much causes +sweating and exhaustion on the march and too little causes chills and +frost bite.</p> + +<p>Be careful to rebutton the clothing in winter time after attending to +Nature's calls. Cold fingers may make you careless, but the cold is +merciless and may cause a bad frost bite.</p> + +<p>The first feeling of frost bite is numbness and the first sign is a +marble whiteness. Frost attacks first the nose, ears, cheeks, fingers +and toes.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_527" id="Page_527">[Pg 527]</a></span>Sun glare and snow blindness may be prevented by colored goggles or a +handkerchief tied across the face with a small slit for the eyes or by +greasing the face and eyelids and rubbing in charcoal around the eyes.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1473" id="Para_1473">1473</a>. RULE 3. Keep the body properly fed.</strong> Your company mess is +sufficient for your needs and is wholesome, provided it is well +chewed. Large lumps of food take a longer time to digest than small +particles do, and so they tire the stomach and also cause +constipation, gas and indigestion with headache.</p> + +<p>Do not eat food left behind in strange houses or by the enemy, nor +food that smells or looks badly.</p> + +<p>If haversack rations are issued to you, do not eat them all at the +first meal, but make a division for each meal. Stuffing will make you +sick on a hike and later, hunger will drive you to eat things you +would not touch at other times.</p> + +<p>Before starting on the day's hike drink all the water you can and fill +your canteen with water only.</p> + +<p>Be sure your canteen does not leak.</p> + +<p>After starting, do not drink anything until the end of the hike.</p> + +<p>Do not eat ice or snow to quench thirst. It will make you more +thirsty. Do not drink large quantities of cold spring water when +heated,—it will give you a very bad bellyache.</p> + +<p>Do not drink whiskey or beer, especially in the field. It will weaken +you and favor heat exhaustion, sunstroke, frost bite and other serious +troubles.</p> + +<p>Alcohol muddles the mind and clouds thoughts, and so causes a feeling +of carelessness and silliness that may ruin some military plan, or +give the whole thing away to the enemy and with it the lives of +yourself and your comrades.</p> + +<p>The soldier who drinks alcohol will be among the first to fall out +exhausted.</p> + +<p>If you use tobacco, do not chew or smoke while marching. Tobacco is +only a dope and increases the work of the heart.</p> + +<p>A cup of hot coffee is a good stimulant.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1474" id="Para_1474">1474</a>. RULE 4. Keep the body supplied with fresh air.</strong> The brain, +kidneys and other internal organs require oxygen (a part of the air) +continually, and if deprived of it for five minutes, the body will +die. Therefore, it is easy to see that we must continually get plenty +of fresh air into the lungs to supply the blood which carries the +oxygen throughout the body. Except in winter time when steam-heated +barracks are filled with sleeping men, it is not, as a rule, difficult +to get all the fresh air we need. The air in a dormitory should smell +sweet and clean, even though warm. Fresh air should be continually +admitted in a way that will not throw a draft on any of the sleepers.</p> + +<p>It is much better to sleep in a cold room with fresh air than in a hot +stuffy one.</p> + +<p>Fresh air not only prevents consumption, but it will cure mild cases +of consumption without other medicines.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1475" id="Para_1475">1475</a>. RULE 5. Keep the body well exercised without exhaustion.</strong> +Exercise is absolutely necessary to good health. Lack of exercise of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_528" id="Page_528">[Pg 528]</a></span> +any set of muscles will cause them to grow flabby and weak. Outdoor +sports are the best form of exercise, because they use all the body +muscles, and are in the open clear air.</p> + +<p>Exhaustion, on the other hand, not only weakens the muscles of the +body, but it also lessens the vital forces and powers to resist germs.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1476" id="Para_1476">1476</a>. RULE 6. Keep the body rested by sufficient sleep.</strong> Give the body +enough sleep. Eight hours of uninterrupted sleep are enough for the +average man, and you should always have that much in every twenty-four +hours. Remember your comrades need it also; so, if you come in after +taps, do not make a racket with slamming doors, heavy tramping, +talking or whistling. And in camp be careful not to fall over tent +ropes or step on other sleepers. Do not drink coffee at night,—it +will keep you awake and rob your body of needed rest.</p> + +<p>When on the march take advantage of every halt to rest your body. As +soon as the command is given to fall out, select, if possible, a dry +place on the side of the road to sit or lie on. If carrying the pack, +loosen it and rest back on it, in a sitting or lying position. If the +march has been a long one, lie flat on your back and raise the feet in +the air. This is a quick way to remove the heavy dragged feeling of +the feet and legs and to rest the heart, because the blood runs out of +the legs into the body.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1477" id="Para_1477">1477</a>. RULE 7. Keep the body free of wastes. Get into the habit of +emptying the bowels at a certain hour each day.</strong> Immediately after +breakfast is a good time. This is a habit that can be cultivated just +like any other habit. Cultivate it. It will do much to keep you in +good health.</p> + +<p>Always empty the bowels and bladder, especially the bowels, whenever +you have the least desire to do so. Do not allow a little personal +inconvenience or laziness to prevent you from doing this. The wastes +from the bowels and bladder, especially the bowels, are poisons that +should always be expelled from the body just as soon as possible.</p> + +<p>The free drinking of water flushes the bladder and helps to loosen the +bowels. A glass of hot water soon after reveille will not only help to +loosen the bowels, but it will also benefit the stomach and flush out +the bladder. Some people drink a big glass of water, either hot or +cold, every morning before breakfast.</p> + +<p>Proper physical exercise and eating ripe or cooked fruits will also do +much to keep the bowels open.</p> + +<p>Pressing and rubbing <em>downward</em> with the left hand on the lower <em>left</em> +side of the belly will do much to induce a movement of the bowels.</p> + +<p>Most constipation comes from swallowing food in large chunks, drinking +large quantities of cold liquids with the meals and eating heavy +articles of diet, such as beans, fried pork, hot bread.</p> + +<p>Do not get into the habit of using laxatives to keep the bowels open. +Their continued use is injurious. Use the natural means suggested +above.</p> + +<p>The constant moderate use of alcohol injures the kidneys and when they +become too weak to work and throw off the waste, a deadly disease, +called "Bright's Disease," results.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_529" id="Page_529">[Pg 529]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_III_V" id="CHAPTER_III_V"></a>CHAPTER III</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">FIRST AID TO THE SICK AND INJURED</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1478" id="Para_1478">1478</a>. Object of teaching first aid.</strong> The object of teaching first aid, +or early assistance of the injured or sick, is not only to enable one +person to help another, but also in some measure to help himself, +until a surgeon or other thoroughly trained person can be seen.</p> + +<p>It is a mistake to think you must know many things to be helpful, it +is only necessary to know a few simple things, <em>but you must +understand them clearly and be able to do them well</em>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1479" id="Para_1479">1479</a>. Asphyxiation (suffocation) by Gas.</strong> Asphyxiation by gas is +treated the same as in the case of drowning, omitting, of course, the +operation of getting the water out of the body.</p> + +<table class="table_left_position" summary="Paragraph 1480"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_no_margin"><strong><a name="Para_1480" id="Para_1480">1480</a>. Bite of dog.</strong></td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1100"> </td> + <td rowspan="2">Either requires immediate and heroic treatment.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_right"><strong>Bite of snake.</strong></td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0110"> </td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><em>Lose no time.</em></p> + + +<p>1. Prevent the poison from traveling toward the heart and brain by +putting on at once a tourniquet between the wound and the heart.</p> + +<p>2. Suck the wound and be sure to spit out the poison and rinse the +mouth afterward. It is safe, if you have no cuts or sores on the lips +or in the mouth.</p> + +<p>3. Enlarge the wound with a knife (in the direction of the bone, not +across) to make it bleed more freely, and again suck the wound.</p> + +<p>4. Apply to the wound any strong acid or caustic, such as carbolic +acid, lime, wood ashes or tincture of iodine, or burn it with a hot +iron. Telegraph wire will do.</p> + +<p>5. Wash out the wound with hot water and pack with equal parts of +baking soda and salt, and apply a bandage.</p> + +<p>6. Then, in the case of a snake bite, loosen the tourniquet little by +little, taking about half an hour so as to permit any poison that may +remain in the wound to be <em>gradually</em> absorbed by the blood. In the +case of a dog bite, the tourniquet is loosened at once.</p> + +<p>After the tourniquet has been removed, the patient must rest quietly +for several hours. If he feel faint, he may have a +stimulant,—alcohol, coffee or tea,—<em>but do not give the stimulant +before the poison has been removed from the wound</em>, because stimulants +increase the heart beats and thereby hurry the poison into the blood.</p> + +<p>If the dog is not mad (rabid), the wound does not need treatment +different from any other kind of a wound.</p> + +<p>When bitten by a snake, kill it, if possible, and have it shown to a +doctor for examination.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1481" id="Para_1481">1481</a>. Bleeding.</strong> The following comparison between the blood and the +water in a city will enable you to understand easily the question of +bleeding:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_530" id="Page_530">[Pg 530]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481a.png" width="500" height="287" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p>The {<span class="frac_top">water</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>blood</em></span>} flows from a pump called {<span class="frac_top">waterworks</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>heart</em></span>} +through {<span class="frac_top">rigid pipes</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>elastic tubes</em></span>} called {<span class="frac_top">watermains</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>arteries</em></span>}. +When there is a {<span class="frac_top">leak</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>bleeding</em></span>} the {<span class="frac_top">plumber</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>doctor</em></span>} stops the +flow of the {<span class="frac_top">water</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>blood</em></span>} by {<span class="frac_top">turning a key valve</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>pressing the +blood tube shut</em></span>} between the {<span class="frac_top">waterworks</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>heart</em></span>} and the +{<span class="frac_top">leak</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>bleeding cut</em></span>} and then proceeds to repair the leak {<span class="frac_top">by +soldering</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>by sewing or by bandaging</em></span>}. He then turns on the +{<span class="frac_top">water</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>blood</em></span>} by {<span class="frac_top">opening the valve in the water main</span>/<span class="frac_bottom"><em>removing +pressure on the blood tube</em></span>}.</p> + +<p><a href="#Fig_2_III_V">Fig. 2</a> shows where pressure with the thumb will squeeze the blood tube +between the thumb and the bone.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 356px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_III_V" id="Fig_2_III_V"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1481b.png" width="356" height="500" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2<br /> +<em>Pressure with thumb at 1 checks bleeding of left side of chin cheek +and jaw.</em><br /> +<em>Pressure at 2 stops bleeding from big blood tube on left side of head +and neck and face.</em><br /> +<em>Pressure at 3 controls bleeding in arm pit and shoulder.</em><br /> +<em>Pressure at 4 checks bleeding in arm pit and anywhere down the arm +and hand.</em><br /> +<em>Pressure at 5 stops bleeding of arm and hand.</em><br /> +<em>Pressure at 6, on either leg, stops bleeding of leg and foot.</em></span> +</div> + +<p>In addition to the pressure raise the leg or arm or head above the +heart. This will slow the flow of the blood and lessen leakage.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_531" id="Page_531">[Pg 531]</a></span>However, one cannot hold the thumb forever on the blood tube, so we +make an artificial thumb, called a <em>tourniquet</em>, which is a pebble or +other hard object wrapped in some soft material (to prevent injury to +flesh), which is pressed down on the blood tube and held in place by a +strip of any material which can be tied so as to keep up the pressure.</p> + +<p>A tourniquet, therefore, is like the valve in a water main.</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 3"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 170px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481c.png" width="170" height="100" alt="The pebble" title="The pebble" /> +<span class="caption"><em>The pebble</em></span><br /> +</td> +<td rowspan="4" class="figcenter" style="width: 328px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481g.png" width="328" height="500" alt="This shows pressure applied by tourniquet (also called Spanish +windlass) instead of the hand and by direct pressure of the First Aid +Packet" title="This shows pressure applied by tourniquet (also called Spanish +windlass) instead of the hand and by direct pressure of the First Aid +Packet" /> +<span class="caption"><em>This shows pressure applied by tourniquet (also called Spanish +windlass) instead of the hand and by direct pressure of the First Aid +Packet</em></span><br /> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 161px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481d.png" width="161" height="125" alt="The pebble wrapped to protect the flesh" title="The pebble wrapped to protect the flesh" /> +<span class="caption"><em>The pebble wrapped to protect the flesh</em></span><br /> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 171px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481e.png" width="171" height="125" alt="The bandage tied around over the pebble" title="The bandage tied around over the pebble" /> +<span class="caption"><em>The bandage tied around over the pebble</em></span><br /> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 170px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481f.png" width="170" height="125" alt="The bandage twisted tightly by means of a windlass (stick) which is +held by another bandage" title="The bandage twisted tightly by means of a windlass (stick) which is +held by another bandage" /> +<span class="caption"><em>The bandage twisted tightly by means of a windlass (stick) which is +held by another bandage</em></span><br /> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="2" class="table_center caption">Fig. 3</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + + + +<p>The above diagrams show how a tourniquet is applied.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_532" id="Page_532">[Pg 532]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 106px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481h.png" width="106" height="150" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4<br /> +<em>Bandage to stop bleeding in arm</em></span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 153px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1481i.png" width="153" height="150" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5<br /> +<em>Bandage to stop bleeding in foot</em></span> +</div> + +<p>When no one is around to assist you, sometimes it will be possible to +plug the wound in your own body with the first aid packet or with your +thumb or handkerchief.</p> + +<p>When the bleeding is slight, or is from the scalp or palm of the hand, +or sole of the foot, direct pressure upon the wound itself with the +pad of the first aid package will often be sufficient to stop the +leak.</p> + +<p>Nature when left alone stops the leaks with her own solder, called +blood-clot, which forms in the cut ends of blood tubes and corks them +or seals them up until a scar forms a permanent seal.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1482.png" width="200" height="179" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6<br /> +<em>Arm blown off at elbow</em><br /> +NOTICE:<br /> +1. Bandage on stump.<br /> +2. Tourniquet below to check bleeding.<br /> +3. Arm held upright to lessen bleeding.<br /> +4. Strap supports arm and also acts as a tourniquet.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1482" id="Para_1482">1482</a>.</strong> The dangers from a tourniquet are:</p> + +<p>1. Gangrene,—that is, the death of a limb caused by the lack of +blood, which has been cut off by the tourniquet. By watching the toes +and finger tips and loosening the tourniquet if they are becoming blue +black and remain white when pinched, gangrene may be prevented. +However, the wound should be plugged before loosening the tourniquet.</p> + +<p>2. Injury to nerves from pressure which may cause palsy (paralysis). +However, that will generally pass off in a few days.</p> + +<p class="clear"> </p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 84px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1483a.png" width="84" height="150" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7<br /> +<em>Compound fracture</em></span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1483" id="Para_1483">1483</a>. Broken Bones (Fractures).</strong> A broken bone or fracture is known by +pain in a particular place that hurts on movement or when touched. +Also, by a deformity or a movable lump, caused by the broken end of +the bone.</p> + +<p>A broken bone should be handled with the greatest possible care. +Careless handling may cause the broken ends to pierce the flesh and +stick out through the skin. This is called a <strong>compound</strong> fracture, and is +serious, because it adds fuel to the fire by making a doorway for +germs to enter, which may cause death or the loss of the limb. +Furthermore, careless handling may make the bones grow together in a +bad position, causing a deformity.</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_533" id="Page_533">[Pg 533]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 8"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 150px;"> +<a name="Fig_8_III_V" id="Fig_8_III_V"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1483b.png" width="150" height="120" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Break of UPPER arm bone. Pulling the broken bones out of flesh and +into place</em></span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1483c.png" width="150" height="120" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Treatment for break of upper arm bone</em><br /> +1. Padding of grass.<br /> +2. Splints put on FRONT and BACK.<br /> +3. Splints extend beyond elbow joint.<br /> +4. Arm is supported by a sling.</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1483d.png" width="150" height="120" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Treatment for break of both bones of lower arm</em><br /> +1. Plenty of grass padding to protect the flesh.<br /> +2. The splints are put FRONT and BACK and bound snugly. The hand is +included.<br /> +3. The whole dressing is held up by a sling.</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="table_center caption"><br />Fig. 8</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The best way to treat a broken leg or arm bone is as follows: (<a href="#Fig_8_III_V">Fig. +8</a>.)</p> + +<p>Pull until the ends come together. You can tell this by the relief the +patient feels and by the limb assuming its proper length,—that is, +the same length as the other side.</p> + + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1484a.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9<br /> +<em>Points to note:</em><br /> +Plenty of grass between the legs.<br /> +Plenty of grass between injured leg and splint.<br /> +Splint extends from arm pit to foot.<br /> +The other leg is used for a splint.<br /> +Plenty of strapping to keep leg quiet.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1484" id="Para_1484">1484</a>.</strong> To keep the ends of the bones in place, fasten to the limb two +boards or any other substance that will not bend. Such boards or other +substance are called splints. They act as artificial bones. All +splints should be well padded with some soft material like raw cotton +waste, grass (be sure the grass contains no biting insects), leaves, +hay or excelsior, to prevent pressure of the soft flesh on the ends of +the bones.</p> + +<p>When the thigh bone is broken, put a splint from the arm to the ankle +and use the other leg as a splint. Fasten them by bandages, belts, gun +sling, etc., passed around the chest, waist, hips, knees and ankle.</p> + +<p>When an arm is put in a splint, hang the hand and forearm in a sling. +It will give much relief.</p> + +<p>When the jaw is broken, the upper jaw makes a good splint.</p> + +<p class="clear">When the collar bone is broken this makes a good treatment: <a href="#Fig_10_III_V">Fig. 10</a>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_534" id="Page_534">[Pg 534]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 10"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_10_III_V" id="Fig_10_III_V"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1484b.png" width="200" height="209" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Broken collar bone</em><br /> +The left collar bone is broken. Therefore, pull BOTH shoulders +backward away from the breast bone (same action as for broken arm +bone) and hold in position with bandage or straps.</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1484c.png" width="200" height="209" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Broken collar bone (left side)</em><br /> +When the shoulders are pulled back then the hand is bound close to the +chest high up. This prevents it from flopping and so twisting the +broken ends of the collar bone.</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="2" class="table_center caption">Fig. 10</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1484d.png" width="200" height="167" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11<br /> +<em>Treatment for broken ribs, left side</em><br /> +The patient breathes all the air out of the chest and at that moment +the strap is buckled tightly. This prevents the broken ends of the +ribs from tearing the flesh or the lungs. Notice the roll of shirt +which acts as a pad.</span> +</div> + +<p>A broken rib is treated by putting a wide strap or bandage around the +chest and drawing it tight while all the air is breathed out.</p> + +<p>This keeps the rib quiet and the man will breathe with his belly +instead of his chest.</p> + +<p>A broken skull usually makes a man unconscious and may cause death. It +is recognized by a wound or swelling of the scalp and a dent in the +skull. A doctor should be called at once. Always examine an +unconscious man for injury to the head.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1485" id="Para_1485">1485</a>. Burns.</strong> If clothing sticks to the burn, do not try to remove it, +but cut around it. Prick blisters at both ends with a perfectly clean +needle, and remove the water by gentle pressure, being careful not to +break the skin.</p> + +<p>A good application for a burn is carbolic acid dissolved in water (a +teaspoonful in a pint of water), or tincture of iodine dissolved in +water (one teaspoonful in a pint of water, to which is added as much +salt as will cover a dime), or olive oil, vaseline or butter.</p> + +<p>Lacking the remedies named above, ordinary <em>baking</em> soda or flour may +be dusted on the unbroken skin, or a cloth dampened with salt water +that has been boiled, to which may be added the same amount of whiskey +or brandy as there is water.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_535" id="Page_535">[Pg 535]</a></span>Another application for burns recommended by some, is the scraping of +a raw potato, renewed when it feels hot.</p> + +<p>Different burns should be treated as follows:</p> + +<p><strong>Sunburn</strong>,—treat with olive oil, vaseline or butter, or with a +glycerine or witchhazel, applying with a dampened cloth.</p> + +<p><strong>Quicklime or lye</strong>,—treat with vinegar.</p> + +<p><strong>Carbolic acid</strong>,—treat with alcohol.</p> + +<p><strong>Other acids</strong>,—treat with baking powder or lime water.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1486" id="Para_1486">1486</a>. Burning clothes</strong>, particularly those of women and children, has +been the unnecessary cause of many horrible deaths, either from +ignorance of the proper means of extinguishing the flames, or from +lack of presence of mind to apply them. A person whose clothing is +blazing should (1) immediately be made to lie down—be thrown if +necessary. The tendency of flames is upward, and when the patient is +lying down, they have not only less to feed upon, but the danger of +their reaching the face, with the possibility of choking and of +ultimate deformity is greatly diminished. (2) The person should then +be quickly wrapped up in a coat, shawl, rug, blanket or any similar +article, preferably woolen, and never cotton, and the fire completely +smothered by pressing and patting upon the burning points from the +outside of the envelope.</p> + +<p>The flames having been controlled in this way, when the wrap is +removed, great care should be taken to have the slightest sign of a +blaze immediately and completely stifled. This is best done by +pinching it but water may be used. Any burns and any prostration by +shock should be treated in the manner prescribed for them.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1487" id="Para_1487">1487</a>. Bruises.</strong> The best treatment for a bruise is heat.</p> + +<p>A hot brick or a bottle of hot water wrapped in cloth, towels wrung +out of hot water, or even an electric light bulb, will give much +relief.</p> + +<p>However, always remember this: Never put the hot object on the bare +skin—always wrap the source of heat in a thick cloth to hold the heat +in and at the same time protect the skin. If not practicable to do +this wrap the source of heat, then spread a towel over the skin before +applying the hot object.</p> + +<p>If you use an electric bulb, watch it closely, as it will char and +possibly set things on fire.</p> + +<p>The above treatment is also excellent for lumbago, stiff neck, and +stiff muscles.</p> + +<p>A tub bath as hot as you can stand it is fine for refreshing tired, +stiff muscles. It is also good for lumbago.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1488" id="Para_1488">1488</a>. Chiggers.</strong> Apply kerosene oil. Bacon is also excellent, and so is +butter or lard with salt.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1489" id="Para_1489">1489</a>. Choking. Foreign body in the throat.</strong> The common practice of +slapping the back often helps the act of coughing to dislodge foreign +bodies in the windpipe.</p> + +<p>If this does not succeed, have the patient lie over a chair with his +head down low or hold him as in the first step to revive a drowning +person and have him cough. When in either of these positions have some +one slap him on the back so as to induce coughing.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_536" id="Page_536">[Pg 536]</a></span>The above failing, give him a large amount of warm water with a little +salt, mustard or baking soda in it, and then have him put his finger +in his throat so as to induce vomiting which will often bring up the +obstruction.</p> + +<p>In children, and even in adults, the expulsion of the body may be +facilitated by lifting a patient up by the heels and slapping his back +in this position.</p> + +<p>If none of the methods above described are successful, summon a +physician, taking care to send him information as to the character of +the accident, so that he may bring with him the instruments needed for +removing the obstruction.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1490" id="Para_1490">1490</a>. Cuts.</strong> Small cuts should be treated with tincture of iodine or +washed with alcohol (bay rum or listerine will do) and bandage up. +Large wounds may be similarly cleaned and then closed by adhesive +plaster.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1491" id="Para_1491">1491</a>. Diarrhoea.</strong> Apply warm bandages to the belly. Some woodsmen +recommend the following: Fire brown a little flour to which two +teaspoonfuls of vinegar and one teaspoonful of salt are added; mix and +drink. They claim this is a cure nine cases out of ten. A +tablespoonful of warm vinegar and teaspoonful of salt will cure most +severe cases. Also, hot ginger ale or hot water containing a +teaspoonful of witch hazel is good. Repeat any of the above drinks +about every hour.</p> + +<p>Take a purgative, which will usually expel the offending cause, +generally too much undigested food.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1492" id="Para_1492">1492</a>. Dislocations.</strong> The place where two bones come together is called +a joint.</p> + +<p>When two bones forming a joint are knocked apart, it is called a +<em>dislocation</em>, and the bones are said to be <em>out of joint</em>.</p> + +<p>The first sign of a dislocation is the accident.</p> + +<p>The second sign is immediate interference with the motion of the joint +and awkwardness in using the limb.</p> + +<p>The third sign is deformity of the joint,—it looks queer when +compared with the same joint on the other side.</p> + +<p>If you are unsuccessful after trying several times to replace a +dislocation, get a doctor.</p> + +<p>If no doctor is available, make the man sick by having him drink some +warm salt water and then put his finger in his throat.</p> + +<p>When he vomits the muscles and ligaments (tissue connecting the +joints) will relax and you may be able to get the bone back in place.</p> + +<p>After replacing the bones put the joint at rest with a large compress +and bandage.</p> + +<p>When uncertain as to whether you have to deal with a broken bone or a +dislocated joint, give treatment for a broken bone, because rest and +quiet for the injured part are good in either case.</p> + +<p>The following diagrams show the usual methods of replacing +dislocations:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_537" id="Page_537">[Pg 537]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 12"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="table_center caption"><em>To put the arm bone back into the shoulder socket</em></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1492a.png" width="150" height="170" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">1st move</span><br /> +<em>Rest your weight at elbow, pulling downward, until the muscles at the +shoulder are tired and will stretch.</em></span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1492b.png" width="150" height="170" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">2nd move</span><br /> +<em>Swing the elbow across, close to the chest, and place the hand on +other shoulder.</em></span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1492c.png" width="150" height="170" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">3rd move</span><br /> +<em>Keep the elbow close to the chest and bring the hand forward as if +held out for a penny.</em><br /> +<em>This should twist the bone into the socket.</em></span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p> </p> + +<table summary="Fig. 12"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="table_center caption"><em>Relocating the jaw</em></td> +<td class="table_center caption"><em>Relocating thumb</em></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td rowspan="3" class="figcenter table_top" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1492d.png" width="200" height="200" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption"><em>When the jaw bone is out of place, the man cannot shut his mouth.</em><br /> +<em>Put both thumbs (protected by a handkerchief) on the lower teeth and +with the forefingers at the angles of the lower jaw push down in the +back of the jaw.</em></span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1492e.png" width="200" height="122" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption"><em>When the thumb bone is dislocated it must be PUSHED into place—not +pulled.</em></span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="table_center caption"><em>Relocating finger</em></td> +</tr> +<tr> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1492f.png" width="200" height="77" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Pull the finger bone back into place.</em></span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="2" class="table_center caption">Fig. 12</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1493" id="Para_1493">1493</a>. Drowning.</strong> <em>Rescuing.</em> Approach the drowning man from behind, +seizing him by the coat collar, or a woman by the back hair, and tow +at arms length to boat or shore. Do not let him cling around your neck +or arms to endanger you. Duck him until unconscious if necessary to +break a dangerous hold upon you; but do not strike to stun him.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_538" id="Page_538">[Pg 538]</a></span>A drowning person <em>does not</em> come to the top three times before giving +up.</p> + +<p><em>Reviving.</em> When a person is apparently drowned he is unconscious and +not breathing because his lungs are full of water and his skin is blue +and cold because no air is getting into his blood to redden it and +warm it; <em>remember</em> the heart does not stop until some time after the +breathing stops. If we can get air into the blood and start breathing +again before the heart stops we can save the patient's life. If we +cannot get the breath started in time the heart stops and the patient +is then dead.</p> + +<p>Our problem then is this:</p> + +<p>1. To get the water out of the lungs.</p> + +<p>2. To get the air into the lungs and start the man breathing before +the heart stops.</p> + +<p>Emptying the lungs is precisely similar to emptying a bottle.</p> + +<p>The lungs are the bottle, the windpipe is the neck of the bottle and +the cork of the bottle may be the tongue turned back in the throat or +mud and leaves from bottom of the pool and bloody froth in the +nostrils. We therefore—</p> + +<table class="table_left_position" summary="Clearing the lungs, step 1."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td rowspan="2">1.</td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td>Pull out the cork.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td><strong>Remove mud, mucus, etc., and pull the tongue forward.</strong></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1493a.png" width="500" height="169" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13<br /> +<em>Pulling out the cork</em></span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<table class="table_left_position" summary="Clearing the lungs, step 2."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td rowspan="2">2.</td> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_1001"> </td> + <td>Turn the bottle neck down to pour out the contents.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_empty table_cell_0011"> </td> + <td><strong>Place the patient's head lower than his chest so the water will run out.</strong></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1493b.png" width="500" height="232" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_539" id="Page_539">[Pg 539]</a></span>Then lay the patient on a blanket, if possible, and on his stomach, +arms extended from his body beyond his head, face turned to one side +so that the mouth and nose do not touch the ground. This position +causes the tongue to fall forward of its own weight and so prevents it +from falling back into the air passages. Turning the head to one side +prevents the face coming into contact with mud or water during the +operation.</p> + +<p>Kneel and straddle the patient's hips, facing his head.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1493c.png" width="500" height="251" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15</span> +</div> + +<p>Roll up or rip off the clothing so as to get at the bare back.</p> + +<p>Locate the lowest rib, and with your thumbs extending in about the +same direction as your fingers, place your spread hands so that your +little finger curls over the lowest rib. <em>Be sure to get the hands +well away from the back bone</em>,—the nearer the ends of the ribs the +hands are placed without sliding off, the better it is.</p> + +<p>Then with your arms <em>held straight</em>, press down SLOWLY AND STEADILY on +the ribs, bringing the weight of your body straight from your +shoulders. <em>Do not bend your elbows and shove in from the side.</em></p> + +<p>Release the pressure suddenly, removing the hands from the body +entirely, and thus allowing the chest to fill with air.</p> + +<p>Wait a couple of seconds, so as to give the air time to get into the +blood. This is most important.</p> + +<p>Repeat the pressure and continue doing so, slowly and steadily, +pressing down at the rate of ordinary breathing. That is to say, +<em>pressure and release of pressure (one complete respiration)</em> should +occupy about five seconds. Guide yourself by your own deep, regular +breathing, or by counting.</p> + +<p>Keep up for at least one hour the effort to revive the patient; and +much longer if there is any sign of revival by way of speaking, +breathing, coughing, sneezing or gurgling sounds.</p> + +<p>Do not stop working at the first signs of life, but keep it up until +the patient is breathing well and is conscious. If you stop too soon +he may stop breathing and die.</p> + +<p>Persons have been revived after two hours of steady work, but most +cases revive within about thirty minutes.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_540" id="Page_540">[Pg 540]</a></span>If you are a heavy man, be careful not to bring too much force on the +ribs, as you might break one of them.</p> + +<p>In the case of women or thin persons place a roll of clothing under +them at the waist line before beginning the pressure.</p> + +<p>If you happen to be of light build and the patient is a large, heavy +person, you will be able to apply the pressure better by raising your +knees from the ground, and supporting yourself entirely on your toes +and the heels of your hands, properly placed on the floating ribs of +the patient.</p> + +<p>Do not attempt to give liquids of any kind to the patient while he is +unconscious, for he cannot swallow them. They will merely run into his +windpipe and choke him, and furthermore, it will take up valuable +time.</p> + +<p>However, after the patient has regained consciousness you may give him +hot coffee or hot whiskey, punch or aromatic spirits of ammonia (a +teaspoonful in water).</p> + +<p>Then wrap up the patient warmly in hot blankets with hot water +bottles, and take him to the nearest hospital or put him to bed and +send for a doctor. Why? Because the dirty water in the lungs has +damaged the lining and the patient is in danger of lung fever and +needs care and nursing.</p> + +<p>Aromatic spirits of ammonia may be poured on a handkerchief and held +continuously within about three inches of the face and nose. If other +ammonia preparations are used, they should be diluted or held farther +away. Try it on your own nose first.</p> + +<p>The above method of artificial respiration is also applicable in cases +of electric shock, suffocation by gas and smoke.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1494" id="Para_1494">1494</a>. Earache.</strong> Put a teaspoonful of salt into a quart of water and add +6 teaspoonfuls of tea. Boil it. As soon as it is cool enough to stand +the finger, drip some into the nostrils until it falls into the +throat. Clear out the nose and throat by sniffing,—<em>do not blow</em> the +nose.—and then gargle with the rest of the remedy as hot as can be +taken, holding each mouthful well back in the throat. This will often +open up the tubes running from the ears to the throat, and relieve the +pressure against the ear drum. In addition, a little hot oil may be +dropped into the ear. Repeat the treatment in one-half an hour if not +successful first time.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1495" id="Para_1495">1495</a>. Ear, foreign body in.</strong> Lay the head over, with the affected ear +up, and pour in some warm oil or soap suds. This will float the thing +up, unless it be a vegetable such as a grain of corn or a bean. +Turning the affected ear down and then jumping, jerking the head, or +pounding it gently, may dislodge it.</p> + +<p>A little peroxide of hydrogen poured into the ear will often dislodge +the substance, especially if it be wax.</p> + +<p>In case of an insect, a bright light held near the ear will often +cause it to leave the ear to go to the light.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1496" id="Para_1496">1496</a>. Electric Shock.</strong> Failure of respiration following an electric +shock by lightning or live wire is treated the same as in the case of +drowning, omitting, of course, the operation of removing the water out +of the lungs.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_541" id="Page_541">[Pg 541]</a></span>Do not try to pull a man away from a live wire until you have put on +rubber overshoes or gotten a <em>wooden</em> stick with which to get the wire +away from him. Otherwise you will yourself get a shock.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1497" id="Para_1497">1497</a>. Eye, foreign body in.</strong> Close the eye for a few moments and allow +the tears to fill the eye; upon opening it, the body may be washed out +by them.</p> + +<p>Never rub the eye.</p> + +<p>The foreign body can often be removed by keeping the eye open with one +hand and splashing water into it with the other, or by dipping the eye +into clean water while holding the eyelid open with the hand.</p> + +<p>If the body lies under the lower lid, make the patient look up, and at +the same time press down upon the lid; the inner surface of the lid +will be exposed, and the foreign body may be brushed off with the +corner of a handkerchief.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1497a.png" width="100" height="144" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 16</span> +</div> + +<p>If the body lies under lid, (1) grasp the lashes of the upper lid and +pull it down over the lower, which should at the same time, with the +other hand, be pushed up under the upper. Upon repeating this two or +three times, the foreign body will often be brushed out on the lower +lid.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1497b.png" width="100" height="139" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17</span> +</div> + +<p>(2) If this fails, the upper lid should be turned up; make the patient +shut his eye and look down; then with a pencil or some similar article +press gently upon the lid at about the middle, and grasping the lashes +with the other hand, turn the lid up over the pencil, when its inner +surface will be seen, and the foreign body may readily be brushed off.</p> + +<p>If the body is firmly stuck in the surface of the eye, a careful +attempt may be made to lift it out with the point of a needle. If not +at once successful, do not try again, as you may injure the sight.</p> + +<p>Lime, plaster or whitewash in the eye should be washed out with a very +weak mixture of vinegar and water. Acids in the eye may be washed with +baking soda in water. Olive oil will also afford relief.</p> + +<p>After the removal of a foreign body from the eye, a sensation as if of +its presence often remains. People not infrequently complain of a +foreign body when it has already been removed by natural means. +Sometimes the body has excited a little irritation, which feels like a +foreign body. If this sensation remains over night, the eye needs +attention, and a surgeon should be consulted; for, it should have +passed away, if no irritating body is present.</p> + +<p>After the removal of an irritating foreign body from the eye, salt +water should be poured into it, then butter, lard or olive oil may be +used for a salve.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1498" id="Para_1498">1498</a>. Fainting.</strong> Fainting is caused by the blood leaving the head. +Therefore, we must get the blood back into the head, which is done by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_542" id="Page_542">[Pg 542]</a></span> +placing the patient on his back, with the head lower than the rest of +the body. If necessary, make, by digging, a slight depression in the +ground for the head, neck and upper part of shoulders. Also, the head +may be placed lower than the rest of the body by putting a couple of +folded blankets, or a few folded coats or any other suitable article +under the body: also, by raising the feet by hand or otherwise. The +clothing should be loosened by unbuttoning and the patient fanned. +Give him as much fresh air as possible,—so, do not let people crowd +around him. Mop the face and forehead with a handkerchief soaked in +cold water.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1499" id="Para_1499">1499</a>. Fish hook.</strong> If a fish hook gets caught in the flesh, push it on +through and when the end sticks out, break off the hook and pull it +out the other way. Put tincture of iodine on the wound and bandage.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1500" id="Para_1500">1500</a>. Fits.</strong> The man falls over suddenly unconscious in a convulsion, +which continues until he is blue in the face, when he gradually quiets +down and regains consciousness. He is liable to injure himself by the +fall and by biting his tongue. Put a stick or cork between his teeth +and let him lie quietly undisturbed. Don't try to hold him down or +make him sit up. He will come to no harm on the floor and you cannot +stop the fit. Ammonia on a handkerchief held under the nose to smell +will assist reviving consciousness. Put him in the hospital at once.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1501" id="Para_1501">1501</a>. Fracture.</strong> See, "<a href="#Para_1483">Broken Bones</a>."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1502" id="Para_1502">1502</a>. Freezing.</strong> If a man is overcome by the cold, do not take him into +a warm room, or heated tent. Put him into a cool room without draughts +and get a doctor at once. Meanwhile loosen his clothing and rub arms +and legs towards the heart with cold water and a towel or sponge, +using pressure.</p> + +<p>When he revives give him hot drinks and wrap him up well in hot +blankets and put him in the hospital.</p> + +<p>When freezing to death a man feels overcome with sleepiness and +stupor. Take a switch or stick and beat him unmercifully. Remember +that falling to sleep means death.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1503" id="Para_1503">1503</a>. Frost-bite.</strong> The best way to get frost-bitten is to have on damp +clothing, such as wet shoes and socks or mittens. The first feeling of +frost bite is numbness, and the first sign is marble whiteness.</p> + +<p><em>Treatment.</em> Rub the frozen part briskly with snow or ice cold water, +if the frost-bite has just occurred. If it has been frozen more than +fifteen minutes, <em>rub very gently</em> with snow, cold water or coal oil +(kerosene). If you rub hard, it will break the frozen flesh.</p> + +<p>Returning pinkness is a sign of thawing; if the parts turn a dark +color, see a surgeon at once, for it means gangrene (death of the +flesh).</p> + +<p>When thawed out apply plenty of oil, tallow or vaseline.</p> + +<p>If gangrene has set in and no doctor is available, then treat as a +burn.</p> + +<p>By all means keep away from heat. To toast frost-bitten fingers or +toes before a fire is liable to result in chilblains.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1504" id="Para_1504">1504</a>. Headache.</strong> Among troops headache is usually due to intestinal +indigestion, combined with a congestion of the stomach. Take a +tablespoonful of Worcestershire sauce or 5 drops of tobasco sauce in a +tumbler<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_543" id="Page_543">[Pg 543]</a></span> of hot water as a drink and put a small piece of soap up into +the bowel to cause a movement.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1505" id="Para_1505">1505</a>. Heat exhaustion.</strong> The man falls out in a faint while marching, or +on fatigue or parade. He looks pale, his body is clammy and cold, his +breathing is sighing and heart fluttering. <em>What is the matter?</em> His +heart is weak from poisons in the blood, usually alcohol, but often +too much carbonic gas and too little oxygen. This occurs when men are +soft-muscled: so, young soldiers, recruits and fat soldiers and +especially those who drink alcohol, use drugs or smoke or chew tobacco +while hiking, are the first to have it.</p> + +<p><em>Treatment.</em> Loosen the man's clothing, remove his pack, lay him on +his back in the shade, with head and shoulders lower than his hips and +raise his feet in the air. This will make the blood flow to the heart +and brain. If he has fainted, slap the bare chest with the hand or a +wet towel and briskly rub the arms towards the heart. If he does not +revive, apply hot bottles, or bricks to the chest and abdomen, and +ammonia to the nose, as a smelling salt. Do not give stimulants until +he is conscious. He should ride in the ambulance, or go to the +hospital.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1506" id="Para_1506">1506</a>. Lightning.</strong> A man struck by lightning is treated the same as in +the case of drowning, omitting, of course, the operation of getting +the water out of the lungs.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1507" id="Para_1507">1507</a>. Nose, foreign body in.</strong> If it cannot be sneezed out, lean the +head back and pour a little oil into the nostril. Then snift and blow +the nose alternately. If this is not successful, take a lead pencil +and try to push the object straight back into the throat. This must be +done very gently.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1508" id="Para_1508">1508</a>. Poison.</strong> When poison has been swallowed, cause the patient to +take a large quantity of luke-warm water and make him vomit by putting +his finger in his throat. Repeat this and then have him swallow the +white of two eggs or some milk into which raw flour or corn-starch has +been stirred.</p> + +<p>If you know he took bichloride of mercury, you may increase the amount +of eggs and give one-half glass of weak lime water.</p> + +<p>If you know he took carbolic acid, give him alcohol (pure alcohol or +in the form of gin or whiskey) and plenty of it in order to neutralize +the acid.</p> + +<p>Get a doctor as soon as possible, and save the vomit and poison not +taken, for him to see.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1509" id="Para_1509">1509</a>. Scalds.</strong> Apply at once common baking soda or olive oil and cover +with a bandage. To sprinkle with flour is also good.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1510" id="Para_1510">1510</a>. Scratches of cats and other animals.</strong> Apply tincture of iodine or +wash with soap and water.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1511" id="Para_1511">1511</a>. Shock.</strong> In case of collapse following an accident, treat the +accident; then treat as for fainting. Apply hot plates, stones or +bottles of hot water, or an electric light wrapped in towels over the +stomach. Wrap up warmly. Keep the patient quiet, in the dark, and send +for a doctor.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1512" id="Para_1512">1512</a>. Snow or sun blindness.</strong> Smear the nose and face about the eyes +with charcoal, and wear a cloth over the face with small holes for the +eyes.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_544" id="Page_544">[Pg 544]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1513" id="Para_1513">1513</a>. Sore throat.</strong> Gargling with hot strong tea or hot water and salt +is often effective.</p> + +<p>Listerine diluted in water and used as a gargle is also good.</p> + +<p>Peroxide of hydrogen is a good gargle.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1514" id="Para_1514">1514</a>. Spider bite.</strong> Apply a cloth dampened with alcohol or weak ammonia +and water.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1515" id="Para_1515">1515</a>. Suffocation by gas.</strong> See "<a href="#Para_1479">Asphyxiation by gas</a>."</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1516" id="Para_1516">1516</a>. Sprains.</strong> The regular medical treatment is to plunge a sprained +ankle, wrist or finger, into water as hot as can be borne at the +start, and to raise the heat gradually thereafter to the limit of +endurance. Continue for half an hour, then put the joint in a hot wet +bandage, reheat from time to time, and support the limb in an elevated +position,—the leg on a chair or stool; the arm carried in a sling. In +a day or two begin gently moving and kneading the joint, and rub with +liniment, oil or vaseline.</p> + +<p>As a soothing application for sprains, bruises, etc., the virtues of +witch hazel are well known.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1517" id="Para_1517">1517</a>. Stings.</strong> Stings of bees, jelly fish and other stinging animals +are treated with a very weak solution of ammonia in water applied as a +lotion. Or apply a very weak solution of carbolic acid in water, a +strong solution of baking powder, a slice of crushed raw onion, a +moist quid of tobacco, witch hazel, listerine, or a paste of clay.</p> + +<p>Before applying any of these remedies, extract the sting, if left in +the wound. Also, work out as much of the poison as possible by +massaging and sucking the wound.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1518" id="Para_1518">1518</a>. Sunburn.</strong> Treat with witch hazel or listerine or vinegar well +diluted with water.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1519" id="Para_1519">1519</a>. Sunstroke.</strong> In sunstroke the man has a blazing red face, dry, +burning hot skin; agitated heart; snoring breathing; a high fever, and +is unconscious and delirious. <em>What is the matter?</em> The part of the +brain which regulates the heat of the body is overcome by the heat and +loses control,—the man is entirely too hot all the way through.</p> + +<p><em>Treatment.</em> First of all remove the pack and shoes and loosen the +clothing. Then souse the man, clothing and all, with water. Lay him in +the shade and fan him, keeping him covered and wet. This will cool him +off without chilling too much. If possible, rub the chest and legs, +but not the belly, with ice.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1520" id="Para_1520">1520</a>. Wounds.</strong> Wounds may be made in every degree of size, from the jab +of a splinter to the loss of a part of the body from shrapnel.</p> + +<p>No matter what form of the wound or the cause, we know the following +fact to be of the utmost importance: A wound without germs in it will +heal rapidly without pain, redness, heat, or pus and the patient will +have no fever. He will eat his regular meals and act as though well.</p> + +<p>Such wounds we see made by surgeons when operating. On the other hand, +wounds infected with germs are painful, hot, angry, red, and swollen +and form large quantities of pus or matter.</p> + +<p>Pus is a mixture of germs, blood and the flesh that they have +destroyed. This pus prevents wounds from healing and often burrows<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_545" id="Page_545">[Pg 545]</a></span> +under the skin, forming abcesses which cause fever and chills, and the +pus enters the blood causing delirium and death.</p> + +<p>Our one aim in treating wounds is to keep out germs, and we accomplish +this by means of the first aid packet.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1521a.png" width="200" height="264" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18<br /> +<em>First Aid Packet</em><br /> +After the removal of packet from tin can, open the wax paper and hold +the package as shown.<br /> +1. Left hand holds the wax paper.<br /> +2. Right hand holds the bandage.</span> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1521b.png" width="200" height="490" alt="Fig. 19" title="Fig. 19" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 19<br /> +<em>First Aid Packet</em><br /> +Shake out packet with right hand so that the pad (or compress) does +not touch anything until placed on the wound.</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1521" id="Para_1521">1521</a>. The first aid packet</strong> consists of two gauze compresses sewed to +two cotton bandages. They are sealed in wax paper. There are also two +safety pins wrapped in wax paper. These articles are placed in an +airtight metal case which protects them from contamination.</p> + +<p>Now, the one important fact about this first aid packet is that the +bandage compresses and safety pins have been <em>sterilized</em>,—that is, +they contain no living germs of any kind. It is, therefore, perfectly +safe to put on a wound, <em>provided the pad touches the wound before it +touches anything else and provided that the wound has not been +handled</em>. Therefore, do not wash a fresh clean wound.</p> + +<p>CAUTION. Have the wound ready before you open the packet. Do not touch +the gauze pad with ANYTHING. Do not breathe on it, and be especially +careful not to cough or sneeze over it. These things put germs on it +which will grow in the wound.</p> + +<p>By observing these instructions you may save a man's life. By not +observing them, you may cause his death, or cause him much pain and +suffering.</p> + +<p>The life of a wounded man is often in the hands of the first one who +attends him.</p> + +<p>It is said that since the adoption of the first aid packet by armies, +it has done more than everything else to save the lives of those +wounded in battle by preventing the infection of wounds.</p> + +<p>In an emergency a pad from any kind of cloth may be boiled for ten +minutes to kill the germs, the water drained<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_546" id="Page_546">[Pg 546]</a></span> off to allow it to cool, +and then placed on the wound. Or, the pad may be held over a clear +fire until it is fairly scorched; then let it cool. A little charring +of the surface will do no harm. Any kind of bandage may then be used +to hold it in place.</p> + +<p>When a bullet strikes a man first, the wound is clean cut and germ +free and it will heal rapidly. If, however, it strikes something +first, and bounces off (ricochets) and then strikes a man, it will be +knocked into an irregular shape and, therefore, cause a ragged wound +with much bruising. What is more important, such a bullet will carry +germs into the wound from the object struck, and almost surely some +shreds of clothing.</p> + +<p>When a wound is infected it is extremely difficult to kill the germs +(disinfect). Such a wound, before applying the first aid dressing +should be painted with a tincture of iodine, or alcohol or be well +washed with boiled salt water.</p> + +<p class="clear"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_547" id="Page_547">[Pg 547]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1522" id="Para_1522">1522</a>.</strong> The illustrations below show improvised litters.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1522a.png" width="500" height="301" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Litter made of one-half shelter tent, three shelter tent pins and one +tent or other pole</em></span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1522b.png" width="500" height="178" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption"><em>Litter made of two poles, two coats and one belt. The coats are +buttoned and the sleeves turned inside out, the poles being run +through the sleeves. The belt is used as a head rest</em></span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1522c.png" width="500" height="143" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption"><em>The coat litter in use</em><br /><br /> +Fig. 20</span> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_548" id="Page_548">[Pg 548]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_VI" id="PART_VI"></a>PART VI</h2> + +<p class="part_head">MILITARY COURTESY AND KINDRED SUBJECTS</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_549" id="Page_549">[Pg 549]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I_VI" id="CHAPTER_I_VI"></a>CHAPTER I</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MILITARY DEPORTMENT AND APPEARANCE—PERSONAL CLEANLINESS—FORMS OF +SPEECH—DELIVERY OF MESSAGES, ETC.</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1523" id="Para_1523">1523</a>. Military Deportment and Appearance.</strong> The enlisted man is no +longer a civilian but a soldier. He is, however, still a citizen of +the United States and by becoming a soldier also he is in no way +relieved of the responsibilities of a citizen; he has merely assumed +in addition thereto the responsibilities of a soldier. For instance, +if he should visit an adjoining town and become drunk and disorderly +while in uniform, not only could he be arrested and tried by the civil +authorities, but he could also be tried by the summary court at his +post for conduct to the prejudice of good order and military +discipline. Indeed, his uniform is in no way whatsoever a license for +him to do anything contrary to law and be protected by the government.</p> + +<p>Being a soldier, he must conduct himself as such at all times, that he +may be looked upon not only by his superior officers as a soldier, but +also by the public as a man in every way worthy of the uniform of the +American soldier.</p> + +<p>Whether on or off duty, he should always look neat and clean, ever +remembering that in bearing and in conversation he should be every +inch a soldier—shoes must be clean and polished at all times; no +chewing, spitting, gazing about, or raising of hands in ranks—he +should know his drill, his orders and his duties—he should always be +ready and willing to learn all he can about his profession—he should +never debase himself with drink.</p> + +<p>A soldier's uniform is more than a mere suit of clothes that is worn +to hide nakedness and protect the body. The uniform of an army +symbolizes its respectability, its honor, its traditions, and its +achievements, just as the flag of a nation symbolizes its honor, +dignity and history. Always remember this, and remember, too, that the +soldier who brings reproach upon his uniform is in the same class as +the priest who brings dishonor upon his robes.</p> + +<p>It is not given to every man to wear the uniform of his Country's +army,—it is an honor and a privilege to do so, and no individual has +a right to abuse this honor and privilege by bringing the uniform into +disrepute through misbehavior.</p> + +<p>It should be remembered that the soldiers of a command can make the +uniform carry distinction and respect, or they can make it a thing to +be derided.</p> + +<p>The soldier should take pride in his uniform.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_550" id="Page_550">[Pg 550]</a></span>A soldier should be soldierly in dress, soldierly in carriage, +soldierly in courtesies.</p> + +<p>A civilian owes it to himself to be neat in dress. A soldier owes it +to more than himself—he owes it to his comrades, to his company—he +owes it to his country, for just so far as a soldier is slack so far +does his company suffer; his shabbiness reflects first upon himself, +then upon his company and finally upon the entire Army.</p> + +<p>It is a fact known to students of human nature that just in proportion +as a man is neatly and trimly dressed is he apt to conduct himself +with like decency. The worst vagabonds in our communities are the +tramps, with their dirty bodies and dirty clothes; the most brutal +deeds in all history were those of the ragged, motley mobs of Paris in +the days of the French Revolution; the first act of the mutineer has +ever been to debase and deride his uniform.</p> + +<p>The man who misbehaves himself in uniform in public creates a bad +impression of the whole command, as a result of which his comrades +must suffer. Remember that a man in the uniform of a soldier is +conspicuous,—much more so than a civilian,—and consequently any +misconduct on his part is more noticeable than if done in civilian +clothes. The man who deliberately besmirches the uniform of his +Country's army by appearing in public drunk or by other misconduct, +not only fouls his own nest, but he also dishonors the uniform worn by +his self-respecting comrades.</p> + +<p>It is a well known fact that laxity in dress and negligence in +military courtesy run hand in hand with laxity and negligence in +almost everything else, and that is why we can always look for certain +infallible symptoms in the individual dress, carriage and courtesies +of soldiers.</p> + +<p><em>Should a soldier give care and attention to his dress?</em></p> + +<p>Yes; not only should a soldier be always neatly dressed, but he should +also be properly dressed—that is, he should be dressed as required by +regulations. A soldier should always be neat and trim, precise in +dress and carriage and punctilious in salute. Under no circumstances +should the blouse or overcoat be worn unbuttoned, or the cap back or +on the side of the head. His hair should be kept properly trimmed, his +face clean shaven or beard trimmed and his shoes polished, his +trousers pressed, the garrison belt accurately fitted to the waist so +that it does not sag, his leggins cleaned, his brass letters, numbers +and crossed rifles polished, and his white gloves immaculate.</p> + +<p><em>Should a man ever be allowed to leave the post on pass if not +properly dressed?</em></p> + +<p>No; never. The Army Regulations require that chiefs of squads shall +see that such members of their squads as have passes leave the post in +proper dress.</p> + +<p><em>Should a soldier ever stand or walk with his hands in his pockets?</em></p> + +<p>No; never. There is nothing more unmilitary than to see a soldier +standing or walking with his hands in his pockets.</p> + +<p>The real soldier always stands erect. He never slouches.</p> + +<p><em>Is it permissible, while in uniform, to wear picture buttons, chains, +watch charms, etc., exposed to view?</em></p> + +<p>No; it is not.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_551" id="Page_551">[Pg 551]</a></span><em>May the campaign hat or any other parts of the uniform be worn with +civilian dress?</em></p> + +<p>No; this is prohibited by the Uniform Regulations, which especially +states that when the civilian dress is worn it will not be accompanied +by any mark or part of the uniform.</p> + +<p><em>May a mixed uniform be worn—for example, a cotton olive drab at and +woolen olive drab breeches?</em></p> + +<p>No; under no circumstances.</p> + +<p>When the company commander or any other officer sends for a soldier to +report to him in the company office or any other place, the soldier +must report in proper uniform.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1524" id="Para_1524">1524</a>. Obedience.</strong> <em>What is Obedience?</em> It is compliance with everything +that is required by authority—it is the mainspring, the very soul and +essence of all military duty. It is said a famous general once +remarked every soldier should know three things—"First, <em>obedience</em>; +second, <em>obedience</em>; third, <em>obedience</em>."</p> + +<p>Cheerful, earnest and loyal obedience must be paid by all subordinates +to the orders of their superiors.</p> + +<p><em>A soldier should obey first and if aggrieved complain afterward.</em></p> + +<p>All duty should be performed cheerfully and willingly. Soldiers are +sometimes required to perform duties that are not pleasant—for +instance, doing guard duty on a cold, rainy night, when tired and +sleepy; digging ditches or cleaning up dirt and filth that have +accumulated around the barracks, kitchens, quarters, etc., scrubbing +floors, polishing stoves, cleaning knives, forks, pots, etc. However, +by doing everything required of him in a cheerful manner, a soldier +will soon earn the respect of his comrades and the commendation of his +officers.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1525" id="Para_1525">1525</a>. Respect and Obedience to Noncommissioned Officers.</strong> In the orders +and directions that they give, company noncommissioned officers +represent the company commander, and they must be obeyed and respected +at all times and under all circumstances.</p> + +<p>Orders and regulations require that men respect and obey their +noncommissioned officers, and discipline makes it imperative that they +do so.</p> + +<p>It is not for a private to question in any way the fairness, justice, +propriety or wisdom of an order received from a noncommissioned +officer. When ordered by a noncommissioned officer to do a thing, +whatever it may be, do it promptly and thoroughly, and then if you +feel that you have been injured in any way, report the matter to your +company commander, who will see that you receive justice. If the +noncommissioned officer made a mistake, exceeded his authority, or +treated you unfairly, he will be punished by the company commander. +The company commander, and not the privates of the company, is to +judge the conduct of his noncommissioned officers, who are directly +responsible to him for every act of theirs.</p> + +<p>If every subordinate were to question the fairness, justice, propriety +or wisdom of orders received from noncommissioned officers or other +superiors, there would be no discipline, and the Army would soon +degenerate into a mob.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_552" id="Page_552">[Pg 552]</a></span>Remember, a soldier is supposed to obey <em>first</em>, and, if aggrieved, +complain <em>afterward</em>.</p> + +<p>And remember, too, that the authority of noncommissioned officers is +not confined to the drill ground, the barracks and the post or camp. +Whether you are on pass, in a theatre, in a streetcar, on a train on +the street or anywhere else, if you receive an order from a +noncommissioned officer you are to obey it just the same as if it were +given you at drill or in barracks.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1526" id="Para_1526">1526</a>. Forms of Speech.</strong> In speaking to an officer it is not proper for +a soldier to say, "You, etc.," but the third person should always be +used, as, for example, "<em>Does the captain want his horse this +morning?</em>"—do not say, "Do you want your horse this morning?" "The +lieutenant is wanted on the 'phone,"—not "You are wanted on the +'phone."</p> + +<p>In beginning a conversation with an officer, a soldier should use the +third person in referring to himself instead of the pronouns "I" and +"me." However, after the conversation has commenced, it is perfectly +proper, and usual, for the soldier to use the pronouns "I" and "me," +but an officer is <em>always</em> addressed in the third person and never as +"you."</p> + +<p>In speaking to an officer, an enlisted man should refer to another +enlisted man by proper title, as, "<em>Sergeant Richards</em>," "<em>Corporal +Smith</em>," "<em>Private Wilson</em>."</p> + +<p>Privates and others should always address noncommissioned officers by +their titles. For example, "<em>Sergeant Smith</em>," "<em>Corporal Jones</em>," +etc., and not "<em>Smith</em>," "<em>Jones</em>," etc.</p> + +<p>When asked his name, a soldier should answer, for instance, "<em>Private +Jones, Sir</em>."</p> + +<p>When given an order or instructions of any kind by an officer, or +noncommissioned officer, a soldier should always say, "<em>Yes, sir</em>," +thus letting the officer or noncommissioned officer know that the +soldier understands the order or instructions. Don't say, "Very well, +sir," or "All right, sir"; say, "<em>Yes, sir</em>," it's the direct, +military way of answering.</p> + +<p>Short direct answers should be made in the form of, "<em>No, sir</em>," +"<em>Yes, sir</em>," "<em>I don't know, sir</em>," "<em>I will try, sir</em>," etc.</p> + +<p>Do not use slang in speaking to an officer.</p> + +<p>Never interrupt an officer while he is speaking. Always wait until he +is through talking before you begin to speak.</p> + +<p>After a soldier has finished a thing that he was ordered to do, he +should always report to the officer who gave him the order. For +example, "The captain's message to Lieutenant Smith has been +delivered."</p> + +<p>If ordered to report to an officer for any purpose, do not go away +without first ascertaining if the officer is through with you, as it +often happens he has something else he would like to have you do. +After having finished the work given in the beginning, report, for +instance, "<em>Sir, is the captain through with me?</em>"</p> + +<p>When an officer calls a soldier who is some distance away, the soldier +should immediately salute, and say, "<em>Yes, sir</em>," and, if necessary, +approach the officer with a quickened step. If the officer is waiting +on the soldier, the latter should take up the double time.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_553" id="Page_553">[Pg 553]</a></span>Always salute an officer when he leaves you after a conversation or at +any other time. And always salute just as soon as the officer makes +the first move to leave. Don't wait until he has moved away several +feet before saluting.</p> + + +<h4>Miscellaneous</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1527" id="Para_1527">1527</a>. How to Enter an Office.</strong> In entering an office a soldier should +give two or three knocks at the door (whether it be open or closed); +when told to come in, enter, taking off the hat (if unarmed), close +the door (if it was closed before you entered) and remain just inside +the door until asked what is wanted; then go within a short distance +of the officer, stand at attention, salute, and make known your +request in as few words as possible. On completion, salute, face +toward the door, and go out, being careful to close the door if it was +closed when you entered. If it was not closed, leave it open.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1528" id="Para_1528">1528</a>. Complaints to the Captain.</strong> Complaints must never be made +directly to the captain unless the soldier has the captain's +permission to do so, or the first sergeant refuses to have the matter +reported. If dissatisfied with his food, clothing, duties, or +treatment, the facts should be reported to the first sergeant, with +the request, if necessary, to see the captain.</p> + +<p>It is also customary for soldiers who wish to speak to the captain +about anything to see the first sergeant first, and when speaking to +the captain to inform him that they have the first sergeant's +permission to do so. Thus: "Private Smith has the first sergeant's +permission to speak to the captain," etc.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1529" id="Para_1529">1529</a>. How the Soldier is Paid.</strong> When your name is called, answer +"Here," step forward and halt directly in front of the paymaster, who +will be directly behind the table; salute him. When he spreads out +your pay on the table in front of you, count it quickly, take it up +with your ungloved hand, execute a left or right face and leave the +room and building, unless you wish to deposit, in which case, you will +remain in the hall outside the payroom, until the company has been +paid, when you enter the payroom. Men wishing to deposit money with +the paymaster, will always notify the first sergeant before the +company is marched to the pay table.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1530" id="Para_1530">1530</a>. Delivery of Messages.</strong> When an enlisted man receives a message, +verbal or written, from an officer for delivery, he will, in case he +does not understand his instructions, ask the officer to repeat them, +saying, for instance, "Sir, Private Smith does not understand; will +the captain please repeat?" When he has received his instructions, and +understands them, he will salute, and say: "Yes, sir," execute an +about face, and proceed immediately to the officer for whom the +message is intended. He will halt three or four paces directly in +front of the officer and <em>if the officer be junior to the officer +sending the message</em>, he will say, "Sir, Captain Smith presents his +compliments," etc., and then deliver the message, or "The commanding +officer presents his compliments to Lieutenant Smith and would like to +see him at headquarters." He will salute immediately before he begins +to address the officer and will hold his hand at the position of +salute while he says, "Sir, Captain<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_554" id="Page_554">[Pg 554]</a></span> Smith presents his compliments," +or "The commanding officer presents his compliments to Lieutenant +Smith." If the officer sending the message be junior to the one +receiving it, the soldier will not present his compliments, but will +say, for instance, "Sir, Lieutenant Smith directed me to hand this +letter to the captain," or "Sir, Lieutenant Smith directed me to say +to the captain," etc. As soon as the message has been delivered, the +soldier will salute, execute an about face, and proceed at once to the +officer who sent the message, and will similarly report to him, "Sir, +the lieutenant's message to Captain Smith has been delivered," and +leave.</p> + +<p>Before leaving an officer to whom you deliver a message always +ascertain whether there is an answer.</p> + +<p>The compliments of a junior are never presented to a senior. For +instance, never say to a captain that a lieutenant presents his +compliments to him.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1531" id="Para_1531">1531</a>. Appearance as Witness.</strong> The uniform is that prescribed. Proceed +to the courtroom and remain outside. When you are notified that you +are wanted enter the room. Then take off your cap and right hand +glove, and raise your right hand above your head, palm to the front, +to be sworn. After the judge-advocate reads the oath, say, "I do" or +"So help me God." Then sit down in the chair indicated by the +judge-advocate. Do not cross your legs, but sit upright. When asked, +"Do you know the accused? If, so, state who he is," answer, "I do; +Corporal John Jones, Co. 'B' 1st Infantry." Be sure you thoroughly +understand every question before you start to reply, answering them +all promptly, in a loud, distinct, deliberate voice, and confining +your answers strictly to the questions asked and telling all you know.</p> + +<p>When the judge-advocate says, "That is all," arise, salute him, +execute an about face, and leave the room.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_555" id="Page_555">[Pg 555]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II_VI" id="CHAPTER_II_VI"></a>CHAPTER II</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MILITARY COURTESY</p> + + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 91px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1532.png" width="91" height="250" alt="Salute" title="" /> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1532" id="Para_1532">1532</a>. Its importance.</strong> Some soldiers do not see the necessity for +saluting, standing at attention, and other forms of courtesy, because +they do not understand their significance—their object. It is a +well-known fact that military courtesy is a very important part of the +education of the soldier, and there are good reasons for it.</p> + +<p>General Orders No. 183, Division of the Philippines, 1901, says: "In +all armies the manner in which military courtesies are observed and +rendered by officers and soldiers, is the index to the manner in which +other duties are performed."</p> + +<p>The Army Regulations tells us, "Courtesy among military men is +indispensable to discipline; respect to superiors will not be confined +to obedience on duty, but will be extended on all occasions."</p> + + +<h4>THE NATURE OF SALUTES AND THEIR ORIGIN</h4> + + +<h5>The Civilian Salute</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1533" id="Para_1533">1533</a>.</strong> When a gentleman raises his hat to a lady he is but continuing a +custom that had its beginning in the days of knighthood, when every +knight wore his helmet as a protection against foes. However, when +coming among friends, especially ladies, the knight would remove his +helmet as a mark of confidence and trust in his friends. In those days +failure to remove the helmet in the presence of ladies signified +distrust and want of confidence—today it signifies impoliteness and a +want of good breeding.</p> + + +<h5>The Military Salute</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1534" id="Para_1534">1534</a>.</strong> From time immemorial subordinates have always uncovered before +superiors, and equals have always acknowledged each other's presence +by some courtesy—this seems to be one of the natural, nobler +instincts of man. It was not so many years ago when a sentinel saluted +not only with his gun but by taking off his hat also. However, when +complicated headgear like the bearskin and the helmet came into use, +they could not be readily removed and the act of removing the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_556" id="Page_556">[Pg 556]</a></span> hat was +finally conventionalized into the present salute—into the movement of +the hand to the visor as if the hat were going to be removed.</p> + +<p>Every once in a while a man is found who has the mistaken idea that he +smothers the American spirit of freedom, that he sacrifices his +independence, by saluting his officers. Of course, no one but an +anarchist or a man with a small, shrivelled-up mind can have such +ideas.</p> + +<p>Manly deference to superiors, which in military life is merely +recognition of constituted authority, does not imply admission of +inferiority any more than respect for law implies cowardice.</p> + +<p>The recruit should at once rid himself of the idea that saluting and +other forms of military courtesy are un-American. The salute is the +soldier's claim from the very highest in the land to instant +recognition as a soldier. The raw recruit by his simple act of +saluting, commands like honor from the ranking general of the +Army—aye, from even the President of the United States.</p> + +<p>While the personal element naturally enters into the salute to a +certain extent, when a soldier salutes an officer he is really +saluting the office rather than the officer personally—the salute is +rendered as a mark of respect to the rank, the position that the +officer holds, to the authority with which he is vested. A man with +the true soldierly instinct never misses an opportunity to salute his +officers.</p> + +<p>As a matter of fact, military courtesy is just simply an application +of common, every-day courtesy and common sense. In common, every-day +courtesy no man with the instincts of a gentleman ever thinks about +taking advantage of this thing and that thing in order to avoid paying +to his fellow-man the ordinary, conventional courtesies of life, and +if there is ever any doubt about the matter, he takes no chances but +extends the courtesy. And this is just exactly what the man who has +the instincts of a real soldier does in the case of military courtesy. +The thought of "Should I salute or should I not salute" never enters +the mind of a soldier just because he happens to be in a wagon, in a +postoffice, etc.</p> + +<p>In all armies of the world, all officers and soldiers are required to +salute each other whenever they meet or pass, the subordinate saluting +first. The salute on the part of the subordinate is not intended in +any way as an act of degradation or a mark of inferiority, but is +simply a military courtesy that is as binding on the officer as it is +on the private, and just as the enlisted man is required to salute the +officer first, so is the officer required to salute his superiors +first. It is a bond uniting all in a common profession, marking the +fact that above them there is an authority that both recognize and +obey—the Country! Indeed, by custom and regulations, it is as +obligatory for the ranking general of the Army to return the salute of +the recruit, as it is for the latter to give it.</p> + +<p>Let it be remembered that the military salute is a form of greeting +that belongs exclusively to the Government—to the soldier, the +sailor, the marine—it is the mark and prerogative of the military man +and he should be proud of having the privilege of using that form of +salutation—a form of salutation that marks him as a member of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_557" id="Page_557">[Pg 557]</a></span> +Profession of Arms—the profession of Napoleon, Wellington, Grant, +Lee, Sherman, Jackson and scores of others of the greatest and most +famous men the world has ever known. The military salute is ours, it +is ours only. Moreover, it belongs only to the soldier who is in good +standing, the prisoner under guard, for instance, not being allowed to +salute. Ours is a grand fraternity of men-at-arms, banded together for +national defense, for the maintenance of law and order—we are bound +together by the love and respect we bear the flag—we are pledged to +loyalty, to one God, one country—our lives are dedicated to the +defense of our country's flag—the officer and the private belong to a +brotherhood whose regalia is the uniform of the American soldier, and +they are known to one another and to all men, by an honored sign and +symbol of knighthood that has come down to us from the ages—THE +MILITARY SALUTE!</p> + + +<h4>WHOM TO SALUTE</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1535" id="Para_1535">1535</a>. Army officers.</strong> All Army officers are saluted by their juniors +and by enlisted men.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1536" id="Para_1536">1536</a>. Navy, Marine Corps, Volunteer and National Guard officers.</strong> +Soldiers at all times and in all situations salute officers of the +Navy, Marine Corps, and National Guard the same as they salute +officers of the Regular Army.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1537" id="Para_1537">1537</a>. Reserve Corps officers.</strong> Although the subject is not at present +(March, 1917) covered by orders or regulations, it goes without saying +that soldiers would salute members of the Officers' Reserve Corps <em>on +active duty</em> the same as they salute their own officers.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1538" id="Para_1538">1538</a>. Foreign naval and military officers.</strong> The Manual of Interior +Guard Duty requires sentinels to salute foreign naval and military +officers, but there are no instructions about other enlisted men +saluting them. However, as an act of international courtesy, they +should be saluted the same as our own officers.</p> + + +<h4>WHEN AND HOW TO SALUTE</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1539" id="Para_1539">1539</a>. General rule.</strong> Day or night, covered or uncovered, whether either +or both are in uniform or civilian clothes, salutes shall be exchanged +between officers and enlisted men not in a military formation, nor at +drill, work, games or mess, on every occasion of their meeting, +passing near or being addressed, the junior in rank or the enlisted +man saluting first.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1540" id="Para_1540">1540</a>. Saluting when making and receiving reports.</strong> When making or +receiving official reports, or on meeting out of doors, all officers +will salute.</p> + +<p>Military courtesy requires the junior to salute first, but when the +salute is introductory to a report made at a military ceremony or +formation, to the representative of a common superior (as, for +example, to the adjutant, officer of the day, etc.), the officer +making the report, whatever his rank, will salute first; the officer +to whom the report is made will acknowledge by saluting that he has +received and understood the report.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1541" id="Para_1541">1541</a>. Saluting distance.</strong> Saluting distance is that within which +recognition is easy. In general, it does not exceed 30 paces.</p> + +<p>As to the distance at which the salute should be made, the following +is what has been the practice in the Army:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_558" id="Page_558">[Pg 558]</a></span>In approaching or passing each other within saluting distance, +individuals or bodies of troops exchange salutes when at a distance of +about 6 paces. If they do not approach each other that closely, the +salute is exchanged at the point of nearest approach. For instance, if +the officer and soldier are approaching each other on the same +sidewalk, the hand is brought up to the headdress when about 6 paces +from the officer. If they are on opposite sides of the street, the +hand is brought up when about ten paces in advance of the officer. If +the officer and soldier are not going in opposite directions and the +officer does not approach within six paces, the salute is rendered +when the officer reaches the nearest point to the soldier. If a +soldier passes an officer from the rear, the hand is raised as he +reaches the officer; if an officer passes a soldier from the rear, the +soldier salutes just as the officer is about to pass him.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1542" id="Para_1542">1542</a>. Officer entering room occupied by soldiers.</strong> When an officer +enters a room where there are several enlisted men, the word +"attention" is given by someone who perceives him, when all rise, +uncover, and remain standing at attention until the officer leaves the +room or directs otherwise.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1543" id="Para_1543">1543</a>. At meals.</strong> Enlisted men at meals stop eating and remain seated at +attention when an officer enters the room.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1544" id="Para_1544">1544</a>. When seated.</strong> An enlisted man, if seated, rises on the approach +of an officer, faces toward him, stands at attention, and salutes. +Standing he faces an officer for the same purpose. If the parties +remain in the same place or on the same ground, such compliments need +not be repeated.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1545" id="Para_1545">1545</a>. Soldier indoors.</strong> Indoors, an unarmed enlisted man uncovers and +stands at attention upon the approach of an officer. If armed with +rifle, he renders the rifle salute at the order or trail.</p> + +<p>(Note. According to custom, the term "indoors" is interpreted as +meaning military offices barracks, quarters and similar places,—it +does not mean such public places as stores, storehouses, riding halls, +stables, post exchange buildings, hotels, places of amusement, and +railway and steamboat stations. In such places an unarmed soldier +renders the right hand salute.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1546" id="Para_1546">1546</a>. Officers approaching number of soldiers in open.</strong> When an officer +approaches a number of enlisted men out of doors, the word "attention" +should be given by someone who perceives him, when all stand at +attention and all salute. It is customary for all to salute at or +about the same instant, taking the time from the soldier nearest the +officer, and who salutes when the officer is six paces from him.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1547" id="Para_1547">1547</a>. At work.</strong> Soldiers actually at work do not cease work to salute +an officer unless addressed by him.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1548" id="Para_1548">1548</a>. Riding in wagon.</strong> A soldier riding in a wagon should salute +officers that he passes. He would salute without rising. Likewise, a +soldier driving a wagon should salute, unless both hands are occupied.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1549" id="Para_1549">1549</a>. Passing officer on staircase.</strong> It is customary for a soldier who +is passed by an officer on a staircase to come to a halt and stand at +attention.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1550" id="Para_1550">1550</a>. Addressing or being addressed by an officer.</strong> Before addressing +an officer, or when addressed by an officer, an enlisted man makes +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_559" id="Page_559">[Pg 559]</a></span> prescribed salute with the weapon with which he is armed; or, if +unarmed, with the right hand. He also makes the same salute after +receiving a reply.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1551" id="Para_1551">1551</a>. How salutes are rendered in uniform.</strong> In uniform, covered or +uncovered, but not in formation, officers and enlisted men salute +military persons as follows: With arms in hand, the salute prescribed +for that arm (sentinels on interior guard duty excepted); without +arms, the right-hand salute.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1552" id="Para_1552">1552</a>. Rifle salute.</strong> Enlisted men out of doors and armed with the +rifle, salute with the piece at the right shoulder; if indoors, the +rifle salute is rendered at the order or trail.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1553" id="Para_1553">1553</a>. Saber salute.</strong> An enlisted man armed with the saber renders the +saber salute, if the saber is drawn; otherwise he salutes with the +hand.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1554" id="Para_1554">1554</a>. Sentinels on post.</strong> A soldier salutes with the "present arms" +only when actually on post as a sentinel doing interior guard duty. At +all other times when armed with the rifle he salutes with the +prescribed rifle salute.</p> + +<p>The general rules and principles of saluting apply to sentinels on +post doing interior guard duty, except, as just stated, they salute by +presenting arms when armed with the rifle. However, they do not salute +if it interferes with the proper performance of their duties.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1555" id="Para_1555">1555</a>. How salutes are rendered in civilian dress.</strong> In civilian dress, +covered or uncovered, officers and enlisted men salute military +persons with the right-hand salute.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1556" id="Para_1556">1556</a>. Saluting in military manner.</strong> Officers and enlisted men will +render the prescribed salutes in a military manner.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1557" id="Para_1557">1557</a>. Several officers together.</strong> When several officers in company are +saluted, all entitled to the salute shall return it.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1558" id="Para_1558">1558</a>. Dismounting before addressing superior not mounted.</strong> Except in +the field under campaign or simulated campaign conditions, a mounted +officer or soldier dismounts before addressing a superior officer not +mounted.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1559" id="Para_1559">1559</a>. Man addressed in formation.</strong> A man in formation shall not salute +when directly addressed, but shall come to attention if at rest or at +ease.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1560" id="Para_1560">1560</a>. In public places and conveyances.</strong> In public conveyances, such as +railway trains and street cars, and in public places, such as +theaters, honors and personal salutes may be omitted when palpably +inappropriate or apt to disturb or annoy civilians present.</p> + +<p>For instance, as a rule, it may be said that an enlisted man riding in +a street car, or in the act of purchasing goods in a store, or eating +in a restaurant, would not salute unless addressed by an officer. +However, in case of a soldier occupying a seat in a crowded street or +railway car, if he recognized a person standing to be an officer, it +would be but an act of courtesy for him to raise, salute and offer the +officer his seat.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1561" id="Para_1561">1561</a>. Salutes by commanders of detachments or other commands.</strong> +Commanders of detachments or other commands will salute officers of +grades higher than the person commanding the unit, by first bringing +the unit to attention and then saluting as prescribed,—that is, with +arms in hand, the salute prescribed for that arm; without arms in +hand, the right-hand salute.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_560" id="Page_560">[Pg 560]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1562" id="Para_1562">1562</a>. Officer passing in rear of troops.</strong> When an officer entitled to +the salute passes in rear of a body of troops, the troops are brought +to attention when he is opposite the post of the commander.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1563" id="Para_1563">1563</a>. Bringing command to present arms or sabers before commander +salutes.</strong> If the command is in line at a halt (not in the field) and +armed with the rifle, or with sabers drawn, it shall be brought to +<em>present arms</em> or <em>present sabers</em> before its commander salutes in the +following cases: When the National Anthem is played, or when <em>to the +color</em> or <em>to the standard</em> is sounded during ceremonies, or when a +person is saluted who is its immediate or higher commander or a +general officer, or when the national or regimental color is saluted.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1564" id="Para_1564">1564</a>. No compliments paid at drill, on march, etc.</strong> Salutes and honors, +as a rule, are not paid by troops actually engaged in drill, on the +march, or in the field under campaign or simulated campaign +conditions. Troops on the service of security pay no compliments +whatever.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1565" id="Para_1565">1565</a>. No saluting at double time, trot or gallop.</strong> Salutes are not +rendered when marching in double time or at the trot or gallop. The +soldier must first come to quick time or walk before saluting.</p> + +<p>The question of gait applies to the person saluting and not to the one +saluted,—so, a soldier would salute an officer passing in double time +or at a trot or gallop.</p> + + +<h4>MISCELLANEOUS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1566" id="Para_1566">1566</a>. Soldier walking with officer.</strong> A soldier accompanying an officer +walks on the officer's left and about one pace to his rear.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1567" id="Para_1567">1567</a>. Prisoners do not salute.</strong> Prisoners do not salute officers. They +merely stand at attention. In some commands it is customary for +paroled prisoners and others who are not under the immediate charge of +sentinels, to fold their arms when passing or addressing officers.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1568" id="Para_1568">1568</a>. Unmilitary salutes.</strong> It is very unmilitary to salute with the +coat unbuttoned or with the hand in the pocket, or a cigarette, cigar +or pipe in the mouth.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1569" id="Para_1569">1569</a>. Headdress not raised in saluting.</strong> The headdress must not be +raised to ladies, but they must be given the military salute.</p> + +<p>(War Dept. decision. August, 1913.)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1570" id="Para_1570">1570</a>. Caution.</strong> In saluting, the hand or weapon is held in the position +of salute until the salute has been acknowledged or until the officer +has passed or has been passed.</p> + + +<h4>USUAL MISTAKES IN SALUTING</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1571" id="Para_1571">1571</a>.</strong> The following are the mistakes usually made by soldiers in +rendering salutes:</p> + +<p>1. They do not begin the salute soon enough; often they do not raise +the hand to the headdress until they are only a pace or two from the +officer—the salute should always begin when at least six paces from +the officer.</p> + +<p>2. They do not turn the head and eyes toward the officer who is +saluted—the head and eyes should always be turned toward the officer +saluted and kept turned as long as the hand is raised.</p> + +<p>3. The hand is not kept to the headdress until the salute is +acknowledged by the officer—the hand should always be kept raised +until the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_561" id="Page_561">[Pg 561]</a></span> salute has been acknowledged, or it is evident the officer +has not seen the saluter.</p> + +<p>4. The salute is often rendered in an indifferent, lax manner—the +salute should always be rendered with life, snap and vim; the soldier +should always render a salute as if he <em>meant it</em>.</p> + + +<h4>RESPECT TO BE PAID THE NATIONAL ANTHEM, THE COLORS AND STANDARDS</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1572" id="Para_1572">1572</a>. The National Anthem.</strong> Whenever the National Anthem is played at +any place when persons belonging to the military service are present, +all officers and enlisted men not in formation shall stand at +attention facing toward the music (except at retreat when they shall +face toward the flag). If in uniform, covered or uncovered, or in +civilian clothes, uncovered, they shall salute at the first note of +the Anthem, retaining the position of salute until the last note of +the Anthem. If not in uniform and covered, they shall uncover at the +first note of the Anthem, holding the headdress opposite the left +shoulder and so remain until its close, except that in inclement +weather the headdress may be held slightly raised.</p> + +<p>The same rules apply when "To the Color" or "To the Standard" is +sounded as when the National Anthem is played.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1573" id="Para_1573">1573</a>. National anthems of other nations.</strong> The same marks of respect +prescribed for observance during the playing of the National Anthem of +the United States shall be shown toward the national anthem of any +other country when played upon official occasions.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1574" id="Para_1574">1574</a>. At retreat.</strong> The flag will be lowered at the sounding of the last +note of the retreat, and while the flag is being lowered the band will +play the National Anthem, or, if there be no band present, the field +music will sound "To the Color." When "To the Color" is sounded by the +field music while the flag is being lowered the same respect will be +observed as when the National Anthem is played by the band, and in +either case officers and enlisted men out of ranks will face toward +the flag, stand at attention, and render the prescribed salute.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1575" id="Para_1575">1575</a>. Colors and standards.</strong> Officers and enlisted men passing the +uncased color (or standard) will render honors as follows: If in +uniform they will salute as described in <a href="#Para_1551">par. 1551</a>; if in civilian +dress and covered, they will uncover, holding the headdress opposite +the left shoulder with the right hand; if uncovered, they will salute +with the right-hand salute.</p> + +<p>By "Colors" and "Standards" is meant the national flags and the +regimental flags that are carried by regiments and separate +battalions. The national flag may be of either silk or bunting; the +regimental flag is always of silk. In the Army Regulations the word +"Color" is used in referring to regiments of Infantry, the Coast +Artillery and battalions of Philippine Scouts, while "Standard" is +used in reference to regiments of Cavalry and Field Artillery.</p> + +<p>By <em>uncased</em> colors and standards are meant colors and standards when +not in their waterproof cases.</p> + +<p>By Flag is meant the national emblem that waves from flag staffs and +other stationary poles. They are always of bunting.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_562" id="Page_562">[Pg 562]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_VII" id="PART_VII"></a>PART VII</h2> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_563" id="Page_563">[Pg 563]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="GUARD_DUTY" id="GUARD_DUTY"></a>GUARD DUTY</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">(To include Changes No. 1, February 24, 1915.)</p> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(The numbers following the paragraphs are those of the <em>Manual of +Interior Guard Duty</em>.)</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1576" id="Para_1576">1576</a>. Importance.</strong> Guard duty is one of the soldier's most important +duties, and in all armies of the world the manner in which it is +performed is an index to the discipline of the command and the manner +in which other duties are performed.</p> + +<p>Upon the guard's vigilance and readiness for action depend not only +the enforcement of military law and orders, but also the safety and +protection of the post and the quelling of sudden disorder, perhaps +even mutiny.</p> + +<p>The importance of guard duty is increased during times of war, when +the very safety of the army depends upon the vigilance of the +sentinels, who are required to watch that others may sleep and thus +refresh themselves from the labors of the day. The sentinels are the +guardians of the repose, quiet and safety of the camp.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1577" id="Para_1577">1577</a>. Respect for Sentinels.</strong> Respect for the person and office of a +sentinel is as strictly enjoined by military law as that required to +be paid to an officer. As it is expressed in the <em>Manual of Guard +Duty</em>, "All persons of whatever rank in the service are required to +observe respect toward sentinels." Invested as the private soldier +frequently is, while on his post, with a grave responsibility, it is +proper that he should be fully protected in the discharge of his duty. +To permit anyone, of whatever rank, to molest or interfere with him +while thus employed, without becoming liable to severe penalty, would +clearly establish a precedent highly prejudicial to the interests of +the service. (<em>Davis' Military Law</em>).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1578" id="Para_1578">1578</a>. Duty of sentinels.</strong> A sentinel, in respect to the duties with +which he is charged, represents the superior military authority of the +command to which he belongs, and whose orders he is required to +enforce on or in the vicinity of his post. As such he is entitled to +the respect and obedience of all persons who come within the scope of +operation of the orders, which he is required to carry into effect. +Over military persons the authority of the sentinel is absolute, and +disobedience of his orders on the part of such persons constitutes a +most serious military offence and is prejudicial in the highest degree +to the interests of discipline. (<em>Davis' Military Law</em>).—Author.</p> + + +<h4>INTRODUCTION</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1579" id="Para_1579">1579</a>.</strong> Guards may be divided into four classes: Exterior guards, +interior guards, military police, and provost guards. (1)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1580" id="Para_1580">1580</a>.</strong> Exterior guards are used only in time of war. They belong to the +domain of tactics and are treated of in the <em>Field Service +Regulations</em> and in the drill regulations of the different arms of the +service.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_564" id="Page_564">[Pg 564]</a></span>The purpose of exterior guards is to prevent surprise, to delay +attack, and otherwise to provide for the security of the main body.</p> + +<p>On the march they take the form of advance guards, rear guards, and +flank guards. At a halt they consist of outposts. (2)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1581" id="Para_1581">1581</a>.</strong> Interior guards are used in camp or garrison to preserve order, +protect property, and to enforce police regulations. In time of war +such sentinels of an interior guard as may be necessary are placed +close in or about a camp, and normally there is an exterior guard +further out consisting of outposts. In time of peace the interior +guard is the only guard in a camp or garrison. (3)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1582" id="Para_1582">1582</a>.</strong> Military police differ somewhat from either of these classes. +(See <em>Field Service Regulations</em>.) They are used in time of war to +guard prisoners, to arrest stragglers and deserters, and to maintain +order and enforce police regulations in the rear of armies, along +lines of communication, and in the vicinity of large camps. (4)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1583" id="Para_1583">1583</a>.</strong> Provost guards are used in the absence of military police, +generally in conjunction with the civil authorities at or near large +posts or encampments, to preserve order among soldiers beyond the +interior guard. (5)</p> + + +<h4>INTERIOR GUARD</h4> + + +<h5>Classification</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1584" id="Para_1584">1584</a>.</strong> The various elements of an interior guard classified according +to their particular purposes and the manner in which they perform +their duties are as follows:</p> + +<p>(<strong>a</strong>) The main guard.</p> + +<p>(<strong>b</strong>) Special guards: Stable guards, park guards, prisoner guards, herd +guards, train guards, boat guards, watchmen, etc. (6)</p> + + +<h5>Details and Rosters</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1585" id="Para_1585">1585</a>.</strong> At every military post, and in every regiment or separate +command in the field, an interior guard will be detailed and duly +mounted.</p> + +<p>It will consist of such number of officers and enlisted men as the +commanding officer may deem necessary, and will be commanded by the +senior officer or noncommissioned officer therewith, under the +supervision of the officer of the day or other officer detailed by the +commanding officer. (7)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1586" id="Para_1586">1586</a>.</strong> The system of sentinels on fixed posts is of value in discipline +and training because of the direct individual responsibility which is +imposed and required to be discharged in a definite and precise +manner. In order, however, that guard duty may not be needlessly +irksome and interfere with tactical instruction, the number of men +detailed for guard will be the smallest possible.</p> + +<p>Commanding officers are specifically charged with this matter, and, +without entirely dispensing with the system of sentinels on fixed +posts will, as far as practicable in time of peace, replace such +sentinels with watchmen. (See <a href="#Para_1781">Par. 1781</a>.) (8)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1587" id="Para_1587">1587</a>.</strong> At posts where there are less than three companies the main +guard and special guards may all be furnished by one company or by +detail from each company.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_565" id="Page_565">[Pg 565]</a></span>Where there are three or more companies, the main guard will, if +practicable, be furnished by a single company, and, as far as +practicable, the same organization will supply all details for that +day for special guard, overseer, and fatigue duty. In this case the +officer of the day, and the officers of the guard, if there are any, +will, if practicable, be from the company furnishing the guard. (9)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1588" id="Para_1588">1588</a>.</strong> There will be an officer of the day with each guard, unless in +the opinion of the commanding officer the guard is so small that his +services are not needed. In this case an officer will be detailed to +supervise the command and instruction of the guard for such period as +the commanding officer may direct. (16)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1589" id="Para_1589">1589</a>.</strong> The detail of officers of the guard will be limited to the +necessities of the service and efficient instruction; inexperienced +officers may be detailed as supernumerary officers of the guard for +purposes of instruction. (18).</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1590" id="Para_1590">1590</a>.</strong> The strength of guards and the number of consecutive days for +which an organization furnishes the guard will be so regulated as to +insure privates of the main guard an interval of not less than five +days between tours.</p> + + +<h5>The Commanding Officer</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1591" id="Para_1591">1591</a>.</strong> The commanding officer will exact a faithful, vigilant, and +correct performance of guard duty in all of its details, giving his +orders to the officer of the day, or causing them to be communicated +to him with the least practicable delay. He will prescribe the +strength of the guard, and the necessary regulations for guard, +police, and fatigue duty. (27)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1592" id="Para_1592">1592</a>.</strong> The commanding officer receives the reports of the officers of +the day immediately after guard mounting, at his office, or at some +other place previously designated; carefully examines the guard report +and remarks thereon (questioning the old officer of the day, if +necessary, concerning his tour of duty), relieves the old officer of +the day and gives the new officer of the day such instructions as may +be necessary. (28)</p> + + +<h5>The Officer of the Day</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1593" id="Para_1593">1593</a>.</strong> The officer of the day is responsible for the proper performance +of duty by the guard with which he marches on and for the enforcement +of all police regulations. He is charged with the execution of all +orders of the commanding officer relating to the safety and good order +of the post or camp. His actual tour begins when he receives the +instructions of the commanding officer after guard mounting, and +ceases when he has been relieved by the commanding officer. In case of +emergency during the interval between guard mounting and reporting to +the commanding officer, the senior officer of the day will give the +necessary instructions for both guards. (29)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1594" id="Para_1594">1594</a>.</strong> In the absence of special instructions from the commanding +officer, the officer of the day will inspect the guard and sentinels +during the day and at night at such times as he may deem necessary. He +will visit them at least once between 12 o'clock midnight and +daylight. (30)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_566" id="Page_566">[Pg 566]</a></span>He may prescribe patrols (<a href="#Para_1778">Par. 1778</a>) and visits of inspection to be +made by officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard whenever he +deems it necessary. (31)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1595" id="Para_1595">1595</a>.</strong> He will see that the commander of the guard is furnished with +the parole and countersign before retreat in case they are to be used, +and will inform him of the presence in post or camp of any person +entitled to the compliment. (32)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1596" id="Para_1596">1596</a>.</strong> In case of alarm of any kind he will at once take such steps as +may be necessary to insure the safety of life and public property and +to preserve order in the command, disposing his guard so as best to +accomplish this result. (33)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1597" id="Para_1597">1597</a>.</strong> In the performance of his duties as officer of the day he is +subject to the orders of the commanding officer only, except that in +case of an alarm of any kind, and at a time of great danger, the +senior line officer present is competent to give necessary orders to +the officer of the day for the employment of the guard. (34)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1598" id="Para_1598">1598</a>.</strong> At the inspection and musters prescribed in <em>Army Regulations</em>, +the officer of the day will be present at the post of the guard, but +all commands to the guard will be given by the commander of the guard. +(35)</p> + +<p>Both officers of the day together verify the prisoners and inspect the +guardhouse and premises. (36)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1599" id="Para_1599">1599</a>.</strong> In the absence of special instructions, the old officer of the +day will, at guard mounting, release all garrison prisoners whose +sentences expire that day. If there are any prisoners with no record +of charges against them, the old officer of the day will report that +fact to the commanding officer who will give the necessary +instructions. (37)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1600" id="Para_1600">1600</a>.</strong> The old officer of the day signs the report of the commander of +the guard. He also enters on it such remarks as may be necessary. (38)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1601" id="Para_1601">1601</a>.</strong> The officers of the day then report to the commanding officer.</p> + +<p>On presenting themselves, both salute with the right hand, remaining +covered. The old officer of the day, standing on the right of the new, +then says: "<strong>Sir, I report as old officer of the day</strong>," and presents the +guard report. As soon as the commanding officer notifies the old +officer of the day that he is relieved, the old officer of the day +salutes the commanding officer and retires. The new officer of the day +again salutes and says: "<strong>Sir, I report as new officer of the day</strong>," and +then receives his instructions. (39)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1602" id="Para_1602">1602</a>.</strong> The officer of the day will always keep the guard informed as to +where he may be found at all hours of the day and night. (40)</p> + + +<h5>Commander of the Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1603" id="Para_1603">1603</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard is responsible for the instruction +and discipline of the guard. He will see that all of its members are +correctly instructed in their orders and duties, and that they +understand and properly perform them. He will visit each relief at +least once while it is on post, and at least one of these visits will +be made between 12 o'clock midnight and daylight. (41)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1604" id="Para_1604">1604</a>.</strong> He receives and obeys the orders of the commanding officer and +the officer of the day, and reports to the latter without delay all +orders to the guard not received from the officer of the day; he +transmits to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_567" id="Page_567">[Pg 567]</a></span> his successor all material instructions and information +relating to his duties. (42)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1605" id="Para_1605">1605</a>.</strong> He is responsible under the officer of the day for the general +safety of the post or camp as soon as the old guard marches away from +the guardhouse. In case of emergency while both guards are at the +guardhouse, the senior commander of the two guards will be responsible +that the proper action is taken. (43)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1606" id="Para_1606">1606</a>.</strong> Officers of the guard will remain constantly with their guards, +except while visiting patrols or necessarily engaged elsewhere in the +performance of their duties. The commanding officer will allow a +reasonable time for meals. (44)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1607" id="Para_1607">1607</a>.</strong> A commander of a guard leaving his post for any purpose will +inform the next in command of his destination and probable time of +return. (45)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1608" id="Para_1608">1608</a>.</strong> Except in emergencies, the commander of the guard may divide the +night with the next in command, but retains his responsibility; the +one on watch must be constantly on the alert. (46)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1609" id="Para_1609">1609</a>.</strong> When any alarm is raised in camp or garrison, the guard will be +formed immediately. (<a href="#Para_1793">Par. 1793</a>.) If the case be serious, the proper +call will be sounded, and the commander of the guard will cause the +commanding officer and the officer of the day to be at once notified. +(47)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1610" id="Para_1610">1610</a>.</strong> If a sentinel calls: "<strong>The Guard</strong>," the commander of the guard +will at once send a patrol to the sentinel's post. If the danger be +great, in which case the sentinel will discharge his piece, the patrol +will be as strong as possible. (48)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1611" id="Para_1611">1611</a>.</strong> When practicable, there should always be an officer or +noncommissioned officer and two privates of the guard at the +guardhouse, in addition to the sentinels there on post. (49)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1612" id="Para_1612">1612</a>.</strong> Between reveille and retreat, when the guard had been turned out +for any person entitled to the compliment (See <a href="#Para_1782">Pars. 1782</a> and <a href="#Para_1784">1784</a>), +the commander of the guard, if an officer, will receive the report of +the sergeant, returning the salute of the later with the right hand. +He will then draw his saber, and place himself two paces in front of +the center of the guard. When the person for whom the guard has been +turned out approaches, he faces his guard and commands: <strong>1. Present, 2. +ARMS</strong>; faces to the front and salutes. When his salute is acknowledged +he resumes the carry, faces about, and commands: <strong>1. Order, 2. ARMS</strong>; +and faces to the front.</p> + +<p>If it be an officer entitled to inspect the guard, after saluting and +before bringing his guard to an order, the officer of the guard +reports: "<strong>Sir, all present or accounted for</strong>"; or, "<strong>Sir, (so and so) is +absent</strong>"; or, if the roll call has been omitted: "<strong>Sir, the guard is +formed</strong>," except that at guard mounting the commanders of the guards +present their guards and salute without making any report.</p> + +<p>Between retreat and reveille, the commander of the guard salutes and +reports, but does not bring the guard to a present. (50)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1613" id="Para_1613">1613</a>.</strong> To those entitled to have the guard turned out but not entitled +to inspect it, no report will be made; nor will a report be made to +any officer, unless he halts in front of the guard. (51)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_568" id="Page_568">[Pg 568]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1614" id="Para_1614">1614</a>.</strong> When a guard commanded by a noncommissioned officer is turned +out as a compliment or for inspection, the noncommissioned officer, +standing at a right shoulder on the right of the right guide, +commands: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS.</strong> He then executes the rifle salute. If a +report be also required, he will, after saluting, and before bringing +his guard to an order, report as prescribed for the officer of the +guard. (<a href="#Para_1612">Par. 1612</a>.) (52)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1615" id="Para_1615">1615</a>.</strong> When a guard is in line, not under inspection, and commanded by +an officer, the commander of the guard salutes his regimental, +battalion, and company commander, by bringing the guard to attention +and saluting in person.</p> + +<p>For all other officers, excepting those entitled to the compliment +from a guard (<a href="#Para_1784">Par. 1784</a>), the commander of the guard salutes in +person, but does not bring the guard to attention.</p> + +<p>When commanded by a noncommissioned officer the guard is brought to +attention in either case, and the noncommissioned officer salutes.</p> + +<p>The commander of a guard exchanges salutes with the commanders of all +other bodies of troops; the guard is brought to attention during the +exchange.</p> + +<p>"<strong>Present arms</strong>" is executed by a guard only when it has turned out for +inspection or as a compliment, and at the ceremonies of guard mounting +and relieving the old guard. (53)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1616" id="Para_1616">1616</a>.</strong> In marching a guard or a detachment of a guard the principles of +<a href="#Para_1615">paragraph 1615</a> apply. "<strong>Eyes right</strong>" is executed only in the ceremonies +of guard mounting and relieving the old guard. (54)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1617" id="Para_1617">1617</a>.</strong> If a person entitled to the compliment, or the regimental, +battalion, or company commander, passes in rear of a guard, neither +the compliment nor the salute is given, but the guard is brought to +attention while such person is opposite the post of the commander.</p> + +<p>After any person has received or declined the compliment, or received +the salute from the commander of the guard, official recognition of +his presence thereafter while he remains in the vicinity will be taken +by bringing the guard to attention. (55)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1618" id="Para_1618">1618</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard will inspect the guard at reveille +and retreat, and at such other times as may be necessary, to assure +himself that the men are in proper condition to perform their duties +and that their arms and equipments are in proper condition. For +inspection by other officers, he prepares the guard in each case as +directed by the inspecting officer. (56)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1619" id="Para_1619">1619</a>.</strong> The guard will not be paraded during ceremonies unless directed +by the commanding officer. (57)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1620" id="Para_1620">1620</a>.</strong> At all formations members of the guard or reliefs will execute +inspection arms as prescribed in the drill regulations of their arm. +(58)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1621" id="Para_1621">1621</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard will see that all sentinels are +habitually relieved every two hours, unless the weather or other cause +makes it necessary that it be done at shorter or longer intervals, as +directed by the commanding officer. (59)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1622" id="Para_1622">1622</a>.</strong> He will question his noncommissioned officers and sentinels +relative to the instructions they may have received from the old +guard; he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_569" id="Page_569">[Pg 569]</a></span> will see that patrols and visits of inspection are made as +directed by the officer of the day. (60)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1623" id="Para_1623">1623</a>.</strong> He will see that the special orders for each post and member of +the guard, either written or printed, are posted in the guardhouse, +and, if practicable, in the sentry box or other sheltered place to +which the member of the guard has constant access. (61)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1624" id="Para_1624">1624</a>.</strong> He will see that the proper calls are sounded at the hours +appointed by the commanding officer. (62)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1625" id="Para_1625">1625</a>.</strong> Should a member of the guard be taken sick, or be arrested, or +desert, or leave his guard, he will at once notify the officer of the +day. (63)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1626" id="Para_1626">1626</a>.</strong> He will, when the countersign is used (<a href="#Para_1770">Pars. 1770</a> to 1776), +communicate it to the noncommissioned officers of the guard and see +that it is duly communicated to the sentinels before the hour for +challenging; the countersign will not be given to sentinels posted at +the guardhouse. (64)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1627" id="Para_1627">1627</a>.</strong> He will have the details for hoisting the flag at reveille, and +lowering it at retreat, and for firing the reveille and retreat gun, +made in time for the proper performance of these duties. (See <a href="#Para_1834">Pars. +1834</a>, <a href="#Para_1835">1835</a>, <a href="#Para_1836">1836</a>, <a href="#Para_1837">1837</a>). He will see that the flags are kept in the +best condition possible, and that they are never handled except in the +proper performance of duty. (65)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1628" id="Para_1628">1628</a>.</strong> He may permit members of the guard while at the guardhouse to +remove their headdress, overcoats, and gloves; if they leave the +guardhouse for any purpose whatever he will require that they be +properly equipped and armed according to the character of the service +in which engaged, or as directed by the commanding officer. (66)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1629" id="Para_1629">1629</a>.</strong> He will enter in the guard report a report of his tour of duty, +and, on the completion of his tour, will present it to the officer of +the day. He will transmit with his report all passes turned in at the +post of the guard. (67)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1630" id="Para_1630">1630</a>.</strong> Whenever a prisoner is sent to the guardhouse or guard tent for +confinement, he will cause him to be searched, and will, without +unnecessary delay, report the case to the officer of the day. (68)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1631" id="Para_1631">1631</a>.</strong> Under war conditions, if anyone is to be passed out of camp at +night, he will be sent to the commander of the guard, who will have +him passed beyond the sentinels. (69)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1632" id="Para_1632">1632</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard will detain at the guardhouse all +suspicious characters or parties attempting to pass a sentinel's post +without authority, reporting his action to the officer of the day, to +whom persons so arrested will be sent, if necessary. (70)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1633" id="Para_1633">1633</a>.</strong> He will inspect the guard rooms and cells, and the irons of such +prisoners as may be ironed, at least once during his tour, and at such +other times as he may deem necessary. (71)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1634" id="Para_1634">1634</a>.</strong> He will cause the corporals of the old and new reliefs to verify +together, immediately before each relief goes on post, the number of +prisoners who should then properly be at the guardhouse. (72)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1635" id="Para_1635">1635</a>.</strong> He will see that the sentences of prisoners under his charge are +executed strictly in accordance with the action of the reviewing +authority. (73)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_570" id="Page_570">[Pg 570]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1636" id="Para_1636">1636</a>.</strong> When no special prisoner guard has been detailed (<a href="#Para_1798">Par. 1798</a>), he +will, as far as practicable, assign as guards over working parties of +prisoners sentinels from posts guarded at night only. (74)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1637" id="Para_1637">1637</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard will inspect all meals sent to the +guardhouse and see that the quantity and quality of food are in +accordance with regulations. (75)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1638" id="Para_1638">1638</a>.</strong> At guard mounting he will report to the old officer of the day +all cases of prisoners whose terms of sentence expire on that day, and +also all cases of prisoners concerning whom no statement of charges +has been received. (76)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1639" id="Para_1639">1639</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard is responsible for the security of +the prisoners under the charge of his guard; he becomes responsible +for them after their number has been verified and they have been +turned over to the custody of his guard by the old guard or by the +prisoner guard or overseers. (77)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1640" id="Para_1640">1640</a>.</strong> The prisoners will be verified and turned over to the new guard +without parading them, unless the commanding officer or the officer of +the day shall direct otherwise. (78)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1641" id="Para_1641">1641</a>.</strong> To receive the prisoners at the guardhouse when they have been +paraded and after they have been verified by the officers of the day, +the commander of the new guard directs his sergeant to form his guard +with an interval, and commands: <strong>1. Prisoners, 2. Right, 3. FACE, 4. +Forward, 5. MARCH.</strong> The prisoners having arrived opposite the interval +in the new guard, he commands: <strong>1. Prisoners, 2. HALT, 3. Left, 4. +FACE, 5. Right (or left), 6. DRESS, 7. FRONT.</strong></p> + +<p>The prisoners dress on the line of the new guard. (79)</p> + + +<h5>Sergeant of the Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1642" id="Para_1642">1642</a>.</strong> The senior noncommissioned officer of the guard always acts as +sergeant of the guard, and if there be no officer of the guard, will +perform the duties prescribed for the commander of the guard. (80)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1643" id="Para_1643">1643</a>.</strong> The sergeant of the guard has general supervision over the other +noncommissioned officers and the musicians and privates of the guard, +and must be thoroughly familiar with all of their orders and duties. +(81)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1644" id="Para_1644">1644</a>.</strong> He is directly responsible for the property under charge of the +guard, and will see that it is properly cared for. He will make lists +of articles taken out by working parties, and see that all such +articles are duly returned. If they are not, he will immediately +report the fact to the commander of the guard. (82)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1645" id="Para_1645">1645</a>.</strong> Immediately after guard mounting he will prepare duplicate lists +of the names of all noncommissioned officers, musicians, and privates +of the guard, showing the relief and post or duties of each. One list +will be handed as soon as possible to the commander of the guard; the +other will be retained by the sergeant. (83)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1646" id="Para_1646">1646</a>.</strong> He will see that all reliefs are turned out at the proper time, +and that the corporals thoroughly understand, and are prompt and +efficient in, the discharge of their duties. (84)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1647" id="Para_1647">1647</a>.</strong> During the temporary absence from the guardhouse of the sergeant +of the guard, the next in rank of the noncommissioned officers will +perform his duties. (85)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_571" id="Page_571">[Pg 571]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1648" id="Para_1648">1648</a>.</strong> Should the corporal whose relief is on post be called away from +the guardhouse, the sergeant of the guard will designate a +noncommissioned officer to take the corporal's place until his return. +(86)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1649" id="Para_1649">1649</a>.</strong> The sergeant of the guard is responsible at all times for the +proper police of the guardhouse or guard tent, including the ground +about them and the prison cells. (87)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1650" id="Para_1650">1650</a>.</strong> At "<strong>first sergeant's call</strong>" he will proceed to the adjutant's +office and obtain the guard report book. (88)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1651" id="Para_1651">1651</a>.</strong> When the national or regimental colors are taken from the stacks +of the color line, the color bearer and guard, or the sergeant of the +guard, unarmed, and two armed privates as a guard, will escort the +colors to the colonel's quarters, as prescribed for the color guard in +the drill regulations of the arm of the service to which the guard +belongs. (89)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1652" id="Para_1652">1652</a>.</strong> He will report to the commander of the guard any suspicious or +unusual occurrence that comes under his notice, will warn him of the +approach of any armed body, and will send to him all persons arrested +by the guard. (90)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1653" id="Para_1653">1653</a>.</strong> When the guard is turned out, its formation will be as follows: +The senior noncommissioned officer, if commander of the guard, is on +the right of the right guide; if not commander of the guard, he is in +the line of file closers, in rear of the right four of the guard; the +next in rank is right guide; the next left guide; the others in the +line of file closers, usually, each in rear of his relief; the field +music, with its left three paces to the right of the right guide. The +reliefs form in the same order as when the guard was first divided, +except that if the guard consists of dismounted cavalry and infantry, +the cavalry forms on the left. (91)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1654" id="Para_1654">1654</a>.</strong> The sergeant forms the guard, calls the roll, and, if not in +command of the guard, reports to the commander of the guard as +prescribed in drill regulations for a first sergeant forming a troop +or company; the guard is not divided into platoons or sections, and, +except when the whole guard is formed prior to marching off, fours are +not counted. (92)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1655" id="Para_1655">1655</a>.</strong> The sergeant reports as follows: "<strong>Sir, all present or accounted +for</strong>," or "<strong>Sir, (so-and-so) is absent</strong>"; or if the roll call has been +omitted, "<strong>Sir, the guard, is formed</strong>." Only men absent without proper +authority are reported absent. He then takes his place, without +command. (93)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1656" id="Para_1656">1656</a>.</strong> At night, the roll may be called by reliefs and numbers instead +of names; thus, the first relief being on post: <strong>Second relief; No. 1; +No. 2</strong>, etc.; <strong>Third relief, Corporal; No. 1</strong>, etc. (94)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1657" id="Para_1657">1657</a>.</strong> Calling the roll will be dispensed with in forming the guard +when it is turned out as a compliment, on the approach of an armed +body, or in any sudden emergency; but in such cases the roll may be +called before dismissing the guard. If the guard be turned out for an +officer entitled to inspect it, the roll will, unless he directs +otherwise, always be called before a report is made. (95)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1658" id="Para_1658">1658</a>.</strong> The sergeant of the guard has direct charge of the prisoners, +except during such time as they may be under the charge of the +prisoner guard or overseers, and is responsible to the commander of +the guard for their security. (96)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_572" id="Page_572">[Pg 572]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1659" id="Para_1659">1659</a>.</strong> He will carry the keys of the guardroom and cells, and will not +suffer them to leave his personal possession while he is at the +guardhouse, except as hereinafter provided. (<a href="#Para_1661">Par. 1661</a>.) Should he +leave the guardhouse for any purpose, he will turn the keys over to +the noncommissioned officer who takes his place. (<a href="#Para_1647">Par. 1647</a>.) (97)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1660" id="Para_1660">1660</a>.</strong> He will count the knives, forks, etc., given to the prisoners +with their food, and see that none of these articles remain in their +possession. He will see that no forbidden articles of any kind are +conveyed to the prisoners. (98)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1661" id="Para_1661">1661</a>.</strong> Prisoners when paraded with the guard, are placed in line in its +center. The sergeant, immediately before forming the guard, will turn +over his keys to the noncommissioned officer at the guardhouse. Having +formed the guard, he will divide it into two nearly equal parts. +Indicating the point of division with his hand, he commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Right (or left), 2. FACE, 3. Forward, 4. MARCH, 5. Guard, 6. HALT, +7. Left (or right), 8. FACE.</strong></p> + +<p>If the first command be <strong>right face</strong>, the right half of the guard only +will execute the movements: if <strong>left face</strong>, the left half only will +execute them. The command <strong>halt</strong> is given when sufficient interval is +obtained to admit the prisoners. The doors of the guardroom and cells +are then opened by the noncommissioned officer having the keys. The +prisoners will file out under the supervision of the sergeant, the +noncommissioned officer, and sentinel on duty at the guardhouse, and +such other sentinels as may be necessary; they will form in line in +the interval between the two parts of the guard. (99)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1662" id="Para_1662">1662</a>.</strong> To return the prisoners to the guardroom and cells, the sergeant +commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Prisoners, 2. Right (or left), 3. FACE, 4. Column right (or left), +5. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The prisoners, under the same supervision as before, return to their +proper rooms or cells. (100)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1663" id="Para_1663">1663</a>.</strong> To close the guard, the sergeant commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Left (or right), 2. FACE, 3. Forward, 4. MARCH, 5. Guard, 6. HALT, +7. Right (or left), 8. FACE.</strong></p> + +<p>The left or right half only of the guard as indicated, executes the +movement. (101)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1664" id="Para_1664">1664</a>.</strong> If there be but few prisoners, the sergeant may indicate the +point of division as above, and form the necessary interval by the +commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Right (or left) step, 2. MARCH, 3. Guard, 4. HALT</strong>, and close the +intervals by the commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Left (or right) step, 2. MARCH, 3. Guard, 4. HALT.</strong> (102)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1665" id="Para_1665">1665</a>.</strong> If sentinels are numerous, reliefs may, at the discretion of the +commanding officer, be posted in detachments, and sergeants, as well +as corporals, required to relieve and post them. (103)</p> + + +<h5>Corporal of the Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1666" id="Para_1666">1666</a>.</strong> A corporal of the guard receives and obeys orders from none but +noncommissioned officers of the guard senior to himself, the officers +of the guard, the officer of the day, and the commanding officer. +(104)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_573" id="Page_573">[Pg 573]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1667" id="Para_1667">1667</a>.</strong> It is the duty of the corporal of the guard to post and relieve +sentinels, and to instruct the members of his relief in their orders +and duties. (105)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1668" id="Para_1668">1668</a>.</strong> Immediately after the division of the guard into reliefs the +corporals will assign the members of their respective reliefs to posts +by number, and a soldier so assigned to his post will not be changed +to another during the same tour of guard duty, unless by direction of +the commander of the guard or higher authority. Usually, experienced +soldiers are placed over the arms of the guard, and at remote and +responsible posts. (106)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1669" id="Para_1669">1669</a>.</strong> Each corporal will then make a list of the members of his relief +including himself. This list will contain the number of the relief, +the name, the company, and the regiment of every member thereof, and +the post to which each is assigned. The list will be made in +duplicate, one copy to be given to the sergeant of the guard as soon +as completed, the other to be retained by the corporal. (107)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1670" id="Para_1670">1670</a>.</strong> When directed by the commander of the guard, the corporal of the +first relief forms his relief, and then commands: <strong>CALL OFF.</strong></p> + +<p>Commencing on the right, the men call off alternately <strong>rear</strong> and <strong>front</strong> +rank, "<strong>one</strong>," "<strong>two</strong>," "<strong>three</strong>," "<strong>four</strong>," and so on; if in single rank, +they call off from right to left. The corporal then commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. Right, 2. FACE, 3. Forward, 4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The corporal marches on the left, and near the rear file, in order to +observe the march. The corporal of the old guard marches on the right +of the leading file, and takes command when the last one of the old +sentinels is relieved, changing places with the corporal of the new +guard. (108)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1671" id="Para_1671">1671</a>.</strong> When the relief arrives at six paces from a sentinel (See <a href="#Para_1729">Par. +1729</a>), the corporal halts it and commands, according to the number of +the post: <strong>No. (—).</strong></p> + +<p>Both sentinels execute port arms or saber; the new sentinel approaches +the old, halting about one pace from him. (See <a href="#Para_1733">Par. 1733</a>.) (109)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1672" id="Para_1672">1672</a>.</strong> The corporals advance and place themselves, facing each other, a +little in advance of the new sentinel, the old corporal on his right, +the new corporal on his left, both at a right shoulder, and observe +that the old sentinel transmits correctly his instructions.</p> + +<p>The following diagram will illustrate the positions taken:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1672.png" width="500" height="164" alt="Sentinel positions" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>R is the relief; A, the new corporal; B, the old; C, the new sentinel: +D, the old. (110)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1673" id="Para_1673">1673</a>.</strong> The instructions relative to the post having been communicated, +the new corporal commands, <strong>Post</strong>; both sentinels then resume the right +shoulder, face toward the new corporal and step back so as to allow +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_574" id="Page_574">[Pg 574]</a></span> relief to pass in front of them. The new corporal then commands, +<strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH</strong>; the old sentinel takes his place in rear of the +relief as it passes him, his piece in the same position as those of +the relief. The new sentinel stands fast at a right shoulder until the +relief has passed six paces beyond him, when he walks his post. The +corporals take their places as the relief passes them. (111)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1674" id="Para_1674">1674</a>.</strong> Mounted sentinels are posted and relieved in accordance with the +same principles. (112)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1675" id="Para_1675">1675</a>.</strong> On the return of the old relief, the corporal of the new guard +falls out when the relief halts; the corporal of the old guard forms +his relief on the left of the old guard, salutes, and reports to the +commander of his guard: "<strong>Sir, the relief is present</strong>"; or "<strong>Sir, (so and +so) is absent</strong>," and takes his place in the guard. (113)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1676" id="Para_1676">1676</a>.</strong> To post a relief other than that which is posted when the old +guard is relieved, its corporal commands:</p> + +<p><strong>1. (Such) relief, 2. FALL IN</strong>; and if arms are stacked, they are taken +at the proper commands.</p> + +<p>The relief is formed facing to the front, with arms at an <strong>order</strong>; the +men place themselves according to the numbers of their respective +posts, viz., <strong>two</strong>, <strong>four</strong>, <strong>six</strong>, and so on, in the <strong>front rank</strong>, and <strong>one</strong>, +<strong>three</strong>, <strong>five</strong>, and so on, in the <strong>rear rank</strong>. The corporal, standing about +two paces in front of the center of his relief, then commands: <strong>Call +off.</strong></p> + +<p>The men call off as prescribed. The corporal then commands: <strong>1. +Inspection, 2. ARMS, 3. Order, 4. ARMS</strong>; faces the commander of the +guard, executes the rifle salute, reports: "<strong>Sir, the relief is +present</strong>," or "<strong>Sir, (so and so) is absent</strong>"; he then takes his place on +the right at order arms. (114)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1677" id="Para_1677">1677</a>.</strong> When the commander of the guard directs the corporal: "<strong>Post your +relief</strong>," the corporal salutes and posts his relief as prescribed +(<a href="#Para_1670">Pars. 108</a> to 111); the corporal of the relief on post does not go +with the new relief, except when necessary to show the way. (115)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1678" id="Para_1678">1678</a>.</strong> To dismiss the old relief, it is halted and faced to the front +at the guardhouse by the corporal of the new relief, who then falls +out; the corporal of the old relief then steps in front of the relief +and dismisses it by the proper commands. (116)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1679" id="Para_1679">1679</a>.</strong> Should the pieces have been loaded before the relief was posted, +the corporal will, before dismissing the relief, see that no +cartridges are left in the chambers or magazines. The same rule +applies to sentinels over prisoners. (117)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1680" id="Para_1680">1680</a>.</strong> Each corporal will thoroughly acquaint himself with all the +special orders of every sentinel on his relief, and see that each +understands and correctly transmits such orders <strong>in detail</strong> to his +successor. (118)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1681" id="Para_1681">1681</a>.</strong> There should be at least one noncommissioned officer constantly +on the alert at the guardhouse, usually the corporal whose relief is +on post. This noncommissioned officer takes post near the entrance of +the guardhouse, and does not fall in with the guard when it is formed. +He will have his rifle constantly with him. (119)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1682" id="Para_1682">1682</a>.</strong> Whenever it becomes necessary for the corporal to leave his post +near the entrance of the guardhouse, he will notify the sergeant of +the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_575" id="Page_575">[Pg 575]</a></span> guard, who will at once take his place, or designate another +noncommissioned officer to do so. (120)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1683" id="Para_1683">1683</a>.</strong> He will see that no person enters the guardhouse, or guard tent, +or crosses the posts of the sentinels there posted without proper +authority. (121)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1684" id="Para_1684">1684</a>.</strong> Should any sentinel call for the corporal of the guard, the +corporal will, in every case, at once and quickly proceed to such +sentinel. He will notify the sergeant of the guard before leaving the +guardhouse. (122)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1685" id="Para_1685">1685</a>.</strong> He will at once report to the commander of the guard any +violation of regulations or any unusual occurrence which is reported +to him by a sentinel, or which comes to his notice in any other way. +(123)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1686" id="Para_1686">1686</a>.</strong> Should a sentinel call: "<strong>The Guard</strong>," the corporal will promptly +notify the commander of the guard. (124)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1687" id="Para_1687">1687</a>.</strong> Should a sentinel call: "<strong>Relief</strong>," the corporal will at once +proceed to the post of such sentinel, taking with him the man next for +duty on that post. If the sentinel is relieved for a short time only, +the corporal will again post him as soon as the necessity for his +relief ceases. (125)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1688" id="Para_1688">1688</a>.</strong> When the countersign is used, the corporal at the posting of the +relief during whose tour challenging is to begin gives the countersign +to the members of the relief, excepting those posted at the +guardhouse. (126)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1689" id="Para_1689">1689</a>.</strong> He will wake the corporal whose relief is next on post in time +for the latter to verify the prisoners, form his relief, and post it +at the proper hour. (127)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1690" id="Para_1690">1690</a>.</strong> Should the guard be turned out, each corporal will call his own +relief, and cause its members to fall in promptly. (128)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1691" id="Para_1691">1691</a>.</strong> Tents or bunks in the same vicinity will be designated for the +reliefs so that all the members of each relief may, if necessary, be +found and turned out by the corporal in the least time and with the +least confusion. (129)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1692" id="Para_1692">1692</a>.</strong> When challenged by a sentinel while posting his relief, the +corporal commands: <strong>1. Relief, 2. HALT</strong>; to the sentinel's challenge he +answers "<strong>Relief</strong>," and at the order of the sentinel he advances alone +to give the countersign, or to be recognized. When the sentinel says, +"<strong>Advance relief</strong>," the corporal commands: <strong>1. Forward, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>If to be relieved, the sentinel is then relieved as prescribed. (130)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1693" id="Para_1693">1693</a>.</strong> Between retreat and reveille, the corporal of the guard will +challenge all suspicious looking persons or parties he may observe, +first halting his patrol or relief, if either be with him. He will +advance them in the same manner that sentinels on post advance like +parties (<a href="#Para_1751">Pars. 1751</a> to 1757), but if the route of a patrol is on a +continuous chain of sentinels, he should not challenge persons coming +near him unless he has reason to believe that they have eluded the +vigilance of sentinels. (131)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1694" id="Para_1694">1694</a>.</strong> Between retreat and reveille, whenever so ordered by an officer +entitled to inspect the guard, the corporal will call: "<strong>Turn out the +guard</strong>," announcing the title of the officer, and then, if not +otherwise ordered he will salute and return to his post. (132)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1695" id="Para_1695">1695</a>.</strong> As a general rule he will advance parties approaching the guard +at night in the same manner that sentinels on post advance like +parties.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_576" id="Page_576">[Pg 576]</a></span> Thus, the sentinel at the guardhouse challenges and repeats +the answer to the corporal, as prescribed hereafter (<a href="#Para_1760">Par. 1760</a>); the +corporal, advancing at "<strong>port arms</strong>," says: "<strong>Advance (so and so) with +the countersign</strong>," or "<strong>to be recognized</strong>," if there be no countersign +used; the countersign being correctly given, or the party being duly +recognized, the corporal says: "<strong>Advance (so and so)</strong>"; repeating the +answer to the challenge of the sentinel. (133)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1696" id="Para_1696">1696</a>.</strong> When officers of different rank approach the guardhouse from +different directions at the same time, the senior will be advanced +first, and will not be made to wait for his junior. (134)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1697" id="Para_1697">1697</a>.</strong> Out of ranks and under arms, the corporal salutes with the rifle +salute. He will salute all officers whether by day or night. (135)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1698" id="Para_1698">1698</a>.</strong> The corporal will examine parties halted and detained by +sentinels, and if he has reason to believe the parties have no +authority to cross sentinel's posts, will conduct them to the +commander of the guard. (136)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1699" id="Para_1699">1699</a>.</strong> The corporal of the guard will arrest all suspicious looking +characters prowling about the post or camp, all persons of a +disorderly character disturbing the peace, and all persons taken in +the act of committing crime against the Government on a military +reservation or post. All persons arrested by corporals of the guard, +or by sentinels, will at once be conducted to the commander of the +guard by the corporal. (137)</p> + + +<h5>Musicians of the Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1700" id="Para_1700">1700</a>.</strong> The musicians of the guard will sound call as prescribed by the +commanding officer. (138)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1701" id="Para_1701">1701</a>.</strong> Should the guard be turned out for national or regimental colors +or standards, uncased, the field music of the guard will, when the +guard present arms, sound, "<strong>To the color</strong>" or "<strong>To the standard</strong>"; or, if +for any person entitled thereto, the march, flourishes, or ruffles, +prescribed in paragraphs 375, 376, and 377, A. R. (139)</p> + + +<h5>Orderlies and Color Sentinels</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1702" id="Para_1702">1702</a>.</strong> When so directed by the commanding officer, the officer who +inspects the guard at guard mounting will select from the members of +the new guard an orderly for the commanding officer and such number of +other orderlies and color sentinels as may be required. (140)</p> + +<p>For these positions the soldiers will be chosen who are most correct +in the performance of duty and in military bearing, neatest in person +and clothing, and whose arms and accouterments are in the best +condition. Clothing, arms, and equipments must conform to regulations. +If there is any doubt as to the relative qualifications of two or more +soldiers, the inspecting officer will cause them to fall out at the +guardhouse and to form in line in single rank. He will then, by +testing them in drill regulations, select the most proficient. The +commander of the guard will be notified of the selection. (141)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1703" id="Para_1703">1703</a>.</strong> When directed by the commander of the guard to fall out and +report, an orderly will give his name, company, and regiment to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_577" id="Page_577">[Pg 577]</a></span> +sergeant of the guard, and, leaving his rifle in the arm rack in his +company quarters, will proceed at once to the officer to whom he is +assigned, reporting: "<strong>Sir, Private ——, Company ——, reports as +orderly.</strong>" (142)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1704" id="Para_1704">1704</a>.</strong> If the orderly selected be a cavalryman, he will leave his rifle +in the arm rack of his troop quarters, and report with his belt on, +but without side arms unless specially otherwise ordered. (143)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1705" id="Para_1705">1705</a>.</strong> Orderlies, while on duty as such, are subject only to the orders +of the commanding officer and of the officers to whom they are ordered +to report. (144)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1706" id="Para_1706">1706</a>.</strong> When an orderly is ordered to carry a message, he will be +careful to deliver it exactly as it was given to him. (145)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1707" id="Para_1707">1707</a>.</strong> His tour of duty ends when he is relieved by the orderly +selected from the guard relieving his own. (146)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1708" id="Para_1708">1708</a>.</strong> Orderlies are members of the guard, and their name, company, and +regiment are entered on the guard report and lists of the guard. (147)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1709" id="Para_1709">1709</a>.</strong> If a color line is established, sufficient sentinels are placed +on the color line to guard the colors and stacks. (148)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1710" id="Para_1710">1710</a>.</strong> Color sentinels are posted only so long as the stacks are +formed. The commander of the guard will divide the time equally among +them. (149)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1711" id="Para_1711">1711</a>.</strong> When stacks are broken, the color sentinels may be permitted to +return to their respective companies. They are required to report in +person to the commander of the guard at reveille and retreat. They +will fall in with the guard, under arms, at guard mounting. (150)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1712" id="Para_1712">1712</a>.</strong> Color sentinels are not placed on the regular reliefs, nor are +their posts numbered. In calling for the corporal of the guard, they +call: "<strong>Corporal of the guard. Color line.</strong>" (151)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1713" id="Para_1713">1713</a>.</strong> Officers or enlisted men passing the uncased colors will render +the prescribed salute. If the colors are on the stacks, the salute +will be made on crossing the color line or on passing the colors. +(152)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1714" id="Para_1714">1714</a>.</strong> A sentinel placed over the colors will not permit them to be +moved, except in the presence of an armed escort. Unless otherwise +ordered by the commanding officer, he will allow no one to touch them +but the color bearer.</p> + +<p>He will not permit any soldier to take arms from the stacks, or to +touch them, except by order of an officer or noncommissioned officer +of the guard.</p> + +<p>If any person passing the colors or crossing the color line fails to +salute the colors, the sentinel will caution him to do so, and if the +caution be not heeded he will call the corporal of the guard and +report the facts. (153)</p> + + +<h5>Privates of the Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1715" id="Para_1715">1715</a>.</strong> Privates are assigned to reliefs by the commander of the guard, +and to posts, usually, by the corporal of their relief. They will not +change from one relief or post to another during the same tour of +guard duty unless by proper authority. (154)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_578" id="Page_578">[Pg 578]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>Orders for Sentinels</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1716" id="Para_1716">1716</a>.</strong> Orders for sentinels are of two classes: General orders and +special orders. General orders apply to all sentinels. Special orders +relate to particular posts and duties. (155)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1717" id="Para_1717">1717</a>.</strong> Sentinels will be required to memorize the following:</p> + +<p>My general orders are:</p> + +<p><strong>1. To take charge of this post and all Government property in view.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>2. To walk my post in a military manner, keeping always on the alert +and observing everything that takes place within sight or hearing.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>3. To report all violations of orders I am instructed to enforce.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>4. To repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guardhouse +than my own.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>5. To quit my post only when properly relieved.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>6. To receive, obey, and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me all +orders from the commanding officer, officer of the day, and officers +and noncommissioned officers of the guard only.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>7. To talk to no one except in line of duty.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>8. In case of fire or disorder to give the alarm.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>9. To allow no one to commit a nuisance on or near my post.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>10. In any case not covered by instructions to call the corporal of +the guard.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>11. To salute all officers, and all colors and standards not cased.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>12. To be especially watchful at night, and, during the time for +challenging, to challenge all persons on or near my post, and to allow +no one to pass without proper authority.</strong> (156)</p> + + +<h5>Regulations Relating to the General Orders for Sentinels</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1718" id="Para_1718">1718</a>.</strong> No. 1: <strong>To take charge of this post and all Government property +in view.</strong></p> + +<p>All persons, of whatever rank in the service, are required to observe +respect toward sentinels and members of the guard when such are in the +performance of their duties. (157)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1719" id="Para_1719">1719</a>.</strong> A sentinel will at once report to the corporal of the guard +every unusual or suspicious occurrence noted. (158)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1720" id="Para_1720">1720</a>.</strong> He will arrest suspicious persons prowling about the post or +camp at any time, all parties to a disorder occurring on or near his +post, and all, except authorized persons, who attempt to enter the +camp at night, and will turn over to the corporal of the guard all +persons arrested. (159)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1721" id="Para_1721">1721</a>.</strong> The number, limits, and extent of his post will invariably +constitute part of the special orders of a sentinel on post. The +limits of his post should be so defined as to include every place to +which he is required to go in the performance of his duties.</p> + +<p>No. 2: <strong>To walk my post in a military manner, keeping always on the +alert and observing everything that takes place within sight or +hearing.</strong> (160)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1722" id="Para_1722">1722</a>.</strong> A sentinel is not required to halt and change the position of +his rifle on arriving at the end of his post, nor to execute <strong>to the +rear, march</strong>,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_579" id="Page_579">[Pg 579]</a></span> precisely as prescribed in the drill regulations, but +faces about while walking, in the manner most convenient to him, and +at any part of his post as may be best suited to the proper +performance of his duties. He carries his rifle on either shoulder, +and in wet or severe weather, when not in a sentry box, may carry it +at a secure. (161)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1723" id="Para_1723">1723</a>.</strong> Sentinels when in sentry boxes stand at ease. Sentry boxes will +be used in wet weather only, or at other times when specially +authorized by the commanding officer. (162)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1724" id="Para_1724">1724</a>.</strong> In very hot weather, sentinels may be authorized to stand at +ease on their posts, provided they can effectively discharge their +duties in this position, but they will take advantage of this +privilege only on the express authority of the officer of the day or +the commander of the guard. (163)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1725" id="Para_1725">1725</a>.</strong> A mounted sentinel may dismount occasionally and lead his horse +but will not relax his vigilance.</p> + +<p>No. 3: <strong>To report all violations of orders I am instructed to enforce.</strong> +(164)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1726" id="Para_1726">1726</a>.</strong> A sentinel will ordinarily report a violation of orders when he +is inspected or relieved, but if the case be urgent he will call the +corporal of the guard, and also, if necessary, will arrest the +offender.</p> + +<p>No. 4: <strong>To repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guardhouse +than my own.</strong> (165)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1727" id="Para_1727">1727</a>.</strong> To call the corporal, or the guard, for any purpose other than +relief, fire, or disorder (<a href="#Para_1728">Pars. 1728</a> and <a href="#Para_1734">1734</a>), a sentinel will call, +"<strong>Corporal of the guard, No. (—)</strong>," adding the number of his post. In +no case will any sentinel call, "<strong>Never mind the corporal</strong>"; nor will +the corporal heed such call if given.</p> + +<p>No. 5: <strong>To quit my post only when properly relieved.</strong> (166)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1728" id="Para_1728">1728</a>.</strong> If relief becomes necessary, by reason of sickness or other +cause, a sentinel will call, "<strong>Corporal of the guard, No. (—), +Relief</strong>," giving the number of his post. (167)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1729" id="Para_1729">1729</a>.</strong> Whenever a sentinel is to be relieved, he will halt, and with +arms at a right shoulder, will face toward the relief when it is +thirty paces from him. He will come to a port arms with the new +sentinel, and in a low tone will transmit to him all the special +orders relating to the post, and any other information which will +assist him to better perform his duties.</p> + +<p>No. 6: <strong>To receive, obey, and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me, +all orders from the commanding officer, officer of the day, and +officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only.</strong> (168)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1730" id="Para_1730">1730</a>.</strong> During this tour of duty a soldier is subject to the orders of +the commanding officer, officer of the day, and officers and +noncommissioned officers of the guard only; but any officer is +competent to investigate apparent violations of regulations by members +of the guard. (169)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1731" id="Para_1731">1731</a>.</strong> A sentinel will quit his piece on an explicit order from any +person from whom he lawfully receives orders while on post; under no +circumstances will he yield it to any other person. Unless necessity +there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_580" id="Page_580">[Pg 580]</a></span>for exists, no person will require a sentinel to quit his piece, +even to allow it to be inspected. (170)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1732" id="Para_1732">1732</a>.</strong> A sentinel will not divulge the countersign (<a href="#Para_1769">Pars. 1769</a> to 1777) +to anyone except the sentinel who relieves him, or to a person from +whom he properly receives orders, on such person's verbal order given +personally. Privates of the guard will not use the countersign except +in the performance of their duties while posted as sentinels.</p> + +<p>No. 7: <strong>To talk to no one except in line of duty.</strong> (171)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1733" id="Para_1733">1733</a>.</strong> When calling for any purpose, challenging, or holding +communication with any person, a dismounted sentinel, armed with a +rifle or saber, will take the position of "port" arms or saber. At +night a dismounted sentinel, armed with a pistol, takes the position +of raise pistol in challenging or holding communication. A mounted +sentinel does not ordinarily draw his weapon in the daytime when +challenging or holding conversation; but if drawn, he holds it at +advance rifle, raise pistol, or port saber, according as he is armed +with a rifle, pistol, or saber. At night, in challenging and holding +conversation, his weapon is drawn and held as just prescribed, +depending on whether he is armed with a rifle, pistol, or saber.</p> + +<p>No. 8: <strong>In case of fire or disorder to give the alarm.</strong> (172)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1734" id="Para_1734">1734</a>.</strong> In case of fire, a sentinel will call, "<strong>Fire No. (—)</strong>," adding +the number of his post; if possible, he will extinguish the fire +himself. In case of disorder, he will call: "<strong>The Guard, No. (—)</strong>," +adding the number of his post. If the danger be great, he will, in +either case, discharge his piece before calling.</p> + +<p>No. 11: <strong>To salute all officers and all colors and standards not cased.</strong> +(173)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1735" id="Para_1735">1735</a>.</strong> When not engaged in the performance of a specific duty, the +proper execution of which would prevent it, a member of the guard will +salute all officers who pass him. This rule applies at all hours of +the day or night, except in the case of mounted sentinels armed with a +rifle or pistol, or dismounted sentinels armed with a pistol, after +challenging. (See <a href="#Para_1742">Par. 1742</a>.) (174)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1736" id="Para_1736">1736</a>.</strong> Sentinels will salute as follows: A dismounted sentinel armed +with a rifle or saber, salutes by presenting arms; if otherwise armed, +he salutes with the right hand.</p> + +<p>A mounted sentinel, if armed with a saber and the saber be drawn, +salutes by presenting saber; otherwise he salutes in all cases with +the right hand. (175)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1737" id="Para_1737">1737</a>.</strong> To salute, a dismounted sentinel, with piece at a right shoulder +or saber at a carry, halts and faces toward the person to be saluted +when the latter arrives within thirty paces.</p> + +<p>The limit within which individuals and insignia of rank can be readily +recognized is assumed to be about 30 paces, and, therefore, at this +distance cognizance is taken of the person or party to be saluted. +(176)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1738" id="Para_1738">1738</a>.</strong> The salute is rendered at 6 paces; if the person to be saluted +does not arrive within that distance, then when he is nearest. (177)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_581" id="Page_581">[Pg 581]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1739" id="Para_1739">1739</a>.</strong> A sentinel in a sentry box, armed with a rifle, stands at +attention in the doorway on the approach of a person or party entitled +to salute, and salutes by presenting arms according to the forgoing +rules.</p> + +<p>If armed with a saber, he stands at a carry and salutes as before. +(178)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1740" id="Para_1740">1740</a>.</strong> A mounted sentinel on a regular post halts, faces, and salutes +in accordance with the foregoing rules. If doing patrol duty, he +salutes, but does not halt unless spoken to. (179)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1741" id="Para_1741">1741</a>.</strong> Sentinels salute, in accordance with the foregoing rules, all +persons and parties entitled to compliments from the guard (<a href="#Para_1787">Pars. +1787</a>, and <a href="#Para_1788">1788</a>): officers of the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps; +military and naval officers of foreign powers; officers of volunteers, +and militia officers when in uniform. (180)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1742" id="Para_1742">1742</a>.</strong> A sentinel salutes as just prescribed when an officer comes on +his post; if the officer holds communication with the sentinel, the +sentinel again salutes when the officer leaves him.</p> + +<p>During the hours when challenging is prescribed, the first salute is +given as soon as the officer has been duly recognized and advanced. A +mounted sentinel armed with a rifle or pistol, or a dismounted +sentinel armed with a pistol, does not salute after challenging.</p> + +<p>He stands at advance rifle or raise pistol until the officer passes. +(181)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1743" id="Para_1743">1743</a>.</strong> In case of the approach of an armed party of the guard, the +sentinel will halt when it is about 30 paces from him, facing toward +the party with his piece at the right shoulder. If not himself +relieved, he will, as the party passes, place himself so that the +party will pass in front of him; he resumes walking his post when the +party has reached 6 paces beyond him. (182)</p> + +<p>An officer is entitled to the compliments prescribed, whether in +uniform or not. (183)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1744" id="Para_1744">1744</a>.</strong> A sentinel in communication with an officer will not interrupt +the conversation to salute. In the case of seniors the officer will +salute, whereupon the sentinel will salute. (184)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1745" id="Para_1745">1745</a>.</strong> When the flag is being lowered at retreat, a sentinel on post +and in view of the flag will face the flag, and, at the first note of +the "Star Spangled Banner" or to the color will come to a present +arms. At the sounding of the last note he will resume walking his +post.</p> + +<p>No. 12: <strong>To be especially watchful at night and during the time for +challenging, to challenge all persons on or near my post, and to allow +no one to pass without proper authority.</strong> (185)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1746" id="Para_1746">1746</a>.</strong> During challenging hours, if a sentinel sees any person or party +on or near his post, he will advance rapidly along his post toward +such person or party and when within about 30 yards will challenge +sharply, "<strong>HALT. Who is there?</strong>" He will place himself in the best +possible position to receive or, if necessary, to arrest the person or +party. (186)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1747" id="Para_1747">1747</a>.</strong> In case a mounted party be challenged, the sentinel will call, +"<strong>HALT. DISMOUNT. Who is there?</strong>" (187)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1748" id="Para_1748">1748</a>.</strong> The sentinel will permit only one of any party to approach him +for the purpose of giving the countersign (<a href="#Para_1769">Pars. 1769</a> to 1777), or if +no<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_582" id="Page_582">[Pg 582]</a></span> countersign be used, of being duly recognized. When this is done +the whole party is advanced, i. e., allowed to pass. (188)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1749" id="Para_1749">1749</a>.</strong> In all cases the sentinel must satisfy himself beyond a +reasonable doubt that the parties are what they represent themselves +to be and have a right to pass. If he is not satisfied, he must cause +them to stand and call the corporal of the guard. So, likewise, if he +have no authority to pass persons with the countersign, or when the +party has not the countersign, or gives an incorrect one. (189)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1750" id="Para_1750">1750</a>.</strong> A sentinel will not permit any person to approach so close as to +prevent the proper use of his own weapon before recognizing the person +or receiving the countersign. (190)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1751" id="Para_1751">1751</a>.</strong> When two or more persons approach in one party, the sentinel on +receiving an answer that indicates that someone in the party has the +countersign, will say, "<strong>Advance one with the countersign</strong>," and, if the +countersign is given correctly, will then say, "<strong>Advance (So and so)</strong>," +repeating the answer to his challenge. Thus, if the answer be, "<strong>Relief +(friends with the countersign, patrol, etc.)</strong>," the sentinel will say, +"<strong>Advance one with the countersign</strong>"; then, "<strong>Advance relief (friends, +patrol, etc.)</strong>." (191)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1752" id="Para_1752">1752</a>.</strong> If a person having the countersign approach alone, he is +advanced to give the countersign. Thus, if the answer be, "<strong>Friend with +the countersign (or officer of the day, or etc.)</strong>," the sentinel will +say, "<strong>Advance, friend (or officer of the day, or etc.), with the +countersign</strong>"; then, "<strong>Advance, friend (or officer of the day, or +etc.)</strong>." (192)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1753" id="Para_1753">1753</a>.</strong> If two or more persons approach a sentinel's post from different +directions at the same time, all such persons are challenged in turn +and required to halt and to remain halted until advanced.</p> + +<p>The senior is first advanced, in accordance with the foregoing rules. +(193)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1754" id="Para_1754">1754</a>.</strong> If a party is already advanced and in communication with a +sentinel, the latter will challenge any other party that may approach; +if the party challenged be senior to the one already on his post, the +sentinel will advance the new party at once. The senior may allow him +to advance any or all of the other parties; otherwise, the sentinel +will not advance any of them until the senior leaves him. He will then +advance the senior only of the remaining parties, and so on. (194)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1755" id="Para_1755">1755</a>.</strong> The following order of rank will govern a sentinel in advancing +different persons or parties approaching his post: Commanding officer, +officer of the day, officer of the guard, officers, patrols, reliefs, +noncommissioned officers of the guard in order of rank, friends. (195)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1756" id="Para_1756">1756</a>.</strong> A sentinel will never allow himself to be surprised, nor permit +two parties to advance upon him at the same time. (196)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1757" id="Para_1757">1757</a>.</strong> If no countersign be used, the rules for challenging are the +same. The rules for advancing parties are modified only as follows: +Instead of saying "<strong>Advance (so and so) with the countersign</strong>," the +sentinel will say, "<strong>Advance (so and so) to be recognized</strong>." Upon +recognition he will say, "<strong>Advance (so and so)</strong>." (197)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1758" id="Para_1758">1758</a>.</strong> Answers to a sentinel's challenge intended to confuse or mislead +him are prohibited, but the use of such an answer as "<strong>Friends with the +countersign</strong>," is not to be understood as misleading, but as the usual<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_583" id="Page_583">[Pg 583]</a></span> +answer made by officers, patrols, etc., when the purpose of their +visit makes it desirable that their official capacity should not be +announced. (198)</p> + + +<h5>Special Orders For Sentinels at the Post of the Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1759" id="Para_1759">1759</a>.</strong> Sentinels posted at the guard will be required to memorize the +following:</p> + +<p><strong>Between reveille and retreat to turn out the guard for all persons +designated by the commanding officer, for all colors or standards not +cased, and in time of war for all armed parties approaching my post, +except troops at drill and reliefs and detachments of the guard.</strong></p> + +<p><strong>At night, after challenging any person or party, to advance no one but +call the corporal of the guard, repeating the answer to the challenge.</strong> +(199)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1760" id="Para_1760">1760</a>.</strong> After receiving an answer to his challenge, the sentinel calls, +"<strong>Corporal of the guard (So and so)</strong>," repeating the answer to the +challenge.</p> + +<p>He does not in such cases repeat the number of his post. (200)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1761" id="Para_1761">1761</a>.</strong> He remains in the position assumed in challenging until the +corporal has recognized or advanced the person or party challenged, +when he resumes walking his post, or, if the person or party be +entitled thereto, he salutes and, as soon as the salute has been +acknowledged, resumes walking his post. (201)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1762" id="Para_1762">1762</a>.</strong> The sentinel at the post of the guard will be notified by +direction of the commanding officer of the presence in camp or +garrison of persons entitled to the compliment (<a href="#Para_1784">Par. 1784</a>.) (202)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1763" id="Para_1763">1763</a>.</strong> The following examples illustrate the manner in which the +sentinel at the post of the guard will turn out the guard upon the +approach of persons or parties entitled to the compliment (<a href="#Para_1784">Pars. 1784</a>, +<a href="#Para_1787">1787</a>, and <a href="#Para_1788">1788</a>): "<strong>Turn out the guard, Commanding Officer</strong>"; "<strong>Turn out +the guard, Governor of a Territory</strong>"; "<strong>Turn out the guard, national +colors</strong>"; "<strong>Turn out the guard, armed party</strong>"; etc.</p> + +<p>At the approach of the new guard at guard mounting the sentinel will +call "<strong>Turn out the guard, armed party</strong>." (203)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1764" id="Para_1764">1764</a>.</strong> Should the person named by the sentinel not desire the guard +formed, he will salute, whereupon the sentinel will call "<strong>Never mind +the guard</strong>." (204)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1765" id="Para_1765">1765</a>.</strong> After having called "<strong>Turn out the guard</strong>," the sentinel will +never call "<strong>Never mind the guard</strong>," on the approach of an armed party. +(205)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1766" id="Para_1766">1766</a>.</strong> Though the guard be already formed he will not fail to call +"<strong>Turn out the guard</strong>," as required in his special orders, except that +the guard will not be turned out for any person while his senior is at +or coming to the post of the guard. (206)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1767" id="Para_1767">1767</a>.</strong> The sentinels at the post of the guard will warn the commander +of the approach of any armed body and of the presence in the vicinity +of all suspicious or disorderly persons. (207)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1768" id="Para_1768">1768</a>.</strong> In case of fire or disorder in sight or hearing, the sentinel at +the guardhouse will call the corporal of the guard and report the +facts to him. (208)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_584" id="Page_584">[Pg 584]</a></span></p> + + +<h5>Countersigns and Paroles</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1769" id="Para_1769">1769</a>. Seventy-seventh Article of War.</strong> Any person subject to military +law makes known the parole or countersign to any person not entitled +to receive it according to the rules and discipline of war, or gives a +parole or countersign different from that which he received, shall, if +the offense be committed in time of war, suffer death or such other +punishment as a court-martial may direct. (See <a href="#Para_1732">Par. 1732</a>.) (209)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1770" id="Para_1770">1770</a>.</strong> The <strong>countersign</strong> is a word given daily from the principal +headquarters of a command to aid guards and sentinels in identifying +persons who may be authorized to pass at night.</p> + +<p>It is given to such persons as may be authorized to pass and repass +sentinels' posts during the night, and to officers, noncommissioned +officers, and sentinels of the guard. (210)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1771" id="Para_1771">1771</a>.</strong> The <strong>parole</strong> is a word used as a check on the countersign in order +to obtain more accurate identification of persons. It is imparted only +to those who are entitled to inspect guards and to commanders of +guards.</p> + +<p>The parole or countersign, or both, are sent sealed in the form of an +order to those entitled to them. (211)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1772" id="Para_1772">1772</a>.</strong> When the commander of the guard demands the parole, he will +advance and receive it as the corporal receives the countersign. (See +<a href="#Para_1695">Par. 1695</a>.) (212)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1773" id="Para_1773">1773</a>.</strong> As the communications containing the parole and countersign must +at times be distributed by many orderlies, the parole intrusted to +many officers, and the countersign and parole to many officers and +sentinels, and as both the countersign and parole must, for large +commands, be prepared several days in advance, there is always danger +of their being lost or becoming known to persons who would make +improper use of them; moreover, a sentinel is too apt to take it for +granted that any person who gives the right countersign is what he +represents himself to be; hence for outpost duty there is greater +security in omitting the use of the countersign and parole, or in +using them with great caution. The chief reliance should be upon +personal recognition or identification of all persons claiming +authority to pass.</p> + +<p>Persons whose sole means of identification is the countersign, or +concerning whose authority to pass there is a reasonable doubt, should +not be allowed to pass without the authority of the corporal of the +guard after proper investigation; the corporal will take to his next +superior any person about whom he is not competent to decide. (213)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1774" id="Para_1774">1774</a>.</strong> The <strong>countersign</strong> is usually the name of a battle; the <strong>parole</strong>, +that of a general or other distinguished person. (214)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1775" id="Para_1775">1775</a>.</strong> When they can not be communicated daily, a series of words for +some days in advance may be sent to posts or detachments that are to +use the same parole or countersign as the main body. (215)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1776" id="Para_1776">1776</a>.</strong> If the countersign be lost, or if a member of the guard desert +with it, the commander on the spot will substitute another for it and +report the case at once to headquarters. (216)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1777" id="Para_1777">1777</a>.</strong> In addition to the countersign, use may be made of preconcerted +signals, such as striking the rifle with the hand or striking the +hands together a certain number of times, as agreed upon. Such signals +may be used only by guards that occupy exposed points.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_585" id="Page_585">[Pg 585]</a></span>They are used before the countersign is given, and must not be +communicated to anyone not entitled to know the countersign. Their use +is intended to prevent the surprise of a sentinel.</p> + +<p>In the daytime signals such as raising a cap or a handkerchief in a +prearranged manner may be used by sentinels to communicate with the +guard or with each other. (217)</p> + + +<h5>Guard Patrols</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1778" id="Para_1778">1778</a>.</strong> A guard patrol consists of one or more men detailed for the +performance of some special service connected with guard duty. (218)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1779" id="Para_1779">1779</a>.</strong> If the patrol be required to go beyond the chain of sentinels, +the officer or noncommissioned officer in charge will be furnished +with the countersign, and the outposts and sentinels warned. (219)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1780" id="Para_1780">1780</a>.</strong> If challenged by a sentinel, the patrol is halted by its +commander, and the noncommissioned officer accompanying it advances +alone and gives the countersign. (220)</p> + + +<h5>Watchmen</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1781" id="Para_1781">1781</a>.</strong> Enlisted men may be detailed as watchmen or as overseers over +prisoners, and as such will receive their orders and perform their +duties as the commanding officer may direct. (221)</p> + + +<h5>Compliments From Guards</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1782" id="Para_1782">1782</a>.</strong> The compliment from a guard consists in the guard turning out +and presenting arms. (See <a href="#Para_1612">Par. 1612</a>.) No compliments will be paid +between retreat and reveille except as provided in <a href="#Para_1851">paragraphs 361</a> and +<a href="#Para_1852">362</a>, nor will any person other than those named in <a href="#Para_1784">paragraph 224</a> +receive the compliment. (222)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1783" id="Para_1783">1783</a>.</strong> Though a guard does not turn out between retreat and reveille as +a matter of compliment, it may be turned out for inspection at any +time by a person entitled to inspect it. (223)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1784" id="Para_1784">1784</a>.</strong> Between reveille and retreat the following persons are entitled +to the compliment: The President, sovereign or chief magistrate of a +foreign country, and members of a royal family; Vice-President; +President and President pro tempore of the Senate; American and +foreign ambassadors; members of the Cabinet; Chief Justice; Speaker of +the House of Representatives; committees of Congress officially +visiting a military post; governors within their respective States and +Territories; governors general<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a>; Assistant Secretary of War +officially visiting a military post; all general officers of the Army; +general officers of foreign services visiting a post; naval, marine, +volunteer, and militia officers in the service of the United States +and holding the rank of general officer; American or foreign envoys or +ministers; ministers accredited to the United states: chargés +d'affaires accredited to the United States; consuls general accredited +to the United States; commanding officer of a coast artillery +district, coast defense command, post, fort or camp; officer of the +day. (224) (C. M. I. G. D., No. 1, Feb. 24, 1915.) </p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_586" id="Page_586">[Pg 586]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1785" id="Para_1785">1785</a>.</strong> The relative rank between officers of the Army and Navy is as +follows: General with admiral, lieutenant general with the vice +admiral, major general with rear admiral, brigadier general with +commodore,<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> colonel with captain, lieutenant colonel with +commander, major with lieutenant commander, captain with lieutenant, +first lieutenant with lieutenant (junior grade), second lieutenant +with ensign. (A. R. 12.) (225)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1786" id="Para_1786">1786</a>.</strong> Sentinels will not be required to memorize <a href="#Para_1784">paragraph 1784</a>, and +except in the cases of general officers of the Army, the commanding +officer, and the officer of the day, they will be advised in each case +of the presence in camp or garrison of persons entitled to the +compliment. (226)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1787" id="Para_1787">1787</a>.</strong> Guards will turn out and present arms when the national or +regimental colors or standards, not cased, are carried past by a guard +or an armed party. This rule also applies when the party carrying the +colors is at drill. If the drill is conducted in the vicinity of the +guardhouse, the guard will be turned out when the colors first pass, +and not thereafter. (227)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1788" id="Para_1788">1788</a>.</strong> In case the remains of a deceased officer or soldier are carried +past, the guard will turn out and present arms. (228)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1789" id="Para_1789">1789</a>.</strong> In time of war all guards will turn out under arms when armed +parties, except troops at drill and reliefs or detachments of the +guard, approach their post. (See <a href="#Para_1615">Par. 1615</a>.) (229)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1790" id="Para_1790">1790</a>.</strong> The commander of the guard will be notified of the presence in +camp or garrison of all persons entitled to the compliment, except +general officers of the Army, the commanding officer, and the officer +of the day. Members of the guard will salute all persons entitled to +the compliment and all officers in the military or naval service of +foreign powers, officers of the Army, Navy and Marine Corps, officers +of volunteers, and officers of militia when in uniform. (230)</p> + + +<h5>General Rules Concerning Guard Duty</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1791" id="Para_1791">1791</a>. Eighty-sixth Article of War.</strong> Any sentinel who is found drunk or +sleeping upon his post, or who leaves it before he is regularly +relieved, shall, if the offense be committed in time of war, suffer +death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct; and if +the offense be committed in time of peace, he shall suffer any +punishment, except death, that a court-martial may direct. (232)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1792" id="Para_1792">1792</a>.</strong> All material instructions given to a member of the guard by an +officer having authority will be promptly communicated to the +commander of the guard by the officer giving them. (233)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1793" id="Para_1793">1793</a>.</strong> Should the guard be formed, soldiers will fall in ranks under +arms. At roll call, each man, as his name or number and relief are +called, will answer "Here," and come to an <strong>order arms</strong>. (234)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1794" id="Para_1794">1794</a>.</strong> Whenever the guard or a relief is dismissed, each member not at +once required for duty will place his rifle in the arms racks, if +they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_587" id="Page_587">[Pg 587]</a></span> be provided, and will not remove it therefrom unless he requires +it in the performance of some duty. (235)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1795" id="Para_1795">1795</a>.</strong> Without permission from the commander of the guard, members of +the main guard, except orderlies, will not leave the immediate +vicinity of the guard house. Permission to leave will not be granted +except in cases of necessity. (236)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1796" id="Para_1796">1796</a>.</strong> Members of the main guard, except orderlies, will not remove +their accouterments or clothing without permission from the commander +of the guard. (<a href="#Para_1628">Par. 1628</a>.) (237)</p> + + +<h5>Guarding Prisoners</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1797" id="Para_1797">1797</a>.</strong> The sentinel at the post of the guard has charge of the +prisoners except when they have been turned over to the prisoner guard +or overseers. (<a href="#Para_1798">Par. 1798</a> to 1802 and <a href="#Para_1798">300</a> to 304.)</p> + +<p>(a) <strong>He will allow none to escape.</strong></p> + +<p>(b) <strong>He will allow none to cross his post leaving the guardhouse except +when passed by an officer or noncommissioned officer of the guard.</strong></p> + +<p>(c) <strong>He will allow no one to communicate with prisoners without +permission from proper authority.</strong></p> + +<p>(d) <strong>He will promptly report to the corporal of the guard any +suspicious noise made by the prisoners.</strong></p> + +<p>(e) <strong>He will be prepared to tell whenever asked how many prisoners are +in the guardhouse and how many are out at work or elsewhere.</strong></p> + +<p>Whenever prisoners are brought to his post returning from work or +elsewhere, he will halt them and call the corporal of the guard, +notifying him of the number of prisoners returning. Thus: "<strong>Corporal of +the guard, (so many) prisoners.</strong>"</p> + +<p>He will not allow prisoners to pass into the guardhouse until the +corporal of the guard has responded to the call and ordered him to do +so. (299)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1798" id="Para_1798">1798</a>.</strong> Whenever practicable special guards will be detailed for the +particular duty of guarding working parties composed of such prisoners +as cannot be placed under overseers. (300)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1799" id="Para_1799">1799</a>.</strong> The prisoner guard and overseers will be commanded by the police +officer; if there be no police officer, then by the officer of the +day. (301)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1800" id="Para_1800">1800</a>.</strong> The provost sergeant is sergeant of the prisoner guard and +overseers, and as such receives orders from the commanding officer and +the commander of the prisoner guard only. (302)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1801" id="Para_1801">1801</a>.</strong> Details for prisoner guard are marched to the guardhouse and +mounted by being inspected by the commander of the main guard, who +determines whether all of the men are in proper condition to perform +their duties and whether their arms and equipments are in proper +condition, and rejects any men found unfit. (303)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1802" id="Para_1802">1802</a>.</strong> When prisoners have been turned over to the prisoner guard or +overseers, such guards or overseers are responsible for them under +their commander, and all responsibility and control of the main guard +ceases until they are returned to the main guard. (<a href="#Para_1804">Par. 1804</a>.) (304)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_588" id="Page_588">[Pg 588]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1803" id="Para_1803">1803</a>.</strong> If a prisoner attempts to escape, the sentinel will call "<strong>Halt</strong>." +If he fails to halt when the sentinel has once repeated his call, and +if there be no other possible means of preventing his escape, the +sentinel will fire upon him.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1804" id="Para_1804">1804</a>.</strong> On approaching the post of the sentinel at the guardhouse, a +sentinel of the prisoner guard or an overseer in charge of prisoners +will halt them and call, "<strong>No. 1, (so many prisoners.)</strong>" He will not +allow them to cross the post of the sentinel until so directed by the +Corporal of the guard. (306)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1805" id="Para_1805">1805</a>.</strong> Members of the prisoner guard and overseers placed over +prisoners for work will receive specific and explicit instructions +covering the required work; they will be held strictly responsible +that the prisoners under their charge properly and satisfactorily +perform the designated work. (307)</p> + + +<h5>Stable Guards</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1806" id="Para_1806">1806</a>.</strong> Under the head of stable guards will be included guards for +cavalry stables, artillery stables and parks, mounted infantry +stables, machine-gun organization stables and parks, and quartermaster +stables and parks. Where the words "troop" and "cavalry" are used they +will be held to include all of these organizations. (308)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1807" id="Para_1807">1807</a>.</strong> When troop stable guards are mounted they will guard the stables +of the cavalry. When no stable guards are mounted, the stables will be +guarded by sentinels posted from the main guard, under the control of +the officer of the day.</p> + +<p>The instructions given for troop stable guard will be observed as far +as applicable by the noncommissioned officers and sentinels of the +main guard when in charge of the stables. (309)</p> + + +<h5>Troop Stable Guards</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1808" id="Para_1808">1808</a>.</strong> Troops stable guards will not be used except in the field, or +when it is impracticable to guard the stables by sentinels from the +main guard. (310)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1809" id="Para_1809">1809</a>.</strong> Troop stable guards will be under the immediate control of their +respective troop commanders; they will be posted in each cavalry +stable, or near the picket line, and will consist of not less than one +noncommissioned officer and three privates.</p> + +<p>Stable guards are for the protection of the horses, stables, forage, +equipments, and public property generally. They will in addition +enforce the special regulations in regard to stables, horses, and +parks. (311)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1810" id="Para_1810">1810</a>.</strong> Sentinels of stable guards will be posted at the stables or at +the picket lines when the horses are kept outside. The troop stable +guard may be used as a herd guard during the day time or when grazing +is practicable. (312)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1811" id="Para_1811">1811</a>.</strong> The troop stable guard, when authorized by the post commander, +will be mounted under the supervision of the troop commander. It will +be armed, at the discretion of the troop commander, with either rifle +or pistol. (313)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_589" id="Page_589">[Pg 589]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1812" id="Para_1812">1812</a>.</strong> The tour continues for 24 hours, or until the guard is relieved +by a new guard. (314)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1813" id="Para_1813">1813</a>.</strong> The employment of stable guards for police and fatigue duties at +the stables is forbidden; but this will not prohibit them from being +required to assist in feeding grain before reveille. (315)</p> + +<p>The troop stable guard will attend stables with the rest of the troop +and groom their own horses, the sentinels being taken off post for the +purpose. (316)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1814" id="Para_1814">1814</a>.</strong> Neither the noncommissioned officer nor the members of the +stable guard will absent themselves from the immediate vicinity of the +stables except in case of urgent necessity, and then for no longer +time than is absolutely necessary. No member of the guard will leave +for any purpose without the authority of the noncommissioned officer +of the guard. (317)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1815" id="Para_1815">1815</a>.</strong> The noncommissioned officer and one member of the stable guard +will go for meals at the proper hour; upon their return the other +members of the guard will be directed to go by the noncommissioned +officer. (318)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1816" id="Para_1816">1816</a>.</strong> When the horses are herded each troop will furnish its own herd +guard. (319)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1817" id="Para_1817">1817</a>.</strong> Smoking in the stables or their immediate vicinity is +prohibited. No fire or light, other than electric light or stable +lanterns, will be permitted in the stables. A special place will be +designated for trimming, filling, and lighting lanterns. (320)</p> + + +<h5>Noncommissioned Officer of the Troop Stable Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1818" id="Para_1818">1818</a>.</strong> The noncommissioned officer receives his orders from his troop +commander, to whom he will report immediately after posting his first +relief, and when relieved will turn over all his orders to his +successor. He instructs his sentinels in their general and special +duties; exercises general supervision over his entire guard; exacts +order and cleanliness about the guardroom; prevents the introduction +of intoxicants into the guardhouse and stables; receives, by count, +from his predecessor, the animals, horse equipments, and all property +(both private and public) pertaining thereto; examines, before +relieving his predecessor, all locks, windows, and doors, and should +any be found insecure he will report the fact to his troop commander +when he reports for orders. He will personally post and relieve each +sentinel, taking care to verify the property responsibility of the +sentinel who comes off post, and see that the sentinel who goes on +post is aware of the property responsibility that he assumes. (321)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1819" id="Para_1819">1819</a>.</strong> That the noncommissioned officer may be more thoroughly informed +of his responsibility, <strong>all</strong> horses returning, except those from a +regular formation, will be reported to him. He will then notify the +sentinel on post, and, in the absence of the stable sergeant, will see +that the horses are promptly cared for.</p> + +<p>In case of abuse, he will promptly report to the troop commander. +Should the horse be the private property of an officer, he will report +such abuse to the owner. (322)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1820" id="Para_1820">1820</a>.</strong> The noncommissioned officer will report any unusual occurrence +during his tour direct to his troop commander. (323)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_590" id="Page_590">[Pg 590]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1821" id="Para_1821">1821</a>.</strong> Horses and other property for which the noncommissioned officer +is responsible will not be taken from the stables without the +authority of the post or troop commander. (324)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1822" id="Para_1822">1822</a>.</strong> The noncommissioned officer must answer the sentinel's calls +promptly. (325)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1823" id="Para_1823">1823</a>.</strong> In case of fire, the noncommissioned officer will see that the +requirements of <a href="#Para_1831">paragraph 1831</a> are promptly carried out. (326)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1824" id="Para_1824">1824</a>.</strong> Whenever it becomes necessary for the noncommissioned officer to +leave his guard, he will designate a member of it to take charge and +assume his responsibility during his absence. (327)</p> + + +<h5>Sentinels of the Troop Stable Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1825" id="Para_1825">1825</a>.</strong> The sentinel in the discharge of his duties will be governed by +the regulations for sentinels of the main guard whenever they are +applicable—such as courtesies to officers, walking post in a +soldierly manner, challenging, etc.; he will not turn out the guard +except when ordered by proper authority. (328)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1826" id="Para_1826">1826</a>.</strong> The sentinel will receive orders from the commanding officer, +the troop commander, and the noncommissioned officers of the stable +guard only, except when the commanding officer directs the officer of +the day to inspect the stable guard. (329)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1827" id="Para_1827">1827</a>.</strong> In the field and elsewhere when directed by the commanding +officer the sentinel when posted will verify the number of horses for +which he is responsible, and when relieved will give the number to his +successor. (330)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1828" id="Para_1828">1828</a>.</strong> The sentinel will not permit any horse or equipments to be taken +from the stables, except in the presence of the noncommissioned +officer. (331)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1829" id="Para_1829">1829</a>.</strong> Should a horse get loose, the sentinel will catch him and tie +him up. If he be unable to catch the horse, the noncommissioned +officer will at once be notified. In case a horse be cast, or in any +way entangled, he will relieve him, if possible; if unable to relieve +him, he will call the noncommissioned officer. Sentinels are forbidden +to punish or maltreat a horse. (332)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1830" id="Para_1830">1830</a>.</strong> When a horse is taken sick, the sentinel will notify the +noncommissioned officer, who in turn will call the farrier, and see +that the horse is properly attended to. (333)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1831" id="Para_1831">1831</a>.</strong> In case of fire the sentinel will give the alarm by stepping +outside the stable and firing his pistol or piece repeatedly, and +calling out at the same time, "<strong>Fire, stables, Troop (——)</strong>."</p> + +<p>As soon as the guard is alarmed, he will take the necessary +precautions in opening or closing the doors so as to prevent the +spreading of the fire and make it possible to remove the horses; he +will drop the chains and bars, and, with the other members of the +guard, proceed to lead out the horses and secure them at the picket +line or such other place as may have been previously designated. (334)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1832" id="Para_1832">1832</a>.</strong> Sentinels over horses, or in charge of prisoners, receive orders +from the stable sergeant, so far as the care of the horses and the +labor of prisoners are concerned. (335)</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_591" id="Page_591">[Pg 591]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1833" id="Para_1833">1833</a>.</strong> In field artillery and machine-gun organizations, the guard for +the stables has charge of the guns, caissons, etc., with their +ammunition and stores, as well as the horses, harness, and forage. +(336)</p> + + +<h5>The Flag</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1834" id="Para_1834">1834</a>.</strong> The lowering of the flag will be regulated as to be completed at +the last note of "The Star Spangled Banner" or "to the color." (338)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1835" id="Para_1835">1835</a>.</strong> When practicable, a detail consisting of a noncommissioned +officer and two privates of the guard will raise or lower the flag. +This detail wears side arms or, if the special equipments do not +include side arms, then belts only.</p> + +<p>The noncommissioned officer, carrying the flag, forms the detail in +line, takes his post in the center, and marches it to the staff. The +flag is then securely attached to the halyards and rapidly hoisted. +The halyards are then securely fastened to the cleat on the staff and +the detail marched to the guardhouse. (344)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1836" id="Para_1836">1836</a>.</strong> When the flag is to be lowered, the halyards are loosened from +the staff and made perfectly free. At retreat the flag is lowered at +the last note of retreat. It is then neatly folded and the halyards +made fast. The detail is then reformed and marched to the guardhouse, +where the flag is turned over to the commander of the guard.</p> + +<p>The flag should never be allowed to touch the ground and should always +be hoisted or lowered from the leeward side of the staff, the halyards +being held by two persons. (345)</p> + + +<h5>Reveille and Retreat Gun</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1837" id="Para_1837">1837</a>.</strong> The morning and evening gun will be fired by a detachment of the +guard, consisting, when practicable, of a corporal and two privates. +The morning gun is fired at the first note of reveille, or, if marches +be played before the reveille, it is fired at the beginning of the +first march The retreat gun is fired at the last note of retreat.</p> + +<p>The corporal marches the detachment to and from the piece, which is +fired, sponged out, and secured under his direction. (346)</p> + + +<h5>Guard Mounting</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1838" id="Para_1838">1838</a>.</strong> Guard mounting will be formal or informal as the commanding +officer may direct. It will be held as prescribed in the drill +regulations of the arm of the service to which the guard belongs; if +none is prescribed, then as for infantry. In case the guard is +composed wholly of mounted organizations, guard mounting may be held +mounted. (347)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1839" id="Para_1839">1839</a>.</strong> When infantry and mounted troops dismounted are united for guard +mounting, all details form as prescribed for infantry. (348)</p> + + +<h5>Formal Guard Mounting for Infantry</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1840" id="Para_1840">1840</a>.</strong> Formal guard mounting will ordinarily be held only in posts or +camps where a band is present. (349)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1841" id="Para_1841">1841</a>.</strong> At the <strong>assembly</strong>, the men designated for the guard fall in on +their company parade grounds as prescribed in paragraph 106. I. D. R. +The first sergeant then verifies the detail, inspects it, replaces any +man unfit<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_592" id="Page_592">[Pg 592]</a></span> to go on guard, turns the detail over to the senior +noncommissioned officer, and retires. The band takes its place on the +parade ground so that the left of its front rank shall be 12 paces to +the right of the front rank of the guard when the latter is formed. +(350)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1842" id="Para_1842">1842</a>.</strong> At <strong>adjutant's call</strong>, the adjutant, dismounted, and the +sergeant-major on his left, marches to the parade ground. The adjutant +halts and takes post so as to be 12 paces in front of and facing the +center of the guard when formed; the sergeant-major continues on, +moves by the left flank, and takes post, facing to the left, 12 paces +to the left of the front rank of the band; the band plays in quick or +double time; the details are marched to the parade ground by the +senior noncommissioned officers; the detail that arrives first is +marched to the line so that, upon halting, the breast of the +front-rank man shall be near to and opposite the left arm of the +sergeant-major; the commander of the detail halts his detail, places +himself in front of and facing the sergeant-major, at a distance equal +to or a little greater than the front of his detail, and commands: <strong>1. +Right, 2. DRESS.</strong> The detail dresses up to the line of the +sergeant-major and its commander, the right front-rank man placing his +breast against the left arm of the sergeant-major; the noncommissioned +officers take post two paces in rear of the rear rank of the detail. +The detail aligned, the commander of the detail commands: <strong>FRONT</strong>, +salutes, and then reports: "<strong>The detail is correct</strong>;" or "<strong>So many +sergeants, corporals, or privates are absent</strong>;" the sergeant-major +returns the salute with the right hand after the report is made; the +commander then passes by the right of the guard and takes post in the +line of noncommissioned officers in rear of the right file or his +detail.</p> + +<p>Should there be more than one detail, it is formed in like manner on +the left of the one preceding; the privates, noncommissioned officers, +and commander of each detail dress on those of the preceding details +in the same rank or line; each detail commander closes the rear rank +to the right and fills blank files, as far as practicable, with the +men from his front rank.</p> + +<p>Should the guard from a company not include a noncommissioned officer, +one will be detailed to perform the duties of commander of the detail. +In this case the commander of the detail, after reporting to the +sergeant-major, passes around the right flank between the guard and +the band and retires. (351)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1843" id="Para_1843">1843</a>.</strong> When the last detail has formed, the sergeant-major takes a side +step to the right, draws sword, verifies the detail, takes post two +paces to the right and two paces to the front of the guard, facing to +the left, causes the guard to count off, completes the left squad, if +necessary, as in the school of the company, and if there be more than +three squads, divides the guard into two platoons, again takes post as +described above and commands: <strong>1. Open ranks, 2. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command march, the rear rank and file closers march backward +four steps, halt, and dress to the right. The sergeant major aligns +the ranks and file closers and again, taking post as described above, +commands: <strong>FRONT</strong>, moves parallel to the front rank until opposite the +center, turns to the right, halts midway to the adjutant, salutes, +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_593" id="Page_593">[Pg 593]</a></span> reports: "<strong>Sir, the details are correct</strong>;" or, "<strong>Sir, (so many) +sergeants, corporals, or privates are absent</strong>;" the adjutant returns +the salute, directs the sergeant-major: <strong>Take your post</strong>, and then draws +saber; the sergeant-major faces about, approaches to within two paces +of the center of the front rank, turns to the right, moves three paces +beyond the left of the front rank, turns to the left, halts on the +line of the front rank, faces about, and brings his sword to the +order. When the sergeant-major has reported, the officer of the guard +takes post, facing to the front, three paces in front of the center of +the guard, and draws saber.</p> + +<p>The adjutant then commands: <strong>1. Officer (or officers) and +noncommissioned officers, 2. Front and Center, 3. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>center</strong>, the officers carry saber. At the command <strong>march</strong>, +the officer advances and halts three paces from the adjutant, +remaining at the carry; the noncommissioned officers pass by the +flanks, along the front, and form in order of rank from right to left, +three paces in rear of the officer, remaining at the right shoulder; +if there is no officer of the guard the noncommissioned officers halt +on a line three paces from the adjutant; the adjutant then assigns the +officers and noncommissioned officers according to rank, as follows: +<strong>Commander of the guard, leader of first platoon, leader of second +platoon, right guide of first platoon, left guide of second platoon, +left guide of first platoon, right guide of second platoon</strong>, and <strong>file +closers</strong>, or, if the guard is not divided into platoons: <strong>Commander of +the guard, right guide, left guide</strong>, and <strong>file closers</strong>.</p> + +<p>The adjutant then commands: <strong>1. Officer (or officers) and +noncommissioned officers, 2. POSTS, 3. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>At the command <strong>posts</strong>, all, except the officer commanding the guard, +face about. At the command <strong>march</strong>, they take the posts prescribed in +the school of the company with open ranks. The adjutant directs: +<strong>Inspect your guard, sir</strong>; at which the officer commanding the guard +faces about, commands: <strong>Prepare for inspection</strong>, returns saber, and +inspects the guard.</p> + +<p>During the inspection, the band plays; the adjutant returns saber, +observes the general condition of the guard, and falls out any man who +is unfit for guard duty or does not present a creditable appearance. +Substitutes will report to the commander of the guard at the +guardhouse. (352)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1844" id="Para_1844">1844</a>.</strong> The adjutant, when so directed, selects orderlies and color +sentinels, as prescribed in <a href="#Para_1702">paragraphs 140</a> and <a href="#Para_1702">141</a>, and notifies the +commander of the guard of his selection. (353)</p> + +<p>If there be a junior officer of the guard he takes post at the same +time as the senior, facing to the front, 3 paces in front of the +center of the first platoon; in going to the front and center he +follows and takes position on the left of the senior and is assigned +as leader of the first platoon; he may be directed by the commander of +the guard to assist in inspecting the guard.</p> + +<p>If there be no officer of the guard, the adjutant inspects the guard. +A noncommissioned officer commanding the guard takes post on the right +of the right guide, when the guard is in line; and takes the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_594" id="Page_594">[Pg 594]</a></span> post of +the officer of the guard, when in column or passing in review. (354)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1845" id="Para_1845">1845</a>.</strong> The inspection ended, the adjutant places himself about 30 paces +in front of and facing the center of the guard, and draws saber; the +new officer of the day takes post in front of and facing the guard, +about 30 paces from the adjutant; the old officer of the day takes +post 3 paces to the right of and 1 pace to the rear of the new officer +of the day; the officer of the guard takes post 3 paces in front of +its center, draws saber with the adjutant and comes to the order; +thereafter he takes the same relative positions as a captain of a +company.</p> + +<p>The adjutant then commands: <strong>1. Parade, 2. REST, 3. SOUND OFF</strong>, and +comes to the order and parade rest.</p> + +<p>The band, playing, passes in front of the officer of the guard to the +left of the line, and back to its post on the right, when it ceases +playing.</p> + +<p>The adjutant then comes to attention, carries saber, and commands: <strong>1. +Guard, 2. ATTENTION, 3. Close ranks, 4. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The ranks are opened and closed as in paragraph 745, I. D. R.</p> + +<p>The adjutant then commands: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS</strong>, faces toward the new +officer of the day, salutes, and then reports: <strong>Sir, the guard is +formed.</strong> The new officer of the day, after the adjutant has reported, +returns the salute with the hand and directs the adjutant: <strong>March the +guard in review, sir.</strong></p> + +<p>The adjutant carries saber, faces about, brings the guard to an order, +and commands: <strong>1. At trail, platoons (or guard) right, 2. MARCH, 3. +Guard, 4. HALT.</strong></p> + +<p>The platoons execute the movements; the band turns to the right and +places itself 12 paces in front of the first platoon.</p> + +<p>The adjutant places himself 6 paces from the flank and abreast of the +commander of the guard; the sergeant major, 6 paces from the left +flank of the second platoon.</p> + +<p>The adjutant then commands: <strong>1. Pass in review, 2. FORWARD, 3. MARCH.</strong></p> + +<p>The guard marches in quick time past the officer of the day, according +to the principles of review, and is brought to <strong>eyes right</strong> at the +proper time by the commander of the guard; the adjutant, commander of +the guard, leaders of platoons, sergeant-major, and drum major salute.</p> + +<p>The band, having passed the officer of the day, turns to the left out +of the column, places itself opposite and facing him, and continues to +play until the guard leaves the parade ground. The field music +detaches itself from the band when the latter turns out of the column, +and, remaining in front of the guard, commences to play when the band +ceases.</p> + +<p>Having passed 12 paces beyond the officer of the day, the adjutant +halts; the sergeant-major halts abreast of the adjutant and 1 pace to +his left; they then return saber, salute, and retire; the commander of +the guard then commands: <strong>1. Platoons, right by squads, 2. MARCH</strong>, and +marches the guard to its post.</p> + +<p>The officers of the day face toward each other and salute; the old +officer of the day turns over the orders to the new officer of the +day.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_595" id="Page_595">[Pg 595]</a></span>When the band is sounding off, and while the guard is marching in +review, the officers of the day stand at parade rest with arms folded. +They take this position when the adjutant comes to parade rest, resume +the attention with him, again take the parade rest at the first note +of the march in review, and resume attention as the head of the column +approaches.</p> + +<p>The new officer of the day returns the salute of the commander of the +guard and the adjutant, making one salute with the hand. (355)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1846" id="Para_1846">1846</a>.</strong> If the guard be not divided into platoons, the adjutant +commands: <strong>1. At trail, guard right, 2. MARCH, 3. Guard, 4. HALT</strong>, and +it passes in review as above; the commander of the guard is 3 paces in +front of its center; the adjutant places himself 6 paces from the left +flank and abreast of the commander of the guard; the sergeant covers +the adjutant on a line with the front rank. (356)</p> + + +<h5>Informal Guard Mounting for Infantry</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1847" id="Para_1847">1847</a>.</strong> Informal guard mounting will be held on the parade ground of the +organization from which the guard is detailed. If it is detailed from +more than one organization, then at such place as the commanding +officer may direct. (357)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1848" id="Para_1848">1848</a>. At assembly</strong>, the detail for guard falls in on the company parade +ground. The first sergeant verifies the detail, inspects their dress +and general appearance, and replaces any man unfit to march on guard. +He then turns the detail over to the commander of the guard and +retires. (358)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1849" id="Para_1849">1849</a>. At adjutant's call</strong>, the officer of the day takes his place 15 +paces in front of the center of the guard and commands: <strong>1. Officer (or +officers) and noncommissioned officers, 2. Front and center, 3. MARCH</strong>; +whereupon the officers and noncommissioned officers take their +positions, are assigned and sent to their posts as prescribed in +formal guard mounting. (<a href="#Para_1843">Par. 1843</a>.)</p> + +<p>The officer of the day will then inspect the guard with especial +reference for its fitness for the duty for which it is detailed, and +will select as prescribed in <a href="#Para_1702">paragraphs 1702</a>, the necessary orderlies +and color sentinels. The men found unfit for guard will be returned to +quarters and will be replaced by others found to be suitable, if +available in the company. If none are available in the company, the +fact will be reported to the adjutant immediately after guard +mounting.</p> + +<p>When the inspection shall have been completed, the officer of the day +resumes his position and directs the commander of the guard to march +the guard to its post. (359)</p> + + +<h5>Relieving the Old Guard</h5> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1850" id="Para_1850">1850</a>.</strong> As the new guard approaches the guardhouse, the old guard is +formed in line, with its field music 3 paces to its right; and when +the field music at the head of the new guard arrives opposite its +left, the commander of the new guard commands: <strong>1. Eyes, 2. RIGHT</strong>; the +commander of the old guard commands: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS</strong>; commanders +of both guards salute. The new guard marches in quick time past the +old guard.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_596" id="Page_596">[Pg 596]</a></span>When the commander of the new guard is opposite the field music of the +old guard, he commands: <strong>FRONT</strong>; the commander of the old guard +commands: <strong>1. Order, 2. ARMS</strong>, as soon as the new guard shall have +cleared the old guard.</p> + +<p>The field music having marched 3 paces beyond the field music of the +old guard, changes direction to the right, and, followed by the guard, +changes direction to the left when on a line with the old guard; the +changes of direction are without command. The commander of the guard +halts on the line of the front rank of the old guard, allows his guard +to march past him, and when its rear approaches forms it in line to +the left, establishes the left guide 3 paces to the right of the field +music of the old guard, and on a line with the front rank, and then +dresses his guard to the left; the field music of the new guard is 3 +paces to the right of its front rank. (360)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1851" id="Para_1851">1851</a>.</strong> The new guard being dressed, the commander of each guard, in +front of and facing its center, commands: <strong>1. Present, 2. ARMS</strong>, resumes +his front, salutes, carries saber, faces his guard and commands: <strong>1. +Order, 2. ARMS.</strong></p> + +<p>Should a guard be commanded by a noncommissioned officer, he stands on +the right or left of the front rank, according as he commands the old +or new guard, and executes the rifle salute. (361)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1852" id="Para_1852">1852</a>.</strong> After the new guard arrives at its post, and has saluted the old +guard, each guard is presented by its commander to its officer of the +day; if there be but one officer of the day present, or if one officer +acts in the capacity of old and new officer of the day, each guard is +presented to him by its commander. (362)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1853" id="Para_1853">1853</a>.</strong> If other persons entitled to a salute approach, each commander +of the guard will bring his own guard to attention if not already at +attention. The senior commander of the two guards will then command +"<strong>1. Old and new guards, 2. Present, 3. ARMS.</strong>"</p> + +<p>The junior will salute at the command "<strong>Present Arms</strong>" given by the +senior. After the salute has been acknowledged, the senior brings both +guards to the order. (363)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1854" id="Para_1854">1854</a>.</strong> After the salutes have been acknowledged by the officers of the +day, each guard is brought to an order by its commander; the commander +of the new guard then directs the orderly or orderlies to fall out and +report, and causes bayonets to be fixed if so ordered by the +commanding officer; bayonets will not then be unfixed during the tour +except in route marches while the guard is actually marching, or when +specially directed by the commanding officer.</p> + +<p>The commander of the new guard then falls out members of the guard for +detached posts, placing them under charge of the proper +noncommissioned officers, divides the guard into three reliefs, <strong>first</strong>, +<strong>second</strong>, and <strong>third</strong>, from right to left, and directs a list of the guard +to be made by reliefs. When the guard consists of troops of different +arms combined, the men are assigned to reliefs so as to insure a fair +division of duty, under rules prescribed by the commanding officer. +(364)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1855" id="Para_1855">1855</a>.</strong> The sentinels and detachments of the old guard are at once +relieved by members of the new guard; the two guards standing at ease +or at rest while these changes are being made. The commander of the +old<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_597" id="Page_597">[Pg 597]</a></span> transmits to the commander of the new guard all his orders, +instructions, and information concerning the guard and its duties. The +commander of the new guard then takes possession of the guardhouse and +verifies the articles in charge of the guard. (365)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1856" id="Para_1856">1856</a>.</strong> If considerable time is required to bring in that portion of the +old guard still on post, the commanding officer may direct that as +soon as the orders and property are turned over to the new guard, the +portion of the old guard at the guardhouse may be marched off and +dismissed. In such a case, the remaining detachment or detachments of +the old guard will be inspected by the commander of the new guard when +they reach the guardhouse. He will direct the senior noncommissioned +officer present to march these detachments off and dismiss them in the +prescribed manner. (366)</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1857" id="Para_1857">1857</a>.</strong> In bad weather, at night, after long marches, or when the guard +is very small, the field music may be dispensed with. (367)</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> The term "governors general" shall be taken to mean +administrative officers under whom officers with the title of governor +are acting.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> The grade of commodore ceased to exist as a grade on the +active list of the Navy of the United States on Mar. 3, 1899. By +section 7 of the act of Mar. 3, 1899, the nine junior rear admirals +are authorized to receive the pay and allowances of a brigadier +general of the Army.</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_598" id="Page_598">[Pg 598]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_VIII" id="PART_VIII"></a>PART VIII</h2> + +<p class="part_head">MILITARY ORGANIZATION</p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_599" id="Page_599">[Pg 599]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1858" id="Para_1858">1858</a>.</strong> The tabulations that follow are based on the National Defense +Act of June 3, 1916, and on the Tables of Organization.</p> + +<h3>Composition of Infantry Units</h3> + +<table summary="Composition of Infantry Units"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Regiment</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Battalions (3)</th> + <th colspan="4" class="table_cell_1111">Companies</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Infantry (12)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Headquarters (1)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Machine Gun (1)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Supply (1)</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Colonel<br /> +1 Lt. Colonel<br /> +3 Majors<br /> +15 Captains<br /> +16 1st Lieuts.<br /> +15 2nd Lieuts.<br /> +—<br /> +51<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 Hdqrs. Co.<br /> +1 Machine Gun Co.<br /> +1 Supply Co.<br /> +12 Infantry Cos., organized into 3 battalions of 4 companies each<br /> +<br /> +<em>Attached</em><br /> +1 Major, Med. Dept.<br /> +3 Capts., or 1st Lieuts., Med. Dept.<br /> +1 Chaplain</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Major<br /> +1 1st Lieut., mounted (battalion adjutant)<br /> +4 Companies.<br /> +<br /> +<em>Attached</em><br /> +1 Battalion Sergt. Major (from Hdqrs. Co.)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain<br /> +1 1st Lieut.<br /> +1 2nd Lieut.<br /> +—<br /> +3<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +6 Sergts.<br /> +11 Corpls.<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +2 Buglers<br /> +1 Mechanic<br /> +19 Pvts. (1st Class)<br /> +56 Pvts.<br /> +—<br /> +100<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 2 Sergts., 6 Corpls., 1 Mechanic, 9 Pvts. 1st Class and 31 Pvts.—total, 49)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain, mounted, (Regtl. Adjt.)<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 Regtl. Sergt. Major, mounted.<br /> +3 Batln. Sergts. Major, mounted.<br /> +1 1st Sergt. (drum major)<br /> +2 Color Sergts.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +1 Sergt.<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +1 Band leader<br /> +1 Asst. Band leader<br /> +1 Sergt. bugler<br /> +2 Band Sergts.<br /> +4 Band Corpls.<br /> +2 Musicians, 1st Class<br /> +4 Musicians, 2nd Class<br /> +13 Musicians, 3rd Class<br /> +4 Pvts., 1st Class, Mtd.<br /> +12 Pvts, Mtd.<br /> +—<br /> +58<br /> +—</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain, Mtd.<br /> +1 1st Lt., Mtd.<br /> +2 2nd Lts., Mtd.<br /> +—<br /> +4<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 1st Sergt., Mtd.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt., Mtd.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt., Mtd.<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +5 Sergeants<br /> +6 Corporals<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +2 Buglers<br /> +1 Mechanic<br /> +8 Pvts., 1st Class<br /> +24 Privates<br /> +—<br /> +53<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 2 Sergts., 2 Corpls., 1 Mechanic, 4 Pvts., 1st Class and 12 Pvts.—total, 21)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain, Mtd.<br /> +1 2nd Lt., Mtd.<br /> +—<br /> +2<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +3 Regtl. Supply Sergts., Mtd.<br /> +1 1st Sergt., Mtd.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +1 Corpl., Mtd.<br /> +1 Cook<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +1 Wagoner for each authorized wagon of the field and combat train.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong>Transportation, orderlies, etc.</strong> To Hdqrs. Co., 27 riding horses; to +Machine Gun Co., 6 riding horses and 8 pack mules; to Supply Co., 3 +riding horses; to each Battalion Hdqrs., 6 riding horses, 1 wagon, 4 +draft mules, and 2 mounted orderlies; to Regtl. Hdqrs., 5 riding +horses.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_600" id="Page_600">[Pg 600]</a></span></p> +<h3>Composition of Cavalry Units</h3> + +<table summary="Composition of Cavalry Units"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Regiment</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Squadrons (3)</th> + <th colspan="4" class="table_cell_1111">Troops</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Cavalry (12)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Headquarters (1)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Machine Gun (1)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Supply (1)</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Colonel<br /> +1 Lt. Colonel<br /> +3 Majors<br /> +15 Captains<br /> +16 1st Lieuts.<br /> +16 2nd Lieuts.<br /> +—<br /> +52<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 Hdqrs. Troop<br /> +1 Machine Gun Troop<br /> +1 Supply Troop<br /> +12 Troops organized into 3 squadrons of 4 troops each<br /> +<br /> +<em>Attached</em><br /> +1 Major, Med. Dept.<br /> +3 Capts., or 1st Lieuts., Med. Dept.<br /> +1 Chaplain</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Major<br /> +1 1st Lieut., squadron adjutant<br /> +<br /> +4 troops<br /> +<br /> +<em>Attached</em><br /> +1 Squadron Sergt. Major (from Hdqrs. Troop)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain<br /> +1 1st Lieut.<br /> +1 2nd Lieut.<br /> +—<br /> +3<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +5 Sergts.<br /> +8 Corpls.<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +2 Horseshoers<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +2 Buglers<br /> +10 Pvts. (1st Class)<br /> +36 Pvts.<br /> +—<br /> +70<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 10 Pvts. (1st Class) and 25 Pvts.—total, 35)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain, Regtl. Adjt.<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 Regtl. Sergeant Major<br /> +3 Squadron Sergts. Major<br /> +1 1st Sergt. (Drum Major)<br /> +2 Color Sergts.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +1 Sergt.<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +2 Pvts. (1st Class)<br /> +9 Pvts.<br /> +1 Band leader<br /> +1 Asst. Band Leader<br /> +1 Sergt. Bugler<br /> +2 Band Sergts.<br /> +4 Band Corpls.<br /> +2 Musicians, 1st Class<br /> +4 Musicians, 2nd Class<br /> +13 Musicians, 3rd Class<br /> +—<br /> +54<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 2 Sergts, 5 Corpls., 1 Horseshoer, 5 Pvts. 1st Class, 18 Pvts.—total, 31)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain<br /> +1 1st Lieut.<br /> +2 2nd Lieuts.<br /> +—<br /> +4<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +2 Horseshoers<br /> +5 Sergts.<br /> +6 Corpls.<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +1 Mechanic<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +2 Buglers<br /> +12 Pvts. 1st Class<br /> +35 Pvts.<br /> +—<br /> +70<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 3 Sergts., 2 Corpls., 1 Mechanic, 1 Pvt. 1st Class, 14 Pvts.—total, 21)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain, Regtl. Supply Officer<br /> +2 2nd Lieuts.<br /> +—<br /> +3<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +3 Regtl. Supply Sergts.<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +1 Corpl.<br /> +1 Cook<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +1 Wagoner for each authorized wagon of the field and combat train.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><strong>Transportation, orderlies, etc.</strong> To each Squadron Hdqrs., 6 or 7 riding +horses and 2 orderlies; to each squadron; 292 riding horses, 1 wagon +and 4 draft mules.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_601" id="Page_601">[Pg 601]</a></span></p> +<h3>Composition of Field Artillery Units</h3> + +<table summary="Composition of Field Artillery Units"> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Regiment</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Battalion (Gun or Howitzer)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Battery (Gun or Howitzer)</th> + <th rowspan="2" class="table_cell_1111">Headquarters Company of Regt., of 2 battalions</th> + <th rowspan="2" class="table_cell_1111">Supply (1) Regt. of 2 Batlns.</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Each</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Colonel<br /> +1 Lt. Colonel<br /> +1 Captain<br /> +—<br /> +3<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 Hdqrs. Co.,<br /> +1 Supply Co.,<br /> +And such number of guns and howitzer as the President may direct.<br /> +<br /> +<em>Attached</em><br /> +1 Major, Med. Dept.<br /> +3 Capts. or 1st Lieuts., Med. Dept.<br /> +1 Chaplain</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Major<br /> +1 Captain<br /> +—<br /> +2<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +Batteries as follows:<br /> +<br /> +Mountain artillery battalions and light artillery gun or howitzer battalions serving with the field artillery or +Infantry divisions shall contain three batteries; horse artillery battalions and heavy field artillery gun or +howitzer battalions shall contain two batteries.</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain<br /> +2 1st Lieuts.<br /> +2 2nd Lieuts.<br /> +—<br /> +5<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +6 Sergts.<br /> +13 Corpls.<br /> +1 Chief Mechanic<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +2 Horseshoers<br /> +1 Mechanic<br /> +2 Buglers<br /> +3 Cooks<br /> +22 Pvts., 1st Class<br /> +71 Pvts.<br /> +—<br /> +125<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +When no enlisted men of the Quartermaster Corps are attached for such positions there shall be added to each +battery of mountain artillery:<br /> +<br /> +1 Packmaster Sergt., 1st Class<br /> +1 Asst. Packmaster Sergt.<br /> +1 Cargador, Corpl.<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 3 Sergts., 7 Corpls., 1 Horseshoer, 2 Mechanics, 1 Bugler, 13 Pvts. 1st Class, 37 Pvts.—total, 64)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain<br /> +1 1st Lieut.<br /> +—<br /> +2<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +1 Regtl. Sergt. Major<br /> +2 Batln. Sergts. Major<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +2 Color Sergts.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Supply Sergt.<br /> +1 Stable Sergt.<br /> +2 Sergts.<br /> +9 Corpls.<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +1 Mechanic<br /> +3 Buglers<br /> +2 Cooks<br /> +5 Pvts. 1st Class<br /> +15 Pvts.<br /> +1 Band leader<br /> +1 Asst. Band leader<br /> +1 Sergt. Bugler<br /> +2 Band Sergts.<br /> +4 Band Corpls.<br /> +2 Musicians, 1st Class<br /> +4 Musicians, 2nd Class<br /> +13 Musicians, 3rd Class<br /> +—<br /> +76<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +When a regiment consists of three battalions there shall be added to Hdqrs. Co.: 1 Batln. Sergt. Major, 1 +Sergt., 3 Corpls., 1 Bugler, 1 Pvt. 1st Class, 5 Pvts.—total, 12.<br /> +<br /> +When no enlisted men of the Quartermaster Corps are attached for such positions there shall be added to each mountain +artillery Hdqrs. Co.,<br /> +<br /> +1 Packmaster Sergt., 1st Class<br /> +1 Asst. Packmaster, Sergt.<br /> +1 Cargador, Corpl.—total, 3.<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 2 Sergts., 5 Corpls., 1 Horseshoer, 1 Mechanic, 1 Pvt. 1st Class, 6 Pvts.—total 16 to a +regiment of 2 battalions; and to a regiment of 3 battalions 1 Sergt., 7 Corpls., 1 Horseshoer, 1 Mechanic, 2 Cooks, +2 Pvts. 1st Class, 7 Pvts.—total, 21)</td> + <td class="table_top table_cell_1111">1 Captain<br /> +1 1st Lieut.<br /> +—<br /> +2<br /> +—<br /> +<br /> +2 Regtl. Supply Sergts.<br /> +1 1st Sergt.<br /> +1 Mess Sergt.<br /> +1 Corpl.<br /> +1 Cook<br /> +1 Horseshoer<br /> +1 Saddler<br /> +2 Pvts.<br /> +1 Wagoner for each authorized wagon of the field train.<br /> +<br /> +When Regt. consists of 3 Batlns. there shall be added 1 2nd Lieut. (1), 1 Regtl. Supply Sergt., 1 Pvt., 1 +Wagoner for each additional authorized wagon of the field train.<br /> +<br /> +(The President may add 1 Corpl., 1 Cook, 1 Horseshoer, 1 Saddler.—total, 4)<br /> +<br /> +Supply Co., of Regt. of 3 Batlns. may have added, the same number as given above for Regt. of 2 Batlns.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_602" id="Page_602">[Pg 602]</a></span><strong>Transportation, orderlies, etc.</strong> To Battery Hdqrs., 8 riding horses; to +each Battery, 24 riding horses, 88 draft horses, 1 Battery wagon, 1 +Store wagon, 8 Caissons and 4 Guns.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_603" id="Page_603">[Pg 603]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="PART_IX" id="PART_IX"></a>PART IX</h2> + +<p class="part_head">MAP READING AND MILITARY SKETCHING</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_604" id="Page_604">[Pg 604]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I_IX" id="CHAPTER_I_IX"></a>CHAPTER I</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MAP READING</p> + + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1859" id="Para_1859">1859</a>. Definition of map.</strong> A map is a representation on paper of a +certain portion of the earth's surface.</p> + +<p>A military map is one that shows the things which are of military +importance, such as roads, streams, bridges, houses, depressions, and +hills.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1860" id="Para_1860">1860</a>. Map reading.</strong> By map reading is meant the ability to get a clear +idea of the ground represented by the map,—of being able to +<em>visualize</em> the ground so represented.</p> + +<p>For some unknown reason, military map reading is generally considered +a very difficult matter to master, and the beginner, starting out with +this idea, seemingly tries to find it difficult.</p> + +<p>However, as a matter of fact, map reading is not difficult, if one +goes about learning it in the right way,—that is, by first becoming +familiar with scales, contours, conventional signs, and other things +that go to make up map making.</p> + +<p>Practice is most important in acquiring ability in map reading. +Practice looking at maps and then <em>visualizing</em> the actual country +represented on the map.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1861" id="Para_1861">1861</a>. Scales.</strong> In order that you may be able to tell the distance +between any two points on a map, the map must be drawn to scale,—that +is, it must be so drawn that a certain distance on the map, say, one +inch, represents a certain distance on the ground, say, one mile. On +such a map, then, two inches would represent two miles on the ground; +three inches, three miles, and so on. Therefore, we may say—</p> + +<p><em>The scale of a map is the ratio between actual distances on the +ground and those between the same points as represented on the map.</em></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1862" id="Para_1862">1862</a>. Methods of representing scales.</strong> There are three ways in which +the scale of a map may be represented:</p> + +<p>1st. By words and figures, as 3 inches = 1 mile; 1 inch = 200 feet.</p> + +<p>2d. By Representative Fraction (abbreviated R. F.), which is a +fraction whose numerator represents units of distance on the map and +whose denominator, units of distance on the ground.</p> + +<p>For example, R. F. = <span class="frac_top">1 inch (on map)</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">1 mile (on ground)</span> which is +equivalent to R. F. = <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">63360</span>, since 1 mile = 63,360 inches. So the +expression, "R. F. <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">63360</span>" on a map merely means that 1 inch on the +map represents 63,360 inches (or 1 mile) on the ground. This fraction +is usually written with a numerator 1, as above, no definite unit of +inches or miles being specified in either the numerator or +denominator. In this case the expression means that one unit of +distance on the map equals as many of the same units on the ground as +are in the denominator. Thus, <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">63360</span> means that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_605" id="Page_605">[Pg 605]</a></span> 1 inch on the map = +63,360 inches on the ground, 1 foot on the map = 63,360 feet on the +ground; 1 yard on the map = 63,360 yards on the ground, etc.</p> + +<p>3d. By Graphical Scale, that is, a drawn scale. A graphical scale is a +line drawn on the map, divided into equal parts, each part being +marked not with its actual length, but with the distance which it +represents on the ground. Thus:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1862a.png" width="500" height="40" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p>For example, the distance from 0 to 50 represents fifty yards on the +ground; the distance from 0 to 100, one hundred yards on the ground, +etc.</p> + +<p>If the above scale were applied to the road running from A to B in +<a href="#Fig_2_I_IX">Fig. 2</a>, it would show that the length of the road is 675 yards.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_I_IX" id="Fig_2_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1862b.png" width="500" height="52" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1863" id="Para_1863">1863</a>. Construction of Scales.</strong> The following are the most usual +problems that arise in connection with the construction of scales:</p> + +<p>1. Having given the R. F. on a map, to find how many miles on the +ground are represented by one inch on the map. Let us suppose that the +R. F. is <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span>.</p> + + +<h4>Solution</h4> + +<p>Now, as previously explained, <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span> simply means that one inch on +the map represents 21,120 inches on the ground. There are 63,360 +inches in one mile. 21,120 goes into 63,360 three times—that is to +say, 21,120 is <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> of 63,360, and we, therefore, see from this that +one inch on the map represents <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> of a mile on the ground, and +consequently it would take three inches on the map to represent one +whole mile on the ground. So, we have this general rule: To find out +how many miles one inch on the map represents on the ground, divide +the denominator of the R. F. by 63,360.</p> + +<p>2. Being given the R. F. to construct a graphical scale to read yards. +Let us assume that <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span> is the R. F. given—that is to say, one +inch on the map represents 21,120 inches on the ground, but, as there +are 36 inches in one yard, 21,120 inches = <span class="frac_top">21,120</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">36</span> yds. = 586.66 +yds.—that is, one inch on the map represents 586.66 yds. on the +ground. Now, suppose about a 6-inch scale is desired. Since one inch +on the map = 586.66 yards on the ground, 6 inches (map) = 586.66 × 6 = +3,519.96 yards (ground). In order to get as nearly a 6-inch scale as +possible to represent even hundreds of yards, let us assume 3,500 +yards to be the total number to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_606" id="Page_606">[Pg 606]</a></span> be represented by the scale. The +question then resolves itself into this: How many inches on the map +are necessary to represent 3,500 yards on the ground. Since, as we +have seen, one inch (map) = 586.66 yards (ground), as many inches are +necessary to show 3,500 yards as 586.66 is contained in 3,500; or +<span class="frac_top">3500</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">586.66</span> = 5.96 inches.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_I_IX" id="Fig_3_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1863.png" width="500" height="117" alt="Fig. 3" title="Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 3</span> +</div> + +<p>Now lay off with a scale of equal parts the distance A-I (<a href="#Fig_3_I_IX">Figure 3</a>) = +5.96 inches (about 5 and 9<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> tenths), and divided it into 7 equal +parts by the construction shown in figure, as follows: Draw a line +A-H, making any convenient angle with A-I, and lay off 7 equal +convenient lengths (A-B, B-C, C-D, etc.), so as to bring H about +opposite to I. Join H and I and draw the intermediate lines through B, +C, etc., parallel to H-I. These lines divide A-I into 7 equal parts, +each 500 yards long. The left part, called the Extension, is similarly +divided into 5 equal parts, each representing 100 yards.</p> + +<p><strong>3. To construct a scale for a map with no scale.</strong> In this case, measure +the distance between any two definite points on the ground +represented, by pacing or otherwise, and scale off the corresponding +map distance. Then see how the distance thus measured corresponds with +the distance on the map between the two points. For example, let us +suppose that the distance on the ground between two given points is +one mile and that the distance between the corresponding points on the +map is <span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> inch. We would, therefore, see that <span class="frac_top">3</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> inch on the map = +one mile on the ground. Hence <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> inch would represent <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> of a mile, +and 4–4, or one inch, would represent 4 × <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> = <span class="frac_top">4</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> = 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> miles.</p> + +<p>The R. F. is found as follows:</p> + +<p>R. F. 1 inch/(1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> mile) = 1 inch/(63,360 × 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> inches) = <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">84480</span>.</p> + +<p>From this a scale of yards is constructed as above (2).</p> + +<p>4. To construct a graphical scale from a scale expressed in unfamiliar +units. There remains one more problem, which occurs when there is a +scale on the map in words and figures, but it is expressed in +unfamiliar units, such as the meter (= 39.37 inches), strides of a man +or horse, rate of travel of column, etc. If a noncommissioned officer +should come into possession of such a map, it would be impossible for +him to have a correct idea of the distances on the map. If the scale +were in inches to miles or yards, he would estimate the distance +between any two points on the map to be so many inches and at once +know the corresponding distance on the ground in miles or yards. But +suppose the scale found on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_607" id="Page_607">[Pg 607]</a></span> map to be one inch = 100 strides +(ground), then estimates could not be intelligently made by one +unfamiliar with the length of the stride used. However, suppose the +stride was 60 inches long; we would then have this: Since 1 stride = +60 inches, 100 strides = 6,000 inches. But according to our +supposition, 1 inch on the map = 100 strides on the ground; hence 1 +inch on the map = 6,000 inches on the ground, and we have as our R. +F., <span class="frac_top">1 inch (map)</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">6,000 inches (ground)</span> = <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">6000</span>. A graphical scale can +now be constructed as in (2).</p> + + +<h4>Problems in Scales</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1864" id="Para_1864">1864</a>.</strong> The following problems should be solved to become familiar with +the construction of scales:</p> + +<p><strong>Problem No. 1.</strong> The R. F. of a map is <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">1000</span>. Required: 1. The distance +in miles shown by one inch on the map; 2. To construct a graphical +scale of yards; also one to read miles.</p> + +<p><strong>Problem No. 2.</strong> A map has a graphical scale on which 1.5 inches reads +500 strides. 1. What is the R. F. of the map? 2. How many miles are +represented by 1 inch?</p> + +<p><strong>Problem No. 3.</strong> The <a href="#Fort_Leavenworth_map">Leavenworth map</a> in back of this book has a +graphical scale and a measured distance of 1.25 inches reads 1,100 +yards. Required: 1. The R. F. of the map; 2. Number of miles shown by +1 inch on the map.</p> + +<p><strong>Problem No. 4.</strong> 1. Construct a scale to read yards for a map of R. F. = +<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span>. 2. How many inches represent 1 mile?</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1865" id="Para_1865">1865</a>. Scaling distances from a map.</strong> There are four methods of scaling +distances from maps:</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 102px;"> +<a name="Fig_4_I_IX" id="Fig_4_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1865.png" width="102" height="200" alt="Fig. 4" title="Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 4</span> +</div> + +<p>1. Apply a piece of straight edged paper to the distance between any +two points, A and B, for instance, and mark the distance on the paper. +Now, apply the paper to the graphical scale, (<a href="#Fig_2_I_IX">Fig. 2</a>, <a href="#Para_1862">Par. 1862</a>), and +read the number of yards on the main scale and add the number +indicated on the extension. For example: 600 + 75 = 675 yards.</p> + +<p>2. By taking the distance off with a pair of dividers and applying the +dividers thus set to the graphical scale, the distance is read.</p> + +<p>3. By use of an instrument called a map measurer, <a href="#Fig_4_I_IX">Fig. 4</a>, set the hand +on the face to read zero, roll the small wheel over the distance; now +roll the wheel in an opposite direction along the graphical scale, +noting the number of yards passed over. Or, having rolled over the +distance, note the number of inches on the dial and multiply this by +the number of miles or other units per inch. A map measurer is +valuable for use in solving map problems in patrolling, advance guard, +outpost, etc.</p> + +<p>4. Apply a scale of inches to the line to be measured, and multiply +this distance by the number of miles per inch shown by the map.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1866" id="Para_1866">1866</a>. Contours.</strong> In order to show on a map a correct representation of +ground, the depressions and elevations,—that is, the +undulations,—must be represented. This is usually done by +<em>contours</em>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_608" id="Page_608">[Pg 608]</a></span>Conversationally speaking, a <em>contour</em> is the outline of a figure or +body, or the line or lines representing such an outline.</p> + +<p>In connection with maps, the word <em>contour</em> is used in these two +senses:</p> + +<p>1. It is a projection on a horizontal (level) plane (that is, a map) +of the line in which a horizontal plane cuts the surface of the +ground. In other words, it is a line on a map which shows the route +one might follow on the ground and walk on the absolute level. If, for +example, you went half way up the side of a hill and, starting there, +walked entirely around the hill, neither going up any higher nor down +any lower, and you drew a line of the route you had followed, this +line would be a <em>contour line</em> and its projection on a horizontal +plane (map) would be a <em>contour</em>.</p> + +<p>By imagining the surface of the ground being cut by a number of +horizontal planes <em>that are the same distance apart</em>, and then +projecting (shooting) on a horizontal plane (map) the lines so cut, +the elevations and depressions on the ground are represented on the +map.</p> + +<p>It is important to remember that the imaginary horizontal planes +cutting the surface of the ground must be the same distance apart. The +distance between the planes is called the <em>contour interval</em>.</p> + +<p>2. The word <em>contour</em> is also used in referring to <em>contour +line</em>,—that is to say, it is used in referring to the line itself in +which a horizontal plane cuts the surface of the ground as well as in +referring to the projection of such line on a horizontal plane.</p> + +<p>An excellent idea of what is meant by contours and contour-lines can +be gotten from <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Figs. 5</a> and <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">6</a>. Let us suppose that formerly the island +represented in <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Figure 5</a> was entirely under water and that by a sudden +disturbance the water of the lake fell until the island stood twenty +feet above the water, and that later several other sudden falls of the +water, twenty feet each time, occurred, until now the island stands +100 feet out of the lake, and at each of the twenty feet elevations a +distinct water line is left. These water lines are perfect +contour-lines measured from the surface of the lake as a reference (or +datum) plane. <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Figure 6</a> shows the contour-lines in <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Figure 5</a> projected, +or shot down, on a horizontal (level) surface. It will be observed +that on the gentle slopes, such as F-H (<a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Fig. 5</a>), the contours (20, 40) +are far apart. But on the steep slopes, as R-O, the contours (20, 40, +60, 80, 100) are close together. Hence, it is seen that contours far +apart on a map indicate gentle slopes, and contours close together, +steep slopes. It is also seen that the shape of the contours gives an +accurate idea of the form of the island. The contours in <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Fig. 6</a> give +an exact representation not only of the general form of the island, +the two peaks, O and B, the stream, M-N, the Saddle, M, the water shed +from F to H, and steep bluff at K, but they also give the slopes of +the ground at all points. From this we see that the slopes are +directly proportional to the nearness of the contours—that is, the +nearer the contours on a map are to one another, the steeper is the +slope, and the farther the contours on a map are from one another, the +gentler is the slope. A wide space between contours, therefore, +represents level ground.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_609" id="Page_609">[Pg 609]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_I_IX" id="Fig_5_I_IX"></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +<img src="images/illus-1866a.png" width="500" height="471" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</div> + +<p>The contours on maps are always numbered, the number of each showing +its height above some plane called a datum plane. Thus in <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Fig. 6</a> the +contours are numbered from 0 to 100 using the surface of the lake as +the datum plane.</p> + +<p>The numbering shows at once the height of any point on a given contour +and in addition shows the contour interval—in this case 20 feet.</p> + +<p>Generally only every fifth contour is numbered.</p> + +<p>The datum plane generally used in maps is mean sea level, hence the +elevations indicated would be the heights above mean sea level.</p> + +<p>The contours of a cone (<a href="#Fig_7_I_IX">Fig. 7</a>) are circles of different sizes, one +within another, and the same distance apart, because the slope of a +cone is at all points the same.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_610" id="Page_610">[Pg 610]</a></span>The contours of a half sphere (<a href="#Fig_8_I_IX">Fig. 8</a>), are a series of circles, far +apart near the center (top), and near together at the outside +(bottom), showing that the slope of a hemisphere varies at all points, +being nearly flat on top and increasing in steepness toward the +bottom.</p> + +<p>The contours of a concave (hollowed out) cone (<a href="#Fig_9_I_IX">Fig. 9</a>) are close +together at the center (top) and far apart at the outside (bottom).</p> + +<table summary="Fig. 7, fig. 8, and fig. 9"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;"> +<a name="Fig_7_I_IX" id="Fig_7_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1866b.png" width="150" height="292" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;"> +<a name="Fig_8_I_IX" id="Fig_8_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1866c.png" width="150" height="305" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;"> +<a name="Fig_9_I_IX" id="Fig_9_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1866d.png" width="150" height="305" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>The following additional points about contours should be remembered:</p> + +<p>(a) A Water Shed or Spur, along with rain water divides, flowing away +from it on both sides, is indicated by the higher contours bulging out +toward the lower ones (F-H, <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Fig. 6</a>).</p> + +<p>(b) A Water Course or Valley, along which rain falling on both sides +of it joins in one stream, is indicated by the lower contours curving +in toward the higher ones (M-N, <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Fig. 6</a>).</p> + +<p>(c) The contours of different heights which unite and become a single +line, represent a vertical cliff (K, <a href="#Fig_5_I_IX">Fig. 6</a>).</p> + +<p>(d) Two contours which cross each other represent an overhanging +cliff.</p> + +<p>(e) A closed contour without another contour in it, represents either +in elevation or a depression, depending on whether its reference +number is greater or smaller than that of the outer contour. A hilltop +is shown when the closed contour is higher than the contour next to +it; a depression is shown when the closed contour is lower than the +one next to it.</p> + +<p>If the student will first examine the drainage system, as shown by the +courses of the streams on the map, he can readily locate all the +val<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_611" id="Page_611">[Pg 611]</a></span>leys, as the streams must flow through valleys. Knowing the +valleys, the ridges or hills can easily be placed, even without +reference to the numbers on the contours.</p> + +<p><strong>For example:</strong> On the <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a>, Woods Creek flows north and York +Creek flows south. They rise very close to each other, and the ground +between the points at which they rise must be higher ground, sloping +north on one side and south on the other, as the streams flow north +and south, respectively (see the ridge running west from Twin Hills).</p> + +<p>The course of Sandy Creek indicates a long valley, extending almost +the entire length of the map. Meadow Creek follows another valley, and +Deep Run another. When these streams happen to join other streams, the +valleys must open into each other.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1867" id="Para_1867">1867</a>. Map Distances (or horizontal equivalents).</strong> The horizontal +distance between contours on a map (called map distance, or M. D.; or +horizontal equivalents or H. E.) is inversely proportional to the +slope of the ground represented—that it to say, the greater the slope +of the ground, the less is the horizontal distance between the +contours; the less the slope of the ground represented, the greater is +the horizontal distance between the contours.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_10_I_IX" id="Fig_10_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1867.png" width="500" height="47" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<table summary="Horizontal distances by slope."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Slope (degrees)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Rise (feet)</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Horizontal Distance (inches)</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">1 deg.</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">1</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">688</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">2 deg.</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">1</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center"><span class="frac_top">688</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> = 344</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">3 deg.</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">1</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center"><span class="frac_top">688</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span> = 229</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">4 deg.</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">1</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center"><span class="frac_top">688</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> = 172</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">5 deg.</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">1</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center"><span class="frac_top">688</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">5</span> = 138</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>It is a fact that 688 inches horizontally on a 1 degree slope gives a +vertical rise of one foot; 1376 inches, two feet, 2064 inches, three +feet, etc., from which we see that on a slope of 1 degree, 688 inches +multiplied by vertical rises of 1 foot, 2 feet, 3 feet, etc., gives us +the corresponding horizontal distance in inches. For example, if the +contour interval (Vertical Interval, V. I.) of a map is 10 feet, then +688 inches × 10 equals 6880 inches, gives the horizontal ground +distance corresponding to a rise<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_612" id="Page_612">[Pg 612]</a></span> of 10 feet on a 1 degree slope. To +reduce this horizontal ground distance to horizontal map distance, we +would, for example, proceed as follows:</p> + +<p>Let us assume the R. F. to be <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">15840</span>—that is to say, 15,840 inches +on the ground equals 1 inch on the map, consequently, 6880 inches on +the ground equals <span class="frac_top">6880</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">15840</span>, equals .44 inch on the map. And in the +case of 2 degrees, 3 degrees, etc., we would have:</p> + +<p>M. D. for 2° = <span class="frac_top">6880</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">15840 × 2</span> = .22 inch;</p> + +<p>M. D. for 3° = <span class="frac_top">6880</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">15840 × 3</span> = .15 inch, etc.</p> + +<p>From the above, we have this rule:</p> + +<p>To construct a scale of M. D. for a map, multiply 688 by the contour +interval (in feet) and the R. F. of the map, and divide the results by +1, 2, 3, 4, etc., and then lay off these distances as shown in <a href="#Fig_11_I_IX">Fig. +11</a>, <a href="#Para_1867a">Par. 1867a</a>.</p> + + +<h5>FORMULA</h5> + +<p>M. D. (inches) = <span class="frac_top">688 × V. I. (feet) × R. F.</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">Degrees (1, 2, 3, 4, +etc.)</span></p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1867a" id="Para_1867a">1867a</a>. Scale of Map Distances (or, Scale of Slopes).</strong> On the <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary +Map</a>, below the scale of miles and scale of yards, is a scale similar +to the following one:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_11_I_IX" id="Fig_11_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1867a.png" width="500" height="48" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11</span> +</div> + +<p>The left-hand division is marked <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>°; the next division (one-half as +long) 1°; the next division (one-half the length of the 1° division) +2°, and so on. The <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>° division means that where adjacent contours on +the map are just that distance apart, the ground has a slope of <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> a +degree between these two contours, and slopes up toward the contour +with the higher reference number; a space between adjacent contours +equal to the 1° space shown on the scale means a 1° slope, and so on.</p> + +<p>What is a slope of 1°? By a slope of 1° we mean that the surface of +the ground makes an angle of 1° with the horizontal (a level surface. +See <a href="#Fig_10_I_IX">Fig. 10</a>, <a href="#Para_1867">Par. 1867</a>). The student should find out the slope of some +hill or street and thus get a concrete idea of what the different +degrees of slope mean. A road having a 5° slope is very steep.</p> + +<p>By means of this scale of M. D.'s on the map, the map reader can +determine the slope of any portion of the ground represented, that is, +as steep as <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>° or steeper. Ground having a slope of less than <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span>° +is practically level.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1868" id="Para_1868">1868</a>. Slopes.</strong> Slopes are usually given in one of three ways: 1st, in +degrees; 2d, in percentages; 3d, in gradients (grades).</p> + +<p>1st. A one degree slope means that the angle between the horizontal +and the given line is 1 degree (1°). See <a href="#Fig_10_I_IX">Fig. 10</a>, <a href="#Para_1867">Par. 1867</a>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_613" id="Page_613">[Pg 613]</a></span>2d. A slope is said to be 1, 2, 3, etc., per cent, when 100 units +horizontally correspond to a rise of 1, 2, 3, etc., units vertically.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1868a.png" width="500" height="232" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12</span> +</div> + +<p>3d. A slope is said to be one on one (<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">1</span>), two on three, (<span class="frac_top">2</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">3</span>), etc., +when one unit horizontal corresponds to 1 vertical; three horizontal +correspond to two vertical, etc. The numerator usually refers to the +vertical distance, and the denominator to the horizontal distance.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1868b.png" width="500" height="244" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13</span> +</div> + +<p>Degrees of slope are usually used in military matters; percentages are +often used for roads, almost always of railroads; gradients are used +of steep slopes, and usually of dimensions of trenches.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1869" id="Para_1869">1869</a>. Effect of Slope on Movements</strong></p> + +<ul> +<li>60 degrees or <span class="frac_top">7</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> inaccessible for infantry;</li> +<li>45 degrees or <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">1</span> difficult for infantry;</li> +<li>30 degrees or <span class="frac_top">4</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">7</span> inaccessible for cavalry;</li> +<li>15 degrees or <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> inaccessible for artillery;</li> +<li>5 degrees or <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">12</span> accessible for wagons.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The normal system of scales prescribed for U. S. Army field sketches +is as follows: For road sketches, 3 inches = 1 mile, vertical<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_614" id="Page_614">[Pg 614]</a></span> +interval between contours (V. I.) = 20 ft.; for position sketches, 6 +inches = 1 mile, V. I. = 10 ft.; for fortification sketches, 12 inches += 1 mile, V. I. = 5 ft. On this system any given length of M. D. +corresponds to the same slope on each of the scales. For instance, .15 +inch between contours represents a 5° slope on the 3-inch, 6-inch and +12-inch maps of the normal system. <a href="#Fig_11_I_IX">Figure 11</a>, <a href="#Para_1867a">Par. 1867a</a>, gives the +normal scale of M. D.'s for slopes up to 8 degrees. A scale of M. D.'s +is usually printed on the margin of maps, near the geographical scale.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 36px;"> +<a name="Fig_14_I_IX" id="Fig_14_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1870a.png" width="36" height="200" alt="Fig. 14" title="Fig. 14" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 14</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1870" id="Para_1870">1870</a>. Meridians.</strong> If you look along the upper left hand border of the +<a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a> (back of Manual), you will see two arrows, as shown in +<a href="#Fig_14_I_IX">Fig. 14</a>, pointing towards the top of the map.</p> + +<p>They are pointing in the direction that is north on the map. The arrow +with a full barb points toward the north pole (the True North Pole) of +the earth, and is called the True Meridian.</p> + +<p>The arrow with but half a barb points toward what is known as the +Magnetic Pole of the earth, and is called the Magnetic Meridian.</p> + +<p>The Magnetic Pole is a point up in the arctic regions, near the +geographical or True North Pole, which, on account of its magnetic +qualities, attracts one end of all compass needles and causes them to +point towards it, and as it is near the True North Pole, this serves +to indicate the direction of north to a person using a compass.</p> + +<p>Of course, the angle which the Magnetic needle makes with the True +Meridian (called the Magnetic Declination) varies at different points +on the earth. In some places it points east of the True Meridian and +in others it points west of it.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_15_I_IX" id="Fig_15_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1870b.png" width="200" height="220" alt="Fig. 15" title="Fig. 15" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 15</span> +</div> + +<p>It is important to know this relation because maps usually show the +True Meridian and an observer is generally supplied with a magnetic +compass. <a href="#Fig_15_I_IX">Fig. 15</a> shows the usual type of Box Compass. It has 4 +cardinal points, N, E, S and W marked, as well as a circle graduated +in degrees from zero to 360°, clockwise around the circle. To read the +magnetic angle (called magnetic azimuth) of any point from the +observer's position the north point of the compass circle is pointed +toward the object and the angle indicated by the north end of the +needle is read.</p> + +<p>You now know from the meridians, for example, in going from York to +Oxford (see <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a>) that you travel north; from Boling to +Salem you must travel south; going from Salem to York requires you to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_615" id="Page_615">[Pg 615]</a></span> +travel west; and from York to Salem you travel east. Suppose you are +in command of a patrol at York and are told to go to Salem by the most +direct line across country. You look at your map and see that Salem is +exactly east of York. Next you take out your field compass (<a href="#Fig_15_I_IX">Figure 15</a>, +<a href="#Para_1870">Par. 1870</a>), raise the lid, hold the box level, allow the needle to +settle and see in what direction the north end of the needle points +(it would point toward Oxford). You then know the direction of north +from York, and you can turn your right and go due east towards Salem.</p> + +<p>Having once discovered the direction of north on the ground, you can +go to any point shown on your map without other assistance. If you +stand at York, facing north and refer to your map, you need no guide +to tell you that Salem lies directly to your right; Oxford straight in +front of you; Boling in a direction about halfway between the +directions of Salem and Oxford, and so on.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1871" id="Para_1871">1871</a>. Determination of positions of points on map.</strong> If the distance, +height and direction of a point on a map are known with respect to any +other point, then the position of the first point is fully determined.</p> + +<p>The scale of the map enables us to determine the distance; the +contours, the height; and the time meridian, the direction.</p> + +<p>Thus (see <a href="#Elementary_map">map</a> in pocket at back of book), Pope Hill (sm') is 800 yards +from Grant Hill (um') (using graphical scale), and it is 30 feet +higher than Grant Hill, since it is on contour 870 and Grant Hill is +on contour 840; Pope Hill is also due north of Grant Hill, that is, +the north and south line through Grant Hill passes through Pope Hill. +Therefore, the position of Pope Hill is fully determined with respect +to Grant Hill.</p> + + +<h4>Orientation</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1872" id="Para_1872">1872</a>.</strong> In order that directions on the map and on the ground shall +correspond, it is necessary for the map to be oriented, that is, the +true meridian of the map must lie in the same direction as the true +meridian through the observer's position on the ground, which is only +another way of saying that the lines that run north and south on the +map must run in the same direction as the lines north and south on the +ground. Every road, stream or other feature on the map will then run +in the same direction as the road, stream or other feature itself on +the ground, and all the objects shown on the map can be quickly +identified and picked out on the ground.</p> + + +<h4>Methods of Orienting a Map</h4> + +<p>1st. By magnetic needle: If the map has a magnetic meridian marked on +it as is on the <a href="#Fort_Leavenworth_map">Leavenworth map</a> (in pocket at back of book), place the +sighting line, a-b, of the compass (<a href="#Fig_15_I_IX">Fig. 15</a>) on the magnetic meridian +of the map and move the map around horizontally until the north end of +the needle points toward the north of its circle, whereupon the map is +oriented. If there is a true meridian on the map, but not a magnetic +meridian, one may be constructed as follows, if the magnetic +declination is known:</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_16_I_IX" id="Fig_16_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1872.png" width="200" height="306" alt="Fig. 16" title="Fig. 16" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 16</span> +</div> + +<p>(<a href="#Fig_16_I_IX">Figure 16</a>): Place the true meridian of the map directly under the +magnetic needle of the compass and then move the compass box until<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_616" id="Page_616">[Pg 616]</a></span> +the needle reads an angle equal to the magnetic declination. A line in +extension of the sighting line a'-b' will be the magnetic-meridian. If +the magnetic declination of the observer's position is not more than +4° or 5°, the orientation will be given closely enough for ordinary +purposes by taking the true and magnetic meridians to be identical.</p> + +<p>2d. If neither the magnetic nor the true meridian is on the map, but +the observer's position on the ground is known: Move the map +horizontally until the direction of some definite point on the ground +is the same as its direction on the map; the map is then oriented. For +example, suppose you are standing on the ground at 8, q k' (Fort +Leaven worth Map), and can see the U. S. penitentiary off to the +south. Hold the map in front of you and face toward the U. S. +penitentiary, moving the map until the line joining 8 and the U. S. +penitentiary (on the map) lies in the same direction as the line +joining those two points on the ground. The map is now oriented.</p> + +<p>Having learned to orient a map and to locate his position on the map, +one should then practice moving over the ground and at the same time +keeping his map oriented and noting each ground feature on the map as +it is passed. This practice is of the greatest value in learning to +read a map accurately and to estimate distances, directions and slopes +correctly.</p> + + +<h4>True Meridian</h4> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_17_I_IX" id="Fig_17_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1873a.png" width="200" height="176" alt="Fig. 17" title="Fig. 17" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 17</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1873" id="Para_1873">1873</a>.</strong> The position of the true meridian may be found as follows (<a href="#Fig_17_I_IX">Fig. +17</a>): Point the hour hand of a watch toward the sun; the line joining +the pivot and the point midway between the hour hand and XII on the +dial, will point toward the south; that is to say, if the observer +stands so as to face the sun and the XII on the dial, he will be +looking south. To point the hour hand exactly at the sun, stick a pin +as at (a) <a href="#Fig_17_I_IX">Fig. 17</a> and bring the hour hand<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_617" id="Page_617">[Pg 617]</a></span> into the shadow. At night, +a line drawn toward the north star from the observer's position is +approximately a true meridian.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1873b.png" width="200" height="154" alt="Fig. 18" title="Fig. 18" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 18</span> +</div> + +<p>The line joining the "pointers" of the Great Bear or Dipper, prolonged +about five times its length passes nearly through the North Star, +which can be recognized by its brilliancy.</p> + +<p class="clear"><strong><a name="Para_1874" id="Para_1874">1874</a>. Conventional Signs.</strong> In order that the person using a map may be +able to tell what are roads, houses, woods, etc., each of these +features are represented by particular signs, called conventional +signs. In other words, conventional signs are certain marks or symbols +shown on a map to designate physical features of the terrain. (See +diagram, <a href="#Para_1875">Par. 1875</a> <a href="#Plate_I_I_IX">Plate I</a> and <a href="#Plate_II_I_IX">II</a>.) On the <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a> the +conventional signs are all labeled with the name of what they +represent. By examining this map the student can quickly learn to +distinguish the conventional signs of most of the ordinary features +shown on maps. These conventional signs are usually graphical +representations of the ground features they represent, and, therefore, +can usually be recognized without explanation.</p> + +<p>For example, the roads on the <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary Map</a> can be easily +distinguished. They are represented by parallel lines (======). The +student should be able to trace out the route of the Valley Pike, the +Chester Pike, the County Road, and the direct road from Salem to +Boling.</p> + +<p>Private or farm lanes, and unimproved roads are represented by broken +lines (= = = =). Such a road or lane can be seen running from the +Barton farm to the Chester Pike. Another lane runs from the Mills farm +to the same Pike. The small crossmarks on the road lines indicate +barbed wire fences; the round circles indicate smooth wire; the small, +connected ovals (as shown around the cemetery) indicate stone walls, +and the zigzag lines (as shown one mile south of Boling) represent +wooden fences.</p> + +<p>Near the center of the map, by the Chester Pike, is an orchard. The +small circles, regularly placed, give the idea of trees planted in +regular rows. Each circle does not indicate a tree, but the area +covered by the small circles does indicate accurately the area covered +by the orchard on the ground.</p> + +<p>Just southwest of Boling a large woods (Boling Woods) is shown. Other +clumps of woods, of varying extent, are indicated on the map.</p> + +<p>The course of Sandy Creek can be readily traced, and the arrows placed +along it, indicate the direction in which it flows. Its steep banks +are indicated by successive dashes, termed <em>hachures</em>. A few trees are +shown strung along its banks. Baker's Pond receives its water from the +little creek which rises in the small clump of timber just south of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_618" id="Page_618">[Pg 618]</a></span> +the pond, and the hachures along the northern end represent the steep +banks of a dam. Meadow Creek flows northeast from the dam and then +northwest toward Oxford, joining Woods Creek just south of that town. +York Creek rises in the woods 1<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> miles north of York, and flows +south through York. It has a west branch which rises in the valleys +south of Twin Hills.</p> + +<p>A railroad is shown running southeast from Oxford to Salem. The +hachures, unconnected at their outer extremities, indicate the fills +or embankments over which the track runs. Notice the fills or +embankments on which the railroad runs just northwest of Salem; near +the crossing of Sandy Creek; north of Baker's Pond; and where it +approaches the outskirts of Oxford. The hachures, connected along +their outer extremities, represent the cut through which the railroad +passes. There is only one railroad cut shown on the <a href="#Elementary_map">Elementary +Map</a>—about one-quarter of a mile northeast of Baker's Pond—where it +cuts through the northern extremity of the long range of hills, +starting just east of York. The wagon roads pass through numerous +cuts—west of Twin Hills, northern end of Sandy Ridge, southeastern +end of Long Ridge, and so on. The small T's along the railroad and +some of the wagon roads, indicate telegraph or telephone lines.</p> + +<p>The conventional sign for a bridge is shown where the railroad crosses +Sandy Creek on a trestle. Other bridges are shown at the points the +wagon roads cross this creek. Houses or buildings are shown in Oxford, +Salem, York and Boling. They are also shown in the case of a number of +farms represented—Barton farm, Wells farm, Mason's, Brown's, Baker's +and others. The houses shown in solid black are substantial structures +of brick or stone; the buildings indicated by rectangular outlines are +"out buildings," barns, sheds, etc.</p> + +<p><a href="#Plate_I_I_IX">Plates I</a> and <a href="#Plate_II_I_IX">II</a> give the Conventional Signs used on military maps and +they should be thoroughly learned.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 397px;"> +<a name="Plate_I_I_IX" id="Plate_I_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1874a.png" width="397" height="600" alt="Plate I" title="Plate I" /> +<span class="caption">Plate I</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 398px;"> +<a name="Plate_II_I_IX" id="Plate_II_I_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1874b.png" width="398" height="600" alt="Plate II" title="Plate II" /> +<span class="caption">Plate II</span> +</div> + +<p>In hasty sketching, in order to save time, instead of using the +regulation Conventional Signs, very often simply the outline of the +object, such as a wood, a vineyard, a lake, etc., is indicated, with +the name of the object written within the outline, thus:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1874c.png" width="500" height="271" alt="Fig. 19" title="Fig. 19" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 19</span> +</div> + +<p>Such means are used very frequently in rapid sketching, on account of +the time that they save.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_619" id="Page_619">[Pg 619]</a></span>By reference to the <a href="#Fort_Leavenworth_map">map of Fort Leavenworth</a>, the meaning of all its +symbols is at once evident from the names printed thereon; for +example, that of a city, woods, roads, streams, railroad, etc.; where +no Conventional Sign is used on any area, it is to be understood that +any growths thereon are not high enough to furnish any cover. As an +exercise, pick out from the map the following conventional signs: +Unimproved road, cemetery, railroad track, hedge, wire fence, orchard, +streams, lake. The numbers on the various road crossings have no +equivalent on the ground, but are placed on the maps to facilitate +description of routes, etc. Often the numbers at road crossings on +other maps denote the elevation of these points.</p> + + +<h4>Visibility</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1875" id="Para_1875">1875</a>.</strong> The problem of visibility is based on the relations of contours +and map distances previously discussed, and includes such matters as +the determination of whether a point can or can not be seen from +another; whether a certain line of march is concealed from the enemy; +whether a particular area is seen from a given point.</p> + +<p>On account of the necessary inaccuracy of all maps it is impossible to +determine exactly how much ground is visible from any given +point—that is, if a correct reading of the map shows a certain point +to be just barely visible, then it would be unsafe to say positively +that on the ground this point could be seen or could not be seen. It +is, however, of great importance for one to be able to determine at a +glance, within about one contour interval, whether or not such and +such a point is visible; or whether a given road is generally visible +to a certain scout, etc. For this reason no effort is made to give an +exact mathematical solution of problems in visibility further than +would be useful in practical work with a map in the solution of map +problems in patrolling.</p> + +<p>In the solution of visibility problems, it is necessary that one +should thoroughly understand the meaning of profiles and their +construction. A profile is the line supposed to be cut from the +surface of the earth by an imaginary vertical (up and down) plane. +(See <a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Fig. 21</a>.) The representation of this line to scale on a sheet of +paper is also called a profile. <a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Figure 21</a> shows a profile on the line +D—y (<a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Figure 20</a>) in which the horizontal scale is the same as that of +the map (<a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Figure 20</a>) and the vertical scale is 1 inch = 40 feet. It is +customary to draw a profile with a greater vertical than horizontal +scale in order to make the slopes on the profile appear to the eye as +they exist on the ground. Consequently, always note especially the +vertical scale in examining any profile; the horizontal scale is +usually that of the map from which the profile is taken.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_620" id="Page_620">[Pg 620]</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_621" id="Page_621">[Pg 621]</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_622" id="Page_622">[Pg 622]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 583px;"> +<a name="Fig_20_I_IX" id="Fig_20_I_IX"></a> +<span class="caption">Fig. 20</span> +<img src="images/illus-1875.png" width="583" height="600" alt="Fig. 20" title="Fig. 20" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 21</span> +</div> + +<p>A profile is constructed as follows: (<a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Fig. 21</a>): Draw a line D'—y' +equal in length to D—y on the map. Lay off on this line from D' +distances equal to the distances of the successive contours from D on +the map. At each of these contour points erect a perpendicular equal +to the elevation of this particular contour, as shown by the vertical +scale (960, 940, 920, etc.) on the left. Join successively these +verticals by a smooth curve, which is the required profile. Cross +section paper with lines printed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_623" id="Page_623">[Pg 623]</a></span> <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">10</span> inch apart horizontally and +vertically simplifies the work of construction, by avoiding the +necessity of laying off each individual distance.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1876" id="Para_1876">1876</a>. Visibility Problem.</strong> To determine whether an observer with his +eye at D can see the bridge at XX (<a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Figure 20</a>). By examining the +profile it is seen that an observer, with his eye at D, looking along +the line D—XX, can see the ground as far as (a) from (a) to (b), is +hidden from view by the ridge at (a); (b) to (c) is visible; (c) to +(d) is hidden by the ridge at (c). By thus drawing the profiles, the +visibility of any point from a given point may be determined. The work +may be much shortened by drawing the profile of only the observer's +position (D) of the point in question, and of the probable obstructing +points (a) and (c). It is evidently unnecessary to construct the +profile from D to x, because the slope being concave shows that it +does not form an obstruction.</p> + +<p>The above method of determining visibility by means of a profile is +valuable practice for learning slopes of ground, and the forms of the +ground corresponding to different contour spacings.</p> + + +<h4>Visibility of Areas</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1877" id="Para_1877">1877</a>.</strong> To determine the area visible from a given point the same method +is used. First mark off as invisible all areas hidden by woods, +buildings, high hills, and then test the doubtful points along lines +such as D—XX, <a href="#Fig_20_I_IX">Figure 20</a>. With practice the noncommissioned officer +can soon decide by inspection all except the very close cases.</p> + +<p>This method is a rapid approximation of the solution shown in the +profile. In general it will not be practicable to determine the +visibility of a point by this method closer than to say the line of +sight pierces the ground between two adjoining contours.</p> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_624" id="Page_624">[Pg 624]</a></span></p> +<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II_IX" id="CHAPTER_II_IX"></a>CHAPTER II</h3> + +<p class="chapter_head">MILITARY SKETCHING</p> + + +<div class="blockquot"><p>(While this chapter presents the principal features of military +sketching in a simple, clear manner, attention is invited to the +fact that the only way that any one who has never done any +sketching can follow properly the statements made, is to do so +with the instruments and the sketching material mentioned at hand. +In fact, the only way to learn how to sketch is to <em>sketch</em>.) </p></div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1878" id="Para_1878">1878</a>.</strong> A military sketch is a rough map showing the features of the +ground that are of military value.</p> + +<p>Military sketching is the art of making such a military sketch.</p> + +<p>Military sketches are of three kinds:</p> + +<ul> +<li>Position sketches, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a>;</li> +<li>Outpost sketches;</li> +<li>Road sketches.</li> +</ul> + +<p>All kinds of military sketches are intended to give a military +commander detailed information of the ground to be operated over, when +this is not given by the existing maps, or when there are no maps of +the area.</p> + +<p>The general methods of sketching are:</p> + +<p>(1) The location of points by intersection.</p> + +<p>(2) The location of points by resection.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1879" id="Para_1879">1879</a>. Location of points by intersection.</strong> To locate a point by +intersection proceed as follows: Set up, level and orient the +sketching board (<a href="#Para_1872">Par. 1872</a>), at A, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a>. The board is said to be +oriented when the needle is parallel to the sides of the compass +trough of the drawing board, <a href="#Fig_2_II_IX">Fig 2</a>. (At every station the needle must +have this position, so that every line on the sketch will be parallel +to the corresponding line or direction on the ground.) Assume a point +(A) on the paper, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, in such a position that the ground to be +sketched will fall on the sheet. Lay the ruler on the board and point +it to the desired point (C), all the while keeping the edge of the +ruler on the point (A), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y. Draw an indefinite line along the +edge. Now move to (B), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X, plotted on the map in (b), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X, +and having set up, leveled and oriented as at (A), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, sight +toward (C) as before. The intersection (crossing) of the two lines +locates (C) on the sketch at (c), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 495px;"> +<a name="Fig_1_II_IX" id="Fig_1_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1879.png" width="495" height="500" alt="Fig. 1" title="Fig. 1" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1880" id="Para_1880">1880</a>. Locating points by resection.</strong> A sketcher at an unknown point may +locate himself from two visible known points by setting up and +orienting his sketching board. He then places his alidade (ruler) so +that it points at one of the known points, keeping the edge of the +alidade touching the corresponding point on the sketch. He then draws +a ray (line) from the point toward his eye. He repeats the performance +with the other visible known point and its location on the map. The +point where the rays intersect is his location. This method is called +<em>resection</em>. However, local attractions for the compass greatly affect +this method.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_625" id="Page_625">[Pg 625]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1881" id="Para_1881">1881</a>. The location of points by traversing.</strong> To locate a point by +traversing is done as follows: With the board set up, leveled and +oriented at A, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, as above, draw a line in the direction of the +desired point B, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X, and then move to B, counting strides, +keeping record of them with a tally register, <a href="#Fig_3_II_IX">Fig. 3</a>, if one is +available. Set up the board at B, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X, and orient it by laying +the ruler along the line (a)-(b), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X, and moving the board until +the ruler is directed toward A, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, on the ground; or else +orient by the needle as at A. With the scale of the sketcher's strides +on the ruler, lay off the number of strides found from A, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, to +B, <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X, and mark the point (b), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> X. Other points, such as +C, D, etc., would be located in the same way.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_626" id="Page_626">[Pg 626]</a></span><strong><a name="Para_1882" id="Para_1882">1882</a>. The determination of the heights of hills, shapes of the ground, +etc., by contours.</strong> To draw in contours on a sketch, the following +steps are necessary:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 443px;"> +<a name="Fig_2_II_IX" id="Fig_2_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1882a.jpg" width="443" height="500" alt="Fig. 2" title="Fig. 2" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2</span> +</div> + +<p>(a) From the known or assumed elevation of a located station as A, +<a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, (elevation 890), the elevations of all hill tops, stream +junctures, stream sources, etc, are determined.</p> + +<p>(b) Having found the elevations of these critical points the contours +are put in by spacing them so as to show the slope of the ground along +each line such as (a)-(b), (a)-(c), etc., <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, as these slopes +actually are on the ground.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_627" id="Page_627">[Pg 627]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Fig. 3 and fig. 4"> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_3_II_IX" id="Fig_3_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1882b.png" width="200" height="171" alt="(Tally Register)—Fig. 3" title="(Tally Register)—Fig. 3" /> +<span class="caption">(Tally Register)—Fig. 3</span> +</td> + +<td class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a name="Fig_4_II_IX" id="Fig_4_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1882c.png" width="200" height="171" alt="(Clinometer)—Fig. 4" title="(Clinometer)—Fig. 4" /> +<span class="caption">(Clinometer)—Fig. 4</span> +</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>To find the elevation of any point, say C (shown on sketch as c), +proceed as follows:</p> + +<p>Read the vertical angle with slope board, <a href="#Fig_2_II_IX">Fig. 2</a>, or with a +clinometer, <a href="#Fig_4_II_IX">Fig. 4</a>. Suppose this is found to be 2 degrees; lay the +scale of M. D.<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> (ruler, <a href="#Fig_2_II_IX">Fig. 2</a>) along (a)-(c), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, and note +the number of divisions of -2 degrees (minus 2°) between (a) and (c). +Suppose there are found to be 5<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> divisions; then, since each +division is 10 feet, the total height of A above C is 55 feet (5<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> × +10). C is therefore 835 ft. elev. which is written at (c), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y. +Now looking at the ground along A-C, suppose you find it to be a very +decided concave (hollowed out) slope, nearly flat at the bottom and +steep at the top. There are to be placed in this space (a)-(c), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> +Y, contours 890, 880, 870, 860 and 850, and they would be spaced close +at the top and far apart near (c), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a> Y, to give a true idea of +the slope.</p> + +<p>The above is the entire principle of contouring in making sketches and +if thoroughly learned by careful repetition under different +conditions, will enable the student to soon be able to carry the +contours with the horizontal locations.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1883" id="Para_1883">1883</a>.</strong> In all maps that are to be contoured some plane, called the +<em>datum plane</em>, must be used to which all contours are referred. This +plane is usually mean sea level and the contours are numbered from +this plane upward, all heights being elevations above mean sea level.</p> + +<p>In a particular locality that is to be sketched there is generally +some point the elevation of which is known. These points may be bench +marks of a survey, elevation of a railroad station above sea level, +etc. By using such points as the reference point for contours the +proper elevations above sea level will be shown.</p> + +<p>In case no point of known elevation is at hand the elevation of some +point will have to be assumed and the contours referred to it.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_628" id="Page_628">[Pg 628]</a></span>Skill in contouring comes only with practice but by the use of +expedients a fairly accurate contoured map can be made. In contouring +an area the stream lines and ravines form a framework or skeleton on +which the contours are hung more or less like a cobweb. These lines +are accurately mapped and their slopes determined and the contours are +then sketched in.</p> + +<p>If the sketcher desires he may omit determining the slopes of the +stream lines and instead determine the elevations of a number of +critical points (points where the slope changes) in the area and then +draw in the contours remembering that contours bulge downward on +slopes and upward on streams lines and ravines.</p> + +<p>If time permits both the slopes of the stream lines and the elevation +of the critical points may be determined and the resulting sketch will +gain in accuracy.</p> + +<p><a href="#Fig_5_II_IX">Figs. 5</a>, <a href="#Fig_6_II_IX">6</a>, <a href="#Fig_7_II_IX">7</a>, <a href="#Fig_8_II_IX">8</a>, and <a href="#Fig_9_II_IX">9</a> show these methods of determining and +sketching in contours.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_629" id="Page_629">[Pg 629]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_5_II_IX" id="Fig_5_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1883a.png" width="500" height="374" alt="Fig. 5" title="Fig. 5" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 5</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_6_II_IX" id="Fig_6_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1883b.png" width="500" height="387" alt="Fig. 6" title="Fig. 6" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 6</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_630" id="Page_630">[Pg 630]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_7_II_IX" id="Fig_7_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1883c.png" width="500" height="386" alt="Fig. 7" title="Fig. 7" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 7</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_8_II_IX" id="Fig_8_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1883d.png" width="500" height="387" alt="Fig. 8" title="Fig. 8" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 8</span> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_9_II_IX" id="Fig_9_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1883e.png" width="500" height="384" alt="Fig. 9" title="Fig. 9" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 9</span> +</div> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1884" id="Para_1884">1884</a>. Form lines.</strong> It frequently happens that a sketch must be made +very hastily and time will not permit of contouring. In this case form +lines are used. These lines are exactly like contours except that the +elevations and forms of the hills and depressions which they represent +are estimated and the sketcher draws the form lines in to indicate the +varying forms of the ground as he sees it.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1885" id="Para_1885">1885</a>. Scales.</strong> The Army Regulations prescribe a uniform system of +scales and contour intervals for military maps, as follows:</p> + +<p>Road sketches and extended positions; scale 3 inches to a mile, +vertical (or contour) interval, 20 feet.</p> + +<p>Position or outpost sketches; scale 6 inches to a mile, vertical (or +contour) interval, 10 feet.</p> + +<p>This uniform system is a great help in sketching as a given map +distance, <a href="#Para_1867a">Par. 1867a</a>, represents the same degree of slope for both the +3 inch to the mile or the 6 inch to the mile scale. The map distances +once learned can be applied to a map of either scale and this is of +great value in sketching.</p> + + +<h4>Construction of Working Scales</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1886" id="Para_1886">1886</a>. Working scale.</strong> A <em>working scale</em> is a scale used in making a +map. It may be a scale for paces or strides or revolutions of a wheel.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1887" id="Para_1887">1887</a>. Length of pace.</strong> The length of a man's pace at a natural walk is +about 30 inches, varying somewhat in different men. Each man must +determine his own length of pace by walking several times over a known +distance. In doing this be sure to take a natural pace. When you know +your length of pace you merely count your paces in going over a +distance and a simple multiplication of paces by length of pace gives +your distance in inches.</p> + +<p>In going up and down slopes one's pace varies. On level ground careful +pacing will give you distances correct to within 3% or less.</p> + +<p>The following tables give length of pace on slopes of 5 degrees to 30 +degrees, corresponding to a normal pace on a level of 30.4 inches:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_631" id="Page_631">[Pg 631]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Length of pace."> +<thead> +<tr> + <th class="table_cell_1111">Slopes</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">0°</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">5°</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">10°</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">15°</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">20°</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">25°</th> + <th class="table_cell_1111">30°</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111">Length of step ascending</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">30.4</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">27.6</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">24.4</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">22.1</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">19.7</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">17.8</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">15.0</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_cell_1111">Length of step descending</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">30.4</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">29.2</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">28.3</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">27.6</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">26.4</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">23.6</td> + <td class="table_cell_1111 table_center">19.7</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>For the same person, the length of step decreases as he becomes tired. +To overcome this, ascertain the length of pace when fresh and when +tired and use the first scale in the morning and the latter in the +afternoon.</p> + +<p>The result of the shortening of the pace due to fatigue or going over +a slope, is to make the map larger than it should be for a given +scale. This is apparent when we consider that we take more paces in +covering a given distance than we would were it on a horizontal plane +and we were taking our normal pace.</p> + +<p>In going up or down a slope of 3 or 4 we actually walk 5 units, but +cover only 4 in a horizontal direction. Therefore, we must make +allowance when pacing slopes.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_632" id="Page_632">[Pg 632]</a></span>In counting paces count each foot as it strikes. In counting strides +count only 1 foot as it strikes. A stride is two paces.</p> + +<p>In practice it has been found that the scale of strides is far more +satisfactory than a scale of paces.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1888" id="Para_1888">1888</a>. How to make a scale of paces.</strong> Having determined the length of +our pace, any one of the following three methods may be used in making +a working scale:</p> + +<p><em>1st method.</em> The so-called "One thousand unit rule" method is as +follows:</p> + +<p>Multiply the R. F. (representative fraction) by the number of inches +in the unit of measure multiplied by 1000; the result will be the +length of line in inches necessary to show 1000 units.</p> + +<p>For example, let us suppose that we desire a graphic scale showing +1000 yards, the scale of the map being 3 inches equal 1 mile:</p> + +<p>Multiply <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span> (R. F.) by 36 (36 inches in 1 yard, the unit of +measure) by 1000,—that is,</p> + +<p>(<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span>) × 36 × 1000 = <span class="frac_top">36000</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span> = 1.7046 inches.</p> + +<p>Therefore, a line or graphic scale 1.7 inches in length will represent +1000 yards.</p> + +<p>If we desire a working scale of paces at 3 inches to the mile, and we +have determined that our pace is 31 inches long, we would have +(<span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span>) × 31 × 1000 = <span class="frac_top">31000</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span> = 1.467 inches.</p> + +<p>We can now lay off this distance and divide it into ten equal parts, +and each will give us a 100-pace division.</p> + +<p><em>2nd method.</em> Lay off 100 yards; ascertain how many of your paces are +necessary to cover this distance; multiply R. F. by 7,200,000, and +divide by the number of paces you take in going 100 yards. The result +will be the length of line in inches which will show 2000 of your +paces.</p> + +<p><em>3rd method.</em> Construct a scale of convenient length, about 6 inches, +as described in <a href="#Para_1863">Par. 1863</a>, to read in the units you intend to measure +your distance with (your stride, pace, stride of a horse, etc.), to +the scale on which you intend to make your sketch.</p> + +<p>For example, suppose your stride is 66 inches long (33 inch pace) and +you wish to make a sketch on a scale of 3 inches = 1 mile. The R. F. +of this scale is <span class="frac_top">3 inches</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">1 mile</span> = <span class="frac_top">3 inches</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">63360 inches</span> = <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">21120</span>. +That is 1 inch on your sketch is to represent 21120 inches on the +ground. As you intend to measure your ground distances by counting +your strides of 66 inches length, 1 inch on the sketch will represent +as many of your strides on the ground as 66 is contained into 21120 = +320 strides. For convenience in sketching you wish to make your scale +about 6 inches long. Since 1<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_633" id="Page_633">[Pg 633]</a></span> inch represents 320 strides, 6 inches +will represent 6 × 320 = 1,920 strides. As this is an odd number, +difficult to divide into convenient subdivisions of hundreds, fifties, +etc., construct your scale to represent 2,000 strides, which will give +it a length slightly in excess of 6 inches—6.25. Lay off this length +and divide it into ten main divisions of 200 strides each, and +subdivide these into 50 stride divisions as explained in <a href="#Para_1862">Par. 1862</a>.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1889" id="Para_1889">1889</a>. Position sketching.</strong> The following are the instruments used in +position sketching:</p> + +<ol> +<li>Drawing board with attached compass (<a href="#Fig_2_II_IX">Fig. 2</a>);</li> +<li>Loose ruler, on board (<a href="#Fig_2_II_IX">Fig. 2</a>);</li> +<li>Rough tripod or camera tripod;</li> +<li>Scale of M. D.'s (shown on ruler, <a href="#Fig_2_II_IX">Fig. 2</a>);</li> +<li>Scale of sketchers, strides or paces (at six inches to one mile), +on ruler;</li> +<li>Clinometer (not necessary if board has slope board, <a href="#Fig_6_II_IX">Fig. 6</a>);</li> +<li>Scale of hundreds of yards shown on ruler;</li> +<li>Scale of paces.</li> +</ol> + + +<h4>Methods to be used</h4> + +<p>(1) Select a base line,—that is, a central line <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">4</span> to <span class="frac_top">1</span>/<span class="frac_bottom">2</span> mile long +in the area to be sketched. It should have at its ends some plainly +marked objects, such as telegraph poles, trees, corners of buildings, +etc., and from its ends, and intermediate points, a good view of the +area should be possible. The base line selected should be capable of +being measured.</p> + +<p>(2) Set up, level and orient the drawing board at one end of the base +(A), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a>, Y, for example. Draw a meridian on the sheet parallel to +the position of the magnetic needle. Assume a point (A), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a>, Y, +corresponding to the ground point (A), 890, on the sheet, in such a +position that the area to be sketched will lie on the sheet.</p> + +<p>(3) Sight at hilltops, stream junctures, stream heads, etc., to begin +the locations of these points by intersection, labelling each ray so +as to be able to identify it later.</p> + +<p>(4) Traverse to (b) and complete the locations by intersection as +previously explained. If the base line is not accurately measured, the +map will be correct within itself in all of its proportions, but its +scale will not necessarily be the scale desired.</p> + +<p>(5) Draw the details of the country between A and B and in the +vicinity of this line, using the conventional signs for roads, houses, +etc.</p> + +<p>(6) The lines from station (b), <a href="#Fig_1_II_IX">Fig. 1</a>, X, to any of the other located +points may now be used as a new base line to carry the work over +additional area.</p> + +<p>(7) In case parts of the area are not visible from a base line, these +parts are located by traversing as before explained.</p> + +<p>(8) Having learned by several repetitions the above steps, the +sketcher will then combine contouring with his horizontal locations.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1890" id="Para_1890">1890</a>. Outpost sketching.</strong> The same instruments are used as in position +sketching, and so are the methods the same, except that the sketcher +cannot advance beyond the outpost line, toward the supposed position +of the enemy. It is often possible to select a measurable base line +well in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_634" id="Page_634">[Pg 634]</a></span> rear of the line of observation,—for instance, along the +line of resistance. Secondary base lines may then be taken on or near +the line of observation, from the extremities of which additional base +lines may be selected, if necessary, and points toward the enemy's +position located by intersection. Details are sketched in as in +position sketching. For obvious reasons, no traversing should be done +along the line of observation.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1891" id="Para_1891">1891</a>. Road sketching.</strong> The following are the instruments used in road +sketching:</p> + +<ol> +<li>Drawing board or sketching case;</li> +<li>Loose ruler;</li> +<li>Scale of strides, or paces, if made dismounted; scale of time +trotting or walking, if mounted;</li> +<li>Scale of hundreds of yards, at three inches to 1 mile;</li> +<li>Scale of M. D.'s;</li> +<li>Slope board (if clinometer is not available).</li> +</ol> + + +<h4>Methods to be used</h4> + +<p>(1) At station 1, <a href="#Fig_10_II_IX">Fig. 10</a>, orient the board as described in <a href="#Para_1872">par. 1872</a>, +holding the board in the hands, in front of the body of the sketcher, +who faces toward station 2.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_10_II_IX" id="Fig_10_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1891.png" width="500" height="314" alt="Fig. 10" title="Fig. 10" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 10</span> +</div> + +<p>(2) Important points in the vicinity, such as the railroad bridge, the +stream juncture, hilltops, are sighted for intersections, lines drawn +as shown and the sketcher traverses to station 2.</p> + +<p>(3) At station 2 he locates and draws in all details between station 1 +and 2, to include about 300 yards on each side of the road.</p> + +<p>(4) The traverse is then continued forward as described for 1 and 2.</p> + +<p>(5) After some practice of horizontal sketching, as just described,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_635" id="Page_635">[Pg 635]</a></span> +the sketcher will be able to take up contouring in combination. The +methods are as described in the paragraph on contouring.</p> + +<p>(6) When the traverse runs off the paper as at A, <a href="#Fig_10_II_IX">Fig. 10</a>, the +following method is followed: Reorient the board so that the road +forward will lie across the long dimensions of the paper; draw a +meridian parallel to the compass needle and assume a point on the new +sheet corresponding to the last point (A) plotted on the first sheet.</p> + +<p>(7) On completion of the sketch various sections will be pasted +together, so that all the meridians are parallel.</p> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1892" id="Para_1892">1892</a>. Combined sketching.</strong> Let us suppose that we have the rectangle W, +X, Y, Z, <a href="#Fig_11_II_IX">Fig. 11</a>, assigned to us to map and that we have been given +four sketching parties, and that the locations and elevations of A and +B have been previously determined by triangulation and are plotted to +scale on our rectangle.</p> + +<p>A logical step would be to carefully plot the line a' b', and then the +lines c' c" and c" d.</p> + +<p>If the area is densely wooded we run "line of level" by using the +slope board or clinometer and by taking elevations at points +arbitrarily selected. Our lines will look something like this:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_11_II_IX" id="Fig_11_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1892a.png" width="500" height="330" alt="Fig. 11" title="Fig. 11" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 11</span> +</div> + +<p>Each party will be given its rectangle with the traverses sketched in. +They will each then run similar traverses over the other two sides of +their area and then fill in. In this manner the whole work is tied up +to the original lines.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_636" id="Page_636">[Pg 636]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Another method</h4> + +<p>The line A B, <a href="#Fig_12_II_IX">Fig. 12</a>, is carefully plotted. Each of the four +sketching parties has two sketching groups. One group of party No. 1 +traverses line a' Y; then the other group of the party traverses the +line a" y'. The first group of party of No. 2 accompanies them. The +second group of party No. 2 traverses the line c" d, accompanied by +the first group of party No. 3; the second group of party No. 3, and +the first group of party No. 4 traverse b" z', and the second group of +party No. 4 traverses b' Z. When the first group of party No. 1 +arrives at Y, it traverses Y y'. The second group of party No. 1, +arriving at y', cuts the sheet along traverse and gives the first +group of party No. 2 the part which shows their area; and then +traverses toward Y from y'. Upon meeting the first group of party No. +1, they join forces and proceed to fill in their area.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<a name="Fig_12_II_IX" id="Fig_12_II_IX"></a> +<img src="images/illus-1892b.png" width="500" height="332" alt="Fig. 12" title="Fig. 12" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 12</span> +</div> + +<p>In the same manner areas W X a' b' are filled in.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_637" id="Page_637">[Pg 637]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus-1892c.png" width="500" height="334" alt="Fig. 13" title="Fig. 13" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 13</span> +</div> + +<p>The method described above is useful in working over country which is +densely wooded, and in which a general view cannot be obtained, for +example, in mapping jungles.</p> + +<p>An additional article of the sketcher's equipment is a holder for his +pencils, alidade, eraser, knife, pins, etc. This consists of a series +of small pockets sewed on to a piece of canvas about 7 inches by 4 +inches. This can be attached to the left breast of the sketcher's coat +or shirt by means of two pins. In addition to keeping all of his +implements in a handy place the holder prevents the loss of the +several articles. Nothing is so discouraging to the sketcher as to +look for his pencil, eraser, knife or even alidade and find that he +has left it several hundred yards back where he sat down last to +sketch in details. By using the holder the sketcher gets into the +habit of replacing articles after they are used and consequently +always has them with him when needed. These holders ready made can be +obtained from the Secretary, Army Service Schools at Fort Leavenworth, +Kansas.</p> + +<p>In sketching a good quality of paper should always be used as erasures +will be frequent. A specially prepared paper that has the appearance +of oiled paper can be obtained commercially and is excellent for +sketching in damp weather. It has considerable resistance to rain. +Sheets of celluloid prepared for sketching are invaluable in sketching +in the rain. These are a part of the equipment of the case of +sketching instruments supplied battalions in the regular army. These +sheets may be procured at most any dealers.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_638" id="Page_638">[Pg 638]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>Points for Beginners to Remember</h4> + +<p><strong><a name="Para_1893" id="Para_1893">1893</a>.</strong> 1. Always keep your pencils sharpened and have an eraser handy. +No one but an expert can sketch with a dull pencil.</p> + +<p>2. Use hard pencils when learning to sketch—4H to 6H—and go over +your work afterwards with a softer pencil—2H.</p> + +<p>3. Do not try to put down on your sketch a mass of small details that +are too small to be shown on the scale at which you are sketching. For +example, if you are making a sketch on a scale of 3 inches = 1 mile, +do not try to show each house in a row of houses; simply indicate that +there is a row of houses, by putting down several distinct +conventional signs for houses in a row; nor should you try to show +every little "cut" through which the road may run. Only use about one +sign to the inch of telegraph or telephone lines, for wire fences, +etc.</p> + +<p>4. When first practicing sketching only plot the route over which you +walk, indicating it by a single line. When you can do this with +facility, go back over one of these plotted routes and fill in the +woods, houses, streams and the other large features.</p> + +<p>5. The beginner should sketch the same ground several times over—at +least three or four times. Practice alone will make perfect.</p> + +<p>6. Always try to compare your finished sketch with an accurate map of +the ground, if one is obtainable. Try to practice on ground of which +you can obtain a map.</p> + +<p>7. Make each course (the distance you go between points where the +direction of your route changes) as long as possible.</p> + +<p>8. Do not try to contour until you are expert at making a sketch +showing all the flat details (roads, streams, woods, houses, etc.).</p> + +<p>9. Never try to "sketch in" the contours until you have plotted the +stream lines or the direction of the valleys, ravines, etc. The +contours are fitted to or sketched around the drainage system; not the +drainage system to the contours.</p> + +<p>10. Always "size up" ground before you sketch it; that is, take a +general view of it, noticing the drainage system (the direction in +which the streams flow or ravines run), the prominent hills and +ridges, the direction the roads run, etc.</p> + +<p>11. Above all things, DON'T FAKE ANY PART OF YOUR MAP.</p> + +<p>If the man using your map happens to strike the faked portion, he +immediately condemns your whole map as incorrect. Every other part may +be highly accurate, but your whole map is discredited because the user +strikes the bad part first. You will naturally put little faith in the +man who has told you something you know to be untrue. You will always +suspect him. So it is with maps. Don't put down anything that you +don't know to be correct. If any guess work is to be done, let the man +using the map do it,—he knows that he is guessing and will be +governed accordingly, but if you do the guessing, he doesn't know +where the guessing begins and the accurate work leaves off. Don't +fudge. Your name is on the map,—<em>don't have any questionable work +hitched up to your name</em>.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h4>FOOTNOTES:</h4> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> Sheets of working scales reading in paces, strides, +minutes, etc, at a scale of 3 and 6 inches to the mile can be obtained +at little cost from the Secretary, Army Service Schools, Fort +Leavenworth, Kansas</p></div> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div class="index"> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_639" id="Page_639">[Pg 639]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="INDEX" id="INDEX"></a>INDEX</h2> + +<p class="chapter_subhead">(The numbers refer to paragraphs)</p> + + +<h3>A</h3> + +<p> <span class="index_page">Par. No.</span></p> + +<p>Abatis <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1176">1176</a></span></p> + +<p>About face, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_105">105</a></span></p> + +<p>1. About, 2. FACE, 3. Forward, 4. MARCH <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_229">229</a></span></p> + +<p>About, turning by mounted officer <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span></p> + +<p>Abstract of clothing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_905">905</a></span></p> + +<p>Abstract record of memorandum receipts <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_901">901</a></span></p> + +<p>Adjustment of fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1428">1428</a></span></p> + +<p>Adjutant, formation of battalion <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_307">307</a>; <a href="#Para_308">308</a></span></p> + +<p>Adjutant of general officer, post of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span></p> + +<p>Adjutant's call <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_616">616</a>; <a href="#Para_693">693</a></span></p> + +<p>Advance by crawling, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_261">261</a></span></p> + +<p>ADVANCE BY RUSHES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_259">259</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company as whole led by captain</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_260">260</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position, fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_293">293</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When impossible for company to advance as a whole</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_258">258</a></span></p> + +<p>ADVANCE GUARD:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commander with</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_542">542</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Connecting files</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_584">584</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_553">553</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Meeting engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_542">542</a>; <a href="#Para_543">543</a></span></p> + +<p>ADVANCE OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion acting as part of firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_343">343</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company into an engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a>–257</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_346">346</a></span></p> + +<p>ADVANCING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Improvised formations for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_257">257</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In succession of thin lines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_255">255</a>; <a href="#Para_256">256</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">The attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_467">467</a>; <a href="#Para_471">471</a></span></p> + +<p>Aerial mines <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1200">1200</a></span></p> + +<p>Aides, post of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span></p> + +<p>Aim, commands for <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_189">189</a></span></p> + +<p>Aiming and sighting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1350">1350</a></span></p> + +<p>Aiming exercise <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1368">1368</a></span></p> + +<p>Aiming point <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1357">1357</a></span></p> + +<p>AIMING POINT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Announced before or after range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designations, practice in repeating</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_201">201</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Once designated not changed unless ordered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_182">182</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_284">284</a></span></p> + +<p>ALIGNMENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion, rectifying</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_310">310</a>; <a href="#Para_312">312</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command of captains in battalion drill at command guide right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_301">301</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_24">24</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployed lines preserve general alignment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_240">240</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing companies in formation of battalion in line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_308">308</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Placing left hand on hip</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_70">70</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of captain and platoon leaders in prolongation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of captains in dressing companies in battalion drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preservation while marching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_155">155</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rules for guides in close order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a>; <a href="#Para_211">211</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_154">154</a></span></p> + +<p>AMMUNITION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bandoleers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_573">573</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combat train and major's responsibility for ammunition in belts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_572">572</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Destination of combat wagons when refilled</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_571">571</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Expenditure of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_432">432</a>; <a href="#Para_433">433</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">For company, husbanding and distribution</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_286">286</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Issue before deployment of battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Issue upon deployment of battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_331">331</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Men not to be sent back from firing line for ammunition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_574">574</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of dead and wounded</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_572">572</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rendezvous for each brigade</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_570">570</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Replenishment of ammunition after engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_575">575</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sent forward with reinforcements</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_574">574</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Supply</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_360">360</a>; <a href="#Para_569">569</a>–575</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Thirty rounds in right pocket section</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_573">573</a></span></p> + +<p>Amusement room <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_879">879</a></span></p> + +<p>Appearance of objects in firing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1396">1396</a></span></p> + +<p>Appendices, Infantry Drill Regulations <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_696">696</a>–710<br />and pp. 192 <a href="#Page_192a">a</a> <a href="#Page_192b">b</a> <a href="#Page_192c">c</a> <a href="#Page_192d">d</a></span></p> + +<p>Arm, disengaged, position at double time <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (eighth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Arm signals <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a>; <a href="#Para_401">401</a></span></p> + +<p>Arrangement of companies in battalion formation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_297">297</a></span></p> + +<p>Art of instruction on varied ground <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_933">933</a></span></p> + +<p>Art of leadership <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_372">372</a></span></p> + +<p>Art of war, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_943">943</a></span></p> + +<p>ARTILLERY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of infantry in case enemy has powerful artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_418">418</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Change of target by infantry warranted in case of flanking fire against artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_424">424</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Communication with firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_402">402</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Covering deployment of artillery in meeting engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_541">541</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment of troops when exposed to hostile artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_463">463</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Effect on deployed infantry usually unimportant</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_345">345</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Infantry against</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_597">597</a>–600</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Infantry passing through deployed artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_470">470</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_494">494</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In withdrawal from action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_546">546</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Part played in pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_491">491</a>; <a href="#Para_494">494</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Supported by infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_434">434</a>–437</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use against machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_555">555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in delaying action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_533">533</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Withdrawal of attacking troops covered by artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_489">489</a></span></p> + +<p>ARTILLERY SUPPORTS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Charged only with protection of artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_605">605</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Detailing of supports</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_602">602</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation and location in action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_604">604</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation on march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_603">603</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Purpose</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_601">601</a></span></p> + +<p>Asphyxiating gases <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1194">1194</a></span></p> + +<p>Asphyxiation, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1478">1478</a></span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_640" id="Page_640">[Pg 640]</a></span>ASSEMBLE FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_326">326</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_248">248</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_173">173</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Distances</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_159">159</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Intervals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_157">157</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoon or squad columns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_254">254</a></span></p> + +<p>Assembled skirmishers not while marching to rear <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_173">173</a></span></p> + +<p>ASSEMBLY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arm signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Call</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_693">693</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Point indicated by company flag</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_95">95</a></span></p> + +<p>AS SKIRMISHERS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of squad leaders at preparatory command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_237">237</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_170">170</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment in oblique direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_245">245</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment to flank or rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_246">246</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From a column of twos or files</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_244">244</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From platoon or squad column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_253">253</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guide right (left or center) (being in column of squads)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_244">244</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guide right (left or center) (being in line)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_243">243</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rules for deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>–247</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To increase or decrease intervals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_172">172</a></span></p> + +<p>'As you were' <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_64">64</a></span></p> + +<p>AT EASE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Applicable to any marching formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_233">233</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Extended order executed at ease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_100">100</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_233">233</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With arms, executed as without arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (fifth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Athletic apparatus, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_880">880</a></span></p> + +<p>ATTACK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_467">467</a>–471</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_342">342</a>–356</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a>–294</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_463">463</a>–466</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Enveloping</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_461">461</a>; <a href="#Para_462">462</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Feint</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_502">502</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_258">258</a>–261; <a href="#Para_414">414</a>–438</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_459">459</a>–462</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fortifications</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_495">495</a>–498</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Frontal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_457">457</a>; <a href="#Para_462">462</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_456">456</a>–502</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Holding attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_499">499</a>–502</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_555">555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Opening fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_417">417</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_490">490</a>–494</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_344">344</a>; <a href="#Para_426">426</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">The charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_478">478</a>–489</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Unit, the battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_342">342</a></span></p> + +<p>ATTENTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_82">82</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drills at are disciplinary exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Forced at first word of command note of bugle or whistle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_82">82</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From parade rest</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_138">138</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From rest and at ease resumed at order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (fifth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From route step or at ease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_233">233</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_99">99</a></span></p> + +<p>At trail (command) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (sixth)</a></span></p> + +<p>At will fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_190">190</a></span></p> + +<p>Automatic alarms trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1192">1192</a></span></p> + +<p>Auxiliary aiming points <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1431">1431</a></span></p> + + +<h3>B</h3> + +<p>Back Step (backward march) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_115">115</a></span></p> + +<p>Bacon can, care of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1308">1308</a></span></p> + +<p>Balance position of left hand <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (first)</a></span></p> + +<p>Ballistic qualities of rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1410">1410</a></span></p> + +<p>BAND:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In reviews</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_623">623</a>; <a href="#Para_624">624</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a>; <a href="#Para_72">72</a>; <a href="#Para_299">299</a></span></p> + +<p>Bandoleers ammunition in to be used first <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_573">573</a></span></p> + +<p>Barricades <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1185">1185</a></span></p> + +<p>Base company in advancing by rushes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_348">348</a></span></p> + +<p>Base, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_25">25</a></span></p> + +<p>Base squad in deployment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>–329; <a href="#Para_243">243</a>–245</span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_BATTALION" id="Index_BATTALION"></a>BATTALION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Adjutant, formation of battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_307">307</a>; <a href="#Para_308">308</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance close in on enemy as much as possible before opening fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_344">344</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance when part of firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_343">343</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance of firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_346">346</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Alignment rectifying</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_310">310</a>; <a href="#Para_311">311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ammunition issue upon deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_331">331</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arrangement of companies in battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_297">297</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assembly from deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_326">326</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Attack principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_342">342</a>–356</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Attack unit, the</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_342">342</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Base company in attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_329">329</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion a tactical unit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_318">318</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bayonets order to fix given by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a>; <a href="#Para_361">361</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Charge, the</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_356">356</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close on first (fourth) company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_320">320</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close order drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a>–326</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column rectifying</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_312">312</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of companies, first company squads right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_315">315</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of squads first company, squads right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_316">316</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of squads first (fourth) company, squads right (left) (from close column)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_323">323</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of squads first (fourth) company forward (from close line)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_324">324</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_317">317</a>; <a href="#Para_319">319</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combat principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_327">327</a>–363</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for guides repeated by captain</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_301">301</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands repeated by captains</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Consolidation to provide war strength organizations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Counter attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_363">363</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Covering fire rushes made under</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_349">349</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_371">371</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defense opening fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_360">360</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Avoidance of premature</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_332">332</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Companies and detachments taking their places</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_334">334</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Depth of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_334">334</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation of base company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_329">329</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_641" id="Page_641">[Pg 641]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation of companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_298">298</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dismissing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_309">309</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Division of battalion into support and firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_335">335</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_310">310</a>; <a href="#Para_311">311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing companies, action of guides</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing companies, position of captains</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Extend on first (fourth) company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_321">321</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">File closers, post in route marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire, delayed opening as long as possible</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_344">344</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire fight, where and when to begin, indicated by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_341">341</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire to be directed against hostile infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_345">345</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firing line:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Advance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_346">346</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Companies to be kept closed in on center</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_354">354</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Placing entire battalion or regiments into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_339">339</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fix bayonets, ordered by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flanks, protection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_330">330</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flank units to begin rush</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_348">348</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_307">307</a>; <a href="#Para_308">308</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Front occupied by</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_334">334</a>–339</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guides, action when companies are dressed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guides, command for, repeated by captains</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_301">301</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hostile infantry target</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_345">345</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_650">650</a>–654</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Intervals between battalions on firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_465">465</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Largest unit executing movement at command of the commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_88">88</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Loading and firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_306">306</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mass formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_320">320</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1"><a name="Index_Major" id="Index_Major"></a>Major:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Apportions target</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_340">340</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Duties and responsibilities</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Gives orders to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_356">356</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Gives order to fix bayonet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a>; <a href="#Para_361">361</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">His order making disposition of battalion for combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_329">329</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Indicates where or when fire fight begins</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_341">341</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Locates trenches and obstacles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_358">358</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post during attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_352">352</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post in route march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reënforces firing line (See "<a href="#Index_BATTALION_COMMANDERS">Battalion Commander</a>")</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_359">359</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Movements executed as in school of the company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Movements executed as in school of soldier, squad and company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_303">303</a>; <a href="#Para_304">304</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Movements explained for four companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_296">296</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Musicians repeat signals to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_356">356</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Musicians repeat signal to fix bayonet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Muster</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_655">655</a>–657</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">On right (left) into line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_313">313</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Opening fire on defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_360">360</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Order of companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_297">297</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Parade</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_636">636</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Plate showing formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Positions of captains in dressing companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post of band and other special units</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_299">299</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post of major during attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_352">352</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_330">330</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rectifying column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_312">312</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reënforcing firing line, two methods</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_354">354</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reënforcements size</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_353">353</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Repetition of command by captains</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_631">631</a>–633</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_318">318</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Right (left) (center) dress</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_310">310</a>; <a href="#Para_311">311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Right front (left) into line (from column of squads or companies)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_314">314</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Right front into line (from close column)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_322">322</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rushes:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub3">Advance made under covering fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_349">349</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub3">Begin by flank company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_348">348</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub3">Prearranged methods prohibited</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_351">351</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub3">Subsequent to advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_350">350</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rushing units, size</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_346">346</a>; <a href="#Para_347">347</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">School of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Simultaneous movements by companies or platoons</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_305">305</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Size of reënforcements</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_353">353</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Staff officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_579">579</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Support:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalion acting alone in defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_362">362</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">None at beginning</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_339">339</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_337">337</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Size</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_336">336</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">To cover withdrawal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_362">362</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Tactical unit best suited for defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_357">357</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Target, apportioned by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_340">340</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Target, hostile infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_345">345</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trenches located by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_358">358</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Withdrawal covered by support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_362">362</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_BATTALION_COMMANDERS" id="Index_BATTALION_COMMANDERS"></a>BATTALION COMMANDERS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duty regarding reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_412">412</a>–413</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipped with different tone of whistle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Responsibility regarding ammunition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_570">570</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signal to rear when ready to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_480">480</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">See "<a href="#Index_Major">Major</a>" under "<a href="#Index_BATTALION">Battalion</a>"</span></p> + +<p>Battalion drill <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a>–363</span></p> + +<p>Battalion inspection <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_650">650</a>–654</span></p> + +<p>Battalion parade <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_636">636</a></span></p> + +<p>Battalion staff officers, training in patrolling and reconnaissance <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_579">579</a></span></p> + +<p>BATTLE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Integrity of squads in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_151">151</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Separated officers and others placing themselves under order of nearest higher commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_390">390</a>; <a href="#Para_391">391</a></span></p> + +<p>Battlefields, bugle signals used on <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span></p> + +<p>Battle order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_392">392</a></span></p> + +<p>Battle sight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_26">26</a>; <a href="#Para_1352">1352 (c)</a></span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_642" id="Page_642">[Pg 642]</a></span>BAYONET:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Charge in combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_356">356</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Confidence in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_485">485</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fixing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_142">142</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Habitually not fixed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (fourth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order to fix in combat given by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a>–361</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position at charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_144">144</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Unfixing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_143">143</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When fixed in combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a>; <a href="#Para_361">361</a>; <a href="#Para_590">590</a></span></p> + +<p>Beaten zone <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1413">1413</a></span></p> + +<p>Bite of dog <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1480">1480</a></span></p> + +<p>Bite of snake <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1480">1480</a></span></p> + +<p>Blank cartridges, use <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_273">273</a></span></p> + +<p>Bleeding, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1481">1481</a></span></p> + +<p>Books and records, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_887">887</a>–909</span></p> + +<p>Bombs and grenades <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1197">1197</a>–1199</span></p> + +<p>Bombs from air craft <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1202">1202</a></span></p> + +<p>Bore of rifle, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1322">1322</a>–1324; <a href="#Para_1328">1328</a>; <a href="#Para_1330">1330</a></span></p> + +<p>Bridges <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1111">1111</a>–1125</span></p> + +<p>BRIGADE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commander, action in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_440">440</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_628">628</a>; <a href="#Para_629">629</a></span></p> + +<p>Broken bones <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1483">1483</a></span></p> + +<p>Bruises, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1487">1487</a></span></p> + +<p>Brush work, field engineering <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1117">1117</a></span></p> + +<p>Bugle calls, explanation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_692">692</a>–695</span></p> + +<p>BUGLE SIGNALS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Communication between firing line and rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_401">401</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Those used on and off battlefields</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span></p> + +<p>Bunks, camping <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1251">1251</a></span></p> + +<p>Burning clothes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1486">1486</a></span></p> + +<p>Burns, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1485">1485</a></span></p> + +<p>By platoon (squad, etc.), from right (left) rush <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_259">259</a></span></p> + +<p>"By the numbers" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (fifth)</a></span></p> + +<p>By the right (left) flank, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_117">117</a></span></p> + +<p>By the right (left) flank in forming skirmish line <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_237">237</a></span></p> + + +<h3>C</h3> + +<p>CADENCE OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Manual of arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (fourth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Marching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_108">108</a></span></p> + +<p>CALLS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Alarm</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_694">694</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_693">693</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Service</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_695">695</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Warning</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_692">692</a></span></p> + +<p>CAMPS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Camping on fordable stream</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1237">1237</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Desirable sites</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1231">1231</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Form and dimensions of camps</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1233">1233</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Making camp</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1234">1234</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Making tent poles and pegs fast in loose soil</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1239">1239</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Parade ground</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1236">1236</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Retreat in camp</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1235">1235</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sanitation. See "<a href="#Index_CAMP_SANITATION">Camp Sanitation</a>"</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Selection of site</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1230">1230</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trees in camp</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1240">1240</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Undesirable sites</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1232">1232</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Windstorms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1238">1238</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">See "<a href="#Index_CAMP_SANITATION">Camp Sanitation</a>"</span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_CAMP_SANITATION" id="Index_CAMP_SANITATION"></a>CAMP SANITATION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Avoiding old camp sites</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1249">1249</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bunks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1251">1251</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Camp expedients</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1242">1242</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Canteen, care</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1311">1311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Changing camp site</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1250">1250</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1241">1241</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drainage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1248">1248</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Incinerators</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1247">1247</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kitchens</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1245">1245</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kitchen pits</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1246">1246</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Latrines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1243">1243</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rules of sanitation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1254">1254</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Urinal tubs</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1244">1244</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Water</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1253">1253</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Wood</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1252">1252</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Your camp, your home</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1255">1255</a></span></p> + +<p>CAPTAIN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Directs the fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_285">285</a>; <a href="#Para_286">286</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_868">868</a>; <a href="#Para_871">871</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Indicates point on which base squad marches in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_238">238</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Leads depleted company as platoon</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_209">209</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Leads company as whole in rushes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_260">260</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position at alignment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a>; <a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post during firings</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a>; <a href="#Para_306">306</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Responsible for instruction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_202">202</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_CARE_OF" id="Index_CARE_OF"></a>CARE OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clothing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1277">1277</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1276">1276</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Feet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1229">1229</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1321">1321</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Shoes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1292">1292</a></span></p> + +<p>Cartridges not to be carried in piece <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (first)</a></span></p> + +<p>Cased colors, defined <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_659">659</a></span></p> + +<p>Cat and mouse contest <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1089">1089</a></span></p> + +<p>CAVALRY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Infantry against</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_591">591</a>–596</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_494">494</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In withdrawal from action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_546">546</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_411">411</a></span></p> + +<p>CEASE FIRING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bugle signal for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_194">194</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Krag rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_705">705</a></span></p> + +<p>Center company, defined <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_298">298</a></span></p> + +<p>Center, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_27">27</a></span></p> + +<p>Center of impact <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1412">1412</a></span></p> + +<p>CEREMONIES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion parade</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_636">636</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_631">631</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Escorts of—</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_640">640</a>–645</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Honor</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_639">639</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">The Color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_637">637</a>–639</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation of battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_308">308</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_614">614</a>–616</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mounted enlisted men formed into detachment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_76">76</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Parades, general rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_634">634</a>; <a href="#Para_635">635</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of dismounted noncommissioned staff officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_77">77</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviews, general rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a>–630</span></p> + +<p>Ceremonies and drills at attention teach precision, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>CHALLENGING ON:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1746">1746</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Outpost</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1103">1103</a></span></p> + +<p>Chancroid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span></p> + +<p>Change elevation; signal for <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_643" id="Page_643">[Pg 643]</a></span></p> + +<p>CHANGE OF DIRECTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_317">317</a>–319</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_219">219</a>; <a href="#Para_223">223</a>; <a href="#Para_224">224</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Partial</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_164">164</a>; <a href="#Para_165">165</a></span></p> + +<p>Change step, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_119">119</a></span></p> + +<p>CHARGE, THE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Additional force for pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_483">483</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Avoiding too dense a mass</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_481">481</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion commanders signal commanders of line when ready to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_480">480</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bayonet, confidence in ability to use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_485">485</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Charging without authority from rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_484">484</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Counter attack, preparations to meet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_487">487</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire superiority, what it accomplishes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_478">478</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Line to be strengthened by prolongations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_482">482</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Not to be made without sufficient troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_481">481</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Premature charges to be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_484">484</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Psychological moment for charge determined by tactical instinct</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_478">478</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pursuing fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_486">486</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pursuing troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_487">487</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pursuit, disordered units not to participate in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_486">486</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reorganization of charging line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_487">487</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reserves give impetus to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_481">481</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Steps to be taken in case of temporary set back</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_488">488</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Steps to be taken if attack is abandoned</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_489">489</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Strength of charging line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_449">449</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be made simultaneously</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_480">480</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be made with approval of commander of attacking line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_480">480</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When and distance over which charge should be made</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_479">479</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Without fire preparation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_497">497</a></span></p> + +<p>Charge bayonet <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_144">144</a></span></p> + +<p>Charges, preferring <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_882">882</a></span></p> + +<p>Cheerfulness, factor in training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_930">930</a></span></p> + +<p>Cheveaux de frise <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1179">1179</a>; <a href="#Para_1189">1189</a></span></p> + +<p>Chiggers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1488">1488</a></span></p> + +<p>Choking, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1489">1489</a></span></p> + +<p>"Chop-chop" signal <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_863">863</a></span></p> + +<p>Clap <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span></p> + +<p>Classes of firing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_278">278</a>–280</span></p> + +<p>Clearness in instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span></p> + +<p>CLIP FIRE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_192">192</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Krag rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_704">704</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_280">280</a></span></p> + +<p>Clock system of target designation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1446">1446</a>; <a href="#Para_1447">1447</a></span></p> + +<p>Clock system of wind designation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1391">1391</a></span></p> + +<p>Close on first (fourth) company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_320">320</a></span></p> + +<p>CLOSE ORDER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advantage of formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_539">539</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a>; <a href="#Para_326">326</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Double rank, habitual formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_70">70</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firings in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Necessity for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_379">379</a></span></p> + +<p>Close packs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span></p> + +<p>Close range <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_275">275</a></span></p> + +<p>Close ranks <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span></p> + +<p>Cloth equipment, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1301">1301</a></span></p> + +<p>Clothing, care of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1277">1277</a></span></p> + +<p>Cohesion and order in combat <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_376">376</a></span></p> + +<p>Cold, effect on shooting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1397">1397</a></span></p> + +<p>COLOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Escort of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_637">637</a>; <a href="#Para_638">638</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Manual of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_670">670</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Receiving</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_667">667</a>–669</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Regimental saluting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_622">622</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saluting in reviews</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With reserve in battle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_665">665</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">See "<a href="#Index_THE_COLOR">The Color</a>"</span></p> + +<p>COLOR COMPANY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defined</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_663">663</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Receiving the colors</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_668">668</a></span></p> + +<p>COLOR GUARD:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carrying of color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_661">661</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Composition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_661">661</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Escorting color to office or quarters of colonel</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_670">670</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation and marching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_662">662</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In battle joins reserve</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_665">665</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Loadings and firings</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_666">666</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Manual of the color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_670">670</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Manual of arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_660">660</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Movements executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_666">666</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post in various formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_664">664</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Receiving the color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_667">667</a>–669</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Remains with color company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_663">663</a></span></p> + +<p>Colors and standards <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1575">1575</a></span></p> + +<p>Column, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_28">28</a></span></p> + +<p>Column half right (left) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a></span></p> + +<p>Columns of companies to form successively to right or left <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_315">315</a></span></p> + +<p>Column of squads, first (fourth) company forward (from close line) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_324">324</a></span></p> + +<p>Column of squads, first (fourth) company, squads right (from close column) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_323">323</a></span></p> + +<p>Column of squads, first company, squads right (left) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_316">316</a></span></p> + +<p>Column of squads, habitual column of route <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_233">233</a>; <a href="#Para_276">276</a></span></p> + +<p>Column of subdivisions, full distance defined <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_69">69</a></span></p> + +<p>Column, rectifying (battalion) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_312">312</a></span></p> + +<p>Column, right (left) (battalion) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_317">317</a>; <a href="#Para_319">319</a></span></p> + +<p>Column, right (company) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_224">224</a></span></p> + +<p>COMBAT EXERCISES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Effective method of conducting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_371">371</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Explained</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1408">1408</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be conducted under assumed tactical situations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_370">370</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be followed by brief drill at attention</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span></p> + +<p>Combat, modern, demands upon infantry <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_365">365</a></span></p> + +<p>Combats offering no chance of valuable results to be avoided <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_374">374</a></span></p> + +<p>Combat patrols to protect flanks of company acting alone <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_268">268</a></span></p> + +<p>Combat practice <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1404">1404</a></span></p> + +<p>COMBAT PRINCIPLES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_327">327</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Summary</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_550">550</a></span></p> + +<p>Combat reconnaissance <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_403">403</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_644" id="Page_644">[Pg 644]</a></span></p> + +<p>Combat tactics, general <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_364">364</a></span></p> + +<p>Combined sights <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1430">1430</a></span></p> + +<p>Combined sketching <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1892">1892</a></span></p> + +<p>Commander of the guard <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1603">1603</a></span></p> + +<p>Commanding officer accountable for training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a></span></p> + +<p>Commanding officer, guard duty <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1591">1591</a></span></p> + +<p>COMMANDS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion and higher commanders repeat commands of superiors</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_88">88</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion largest unit executing movement at command of its commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_88">88</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_86">86</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Facing troops and avoiding indifference when giving commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_89">89</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">For guides, repeated by captains at battalion drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_301">301</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How given</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_86">86</a>; <a href="#Para_89">89</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Loading and firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of executions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_87">87</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preparatory</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_57">57</a>; <a href="#Para_87">87</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Repetition by:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalion and higher commanders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_88">88</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Captains at battalion drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Leaders of subdivisions when necessary</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Platoon leaders and platoon drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_214">214</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Use in battalion combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_328">328</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_80">80</a></span></p> + +<p>Commander's post in fight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_383">383</a></span></p> + +<p>Commence firing, bugle signal for <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span></p> + +<p>Common tents <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_688">688</a>; <a href="#Para_690">690</a></span></p> + +<p>Communication between firing line and reserve <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_96">96</a></span></p> + +<p>Communicating trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1157">1157</a></span></p> + +<p>Communication, how maintained, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_398">398</a>–402</span></p> + +<p>Communication in fire control and direction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1447">1447 (b)</a></span></p> + +<p>COMPANY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Abstract of clothing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_905">905</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Abstract record of memorandum receipts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_901">901</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Acting alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_267">267</a>; <a href="#Para_268">268</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arrangement in battalion formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_297">297</a>; <a href="#Para_614">614</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arrangement of men according to height</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_203">203</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Athletic apparatus</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_880">880</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Base</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_329">329</a>–348</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Books and records</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_887">887</a>–909</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Captain, duties etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_868">868</a>; <a href="#Para_871">871</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Center</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_298">298</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Certain movements executed by company and platoons as prescribed in school of the Soldier and the squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_208">208</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close order drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column right (being in column of squads)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_224">224</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Companies to be consolidated to provide war strength organizations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company attention, from route step or at ease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_233">233</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company fund book</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_892">892</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company return</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_908">908</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company musicians carry company flags</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_402">402</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company right</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_219">219</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Complete equipment carried into action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_382">382</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Completion of task, rejoining command after</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_390">390</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Contentment and harmony</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_877">877</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Correspondence book</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_893">893</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Delinquency record</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_895">895</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Depleted company led as platoon</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_209">209</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment as skirmishers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_241">241</a>; <a href="#Para_243">243</a>; <a href="#Para_244">244</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment in oblique direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_245">245</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Descriptive card of animals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_898">898</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Descriptive list</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_897">897</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation in battalion formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_297">297</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Devolution of work and responsibility</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_869">869</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Division into platoons</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_204">204</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Division into squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_205">205</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Document file</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_894">894</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_202">202</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duty roster</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_890">890</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Establishing outpost</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1080">1080</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Extended order drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Files of orders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_891">891</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">First Sergeant duties</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_873">873</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">First sergeant's report when company is formed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flags</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_94">94</a>; <a href="#Para_95">95</a>; <a href="#Para_401">401</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formations in single rank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_216">216</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formed in double rank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_203">203</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Forms of company punishment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_883">883</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Half right</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a>; <a href="#Para_219">219</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_646">646</a>–649</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inspections, object of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_88">88</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Instruction. See "<a href="#Index_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION">Training and instruction</a>"</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_262">262</a>–266</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Largest unit executing extended order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a>; <a href="#Para_328">328</a></span> <br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Library and amusement room</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_879">879</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lieutenants, duties, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_870">870</a>; <a href="#Para_871">871</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lieutenants taking post when company is formed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Memorandum receipts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_900">900</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mess</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_878">878</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Morning report</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_888">888</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Muster</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_655">655</a>–657</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Noncommissioned officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_874">874</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Noncommissioned officers confining enlisted men</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_875">875</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Paperwork</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_887">887</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoons, assignment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_206">206</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoons, designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_205">205</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Property responsibility</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_886">886</a>; <a href="#Para_896">896</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Protection against surprise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_268">268</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Punishment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_882">882</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ration return</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_909">909</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Record of rifles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_902">902</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Record of size of clothing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_906">906</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reduction and resignation of noncommissioned officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_876">876</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Retained copies of rolls, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_899">899</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rewards and privileges</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_881">881</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_219">219</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">School of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a>–294</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sick report</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_889">889</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squads designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_205">205</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Statement of clothing charged to enlisted men</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_904">904</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Summary Court records</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_903">903</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_645" id="Page_645">[Pg 645]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Target records</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_907">907</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be kept closed in on center on firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_354">354</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To dismiss</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_217">217</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To form</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a>–216</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Training. See "<a href="#Index_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION">Training and instruction</a>"</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Treatment of soldiers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_872">872</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trials by court martial</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_882">882</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Withholding privileges</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_884">884</a></span></p> + +<p>Compass, points of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span></p> + +<p>Complaints to captain <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1528">1528</a></span></p> + +<p>COMPLICATED MANEUVERS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Impracticable</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_365">365</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_375">375</a></span></p> + +<p>Compliments from guards <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1782">1782</a></span></p> + +<p>Compliments not paid on marches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1227">1227</a></span></p> + +<p>Composition of infantry and other units <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1858">1858</a></span></p> + +<p>Comradeship, factor in training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_931">931</a></span></p> + +<p>Concealment and dodging, training in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1087">1087</a></span></p> + +<p>Condiment can, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1309">1309</a></span></p> + +<p>Cone of fire or dispersion <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1411">1411</a></span></p> + +<p>Conical wall tent <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_689">689</a></span></p> + +<p>Connecting Files at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_584">584</a></span></p> + +<p>Consolidation of organizations to provide war strength <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span></p> + +<p>Contentment and harmony in company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_877">877</a></span></p> + +<p>Contentment, factor in training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_931">931</a></span></p> + +<p>Contours <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1882">1882</a>; <a href="#Para_1866">1866</a></span></p> + +<p>Cooking individual <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1256">1256</a></span></p> + +<p>Contract <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a>; <a href="#Para_403">403</a>–413</span></p> + +<p>Conventional signs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1874">1874</a></span></p> + +<p>Coöperation between frontal and enveloping attacks <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_462">462</a></span></p> + +<p>Coöperation of subordinates <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_387">387</a></span></p> + +<p>Corduroying <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1116">1116</a></span></p> + +<p>Corporal is squad leader <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_150">150</a></span></p> + +<p>Corporal of the Guard <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1666">1666</a></span></p> + +<p>Correction of errors, staying of execution of movements for <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_63">63</a>–64</span></p> + +<p>Correspondence book <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_893">893</a></span></p> + +<p>COUNTER ATTACK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_363">363</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_525">525</a>–530</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preparations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_487">487</a></span></p> + +<p>Countermining <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1211">1211</a></span></p> + +<p>Countersigns and paroles <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1769">1769</a></span></p> + +<p>Counting, indicating cadence <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_108">108</a></span></p> + +<p>Counting off <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_153">153</a>; <a href="#Para_203">203</a></span></p> + +<p>Courage <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_927">927</a></span></p> + +<p>COVER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Skirmishers take advantage of, on halting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_240">240</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_195">195</a>–199; <a href="#Para_420">420</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Training in use of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_939">939</a></span></p> + +<p>Covering fire, rushes made under <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_349">349</a></span></p> + +<p>Cover trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1155">1155</a></span></p> + +<p>Crawling, advance of firing line <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_261">261</a></span></p> + +<p>Cup, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1310">1310</a></span></p> + +<p>"Cut off" habitually turned off <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218 (third)</a></span></p> + +<p>Cuts, first aid, <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1490">1490</a></span></p> + +<p>Courtesy. See "<a href="#Index_MILITARY_COURTESY">Military courtesy</a>"</p> + + +<h3>D</h3> + +<p>Daily sick report <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_889">889</a></span></p> + +<p>Datum plane <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1883">1883</a></span></p> + +<p>Decreasing intervals <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_247">247</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_DEFENSE" id="Index_DEFENSE"></a>DEFENSE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action when target disappears</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_294">294</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Active defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_527">527</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion on</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_357">357</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Counter attack:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Communicating and cover trenches head cover, etc., construction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_505">505</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cover, utilization</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_504">504</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Importance of counter-attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_527">527</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Manner of making</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_529">529</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Minor</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_530">530</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post of troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_528">528</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Delaying action:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Important considerations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_531">531</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Purposes of support and reserve</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_532">532</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Thin firing line to be used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_532">532</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Value of artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_533">533</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1"><a name="Index_Deployment" id="Index_Deployment"></a>Deployment:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Advance posts and other dispersion to be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_520">520</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Assignment of front to units</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_516">516</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalions to be kept intact</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_518">518</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Dead space to be covered by adjoining section or machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_519">519</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Density</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_509">509</a>; <a href="#Para_510">510</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Division of positions into sections</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_517">517</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Fire alone unable to stop attack; use of bayonet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_522">522</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Night attack, steps to be taken if expected</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_523">523</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Position not to be fully occupied until infantry attack begins</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_521">521</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reserve, detaching part of, to protect opposite flank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_515">515</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reserve posts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_513">513</a>; <a href="#Para_514">514</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Sections, divisions of positions into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_517">517</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Size of units occupying sections</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_518">518</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Short range fire and bayonet in night attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_524">524</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Strength in rear to be increased when change from defensive to offensive is contemplated</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_511">511</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Supports, post and cover</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_512">512</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dummy trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_506">506</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Field works:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Construction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_504">504</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Location, extent, garrison, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_507">507</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_556">556</a>; <a href="#Para_566">566</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Obstacles, construction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_504">504</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Opening fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_360">360</a>; <a href="#Para_418">418</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Passive</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_525">525</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position and intrenchments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_503">503</a>–508</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Requisites of defensive position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_503">503</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trenches, outlining trace in combat exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_508">508</a></span></p> + +<p>Defilade <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1420">1420</a></span></p> + +<p>Deflection <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1384">1384</a></span></p> + +<p>Deflection and elevation connection drills <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1383">1383</a></span></p> + +<p>Deliberate intrenchments <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1147">1147</a></span></p> + +<p>Delinquency record <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_895">895</a></span></p> + +<p>Delivery of messages <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_958">958</a>; <a href="#Para_1530">1530</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_646" id="Page_646">[Pg 646]</a></span></p> + +<p>Density of firing line <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_446">446</a>–453; <a href="#Para_532">532</a></span></p> + +<p>Deploy, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_29">29</a></span></p> + +<p>Deployed line, faces to front and takes advantage of cover on halting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_239">239</a></span></p> + +<p>Deployed lines, alignment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_239">239</a></span></p> + +<p>Deployed troops, leading difficult <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_379">379</a></span></p> + +<p>DEPLOYMENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of brigade and regimental commanders in deployment of division</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_440">440</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">As skirmishes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a>; <a href="#Para_92">92</a>; <a href="#Para_170">170</a>; <a href="#Para_239">239</a>–246</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion, depth of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_334">334</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalions furnish firing lines and support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company, rules for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Companies and detachments taking their places</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_334">334</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dense, well directed and controlled fire gives fire superiority</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_446">446</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Density of charging line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_449">449</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Density of one man per yard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_447">447</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Density of whole deployment varies with size of command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_451">451</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Division of battle line into battle districts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_452">452</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Each commander to guard his command against surprise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_442">442</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Extent of front occupied by unit depends upon security of flanks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_453">453</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">For attack:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Distance for hostile position at which deployment is made</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_463">463</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Each unit to deploy on its own direction line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_463">463</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Foreground to be cleared of hostile detachments before deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_463">463</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Intervals between battalions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_465">465</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Moving well forward and deploying at night</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_464">464</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post of reserve</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_466">466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reserve charged with flank protection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_466">466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formations of troops before and during</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_439">439</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In defense. See "<a href="#Index_Deployment">Deployment</a>" under "<a href="#Index_DEFENSE">Defense</a>"</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In oblique direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_245">245</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Length of firing line employed by whole force</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_449">449</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mechanism taught by extended order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Occupation of only sections of long lines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_447">447</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of squads when company is deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_239">239</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">On wrong lines, avoided by reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_403">403</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orders for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_392">392</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Personal reconnaissance before deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_441">441</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Premature to be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_332">332</a>; <a href="#Para_443">443</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rectification of deployments in wrong direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_444">444</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reserves, how employed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reserves furnished by units larger than battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_441">441</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rules for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>–242</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Side by side of regiments, battalions and companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_454">454</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Strength of support and reserves</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_449">449</a>; <a href="#Para_450">450</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Supports furnished by battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To flank or rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_246">246</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Troops deployed vary from 1 to 10 men per yard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_450">450</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of thin firing lines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_448">448</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When made</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_463">463</a></span></p> + +<p>Deportment, military <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1523">1523</a></span></p> + +<p>Depth, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_30">30</a></span></p> + +<p>Descriptive card of animals <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_898">898</a></span></p> + +<p>Descriptive list <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_897">897</a></span></p> + +<p>DESIGNATION OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Companies in battalion formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_298">298</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squads and platoons</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_205">205</a></span></p> + +<p>Designation of targets <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1445">1445</a>–1147 a</span></p> + +<p>Designation of winds <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1391">1391</a></span></p> + +<p>Details and roster of guards <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1585">1585</a></span></p> + +<p>Details to be left to subordinates <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_384">384</a>; <a href="#Para_385">385</a></span></p> + +<p>Determination, factor in warfare <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_924">924</a></span></p> + +<p>Deviation from orders <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_388">388</a></span></p> + +<p>Devolution of work and responsibility <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_869">869</a></span></p> + +<p>Diarrhoea <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1491">1491</a></span></p> + +<p>Diminish intervals <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_172">172</a></span></p> + +<p>Directions given subordinates through immediate superiors <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_397">397</a></span></p> + +<p>DISCIPLINE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_910">910</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_916">916</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_912">912</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Methods of attaining good discipline</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_911">911</a>; <a href="#Para_914">914</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Punishment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_915">915</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sound system</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_913">913</a></span></p> + +<p>Disciplinary exercises—drills at attention and ceremonies <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 a</a></span></p> + +<p>Discipline and training necessary <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_379">379</a></span></p> + +<p>Discipline, fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_291">291</a>; <a href="#Para_430">430</a>; <a href="#Para_431">431</a></span></p> + +<p>Dislocations, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1492">1492</a></span></p> + +<p>DISMISSING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_309">309</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_217">217</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_147">147</a></span></p> + +<p>Dismounted noncommissioned staff officers, posts <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_77">77</a>; <a href="#Para_78">78</a></span></p> + +<p>Dismounting, before addressing dismounted superior <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1558">1558</a></span></p> + +<p>Dismounting before saluting dismounted senior <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_75">75</a></span></p> + +<p>DISTANCE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between firing line and support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_338">338</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between front and rear rank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_153">153</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between units in column of subdivisions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_69">69</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_31">31</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Plates showing distances:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalion</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Company</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Taken by file closers in "take distance" and "take interval"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_213">213</a></span></p> + +<p>DISTANCE TAKING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of guides</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_213">213</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_158">158</a></span></p> + +<p>Distant range <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_275">275</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_647" id="Page_647">[Pg 647]</a></span></p> + +<p>Distance to target, determination of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_276">276</a></span></p> + +<p>Distribution of fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1441">1441</a>–1444</span></p> + +<p>Distribution of fire and target <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_282">282</a>; <a href="#Para_283">283</a>; <a href="#Para_427">427</a></span></p> + +<p>Division of battalion into firing line and support <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_335">335</a></span></p> + +<p>Document file <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_894">894</a></span></p> + +<p>Dog's bite <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1480">1480</a></span></p> + +<p>Do something <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_386">386</a></span></p> + +<p>DOUBLE RANK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company to be formed in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_203">203</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Habitual close order formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_70">70</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kneeling and lying down in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_178">178</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rear rank loading and firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span></p> + +<p>Double sleeping bag <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_686">686</a></span></p> + +<p>DOUBLE TIME:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Adding preparatory command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_109">109</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Any movement executed in, unless excepted</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_60">60</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cadence</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_108">108</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_111">111</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for precedes command of execution</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_60">60</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dropping hands by side upon halting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_116">116</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Half step, length</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_113">113</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In successive movements, base unit marches in quick time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_61">61</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of disengaged hand</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_111">111</a>; <a href="#Para_121">121</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To hasten movements begun in quick time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_177">177</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To the rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_118">118</a></span></p> + +<p>Drainage, camping, <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1248">1248</a></span></p> + +<p>Drainage of trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1167">1167</a></span></p> + +<p>Draw saber <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_671">671</a></span></p> + +<p>Dress, appearance <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1523">1523</a></span></p> + +<p>DRESSING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_310">310</a>; <a href="#Para_311">311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Companies, position of captain</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a>; <a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployed lines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_240">240</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drill at attention after combat exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad (right or left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_154">154</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Verify both ranks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_154">154</a></span></p> + +<p>DRILL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a>–363</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_202">202</a>–294</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_148">148</a>–202</span></p> + +<p>Drills at attention and ceremonies designed to teach precision, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>Drill regulations furnished as guide, providing principles for training, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span></p> + +<p>Drill regulations, interpretation of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span></p> + +<p>Drowning <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1493">1493</a></span></p> + +<p>Drum major at battalion inspection <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_650">650</a></span></p> + +<p>Dugouts, trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1156">1156</a></span></p> + +<p>Dummy trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1163">1163</a></span></p> + +<p>Duties of infantry, many and difficult <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_366">366</a></span></p> + +<p>Duties of officers and noncommissioned officers in battle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_389">389</a></span></p> + +<p>Duty roster <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_890">890</a></span></p> + + +<h3>E</h3> + +<p>Earache <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1494">1494</a></span></p> + +<p>Ear, foreign body in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1495">1495</a></span></p> + +<p>Echelon definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_49">49</a></span></p> + +<p>Effect of fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1410">1410</a></span></p> + +<p>Effect of heat, light, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1397">1397</a>–1403</span></p> + +<p>Effectiveness of fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1416">1416</a></span></p> + +<p>Effective range <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_275">275</a></span></p> + +<p>Efficiency dependent upon thorough and uniform training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a></span></p> + +<p>Elastic formations essential to correct battle training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_52">52</a></span></p> + +<p>Electric shock <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1496">1496</a></span></p> + +<p>Element, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_32">32</a></span></p> + +<p>Elevation, change of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span></p> + +<p>Encroachment upon functions of subordinates <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_396">396</a></span></p> + +<p>Endurance, limit of, exacted <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_380">380</a></span></p> + +<p>Enemy—imaginary outlined and represented <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_56">56</a>; <a href="#Para_370">370</a></span></p> + +<p>Entrenching at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1099">1099</a></span></p> + +<p>ENVELOPING ATTACK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advantages</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_459">459</a>; <a href="#Para_461">461</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Resulting in local frontal attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_461">461</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be started at considerable distance from enemy</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_462">462</a></span></p> + +<p>Envelopment of both flanks, when allowable <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_460">460</a></span></p> + +<p>EQUIPMENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carried into action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_382">382</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Display for inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_682">682</a></span></p> + +<p>EQUIPMENT, CARE OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cloth equipment:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">General instructions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1301">1301</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Intrenching tools</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1312">1312</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Shelter tent</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1303">1303</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Washing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1302">1302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clothing:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Grease spots</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1285">1285</a>; <a href="#Para_1289">1289</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Ink stains</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1287">1287</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Leggins</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1280">1280</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Paint spots</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1290">1290</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rust</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1286">1286</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Stains</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1284">1284</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1276">1276</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Leather equipment:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cleaning</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1316">1316</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cleaning materials</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1315">1315</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">New equipment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1318">1318</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Oiling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1317">1317</a>; <a href="#Para_1319">1319</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Points to be remembered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1320">1320</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mess outfit:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Bacon can</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1308">1308</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Canteen</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1311">1311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Condiment can</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1309">1309</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cup</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1310">1310</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Fork</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1305">1305</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Knife</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1304">1304</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Meat can</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1307">1307</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Spoon</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1306">1306</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1321">1321</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Shoes:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Care</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1292">1292</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Polishing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1295">1295</a>; <a href="#Para_1299">1299</a>; <a href="#Para_1300">1300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Repairing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1294">1294</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Selection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1293">1293</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Wet shoes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1297">1297</a></span></p> + +<p>Equipment. See "<a href="#Index_CARE_OF">Care and preservation</a>"</p> + +<p>Errors staying execution of movement, for correction of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_63">63</a>; <a href="#Para_64">64</a></span></p> + +<p>ESCORTS OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_640">640</a>–645</span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_648" id="Page_648">[Pg 648]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Honor</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_639">639</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">The Color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_637">637</a>; <a href="#Para_638">638</a></span></p> + +<p>Establishing outpost by company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1080">1080</a></span></p> + +<p>Estimate of situation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_950">950</a></span></p> + +<p>Estimating distance <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1393">1393</a>–1395</span></p> + +<p>Estimating distances, training in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_201">201</a></span></p> + +<p>Estimators of ranges <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_278">278</a></span></p> + +<p>Exercises in fire control and direction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1450">1450</a></span></p> + +<p>EXTENDED ORDER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Certain movements executed as in close order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_241">241</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>–268</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company largest unit executing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company largest unit to execute movements by prescribed commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_328">328</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Exercises to be in nature of combat exercise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_370">370</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Purpose</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_170">170</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be executed at ease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a></span></p> + +<p>Extended on first (fourth) company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_321">321</a></span></p> + +<p>Eye, foreign body in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1497">1497</a></span></p> + +<p>Eyes left, when post of reviewing officer is on left of column <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_626">626</a></span></p> + +<p>EYES RIGHT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_103">103</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_631">631</a>; <a href="#Para_632">632</a></span></p> + +<p>Eyesight in scouting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1083">1083</a></span></p> + +<p>Eyes, use of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_200">200</a></span></p> + + +<h3>F</h3> + +<p>Facings <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_104">104</a></span></p> + +<p>Facing about to give commands, staff stands fast <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span></p> + +<p>Facing about, mounted officer turns to left <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span></p> + +<p>Facing troops when giving commands<span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_89">89</a></span></p> + +<p>Fainting, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1498">1498</a></span></p> + +<p>"Fall in" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_100">100</a>; <a href="#Para_153">153</a></span></p> + +<p>"Fall in" executed at order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (fifth)</a></span></p> + +<p>"Fall out" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_100">100</a></span></p> + +<p>"Fall out" executed as without arms <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (fifth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Falling in with hands on hips <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_70">70</a></span></p> + +<p>Fascines <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1117">1117</a>; <a href="#Para_1118">1118</a></span></p> + +<p>Faster, command for increasing rate of fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_191">191</a></span></p> + +<p>Fear <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_926">926</a></span></p> + +<p>Feet, care of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1229">1229</a></span></p> + +<p>Feint attacks <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_502">502</a></span></p> + +<p>Field efficiency of organization <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a></span></p> + +<p>FIELD ENGINEERING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bridges:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Double lock</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1114">1114</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Roadway of spar</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1115">1115</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Single lock</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1113">1113</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Spar</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1112">1112</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Brush work</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1117">1117</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Corduroying</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1116">1116</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fascines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1117">1117</a>; <a href="#Para_1118">1118</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gabions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1121">1121</a>–1123</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hurdles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1119">1119</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Knots:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Bowline</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1130">1130</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Clove hitch</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1128">1128</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Eye splice</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1135">1135</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Long splice</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1134">1134</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Sheep shank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1132">1132</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Short splice</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1133">1133</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Square or reef</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1126">1126</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Timber hitch</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1129">1129</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Two-half hitches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1127">1127</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lashings</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1136">1136</a>–1139</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Revetments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1124">1124</a>; <a href="#Para_1125">1125</a></span></p> + +<p>Field exercises, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (c)</a>; <a href="#Para_56">56</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_FIELD_FORTIFICATIONS" id="Index_FIELD_FORTIFICATIONS"></a>FIELD FORTIFICATIONS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Classification</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1142">1142</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Communicating trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1157">1157</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Concealment of trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1162">1162</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cover trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1155">1155</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deliberate intrenchments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1147">1147</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drainage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1167">1167</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dugouts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1156">1156</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dummy trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1163">1163</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Example of trench system</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1160">1160</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1148">1148</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hasty intrenchments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1143">1143</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Head cover</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1152">1152</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Illumination of foreground</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1170">1170</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kneeling trench</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1145">1145</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Latrines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1169">1169</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Length of trench</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1164">1164</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location of trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1161">1161</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lookouts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1158">1158</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Loopholes and notches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1153">1153</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lying trench</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1144">1144</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Notches and loopholes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1153">1153</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Object</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1140">1140</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Overhead cover</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1154">1154</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Parados</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1151">1151</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preparation of foreground</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1165">1165</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Revetments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1166">1166</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Siege works</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1172">1172</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sortie steps</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1150">1150</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Standing trench</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1146">1146</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Supporting points</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1159">1159</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Telephones</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1171">1171</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Traverses</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1149">1149</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trench recesses</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1150">1150</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Water supply</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1168">1168</a></span></p> + +<p>Field officers, habitually mounted <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span></p> + +<p>File definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_33">33</a></span></p> + +<p>FILE CLOSER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Darting through column of squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_221">221</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Execution of loadings and manual of arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_212">212</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">On the right (left) flank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_211">211</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post in column of squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_221">221</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post in route marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To correct mistakes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a></span></p> + +<p>Files, advancing by <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_255">255</a></span></p> + +<p>Files of orders, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_891">891</a></span></p> + +<p>Fill magazine <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_702">702</a></span></p> + +<p>Finding way in strange country <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span></p> + +<p>Fine sight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1353">1353 (b)</a></span></p> + +<p>Finger system of target designation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1447">1447 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">By volley</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_189">189</a>; <a href="#Para_278">278</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Classes of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a>; <a href="#Para_194">194</a>; <a href="#Para_278">278</a>–280</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clip</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_192">192</a>; <a href="#Para_280">280</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a>; <a href="#Para_189">189</a>; <a href="#Para_194">194</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Delay opening as long as possible</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_344">344</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In deployment controlled by platoon leaders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Long range, when effective</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_416">416</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Observation of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_428">428</a>; <a href="#Para_429">429</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_649" id="Page_649">[Pg 649]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Opening in attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_344">344</a>; <a href="#Para_417">417</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Opening in defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_417">417</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Purpose and nature</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_414">414</a>; <a href="#Para_415">415</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rate of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_191">191</a>; <a href="#Para_292">292</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be directed against hostile infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_345">345</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire action <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRE ATTACK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire superiority sought at first firing position and to be maintained until charging point is reached</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_472">472</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Futility of advancing without fire superiority</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_473">473</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_258">258</a>; <a href="#Para_472">472</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Intrenching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_475">475</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Retiring under fire suicidal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_475">475</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signs that fire superiority has been gained</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_474">474</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Size of rushing units</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_472">472</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Supports and reserves occupying trenches vacated by firing line to improve same</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_476">476</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRE AT WILL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_190">190</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_279">279</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire control, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_287">287</a>–290</span></p> + +<p>Fire direction, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_285">285</a>; <a href="#Para_286">286</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRE CONTROL AND DIRECTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General considerations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_416">416</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_431">431</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire direction and control <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1434">1434</a>–1440</span></p> + +<p>Fire discipline <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_291">291</a>; <a href="#Para_430">430</a>; <a href="#Para_431">431</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire discipline, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1406">1406</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire distribution <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_427">427</a>; <a href="#Para_1441">1441</a>–1444</span></p> + +<p>Fire fight, where and when to begin, indicated by major <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_341">341</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRE OF POSITION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_555">555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_438">438</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRE SUPERIORITY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Futility of advancing without</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_473">473</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Purpose and nature</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_414">414</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signs that it has been gained</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_474">474</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sought at first firing position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_472">472</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be maintained until charging point is reached</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_472">472</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">What it accomplishes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_478">478</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1148">1148</a></span></p> + +<p>Fire unit, platoon <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_287">287</a></span></p> + +<p>Firing at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1101">1101</a></span></p> + +<p>Firing at stationary targets <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1428">1428</a></span></p> + +<p>Firing by sentries at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1104">1104</a></span></p> + +<p>Firing, classes of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_278">278</a>–280</span></p> + +<p>FIRING LINE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_258">258</a>–261; <a href="#Para_346">346</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance as far as possible before opening fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_467">467</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advanced elements not to open fire on main position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_471">471</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Companies to be kept closed in on center</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_354">354</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Control by signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Controlled by commander when whole line has been absorbed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_383">383</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Density</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_446">446</a>–453</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Furnished by battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Placing entire battalion or regiment into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_339">339</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Premature formation to be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_443">443</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reënforcement by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_359">359</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To advance as far as possible before opening fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_467">467</a></span></p> + +<p>Firing line and support, division of battalion <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_335">335</a></span></p> + +<p>Firings in close order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span></p> + +<p>Firings and loadings, see "<a href="#Index_LOADINGS_AND_FIRINGS">Loadings and firings</a>"</p> + +<p>First aid packet <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1521">1521</a></span></p> + +<p>First aid to sick and injured <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1478">1478</a></span></p> + +<p>FIRST SERGEANT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Accompanies captain when company is deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assists in fire control in case of depleted company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_209">209</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_873">873</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Never assigned as guide</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Report when company is formed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a></span></p> + +<p>Fish hook, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1499">1499</a></span></p> + +<p>Fits, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1500">1500</a></span></p> + +<p>Fix bayonets, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_142">142</a></span></p> + +<p>Fix bayonet order, given by major <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a></span></p> + +<p>Fixed forms covering all cases impossible <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_369">369</a></span></p> + +<p>FIXED PIVOT, TURN ON:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_219">219</a>–221</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_165">165</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_66">66</a></span></p> + +<p>FLAG:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company signal carried by company musicians (now buglers)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_401">401</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defined</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1575">1575</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of general officers, post of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a>; <a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Respect paid to</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1574">1574</a>; <a href="#Para_1575">1575</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_94">94</a>; <a href="#Para_400">400</a>; <a href="#Para_401">401</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signaling to artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_437">437</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To outline enemy</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_371">371</a></span></p> + +<p>Flag-stealing contest <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1090">1090</a></span></p> + +<p>FLANK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">By the right, how executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_117">117</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_35">35</a>; <a href="#Para_54">54</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment as skirmishers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_246">246</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Movements executed towards either, explained toward but one flank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_58">58</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Unit to begin rush</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_348">348</a></span></p> + +<p>FLOURISHES AT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_641">641</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span></p> + +<p>Fly, disease carrier <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1460">1460</a></span></p> + +<p>Folding tents <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_691">691</a></span></p> + +<p>FOLLOW ME:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In forming skirmish line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_237">237</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In rushes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_259">259</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To follow corporal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_169">169</a></span></p> + +<p>Footmarks, following <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1088">1088</a></span></p> + +<p>Forced marches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1225">1225</a></span></p> + +<p>Fork, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1305">1305</a></span></p> + +<p>FORM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_315">315</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_316">316</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">For shelter tents</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span></p> + +<p>Formation calls <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_693">693</a></span></p> + +<p>Formation definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_36">36</a></span></p> + +<p>FORMATIONS FOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advancing improvised</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_257">257</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_262">262</a></span></p> + +<p>FORMATION OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_307">307</a>; <a href="#Para_308">308</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_650" id="Page_650">[Pg 650]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_153">153</a></span></p> + +<p>Form lines <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1884">1884</a></span></p> + +<p>Forms of speech <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1526">1526</a></span></p> + +<p>Fortifications, attack <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_495">495</a>–498</span></p> + +<p>FORWARD MARCH:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From half step, halt and mark time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_113">113</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From halt</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_110">110</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From oblique</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_163">163</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pieces brought to right shoulder from order, at command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (sixth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Fractures <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1483">1483</a></span></p> + +<p>Fraise <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1178">1178</a></span></p> + +<p>Freezing, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1502">1502</a></span></p> + +<p>Front, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_37">37</a></span></p> + +<p>Front, extent of in deployment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_446">446</a>–453</span></p> + +<p>FRONT OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployed battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_334">334</a>–337</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployed squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_171">171</a></span></p> + +<p>Frontal attacks, when they may be successful <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_457">457</a></span></p> + +<p>FRONT INTO LINE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_314">314</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_231">231</a></span></p> + +<p>Frost-bite, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1503">1503</a></span></p> + +<p>Full distance, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_69">69</a></span></p> + +<p>Full sight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1353">1353 (c)</a></span></p> + +<p>Full step, length and cadence <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_108">108</a></span></p> + +<p>Funeral escort <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_640">640</a>–645</span></p> + + +<h3>G</h3> + +<p>Gabions <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1121">1121</a>–1123</span></p> + +<p>Gallery practice <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1385">1385</a></span></p> + +<p>Gangrene <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1482">1482</a></span></p> + +<p>Gases, asphyxiating <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1194">1194</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_GENERAL_COMMON_SENSE_PRINCIPLES_OF_APPLIED_MINOR_TACTICS" id="Index_GENERAL_COMMON_SENSE_PRINCIPLES_OF_APPLIED_MINOR_TACTICS"></a>GENERAL COMMON SENSE PRINCIPLES OF APPLIED MINOR TACTICS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Art of war, definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_943">943</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Estimating the situation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_950">950</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Maneuvers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_947">947</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Map problems</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_945">945</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mission, defined</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_950">950</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Noncommissioned officers, responsibilities in time of war</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_944">944</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orders, tactical, preparation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_952">952</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Terrain exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_945">945</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">War game</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_946">946</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span></p> + +<p>General officers habitually mounted <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span></p> + +<p>General plan to be furthered by subordinates <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_386">386</a></span></p> + +<p>GENERAL RULES FOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ceremonies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_614">614</a>–616</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drills and formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_57">57</a>–79</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Parades</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_634">634</a>; <a href="#Para_635">635</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviews</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a>–630</span></p> + +<p>Gentle reverse slopes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1427">1427</a></span></p> + +<p>Germs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1452">1452</a></span></p> + +<p>Gonorrhoea <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span></p> + +<p>Grazing fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1423">1423</a></span></p> + +<p>Grease spots, how removed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1285">1285</a>; <a href="#Para_1289">1289</a></span></p> + +<p>Grenades and bombs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1197">1197</a>–1199</span></p> + +<p>Ground, use of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_420">420</a>; <a href="#Para_421">421</a></span></p> + +<p>GUARD DUTY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Challenging</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1746">1746</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Classification of guards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1584">1584</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commander of the guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1603">1603</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commanding officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1591">1591</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Compliments from guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1782">1782</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Corporal of the guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1666">1666</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Countersigns and paroles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1769">1769</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Details and roster</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1585">1585</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duty of sentinels</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1578">1578</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General rules concerning guard duty</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1792">1792</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guarding prisoners</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1797">1797</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guard mounting:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Formal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1840">1840</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Informal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1847">1847</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guard patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1778">1778</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1576">1576</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Musicians of the guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1700">1700</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Officer of the day</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1593">1593</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orderlies and color sentinels</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1702">1702</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orders for sentinels</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1716">1716</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Paroles and countersigns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1769">1769</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Privates of the guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1715">1715</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Relieving old guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1850">1850</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Respect for sentinels</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1577">1577</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reveille and retreat gun</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1837">1837</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sentinels of troops stable guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1825">1825</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sentinels' orders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1716">1716</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sergeant of the guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1642">1642</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Special orders for sentinels at post of guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1759">1759</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Stable guards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1806">1806</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Troop stable guards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1808">1808</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Watchmen</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1781">1781</a></span></p> + +<p>GUARD MOUNTING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1840">1840</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Informal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1847">1847</a></span></p> + +<p>Guard patrols <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1778">1778</a></span></p> + +<p>Guarding prisoners <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1797">1797</a></span></p> + +<p>GUIDE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Announcing before executing platoons right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_220">220</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_38">38</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In successive formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_155">155</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">What it is, unless otherwise announced</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When given in connection with movement, follows command of execution</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a></span></p> + +<p>GUIDES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Alignment of battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_311">311</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assignment to platoons</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_206">206</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion formed in line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_308">308</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion marching in column of companies or platoons</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion parade</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_636">636</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close on first (fourth) company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_320">320</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of companies, first company, squads right</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_315">315</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column right (left) battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_317">317</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing company when battalion is in line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties in battle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_389">389</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties in fire fight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_289">289</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipped with whistles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Execution of loading and manual of arms as file closers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_212">212</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">First Sergeant never assigned as</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_651" id="Page_651">[Pg 651]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Guide</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guide of leading subdivision charged with step and direction in column of subdivisions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_69">69</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In successive formation guide is toward base</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Manual of arms, execution by file closers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_212">212</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Partial changes of direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoon guides</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoon guides accompany leader when platoon is deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_206">206</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Positions shown in plates of company and battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_166">166</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post in column of squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_211">211</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of file closers in route marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rectifying column (battalion)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_313">313</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Repeating signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Taking intervals and distances</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_213">213</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Taking place in front rank at command about face</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_229">229</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To change guides to opposite flank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_211">211</a></span></p> + +<p>Guide center designate left guide of center company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_301">301</a></span></p> + +<p>Guide right (left) command <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_155">155</a></span></p> + + +<h3>H</h3> + +<p>Half step (command) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_113">113</a></span></p> + +<p>HALT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Any movement executed from, unless otherwise prescribed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_59">59</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firing executed at</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From half step and mark time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_113">113</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_116">116</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Piece brought to the order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (seventh)</a></span></p> + +<p>Halting, skirmishers face to the front and take advantage of cover <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_240">240</a></span></p> + +<p>Halts on marches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1222">1222</a></span></p> + +<p>HAND:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Disengaged, position at double time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_111">111</a>; <a href="#Para_121">121 (Eighth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Left, position at balance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (First)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">On hip falling in with</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_70">70</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salute</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_106">106</a></span></p> + +<p>Hand grenades <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1198">1198</a></span></p> + +<p>Harmony and contentment in company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_877">877</a></span></p> + +<p>Hasty intrenchments <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1143">1143</a></span></p> + +<p>Head, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_39">39</a></span></p> + +<p>Headache <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1504">1504</a></span></p> + +<p>Head cover, trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1152">1152</a></span></p> + +<p>HEALTH, CARE OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Chancroid</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clap</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Five ways of catching disease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1453">1453</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fly, disease carrier</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1460">1460</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Germs</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1452">1452</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gonorrhoea</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1451">1451</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Malaria fever</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1469">1469</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mosquito, carrier of disease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1469">1469</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Syphilis</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Vegetables, distributer of disease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1458">1458</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Venereal disease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Water, distributer of disease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1457">1457</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Yellow fever</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1469">1469</a></span></p> + +<p>Hearing at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1095">1095</a></span></p> + +<p>Hearing in scouting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1083">1083</a></span></p> + +<p>Heat, effect on shooting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1397">1397</a></span></p> + +<p>Heat exhaustion <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1505">1505</a></span></p> + +<p>Height, men to fall in according to <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_203">203</a></span></p> + +<p>Heliographing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_864">864</a></span></p> + +<p>Helmets, steel <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1205">1205</a></span></p> + +<p>Hits, percentage <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1417">1417</a></span></p> + +<p>Holding attack <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_499">499</a>–502</span></p> + +<p>Horizontal clock face system of target designation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1446">1446</a></span></p> + +<p>Horizontal equivalents <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1867">1867</a></span></p> + +<p>Hostile Infantry, target <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_345">345</a></span></p> + +<p>Human element in training and instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_925">925</a></span></p> + +<p>Hurdles <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1119">1119</a></span></p> + +<p>Hygiene. See "<a href="#Index_Personal_hygiene">Personal hygiene</a>"</p> + + +<h3>I</h3> + +<p>Illumination of foreground of trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1170">1170</a></span></p> + +<p>Imaginary enemy, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_56">56</a>; <a href="#Para_370">370</a></span></p> + +<p>Improvised formations for advancing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_257">257</a></span></p> + +<p>Incinerators, camp <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1247">1247</a></span></p> + +<p>"Incline to the right (left)" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a></span></p> + +<p>INCREASING INTERVALS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_247">247</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_172">172</a></span></p> + +<p>INDIVIDUAL COOKING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire, how to make</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1257">1257</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1256">1256</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Recipes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1258">1258</a>–1275</span></p> + +<p>Individual intelligence, factor in warfare <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_924">924</a></span></p> + +<p>INFANTRY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Against artillery:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Action against artillery limbering or coming into action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_600">600</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Action against guns out of ammunition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_599">599</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Flank attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_598">598</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Frontal attack usually futile</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_597">597</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_597">597</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Wheel horses best targets</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_600">600</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Against Cavalry:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cavalry charge against infantry usually futile</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_591">591</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Infantry attacking dismounted cavalry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_596">596</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Measures to check charges from front and flanks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_592">592</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Meeting of cavalry charge by infantry in column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_595">595</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rifle fire main dependence of infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_594">594</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Standing position, best to meet charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_593">593</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Demands upon it by modern combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_365">365</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties many and difficult</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_366">366</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Good Infantry can defeat superior troops of poor quality</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_368">368</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Modern war requires good infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_366">366</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_652" id="Page_652">[Pg 652]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Moving to attack, passing through deployed artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_470">470</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Requisites of good infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_368">368</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trained to bear heaviest burdens</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_368">368</a></span></p> + +<p>Infantry Drill Regulations <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_24">24</a></span></p> + +<p>Influence of ground <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1420">1420</a></span></p> + +<p>Initial combat order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_394">394</a></span></p> + +<p>Initiative in warfare <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_923">923</a></span></p> + +<p>Initiative of subordinates not to be hampered <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_384">384</a>; <a href="#Para_385">385</a>; <a href="#Para_386">386</a></span></p> + +<p>Ink stains, how removed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1286">1286</a></span></p> + +<p>"In place halt" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_63">63</a></span></p> + +<p>INSPECTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Band</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_650">650</a>; <a href="#Para_653">653</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_650">650</a>; <a href="#Para_654">654</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_646">646</a>–649</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Display of equipment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_682">682</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of pieces when troop are formed and when dismissed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (Second)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pistol</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_646">646</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Prepare for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_646">646</a>; <a href="#Para_649">649</a>–651; <a href="#Para_653">653</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Quarters</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_647">647</a>; <a href="#Para_654">654</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saber</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_646">646</a>; <a href="#Para_680">680</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Seniority at</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_630">630</a>; <a href="#Para_650">650</a></span></p> + +<p>Inspection and port arms when dismissing squad <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_147">147</a></span></p> + +<p>Inspection arms from order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_145">145</a></span></p> + +<p>Inspection arms, Krag rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_698">698</a></span></p> + +<p>Inspections, object of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_885">885</a></span></p> + +<p>INSTRUCTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Captain's responsibility for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_202">202</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commanding officers accountable for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In use of signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_81">81</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of battalion, major responsible for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of recruits</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_97">97</a>–98 (a); <a href="#Para_120">120</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Without arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_98">98 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>Instruction given subordinates through immediate superiors <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_397">397</a></span></p> + +<p>Instruction. See "<a href="#Index_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION">Training and instruction</a>"</p> + +<p>Integrity of squads in battle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_151">151</a></span></p> + +<p>Intelligence, factor in warfare <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_924">924</a></span></p> + +<p>Interest in training and instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span></p> + +<p>Intermingling of units in firing line <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_389">389</a></span></p> + +<p>Interpretations of Drill Regulations, spirit to govern <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span></p> + +<p>INTERVAL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of guides in taking</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_213">213</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_454">454</a>; <a href="#Para_465">465</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between companies in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_354">354</a>; <a href="#Para_447">447</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between files obtained by placing hands on hip</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_70">70</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between platoon columns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_252">252</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between regiments in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_454">454</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Between skirmishers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_171">171</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_40">40</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Increasing or decreasing between skirmishers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_172">172</a>; <a href="#Para_247">247</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of file closers in column of squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_221">221</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Plates showing intervals:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalion</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Company</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To take</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_156">156</a></span></p> + +<p>Intrenching tools, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1312">1312</a></span></p> + +<p>INTRENCHMENTS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Construction in action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_475">475</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order of importance of operations in construction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_606">606</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Intrenchments. See "<a href="#Index_FIELD_FORTIFICATIONS">Field Fortifications</a>"</span></p> + +<p>Introduction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_50">50</a>–79; <a href="#Para_364">364</a>–371</span></p> + +<p>Inundations, trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1186">1186</a></span></p> + +<p>Invisibility best protection while advancing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_468">468</a></span></p> + + +<h3>J</h3> + +<p>"Jab," bayonet <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_824">824 (d)</a></span></p> + + +<h3>K</h3> + +<p>Kitchen pits, camping <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1246">1246</a></span></p> + +<p>Kitchens, camp <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1245">1245</a></span></p> + +<p>KNEEL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From lying down</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_177">177</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From standing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_174">174</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of piece</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_185">185</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To aim</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_189">189</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_178">178</a></span></p> + +<p>Kneeling trench <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1145">1145</a></span></p> + +<p>Knife, care of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1304">1304</a></span></p> + +<p>Knots <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1126">1126</a>–1135</span></p> + +<p>Knowledge of subordinates <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_378">378</a></span></p> + +<p>Krag rifle (Infantry Drill Regulations) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_696">696</a></span></p> + + +<h3>L</h3> + +<p>Landmarks, observing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1086">1086</a></span></p> + +<p>Largest unit executing extended order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a>; <a href="#Para_328">328</a></span></p> + +<p>Lashings <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1136">1136</a></span></p> + +<p>Latitude allowed subordinates <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_384">384</a>; <a href="#Para_385">385</a></span></p> + +<p>Latrines, camping <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1243">1243</a></span></p> + +<p>Latrines in trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1169">1169</a></span></p> + +<p>LEADERSHIP:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General consideration</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_372">372</a>–384</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Necessary to success in battle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_365">365</a></span></p> + +<p>LEADING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_209">209</a>; <a href="#Para_260">260</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoon</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_250">250</a>; <a href="#Para_251">251</a>; <a href="#Para_259">259</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rush</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_260">260</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_150">150</a>; <a href="#Para_169">169</a>; <a href="#Para_237">237</a>; <a href="#Para_259">259</a>; <a href="#Para_289">289</a></span></p> + +<p>LEATHER EQUIPMENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cleaning</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1316">1316</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cleaning materials</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1315">1315</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Oiling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1317">1317</a>; <a href="#Para_1319">1319</a></span></p> + +<p>Left arm, position when piece is "diagonally across the body" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Second)</a></span></p> + +<p>Left, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_41">41</a></span></p> + +<p>Left foot, stepping off with <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_107">107</a></span></p> + +<p>Left hand, position at balance <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (First)</a></span></p> + +<p>LEFT SHOULDER FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Port</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Present</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span></p> + +<p>Leggins, how cleaned <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1280">1280</a></span></p> + +<p>Length of steps <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_107">107</a>–115</span></p> + +<p>Library, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_879">879</a></span></p> + +<p>LIEUTENANTS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assisting captain in fire control of depleted company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_209">209</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assignment of platoons to</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_206">206</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties, etc.,</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_870">870</a>; <a href="#Para_871">871</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire control</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_270">270</a>; <a href="#Para_287">287</a>–289</span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_653" id="Page_653">[Pg 653]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Intermingling of units in firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_389">389</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Leading in charges</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_356">356</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Posts of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rushes by platoons</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_259">259</a>; <a href="#Para_293">293</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Suspending fire when target disappears</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_294">294</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Taking post when company is formed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Training</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_369">369</a></span></p> + +<p>LIEUTENANT COLONEL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salute in ceremonies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_615">615</a></span></p> + +<p>Light, effect on shooting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1399">1399</a></span></p> + +<p>Lightning, struck by <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1507">1507</a></span></p> + +<p>Line, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_42">42</a></span></p> + +<p>Line of platoons, companies, etc., definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_68">68</a></span></p> + +<p>Line of skirmishers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_169">169</a>–172; <a href="#Para_236">236</a>–247</span></p> + +<p>Lines of information <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_398">398</a>–402</span></p> + +<p>Liquid fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1196">1196</a></span></p> + +<p>Listening posts, trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1191">1191</a></span></p> + +<p>Litters, improvised <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1522">1522</a></span></p> + +<p>Loaded pieces not to be carried <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (First)</a></span></p> + +<p>Loading pieces before deployment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span></p> + +<p>Loading, with Krag rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_701">701</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_LOADINGS_AND_FIRINGS" id="Index_LOADINGS_AND_FIRINGS"></a>LOADINGS AND FIRINGS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aiming point:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Announced before or after range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Once designated, not changed unless ordered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_182">182</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">By battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_306">306</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cease firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_194">194</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clip fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_192">192</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Color guard does not execute</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_666">666</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a>; <a href="#Para_185">185</a>–194</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Continuing the fire (command)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_189">189</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Execution by file closers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_212">212</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire at will</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_190">190</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire faster (slower)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_191">191</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firing:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Executed in line and skirmish line only</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Instruction in, preceded by command to load</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rear rank kneeling or lying down</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firings executed at halt</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Instruction in firing to be preceded by command for loading</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Load:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_185">185</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Position of, when taken</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_183">183</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rear rank, kneeling or lying down</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Target:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Announced before or after range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Once designated, not changed unless ordered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_182">182</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Loadings executed in line and skirmish line only</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Long whistle blast</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_193">193</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pieces once loaded, so kept until command to unload</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_180">180</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of load, when taken</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_183">183</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Range and command announcing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_188">188</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sight setting, aiming point announced before or after</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Simulate load (command)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_186">186</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Single loader, use of piece as</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_186">186</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sling, use when deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_184">184</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Suspend firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_193">193</a>; <a href="#Para_194">194</a></span></p> + +<p>Local successes necessary to general success <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_367">367</a></span></p> + +<p>Location of trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1426">1426</a></span></p> + +<p>Lock pieces <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_700">700</a></span></p> + +<p>Long blast of whistle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_193">193</a>; <a href="#Para_271">271</a></span></p> + +<p>Long range <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_275">275</a></span></p> + +<p>Long-range fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1414">1414</a></span></p> + +<p>Long-range fire, when effective <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_416">416</a></span></p> + +<p>Lookouts in trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1158">1158</a></span></p> + +<p>Loopholes and notches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1153">1153</a></span></p> + +<p>Loose pieces <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_161">161</a></span></p> + +<p>Lost, what to do <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1085">1085</a></span></p> + +<p>Lying down <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_175">175</a>; <a href="#Para_185">185</a>; <a href="#Para_189">189</a></span></p> + +<p>Lying down position, use <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_178">178</a></span></p> + +<p>Lying trench <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1144">1144</a></span></p> + + +<h3>M</h3> + +<p>MACHINE GUNS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Concealment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_564">564</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Covering dead spaces on defensive</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_519">519</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Covering withdrawal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_546">546</a>; <a href="#Para_557">557</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Effectiveness against skirmish line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_559">559</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire of position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_438">438</a>; <a href="#Para_555">555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_555">555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_555">555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In infantry attack against artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_597">597</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In meeting engagements</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_553">553</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lessons of European war</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_561">561</a>–568</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location on defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_566">566</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Methods of transportation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_563">563</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Not to form part of firing line of attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_558">558</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Silencing of machine guns by infantry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_560">560</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be used for short periods</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_552">552</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in villages</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_565">565</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Weapons of emergency</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_551">551</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With advance guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_553">553</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With rear guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_554">554</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With reserve</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_557">557</a></span></p> + +<p>MACHINE GUN COMPANY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post in formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a>; <a href="#Para_72">72</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post when attached to battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_299">299</a></span></p> + +<p>MAJOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Apportions target</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_340">340</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Controls support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_263">263</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties and responsibilities as battalion commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duty regarding protection of flanks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_412">412</a>; <a href="#Para_413">413</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gives order to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_356">356</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gives order to fix bayonets</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Indicates where or when fire fight begins</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_341">341</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Locates trenches and obstacles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_358">358</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order making disposition of battalion for combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_329">329</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orders bayonets fixed on defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_361">361</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post during attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_352">352</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post in route march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reënforces firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_359">359</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Responsibility regarding ammunition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_570">570</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_654" id="Page_654">[Pg 654]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">See "<a href="#Index_BATTALION_COMMANDERS">Battalion commander</a>"</span></p> + +<p>Malarial fever <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1469">1469</a></span></p> + +<p>Maneuvers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_947">947</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span></p> + +<p>Maneuvers effective method of conducting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_371">371</a></span></p> + +<p>MANUAL OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arms:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">"By the numbers"</span> <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Fifth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cadence</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Fourth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Carrying rifle in any position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Sixth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Executed by color guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_666">666</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">General principles and the manual</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_120">120</a>–147</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Regular positions assume without regard to previous ones</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Sixth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">"Without the numbers"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Fifth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bugle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_692">692</a>–695</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_658">658</a>–670</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saber</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_671">671</a>–680</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Tent pitching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_681">681</a>–691</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">The color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_670">670</a></span></p> + +<p>MANUAL OF BAYONET:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bayonet combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_760">760</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combined movements</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_802">802</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fencing at will</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_807">807</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fencing exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_772">772</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General remarks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_711">711</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_725">725</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hints for instructors</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_823">823</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Instruction with rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_734">734</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Instruction without bayonet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_755">755</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Instruction without rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_723">723</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Jab</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_824">824 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lessons of European war</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_824">824</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Nomenclature</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_721">721</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Short point</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_824">824 (d)</a></span></p> + +<p>Map, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1859">1859</a></span></p> + +<p>Map distances <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1867">1867</a></span></p> + +<p>Map problems <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_945">945</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span></p> + +<p>Map problems, instruction in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_954">954</a></span></p> + +<p>MAP READING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Contours</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1866">1866</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Conventional signs</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1874">1874</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition of map</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1859">1859</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Determination of positions of points on map</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1871">1871</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Horizontal equivalents</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1867">1867</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Map distances</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1867">1867</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Meaning of map reading</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1860">1860</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Meridians</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1870">1870</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">North star</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1873">1873</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orientation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1872">1872</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Problems in scales</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1864">1864</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Scale of map distances</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1867">1867 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Scales</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1861">1861</a>–1863</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Scaling distances from map</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1865">1865</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Slopes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1868">1868</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">True meridian</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1873">1873</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Visibility problem</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1875">1875</a></span></p> + +<p>Map sketching. See "<a href="#Index_MILITARY_MAP_SKETCHING">Military map sketching</a>"</p> + +<p>MARCH:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">At funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_641">641</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Played as honor</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span></p> + +<p>MARCHES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">A successful march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1215">1215</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">At night</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1102">1102</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Care of feet and fitting of shoes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1229">1229</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Compliments not paid on marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1227">1227</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Conduct on march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1220">1220</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Crossing bridges and fords</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1223">1223</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Elongation of column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1224">1224</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fitting shoes and care of feet</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1229">1229</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Forced matches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1225">1225</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Halts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1222">1222</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hardening new troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1213">1213</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Long march not to be made with new troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1214">1214</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Marching capacity</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1221">1221</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Marching, principal occupation of troops in campaign</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1212">1212</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1226">1226</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">No compliments paid on</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1564">1564</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Physical training</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1213">1213</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preparation for march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1216">1216</a>–1218</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Protection on march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1228">1228</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rate of march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1220">1220</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Starting on march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1219">1219</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Straggling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1224">1224</a></span></p> + +<p>Marching, any movement executed when, unless otherwise prescribed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_59">59</a></span></p> + +<p>Marching to rear, skirmishes, not assembled <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_173">173</a></span></p> + +<p>Marchings and steps <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_107">107</a>–119</span></p> + +<p>MARK TIME:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Executed from half step, halt and mark time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_113">113</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_112">112</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">While obliquing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_163">163</a></span></p> + +<p>Masks, protection against gases <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1206">1206</a></span></p> + +<p>Mass formation, battalion <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_320">320</a></span></p> + +<p>Meat can, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1307">1307</a></span></p> + +<p>Mechanism of deployment taught by extended order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (b)</a></span></p> + +<p>Meeting engagements:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of advance guard prior to receipt of order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_543">543</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_542">542</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action of the leading troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_541">541</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advantage accrues to side deploying the faster</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_539">539</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Afford ideal opportunity to certain commanders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_537">537</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Boldness and determination of commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_536">536</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Characteristics of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_534">534</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">First troops deploying have advantage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_539">539</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Function of advance guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_542">542</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_535">535</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Machine guns, use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_552">552</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Main body not to be put into action piece meal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_544">544</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Meagerness of information</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_536">536</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mission determines method of attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_538">538</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_542">542</a></span></p> + +<p>Memorandum receipts, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_900">900</a></span></p> + +<p>Meridians <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1870">1870</a></span></p> + +<p>Mess, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_878">878</a></span></p> + +<p>Mess outfit care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1304">1304</a></span></p> + +<p>Messages, delivery <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1530">1530</a></span></p> + +<p>Messages, instruction in delivering <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_958">958</a></span></p> + +<p>Metal fouling, removing from bore <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1327">1327</a></span></p> + +<p>Method in training and instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_918">918</a></span></p> + +<p>Military appearance and deportment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1523">1523</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_655" id="Page_655">[Pg 655]</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_MILITARY_COURTESY" id="Index_MILITARY_COURTESY"></a>MILITARY COURTESY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Colors and standards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1575">1575</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Headdress not raised in saluting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1569">1569</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">National anthem</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1572">1572</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">National anthems of other nations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1573">1573</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Nature and origin of salutes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1533">1533</a>; <a href="#Para_1534">1534</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Prisoners do not salute</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1567">1567</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Soldier walking with officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1566">1566</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Unmilitary salutes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1568">1568</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Usual mistakes in saluting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1571">1571</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When and how to salute:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">At meals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1543">1543</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">At work</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1547">1547</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Bringing command to present before commander salutes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1563">1563</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Commanders of detachments or other commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1561">1561</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Dismounting before addressing, superior not mounted</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1558">1558</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">General rule</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1539">1539</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">How to salute in uniform</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1551">1551</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Indoors</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1545">1545</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">In public places and conveyances</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1560">1560</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Man addressed in formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1559">1559</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">No compliments paid at drill, on march, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1564">1564</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">No saluting at double time, trot or gallop</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1565">1565</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Officer approaching number of soldiers in open</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1546">1546</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Officer entering room occupied by soldiers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1542">1542</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Officer passing in rear of troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1562">1562</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Passing officer on staircase</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1549">1549</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Riding in wagon</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1548">1548</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rifle salute</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1552">1552</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Saber salute</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1553">1553</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Saluting distance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1541">1541</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Saluting in civilian dress</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1555">1555</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Saluting in military manner</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1556">1556</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Sentinels on post</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1554">1554</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Several officers together</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1557">1557</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Soldier addressing or being addressed by officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1550">1550</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">When making and receiving reports</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1540">1540</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">When seated</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1544">1544</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Whom to salute:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Army officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1535">1535</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Foreign, naval and military attaches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1538">1538</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Navy, Marine Corps, Volunteer and National Guard officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1536">1536</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reserve Corps officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1537">1537</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_MILITARY_MAP_SKETCHING" id="Index_MILITARY_MAP_SKETCHING"></a>MILITARY MAP SKETCHING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combined sketching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1892">1892</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Contours</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1882">1882</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Datum plane</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1883">1883</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Different methods of sketching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1878">1878</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Form lines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1884">1884</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kinds of military sketches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1878">1878</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location of points by intersection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1879">1879</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location of points by resection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1880">1880</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location of points by traversing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1881">1881</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Outpost sketching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1890">1890</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Points for beginners to remember</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1893">1893</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position sketching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1889">1889</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Road sketching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1891">1891</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Scales</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1885">1885</a>; <a href="#Para_1888">1888</a></span></p> + +<p>Military organization <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1858">1858</a></span></p> + +<p>Military pits <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1184">1184</a></span></p> + +<p>Military training object of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_50">50</a></span></p> + +<p>Mine warfare. See, "<a href="#Index_TRENCH_AND_MINE_WARFARE">Trench and mine warfare</a>"</p> + +<p>MINOR WARFARE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Camp or bivouac protection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_612">612</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dividing marching column into two or more detachments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_611">611</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formations in close country</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_610">610</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation in open country</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_609">609</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Irregular operations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_607">607</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">March and bivouac formations to admit of rapid action in any direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_608">608</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night operations frequently advisable</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_613">613</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Regular operations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_606">606</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Selection of site for camp or bivouac</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_612">612</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">What it embraces</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_606">606</a></span></p> + +<p>Mirage <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1400">1400</a></span></p> + +<p>Mission, defined <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_950">950</a></span></p> + +<p>Mistakes, staying execution of movement for correction of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_63">63</a>; <a href="#Para_64">64</a></span></p> + +<p>Modern combat, demands upon infantry <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_365">365</a></span></p> + +<p>Modern war requires good infantry <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_366">366</a></span></p> + +<p>Moisture, effect on shooting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1398">1398</a></span></p> + +<p>Morning report <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_888">888</a></span></p> + +<p>Morse code <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_866">866</a></span></p> + +<p>Mosquito, carrier of disease <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1469">1469</a></span></p> + +<p>Mounted enlisted men formed into a detachment for ceremonies <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_76">76</a></span></p> + +<p>Mounted officer in making about face, turns to left <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_MOUNTED_SCOUTS" id="Index_MOUNTED_SCOUTS"></a>MOUNTED SCOUTS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion staff officers, training in patrolling and reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_579">579</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dismounted patrolling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_578">578</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_576">576</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post when attached to battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_299">299</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be trained in patrolling and reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_576">576</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use for reconnoitering</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_577">577</a>; <a href="#Para_578">578</a></span></p> + +<p>Mouse and cat contest <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1089">1089</a></span></p> + +<p>Movement, any executed in double time unless excepted <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_60">60</a></span></p> + +<p>MOVEMENTS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Begun in quick time, hastened by command, "Double time"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_62">62</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Executed toward either flank, explained toward but one flank</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_58">58</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_57">57</a>; <a href="#Para_63">63</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">May be executed from halt or when marching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_59">59</a></span></p> + +<p>MOVING PIVOT, TURNING ON:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_222">222</a>; <a href="#Para_227">227</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_164">164</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_66">66</a></span></p> + +<p>Moving targets, firing at <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1432">1432</a></span></p> + +<p>MUSICIANS: (now buglers)<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties during firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_272">272</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipped with whistles and repeating signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Join their companies at battalion inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_650">650</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To carry signal flags</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_94">94</a>; <a href="#Para_401">401</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_656" id="Page_656">[Pg 656]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">To repeat signal to fix bayonet and charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_355">355</a>; <a href="#Para_356">356</a></span></p> + +<p>Musicians (now buglers) of the Guard <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1700">1700</a></span></p> + +<p>Muster <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_655">655</a>–657</span></p> + + +<h3>N</h3> + +<p>NATIONAL AIR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">At funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_641">641</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Playing as honor at review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span></p> + +<p>National Anthem <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1572">1572</a></span></p> + +<p>National color does not salute <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_660">660</a></span></p> + +<p>Next to last motion in resuming order from any position <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Third)</a></span></p> + +<p>Night firing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1433">1433</a></span></p> + +<p>Night marches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1226">1226</a></span></p> + +<p>NIGHT OPERATIONS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance and rear guards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_584">584</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Approaching charging point under cover of darkness</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_496">496</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Attack, time of making</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_588">588</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bayonet use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_583">583</a>; <a href="#Para_586">586</a>; <a href="#Para_589">589</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Challenging</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1103">1103</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Connections</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1107">1107</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defense, measures taken to resist night attacks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_590">590</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment at night</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_464">464</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1100">1100</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Finding bearings</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1096">1096</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire action to be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_583">583</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire not effective beyond 50 yards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_590">590</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_581">581</a>; <a href="#Para_586">586</a>; <a href="#Para_589">589</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hearing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1095">1095</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1091">1091</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Individual training</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1093">1093</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1102">1102</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Marking route outguards to supports</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1105">1105</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Moving in dark</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1097">1097</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night advance followed by attack by day</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_585">585</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night entrenching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1099">1099</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night fencing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1098">1098</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1101">1101</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night matches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_584">584</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Outposts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1103">1103</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Practice in offensive and defensive operations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_581">581</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preparation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1108">1108</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Purposes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_580">580</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Readiness for action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1106">1106</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_587">587</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Secrecy</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_583">583</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sentries firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1104">1104</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Surprise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_587">587</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trained troops necessary</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_586">586</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Training of company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1092">1092</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Unfriendly guides</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_583">583</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Vision</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1094">1094</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">White rag, tying around muzzle of rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_590">590</a></span></p> + +<p>Nomenclature of rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1342">1342</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officer commanding platoon or company carrying of piece and taking of post <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_79">79</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers, post of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers to be obeyed and respected <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1525">1525</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers, company, duties <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_874">874</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers confining men <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_875">875</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers; instructions in map problems <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_954">954</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers; reduction and resignation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_876">876</a></span></p> + +<p>Noncommissioned officers; responsibilities in time of war <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_944">944</a></span></p> + +<p>"Normal" forms covering all cases impossible <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_369">369</a></span></p> + +<p>Normal sight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1353">1353 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>North star <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1873">1873</a></span></p> + +<p>Nose, foreign body in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1507">1507</a></span></p> + +<p>Notches and loopholes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1153">1153</a></span></p> + +<p>Number of troops to be deployed in beginning <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_445">445</a></span></p> + +<p>"Numbers, by the" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (fifth)</a></span></p> + + +<h3>O</h3> + +<p>Obedience <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1524">1524</a></span></p> + +<p>Object of military training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_150">150</a></span></p> + +<p>OBJECTIVE—<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Announced before or after range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Once designated not changed unless ordered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_182">182</a></span></p> + +<p>Oblique deployment as skirmishers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_245">245</a></span></p> + +<p>Oblique march <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_162">162</a>–163</span></p> + +<p>Observation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_200">200</a>–201</span></p> + +<p>Observation of target and fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_428">428</a>–429</span></p> + +<p>OBSTACLES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Abatis</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1176">1176</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Against cavalry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1180">1180</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Automatic alarms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1192">1192</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Barricades</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1185">1185</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cheveaux de frise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1179">1179</a>; <a href="#Para_1189">1189</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fraise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1178">1178</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Guarding obstacles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1190">1190</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In front of outguards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1187">1187</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inundations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1186">1186</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kinds</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1176">1176</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lessons from European War</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1188">1188</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Listening posts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1191">1191</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1175">1175</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Military pits</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1184">1184</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Necessity for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1174">1174</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Object</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1173">1173</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Palisade</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1177">1177</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Search lights</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1193">1193</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trous de loup</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1184">1184</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Wire entanglements</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1181">1181</a>; <a href="#Para_1182">1182</a>; <a href="#Para_1188">1188</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Wire fence</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1183">1183</a></span></p> + +<p>Obstacles located by Major <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_358">358</a></span></p> + +<p>Occupation of ground <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1426">1426</a></span></p> + +<p>Offensive necessary for decisive results <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_367">367</a></span></p> + +<p>Office, how to enter <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1527">1527</a></span></p> + +<p>Officer of the Day <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1593">1593</a></span></p> + +<p>OFFICERS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Posts of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be true leaders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_377">377</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To comply with spirit of orders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_377">377</a></span></p> + +<p>Oil, use on rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1330">1330</a>; <a href="#Para_1339">1339</a></span></p> + +<p>ON RIGHT (LEFT) INTO LINE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_313">313</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_230">230</a></span></p> + +<p>Open packs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span></p> + +<p>Open ranks <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_646">646</a></span></p> + +<p>Open sight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>Opening fire on defense <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_360">360</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_657" id="Page_657">[Pg 657]</a></span></p> + +<p>ORDER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assumed in resuming attention from rest or at ease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (fifth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Piece brought to, upon halting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (seventh)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Piece striking ground gently</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (third)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position in next to last motion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (third)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position of piece at</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_123">123</a></span></p> + +<p>Order and cohesion in combat <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_376">376</a></span></p> + +<p>Order, close, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_43">43</a></span></p> + +<p>Order, extended, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_44">44</a></span></p> + +<p>ORDER FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_146">146</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Left shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Port</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_128">128</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Present</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_128">128</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_130">130</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trail</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_140">140</a></span></p> + +<p>ORDERLIES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carrying signal flags</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_400">400</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Do not change position when commander faces about to give command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Posts of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a>; <a href="#Para_78">78</a></span></p> + +<p>ORDERS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_392">392</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Brigade and division, usually written</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_392">392</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Compliance with spirit of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_377">377</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Composition of combat order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_395">395</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_85">85</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_392">392</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deviation from</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_388">388</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Encroaching upon functions of subordinates, prohibited</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_396">396</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Given subordinates through immediate superiors</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_397">397</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reconnaissance to precede issuing of initial combat orders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_394">394</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Regiment, usually verbal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_393">393</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Repetition of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To be definite</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_396">396</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in battalion combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_328">328</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Verbal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_393">393</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_80">80</a>; <a href="#Para_85">85</a></span></p> + +<p>Orders, files of, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_891">891</a></span></p> + +<p>Orders for sentinels <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1716">1716</a></span></p> + +<p>Orders, tactical preparation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_952">952</a></span></p> + +<p>Organization, military <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1858">1858</a></span></p> + +<p>Orientation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1872">1872</a></span></p> + +<p>Outlined enemy <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_56">56</a>; <a href="#Para_273">273</a>; <a href="#Para_370">370</a>; <a href="#Para_371">371</a></span><br /></p> + +<p>Outpost, establishing by company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1080">1080</a></span></p> + +<p>Outpost sketching <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1890">1890</a></span></p> + +<p>Outposts at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1103">1103</a></span></p> + +<p>Overhead cover, trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1154">1154</a></span></p> + + +<h3>P</h3> + +<p>Pace, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_45">45</a></span></p> + +<p>PACK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Display of contents for inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_682">682</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Laid aside in action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_382">382</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Open</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span></p> + +<p>Packs, unslinging, old equipment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_706">706</a></span></p> + +<p>Paint spots, how removed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1290">1290</a></span></p> + +<p>Palisade <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1177">1177</a></span></p> + +<p>Paperwork, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_887">887</a></span></p> + +<p>PARADE REST:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_137">137</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Without arms</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_101">101</a></span></p> + +<p>PARADES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_636">636</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_634">634</a>; <a href="#Para_635">635</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of color guard</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_663">663</a>; <a href="#Para_664">664</a></span></p> + +<p>Parados <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1151">1151</a></span></p> + +<p>Paroles and countersigns <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1769">1769</a></span></p> + +<p>Partial changes of direction, commander of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a></span></p> + +<p>Patrolling. See, "<a href="#Index_SCOUTING_AND_PATROLLING">Scouting and patrolling</a>"</p> + +<p>Payment of soldier <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1529">1529</a></span></p> + +<p>Peep sight <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352 (b)</a></span></p> + +<p>Percentage of hits <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1417">1417</a></span></p> + +<p>Periscopes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1207">1207</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_Personal_hygiene" id="Index_Personal_hygiene"></a>Personal hygiene <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1470">1470</a></span></p> + +<p>PERSONAL RECONNAISSANCE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_441">441</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation of plan</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_394">394</a></span></p> + +<p>PHYSICAL TRAINING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_826">826</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Double timing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_846">846</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Methods</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_825">825</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rifle exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_847">847</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Setting up exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_826">826</a>; <a href="#Para_837">837</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Starting positions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_834">834</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Walking and marching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_845">845</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_PIECE" id="Index_PIECE"></a>PIECE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carrying in any position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Sixth)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">"Diagonally across the body"</span> <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Second)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Loading before deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Not to be carried loaded</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (First)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Once loaded, so kept until command to unload</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_180">180</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rules governing carrying</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To strike ground gently in coming to order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Third)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use as single loader</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_186">186</a></span></p> + +<p>Pitching tents <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_684">684</a></span></p> + +<p>PLAN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of battle preceded by personal reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_394">394</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of combat, adherence to original</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_373">373</a></span></p> + +<p>PLATES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_207">207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipment</span><span class="index_page">near, <a href="#Para_646">646</a></span></p> + +<p>PLATOON COLUMN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assembly from</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_254">254</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_253">253</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_250">250</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a>–252</span></p> + +<p>PLATOON DRILL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assembling from deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_248">248</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column right (left) (company being in column of platoon)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_223">223</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Extended order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_242">242</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">On right into line (being in column of platoons)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_230">230</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoons column right (left) (company being in column of squad)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_225">225</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoon light (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_220">220</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoons right (left) by squads (being in line)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_227">227</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Platoons right (left) front into line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_232">232</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_658" id="Page_658">[Pg 658]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Squads right about (being in line of platoons)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_228">228</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squads right (left), platoons column right (left) (being in line)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_227">227</a></span></p> + +<p>PLATOON GUIDES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close order drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties in fire fight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_289">289</a></span></p> + +<p>PLATOON LEADER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Allotment of target to</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_282">282</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Control the fire in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_270">270</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties on fire fight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_288">288</a>; <a href="#Para_289">289</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Equipped with whistles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of flank platoons when company acts alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_268">268</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Positions in verifying alignments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_218">218</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Repeating commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_214">214</a></span></p> + +<p>Platoon, the fire unit of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_287">287</a></span></p> + +<p>PLATOONS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance into an engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assignment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_206">206</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_205">205</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Division of company into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_204">204</a></span></p> + +<p>Point of aim <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1357">1357</a></span></p> + +<p>Point of rest, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_46">46</a></span></p> + +<p>Point on which base squad marches in deployment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_238">238</a></span></p> + +<p>Points of compass <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span></p> + +<p>Poison, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1508">1508</a></span></p> + +<p>PORT ARMS FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_146">146</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Left shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_125">125</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Present</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_126">126</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_132">132</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position and aiming drills</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1365">1365</a></span></p> + +<p>POSITION FIRE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance by rushes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_293">293</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_438">438</a></span></p> + +<p>POSITION OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Captain in dressing company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_302">302</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Load, when taken</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_183">183</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Piece at order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_123">123</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Piece "diagonally across the body"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Second)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">The soldier</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_99">99</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position sketching</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1889">1889</a></span></p> + +<p>POST OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Band</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a>; <a href="#Para_299">299</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commander in fight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_383">383</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_637">637</a>; <a href="#Para_638">638</a>; <a href="#Para_650">650</a>; <a href="#Para_664">664</a>; <a href="#Para_665">665</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">File closers in column of squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_221">221</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Major during attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_352">352</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Major in route order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mounted enlisted men</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a>; <a href="#Para_76">76</a>; <a href="#Para_78">78</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Noncommissioned officer in command of troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_79">79</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Noncommissioned staff officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_77">77</a>; <a href="#Para_78">78</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Officers, noncommissioned officers and special units (band and machine gun company) shown in plates</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a>; <a href="#Para_72">72</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviewing officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Special units</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a>; <a href="#Para_72">72</a>; <a href="#Para_299">299</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Staff officers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span></p> + +<p>Powder fouling, removing from bore <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1327">1327</a></span></p> + +<p>Practical instruction, purpose <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_369">369</a></span></p> + +<p>Precision taught by drill at attention <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>Preliminary drills <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1355">1355</a></span></p> + +<p>PREPARATORY COMMAND:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arrangements of elements</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_57">57</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To revoke</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_64">64</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">What it indicates</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_87">87</a></span></p> + +<p>PRESENT ARMS FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Left shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_124">124</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Port</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_127">127</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_133">133</a></span></p> + +<p>Present saber <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_673">673</a></span></p> + +<p>Principles of combat, extent to which treated in Part I <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_54">54</a></span></p> + +<p>Prisoners do not salute <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1567">1567</a></span></p> + +<p>Privates of the Guard <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1715">1715</a></span></p> + +<p>Privileges, awarding <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_881">881</a></span></p> + +<p>Privileges, withholding <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_884">884</a></span></p> + +<p>Program of training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_919">919</a></span></p> + +<p>Progression in training and instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_917">917</a></span></p> + +<p>Property, responsibility, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_886">886</a>; <a href="#Para_896">896</a></span></p> + +<p>PROTECTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">By reconnaissance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_410">410</a>; <a href="#Para_412">412</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When battalion is acting alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_330">330</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When company is acting alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_268">268</a></span></p> + +<p>Protection against surprise when company is acting alone <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_268">268</a></span></p> + +<p>PUNISHMENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Awarding</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_915">915</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_882">882</a>; <a href="#Para_883">883</a></span></p> + +<p>PURSUIT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Additional force for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_483">483</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_490">490</a>; <a href="#Para_494">494</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pursuing fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_486">486</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Troops used for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_487">487</a></span></p> + + +<h3>Q</h3> + +<p>Quartermaster sergeant (now supply sergeant) assignment at drill <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_207">207</a></span></p> + +<p>Quibbling, avoiding, in interpreting drill regulations <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span></p> + +<p>QUICK TIME:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cadence</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_108">108</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">From double time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_111">111</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Movements habitually executed in</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_109">109</a></span></p> + + +<h3>R</h3> + +<p>RANGE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Classification</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_275">275</a>–277</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command announcing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_188">188</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Determining of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_276">276</a>; <a href="#Para_277">277</a>; <a href="#Para_426">426</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Finders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_277">277</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance of correct sight setting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_425">425</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_344">344</a>; <a href="#Para_426">426</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_426">426</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signal for announcing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span></p> + +<p>Range, how determined <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1429">1429</a></span></p> + +<p>Range practice <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1386">1386</a></span></p> + +<p>Ranging volleys <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_278">278</a></span></p> + +<p>Rank, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_47">47</a></span></p> + +<p>Rapid fire exercises <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1372">1372</a></span></p> + +<p>RATE OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_191">191</a>; <a href="#Para_292">292</a>; <a href="#Para_415">415</a>; <a href="#Para_1419">1419</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Quick and double time</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_108">108</a></span></p> + +<p>Ration return <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_909">909</a></span></p> + +<p>Ready <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_189">189</a></span></p> + +<p>Reality in training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span></p> + +<p>Rear guard, use of machines guns as part of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_554">554</a></span></p> + +<p>Rear marching, skirmishers, not assembled <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_173">173</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_659" id="Page_659">[Pg 659]</a></span></p> + +<p>Rear rank not loading nor firing kneeling or lying down <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_179">179</a></span></p> + +<p>Rear sight, description <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1343">1343</a></span></p> + +<p>Rear, to the, how to execute <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_118">118</a></span></p> + +<p>RECONNAISSANCE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion acting alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_330">330</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combat</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_403">403</a>–413</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company acting alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_268">268</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company advancing into an engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Each commander to guard against surprise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_442">442</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Meeting engagement</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_534">534</a>; <a href="#Para_538">538</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Minor warfare</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_608">608</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night operations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_587">587</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Personal before deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_441">441</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To precede formation of plan</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_394">394</a></span></p> + +<p>Record of rifles <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_902">902</a></span></p> + +<p>Record of size of clothing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_906">906</a></span></p> + +<p>Records, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_887">887</a>–909</span></p> + +<p>Recruits, instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_97">97</a>–98; <a href="#Para_120">120</a>; <a href="#Para_152">152</a>–156</span></p> + +<p>Rectifying column, (battalion) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_312">312</a></span></p> + +<p>Red bugs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1488">1488</a></span></p> + +<p>Reduction and resignation of noncommissioned officers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_876">876</a></span></p> + +<p>Reënforcement of firing line by major <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_359">359</a></span></p> + +<p>Reënforcements, size <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_353">353</a></span></p> + +<p>Reënforcing firing line <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_263">263</a>–366; <a href="#Para_354">354</a></span></p> + +<p>REGIMENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Interval in deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_454">454</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lines of communication established by</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_400">400</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Muster</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_655">655</a>–657</span></p> + +<p>REGIMENTAL COLOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salutes by</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_660">660</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saluting reviewing officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_622">622</a></span></p> + +<p>REGIMENTAL COMMANDER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action in deployment of division</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_440">440</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Decide equipment carried into action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_382">382</a></span></p> + +<p>Rejoining command after completion of task <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_390">390</a></span></p> + +<p>REPETITION OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for guides, by captains at battalion drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_301">301</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands by captains at battalion drill</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Orders, commands and signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a>; <a href="#Para_88">88</a></span></p> + +<p>Report, first sergeant's when company is formed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_215">215</a></span></p> + +<p>Reports, saluting when making or receiving <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_75">75</a></span></p> + +<p>Represented enemy, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_56">56</a></span></p> + +<p>Requisites of good scout <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1031">1031</a></span></p> + +<p>RESERVE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Captured position strengthened by reserves</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_492">492</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commander of troops in action habitually with reserve</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_383">383</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Covering withdrawal of attacking troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_489">489</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment to enable withdrawal of faulty firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_444">444</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Enveloping attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_461">461</a>; <a href="#Para_462">462</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire of position in decisive action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_438">438</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Furnished by units larger than battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gives impetus to charge</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_481">481</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In attack charged with flank protection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_466">466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In withdrawal from action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_547">547</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Machine guns as part of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_557">557</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Occupying trenches vacated by firing line to improve same</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_476">476</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of firing line, strength</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_449">449</a>; <a href="#Para_450">450</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Part played by, in pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_491">491</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post and strength in holding attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_500">500</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of, in attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_466">466</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of, in defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_513">513</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of, in delaying action</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_532">532</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reduction of reserve in case of protected flanks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_452">452</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Regimental:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Ammunition sent from</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_574">574</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Use of, in case of victory</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_383">383</a></span></p> + +<p>Respect, factor in training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_929">929</a></span></p> + +<p>Respect for sentinels <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1577">1577</a></span></p> + +<p>Respect to noncommissioned officers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1525">1525</a></span></p> + +<p>Responsibility, devolution of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_869">869</a></span></p> + +<p>Responsibility for proper training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_921">921</a></span></p> + +<p>Rest, executed as without arms <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (Fifth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Rests, the <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_100">100</a>; <a href="#Para_101">101</a>; <a href="#Para_121">121</a></span></p> + +<p>"1. Resume 2. March" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_63">63</a></span></p> + +<p>Retained copies of rolls, etc., company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_899">899</a></span></p> + +<p>Retiring under fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_475">475</a></span></p> + +<p>Return saber <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_679">679</a></span></p> + +<p>Reveille and retreat gun <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1837">1837</a></span></p> + +<p>Reverse slopes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1427">1427</a></span></p> + +<p>Revetments <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1124">1124</a>; <a href="#Para_1125">1125</a>; <a href="#Para_1166">1166</a></span></p> + +<p>REVIEWS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Band</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_623">623</a>; <a href="#Para_624">624</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_631">631</a>–633</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalions, after passing reviewing officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_628">628</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Brigades, or larger commands</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_628">628</a>; <a href="#Para_629">629</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cadence at which troops pass in review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_627">627</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commander faces command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_614">614</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flank to pass 12 paces from reviewing officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flourishes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Formation of companies, battalions and regiments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_616">616</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a>–630</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">March, played as honor</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">National air, playing as honor</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order in which troops are arranged</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_614">614</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Passing around line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a>; <a href="#Para_631">631</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Points where column changes direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of reviewing officer on left of column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_626">626</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of reviewing officer and others</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviewing officer returns only salute of commanding officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviewing officer, post</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviewing officer junior to commanding officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_630">630</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Riding around troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ruffles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_524">524</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salute by regimental color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_622">622</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salute returned by reviewing officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salute by lieutenant colonel</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_615">615</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saluting by staff</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_615">615</a>; <a href="#Para_619">619</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saluting the color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_660" id="Page_660">[Pg 660]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Standing "at ease" etc., in case of brigade or larger command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_629">629</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Subordinates face to front</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_614">614</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To the color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Turning out of column by commanding officer of troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_620">620</a>; <a href="#Para_621">621</a></span></p> + +<p>Revoking preparatory command <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_64">64</a></span></p> + +<p>Rewards and privileges, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_881">881</a></span></p> + +<p>Ricochet shots <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1425">1425</a></span></p> + +<p>RIFLE, care and description:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Army regulations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1341">1341</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bore</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1322">1322</a>–1324; <a href="#Para_1328">1328</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Description</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1342">1342</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1321">1321</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Kinds of fouling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1325">1325</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Oil, how to apply</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1339">1339</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Oiling barrel</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1330">1330</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rear-sight leaf</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1343">1343</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Removing metal fouling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1327">1327</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Removing powder fouling. See "<a href="#Index_PIECE">Piece</a>"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1326">1326</a></span></p> + +<p>Rifle exercises <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_847">847</a></span></p> + +<p>RIFLE SALUTE AT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order or trail</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_141">141</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_140">140</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_RIFLE_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION" id="Index_RIFLE_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION"></a>RIFLE TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Adjustment of fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1428">1428</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aiming exercise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1368">1368</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aiming point</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1357">1357</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aiming and sighting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1350">1350</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Appearance of objects</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1396">1396</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Auxiliary aiming points</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1431">1431</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ballistic qualities of rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1410">1410</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battle sight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352 (c)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Beaten zone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1413">1413</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Center of impact</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1412">1412</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clock system of target designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1446">1446</a>; <a href="#Para_1447">1447</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clock system of wind designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1391">1391</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cold, effect on shooting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1397">1397</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Collective instruction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1404">1404</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combat exercises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1408">1408</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combat practice</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1404">1404</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Combined sights</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1430">1430</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Communication in fire control and direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1447">1447 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cone of fire or dispersion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1411">1411</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defilade</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1420">1420</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deflection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1384">1384</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deflection and elevation correction drills</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1383">1383</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation of targets</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1445">1445</a>–1447 (a)</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation of winds</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1391">1391</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Distribution of fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1441">1441</a>–1444</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Effect of fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1410">1410</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Effect of heat, light, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1397">1397</a>; <a href="#Para_1403">1403</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Effectiveness of fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1416">1416</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Estimating distance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1393">1393</a>–1395</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Exercises in fire control and direction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1450">1450</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Finger system of target designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1447">1447 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fine sight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1353">1353 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire direction and control</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1434">1434</a>–1440</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire discipline, definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1406">1406</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire distribution</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1441">1441</a>–1444</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Firing at stationary targets</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1428">1428</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Full sight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1353">1353 (c)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gallery practice</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1385">1385</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Gentle reverse slopes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1427">1427</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Grazing fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1423">1423</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Heat, effect on shooting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1397">1397</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hits, percentage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1417">1417</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Horizontal clock face system of target designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1446">1446</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Individual instruction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1349">1349</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Influence of ground</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1420">1420</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Light, effect on shooting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1399">1399</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Location of trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1426">1426</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Long range fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1414">1414</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mirage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1400">1400</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Moisture, effect on shooting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1398">1398</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Moving targets, firing at</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1432">1432</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Night firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1433">1433</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Normal sight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1353">1353 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Object of system</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1344">1344</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Occupation of ground</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1426">1426</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Open sight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Peep sight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352 (b)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Percentage of hits</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1417">1417</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Point of aim</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1357">1357</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Position and aiming drills</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1365">1365</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preliminary drills</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1355">1355</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Program of instruction</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1348">1348</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Range, how determined</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1429">1429</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Range practice</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1386">1386</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rapid fire exercise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1372">1372</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rate of fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1419">1419</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reverse slopes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1427">1427</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ricochet shots</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1425">1425</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sighting and aiming</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1350">1350</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Shot group</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1412">1412</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sighting drills</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1356">1356</a>; <a href="#Para_1383">1383</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sights, kinds of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sling, use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1387">1387</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Slopes gentle reverse</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1427">1427</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Stationary targets firing at</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1428">1428</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Target designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1445">1445</a>–1447 (a)</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Targets, number hit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1418">1418</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Technical principles of firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1409">1409</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trajectory</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1349">1349</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trial shots, determination of range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1395">1395</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Triangle of sighting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1359">1359</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Trigger squeeze exercise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1370">1370</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Vertical clock face system of target designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1447">1447</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Volleys, determination of range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1395">1395</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Windage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1384">1384</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Zero of rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1392">1392</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Zone of effective fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1415">1415</a></span></p> + +<p>Right (left) about, squad <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_167">167</a></span></p> + +<p>RIGHT (LEFT) BY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">File</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_235">235</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_226">226</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Two's</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_234">234</a>; <a href="#Para_235">235</a></span></p> + +<p>Right, definition <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_48">48</a></span></p> + +<p>Right (left, center) dress <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_154">154</a>; <a href="#Para_310">310</a>; <a href="#Para_311">311</a></span></p> + +<p>Right face <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_104">104</a></span></p> + +<p>RIGHT (LEFT) FRONT INTO LINE FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_322">322</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of platoons or squads (company)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_231">231</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of squads or companies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_314">314</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Column of two's</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_235">235</a></span></p> + +<p>Right half face <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_104">104</a></span></p> + +<p>RIGHT (LEFT) HALF TURN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_67">67</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_661" id="Page_661">[Pg 661]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_164">164</a></span></p> + +<p>Right (left) oblique <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_163">163</a></span></p> + +<p>RIGHT SHOULDER FROM:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Inspection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_146">146</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Left shoulder</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_136">136</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_129">129</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Port</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_131">131</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Present</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_134">134</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right shoulder, pieces brought to, from order at command "March"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (Sixth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Right (left) step, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_114">114</a></span></p> + +<p>RIGHT (LEFT) TURN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_222">222</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_164">164</a></span></p> + +<p>Rise, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_176">176</a></span></p> + +<p>Road sketching <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1891">1891</a></span></p> + +<p>Route march, post of major and file closers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_325">325</a></span></p> + +<p>Route step <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_233">233</a></span></p> + +<p>RUFFLES AT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_641">641</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span></p> + +<p>RULES FOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carrying piece</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (First)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ceremonies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_614">614</a>–616</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close order (battalion)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_300">300</a>–306</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Close order, company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_210">210</a>–214</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>–242</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Drills and formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_57">57</a>–79</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Execution of manual</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Parades</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_634">634</a>; <a href="#Para_635">635</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reviews</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_617">617</a>–630</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salutes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_75">75</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Steps and marchings</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_107">107</a>–119</span></p> + +<p>RUSHES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advances made under covering fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_349">349</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Begun by flank company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_348">348</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_259">259</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company as whole led by captain</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_260">260</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Prearranged methods prohibited</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_351">351</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Size of rushing units</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_346">346</a>; <a href="#Para_347">347</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Subsequent advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_350">350</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of position fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_293">293</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When impossible for company to advance as a whole</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_258">258</a></span></p> + +<p>Rust, how removed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1286">1286</a></span></p> + + +<h3>S</h3> + +<p>Saber, manual of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_671">671</a>–680</span></p> + +<p>Safety lock <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121</a>; <a href="#Para_185">185</a></span></p> + +<p>SALUTES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hand</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_106">106</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Returned by reviewing officer</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_141">141</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saber</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_75">75</a>; <a href="#Para_673">673</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">With color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_660">660</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">See "Honors and salutes" also "<a href="#Index_MILITARY_COURTESY">Military Courtesy</a>"</span></p> + +<p>SALUTING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">By lieutenant colonel in ceremonies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_615">615</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">By staffs in ceremonies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_619">619</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mounted junior to dismount before saluting dismounted senior</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_75">75</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">On marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1227">1227</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Regimental color</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_622">622</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">The color in reviews</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_618">618</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When making or receiving reports</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_75">75</a></span></p> + +<p>Saluting volleys fired in close order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_269">269</a></span></p> + +<p>Sapping, advancing to charging point <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_498">498</a></span></p> + +<p>Scalds, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1509">1509</a></span></p> + +<p>Scale of map distances <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1867">1867 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>Scales <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1861">1861</a>–1869</span></p> + +<p>Scales of maps <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1885">1885</a>–1888</span></p> + +<p>Scaling distances from map <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1865">1865</a></span></p> + +<p>SCHOOL OF THE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a>–363</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_202">202</a>–294</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Soldier</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_97">97</a>–147</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_148">148</a>–201</span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_SCOUTING_AND_PATROLLING" id="Index_SCOUTING_AND_PATROLLING"></a>SCOUTING AND PATROLLING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Eyesight and hearing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1083">1083</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cat and mouse contest</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1089">1089</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Concealment and dodging</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1087">1087</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Finding way in strange country</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flag stealing contest</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1090">1090</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Footmarks, following</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1088">1088</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Landmarks, observing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1086">1086</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Lost, what to do</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1085">1085</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mouse and cat contest</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1089">1089</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Points of compass</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Requisites of good scouts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1031">1031</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">"Tracking"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1088">1088</a></span></p> + +<p>Scouts; See, "<a href="#Index_MOUNTED_SCOUTS">Mounted Scouts</a>"</p> + +<p>Scratches, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1510">1510</a></span></p> + +<p>Search lights, trench warfare <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1193">1193</a></span></p> + +<p>Seeing at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1094">1094</a></span></p> + +<p>Semaphore signaling <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_863">863</a></span></p> + +<p>Semi-blindness <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1512">1512</a></span></p> + +<p>Sentinel's orders <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1716">1716</a></span></p> + +<p>Sentinels, respect for <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1517">1517</a></span></p> + +<p>Sentries firing at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1104">1104</a></span></p> + +<p>Separated officers and others placing themselves under order of nearest higher commander <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_390">390</a>; <a href="#Para_391">391</a></span></p> + +<p>Sergeant of the guard <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1642">1642</a></span></p> + +<p>Service calls <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_695">695</a></span></p> + +<p>SERVICE OF INFORMATION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bridges, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1000">1000</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bridges, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_992">992</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Buildings, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_996">996</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Camp noises</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_985">985</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Camps, abandoned</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_986">986</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Canals, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1003">1003</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cross roads, how reconnoitered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_989">989</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defiles, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1006">1006</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Defiles, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_991">991</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Demolitions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1011">1011</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Enclosures, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_994">994</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Facts to be obtained about various objects</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_998">998</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fords, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_992">992</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Heights, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1010">1010</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Heights, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_990">990</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Houses, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_996">996</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Indications to be noticed by patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_983">983</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Marches, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1007">1007</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Patrolling:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Facts to be obtained about various objects by patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_998">998</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Civilians</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_970">970</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Flames and smoke</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_987">987</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Messages</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_979">979</a>; <a href="#Para_980">980</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Model reports</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1016">1016</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Night work</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_975">975</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Patrol fighting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_977">977</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_662" id="Page_662">[Pg 662]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub2">Principles of patrolling</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_967">967</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Patrols:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Acting upon meeting hostile patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_971">971</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">By whom furnished</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_962">962</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Coördination before departure</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_966">966</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Definition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_959">959</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_968">968</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Guarding against being cut off</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_974">974</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Halts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_970">970</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Inspection before departure</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_961">961</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Leaders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_961">961</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Orders and instructions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_963">963</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Preparation for starting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_965">965</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Prisoners to be captured</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_984">984</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Problems</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1017">1017</a>–1019</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Rate of march</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_969">969</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Report on return</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1015">1015</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Returning by different route</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_973">973</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Scattered patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_972">972</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_978">978</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Size</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_960">960</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Ponds, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1007">1007</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Positions, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_995">995</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Railroads:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Demolitions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1013">1013</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_999">999</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reconnaissance of positions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_989">989</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rivers, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1001">1001</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Roads, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_998">998</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Signs to be noticed by patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_983">983</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Springs, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1008">1008</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Suggestions for gaining information about the enemy</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_983">983</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Suggestions for reconnaissance of positions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_989">989</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Telegraph line, demolition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1012">1012</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Telegraphs, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1004">1004</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Valleys, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1009">1009</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Villages, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1005">1005</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Villages, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_997">997</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Vision limits of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_988">988</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Wagon roads, demolition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1014">1014</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Woods, facts to be obtained about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1002">1002</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Woods, reconnoitering of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_993">993</a></span></p> + +<p>SERVICE OF SECURITY:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance guard, general principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1021">1021</a>–1024</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance guard order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1025">1025</a>–1026</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Advance guard problems</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1033">1033</a>–1046</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1020">1020</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Outposts:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Advance cavalry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1056">1056</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cavalry outpost</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1071">1071</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Changes for the night</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1075">1075</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Communication between subdivision</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1074">1074</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Composition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1053">1053</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Concealment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1068">1068</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Cossack post</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1061">1061</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Definition and duties</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1051">1051</a>–1052</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Detached posts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1069">1069</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Distances between subdivisions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1055">1055</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Entrenchments</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1067">1067</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Establishing the outpost</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1073">1073</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Examining posts</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1070">1070</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Flags of truce</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1066">1066</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Formation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1054">1054</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Intercommunication</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1074">1074</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Obstacles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1067">1067</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Outguards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1058">1058</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Outpost order</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1073">1073</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Patrols</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1064">1064</a>–1065</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Pickets</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1059">1059</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Problems</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1077">1077</a>; <a href="#Para_1078">1078</a>; <a href="#Para_1079">1079</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Relieving outpost</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1076">1076</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reserves</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1063">1063</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Sentinels</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1062">1062</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Sentry squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1060">1060</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Subdivisions</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1054">1054</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Supports</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1057">1057</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Problems, advance guards</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1033">1033</a>–1046</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rear guard, general principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1047">1047</a>–1050</span></p> + +<p>Setting-up exercises <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_826">826</a>; <a href="#Para_837">837</a></span></p> + +<p>SHELTER TENT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Care of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1303">1303</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Pitching:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">New model</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_682">682</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Old model</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_707">707</a>–710</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Striking</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_687">687</a></span></p> + +<p>Shock, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1511">1511</a></span></p> + +<p>SHOES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Care</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1292">1292</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">On marches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1229">1229</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Polishing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1295">1295</a>; <a href="#Para_1299">1299</a>; <a href="#Para_1300">1300</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Repair</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1294">1294</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Selection</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1293">1293</a></span></p> + +<p>"Short point" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_824">824 (d)</a></span></p> + +<p>Shot group <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1412">1412</a></span></p> + +<p>Shots grazing enemy have approximate value of hits <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_291">291</a></span></p> + +<p>Sick report <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_889">889</a></span></p> + +<p>Side step <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_114">114</a></span></p> + +<p>Siege operations <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_496">496</a></span></p> + +<p>Siege works <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1172">1172</a></span></p> + +<p>Sight rear, description <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1343">1343</a></span></p> + +<p>SIGHT SETTING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_188">188</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Importance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_425">425</a></span></p> + +<p>Sighting and aiming <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1350">1350</a></span></p> + +<p>Sighting drills <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1356">1356</a>; <a href="#Para_1383">1383</a></span></p> + +<p>Sights, kinds of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1352">1352</a></span></p> + +<p>Signal Corps, establishment of lines of communication <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_399">399</a></span></p> + +<p>SIGNAL FLAGS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carried by musician (now bugler)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_94">94</a>; <a href="#Para_401">401</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Carried by orderlies</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_400">400</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Description</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_94">94</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_95">95</a></span></p> + +<p>SIGNALING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">"Chop chop" signal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_863">863</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General service code</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_861">861</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Heliograph, flash lantern, searchlight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_864">864</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Morse code</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_866">866</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Semaphore code</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_863">863</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sound signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_865">865</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Wigwag</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_862">862</a></span></p> + +<p>SIGNALS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Arm</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Attention fixed at first motion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_82">82</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bugle used on and off the battlefield</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Captain of supporting company to look out for major's signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_263">263</a></span><br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_663" id="Page_663">[Pg 663]</a></span> +<span class="index_sub1">Cease firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Change elevation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commence firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_90">90</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Communication between firing line and reserve</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_96">96</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Flag</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_94">94</a>; <a href="#Para_96">96</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">For "Platoon" and "Squad," use of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_93">93</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Instruction in use of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_81">81</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Limitation of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_84">84</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Long blast of whistle:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Signifies suspension of firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_193">193</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">To be avoided as signal for cease firing in rushes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_234">234</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Movement commences when signal is understood</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_82">82</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Range, to announce</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Repetition of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Special prearranged</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_84">84</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Training in use of, to control firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use during firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_271">271</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use on firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_431">431</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of saber, rifle, or headdress in making</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_81">81</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_80">80</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Whistle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_91">91</a></span></p> + +<p>Simple maneuvers best <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_375">375</a></span></p> + +<p>Simple movements essential to correct battle training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_52">52</a></span></p> + +<p>Simulate load, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_186">186</a></span></p> + +<p>Simultaneous movements by companies or platoons in battalion drill <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_305">305</a></span></p> + +<p>Single loader, use of rifle as <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_186">186</a></span></p> + +<p>Single rank <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_98">98 (a)</a>; <a href="#Para_616">616</a></span></p> + +<p>Sitting position used instead of kneeling one <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_178">178</a></span></p> + +<p>Size of clothing, record <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_906">906</a></span></p> + +<p>SKIRMISHERS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Company</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_243">243</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">General rules</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>–244</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Squad</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_170">170</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">To rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_246">246</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Face to front and take advantage of cover on halting</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_240">240</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Interval between</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_170">170</a>; <a href="#Para_172">172</a>; <a href="#Para_247">247</a>; <a href="#Para_255">255</a>; <a href="#Para_447">447</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Not assembled, marching to rear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_173">173</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To form from platoon or squad column</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_253">253</a></span></p> + +<p>Skulking of troops carrying back wounded <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_381">381</a></span></p> + +<p>Sky lines to be avoided <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_421">421</a></span></p> + +<p>Sleeping bag <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_685">685</a>; <a href="#Para_686">686</a></span></p> + +<p>SLING, GUN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Adjustment and use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1387">1387</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Included in grip of piece at balance</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (First)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use when deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_184">184</a></span></p> + +<p>Sling packs, old equipment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_706">706</a></span></p> + +<p>Slopes, gentle reverse <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1427">1427</a></span></p> + +<p>Slopes on maps <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1868">1868</a></span></p> + +<p>Slower, fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_191">191</a></span></p> + +<p>Small arms firing. See "<a href="#Index_RIFLE_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION">Rifle training and instruction</a>"</p> + +<p>Smartness taught by drills at attention, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (a)</a></span></p> + +<p>Snake's bites <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1480">1480</a></span></p> + +<p>Sniperscope <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1208">1208</a></span></p> + +<p>Snow blindness <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1512">1512</a></span></p> + +<p>Sore throat <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1513">1513</a></span></p> + +<p>Sortie steps <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1150">1150</a></span></p> + +<p>Sound signals <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_865">865</a></span></p> + +<p>Special units; posts of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_71">71</a>; <a href="#Para_72">72</a></span></p> + +<p>Spider bites <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1514">1514</a></span></p> + +<p>Spirit of order to be complied with by officers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_377">377</a></span></p> + +<p>Spirit to govern in interpreting drill regulations <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span></p> + +<p>Splicing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1133">1133</a>–1135</span></p> + +<p>Splints <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1484">1484</a></span></p> + +<p>Spoon, care <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1306">1306</a></span></p> + +<p>Sprains, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1516">1516</a></span></p> + +<p>SQUAD:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Base</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_236">236</a>; <a href="#Para_239">239</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Composition</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_149">149</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Dressing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_154">154</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Front when deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_171">171</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Integrity in battle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_151">151</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Movements executed as prescribed in school of the soldier</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_152">152</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_165">165</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right (left) about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_167">167</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To dismiss</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_147">147</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To form</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_153">153</a></span></p> + +<p>SQUAD COLUMN:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_253">253</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_251">251</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">To assemble from</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_254">254</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a>; <a href="#Para_252">252</a></span></p> + +<p>Squad drill, object <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_149">149</a></span></p> + +<p>SQUAD LEADER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action at preparatory command for forming skirmish line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_237">237</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Corporal is</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_150">150</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Duties in fire fight</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_289">289</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_150">150</a></span></p> + +<p>SQUADS:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Deployment when company is deployed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_239">239</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_205">205</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Division of company into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_203">203</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Grouping soldiers into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_148">148</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Preservation of integrity in battle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_151">151</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right (left) about</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_228">228</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right (left) column right (left)</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_226">226</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Right (left) front into line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_235">235</a></span></p> + +<p>Stable guards <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1806">1806</a></span></p> + +<p>Stack arms <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_160">160</a>; <a href="#Para_161">161</a></span></p> + +<p>STAFF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Does not change position when commander faces about to give command</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Draws and returns saber with chief</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Habitually mounted</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Post of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_73">73</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Saluting by, in review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_619">619</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Turning out of column in review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_620">620</a>; <a href="#Para_621">621</a></span></p> + +<p>Stains, how removed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1284">1284</a></span></p> + +<p>Standards and colors <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1575">1575</a></span></p> + +<p>Standing trench <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1146">1146</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_Star_Spangled_Banner" id="Index_Star_Spangled_Banner"></a>"Star Spangled Banner" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1572">1572</a></span></p> + +<p>"STAR SPANGLED BANNER" PLAYED AT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Funeral</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_641">641</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Review</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_664" id="Page_664">[Pg 664]</a></span></p> + +<p>Statement of clothing charged to enlisted men <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_904">904</a></span></p> + +<p>Stationary targets, firing at <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1428">1428</a></span></p> + +<p>Step, change, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_119">119</a></span></p> + +<p>Stepping off with left foot <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_107">107</a></span></p> + +<p>Steps and marchings <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_107">107</a>–119</span></p> + +<p>Stings, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1517">1517</a></span></p> + +<p>Straggling in marches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1224">1224</a></span></p> + +<p>Strange country, finding way in <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span></p> + +<p>Striking tents <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_687">687</a>; <a href="#Para_690">690</a></span></p> + +<p>SUBORDINATES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Coöperation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_387">387</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Latitude allowed and initiative</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_384">384</a>; <a href="#Para_385">385</a>; <a href="#Para_386">386</a></span></p> + +<p>SUCCESS IN BATTLE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Depends upon leadership, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_365">365</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Factors entering into</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_373">373</a>; <a href="#Para_376">376</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Object of military training</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_50">50</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Principles for increasing probability of, provided for in drill regulations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span></p> + +<p>SUCCESSION OF THIN LINES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Command for advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_255">255</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use and purpose</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_256">256</a></span></p> + +<p>Successive formations, guide toward point of rest <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_65">65</a></span></p> + +<p>Successive movements in double time, base unit marches in quick time <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_61">61</a></span></p> + +<p>Suffocation, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1478">1478</a></span></p> + +<p>Summary court records <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_903">903</a></span></p> + +<p>Summary of combat principles <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_550">550</a></span></p> + +<p>Sunburn, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1485">1485</a>; <a href="#Para_1518">1518</a></span></p> + +<p>Sunstroke <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1519">1519</a></span></p> + +<p>Superiority of fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_414">414</a>–438</span></p> + +<p>SUPPORT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Artillery</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_601">601</a>–605</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Battalion:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Battalion acting alone in defense</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_357">357</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Distance from firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_338">338</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Division of battalion into support and firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_335">335</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Furnished by battalion</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_455">455</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">None at beginning</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_339">339</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Position</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_337">337</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Size</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_336">336</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Company:</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Captain to look out for major's signals</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_363">363</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Control by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_263">263</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Duties of officers and sergeants upon joining firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_266">266</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Formations for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_262">262</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Original platoon divisions to be maintained</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_266">266</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Promptness in reënforcing firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_265">265</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Reënforcements joining firing line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_264">264</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Occupying trenches vacated by firing line, to improve same</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_476">476</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Of firing line, strength</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_449">449</a>; <a href="#Para_450">450</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">Post and strength, in holding attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_500">500</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub2">To cover withdrawal</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_362">362</a></span></p> + +<p>Supporting artillery <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_434">434</a>–437</span></p> + +<p>Supreme will, but one in battle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_387">387</a></span></p> + +<p>SURPRISE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Each commander to guard his command against</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_442">442</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Human element</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_92">92</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Protection against, when company is acting alone</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_26">26</a></span></p> + +<p>Suspend firing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_193">193</a>; <a href="#Para_194">194</a></span></p> + +<p>Syphilis <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_146">146</a></span></p> + + +<h3>T</h3> + +<p>Tactical exercises, methods of conducting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_37">37</a></span></p> + +<p>Tactical orders <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_32">32</a></span></p> + +<p>Tactical principles, application of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_5">5</a></span></p> + +<p>Take arms <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_16">16</a></span></p> + +<p>TAKE INTERVAL:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Actions of guides and file closers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_213">213</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_156">156</a></span></p> + +<p>TAKING DISTANCE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Actions of guides and file closers</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_66">66</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_158">158</a></span></p> + +<p>"Tanks" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1204">1204</a></span></p> + +<p>TARGET:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action in defense when it disappears</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_294">294</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aiming points, use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_284">284</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Announced before or after range</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_181">181</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Allotment to platoon leaders</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_282">282</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Apportioned by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_340">340</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Assignment by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_281">281</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Change to be avoided</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_281">281</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Choice of, etc.</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_422">422</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Designation</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_201">201</a>; <a href="#Para_1445">1445</a>; <a href="#Para_1447">1447 (a)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Determination of distance to</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_276">276</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Distribution of fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_282">282</a>; <a href="#Para_283">283</a>; <a href="#Para_427">427</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Hostile firing line usual target</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_281">281</a>; <a href="#Para_345">345</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Observation of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_424">424</a>; <a href="#Para_429">429</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Once designated, not changed unless ordered</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_182">182</a></span></p> + +<p>Target practice. See "<a href="#Index_RIFLE_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION">Rifle training and instruction</a>"</p> + +<p>Target records, company <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_907">907</a></span></p> + +<p>Targets, number hit <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1418">1418</a></span></p> + +<p>TEAMWORK:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Developed by thorough and uniform training</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">General principles</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_385">385</a>–391</span></p> + +<p>Technical principles of firing <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1409">1409</a></span></p> + +<p>Telegraph code <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_866">866</a></span></p> + +<p>Telephones in trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1171">1171</a></span></p> + +<p>Tent folding <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_691">691</a></span></p> + +<p>TENT PITCHING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">All types except shelter and conical wall</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_688">688</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Conical wall</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_689">689</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Shelter</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_681">681</a>; <a href="#Para_682">682</a></span></p> + +<p>Tent striking <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_687">687</a>; <a href="#Para_690">690</a></span></p> + +<p>Terrain exercises <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_945">945</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_THE_COLOR" id="Index_THE_COLOR"></a>THE COLOR:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cased, defined</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_659">659</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Meaning of "Color"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_658">658</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">National, renders no salute</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_660">660</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Receiving of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_669">669</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Salute by regimental</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_660">660</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Where kept</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_659">659</a></span></p> + +<p>Theoretical instruction, purpose <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_369">369</a></span></p> + +<p>"The Star Spangled Banner," see "<a href="#Index_Star_Spangled_Banner">Star Spangled Banner</a>"</p> + +<p>THIN LINES SUCCESSION OF:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commands for advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_255">255</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use and purpose</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_256">256</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use in advancing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_249">249</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_665" id="Page_665">[Pg 665]</a></span></p> + +<p>Thoroughness in training <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span></p> + +<p>"To the Color" sounded at review <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_624">624</a></span></p> + +<p>To the rear, how executed <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_118">118</a></span></p> + +<p>Tourniquet <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1481">1481</a></span></p> + +<p>"Tracking" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1088">1088</a></span></p> + +<p>Trail, at, (command) <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_121">121 (sixth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Trail from order <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_139">139</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION" id="Index_TRAINING_AND_INSTRUCTION"></a>TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Art of instruction on varied ground</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_933">933</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Captain's responsibility for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_202">202</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cheerfulness</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_930">930</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Clearness</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Commanding officers accountable for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Comradeship</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_932">932</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Contentment</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_931">931</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Courage</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_927">927</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Cover, training in use of</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_939">939</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Delivery of messages</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_958">958</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Determination and individual intelligence</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_924">924</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fear</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_926">926</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">For battle, simple movements and elastic formations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_52">52</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Human element</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_925">925</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Individual initiative</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_923">923</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Interest</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In use of signals to control fire line</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55 (d)</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Map problems</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_954">954</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Method and progression</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_918">918</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Object</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_50">50</a>; <a href="#Para_917">917</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Of battalions, major responsible for</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_295">295</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Operating against other troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_941">941</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Practice in commanding mixed squads</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_940">940</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Principles provided for in Drill Regulations</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_53">53</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Program</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_919">919</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reality</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Respect</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_929">929</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Responsibility</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_921">921</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">See, "<a href="#Index_GENERAL_COMMON_SENSE_PRINCIPLES_OF_APPLIED_MINOR_TACTICS">General Common Sense Principles of Applied Minor Tactics</a>"</span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Simultaneous instruction and training</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_920">920</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Surprise</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_928">928</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Thoroughness</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_51">51</a>; <a href="#Para_922">922</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Vanity</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span></p> + +<p>Trajectory <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1349">1349</a></span></p> + +<p>Traveling in strange country <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1084">1084</a></span></p> + +<p>Traverses <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1149">1149</a></span></p> + +<p>Treatment of soldiers <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_872">872</a></span></p> + +<p><a name="Index_TRENCH_AND_MINE_WARFARE" id="Index_TRENCH_AND_MINE_WARFARE"></a>TRENCH AND MINE WARFARE:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aerial mines</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1200">1200</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Aids to firing</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1209">1209</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Asphyxiating gases</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1194">1194</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Bombs from air-craft</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1202">1202</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Countermining</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1211">1211</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Grenades and bombs</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1197">1197</a>; <a href="#Para_1198">1198</a>; <a href="#Para_1199">1199</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Helmets</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1205">1205</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Liquid fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1196">1196</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Masks</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1206">1206</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Mining</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1210">1210</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Periscopes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1207">1207</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Protection against gases</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1195">1195</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Protection against hand grenades</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1203">1203</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Sniperscope</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1208">1208</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">"Tanks"</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1204">1204</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Winged torpedoes</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1201">1201</a></span></p> + +<p>TRENCHES:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Located by major</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_351">351</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Occupied by supports and reserves, to be improved</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_462">462</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">See "<a href="#Index_FIELD_FORTIFICATIONS">Field fortifications</a>"</span></p> + +<p>Trial shots, determination of range <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1395">1395</a></span></p> + +<p>Trials by court-martial <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_882">882</a></span></p> + +<p>Triangle of sighting <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1359">1359</a></span></p> + +<p>Trigger-squeeze exercise <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1370">1370</a></span></p> + +<p>Troops stable guards <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1808">1808</a></span></p> + +<p>Trous de loup <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1184">1184</a></span></p> + +<p>True meridian <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1873">1873</a></span></p> + +<p>Turning about, mounted officer <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_74">74</a></span></p> + +<p>Turning movements when allowable <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_458">458</a></span></p> + +<p>TURNING ON FIXED PIVOT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_164">164</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">When used</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_66">66</a></span></p> + +<p>Two's right (left) front into line <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_235">235</a></span></p> + + +<h3>U</h3> + +<p>Umpire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_55">55</a>; <a href="#Para_371">371</a></span></p> + +<p>UNFIX BAYONET:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Krag rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_694">694</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Springfield rifle</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_143">143</a></span></p> + +<p>Uniform, dignity of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1523">1523</a></span></p> + +<p>UNIT:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Attack</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_342">342</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_287">287</a></span></p> + +<p>Units not to be broken up <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_378">378</a></span></p> + +<p>Unload <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_180">180</a>; <a href="#Para_187">187</a></span></p> + +<p>Unload, Krag rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_703">703</a></span></p> + +<p>Unnecessary hardship to be avoided <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_380">380</a></span></p> + +<p>Unsling equipment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_648">648</a></span></p> + +<p>Unsling packs, old equipment <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_706">706</a></span></p> + +<p>Urinal tubs <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1244">1244</a></span></p> + +<p>Use of cover <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_195">195</a>–199</span></p> + +<p>Use of ground <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_420">420</a>; <a href="#Para_421">421</a></span></p> + + +<h3>V</h3> + +<p>Valleys determination of range <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1395">1395</a></span></p> + +<p>Variety in instruction <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_922">922</a></span></p> + +<p>Vegetables, distribution of disease <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1458">1458</a></span></p> + +<p>Venereal disease <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1466">1466</a></span></p> + +<p>Verbal orders <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_393">393</a></span></p> + +<p>Vertical clock face system of target designation <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1447">1447</a></span></p> + +<p>Visibility problem <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1875">1875</a></span></p> + +<p>Vision at night <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1094">1094</a></span></p> + +<p>VOLLEY FIRING:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">How executed</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_189">189</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_278">278</a></span></p> + + +<h3>W</h3> + +<p>Wall tents <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_688">688</a></span></p> + +<p>War game <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_946">946</a>; <a href="#Para_949">949</a></span></p> + +<p>Warning calls <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_692">692</a></span></p> + +<p>Watchmen <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1781">1781</a></span></p> + +<p>WATER:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Distribution of disease</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1457">1457</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In camp</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1253">1253</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">In trenches</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1168">1168</a></span></p> + +<p>Whistle, long blast <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_193">193</a></span></p> + +<p>Whistle signals <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_91">91</a></span></p> + +<p>Whistles, by whom carried, different tones, etc. <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_83">83</a></span></p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_666" id="Page_666">[Pg 666]</a></span></p> + +<p>Wigwag <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_862">862</a></span></p> + +<p>Will supreme, but one in battle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_387">387</a></span></p> + +<p>Windage <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1384">1384</a></span></p> + +<p>Winged torpedoes <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1201">1201</a></span></p> + +<p>Wire entanglements <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1181">1181</a>; <a href="#Para_1182">1182</a>; <a href="#Para_1188">1188</a></span></p> + +<p>Wire fence, trenches <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1183">1183</a></span></p> + +<p>WITHDRAWAL FROM ACTION:<br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Action by commander</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_549">549</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Covered by support</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_362">362</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Generally effected at heavy cost</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_545">545</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Part of line to be withdrawn first</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_548">548</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Rear guard and distance to be placed between enemy and defeated troops</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_545">545</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Reserve used to check pursuit</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_547">547</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Retreating troops to be gotten under control as soon as possible</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_548">548</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Selection of rendezvous point</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_549">549</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Under fire</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_475">475</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of artillery, machine guns and cavalry</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_546">546</a></span><br /> +<span class="index_sub1">Use of machine guns</span><span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_557">557</a></span></p> + +<p>With dummy (blank or ball) cartridges, load <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_185">185</a></span></p> + +<p>"Without the numbers" <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_122">122 (Fifth)</a></span></p> + +<p>Witness, appearance as <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1531">1531</a></span></p> + +<p>Wood, camping <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1252">1252</a></span></p> + +<p>Work, devolution of <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_869">869</a></span></p> + +<p>Wounded not to be carried back by fighting troops <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_381">381</a></span></p> + +<p>Wounds, first aid <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1520">1520</a></span></p> + + +<h3>Y</h3> + +<p>Yellow fever <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1469">1469</a></span></p> + + +<h3>Z</h3> + +<p>Zero of rifle <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1392">1392</a></span></p> + +<p>Zone of effective fire <span class="index_page"><a href="#Para_1415">1415</a></span></p> + +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<h2><a name="THE_MOSS_PUBLICATIONS" id="THE_MOSS_PUBLICATIONS"></a>THE MOSS PUBLICATIONS</h2> + +<table summary="The Moss Publications."> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">OFFICERS' MANUAL</td> + <td class="table_right">$2.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS' MANUAL</td> + <td class="table_right">1.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">PRIVATES' MANUAL</td> + <td class="table_right">1.00</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING</td> + <td class="table_right">2.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">QUESTIONS ON MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">APPLIED MINOR TACTICS</td> + <td class="table_right">1.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">FIELD SERVICE</td> + <td class="table_right">1.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">INFANTRY DRILL REGULATIONS SIMPLIFIED</td> + <td class="table_right">.75</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">SPANISH FOR SOLDIERS</td> + <td class="table_right">1.00</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">SELF-HELPS FOR THE CITIZEN-SOLDIER</td> + <td class="table_right">1.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">RIOT DUTY</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>ARMY CHANGES</td> + <td colspan="2" class="table_right">Single copies, 50c; annual subscription 1.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">ARMY PAPERWORK</td> + <td class="table_right">2.00</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">MILITARY TRAINING FOR BOYS</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">PEACE AND WAR DUTIES OF THE ENLISTED MAN</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">TRENCH WARFARE</td> + <td class="table_right">1.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">QUESTIONS ON INFANTRY DRILL REGULATIONS</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">COMPANY TRAINING</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">EXTRACTS FROM ARMY REGULATIONS</td> + <td class="table_right">1.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">COMBINED ARMY PUBLICATIONS</td> + <td class="table_right">2.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">QUESTIONS ON COMBINED ARMY PUBLICATIONS</td> + <td class="table_right">1.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">OUR FLAG AND ITS MESSAGE</td> + <td class="table_right">.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">WHAT SAMMY'S DOING</td> + <td class="table_right">.75</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">ORIGIN AND SIGNIFICANCE OF MILITARY CUSTOMS</td> + <td class="table_right">.50</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="2">ARMY MANUAL FOR MILITARY SURGEONS</td> + <td class="table_right">2.00</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>A B C'S OF PERSONAL PREPAREDNESS</td> + <td class="table_right">$ .50</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="table_i4">Intended to be used with the "Dandy Dummy Gun"</td> + <td class="table_right">.75</td> + <td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="table_right">———</td> + <td class="table_right">1.25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td colspan="3" class="table_right">(Plus transportation charges on gun.)</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 55px;"> +<img src="images/logo.png" width="55" height="75" alt="Publishers Logo" title="Publishers Logo" /> +</div> + +<div id="moss_publications"> +<p>PUBLISHERS<br /> +<span class="george_banta">GEORGE BANTA PUBLISHING COMPANY</span><br /> +<span class="menasha">MENASHA, WISCONSIN</span></p> + +<p><span class="figcenter" style="width: 30px;"> +<img src="images/finger.png" width="30" height="15" alt="Finger" title="Finger" /> +</span> Banta's Complete Catalogue of Military Books will be mailed on +application.</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_corona"> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/ad-corona1.jpg" width="500" height="333" alt="Corona" title="Corona" /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/ad-corona2.png" width="300" height="59" alt="CORONA" title="CORONA" /> +</div> + +<h2><em>The Pen of the Army</em></h2> + +<p>Note the ease with which this portable writing machine may be used +under service conditions.</p> + +<p>Its parts never work loose or drop off. It has no attachments and does +not take down.</p> + +<p>You can carry Corona anywhere for, case and all, it weighs but 9 lbs. +and measures only 10 × 11¼ × 4¼ ins.</p> + +<p>Being built almost entirely of aluminum and steel, Corona is +practically indestructible.</p> + +<p>The Corona Folding Stand adds greatly to the convenience of using +Corona in the field. This stand has three telescopic brass legs, +stands 24 ins. high and collapses to 10¾ ins. It weighs 2 lbs.</p> + +<p class="price"> +<em>Price of Corona and case, $50</em><br /> +<em>Price of Folding Stand, $5</em></p> + +<p class="co">Corona Typewriter Co., Inc.<br /> +<span class="groton">GROTON, NEW YORK</span></p> +</div> + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_viscol"> +<div class="figleft" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/ad-viscol1.png" width="100" height="190" alt="Viscol" title="Viscol" /> +</div> +<p class="head">To make your shoes waterproof<br /> +To make your shoes soft and comfortable<br /> +To make your shoes wear 3 times longer<br /> +To keep the harness and saddle in good order</p> + +<p class="use_viscol">Use Viscol</p> + +<p>Viscol makes the leather soft and pliable and also waterproof. +Viscolized leather remains soft and pliable under continuous hard +service, even when it is worn in salt water or in snow. Viscol is a +solution of a rubber-like material which amalgamates with the leather +substance and is not driven out of the leather by heat or by water, +the way oils are. Its beneficial effect is lasting. Leather that is +treated with Viscol wears several times as long as leather that has +not been thus treated.</p> + +<p>Viscol is sold by many of the Post Exchanges and by most shoe dealers. +If you can not procure it at the nearest Post Exchange or from your +shoe dealer, write to</p> + +<table summary="Viscol company"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td colspan="2" class="co">VISCOL COMPANY</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="cambridge">East Cambridge</td> + <td class="boston">Boston, Mass.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_biddle"> +<p class="trophies">TROPHIES AND PRIZES<br /> +For Military, Athletic and Sporting Events</p> + +<p class="quality">Of Quality as Designed and made for the U. S. Army<br /> and Navy, West +Point Academy and<br /> U. S. Naval Academy</p> + +<p><em>Catalogues and Information upon Request</em></p> + +<div class="thought_break"></div> + +<p class="biddle">BAILEY, BANKS & BIDDLE CO.<br /> +<span class="merchants"><em>Diamond Merchants, Jewelers, Silversmiths, Goldsmiths, Heraldists</em></span><br /> +<span class="philadelphia">PHILADELPHIA</span></p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/ad-eisner.jpg" width="500" height="707" alt="Eisner Uniforms" title="Eisner Uniforms" /> +</div> + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_3in1"> +<p class="comfort">COMFORT YOUR FEET</p> +<div class="figright" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/ad-3in11.png" width="300" height="280" alt="3-in-1" title="3-in-1" /> +</div> + + +<p>Keep shoes, puttees and all leather accouterments soft, water proof +and pliable with 3-in-One. Not sticky or greasy. Contains no acid. +After a march or tiresome drill, rub</p> + +<p class="oil">3-IN-ONE OIL</p> + +<p>on your feet—wonderful how it helps take the smart out!</p> + +<p>Use 3-in-One on gun and revolver—prevents rust and keeps them in +order for inspection. Use on bayonet and side arms, too.</p> + +<p>3-in-One will make your gun work with out sticking or jamming. Best +shots use and recommend it. Put 3-in-One on your razor strop; also +draw razor blade between thumb and finger moistened with 3-in-One +after shaving. You'll shave easier.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 49px;"> +<img src="images/ad-3in12.png" width="49" height="75" alt="3-in-1" title="3-in-1" /> +</div> + +<p>Sold at Post Exchanges and Ship's Stores: 1-oz. bottle, 10c; 3-oz., +25c; 8-oz. (½ pt.) 50c. Also in HANDY Oil Cans, 3-oz. 25c. <em>Avoid +substitutes.</em></p> + +<p class="free"><strong>FREE</strong> a generous sample and Dictionary of uses</p> + +<p class="co">THREE-IN-ONE OIL CO., 42 DAL, Broadway, New York</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_meyers"> +<p class="outdoor"><em>Outdoor Equipage</em></p> + +<p class="meyers">MEYER'S MILITARY SHOPS</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 250px;"> +<img src="images/ad-meyers.jpg" width="250" height="159" alt="Meyer's" title="Meyer's" /> +</div> + +<p class="riding"><em>Riding Breeches<br />and Habits</em></p> + +<p class="tailors">TAILORS</p> + +<p>F Street, between 13th and 14th Sts. N. W. +WASHINGTON, D. C.</p> + +<p class="clear"><em>Complete Outdoor Equipage</em><br /> +<em>Ready to Wear</em><br /> +<em>For Men, Women, and Children</em></p> + +<p>RIDING BREECHES, PUTTEE LEGGINS, NORFOLK JACKETS,<br /> +HUNTING CLOTHES, BOOTS AND SHOES, MIDDY BLOUSE<br /> +AND SKIRTS, TENTS AND SLEEPING BAGS, RIDING<br /> +SKIRTS AND NORFOLK JACKETS, MOCCASINS</p> + +<p>Write for Catalogue</p> + +<p><em>Visit Our Camp Rooms When in Washington</em></p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_ridabock"> +<p class="ridabock">RIDABOCK & COMPANY<br /> +<span class="west_st">149–151 West 36th St., New York</span></p> + +<div class="thought_break"></div> + +<p><em>U. S. Army, National Guard Officers' Uniforms and Equipments</em></p> + +<p><em>Military School Uniforms and Equipments</em></p> + +<p><em>Military Training Camp Outfits</em></p> + +<p><em>Military Supplies, Military Textbooks</em></p> + +<div class="thought_break"></div> + +<p class="individual">Individual Departments and Workshops for the Respective<br /> Grades of +Uniforms.</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_hoppe"> +<p class="used">USED BY UNCLE SAM'S EXPERT RIFLEMEN</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 125px;"> +<img src="images/ad-hoppe.png" width="125" height="267" alt="Nitro Powder Solvent No. 9" title="Nitro Powder Solvent No. 9" /> +</div> + +<p class="hoppes">Hoppe's<br /> +Nitro Powder Solvent No. 9</p> + +<p class="tm">Trade Mark Registered</p> + +<p class="cleaning">For Cleaning High Power (Springfield) Rifles, Revolvers and Firearms +of All Kinds</p> + +<p class="compound">A compound that will remove the residue of any high-power powder, +including Black Powder. It will neutralize and residue and loosen +metal fouling and leading that may be left in the barrel after +cleaning, and prevent Pitting. No. 9 is the only Rifle cleaning +Solvent that will remove Rust, Metal Fouling and Leading. For cleaning +the .22 cal. Rifles, Revolvers and Automatic Pistols it has no equal. +Nitro Powder Solvent No. 9 is endorsed by the most prominent Riflemen +in America. Used by U. S. Rifle Teams, and at Buenos Ayres, Argentine +Matches. No Rifleman or Quartermaster's Department should be without +it.</p> + +<p class="sold">Sold by Sporting Goods Dealers and at Post Exchanges</p> + +<table class="clear" summary="Frank A. Hoppe"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="frank">FRANK A. HOPPE, Sole Manufacturer,</td> + <td class="station_o">Station O, Philadelphia, U. S. A.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_pasquale"> +<p class="established">Established 1854</p> + +<p class="pasquale">B. Pasquale Company</p> + +<table summary="Pasquale address"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="post">115–117 Post St.</td> + <td class="francisco">SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p><br /><em>The Only Manufacturers of</em></p> + +<p class="army">Army and Navy Equipments<br /> +and Uniforms on the Pacific Coast</p> + +<p class="quality">"Quality and Fit Guaranteed"</p> + +<p>(Write for Catalogue)</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="ad_historian"> +<p class="historian">THE MILITARY HISTORIAN AND ECONOMIST</p> + +<p class="quarterly">QUARTERLY</p> + +<p class="university">Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.</p> + +<p class="subscription"><em>Subscription, $3.00 per annum.</em></p> + +<p>Edited by <span class="smcap">Major A. L. Conger</span>, U. S. A., and <span class="smcap">Professor R. M. Johnston</span>, +Harvard University. Advisory Board: General J. F. Morrison, U. S. A., +Colonel J. W. McAndrew, U. S. A., Professors C. J. Bullock, A. +Bushnell Hart, O. M. W. Sprague, and Justin H. Smith, Esq.</p> + +<p>Original articles and notes on military history, the Conduct of War, +Strategy, Tactics. Military economics by the best American and foreign +authorities.</p> + +<div class="thought_break"></div> + +<p class="clausewitz">CLAUSEWITZ TO DATE</p> + +<p class="edited">Edited by <span class="smcap">R. M. Johnston</span></p> + +<p>Synopsis of the views of Clausewitz with selected quotations from the +best military theorists, systematically modernized.</p> + +<p>The volume measures only 1¾ × 2½ inches.</p> + +<p>Field service binding. <em>Price, postpaid $1.00.</em></p> + +<p class="historian">THE MILITARY HISTORIAN AND ECONOMIST</p> + +<table summary="Historian address"> +<tbody> +<tr> + <td class="widener">275 Widener Hall</td> + <td class="cambridge">CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> + +<div class="section_break"></div> +<div id="trannote"> +<h2>TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE.</h2> +<p>Irregularities within the original book have been preserved, notably:</p> + +<p class="irregularities">Part I has appendicies A, B and D. There is no Appendix C.</p> + +<p class="irregularities">Part I Chapter I contains plates II, III and VI. Plates I, IV and V are not present nor referenced.</p> + +<p class="irregularities">References to other paragraphs within the text mostly use the +book paragraph number. However, there are some cases where the +paragraph number relates to the source document paragraph number +(in brackets at the end of the paragraph)—these have been left +as shown in the book. The link in the html version does, however, +point to the intended paragraph.</p> + +<p class="irregularities">Spelling variants (e. g. reinforce vs reënforce) have been preserved.</p> + +<p>The 'pointing finger' picture has been transcribed as --> in the text version.</p> + +<p>Brackets have been added as necessary to equations to aid clarity.</p> + +<p>For consistency, subheadings which originally appeared next to a +paragraph number have been extracted out to the line above (i. e. +they do not appear on the same line as the paragraph number in +this transcription.) Affected paragraphs are:</p> + +<ul> +<li><a href="#Para_817">817</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_818">818</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_826">826</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_828">828</a>–34</li> +<li><a href="#Para_836">836</a>–47</li> +<li><a href="#Para_860">860</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_862">862</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_864">864</a>–6</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1016">1016</a>–9</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1034">1034</a>–45</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1078">1078</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_1277">1277</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_1320">1320</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_1340">1340</a>–1</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1352">1352</a>–3</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1356">1356</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_1358">1358</a>–65</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1367">1367</a>–70</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1372">1372</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_1376">1376</a></li> +<li><a href="#Para_1379">1379</a>–80</li> +<li><a href="#Para_1383">1383</a></li> +</ul> +</div> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Manual of Military Training, by James A. Moss + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MANUAL OF MILITARY TRAINING *** + +***** This file should be named 26706-h.htm or 26706-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/7/0/26706/ + +Produced by Brian Sogard, Chris Logan and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-3in11.png b/26706-h/images/ad-3in11.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..43e2d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-3in11.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-3in12.png b/26706-h/images/ad-3in12.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..158112d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-3in12.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-corona1.jpg b/26706-h/images/ad-corona1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcbd029 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-corona1.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-corona2.png b/26706-h/images/ad-corona2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62428a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-corona2.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-eisner.jpg b/26706-h/images/ad-eisner.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0b90e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-eisner.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-hoppe.png b/26706-h/images/ad-hoppe.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb9e19e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-hoppe.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-meyers.jpg b/26706-h/images/ad-meyers.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb5baf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-meyers.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/ad-viscol1.png b/26706-h/images/ad-viscol1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8896516 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/ad-viscol1.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/cover_fig1.png b/26706-h/images/cover_fig1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9dea89 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/cover_fig1.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/cover_fig2.png b/26706-h/images/cover_fig2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a64ca62 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/cover_fig2.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/cover_fig3.png b/26706-h/images/cover_fig3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5b419d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/cover_fig3.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/finger.png b/26706-h/images/finger.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ba1ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/finger.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0023.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0023.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1659f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0023.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0024.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0024.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0e1151 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0024.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0026a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0026a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5708e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0026a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0026b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0026b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e4cb64 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0026b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0031a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0031a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..669214b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0031a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0031b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0031b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..031b8f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0031b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0031c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0031c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..12ea251 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0031c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0049a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0049a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd74130 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0049a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0049b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0049b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..34a10ff --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0049b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0073.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0073.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a4e124 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0073.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d8649c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6ffad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..634c72e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9f7cb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d097f53 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..17ec735 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..06372e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8c690b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092i.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092i.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84380a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092i.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092j.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092j.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f4deca --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092j.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092k.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092k.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..de75156 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092k.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092l.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092l.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..be75deb --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092l.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092m.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092m.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..74ec7ca --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092m.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092n.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092n.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7574e60 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092n.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092o.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092o.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7949d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092o.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092p.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092p.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0de77af --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092p.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092q.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092q.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd40ba5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092q.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092r.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092r.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2660984 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092r.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092s.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092s.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed4f2dd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092s.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092t.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092t.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d1e723 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092t.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092u.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092u.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..651728e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092u.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092v.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092v.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dfbbd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092v.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0092w.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0092w.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..261d6b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0092w.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0101.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0101.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab674ed --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0101.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0103.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0103.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91926c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0103.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0106.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0106.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cf9811 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0106.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0122.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0122.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e45d4a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0122.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0123.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0123.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e023213 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0123.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0124.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0124.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..22218e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0124.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0125.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0125.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a0007a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0125.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0129.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0129.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..854c0ab --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0129.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0135.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0135.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..784b8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0135.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0137.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0137.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0340186 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0137.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0139.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0139.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..80ebf24 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0139.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0141a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0141a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85fb781 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0141a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0141b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0141b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e957f40 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0141b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0145.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0145.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5bb959 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0145.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0156a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0156a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb305b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0156a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0156b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0156b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2e0916 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0156b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0156c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0156c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85491f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0156c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0156d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0156d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..335d7a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0156d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0157a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0157a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2da8494 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0157a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0157b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0157b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c34ee44 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0157b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0157c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0157c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff5532d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0157c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0158.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0158.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..41c7ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0158.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0159.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0159.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8456055 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0159.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0160a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0160a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2fe123 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0160a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0160b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0160b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbb1414 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0160b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0160c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0160c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c50944e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0160c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0160d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0160d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..363b387 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0160d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0160e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0160e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a5738c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0160e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0161.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0161.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e683c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0161.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0163a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0163a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..886163f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0163a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0163b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0163b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..433f848 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0163b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0164.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0164.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f66881f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0164.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0165a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0165a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..090c4f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0165a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0165b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0165b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6f16f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0165b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0165c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0165c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4386c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0165c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0169a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0169a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63f0b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0169a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0169b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0169b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5355272 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0169b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0169c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0169c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b940a9a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0169c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0170a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0170a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf2126 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0170a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0170b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0170b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..47eecb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0170b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0170c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0170c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..36bed00 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0170c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0174.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0174.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c48ec14 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0174.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0175a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0175a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..96b630c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0175a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0175b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0175b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4e8191 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0175b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0175c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0175c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ec5156 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0175c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fe3b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0034f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83a856d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad0353c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cb80db --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb0121b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd51245 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0185h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0185h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6309249 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0185h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83c4795 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c82a111 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d42163 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..32ed06b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e06cb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e4f2c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0189g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0189g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b82ddb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0189g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0206.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0206.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e029ae --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0206.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0219.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0219.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..607339c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0219.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0220.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0220.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8242045 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0220.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0221a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0221a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a75c014 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0221a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0221b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0221b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b08934b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0221b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0222.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0222.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..da366e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0222.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0223.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0223.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3750984 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0223.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0224.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0224.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..919097a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0224.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0225.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0225.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e14d952 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0225.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0226a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0226a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b4476 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0226a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0226b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0226b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f67568c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0226b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0227.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0227.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..493ca0c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0227.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0230a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0230a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cc2722 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0230a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0230b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0230b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0a6bab --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0230b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0232a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0232a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a03f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0232a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0232b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0232b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfbede9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0232b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0234.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0234.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa0c6f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0234.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0235a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0235a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0b3ece --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0235a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0235b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0235b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..01721d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0235b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0243.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0243.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e797ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0243.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0244a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0244a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cd25b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0244a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0244b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0244b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a2f17b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0244b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0244c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0244c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..973ff3b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0244c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0250.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0250.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bfa2ef --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0250.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0251.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0251.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdc27c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0251.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0253.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0253.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48cd733 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0253.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0254a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0254a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6de5c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0254a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0254b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0254b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6970a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0254b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0301.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0301.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1870cba --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0301.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0313a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0313a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59bcdf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0313a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0313b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0313b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3046f58 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0313b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0314a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0314a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..24fe328 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0314a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0314b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0314b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6af6aee --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0314b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0315.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0315.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bb0163 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0315.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0316.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0316.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbfaa5b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0316.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0317.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0317.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef91fe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0317.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0318.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0318.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..303b526 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0318.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0319aa.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0319aa.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a391ab --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0319aa.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0319ab.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0319ab.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ce7f81 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0319ab.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0319ac.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0319ac.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9440ab2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0319ac.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0319ad.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0319ad.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..db2eb16 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0319ad.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0321a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0321a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..952ff2a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0321a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0321b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0321b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..adb0956 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0321b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0567a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0567a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f27c5db --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0567a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0567b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0567b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bf35e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0567b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0646.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0646.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a53333 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0646.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bccd753 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f0c98f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4dfb10 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..20267f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2121cb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..03b9845 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbe3b1c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0680h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0680h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59fb639 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0680h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0721.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0721.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd6d227 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0721.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0737a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0737a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b345612 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0737a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0737b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0737b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7095fe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0737b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0739a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0739a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d74f8fc --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0739a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0739b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0739b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ff352b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0739b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0743.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0743.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c26e185 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0743.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0746.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0746.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e845766 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0746.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0750a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0750a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c42e1a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0750a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0750b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0750b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..76b8500 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0750b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0752a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0752a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4142ed --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0752a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0752b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0752b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..323c332 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0752b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0755.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0755.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d47e42d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0755.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0815.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0815.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b6d607 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0815.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0824a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0824a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..06b9c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0824a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0824b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0824b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a69fef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0824b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0824c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0824c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4ef3fa --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0824c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0824d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0824d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..80e36a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0824d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0824e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0824e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..01f8998 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0824e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0827a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0827a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fecd63 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0827a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0827b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0827b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eaf983e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0827b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0827c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0827c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33529f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0827c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0827d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0827d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f3dccd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0827d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0836a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0836a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7d2cb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0836a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0836b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0836b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e3d20f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0836b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0836c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0836c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61535fa --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0836c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0836d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0836d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbf8da6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0836d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0836e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0836e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd5f27b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0836e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0838a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0838a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..02f4f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0838a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0838b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0838b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aba591f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0838b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0838c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0838c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf3f04c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0838c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0838d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0838d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4baf61 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0838d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0839a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0839a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57d040c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0839a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0839b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0839b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c7488c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0839b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0839c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0839c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9289838 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0839c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0841.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0841.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..64e6406 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0841.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0843.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0843.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9309933 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0843.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0844a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0844a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c6fe94 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0844a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0844b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0844b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bffa913 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0844b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0847.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0847.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a453191 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0847.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0848a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0848a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0af0af --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0848a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0848b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0848b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bdbe4f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0848b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0849a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0849a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..76f8877 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0849a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0849b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0849b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a54136 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0849b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0850a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0850a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..117529b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0850a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0850b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0850b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..745d4ef --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0850b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0851a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0851a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bbeb20 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0851a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0851b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0851b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce8ae91 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0851b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0852a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0852a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..39bf5c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0852a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0852b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0852b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8897f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0852b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0853a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0853a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec4a7ce --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0853a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0853b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0853b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa41cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0853b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0854a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0854a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5992d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0854a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0854b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0854b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1aa4f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0854b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0855a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0855a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed7063c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0855a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0855b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0855b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4329003 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0855b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0856a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0856a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef4e1d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0856a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0856b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0856b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad090c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0856b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0857a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0857a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..100398b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0857a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0857b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0857b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c645ea --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0857b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0858a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0858a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf9b13b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0858a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0858b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0858b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1b76be --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0858b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0859a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0859a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33bbbbf --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0859a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0859b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0859b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b9c113 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0859b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0863a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0863a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0855a90 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0863a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0863b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0863b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca4e51c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0863b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0888a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0888a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5f0f21 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0888a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0888a_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0888a_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ec6a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0888a_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0888b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0888b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1724b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0888b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0888b_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0888b_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b0db04 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0888b_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0889.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0889.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dfc07a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0889.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0889_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0889_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff501eb --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0889_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0908a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0908a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dade342 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0908a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0908a_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0908a_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf9edb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0908a_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0908b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0908b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e27a10 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0908b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0908b_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0908b_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..24b2cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0908b_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0909.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0909.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b5f19d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0909.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0909_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0909_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..362dde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0909_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0954.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0954.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f64e1f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0954.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0954_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-0954_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..55b93dc --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0954_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0968.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0968.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0becb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0968.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0979a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0979a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a2988f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0979a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-0979b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-0979b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..93f6025 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-0979b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1029.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1029.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ce5527 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1029.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1030a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1030a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd6fc76 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1030a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1030b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1030b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..36a2b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1030b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1034.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1034.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa4191a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1034.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1034_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1034_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a809fb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1034_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1054.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1054.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..531d747 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1054.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1084.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1084.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2ac42e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1084.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1096.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1096.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f304cba --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1096.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1102.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1102.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a3b9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1102.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1112a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1112a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..be4887d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1112a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1112b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1112b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e370e52 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1112b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1113.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1113.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6ef07e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1113.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1118.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1118.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..13642f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1118.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1122.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1122.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fd6934 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1122.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1126.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1126.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..527eb1a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1126.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1127.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1127.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..423bf73 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1127.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1128a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1128a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6885d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1128a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1128b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1128b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9481f29 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1128b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1128c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1128c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bbb5db --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1128c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1128d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1128d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5eaa7d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1128d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1129a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1129a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c0c5ff --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1129a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1129b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1129b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..643ec44 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1129b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1130.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1130.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..514d4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1130.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1131.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1131.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bfa47d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1131.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1132.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1132.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ebac74 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1132.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1135.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1135.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3d2615 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1135.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1139a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1139a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c564834 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1139a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1139b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1139b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..447e956 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1139b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1142.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1142.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..31cb3da --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1142.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1144a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1144a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d74006e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1144a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1144b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1144b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1720f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1144b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1145.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1145.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b60645 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1145.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1146a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1146a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc0237b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1146a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1146b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1146b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..99f3156 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1146b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1146c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1146c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd760ec --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1146c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1146d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1146d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffd14a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1146d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1146e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1146e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7333e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1146e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d496bd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..496be13 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b76d38a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..21bfd74 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb19ace --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63c5874 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..383239b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e68971b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148i.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148i.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b5a562 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148i.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148j.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148j.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6e0592 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148j.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148k.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148k.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b7fdab --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148k.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1148l.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1148l.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..16ca3a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1148l.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1149.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1149.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6885882 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1149.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1151.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1151.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..23427bd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1151.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1153.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1153.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2905753 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1153.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1154a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1154a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0baad4f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1154a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1154b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1154b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9de9ff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1154b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1154c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1154c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..50878f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1154c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1154d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1154d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b70bca --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1154d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1155a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1155a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..78adcbd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1155a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1155b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1155b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..400ad65 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1155b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1155c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1155c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b852ad --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1155c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1157.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1157.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdaa7d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1157.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1160.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1160.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f59cbc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1160.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1160_big.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1160_big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a41f7af --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1160_big.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1176.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1176.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..389bf16 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1176.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1181a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1181a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..829ab56 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1181a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1181b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1181b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9a937d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1181b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1183a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1183a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f1d7ac --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1183a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1183b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1183b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d3297e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1183b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1184a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1184a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5a5cf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1184a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1184b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1184b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c65a94 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1184b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1187.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1187.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..52ee860 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1187.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1188.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1188.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..16057a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1188.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1189a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1189a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd557c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1189a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1189b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1189b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bff18a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1189b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1198a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1198a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09d3e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1198a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1198b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1198b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..971cdc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1198b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1200.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1200.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..75f53c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1200.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1201.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1201.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88f5624 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1201.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1203.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1203.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c3ab33 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1203.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1234.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1234.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aef31f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1234.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1243.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1243.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab6f63c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1243.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1245a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1245a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a03820 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1245a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1245b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1245b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e4a3a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1245b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1245c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1245c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..58d879b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1245c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1247a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1247a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d059ba3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1247a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1247b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1247b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8df53ef --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1247b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1342a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1342a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ac30f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1342a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1342b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1342b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..02483f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1342b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1343a.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1343a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..972928a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1343a.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1343b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1343b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..287ad9d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1343b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1343c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1343c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5de598f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1343c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1349a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1349a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d0df88 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1349a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1349b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1349b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..081b988 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1349b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1350a.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1350a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd5f8fd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1350a.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1350b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1350b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec7c6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1350b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1350c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1350c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2aed4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1350c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a165fe --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3677d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..beb624e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bcef02 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c35804 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68b6498 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3132db --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c050f71 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352i.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1352i.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..865c317 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352i.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1352j.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1352j.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3e36eb --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1352j.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1353a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1353a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..13aeac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1353a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1353b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1353b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cea628 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1353b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1356a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1356a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3edafaa --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1356a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1356b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1356b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5109985 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1356b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1356c.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1356c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a202ce --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1356c.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1356d.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1356d.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8eb3ca --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1356d.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1357.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1357.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee8c52f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1357.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1358.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1358.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d541ed --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1358.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5437047 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0673ee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff5eda9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1db357f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fec96eb --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8006aa --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcb6947 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1359h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1359h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cf6ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1359h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1367a.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1367a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a4ebeb --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1367a.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1367b.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1367b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f491642 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1367b.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1367c.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1367c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..969c901 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1367c.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1368.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1368.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..790bbfc --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1368.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1371.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1371.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e3c0a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1371.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1383a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1383a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a68902 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1383a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1383b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1383b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9018158 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1383b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1383c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1383c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f036fe --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1383c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1383d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1383d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a3507a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1383d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1388.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1388.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad3e731 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1388.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1390a.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1390a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5d3b1b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1390a.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1390b.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1390b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7fc17c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1390b.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1390c.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1390c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..871df89 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1390c.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1390d.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1390d.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ac1a24 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1390d.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1390e.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1390e.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e685fd --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1390e.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1391.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1391.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2372f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1391.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1411.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1411.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57b5727 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1411.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1413.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1413.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aef741a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1413.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1420.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1420.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35a6593 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1420.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1422a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1422a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff0727d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1422a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1422b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1422b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1a4e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1422b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1434a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1434a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..45e2d93 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1434a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1434b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1434b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..135f0ad --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1434b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1444.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1444.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca938e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1444.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1446.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1446.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6664c17 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1446.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1447.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1447.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..453fca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1447.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1447aa.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1447aa.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ea1888 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1447aa.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1447ab.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1447ab.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a43d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1447ab.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1449.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1449.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d0b6db --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1449.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1452.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1452.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a9346d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1452.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1455.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1455.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a686b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1455.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1460.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1460.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..19ebfe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1460.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1461.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1461.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..087ee94 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1461.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1462a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1462a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..427eaa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1462a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1462b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1462b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf4c1a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1462b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1462c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1462c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef79a28 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1462c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1468a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1468a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..81c1265 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1468a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1468b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1468b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..755906c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1468b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1469a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1469a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c4948b --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1469a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1469b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1469b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..78a209d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1469b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1469c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1469c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8152ce --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1469c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6e23f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3ba60f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..00a52c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a072447 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2e5a27 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfd1b80 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481g.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481g.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb0c248 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481g.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481h.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c1dff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481h.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1481i.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1481i.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcd70ef --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1481i.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1482.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1482.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f6a703 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1482.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1483a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1483a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a59a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1483a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1483b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1483b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..edcc413 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1483b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1483c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1483c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..badb74f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1483c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1483d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1483d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..51448fe --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1483d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1484a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1484a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c65caf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1484a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1484b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1484b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e9e84a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1484b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1484c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1484c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fd20e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1484c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1484d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1484d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f880dcf --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1484d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1492a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1492a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e9f01d --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1492a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1492b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1492b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b788628 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1492b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1492c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1492c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..803c846 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1492c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1492d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1492d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5bccaa --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1492d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1492e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1492e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..23d0b5c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1492e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1492f.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1492f.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..233234e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1492f.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1493a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1493a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd15eea --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1493a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1493b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1493b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..167aa54 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1493b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1493c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1493c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d3b4e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1493c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1497a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1497a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..314fe42 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1497a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1497b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1497b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b13ab62 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1497b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1521a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1521a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..39a0e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1521a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1521b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1521b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2ee76f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1521b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1522a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1522a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b48d5a --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1522a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1522b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1522b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab65ea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1522b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1522c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1522c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1de2b5e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1522c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1532.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1532.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9d28af --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1532.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1672.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1672.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..47d01a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1672.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1862a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1862a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7851a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1862a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1862b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1862b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..007bd99 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1862b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1863.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1863.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..03813f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1863.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1865.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1865.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5af8f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1865.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1866a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1866a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b5d85c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1866a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1866b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1866b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..331eeda --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1866b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1866c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1866c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a013e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1866c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1866d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1866d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcfd95e --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1866d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1867.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1867.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c28b485 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1867.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1867a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1867a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88cdda4 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1867a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1868a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1868a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..34dcfe8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1868a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1868b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1868b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..870580c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1868b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1870a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1870a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..af03fa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1870a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1870b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1870b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaf2866 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1870b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1872.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1872.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b38ac23 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1872.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1873a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1873a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1deef74 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1873a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1873b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1873b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ad4be --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1873b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1874a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1874a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dc335f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1874a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1874b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1874b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a176c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1874b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1874c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1874c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..49f24b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1874c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1875.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1875.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad34a70 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1875.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1879.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1879.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c62655f --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1879.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1882a.jpg b/26706-h/images/illus-1882a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..41f1a09 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1882a.jpg diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1882b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1882b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f68d07 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1882b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1882c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1882c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2497738 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1882c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1883a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1883a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..04fb968 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1883a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1883b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1883b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb2dfd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1883b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1883c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1883c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9dc090 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1883c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1883d.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1883d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d9eee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1883d.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1883e.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1883e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dfaf29 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1883e.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1891.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1891.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f440de --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1891.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1892a.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1892a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fd7ae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1892a.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1892b.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1892b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc82968 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1892b.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/illus-1892c.png b/26706-h/images/illus-1892c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7097781 --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/illus-1892c.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/logo.png b/26706-h/images/logo.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bc1cbb --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/logo.png diff --git a/26706-h/images/signature.png b/26706-h/images/signature.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a5028c --- /dev/null +++ b/26706-h/images/signature.png |
